summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf/doc/man/man1')
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/Makefile96
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/a2ping.1380
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/a2ping.man1.pdfbin14792 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/afm2afm.1199
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/afm2afm.man1.pdfbin5402 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/afm2pl.1464
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/afm2pl.man1.pdfbin18748 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/afm2tfm.125
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/afm2tfm.man1.pdfbin3991 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/aleph.1240
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/aleph.man1.pdfbin10855 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/allcm.128
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/allcm.man1.pdfbin3680 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/allec.128
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/allec.man1.pdfbin3755 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/allneeded.130
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/allneeded.man1.pdfbin3863 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/amstex.163
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/amstex.man1.pdfbin4762 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/arlatex.1279
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/arlatex.man1.pdfbin10147 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/asy.1294
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/asy.man1.pdfbin11391 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/autoinst.1669
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/autoinst.man1.pdfbin29639 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/bbox.171
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/bbox.man1.pdfbin4989 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/bg5conv.1110
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/bg5conv.man1.pdfbin4293 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/bibtex.1136
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/bibtex.man1.pdfbin7800 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/bundledoc.1516
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/bundledoc.man1.pdfbin23377 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cef5conv.1127
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cef5conv.man1.pdfbin4729 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cefconv.1117
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cefconv.man1.pdfbin4550 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cefsconv.1127
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cefsconv.man1.pdfbin4700 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cfftot1.187
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cfftot1.man1.pdfbin4944 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/chktex.1139
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/chktex.man1.pdfbin7726 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/chkweb.1132
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/chkweb.man1.pdfbin6903 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/context.1140
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/context.man1.pdfbin8837 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ctangle.11
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ctangle.man1.pdfbin8205 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ctanify.1376
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ctanify.man1.pdfbin15804 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ctie.159
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ctie.man1.pdfbin4782 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ctxtools.189
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ctxtools.man1.pdfbin6253 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cweave.11
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cweave.man1.pdfbin8205 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cweb.1152
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cweb.man1.pdfbin8205 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/detex.1126
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/detex.man1.pdfbin8213 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/deweb.1116
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/deweb.man1.pdfbin7368 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/disdvi.127
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/disdvi.man1.pdfbin3809 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dosepsbin.1275
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dosepsbin.man1.pdfbin7051 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dt2dv.1160
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dt2dv.man1.pdfbin6495 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dv2dt.1719
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dv2dt.man1.pdfbin15131 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvi2fax.122
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvi2fax.man1.pdfbin3762 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvi2tty.1172
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvi2tty.man1.pdfbin9786 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvibook.155
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvibook.man1.pdfbin4578 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dviconcat.148
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dviconcat.man1.pdfbin4299 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvicopy.152
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvicopy.man1.pdfbin4499 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvidvi.1128
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvidvi.man1.pdfbin7849 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvigif.11
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvigif.man1.pdfbin24375 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvihp.149
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvihp.man1.pdfbin4342 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj.1688
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj.man1.pdfbin28922 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj2p.11
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj2p.man1.pdfbin28922 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj4.11
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj4.man1.pdfbin28922 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj4l.11
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj4l.man1.pdfbin28922 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj6.11
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj6.man1.pdfbin28922 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvipdfm.1358
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvipdfm.man1.pdfbin12395 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvipdft.140
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvipdft.man1.pdfbin3954 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvipng.1521
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvipng.man1.pdfbin24375 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvipos.1153
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvipos.man1.pdfbin7869 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvips.1531
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvips.man1.pdfbin23185 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvired.163
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvired.man1.pdfbin4533 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dviselect.1131
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dviselect.man1.pdfbin8698 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvisvgm.1961
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvisvgm.man1.pdfbin34953 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvitodvi.1139
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvitodvi.man1.pdfbin6903 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvitomp.126
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvitomp.man1.pdfbin3789 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvitype.1102
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvitype.man1.pdfbin5539 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/e2pall.155
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/e2pall.man1.pdfbin4468 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ebb.11
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ebb.man1.pdfbin5584 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/eplain.187
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/eplain.man1.pdfbin4393 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/epsffit.151
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/epsffit.man1.pdfbin4561 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/epstopdf.188
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/epstopdf.man1.pdfbin6982 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/etex.1387
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/etex.man1.pdfbin15248 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/extconv.1111
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/extconv.man1.pdfbin4263 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/extractbb.199
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/extractbb.man1.pdfbin5584 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/extractres.147
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/extractres.man1.pdfbin4443 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/findhyph.1247
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/findhyph.man1.pdfbin7591 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixdlsrps.124
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixdlsrps.man1.pdfbin3902 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixfmps.124
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixfmps.man1.pdfbin3865 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixpsditps.124
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixpsditps.man1.pdfbin3885 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixpspps.124
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixpspps.man1.pdfbin3813 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixscribeps.124
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixscribeps.man1.pdfbin3837 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixtpps.124
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixtpps.man1.pdfbin3906 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixwfwps.124
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixwfwps.man1.pdfbin3924 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixwpps.124
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixwpps.man1.pdfbin3884 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixwwps.124
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixwwps.man1.pdfbin3869 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fmtutil-sys.11
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fmtutil-sys.man1.pdfbin5959 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fmtutil.1113
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fmtutil.man1.pdfbin5959 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fontinst.145
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fontinst.man1.pdfbin4359 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/getafm.129
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/getafm.man1.pdfbin3955 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/gftodvi.1160
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/gftodvi.man1.pdfbin8049 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/gftopk.199
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/gftopk.man1.pdfbin5429 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/gftype.191
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/gftype.man1.pdfbin5089 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/gsftopk.1301
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/gsftopk.man1.pdfbin11687 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/hbf2gf.1718
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/hbf2gf.man1.pdfbin20486 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/includeres.140
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/includeres.man1.pdfbin4142 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/install-tl.1434
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/install-tl.man1.pdfbin18134 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpseaccess.166
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpseaccess.man1.pdfbin4135 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsepath.11
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsepath.man1.pdfbin6074 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsereadlink.130
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsereadlink.man1.pdf116
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsestat.151
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsestat.man1.pdf117
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsetool.1106
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsetool.man1.pdfbin6074 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsewhere.150
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsewhere.man1.pdfbin4595 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsewhich.1144
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsewhich.man1.pdfbin6179 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsexpand.11
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsexpand.man1.pdfbin6074 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/lacheck.1110
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/lacheck.man1.pdfbin7399 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/lamed.11
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/lamed.man1.pdfbin10849 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latex.186
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latex.man1.pdfbin5854 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexdiff-vc.1246
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexdiff-vc.man1.pdfbin8547 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexdiff.1758
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexdiff.man1.pdfbin34808 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexmk.12511
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexmk.man1.pdfbin134898 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexrevise.1235
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexrevise.man1.pdfbin8915 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/luatex.1251
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/luatex.man1.pdfbin13635 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/m-tx.1106
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/m-tx.man1.pdfbin4432 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mag.168
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mag.man1.pdfbin4384 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/makeindex.11216
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/makeindex.man1.pdfbin36586 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mendex.1496
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mendex.man1.pdfbin15480 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mf-nowin.11
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mf-nowin.man1.pdfbin18589 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mf.1484
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mf.man1.pdfbin18770 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mft.1134
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mft.man1.pdfbin6957 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mkindex.142
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mkindex.man1.pdfbin4248 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mkjobtexmf.1501
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mkjobtexmf.man1.pdfbin14582 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mkocp.148
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mkocp.man1.pdfbin4617 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mkofm.131
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mkofm.man1.pdf115
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktexfmt.11
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktexfmt.man1.pdfbin5959 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktexlsr.144
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktexlsr.man1.pdfbin3718 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktexmf.157
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktexmf.man1.pdfbin3911 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktexpk.1115
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktexpk.man1.pdfbin5088 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktextfm.165
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktextfm.man1.pdfbin4108 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mmafm.1178
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mmafm.man1.pdfbin8139 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mmpfb.1206
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mmpfb.man1.pdfbin8277 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mpost.1167
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mpost.man1.pdfbin8283 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mptopdf.1104
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mptopdf.man1.pdfbin6294 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/musixflx.143
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/musixflx.man1.pdfbin4148 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/musixtex.194
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/musixtex.man1.pdfbin4381 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/odvicopy.11
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/odvicopy.man1.pdfbin4499 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/odvips.man1.pdfbin23152 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/odvitype.11
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/odvitype.man1.pdfbin5539 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ofm2opl.192
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ofm2opl.man1.pdfbin6283 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/opl2ofm.175
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/opl2ofm.man1.pdfbin5219 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ot2kpx.1213
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ot2kpx.man1.pdfbin7543 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/otangle.11
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/otangle.man1.pdfbin8130 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/otfinfo.1195
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/otfinfo.man1.pdfbin8372 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/otftotfm.11654
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/otftotfm.man1.pdfbin61402 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/otp2ocp.140
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/otp2ocp.man1.pdfbin4369 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/outocp.142
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/outocp.man1.pdfbin4433 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ovf2ovp.189
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ovf2ovp.man1.pdfbin6480 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ovp2ovf.179
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ovp2ovf.man1.pdfbin6216 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/patgen.1191
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/patgen.man1.pdfbin10823 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdf180.174
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdf180.man1.pdfbin4593 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdf270.174
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdf270.man1.pdfbin4618 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdf90.174
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdf90.man1.pdfbin4631 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfbook.186
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfbook.man1.pdfbin5779 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfclose.11
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfclose.man1.pdfbin9508 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfetex.137
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfetex.man1.pdfbin3645 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfflip.173
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfflip.man1.pdfbin4650 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjam-pocketmod.163
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjam-pocketmod.man1.pdfbin4272 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjam-slides3up.188
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjam-slides3up.man1.pdfbin6095 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjam-slides6up.187
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjam-slides6up.man1.pdfbin6080 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjam.158
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjam.man1.pdfbin4283 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjoin.166
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjoin.man1.pdfbin4347 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdflatex.11
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdflatex.man1.pdfbin18039 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfnup.178
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfnup.man1.pdfbin4808 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfopen.1160
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfopen.man1.pdfbin9506 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfpun.168
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfpun.man1.pdfbin4449 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdftex.1476
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdftex.man1.pdfbin18039 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdftosrc.1237
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdftosrc.man1.pdfbin9189 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/perltex.1280
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/perltex.man1.pdfbin10223 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pfb2pfa.119
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pfb2pfa.man1.pdfbin3586 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pk2bm.139
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pk2bm.man1.pdfbin4167 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pkfix-helper.1516
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pkfix-helper.man1.pdfbin22697 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pktogf.199
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pktogf.man1.pdfbin5235 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pktype.176
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pktype.man1.pdfbin4744 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pltotf.184
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pltotf.man1.pdfbin5081 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pmx2pdf.1101
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pmx2pdf.man1.pdfbin4398 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pmxab.124
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pmxab.man1.pdfbin4118 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pooltype.145
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pooltype.man1.pdfbin4021 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/prepmx.195
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/prepmx.man1.pdfbin6269 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ps2eps.1366
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ps2eps.man1.pdfbin22320 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ps2frag.141
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ps2frag.man1.pdfbin4776 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ps2pk.1156
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ps2pk.man1.pdfbin9801 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psbook.142
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psbook.man1.pdfbin4432 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pslatex.144
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pslatex.man1.pdfbin4220 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psmerge.136
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psmerge.man1.pdfbin4292 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psnup.1160
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psnup.man1.pdfbin7723 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psresize.181
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psresize.man1.pdfbin5021 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psselect.184
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psselect.man1.pdfbin5269 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pstopdf.175
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pstopdf.man1.pdfbin4945 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pstops.1166
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pstops.man1.pdfbin7864 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/purifyeps.1350
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/purifyeps.man1.pdfbin12629 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/repstopdf.11
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/repstopdf.man1.pdfbin6974 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/rubibtex.163
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/rubibtex.man1.pdfbin4865 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/rumakeindex.163
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/rumakeindex.man1.pdfbin4779 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/scor2prt.118
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/scor2prt.man1.pdfbin3746 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/sjisconv.1110
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/sjisconv.man1.pdfbin4237 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/splitindex.164
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/splitindex.man1.pdfbin4755 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/sty2dtx.1340
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/sty2dtx.man1.pdfbin9162 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/synctex.134
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/synctex.man1.pdfbin4130 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1ascii.151
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1ascii.man1.pdfbin4374 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1asm.196
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1asm.man1.pdfbin6394 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1binary.142
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1binary.man1.pdfbin4129 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1disasm.196
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1disasm.man1.pdfbin5740 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1dotlessj.196
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1dotlessj.man1.pdfbin5008 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1lint.148
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1lint.man1.pdfbin4038 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1mac.162
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1mac.man1.pdfbin4775 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1rawafm.159
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1rawafm.man1.pdfbin4386 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1reencode.1205
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1reencode.man1.pdfbin7249 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1testpage.166
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1testpage.man1.pdfbin4643 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1unmac.179
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1unmac.man1.pdfbin4980 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tangle.1173
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tangle.man1.pdfbin8130 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tex.1517
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tex.man1.pdfbin19813 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tex2xindy.1213
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tex2xindy.man1.pdfbin6594 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texconfig-sys.11
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texconfig-sys.man1.pdfbin9787 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texconfig.1215
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texconfig.man1.pdfbin9787 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texdiff.1220
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texdiff.man1.pdfbin8218 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texdirflatten.1176
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texdirflatten.man1.pdfbin4842 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texdoc.180
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texdoc.man1.pdfbin5996 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texdoctk.1217
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texdoctk.man1.pdfbin13219 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texexec.1602
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texexec.man1.pdfbin28831 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texhash.11
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texhash.man1.pdfbin3718 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texindy.1446
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texindy.man1.pdfbin16505 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texlinks.166
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texlinks.man1.pdfbin4891 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texlua.11
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texlua.man1.pdfbin13635 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texluac.11
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texluac.man1.pdfbin13635 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texmfstart.1362
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texmfstart.man1.pdfbin13752 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tftopl.1108
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tftopl.man1.pdfbin5921 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/thumbpdf.1100
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/thumbpdf.man1.pdfbin6101 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tie.152
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tie.man1.pdfbin4493 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tlmgr.11655
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tlmgr.man1.pdfbin74573 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tpic2pdftex.173
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tpic2pdftex.man1.pdfbin4340 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttf2afm.175
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttf2afm.man1.pdfbin4662 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttf2pk.1311
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttf2pk.man1.pdfbin10551 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttf2tfm.11189
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttf2tfm.man1.pdfbin34764 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttfdump.1143
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttfdump.man1.pdfbin6288 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttftotype42.178
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttftotype42.man1.pdfbin4776 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/updmap-sys.11
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/updmap-sys.man1.pdfbin16926 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/updmap.1360
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/updmap.man1.pdfbin16926 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/vftovp.193
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/vftovp.man1.pdfbin5378 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/vlna.1163
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/vlna.man1.pdfbin10985 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/vptovf.166
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/vptovf.man1.pdfbin4734 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/weave.179
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/weave.man1.pdfbin5194 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/xasy.127
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/xasy.man1.pdfbin3859 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/xdvi.14075
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/xdvi.man1.pdfbin132437 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/xindy.1422
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/xindy.man1.pdfbin16190 -> 0 bytes
472 files changed, 0 insertions, 44865 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/Makefile b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/Makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 19c5ce20a31..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/Makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-# $Id$
-# Public domain. Originally written by Manuel Pegourie-Gonnard, 2008.
-
-SRC = $(wildcard man1/*.1)
-PDF = $(patsubst %.1, %.man1.pdf, $(SRC))
-
-MKPDF = $(GROFF) $(PDFOPTS) $< | $(PSPDF) - $@.tmp && mv $@.tmp $@ || rm $@.tmp
-
-all: pdf
-pdf: $(PDF)
-
-clean:
- @echo 'Removing pdf files.'
- @rm -f -- $(PDF)
-
-%.man1.pdf: %.1
- $(MKPDF)
-
-#
-# See ../Makefile for the so.rules target which generates this list of rules.
-
-man1/ctangle.man1.pdf: man1/ctangle.1 man1/cweb.1
- $(MKPDF)
-
-man1/cweave.man1.pdf: man1/cweave.1 man1/cweb.1
- $(MKPDF)
-
-man1/dvigif.man1.pdf: man1/dvigif.1 man1/dvipng.1
- $(MKPDF)
-
-man1/dvilj2p.man1.pdf: man1/dvilj2p.1 man1/dvilj.1
- $(MKPDF)
-
-man1/dvilj4.man1.pdf: man1/dvilj4.1 man1/dvilj.1
- $(MKPDF)
-
-man1/dvilj4l.man1.pdf: man1/dvilj4l.1 man1/dvilj.1
- $(MKPDF)
-
-man1/dvilj6.man1.pdf: man1/dvilj6.1 man1/dvilj.1
- $(MKPDF)
-
-man1/ebb.man1.pdf: man1/ebb.1 man1/extractbb.1
- $(MKPDF)
-
-man1/fmtutil-sys.man1.pdf: man1/fmtutil-sys.1 man1/fmtutil.1
- $(MKPDF)
-
-man1/kpsepath.man1.pdf: man1/kpsepath.1 man1/kpsetool.1
- $(MKPDF)
-
-man1/kpsexpand.man1.pdf: man1/kpsexpand.1 man1/kpsetool.1
- $(MKPDF)
-
-man1/lamed.man1.pdf: man1/lamed.1 man1/aleph.1
- $(MKPDF)
-
-man1/mf-nowin.man1.pdf: man1/mf-nowin.1 man1/mf.1
- $(MKPDF)
-
-man1/mktexfmt.man1.pdf: man1/mktexfmt.1 man1/fmtutil.1
- $(MKPDF)
-
-man1/odvicopy.man1.pdf: man1/odvicopy.1 man1/dvicopy.1
- $(MKPDF)
-
-man1/odvitype.man1.pdf: man1/odvitype.1 man1/dvitype.1
- $(MKPDF)
-
-man1/otangle.man1.pdf: man1/otangle.1 man1/tangle.1
- $(MKPDF)
-
-man1/pdfclose.man1.pdf: man1/pdfclose.1 man1/pdfopen.1
- $(MKPDF)
-
-man1/pdflatex.man1.pdf: man1/pdflatex.1 man1/pdftex.1
- $(MKPDF)
-
-man1/repstopdf.man1.pdf: man1/repstopdf.1 man1/epstopdf.1
- $(MKPDF)
-
-man1/texconfig-sys.man1.pdf: man1/texconfig-sys.1 man1/texconfig.1
- $(MKPDF)
-
-man1/texhash.man1.pdf: man1/texhash.1 man1/mktexlsr.1
- $(MKPDF)
-
-man1/texlua.man1.pdf: man1/texlua.1 man1/luatex.1
- $(MKPDF)
-
-man1/texluac.man1.pdf: man1/texluac.1 man1/luatex.1
- $(MKPDF)
-
-man1/updmap-sys.man1.pdf: man1/updmap-sys.1 man1/updmap.1
- $(MKPDF)
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/a2ping.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/a2ping.1
deleted file mode 100644
index ec06d892da8..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/a2ping.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,380 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man v1.37, Pod::Parser v1.13
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sh \" Subsection heading
-.br
-.if t .Sp
-.ne 5
-.PP
-\fB\\$1\fR
-.PP
-..
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. | will give a
-.\" real vertical bar. \*(C+ will give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to
-.\" do unbreakable dashes and therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C'
-.\" expand to `' in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.Sh), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.if \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.hy 0
-.if n .na
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "A2PING 1"
-.TH A2PING 1 "2004-05-26" "perl v5.8.1" "User Contributed Perl Documentation"
-.ds pts-dev \*[.T]
-.do if '\*[.T]'ascii' .ds pts-dev tty
-.do if '\*[.T]'ascii8' .ds pts-dev tty
-.do if '\*[.T]'latin1' .ds pts-dev tty
-.do if '\*[.T]'nippon' .ds pts-dev tty
-.do if '\*[.T]'utf8' .ds pts-dev tty
-.do if '\*[.T]'cp1047' .ds pts-dev tty
-.do if '\*[pts-dev]'tty' \{\
-.ll 79
-.pl 33333v
-.nr IN 2n
-.\}
-.ad n
-
-.SH "NAME"
-a2ping.pl \-\- convert between PS, EPS and PDF and other page description
-formats
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-\&\& \fBa2ping.pl\fR [\fB\-\-\fR]\fBhelp\fR
- \fBa2ping.pl\fR [\fB\-\-\fR]\fBdoc\fR
- \fBa2ping.pl\fR [\fIoptions\fR] <\fIinputfile\fR> [[\fIoutformat\fR:] \fIoutputfile\fR]
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-\&\fBa2ping\fR is a \s-1UNIX\s0 command line utility written in Perl that
-converts many raster image and vector graphics formats to \s-1EPS\s0 or \s-1PDF\s0 and
-other page description formats. Accepted input file formats are: \s-1PS\s0
-(PostScript), \s-1EPS\s0, \s-1PDF\s0, \s-1PNG\s0, \s-1JPEG\s0, \s-1TIFF\s0, \s-1PNM\s0, \s-1BMP\s0, \s-1GIF\s0, \s-1LBM\s0, \s-1XPM\s0, \s-1PCX\s0,
-\&\s-1TGA\s0. Accepted output formats are: \s-1EPS\s0, \s-1PCL5\s0, \s-1PDF\s0, \s-1PDF1\s0, \s-1PBM\s0, \s-1PGM\s0, \s-1PPM\s0,
-\&\s-1PS\s0, markedEPS, markedPS, \s-1PNG\s0, \s-1XWD\s0, \s-1BMP\s0, \s-1TIFF\s0, \s-1JPEG\s0, \s-1GIF\s0, \s-1XPM\s0.
-\&\fBa2ping\fR delegates the low-level work to
-Ghostscript (\s-1GS\s0), \fBpdftops\fR and \fBsam2p\fR. \fBa2ping\fR fixes many glitches
-during the \s-1EPS\s0 to \s-1EPS\s0 conversion, so its output is often more compatible
-and better embeddable than its input.
-.PP
-Without the \f(CW\*(C`\-\-below\*(C'\fR option, it is guarenteed to start at the 0,0
-coordinate. \f(CW\*(C`\-\-below\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`\-\-hires\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`\-v\*(C'\fR are recommended options.
-.PP
-The page size is set exactly corresponding to the BoundingBox.
-This means that when Ghostscript renders it, the result needs no
-cropping, and the \s-1PDF\s0 MediaBox is correct.
-.PP
-If the bounding box is not right, of course, you have problems. If you
-feed crap in, you get crap. But you can supply the
-\&\fB\-\-bboxfrom=compute\-gs\fR option to make \s-1GS\s0 recompute the bounding box.
-.PP
-The name of the input file doesn't matter \*(-- \fBa2ping\fR detects the file
-format based on the first few bytes of the file. The name of the output
-file matters if \fIoutformat\fR is missing from the command line: then the
-extension of the output file determines the FileFormat (\fIoutformat\fR).
-.SH "EXTERNAL PROGRAMS"
-.IX Header "EXTERNAL PROGRAMS"
-The internal file format of \fBa2ping.pl\fR is \s-1PS/EPS\s0. Everything read is
-first converted to \s-1PS\s0 or \s-1EPS\s0, then processed by \fBa2ping.pl\fR, then
-converted to the output format.
-.PP
-To analyse the bounding box and other properties of non-EPS \s-1PS\s0 files
-(and \s-1EPS\s0 files with option \fB\-\-bboxfrom\fR other than \fB=guess\fR), \s-1GS\s0 is
-used. Converting \s-1PS\s0 to \s-1EPS\s0 involves this analysis.
-.PP
-To write \s-1PDF\s0 files, \s-1GS\s0 is used.
-.PP
-To read \s-1PDF\s0 files, \fBpdftops\fR from the \fBxpdf\fR package is used.
-.PP
-Sampled input formats are \s-1PNG\s0, \s-1JPEG\s0, \s-1TIFF\s0, \s-1PNM\s0, \s-1BMP\s0, \s-1GIF\s0, \s-1LBM\s0, \s-1XPM\s0, \s-1PCX\s0
-and \s-1TGA\s0. To read sampled input formats, \fBsam2p\fR is used. \fBsam2p\fR is
-a raster image converter written in \*(C+ by the author of \fBa2ping.pl\fR.
-.PP
-Extra output formats are \s-1PNG\s0, \s-1XWD\s0, \s-1BMP\s0, \s-1TIFF\s0, \s-1JPEG\s0, \s-1GIF\s0 and \s-1XPM\s0. To
-write extra output formats, \fBsam2p\fR and \s-1GS\s0 are used.
-.PP
-\&\s-1PNM\s0 output formats are \s-1PGM\s0, \s-1PGM\s0 and \s-1PPM\s0. To write \s-1PNM\s0 output formats, \s-1GS\s0
-is used.
-.SH "TIPS AND TRICKS"
-.IX Header "TIPS AND TRICKS"
-.IP "\(bu" 2
-Call with the \fB\-v\fR option to see progress and debug messages.
-.IP "\(bu" 2
-If your \s-1EPS\s0 contains a wrong bounding box, you can fix it by running
-\&\f(CW\*(C`a2ping.pl \-v \-\-bboxfrom=compute\-gs thefile.eps \-\-\*(C'\fR
-.IP "\(bu" 2
-You can specify \fB\-\fR as \fIinputfile\fR to get stdin and as \fIoutputfile\fR
-to get stdout. This works even for \s-1PDF\s0 files (which must be seekable),
-because \fBa2ping\fR copies them to a temporary file automatically.
-.IP "\(bu" 2
-If \fIinputfile\fR and \fIoutputfile\fR are the same, \fBa2ping\fR copies the
-\&\fIinputfile\fR to a temporary location first. However, this usage is
-recommended only if there is a backup of the file to be restored in case
-\&\fBa2ping\fR doesn't produce the desired result.
-.IP "\(bu" 2
-If you specify \fB\-\-\fR as \fIoutputfile\fR, it will be the same as \fIinputfile\fR.
-.IP "\(bu" 2
-\&\fBa2ping\fR respects \fB\-\-Duplex\fR for FileFormat \s-1PCL5\s0, even though \s-1GS\s0 doesn't.
-.IP "\(bu" 2
-If you have an incompatible \s-1PS\s0 that \s-1GS\s0 can read but your printer cannot print,
-just run \f(CW\*(C`a2ping.pl foo.ps PDF: \- | a2ping.pl \- PS: foo.ps\*(C'\fR
-.IP "\(bu" 2
-If you have a \s-1PS\s0 coming from Win32 (often with extension \f(CW\*(C`.prn\*(C'\fR), run
-it through \fBa2ping\fR. It will remove the resolution changes and the
-progress text printed to the terminal (which confuses \fIgv\fR\|(1) and makes
-some filters in the print queue emit incorrect output).
-.IP "\(bu" 2
-\&\fBa2ping\fR does antialiasing (\fB\-\-antialias=scale3no\fR) of glyphs and
-curves when emitting a sampled image (FileFormats such as \s-1PGM\s0 and \s-1PPM\s0).
-This improves readability of the glyphs. \fB=yes\fR instructs \s-1GS\s0 to do
-internal antialiasing, but it usually doesn't improve much. \fB=scale3no\fR
-turns off \s-1GS\s0 internal antialiasing, but makes it render everything 3x3
-as big, and then scales it back down. \fB=scale3no\fR turns on both 3x3
-scaling and \s-1GS\s0 internal antialiasing, which results in thicker lines and
-worse quality in general.
-.IP "\(bu" 2
-When creating a \s-1PBM\s0 file, antialiasing usually doesn't improve the
-quality, so it is switched off by default. But if you set
-\&\fB\-\-antialias=scale3no\fR or \fB\-\-antialias=scale3yes\fR, \s-1GS\s0 will render a \s-1PGM\s0 file,
-and the value of \fB\-\-threshold\fR determines the minimum intensity for white in
-the final \s-1PBM\s0.
-.IP "\(bu" 2
-If you need a bigger sampled output file, specify a larger
-\&\fB\-\-Resolution\fR. The default is \fB\-\-Resolution=72\fR. If your sampled output file
-is going to be really big, you should specify \fB\-\-AntiAlias=yes\fR instead of
-the default \fB\-\-AntiAlias=scale3no\fR to speed up conversion.
-.SH "MISC"
-.IX Header "MISC"
-.IP "\(bu" 2
-Doesn't depend on the filename or extension of the input file.
-.IP "\(bu" 2
-Conversion from \s-1EPS\s0 to \s-1PDF:\s0 fixes glitches etc., calls gs
-\&\-sDEVICE=pdfwrite
-.IP "\(bu" 2
-Conversion from \s-1EPS\s0 to \s-1EPS:\s0 fixes various glitches, moves (llx,lly) to
-(0,0), removes binary junk from the beginning of the \s-1EPS\s0 etc.
-.IP "\(bu" 2
-Conversion from \s-1PDF\s0 to \s-1PDF:\s0 keeps the file intact
-.IP "\(bu" 2
-Conversion from \s-1PDF\s0 to \s-1EPS:\s0 calls pdftops \-eps (of the xpdf package)
-.IP "\(bu" 2
-Conversion from \s-1PS\s0 to \s-1EPS:\s0 keeps 1st page only, removes setpagedevice etc.
-.SH "AUTHORS"
-.IX Header "AUTHORS"
-The author of \fBa2ping\fR is Szabó Péter <\fIpts@fazekas.hu\fR>.
-.PP
-\&\fBa2ping\fR is inspired by and historically based on the \fBepstopdf\fR Perl
-script modified by Thomas Esser, Sept. 1998, but his modifications have
-been removed from \fBa2ping\fR, and also \fBa2ping\fR and \fBepstopdf\fR do not
-share common code anymore. \fBepstopdf\fR is written by Sebastian Rahtz,
-for Elsevier Science. \fBepstopdf\fR contained extra tricks from Hans Hagen's
-texutil.
-.SH "HISTORY"
-.IX Header "HISTORY"
-.Sh "1999/05/06 v2.5 (Heiko Oberdiek)"
-.IX Subsection "1999/05/06 v2.5 (Heiko Oberdiek)"
-.Vb 14
-\& * New options: --hires, --exact, --filter, --help.
-\& * Many cosmetics: title, usage, ...
-\& * New code for debug, warning, error
-\& * Detecting of cygwin perl
-\& * Scanning for %%{Hires,Exact,}BoundingBox.
-\& * Scanning only the header in order not to get a wrong
-\& BoundingBox of an included file.
-\& * (atend) supported.
-\& * uses strict; (earlier error detecting).
-\& * changed first comment from '%!PS' to '%!';
-\& * corrected (atend) pattern: '\es*\e(atend\e)'
-\& * using of $bbxpat in all BoundingBox cases,
-\& correct the first white space to '...Box:\es*$bb...'
-\& * corrected first line (one line instead of two before 'if 0;';
-.Ve
-.Sh "2000/11/05 v2.6 (Heiko Oberdiek)"
-.IX Subsection "2000/11/05 v2.6 (Heiko Oberdiek)"
-.Vb 1
-\& * %%HiresBoundingBox corrected to %%HiResBoundingBox
-.Ve
-.Sh "2001/03/05 v2.7 (Heiko Oberdiek)"
-.IX Subsection "2001/03/05 v2.7 (Heiko Oberdiek)"
-.Vb 2
-\& * Newline before grestore for the case that there is no
-\& whitespace at the end of the eps file.
-.Ve
-.Sh "2003/02/02 (Szabó Péter)"
-.IX Subsection "2003/02/02 (Szabó Péter)"
-.Vb 10
-\& * option --below
-\& * removes DOS EPSF binary junk correctly
-\& * adds all 3 BoundingBox DSC comments
-\& * reads all 3 BoundingBox DSC comments, and picks the best
-\& * forces BoundingBox to be an integer
-\& * adds %%EndComments and proper %!PS-Adobe-?-? EPSF-?.? header
-\& * adds %%Pages:
-\& * adds invocation syntax: a2ping <infile.eps> <outfile.eps|pdf>
-\& * can convert PDF to EPS (by calling pdftops(1)) and PDF to PDF
-\& * emulates work for PDF input
-.Ve
-.Sh "2003/04/16 (Szabó Péter)"
-.IX Subsection "2003/04/16 (Szabó Péter)"
-.Vb 7
-\& * added PS and sam2p support, renamed to a2ping
-\& * sam2p and pdftops if $InputFilename eq '-';
-\& * remove PJL UEL header from the beginning
-\& * works for PS non-EPS files for input
-\& * input support for PNG JPEG TIFF PNM BMP GIF LBM XPM PCX TGA via sam2p
-\& * removes ^L (form feed) from end of EPS file
-\& * -x=-c:rle to add sam2p options
-.Ve
-.Sh "2003/04/26 (Szabó Péter)"
-.IX Subsection "2003/04/26 (Szabó Péter)"
-.Vb 14
-\& * omit the unnecessary setpagedevice calls when creating normal eps
-\& * --noverbose --nocompress supported differently
-\& * no more option defaults :-(
-\& * justlib2
-\& * multi-page output with PS:, PDF:, PCL5:
-\& * after `a2ping -pa4', file out.pcl says: `HP PCL printer data - A4 page
-\& size', instead of `US letter'
-\& * justlib2-ified doesn't depend on Getopt::Long anymore
-\& * fully supports filtering (stdin and/or stdout), PDF and PCL5 output to
-\& pipe (!$$ll_zero)
-\& * adds DSC ``%%DocumentMedia: plain 612 792 0 () ()''
-\& * BoundingBox precedence for EPS input: --PageSize, %%*BoundingBox,
-\& setpagedevice. Precedence for other inputs: --PageSize, setpagedevice,
-\& %%*BoundingBox
-.Ve
-.Sh "2003/09/25 (Szabó Péter)"
-.IX Subsection "2003/09/25 (Szabó Péter)"
-.Vb 7
-\& * --bboxfrom=adsc: %%BoundingBox overrides -sDEVICE=bbox
-\& * improved bbox discovery
-\& * many bugfixes
-\& * MetaPost EPS input fixes for prologues:=0;
-\& * a2ping.pl -v --papersize=50,60 --bboxfrom=compute-gs t.ps t2.ps
-\& * consistent bbox, --PageSize, /PageSize handling
-\& * consistent --Resolution and --Duplex handling
-.Ve
-.Sh "2003/12/02 (Szabó Péter)"
-.IX Subsection "2003/12/02 (Szabó Péter)"
-.Vb 1
-\& * --bboxfrom=compute-gs option to fix PS -> EPS bbox (gs -sDEVICE=bbox), tuzv.eps
-.Ve
-.Sh "2004/02/10 v2.77 (Szabó Péter)"
-.IX Subsection "2004/02/10 v2.77 (Szabó Péter)"
-.Vb 7
-\& * the compute-pipe routine is now run unless --bboxfrom=guess with EPS
-\& * added --gsextra=
-\& * added --antialias=
-\& * added FileFormat PBM, PGM, PPM
-\& * separated FileFormat features to FL_* constants
-\& * added --doc
-\& * there is no default FileFormat (PDF) anymore
-.Ve
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/a2ping.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/a2ping.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 4921e218674..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/a2ping.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/afm2afm.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/afm2afm.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 3f66df9a8bb..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/afm2afm.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,199 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.25 (Pod::Simple 3.20)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "AFM2AFM 1"
-.TH AFM2AFM 1 "2012-03-06" "fontools" "Marc Penninga"
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-afm2afm \- reencode an afm file
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-.IP "\fBafm2afm\fR" 8
-.IX Item "afm2afm"
-[\fB\-help\fR]
-[\fB\-encoding\fR \fIencodingfile\fR]
-[\fB\-output\fR \fIoutputfile\fR]
-\&\fBafmfile\fR
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-\&\fBafm2afm\fR re-encodes an \fIafm\fR file.
-.PP
-Metrics (including kerning data) for characters not present in the
-chosen encoding are excluded from the output, which resuls in
-much smaller files.
-.PP
-Note that if you don't specify an encoding file, the \fIafm\fR file
-isn't re-encoded, but the unused data is still pruned.
-.PP
-The program also generates an entry for a \fIdvips\fR\-style map file,
-but only if the \fIafm\fR file has been re-encoded and
-the output was written to file
-(i.e., if both the \fI\-encoding\fR and \fI\-output\fR options were specified).
-.SH "OPTIONS AND ARGUMENTS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS AND ARGUMENTS"
-.IP "\fB\-help\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-help"
-Print a short description of the syntax
-.IP "\fB\-encoding\fR \fIencodingfile\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-encoding encodingfile"
-Re-encode to the enconding in \fIencodingfile\fR
-.IP "\fB\-output\fR \fIoutputfile\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-output outputfile"
-Write the result to \fIoutputfile\fR instead of \f(CW\*(C`stdout\*(C'\fR.
-.IP "\fBafmfile\fR" 4
-.IX Item "afmfile"
-The \fIafm\fR file to be re-encoded.
-.PP
-Option names may be shortened to a unique prefix.
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.IX Header "AUTHOR"
-Marc Penninga <marcpenninga@gmail.com>
-.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (C) 2005\-2012 Marc Penninga.
-.SH "LICENSE"
-.IX Header "LICENSE"
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 General Public License as published
-by the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License,
-or (at your option) any later version.
-A copy of the \s-1GNU\s0 General Public License is included with \fBautoinst\fR;
-see the file \fIGPLv2.txt\fR.
-.SH "DISCLAIMER"
-.IX Header "DISCLAIMER"
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but \s-1WITHOUT\s0 \s-1ANY\s0 \s-1WARRANTY\s0; without even the implied warranty of
-\&\s-1MERCHANTABILITY\s0 or \s-1FITNESS\s0 \s-1FOR\s0 A \s-1PARTICULAR\s0 \s-1PURPOSE\s0.
-See the \s-1GNU\s0 General Public License for more details.
-.SH "RECENT CHANGES"
-.IX Header "RECENT CHANGES"
-(See the source code for the rest of the story.)
-.IP "\fI2012\-02\-01\fR" 12
-.IX Item "2012-02-01"
-Refactored the code; added the \*(L"no re-encoding, only pruning\*(R"
-functionality.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/afm2afm.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/afm2afm.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 2e6b61eeac4..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/afm2afm.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/afm2pl.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/afm2pl.1
deleted file mode 100644
index bceec28b937..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/afm2pl.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,464 +0,0 @@
-.\" Title: afm2pl
-.\" Author:
-.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.73.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
-.\" Date: May 2009
-.\" Manual: afm2pl
-.\" Source:
-.\"
-.TH "AFM2PL" "1" "May 2009" "" "afm2pl"
-.\" disable hyphenation
-.nh
-.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
-.ad l
-.SH "NAME"
-afm2pl \- convert AFM font metrics to TeX pl font metrics
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.HP 7
-\fBafm2pl\fR [\fB\-p\fR\ \fIencoding_file\fR] [\fB\-o\fR] [\fB\-e\fR\ \fIextension_factor\fR] [\fB\-s\fR\ \fIslant_factor\fR] [\fB\-f\fR\ \fIfont_dimensions\fR] [\fB\-k\fR] [\fB\-m\fR\ \fIletter_spacing\fR] [\fB\-l\fR\ \fIligkern_spec\fR] [\fB\-L\fR\ \fIligkern_spec\fR] [\fB\-n\fR] \fIinput_file[\&.afm]\fR [\fIoutput_file[\&.pl]\fR]
-.HP 7
-\fBafm2pl\fR [\-\-help] | [\-\-version]
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.PP
-afm2pl converts an afm (Adobe Font Metric) file into a pl (Property List) file, which in its turn can be converted to a tfm (TeX Font Metric) file\&. It normally preserves kerns and ligatures, but also offers additional control over them\&.
-.PP
-afm2pl is meant to be a partial replacement for afm2tfm, on which it is based\&. With afm2tfm, preserving kerns and ligatures is possible only in a roundabout way, and handling of them is hard\-wired\&.
-.PP
-For text fonts, Y&Y\'s texnansi is a good encoding to be used with afm2pl\&. Its character set includes all the accented characters likely to be needed for Western languages, plus many typographic symbols, without a need for either virtual fonts or a separate text companion font\&.
-.PP
-Full LaTeX support for this encoding is available in the form of the texnansi package, which is already part of TeX Live and teTeX\&. These distributions also contain the encoding file texnansi\&.enc\&.
-.PP
-The distribution contains uppercased and lowercased versions of texnansi, viz\&. texnanuc and texnanlc, to allow font\-based rather than macro\-based uppercasing and lowercasing, and the familiar old ot1 encoding plus some variations in PostScript \&.enc format (I included these because they seem to be absent from teTeX/TeX Live)\&. However,
-check your mapfiles
-if you have old afm2pl\-generated fonts using these\&.
-.PP
-Return value: 0 if no error; a negative number indicating the number of missing glyphs if conversion was otherwise successfull but glyphs are missing, and 1 in case of error\&.
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.PP
-\fB\-p\fR \fIencoding_file\fR
-.RS 4
-The default is the encoding specified in the afm file, which had better match the encoding in the fontfile (pfa or pfb)\&. If
-afm2pl\-name\&.enc
-exists, afm2pl will use this file instead of
-name\&.enc, unless an option
-\-n
-is given\&. The generated mapfile entry (see below) instructs pdftex or the dvi driver to reencode the font on the fly\&. On\-the\-fly reencoding does not require virtual fonts\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-o\fR
-.RS 4
-Use octal for all character codes in the pl file\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-e\fR \fIextend_factor\fR
-.RS 4
-Widen or narrow characters by
-\fIextend_factor\fR\&. Default is 1\&.0 (natural width)\&. Not recommended\&[1]\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-s\fR \fIslant_factor\fR
-.RS 4
-Oblique (slant) characters by
-\fIslant_factor\fR\&. Not recommended either\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-f\fR \fIfont_dimensions\fR
-.RS 4
-The value is either the keyword
-afm2tfm
-or a comma\-separated list of up to five integers\&. The parameters are listed below, with their defaults and their value when the afm2tfm keyword is specified\&. \(oqSpace\(cq means the width of a space in the target font, except of course in the last row\&. Keep in mind that the design size is 1000, and that all numbers must be nonnegative integers\&.
-.TS
-allbox tab(:);
-lB lB lB.
-T{
-Font dimension
-T}:T{
-Default value
-T}:T{
-Afm2tfm value
-T}
-.T&
-l l l
-l l l
-l l l
-l l l
-l l l.
-T{
-\fIstretch\fR
-T}:T{
-space div 2
-T}:T{
-300 \(mu \fIextend_factor\fR
-T}
-T{
-\fIshrink\fR
-T}:T{
-space div 3
-T}:T{
-100 \(mu \fIextend_factor\fR
-T}
-T{
-\fIextra space\fR
-T}:T{
-space div 3
-T}:T{
-missing
-T}
-T{
-\fIquad\fR
-T}:T{
-2 \(mu width of \(oq0\(cq
-T}:T{
-1000 \(mu \fIextend_factor\fR
-T}
-T{
-\fIspace\fR
-T}:T{
-(space source font) \(mu \fIextend_factor\fR
-T}:T{
-(space source font) \(mu \fIextend_factor\fR
-T}
-.TE
-.sp
-For fixed\-pitch fonts, different values apply:
-.TS
-allbox tab(:);
-lB lB lB.
-T{
-Font dimension
-T}:T{
-Default value
-T}:T{
-Afm2tfm value
-T}
-.T&
-l l l
-l l l
-l l l
-l l l
-l l l.
-T{
-\fIstretch\fR
-T}:T{
-0
-T}:T{
-0
-T}
-T{
-\fIshrink\fR
-T}:T{
-0
-T}:T{
-0
-T}
-T{
-\fIextra space\fR
-T}:T{
-space
-T}:T{
-missing
-T}
-T{
-\fIquad\fR
-T}:T{
-2 \(mu character width
-T}:T{
-1000 \(mu \fIextend_factor\fR
-T}
-T{
-\fIspace\fR
-T}:T{
-character width
-T}:T{
-character width
-T}
-.TE
-.sp
-Specify just a non\-default stretch and shrink with e\&.g\&.
-150,70
-and just a non\-default extra space with
-,,10\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-k\fR
-.RS 4
-Keep original ligatures\&. This option only has effect in combination with positive letterspacing; see the section on
-letterspacing and extra ligkern info\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-m\fR \fIletter_spacing\fR
-.RS 4
-Letterspace by
-\fIletter_spacing\fR/1000 em (integer)\&. This is useful for making all\-caps typesetting look better\&. Try a value of e\&.g\&. 50 or 100\&. But see the section on
-letterspacing and extra ligkern info
-for details\&. A better alternative, though, is letting pdftex do the letterspacing\&. The
-microtype
-package gives LaTeX users access to this feature\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-l\fR \fIligkern_spec\fR, \fB\-L\fR \fIligkern_spec\fR
-.RS 4
-See the section on
-extra ligkern info
-for details\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-n\fR
-.RS 4
-No prefix\&. For \&.enc\- and \&.lig files, the program normally first prefixes the name with `afm2pl\-\'\&. Only if the prefixed filename is not found, will it search for the original filename\&. This option prevents searching for the prefixed filename\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-V\fR
-.RS 4
-Verbose\&. If turned on, it reports the number of missing glyphs to stderr and their names to stdout\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-\-help\fR
-.RS 4
-Display a short usage message\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-\-version\fR
-.RS 4
-Display the version number of afm2pl\&.
-.RE
-.SH "MAPFILE ENTRIES"
-.PP
-afm2pl writes a mapfile entry to a file with the same basename as the pl output file, but with extension \&.map\&. It can be used for the dvips mapfile and for the pdftex mapfile\&. It is assumed that the pfb file has the same basename as the afm file and must be downloaded\&.
-\fIYou may have to hand\-edit this entry\&.\fR
-.PP
-You can configure dvips and pdftex to read this additional mapfile or otherwise add the entry to an existing mapfile\&.
-.PP
-\fBCheck your mapfiles!\fR
-To reduce the likelihood of name conflicts, the \&.enc\- files which are part of afm2pl (ot1, ot1csc, ot1ital, ot1tt, texnanlc and texnanuc) have now been prepended with
-afm2pl\-\&. The \&.enc files are referenced in mapfiles\&. If you have old afm2pl\-generated \&.tfm files using these, then you should update their mapfile fragments and rerun updmap or updmap\-sys\&. Or you can copy the relevant enc files to your personal or local texmf tree under their previous non\-prefixed names\&.
-.SH "EXTRA LIGKERN INFO"
-.PP
-\fIMost users are well\-advised to leave this mess alone and to accept the default behavior\&.\fR
-.PP
-The ligatures and kerns present in the afm file can be modified in various ways\&. Default, the encoding file is scanned for extra ligkern specifications, whose format will be described below\&. If there are no ligkern specifications in the encoding file, then extra ligkern specifications will be read from a file [afm2pl\-]default\&.lig\&. A value of 0 for
-\fIligkern_spec\fR
-means that the ligatures and kerns from the afm file won\'t be tampered with and a value of 1 specifies default behavior\&. One can also specify a comma\-separated list of files with extra ligkerns specs\&.
-.PP
-If afm2pl is compiled with the kpathsea library, then these files will be searched for under $TEXMF/fonts/lig\&.
-.PP
-\fINote that ligatures and kerns are hints for the typesetting application; there is no need to download this information to the printer or to make it available to a dvi driver\&.\fR
-.PP
-The parser for ligkern info has been inherited from afm2tfm virtually without change\&. A ligkern specification can have one of the following forms:
-.sp
-.RS 4
-.nf
-\fIglyph_name1\fR \fIglyph_name2\fR \fIlig_op\fR \fIglyph_name3\fR ;
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-This specifies a ligature\&. Possible values for
-\fIlig_op\fR
-are
-=:,
-|=:,
-|=:>,
-=:|,
-=:|>,
-|=:|,
-|=:|>
-and
-|=:|>>\&. These correspond to
-LIG,
-/LIG,
-/LIG>,
-LIG/,
-LIG/>,
-/LIG/,
-/LIG/>,
-/LIG/>>
-in \&.pl syntax; see the pltotf documentation and the \&.lig files in the distribution\&.
-.sp
-.RS 4
-.nf
-\fIglyph_name1\fR <> \fIglyph_name2\fR ;
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-Kern
-\fIglyph_name1\fR
-as
-\fIglyph_name2\fR\&.
-.sp
-.RS 4
-.nf
-\fIglyph_name1\fR {} \fIglyph_name2\fR ;
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-Remove the kern between
-\fIglyph_name1\fR
-and
-\fIglyph_name2\fR\&. A value of
-*
-for either glyph name is interpreted as a wildcard\&.
-.sp
-.RS 4
-.nf
-|| = \fIglyph\fR ;
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-Set the (right) boundary character to
-\fIglyph\fR\&.
-\fIglyph\fR
-may be either a glyphname or a slot in the encoding vector\&. Choosing a glyph which doesn\'t occur in the output encoding is equivalent to not specifying a boundarychar at all\&. It is ok to pick an encoded glyphname which does not occur in the afm\&. In fact, this is what default\&.lig does:
-|| = cwm ;\&.
-.PP
-You can copy the kerns of an unencoded character to the boundarychar\&. Below,
-space
-is the unencoded character:
-.sp
-.RS 4
-.nf
-|| <> space ;
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-This ligkern specification should occur before the one that deletes space kerns\&.
-.PP
-A ligkern specification should be contained within one line\&. One line may contain several ligkern specifications, separated by spaces\&. Note that
-;
-(space followed by semicolon) is considered part of the ligkern specification\&. See the lig files included in this distribution\&. Example:
-.sp
-.RS 4
-.nf
-one {} * ; * {} one ; two {} * ; * {} two ;
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-Lines with ligkern specifications inside an encoding file should start with
-% LIGKERN\&. Ligkern specifications in a lig file may optionally start this way\&.
-.SH "LETTERSPACING AND EXTRA LIGKERN INFO"
-.PP
-Letterspacing has various side\-effects for ligkern info\&. Instead of simply applying the extra ligkern info (see previous section), the following is done:
-.sp
-.RS 4
-\h'-04' 1.\h'+02'In case of positive letterspacing, native ligatures are removed, unless the \-k option is specified\&.
-.RE
-.sp
-.RS 4
-\h'-04' 2.\h'+02'Extra ligkern info is applied as usual, except that in case of positive letterspacing different defaults apply:
-\-l 0
-is quietly ignored, ligkern comments in the encoding file are ignored, and defpre\&.lig is read instead of default\&.lig\&.
-.RE
-.sp
-.RS 4
-\h'-04' 3.\h'+02'Letterspacing is applied\&. This adds a lot of kerns, and modifies existing kerns\&.
-.RE
-.sp
-.RS 4
-\h'-04' 4.\h'+02'The extra ligkern info specified with \-L is applied\&. The only ligkern specs which are allowed here, are removals of kerning pairs (with the
-{}
-operator)\&. Values 0 and 1 have a similar meaning as for the \-l parameter\&.
-\fIThe tfm format has room for only about 180x180 ligatures and kerning pairs\&.\fR
-This is enough for OT1 encoding, but for texnansi encoding quite a few ligkern specifications have to be removed\&. The pltotf program will remove
-\fIall\fR
-ligkern info if too many ligatures and kerns remain\&. The default lig file is defpost\&.lig\&. This file throws out kerning pairs which are unlikely to be involved in letterspacing, such as kerns involving accents or kerns with a punctuation character or right bracket at the left\&. It does not add letterspacing kerns involving boundarychars\&. Instead, fontspace is increased by twice the letterspacing\&. defpost\&.lig throws out enough kerns in case of texnansi encoding\&. With other encodings, you may have to throw out additional kerning pairs\&.
-.RE
-.SH "FONT-BASED UPPER- AND LOWERCASING"
-.PP
-The distribution includes encoding vectors texnanuc\&.enc and texnanlc\&.enc which produce all\-uppercase and all\-lowercase fonts
-.PP
-The principal uses for an all\-uppercase font are page headers and section heads\&. If these contain math, then macro\-based uppercasing would create unpleasant complications\&. Example:
-.sp
-.RS 4
-.nf
-afm2pl \-p texnanuc ptmr8a ptmup8y
-pltotf ptmup8y
-.fi
-.RE
-.sp
-For best results, you should add some letterspacing\&. In LaTeX, this is best done with the
-microtype
-package; see the documentation of that package\&. But it can also be done with
-afm2pl:
-.sp
-.RS 4
-.nf
-afm2pl \-p texnanuc \-m 100 ptmr8a ptmup8y
-.fi
-.RE
-.sp
-This requires caution; see
-above\&.
-.PP
-You can use this new font within the context of LaTeX font selection as follows:
-.sp
-.RS 4
-.nf
-
-<preamble commands>
-\emakeatletter
-{\enfss@catcodes
-\eDeclareFontShape{LY1}{ptm}{m}{upp}{<\-> ptmup8y}{}}
-\emakeatother
-\&.\&.\&.
-\ebegin{document}
-\&.\&.\&.
-{\efontshape{upp}\eselectfont uppercase text}
-
-.fi
-.RE
-.sp
-Note that
-upp
-is simply a newly made\-up shape name\&.
-.SS "The sz ligature \(ss"
-.PP
-Note that the texnanuc encoding provides no glyph for the sz ligature \(ss; you\'ll either have to substitute ss or provide a macro\-based solution\&. The following code uses either the usual glyph or substitutes the letters ss, depending on whether the glyph exists in the current font:
-.sp
-.RS 4
-.nf
-
-\edef\ess{%
- \esetbox0\ehbox{\echar25}%
- \eifnum\ewd0=0 ss\eelse\ebox0\efi
-}
-
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-In LaTeX, this code appears to work well enough, although on occasion you may need to insert
-\eprotect\&. A better solution might involve the sixth parameter of the
-\eDeclareFontShape
-macro, but I failed to get that to work\&.
-.SH "AFM2PL, FONTINST AND ARTIFICIAL SMALLCAPS"
-.PP
-Afm2pl doesn\'t do virtual fonts\&. That means that for things such as artificial smallcaps you have to turn elsewhere, e\&.g\&. to the fontinst package, which is part of any mainstream TeX distribution\&.
-.PP
-Look under texmf/tex/fontinst for fontinst support files, which allow you to generate a smallcaps font (tfm and vf files) from an afm2pl\-generated tfm file\&. This package only supports texnansi encoding\&.
-.PP
-There should be no real problem in doing the same for OT1 encoding\&. However, there are several variations of the OT1 encoding to take care of\&. Also, there are as far as I know no officially sanctioned PostScript names for all the variations of the OT1 encoding; the fontinst names contain spaces and are therefore not useable as PostScript names\&.
-.SH "CHANGED IN VERSION 0.7.1"
-.PP
-In order to avoid name conflicts, the \&.enc\- and \&.lig files distributed with afm2pl got
-afm2pl\-
-prepended to their name\&. The program itself now first searches for the thus prepended name\&. If the \&.enc\- or \&.lig file is not found it will look for the original filename\&. The renaming of the afm2pl \&.enc files may require modification of some mapfiles\&.
-.SH "URLS"
-.PP
-The afm2pl homepage is
-\fIhttp://tex\&.aanhet\&.net/afm2pl/\fR\&.
-.PP
-The paper
-\fIFont installation the shallow way\fR\&[2]
-(EuroTeX 2006 Proceedings, published as
-\fITUGboat\fR\&[3]
-issue 27\&.1) illustrates the use of afm2pl\&.
-.SH "NOTES"
-.IP " 1." 4
-Except that arguably a narrowed Courier is less jarring than a full-width Courier, when used in combination with a normal proportional font. For Courier, choose .833 to match the width of cmtt. Better yet, don't use Courier at all; most TeX distributions offer various good replacements.
-.IP " 2." 4
-Font installation the shallow way
-.RS 4
-\%http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb27-1/tb86kroonenberg-fonts.pdf
-.RE
-.IP " 3." 4
-TUGboat
-.RS 4
-\%http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/
-.RE
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/afm2pl.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/afm2pl.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 48a1487a9a4..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/afm2pl.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/afm2tfm.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/afm2tfm.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 32822173aa4..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/afm2tfm.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-.\" man page for afm2tfm
-.TH AFM2TFM 1 "9 August 1990"
-.SH NAME
-afm2tfm \- convert Adobe font metrics to TeX font metrics
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-PostScript fonts are (or should be) accompanied by font metric files
-such as
-.B Times-Roman.afm,
-which describes the characteristics of the font called Times-Roman.
-To use such fonts with TeX, we need TFM files that contain similar
-information. This program does that conversion. For more
-information, print out the dvips manual.
-.SH FILES
-.I psfonts.map
-in the config directory used by dvips (update this).
-.br
-.I ../afm/Makefile
-in the dvips sources (look at this for examples).
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-dvips(1), tex(1), vptovf(1)
-.SH BUGS
-An option to add letterspacing to the virtual font was rejected by Knuth
-because it would make the fi and fl ligatures break the normal rhythmic pattern.
-.SH AUTHORS
-Tomas Rokicki <rokicki@cs.stanford.edu> and Donald E. Knuth
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/afm2tfm.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/afm2tfm.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 04fbfc5ee7f..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/afm2tfm.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/aleph.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/aleph.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 0ce1172402f..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/aleph.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,240 +0,0 @@
-.TH ALEPH 1 "1 March 2011" "Web2C 2012"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.if n .ds MF Metafont
-.if t .ds MF M\s-2ETAFONT\s0
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP for troff
-.el .ds OX TeX for nroff
-.\" the same but obliqued
-.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
-.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds BX BibTeX
-.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
-.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.if t .ds AX \fRA\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'M\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'S\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds AX AmSTeX
-.if t .ds AY \fRA\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'M\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'S\fP\*(LX
-.if n .ds AY AmSLaTeX
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-aleph \- extended Unicode TeX
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B aleph
-.RI [ options ]
-.RI [ \fB&\fPformat ]
-.RI [ file | \fB\e\fPcommands ]
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Run the Aleph typesetter on
-.IR file ,
-usually creating
-.IR file.dvi .
-If the file argument has no extension, ".tex" will be appended to it.
-Instead of a filename, a set of Aleph commands can be given, the first
-of which must start with a backslash.
-With a
-.BI & format
-argument Aleph uses a different set of precompiled commands,
-contained in
-.IR format\fB.fmt\fP ;
-it is usually better to use the
-.B -fmt
-.I format
-option instead.
-.PP
-Aleph is a version of the \*(TX program modified for multilingual
-typesetting. It uses Unicode, and has additional primitives for
-(among other things) bidirectional typesetting.
-.PP
-Aleph's command line options are similar to those of \*(TX.
-.PP
-Aleph is no longer being actively developed; see LuaTeX for current
-activity.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH OPTIONS
-Run aleph --help to see the complete list of options; this is not
-exhaustive.
-.TP
-.BI --fmt \ format
-Use
-.I format
-as the name of the format to be used, instead of the name by which
-Aleph was called or a
-.I %&
-line.
-.TP
-.B --halt-on-error
-Exit with an error code when an error is encountered during processing.
-.TP
-.B --help
-Print help message and exit.
-.TP
-.B --ini
-Be `initial' Aleph for dumping formats; this is implicitly true if the
-program is called as
-.BR inialeph .
-.TP
-.BI --interaction \ mode
-Sets the interaction mode. The mode can be one of
-.IR batchmode ,
-.IR nonstopmode ,
-.IR scrollmode ,
-and
-.IR errorstopmode .
-The meaning of these modes is the same as that of the corresponding
-\ecommands.
-.TP
-.B --ipc
-Send DVI output to a socket as well as the usual output file. Whether
-this option is available is the choice of the installer.
-.TP
-.B --ipc-start
-As
-.BR --ipc ,
-and starts the server at the other end as well. Whether this option
-is available is the choice of the installer.
-.TP
-.BI --kpathsea-debug \ bitmask
-Sets path searching debugging flags according to the bitmask. See the
-.I Kpathsea
-manual for details.
-.TP
-.BI --maketex \ fmt
-Enable
-.RI mktex fmt ,
-where
-.I fmt
-must be one of
-.I tex
-or
-.IR tfm .
-.TP
-.BI --no-maketex \ fmt
-Disable
-.RI mktex fmt ,
-where
-.I fmt
-must be one of
-.I tex
-or
-.IR tfm .
-.TP
-.BI --output-comment \ string
-Use
-.I string
-for the DVI file comment instead of the date.
-.TP
-.BI --output-directory \ directory
-Write output files in
-.I directory
-instead of the current directory. Look up input files in
-.I directory
-first, the along the normal search path.
-.TP
-.B --parse-first-line
-If the first line of the main input file begins with
-.I %&
-parse it to look for a dump name.
-.TP
-.BI --progname \ name
-Pretend to be program
-.IR name .
-This affects both the format used and the search paths.
-.TP
-.B --recorder
-Enable the filename recorder. This leaves a trace of the files opened
-for input and output in a file with extension
-.IR .ofl .
-(This option is always on.)
-.TP
-.B --shell-escape
-Enable the
-.BI \ewrite18{ command }
-construct. The
-.I command
-can be any Bourne shell command. By default, this construct is
-enabled in a restricted mode, for security reasons.
-.TP
-.B --version
-Print version information and exit.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-See the Kpathsearch library documentation (the `Path specifications'
-node) for precise details of how the environment variables are used.
-The
-.B kpsewhich
-utility can be used to query the values of the variables.
-.PP
-One caveat: In most Aleph formats, you cannot use ~ in a filename you
-give directly to Aleph, because ~ is an active character, and hence is
-expanded, not taken as part of the filename. Other programs, such as
-\*(MF, do not have this problem.
-.PP
-.TP
-.B TEXMFOUTPUT
-Normally, Aleph puts its output files in the current directory. If
-any output file cannot be opened there, it tries to open it in the
-directory specified in the environment variable TEXMFOUTPUT.
-There is no default value for that variable. For example, if you say
-.I tex paper
-and the current directory is not writable, if TEXMFOUTPUT has
-the value
-.IR /tmp ,
-Aleph attempts to create
-.I /tmp/paper.log
-(and
-.IR /tmp/paper.dvi ,
-if any output is produced.) TEXMFOUTPUT is also checked for input
-files, as \*(TX often generates files that need to be subsequently
-read; for input, no suffixes (such as ``.tex'') are added by default,
-the input name is simply checked as given.
-.TP
-.B TEXINPUTS
-Search path for
-.I \einput
-and
-.I \eopenin
-files.
-This should start with ``.'', so
-that user files are found before system files. An empty path
-component will be replaced with the paths defined in the
-.I texmf.cnf
-file. For example, set TEXINPUTS to ".:/home/user/tex:" to prepend the
-current direcory and ``/home/user/tex'' to the standard search path.
-.TP
-.B TEXEDIT
-Command template for switching to editor. The default, usually
-.BR vi ,
-is set when Aleph is compiled.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NOTES
-This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
-documentation for this version of Aleph can be found in the info
-manual
-.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
-See http://tug/org/web2c.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH BUGS
-This version of Aleph implements a number of optional extensions.
-In fact, many of these extensions conflict to a greater or lesser
-extent with the definition of Aleph. When such extensions are
-enabled, the banner printed when Aleph starts is changed to print
-.B Alephk
-instead of
-.BR Aleph .
-.PP
-This version of Aleph fails to trap arithmetic overflow when
-dimensions are added or subtracted. Cases where this occurs are rare,
-but when it does the generated
-.I DVI
-file will be invalid.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR tex (1),
-.BR mf (1)
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH AUTHORS
-The primary authors of Aleph are John Plaice and Yannis Haralambous.
-It is currently maintained (for severe bug fixes only) by Taco Hoekwater.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/aleph.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/aleph.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index b561b31fb5a..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/aleph.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/allcm.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/allcm.1
deleted file mode 100644
index fe75f4ef6d3..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/allcm.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-.TH allcm 1 "11/94" "teTeX" "teTeX"
-.SH NAME
-allcm \- force the most important Computer\-Modern\-fonts to be calculated
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B allcm [-r]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I allcm
-forces a large number of Computer Modern Fonts to be calculated as pixel files.
-This is done through running
-.IR dvips (1)
-over a certain test-file. Therefore, the fonts are created in the resolution
-needed by dvips.
-
-If the \-r flag is specified, the command
-.IR dvired (1)
-will be used instead of dvips.
-
-.I allcm
-does not recalculate existing fonts (as long as the Metafont mode does not change).
-
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-allec(1),
-allneeded(1),
-dvips(1),
-dvired(1).
-
-.SH AUTHOR
-Thomas Esser <te@dbs.uni-hannover.de>
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/allcm.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/allcm.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 650e2431abd..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/allcm.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/allec.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/allec.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 56bf87a60c5..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/allec.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-.TH alldc 1 "11/94" "teTeX" "teTeX"
-.SH NAME
-allec \- force the most important ec\-fonts to be calculated
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B allec [\-r]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I allec
-forces a large number of ec-style Fonts to be calculated as pixel files.
-This is done through running
-.IR dvips (1)
-over a certain test-file. Therefore, the fonts are created in the resolution
-needed by dvips.
-
-If the \-r flag is specified, the command
-.IR dvired (1)
-will be used instead of dvips.
-
-.I alldc
-does not recalculate existing fonts (as long as the Metafont mode does not change).
-
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-allcm(1),
-allneeded(1),
-dvips(1),
-dvired(1).
-
-.SH AUTHOR
-Thomas Esser <te@dbs.uni-hannover.de>
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/allec.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/allec.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 5aac00771e0..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/allec.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/allneeded.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/allneeded.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d9a67548b7..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/allneeded.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-.TH allneeded 1 "11/94" "teTeX" "teTeX"
-.SH NAME
-allneeded \- force the calculation of all fonts now needed
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B allneeded [\-r] files ...
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I allneeded
-forces the calculation of all fonts that are needed to preview a set of
-dvi files. Just specify where the program should search for files on the
-commandline.
-The fonts generation is triggered by running
-.IR dvips (1)
-over all accessible dvi\-files. Therefore, the fonts are created in the resolution
-needed by dvips.
-
-If the \-r flag is specified, the command
-.IR dvired (1)
-will be used instead of dvips.
-
-.I allneeded
-does not recalculate existing fonts (as long as the Metafont mode does not change).
-
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-allec(1),
-allcm(1),
-dvips(1),
-dvired(1).
-
-.SH AUTHOR
-Thomas Esser <te@dbs.uni-hannover.de>
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/allneeded.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/allneeded.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index f428f811da0..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/allneeded.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/amstex.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/amstex.1
deleted file mode 100644
index af05e2639ee..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/amstex.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-.TH AMSTEX 1 "14 May 2010" "Web2C 2012"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.if t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP\" for troff
-.if n .ds OX TeX\" for nroff
-.\" the same but obliqued
-.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
-.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds BX BibTeX
-.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
-.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.if t .ds AX \fRA\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'M\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'S\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds AX AmSTeX
-.if t .ds AY \fRA\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'M\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'S\fP\*(LX
-.if n .ds AY AmSLaTeX
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-amstex \- structured text formatting and typesetting
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B amstex
-.RI [ first-line ]
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
-documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
-or manual
-.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
-.PP
-The \*(AX language is described in the book
-.IR "The Joy of \*(OX" .
-\*(AX is a \*(TX macro package, not a modification to the \*(TX source
-program, so all the capabilities described in
-.BR tex (1)
-are present.
-.PP
-The \*(AX macros encourage writers to think about the content of their
-documents, rather than the form. The ideal, not always realized, is to
-have no formatting commands (like \(lqswitch to italic\(rq or \(lqskip 2
-picas\(rq) in the document at all; instead, everything is done
-by specific markup instructions: \(lqemphasize\(rq, \(lqstart a section\(rq.
-.PP
-For authors more familiar with \*(LX, an AMS-supported package called
-.I amsmath.sty
-is available, among others.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-.I amsguide.tex
-Documentation for \*(AX, typesettable by \*(TX.
-.TP
-.I amfndoc.tex
-Documentation for AMS fonts, typesettable by \*(TX.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR latex (1),
-.BR tex (1),
-.BR slitex (1).
-.br
-Michael Spivak,
-.IR "The Joy of \*(OX" ,
-2nd edition, American Mathematical Society, 1990, ISBN 0-8218-2997-1.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/amstex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/amstex.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 8755fd9f42a..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/amstex.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/arlatex.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/arlatex.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 2db9327c252..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/arlatex.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,279 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.22 (Pod::Simple 3.07)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "ARLATEX 1"
-.TH ARLATEX 1 "2011-05-01" "v1.02" "User Commands"
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-arlatex \- archive a number of ancillary LaTeX files into a master
-\&\fI.tex\fR file
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-arlatex
-[\fB\-\-outfile\fR=\fIfilename\fR\fI.tex\fR]
-\&\fB\-\-document\fR=\fIfilename\fR\fI.tex\fR
-\&\fIfilename\fR
-\&...
-.PP
-arlatex
-\&\fB\-\-version\fR
-.PP
-arlatex
-\&\fB\-\-help\fR
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-\&\fBarlatex\fR is an archiving program like \fBshar\fR, \fBtar\fR, \fBzip\fR, etc.
-Unlike those other archivers, however, \fBarlatex\fR is designed
-specifically for use with LaTeX. \fBarlatex\fR takes the name of a
-master \fI.tex\fR file and a number of ancillary files used by that
-master file (e.g., \fI.tex\fR, \fI.sty\fR, \fI.cls\fR, and \fI.eps\fR files).
-From these, \fBarlatex\fR outputs a single file that, when it's run
-through \fBlatex\fR, both regenerates the ancillary files and compiles
-the document into a \fI.dvi\fR file.
-.PP
-\&\fBarlatex\fR has a few advantages over other archiving programs:
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-The \fI.tex\fR files produced by \fBarlatex\fR are in a plain-text format.
-They are therefore perfectly portable and trivial to e\-mail to
-colleagues.
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-\&\fBarlatex\fR needs only LaTeX to run. There is no dependence on any
-external tools.
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-There is no explicit extraction step. As the generated document is
-run through \fBlatex\fR, it extracts the ancillary files and builds the
-document in the same step. The user running \fBlatex\fR may not even
-notice that additional files are being produced.
-.PP
-\&\fBarlatex\fR works by writing a number of \f(CW\*(C`\ebegin{filecontents*}\*(C'\fR\ ...
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\eend{filecontents*}\*(C'\fR blocks to the output file, followed by the
-contents of the master file. (In fact, any LaTeX comments at the
-beginning of the master file are hoisted to the top of the generated
-file. This enables the author to draw attention, if so desired, to
-the fact that ancillary files will be generated.) The
-\&\f(CW\*(C`filecontents*\*(C'\fR environment, part of standard LaTeX2e, writes its
-contents verbatim to a specified file.
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS"
-.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--version"
-Output the \fBarlatex\fR script's version number.
-.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--help"
-Output brief \fBarlatex\fR usage information.
-.IP "\fB\-\-document\fR=\fI.tex file\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--document=.tex file"
-Specify the master document. The output from \fBarlatex\fR is this file
-with all of the other files named on the command line prepended to it.
-Note that \f(CW\*(C`\-\-document\*(C'\fR is a \fImandatory\fR parameter; \fBarlatex\fR will
-abort with an error message if \f(CW\*(C`\-\-document\*(C'\fR is not specified.
-.IP "\fB\-\-outfile\fR=\fI.tex file\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--outfile=.tex file"
-Specify the output file. The output file looks just like the master
-document, but with a number of \f(CW\*(C`filecontents*\*(C'\fR environments preceding
-the \f(CW\*(C`\edocumentclass\*(C'\fR line. If \f(CW\*(C`\-\-outfile\*(C'\fR is not specified, output
-will be written to the standard output device.
-.SH "EXAMPLES"
-.IX Header "EXAMPLES"
-Suppose you have a paper called \fIpaper.tex\fR that loads a custom
-package with \f(CW\*(C`\eusepackage{mypackage}\*(C'\fR. You want to submit the paper
-to a conference, but you want to be absolutely certain that
-\&\fImypackage.sty\fR doesn't get lost as your paper is shuttled from
-person to person. Here's how \fBarlatex\fR can be of use:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& arlatex \-\-document=paper.tex mypackage.sty \-\-outfile=paper\-submit.tex
-.Ve
-.PP
-When \fIpaper\-submit.tex\fR is processed with \fBlatex\fR, it builds just
-like the original \fIpaper.tex\fR, except that it additionally creates a
-\&\fImypackage.sty\fR in the current directory:
-.PP
-.Vb 5
-\& This is TeX, Version 3.14159 (Web2C 7.3.1)
-\& (paper\-submit.tex
-\& LaTeX2e <1999/12/01> patch level 1
-\& Babel <v3.6Z> and hyphenation patterns for american, french, german,
-\& ngerman, italian, nohyphenation, loaded.
-\&
-\& LaTeX Warning: Writing file \`./mypackage.sty\*(Aq.
-\&
-\& (/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/base/article.cls
-\& Document Class: article 1999/09/10 v1.4a Standard LaTeX document class
-\& (/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/base/size12.clo)) (mypackage.sty)
-\& .
-\& .
-\& .
-.Ve
-.PP
-As another example, here's how you could bundle together all of the
-files needed to build a large document for longevity:
-.PP
-.Vb 4
-\& arlatex \-\-document=thesis.tex abstract.tex introduction.tex
-\& background.tex approach.tex experiments.tex relatedwork.tex
-\& conclusions.tex before.eps after.eps fast.eps slow.eps
-\& podunkUthesis.cls \-\-outfile=thesis\-all.tex
-.Ve
-.PP
-As the number of files to archive together increases it becomes more
-cumbersome to run \fBarlatex\fR manually. Fortunately, using \fBarlatex\fR
-with \fBbundledoc\fR is straightforward. \fBbundledoc\fR finds all of the
-files needed to build the document, and \fBarlatex\fR combines them into
-a single file. The following are examples of the \f(CW\*(C`bundle:\*(C'\fR line you
-might use in a \fBbundledoc\fR configuration file:
-.IP "Unix:" 1
-.IX Item "Unix:"
-.Vb 2
-\& bundle: (arlatex \-\-document=$BDBASE.tex $BDINPUTS \e
-\& \-\-outfile=$BDBASE\-all.tex)
-.Ve
-.IP "Windows:" 1
-.IX Item "Windows:"
-.Vb 2
-\& bundle: arlatex \-\-document=%BDBASE%.tex %BDINPUTS% \e
-\& \-\-outfile=%BDBASE%\-all.tex
-.Ve
-.PP
-See the \fBbundledoc\fR documentation for more information.
-.SH "CAVEATS"
-.IX Header "CAVEATS"
-\&\fBarlatex\fR makes use of LaTeX2e's \f(CW\*(C`filecontents*\*(C'\fR environment.
-\&\f(CW\*(C`filecontents*\*(C'\fR refuses to overwrite an existing file. However, it
-also refuses to create a file that exists \fIanywhere\fR that LaTeX can
-find it. That is, if the user running \fBlatex\fR on an
-\&\fBarlatex\fR\-generated \fI.tex\fR file already has a
-\&\fI/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/whatever/whatever.sty\fR file then
-\&\f(CW\*(C`filecontents*\*(C'\fR will refuse to create a \fIwhatever.sty\fR file, even in
-a different directory.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
-\&\fIbundledoc\fR\|(1), \fIlatex\fR\|(1), \fIshar\fR\|(1), \fItar\fR\|(1), \fIzip\fR\|(1)
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.IX Header "AUTHOR"
-Scott Pakin, \fIscott+bdoc@pakin.org\fR
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/arlatex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/arlatex.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 38a80c458bd..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/arlatex.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/asy.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/asy.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 7f3d2a40772..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/asy.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,294 +0,0 @@
-.\" Hey, EMACS: -*- nroff -*-
-.TH ASY 1 "1 Dec 2004"
-.SH NAME
-asy \- Asymptote: a script-based vector graphics language
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B asy
-.RI [ options ]
-.RI [ file \ ...]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-\fBAsymptote\fP is a powerful descriptive vector graphics language for
-technical drawings, inspired by MetaPost but with an improved C++-like syntax.
-Asymptote provides for figures the same high-quality level of typesetting that
-LaTeX does for scientific text.
-.SH OPTIONS
-If no arguments are given, Asymptote runs in interactive mode.
-.PP
-If "\-" is given as the file argument, Asymptote reads from standard input.
-.PP
-A summary of options is included below. The effect of most options
-can be negated by prepending
-.B no
-to the option name.
-Default values for most options may also be entered in the
-file
-.B .asy/config.asy
-in the user's home directory using the long form:
-.PP
- import settings;
- batchView=true;
-.PP
-For a complete
-description, see the Info files.
-.TP
-.B \-V,\-View
-View output; command-line only.
-.TP
-.B \-a,\-align C|B|T|Z
-Center, Bottom, Top, or Zero page alignment [C].
-.TP
-.B \-antialias n
-Antialiasing width for rasterized output [2].
-.TP
-.B \-arcballradius pixels
-Arcball radius [750].
-.TP
-.B \-auto3D
-Automatically activate 3D scene [true].
-.TP
-.B \-autobillboard
-3D labels always face viewer by default [true].
-.TP
-.B \-autoimport string
-Module to automatically import.
-.TP
-.B \-autoplain
-Enable automatic importing of plain [true].
-.TP
-.B \-autoplay
-Autoplay 3D animations [false].
-.TP
-.B \-autorotate
-Enable automatic PDF page rotation [false].
-.TP
-.B \-batchMask
-Mask fpu exceptions in batch mode [false].
-.TP
-.B \-batchView
-View output in batch mode [false].
-.TP
-.B \-bw
-Convert all colors to black and white [false].
-.TP
-.B \-cd directory
-Set current directory; command-line only.
-.TP
-.B \-cmyk
-Convert rgb colors to cmyk [false].
-.TP
-.B \-c,\-command string
-Command to autoexecute.
-.TP
-.B \-compact
-Conserve memory at the expense of speed [false].
-.TP
-.B \-d,\-debug
-Enable debugging messages [false].
-.TP
-.B \-divisor n
-Garbage collect using purge(divisor=n) [2].
-.TP
-.B \-doubleclick ms
-Emulated double-click timeout [200].
-.TP
-.B \-embed
-Embed rendered preview image [true].
-.TP
-.B \-exitonEOF
-Exit interactive mode on EOF [true].
-.TP
-.B \-fitscreen
-Fit rendered image to screen [true].
-.TP
-.B \-framedelay ms
-Additional frame delay [0].
-.TP
-.B \-framerate frames/s
-Animation speed [30].
-.TP
-.B \-globalwrite
-Allow write to other directory [false].
-.TP
-.B \-gray
-Convert all colors to grayscale [false].
-.TP
-.B \-h,\-help
-Show summary of options; command-line only.
-.TP
-.B \-historylines n
-Retain n lines of history [1000].
-.TP
-.B \-iconify
-Iconify rendering window [false].
-.TP
-.B \-inlineimage
-Generate inline embedded image [false].
-.TP
-.B \-inlinetex
-Generate inline TeX code [false].
-.TP
-.B \-interactiveMask
-Mask fpu exceptions in interactive mode [true].
-.TP
-.B \-interactiveView
-View output in interactive mode [true].
-.TP
-.B \-interactiveWrite
-Write expressions entered at the prompt to stdout [true].
-.TP
-.B \-k,\-keep
-Keep intermediate files [false].
-.TP
-.B \-keepaux
-Keep intermediate LaTeX .aux files [false].
-.TP
-.B \-level n
-Postscript level [3].
-.TP
-.B \-l,\-listvariables
-List available global functions and variables [false].
-.TP
-.B \-localhistory
-Use a local interactive history file [false].
-.TP
-.B \-loop
-Loop 3D animations [false].
-.TP
-.B \-m,\-mask
-Mask fpu exceptions; command-line only.
-.TP
-.B \-maxtile pair
-Maximum rendering tile size [(1024,768)].
-.TP
-.B \-maxviewport pair
-Maximum viewport size [(2048,2048)].
-.TP
-.B \-multiline
-Input code over multiple lines at the prompt [false].
-.TP
-.B \-multipleView
-View output from multiple batch-mode files [false].
-.TP
-.B \-multisample n
-Multisampling width for screen images [4].
-.TP
-.B \-offscreen
-Use offscreen rendering [false].
-.TP
-.B \-O,\-offset pair
-PostScript offset [(0,0)].
-.TP
-.B \-f,\-outformat format
-Convert each output file to specified format.
-.TP
-.B \-o,\-outname name
-Alternative output directory/filename.
-.TP
-.B \-p,\-parseonly
-Parse file [false].
-.TP
-.B \-pdfreload
-Automatically reload document in pdfviewer [false].
-.TP
-.B \-pdfreloaddelay usec
-Delay before attempting initial pdf reload [750000].
-.TP
-.B \-position pair
-Initial 3D rendering screen position [(0,0)].
-.TP
-.B \-prc
-Embed 3D PRC graphics in PDF output [true].
-.TP
-.B \-prompt string
-Prompt [> ].
-.TP
-.B \-prompt2 string
-Continuation prompt for multiline input [..].
-.TP
-.B \-q,\-quiet
-Suppress welcome message [false].
-.TP
-.B \-render n
-Render 3D graphics using n pixels per bp (-1=auto) [-1].
-.TP
-.B \-resizestep step
-Resize step [1.2].
-.TP
-.B \-reverse
-reverse 3D animations [false].
-.TP
-.B \-rgb
-Convert cmyk colors to rgb [false].
-.TP
-.B \-safe
-Disable system call [true].
-.TP
-.B \-scroll n
-Scroll standard output n lines at a time [0].
-.TP
-.B \-spinstep deg/s
-Spin speed [60].
-.TP
-.B \-svgemulation
-Emulate unimplemented SVG shading [false].
-.TP
-.B \-tabcompletion
-Interactive prompt auto-completion [true].
-.TP
-.B \-tex engine
-latex|pdflatex|xelatex|tex|pdftex|context|none [latex].
-.TP
-.B \-thick
-Render thick 3D lines [true].
-.TP
-.B \-thin
-Render thin 3D lines [true].
-.TP
-.B \-threads
-Use POSIX threads for 3D rendering [true].
-.TP
-.B \-toolbar
-Show 3D toolbar in PDF output [true].
-.TP
-.B \-s,\-translate
-Show translated virtual machine code [false].
-.TP
-.B \-twice
-Run LaTeX twice (to resolve references) [false].
-.TP
-.B \-twosided
-Use two-sided 3D lighting model for rendering [true].
-.TP
-.B \-u,\-user string
-General purpose user string.
-.TP
-.B \-v,\-verbose
-Increase verbosity level (can specify multiple times) [0].
-.TP
-.B \-version
-Show version; command-line only.
-.TP
-.B \-wait
-Wait for child processes to finish before exiting [false].
-.TP
-.B \-warn string
-Enable warning; command-line only.
-.TP
-.B \-where
-Show where listed variables are declared [false].
-.TP
-.B \-zoomfactor factor
-Zoom step factor [1.05].
-.TP
-.B \-zoomstep step
-Mouse motion zoom step [0.1].
-
-.SH SEE ALSO
-Asymptote is documented fully in the asymptote Info page.
-The manual can also be accessed in interactive mode with the "help" command.
-
-.SH AUTHOR
-Asymptote was written by Andy Hammerlindl, John Bowman, and Tom Prince.
-.PP
-This manual page was written by Hubert Chan for the Debian project (but may
-be used by others).
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/asy.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/asy.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 4cd462f1d30..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/asy.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/autoinst.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/autoinst.1
deleted file mode 100644
index ffb1ffaca14..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/autoinst.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,669 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.25 (Pod::Simple 3.20)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "AUTOINST 1"
-.TH AUTOINST 1 "2013-02-06" "fontools" "Marc Penninga"
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-autoinst \- wrapper around the LCDF TypeTools,
-for installing OpenType fonts in LaTeX.
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-\&\fBautoinst\fR [\fIoptions\fR] \fBfont(s)\fR
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-Eddie Kohler's \fITypeTools\fR, especially \fIotftotfm\fR, are superb tools
-for installing OpenType fonts in LaTeX, but their use
-(even in automatic mode) is complicated: they need many long
-command lines and don't generate the \fIfd\fR and \fIsty\fR files LaTeX needs.
-\&\fBautoinst\fR simplifies the font installation process with \fIotftotfm\fR
-by generating and executing all command lines
-and by creating and installing all \fIfd\fR and \fIsty\fR files.
-.PP
-Given a family of font files (in either \fIotf\fR or \fIttf\fR format),
-\&\fBautoinst\fR will create several LaTeX font families:
-.RS 2
-.IP "\-" 3
-Four text families (with lining and oldstyle digits, in both tabular
-and proportional variants), each with the following shapes:
-.RS 3
-.RS 2
-.IP "\fIn\fR" 6
-.IX Item "n"
-Roman text
-.IP "\fIsc\fR" 6
-.IX Item "sc"
-Small caps
-.IP "\fInw\fR" 6
-.IX Item "nw"
-\&\*(L"Upright swash\*(R"; usually normal text with some extra \*(L"oldstyle\*(R" ligatures,
-such as ct, sp and st.
-.IP "\fItl\fR" 6
-.IX Item "tl"
-Titling shape. Meant for all-caps text only (even though it sometimes contains
-lowercase glyphs as well), where letterspacing and the positioning of
-punctuation characters have been adjusted to suit all-caps text.
-This shape is generated only for the families with lining digits,
-since old-style digits make no sense with all-caps text.
-.IP "\fIit\fR" 6
-.IX Item "it"
-Italic (or oblique) text
-.IP "\fIscit\fR" 6
-.IX Item "scit"
-Italic small caps
-.IP "\fIsw\fR" 6
-.IX Item "sw"
-Swash
-.IP "\fItlit\fR" 6
-.IX Item "tlit"
-Italic titling
-.RE
-.RS 2
-.RE
-.RE
-.RS 3
-.RE
-.IP "\-" 3
-For each text family: a family of TS1\-encoded symbol fonts,
-in roman and italic shapes.
-.IP "\-" 3
-Four families with superiors, inferiors, numerators and denominators,
-in roman and italic shapes.
-.IP "\-" 3
-An ornament family, in roman and italic shapes.
-.RE
-.RS 2
-.RE
-.PP
-Of course, if the fonts don't contain oldstyle digits, small caps etc.,
-the corresponding shapes and families are not created.
-Furthermore, the creation of most families and shapes can be controlled by
-command-line options (see \*(L"COMMAND-LINE \s-1OPTIONS\s0\*(R" below).
-.PP
-The generated font families are named \fI<FontFamily>\-<Suffix>\fR,
-where \fI<Suffix>\fR is one of
-.IP "\fI\s-1LF\s0\fR" 8
-.IX Item "LF"
-proportional (i.e., figures have varying widths) lining figures
-.IP "\fI\s-1TLF\s0\fR" 8
-.IX Item "TLF"
-tabular (i.e., all figures have the same width) lining figures
-.IP "\fIOsF\fR" 8
-.IX Item "OsF"
-proportional oldstyle figures
-.IP "\fITOsF\fR" 8
-.IX Item "TOsF"
-tabular oldstyle figures
-.IP "\fISup\fR" 8
-.IX Item "Sup"
-superior characters (many fonts have only an incomplete set of superior
-characters: digits, some punctuation and the letters \fIabdeilmnorst\fR;
-normal forms will then be used for the other characters)
-.IP "\fIInf\fR" 8
-.IX Item "Inf"
-inferior characters; usually only digits and punctuation,
-normal forms for the other characters
-.IP "\fIOrn\fR" 8
-.IX Item "Orn"
-ornaments
-.IP "\fINumr\fR" 8
-.IX Item "Numr"
-numerators
-.IP "\fIDnom\fR" 8
-.IX Item "Dnom"
-denominators
-.PP
-The generated fonts are named \fI<FontName>\-<suffix>\-<shape>\-<enc>\fR,
-where \fI<suffix>\fR is the same as above (but in lowercase),
-\&\fI<shape>\fR is either empty, \*(L"sc\*(R", \*(L"swash\*(R" or \*(L"titling\*(R",
-and \fI<enc>\fR is the encoding.
-A typical name in this scheme would be \*(L"MinionPro\-Regular\-osf\-sc\-ly1\*(R".
-.SS "On the choice of text encoding"
-.IX Subsection "On the choice of text encoding"
-By default, \fBautoinst\fR generates text fonts with \s-1OT1\s0, T1 and \s-1LY1\s0
-encodings, and the generated style files use \s-1LY1\s0 as the default text encoding.
-\&\s-1LY1\s0 has been chosen over T1 because it has some empty slots to accomodate
-the additional ligatures and alternate glyphs provided by many OpenType fonts.
-Different encodings can be selected using the \fI\-encoding\fR
-command-line option (see \*(L"COMMAND-LINE \s-1OPTIONS\s0\*(R" below).
-.SS "Using the fonts in your LaTeX documents"
-.IX Subsection "Using the fonts in your LaTeX documents"
-\&\fBautoinst\fR generates a style file for using the font in LaTeX documents,
-named \fI<FontFamily>.sty\fR. This style file also takes care of loading the
-\&\fIfontenc\fR and \fItextcomp\fR packages, if necessary.
-To use the font, simply put \f(CW\*(C`\eusepackage{\f(CI<FontFamily>\f(CW}\*(C'\fR
-in the preamble of your document.
-.PP
-This style file defines a number of options:
-.IP "\fIlining, oldstyle, tabular, proportional\fR" 4
-.IX Item "lining, oldstyle, tabular, proportional"
-Choose which digits will be used for the text fonts.
-The defaults are \*(L"oldstyle\*(R" and \*(L"proportional\*(R" (if available).
-.IP "\fIultrablack, ultrabold, heavy, extrablack, black, extrabold, demibold, semibold, bold\fR" 4
-.IX Item "ultrablack, ultrabold, heavy, extrablack, black, extrabold, demibold, semibold, bold"
-Choose the weight that LaTeX will use for the \*(L"bold\*(R" weight
-(i.e., the value of \f(CW\*(C`\ebfdefault\*(C'\fR).
-.IP "\fIlight, medium, regular\fR" 4
-.IX Item "light, medium, regular"
-Choose the weight that LaTeX will use for the \*(L"regular\*(R" weight
-(i.e., the value of \f(CW\*(C`\emddefault\*(C'\fR).
-.IP "\fIscaled=<scale>\fR" 4
-.IX Item "scaled=<scale>"
-Scale the font by a factor of \fI<scale>\fR.
-For example: to increase the size of the font by 5%, use the command
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\eusepackage[scaled=1.05]{\f(CI<FontFamily>\f(CW}\*(C'\fR.
-.Sp
-This option is only available when the \fIxkeyval\fR package is found
-in your TeX installation.
-.PP
-The style file will also try to load the \fIfontaxes\fR package,
-which gives easy access to various font shapes and styles.
-It is available from \s-1CTAN\s0
-(\fIhttp://www.ctan.org/tex\-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fontaxes\fR).
-Using the machinery set up by \fIfontaxes\fR, the generated style file also
-defines a number of commands (which take the text to be typeset as argument)
-and declarations (which don't take arguments, but affect all text up to
-the end of the current group) of its own:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& DECLARATION COMMAND SHORT FORM OF COMMAND
-\&
-\& \etlshape \etexttitling \etexttl
-\& \esufigures \etextsuperior \etextsu
-\& \einfigures \etextinferior \etextin
-.Ve
-.PP
-In addition, the \f(CW\*(C`\eswshape\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`\etextsw\*(C'\fR commands are redefined to place
-swash on the secondary shape axis (\fIfontaxes\fR places it on the primary
-shape axis); this makes these commands behave properly when nested, so that
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\eswshape\eupshape\*(C'\fR will give upright swash.
-.PP
-There are no commands for accessing the numerator and denominator
-fonts; these can be selected using \fIfontaxes\fR' standard commands,
-e.g., \f(CW\*(C`\efontfigurestyle{numerator}\eselectfont\*(C'\fR.
-.PP
-The style file also provides a command \f(CW\*(C`\eornament{\f(CI<number>\f(CW}\*(C'\fR,
-where \f(CW\*(C`\f(CI<number>\f(CW\*(C'\fR is a number from 0 to the total number of
-ornaments minus one. Ornaments are always typeset using the current family,
-series and shape. A list of all ornaments in a font can be created by
-running LaTeX on the file \fInfssfont.tex\fR (part of a standard
-LaTeX installation) and supplying the name of the ornament font.
-.PP
-To access the ornaments, \fBautoinst\fR creates a font-specific encoding file
-\&\fI<FontFamily>_orn.enc\fR,
-but only if that file doesn't yet exist in the current directory.
-This is a deliberate feature that allows you to provide your own
-encoding vector, e.g. if your fonts use non-standard glyph names for ornaments.
-.PP
-These commands are only generated for shapes and number styles
-that actually exist; no commands are generated for shapes and styles
-that don't exist, or whose generation has been turned off
-using command-line options (see below).
-Please also note that these commands are built on top of \fIfontaxes\fR;
-if that package cannot be found, you're limited to using the
-lower-level commands from standard \s-1NFSS\s0 (\f(CW\*(C`\efontfamily\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`\efontseries\*(C'\fR,
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\efontshape\*(C'\fR etc.).
-.SS "Using multiple font families in one document"
-.IX Subsection "Using multiple font families in one document"
-If you want to use more than one font family in a document, be aware
-that style files generated by versions of \fBautoinst\fR older dan 2009
-are incompatible with those generated by newer versions.
-.SS "\s-1NFSS\s0 codes"
-.IX Subsection "NFSS codes"
-\&\s-1NFSS\s0 identifies fonts by a combination of family, series (weight plus width),
-shape and size.
-\&\fBautoinst\fR parses the output of \f(CW\*(C`otfinfo \-\-info\*(C'\fR to determine
-these parameters. When this fails
-(e.g., because the font family contains uncommon widths or weights),
-\&\fBautoinst\fR would end up with different fonts having the \fIsame\fR values
-for these font parameters, which means that these fonts cannot be used in \s-1NFSS\s0.
-In this case, \fBautoinst\fR will split the font family into multiple subfamilies
-(based on each font file's \*(L"Subfamily\*(R" value) and try again.
-(Since many font vendors misunderstand the \*(L"Subfamily\*(R" concept
-and make each font file its own separate subfamily,
-this strategy is only used as a last resort.)
-.PP
-If such a proliferation of font families is unwanted,
-either run \fBautoinst\fR on a smaller set of fonts (omitting the ones that
-failed to parse correctly)
-or else add the missing widths, weights and shapes to the tables \f(CW%FD_WIDTH\fR,
-\&\f(CW%FD_WEIGHT\fR and \f(CW%FD_SHAPE\fR, near the top of the source code.
-Please also send a bug report (see \s-1AUTHOR\s0 below).
-.PP
-\&\fBautoinst\fR maps widths, weights and shapes to \s-1NFSS\s0 codes using
-the following tables. These are based both on the standard \fIFontname\fR scheme
-and on the tables in Philipp Lehman's \fIFont Installation Guide\fR,
-but some changes had to be made to avoid name clashes in font families
-with many different widths and weights.
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& WEIGHT WIDTH
-\&
-\& Thin t Ultra Compressed up
-\& Ultra Light ul Extra Compressed ep
-\& Extra Light el Compressed, Compact p
-\& Light l Compact p
-\& Book [1] Ultra Condensed uc
-\& Regular [1] Extra Condensed ec
-\& Medium mb Condensed c
-\& Demibold db Narrow n
-\& Semibold sb Semicondensed sc
-\& Bold b Regular [1]
-\& Extra Bold eb Semiextended sx
-\& Ultra ub Extended x
-\& Ultra Bold ub Expanded e
-\& Black k Wide w
-\& Extra Black ek
-\& Ultra Black uk
-\& Heavy h SHAPE
-\& Poster r
-\& Roman, Upright n [2]
-\& Italic it
-\& Cursive, Kursiv it
-\& Oblique, Slanted it [3]
-\& Incline(d) it [3]
-.Ve
-.PP
-\fINotes:\fR
-.IX Subsection "Notes:"
-.IP "[1]" 4
-.IX Item "[1]"
-When \fIboth\fR weight and width are empty, the \*(L"series\*(R" attribute becomes \*(L"m\*(R".
-.IP "[2]" 4
-.IX Item "[2]"
-Adobe Silentium Pro contains two \*(L"Roman\*(R" shapes (\*(L"RomanI\*(R" and \*(L"RomanII\*(R");
-the first of these is mapped to \*(L"n\*(R", the second one to \*(L"it\*(R".
-.IP "[3]" 4
-.IX Item "[3]"
-Mapping the \*(L"Slanted\*(R", \*(L"Oblique\*(R" or \*(L"Inclined\*(R" shape to \*(L"it\*(R" instead of \*(L"sl\*(R"
-simplifies \fBautoinst\fR. Since font families with both italic and slanted
-shapes do \- to the best of my knowledge \- not exist
-(apart from Computer Modern, of course),
-this shouldn't cause problems in real life.
-.SS "A note for MiKTeX users"
-.IX Subsection "A note for MiKTeX users"
-Automatically installing the fonts into a suitable \s-1TEXMF\s0 tree
-(as \fBautoinst\fR does by default) requires a TeX-installation that uses
-the \fIkpathsea\fR library; with TeX distributions that implement their
-own directory searching (such as MiKTeX), \fBautoinst\fR will complain that
-it cannot find the \fIkpsewhich\fR program and install all generated files
-into subdirectories of the current directory.
-If you use such a TeX distribution, you should either move these files
-to their correct destinations by hand, or use the \fI\-target\fR option
-(see \*(L"COMMAND-LINE \s-1OPTIONS\s0\*(R" below) to specify a \s-1TEXMF\s0 tree.
-.PP
-Also, some OpenType fonts lead to \fIpl\fR and \fIvpl\fR files that
-are too big for MiKTeX's \fIpltotf\fR and \fIvptovf\fR;
-the versions that come with W32TeX (\fIhttp://www.w32tex.org\fR)
-and TeXLive (\fIhttp://tug.org/texlive\fR) don't have this problem.
-.SH "COMMAND-LINE OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "COMMAND-LINE OPTIONS"
-You may use either one or two dashes before options,
-and option names may be shortened to a unique prefix
-(e.g., \fB\-encoding\fR may be abbreviated to \fB\-enc\fR or even \fB\-en\fR,
-but \fB\-e\fR is ambiguous (\fB\-encoding\fR, \fB\-extra\fR).
-.IP "\fB\-encoding\fR=\fIencoding[,encoding]\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-encoding=encoding[,encoding]"
-Use the specified encodings for the text fonts. The default is \*(L"\s-1OT1\s0,T1,LY1\*(R".
-For each encoding, a file \fI<encoding>.enc\fR (in all \fIlowercase\fR)
-should be somewhere where \fIotftotfm\fR can find it. Suitable encoding files
-for \s-1OT1\s0, T1/TS1 and \s-1LY1\s0 come with \fBautoinst\fR. (Note that these files are
-called \fIfontools_ot1.enc\fR etc. to avoid name clashes with other packages;
-the \*(L"fontools_\*(R" prefix doesn't need to be specified.)
-.Sp
-Multiple text encodings can be specified as a comma-separated list:
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\-encoding=OT1,T1\*(C'\fR. The encodings are passed to \fIfontenc\fR in the order
-specified, so the last one will be the default text encoding.
-.IP "\fB\-sanserif\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-sanserif"
-Install the font as a sanserif font, accessed via \f(CW\*(C`\esffamily\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`\etextsf\*(C'\fR.
-Note that the generated style file redefines \f(CW\*(C`\efamilydefault\*(C'\fR,
-so including it will still make this font the default text font.
-.IP "\fB\-typewriter\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-typewriter"
-Install the font as a typewriter font, accessed via \f(CW\*(C`\ettfamily\*(C'\fR and
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\etexttt\*(C'\fR.
-Note that the generated style file redefines \f(CW\*(C`\efamilydefault\*(C'\fR,
-so including it will still make this font the default text font.
-.IP "\fB\-ts1\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-ts1"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-nots1\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-nots1"
-.PD
-Turn the creation of TS1\-encoded fonts on or off. The default is \fB\-ts1\fR
-if the text encodings (see \fI\-encoding\fR above) include T1,
-\&\fB\-nots1\fR otherwise.
-.IP "\fB\-smallcaps\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-smallcaps"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-nosmallcaps\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-nosmallcaps"
-.PD
-Turn the creation of small caps fonts on or off. The default is
-\&\fB\-smallcaps\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-swash\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-swash"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-noswash\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-noswash"
-.PD
-Turn the creation of swash fonts on or off. The default is \fB\-swash\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-titling\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-titling"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-notitling\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-notitling"
-.PD
-Turn the creation of titling fonts on or off. The default is \fB\-titling\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-superiors\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-superiors"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-nosuperiors\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-nosuperiors"
-.PD
-Turn the creation of fonts with superior characters on or off.
-The default is \fB\-superiors\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-inferiors\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-inferiors"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-noinferiors\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-noinferiors"
-.PD
-Turn the creation of fonts with inferior digits on or off.
-The default is \fB\-noinferiors\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-fractions\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-fractions"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-nofractions\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-nofractions"
-.PD
-Turn the creation of fonts with numerators and denominators on or off.
-The default is \fB\-nofractions\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-ornaments\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-ornaments"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-noornaments\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-noornaments"
-.PD
-Turn the creation of ornament fonts on or off. The default is \fB\-ornaments\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-verbose\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-verbose"
-Verbose mode; print detailed info about what \fBautoinst\fR thinks it's doing.
-.IP "\fB\-extra\fR=\fItext\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-extra=text"
-Pass \fItext\fR as options to \fIotftotfm\fR. To prevent \fItext\fR from accidentily
-being interpreted as options to \fBautoinst\fR, it should be properly quoted.
-.IP "\fB\-figurekern\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-figurekern"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-nofigurekern\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-nofigurekern"
-.PD
-Some fonts provide kerning pairs for tabular figures.
-This is very probably not what you want
-(e.g., numbers in tables won't line up exactly).
-The option \fB\-nofigurekern\fR adds extra \fI \-\-ligkern\fR options
-to the command lines for \fIotftotfm\fR to suppress such kerns
-(but of course only for the \*(L"\s-1TLF\s0\*(R" and \*(L"TOsF\*(R" families).
-Since this leads to very long command lines (it adds one hundred such options)
-and the problem only occurs in very few fonts,
-the default is \fB\-figurekern\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-manual\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-manual"
-Manual mode. By default, \fBautoinst\fR executes all \fIotftotfm\fR
-command lines it generates; with the \fB\-manual\fR option, these commands are
-instead written to a file \fIautoinst.bat\fR.
-Also, the generated \fIotftotfm\fR command lines specify the \fI \-\-pl\fR option
-(which tells \fIotftotfm\fR to generate readable/editable \fIpl\fR and \fIvpl\fR files
-instead of the default \fItfm\fR and \fIvf\fR files)
-and leave out the \fI \-\-automatic\fR option (which tells \fIotftotfm\fR to
-leave all generated files in the current directory, rather than install
-them into your \s-1TEXMF\s0 tree).
-.Sp
-When using this option, you should run \fIpltotf\fR and \fIvptovf\fR after
-executing all commands,
-to convert the \fIpl\fR and \fIvf\fR files to \fItfm\fR and \fIvf\fR format.
-.PP
-The following options are only meaningful in automatic mode,
-and hence ignored in manual mode:
-.IP "\fB\-target\fR=\fI\s-1DIRECTORY\s0\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-target=DIRECTORY"
-Install all generated files into the \s-1TEXMF\s0 tree at \fI\s-1DIRECTORY\s0\fR.
-.Sp
-By default, \fBautoinst\fR searches your \f(CW$TEXMFLOCAL\fR and \f(CW$TEXMFHOME\fR paths
-and installs all files into subdirectories of the first writable \s-1TEXMF\s0 tree
-it finds (or into subdirectories of the current directory,
-if no writable directory is found).
-.IP "\fB\-vendor\fR=\fI\s-1VENDOR\s0\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-vendor=VENDOR"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-typeface\fR=\fI\s-1TYPEFACE\s0\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-typeface=TYPEFACE"
-.PD
-These options are equivalent to \fIotftotfm\fR's \fI \-\-vendor\fR and \fI \-\-typeface\fR
-options: they change the \*(L"vendor\*(R" and \*(L"typeface\*(R" parts of the names of the
-subdirectories in the \s-1TEXMF\s0 tree where generated files will be stored.
-The default values are \*(L"lcdftools\*(R" and the font's FontFamily name.
-.Sp
-Please note that these options change \fIonly\fR directory names,
-not the names of any generated files.
-.IP "\fB\-updmap\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-updmap"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-noupdmap\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-noupdmap"
-.PD
-Control whether or not \fIupdmap\fR is called after the last call to \fIotftotfm\fR.
-The default is \fB\-updmap\fR.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
-Eddie Kohler's TypeTools (\fIhttp://www.lcdf.org/type\fR).
-.PP
-Perl is pre-installed on most Linux and Unix systems;
-on Windows, try ActiveState's ActivePerl
-(available from \fIhttp://www.activestate.com\fR)
-or Strawberry Perl (\fIhttp://strawberryperl.com\fR).
-.PP
-XeTeX (\fIhttp://www.tug.org/xetex\fR) and LuaTeX (\fIhttp://www.luatex.org\fR)
-are TeX extensions that can use many types of font
-(including both flavours of OpenType) without TeX-specific support files.
-.PP
-The FontPro project (\fIhttps://github.com/sebschub/FontPro\fR)
-offers very complete support for Adobe's Minion Pro and Myriad Pro
-(including math), and is currently working on Cronos Pro as well.
-.PP
-John Owens' \fIotfinst\fR (available from \s-1CTAN\s0) is another wrapper
-around \fIotftotfm\fR, and may work for you when \fBautoinst\fR doesn't.
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.IX Header "AUTHOR"
-Marc Penninga <marcpenninga@gmail.com>
-.PP
-When sending a bug report, please give as much relevant information as
-possible; this includes at least (but may not be limited to) the output
-from running \fBautoinst\fR with the \fI\-verbose\fR option.
-Please make sure that this output includes all (if any) error messages.
-.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (C) 2005\-2013 Marc Penninga.
-.SH "LICENSE"
-.IX Header "LICENSE"
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 General Public License as published
-by the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License,
-or (at your option) any later version.
-A copy of the text of the \s-1GNU\s0 General Public License is included in
-the \fIfontools\fR distribution; see the file \fIGPLv2.txt\fR.
-.SH "DISCLAIMER"
-.IX Header "DISCLAIMER"
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but \s-1WITHOUT\s0 \s-1ANY\s0 \s-1WARRANTY\s0; without even the implied warranty of
-\&\s-1MERCHANTABILITY\s0 or \s-1FITNESS\s0 \s-1FOR\s0 A \s-1PARTICULAR\s0 \s-1PURPOSE\s0. See the
-\&\s-1GNU\s0 General Public License for more details.
-.SH "RECENT CHANGES"
-.IX Header "RECENT CHANGES"
-(See the source code for the rest of the story.)
-.IP "\fI2013\-02\-06\fR" 12
-.IX Item "2013-02-06"
-Bugfix: the directory names for map and encoding files contained
-the \*(L"vendor\*(R" instead of the \*(L"typeface\*(R".
-.IP "\fI2013\-01\-03\fR" 12
-.IX Item "2013-01-03"
-Added extra \*(L"ssub\*(R" rules to the \fIfd\fR files that substitute \*(L"b\*(R" for \*(L"bx\*(R".
-Verbose mode now also prints all generated commands before they're executed.
-.IP "\fI2012\-10\-25\fR" 12
-.IX Item "2012-10-25"
-Added extra \*(L"ssub\*(R" rules to the \fIfd\fR files that substitute italic
-shapes for slanted ones.
-.IP "\fI2012\-09\-25\fR" 12
-.IX Item "2012-09-25"
-Added the \fI\-vendor\fR, \fI\-typeface\fR and \fI\-(no)updmap\fR command line options.
-.IP "\fI2012\-07\-06\fR" 12
-.IX Item "2012-07-06"
-Documentation update.
-.IP "\fI2012\-03\-06\fR" 12
-.IX Item "2012-03-06"
-Implemented the \*(L"splitting the font family into multiple subfamilies\*(R"
-emergency strategy when font info parsing fails.
-Added recognition for a number of unusual widths, weights and shapes.
-.IP "\fI2012\-02\-29\fR" 12
-.IX Item "2012-02-29"
-Fixed a bug in the font parsing code,
-where possible widths, weights and shapes where tested in the wrong order;
-this led to \*(L"ExtraLight\*(R" fonts being recognised as \*(L"Light\*(R".
-Added recognition for \*(L"Narrow\*(R" and \*(L"Wide\*(R" widths.
-Also added the \fI\-(no)figurekern\fR command-line option.
-.IP "\fI2012\-02\-01\fR" 12
-.IX Item "2012-02-01"
-Reorganised the code, and fixed some bugs in the process.
-Added the \fI\-target\fR command-line option.
-Made \fBautoinst\fR install the \fIfd\fR and \fIsty\fR files in
-the same \s-1TEXMF\s0 tree as the other generated files.
-Generate \s-1OT1\s0, T1 and \s-1LY1\s0 encoded text fonts by default.
-Made \fI\-titling\fR a default option (instead of \fI\-notitling\fR).
-Updated the documentation.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/autoinst.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/autoinst.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index ae6a665e9b0..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/autoinst.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/bbox.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/bbox.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 64696f32645..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/bbox.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-.\" This manpage has been automatically generated by docbook2man
-.\" from a DocBook document. This tool can be found at:
-.\" <http://shell.ipoline.com/~elmert/comp/docbook2X/>
-.\" Please send any bug reports, improvements, comments, patches,
-.\" etc. to Steve Cheng <steve@ggi-project.org>.
-.TH "BBOX" "1" "31 August 2010" "" ""
-
-.SH NAME
-bbox \- prints out the bounding box of a rawppm or rawpbm image
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-
-\fBbbox\fR [ \fB-l\fR ] [ \fB-r\fR ] [ \fB-h\fR ] [ \fB-V\fR ] [ \fB\fIrawpbmfile\fB\fR ]
-
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.PP
-\fBbbox\fR reads a rawppm or rawpbm file
-and prints out the bounding box of the image (as postscript comment and
-in postscript points, i.e. 1/72dpi) as well as the high resolution
-bounding box. Input is read from standard input if no filename is
-specified.
-Example output:
-
-.nf
- %%BoundingBox: 12 253 829 837
- %%HiResBoundingBox: 12.500000 253.000000 828.500000 837.00000
-
-.fi
-.PP
-\fBbbox\fR has only very limited memory requirements
-as it reads the input line by line and thus needs to store only one picture
-line in memory.
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.TP
-\fB-h | --help \fR
-Show summary of options.
-.TP
-\fB-V \fR
-Show version of program.
-.TP
-\fB-r \fR
-resolution of picture in dpi
-.TP
-\fB-l \fR
-loose bounding box (integer bounding box is expanded by 1
-point, hires bounding box is expanded by 0.5 points)
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-ps2eps (1)
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.PP
-\fBbbox\fR was written by Roland Bless.
-.SS "ACKNOWLEDGMENTS"
-.PP
-Special thanks goes to Michael Sharpe from UCSD who suggested a lot of improvements for
-bbox to become more precise and robust, especially for small drawings.
-.PP
-An earlier version of this manual page was originally written by
-Rafael Laboissiere <rafael@debian.org> for
-the Debian system. Thank you Rafael! Permission is
-granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under
-the terms of the GNU Free Documentation
-License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free
-Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover
-Texts and no Back-Cover Texts.
-.SH "BUGS"
-.PP
-Though the code is quite small and the probability for bugs
-is now small, there may be some left somewhere between the lines.
-In case you find one, please send a short description with
-\fBbbox\fR version number to <roland@bless.de> (please allow some time
-to reply).
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/bbox.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/bbox.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 113beebfb8d..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/bbox.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/bg5conv.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/bg5conv.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ee4815cfef..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/bg5conv.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-.\" man page for bg5conv
-.\" Copyright (C) 1994-2012 Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org>
-.\"
-.\" This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-.\" it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-.\" the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-.\" (at your option) any later version.
-.\"
-.\" This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-.\" but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-.\" GNU General Public License for more details.
-.\"
-.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-.\" along with this program in doc/COPYING; if not, write to the Free
-.\" Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston,
-.\" MA 02110-1301 USA
-.
-.TH BG5CONV 1 07-May-2012 "CJK Version 4.8.3"
-.
-.\" ====
-.\" ==== macro definitions
-.\" ====
-.
-.\" here we define \TeX for troff and nroff
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.
-.\" and here the same for \LaTeX
-.if t \{\
-.ie '\*(.T'dvi' \
-.ds LX \fRL\h'-0.36m'\v'-0.15v'\s-3A\s0\h'-0.15m'\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.el .ds LX \fRL\h'-0.36m'\v'-0.22v'\s-2A\s0\h'-0.15m'\v'0.22v'\fP\*(TX
-.\}
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.
-.\" \LaTeXe
-.\" note that we need \vareps for TeX instead of \eps which can only be
-.\" accessed with the \N escape sequence (in the Math Italic font)
-.if t \{\
-.ie '\*(.T'dvi' .ds LE \*(LX\h'0.15m'2\v'0.20v'\f(MI\N'34'\fP\v'-0.20v'
-.el .ds LE \*(LX\h'0.15m'2\v'0.20v'\(*e\v'-0.20v'
-.\}
-.if n .ds LE LaTeX\ 2e
-.
-.\" a typewriter font
-.if t \{\
-.de C
-\fC\\$1\fP\\$2
-..
-.\}
-.if n \{\
-.de C
-\\$1\\$2
-..
-.\}
-.
-.\" ====
-.\" ==== end of macro definitions
-.\" ====
-.
-.
-.
-.SH NAME
-bg5conv \- convert a TeX document in Big\ 5 encoding into `preprocessed'
-form.
-.
-.
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B bg5conv
-<
-.I infile
->
-.I outfile
-.
-.
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Big\ 5 encoding for traditional Chinese uses the characters
-.C { ,
-.C } ,
-and
-.C \e
-which have special meanings in \*(TX
-documents.
-.PP
-After processing a \*(LE
-document which contains Big\ 5 characters with
-.B bg5conv
-you need not care about these special characters.
-.PP
-This filter is part of the
-.B CJK
-macro package for \*(LE.
-.
-.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR \%sjisconv (1),
-.BR \%cefconv (1),
-.BR cef5conv (1),
-.BR \%cefsconv (1),
-.BR \%extconv (1),
-.br
-the
-.B CJK
-documentation files.
-.
-.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Werner Lemberg
-.C <wl@gnu.org>
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/bg5conv.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/bg5conv.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 93d54c85c5b..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/bg5conv.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/bibtex.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/bibtex.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 671acdbf6d7..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/bibtex.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
-.TH BIBTEX 1 "1 February 2010" "bibtex 0.99d" "Web2C 2012"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP for troff
-.el .ds OX TeX for nroff
-.\" the same but obliqued
-.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
-.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds BX BibTeX
-.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
-.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\\s-2A\\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-bibtex \- make a bibliography for (La)TeX
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B bibtex
-.RB [ \-min-crossrefs=\fInumber\fP ]
-.RB [ \-terse ]
-.IR auxname [ \fB.aux\fP ]
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
-documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
-or manual
-.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
-.PP
-\*(BX reads the top-level auxiliary
-.RB ( .aux )
-file
-.I auxname
-that was output during the running of
-.BR latex (1)
-or
-.BR tex (1)
-and creates a bibliography
-.RB ( .bbl )
-file that will be incorporated into the document on subsequent runs of
-\*(LX or \*(TX.
-.PP
-\*(BX looks up, in bibliographic database
-.RB ( .bib )
-files specified by the \\bibliography command,
-the entries specified by the \\cite and \\nocite commands
-in the \*(LX or \*(TX source file.
-It formats the information from those entries
-according to instructions in a bibliography style
-.RB ( .bst )
-file (specified by the \\bibliographystyle command,
-and it outputs the results to the
-.B .bbl
-file.
-.PP
-The \*(LX manual
-explains what a \*(LX source file must contain to work with \*(BX.
-Appendix B of the manual describes the format of the
-.B .bib
-files. The `\*(BXing' document describes extensions and details of
-this format, and it gives other useful hints for using \*(BX.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH OPTIONS
-The
-.B \-min-crossrefs
-option defines the minimum number of
-.B crossref
-required for automatic inclusion of the crossref'd entry on the citation
-list; the default is two.
-With the
-.B \-terse
-option, \*(BX operates silently. Without it, a banner and progress
-reports are printed on
-.IR stdout .
-.PP
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-\*(BX searches the directories in the
-path defined by the BSTINPUTS environment variable for
-.B .bst
-files. If BSTINPUTS is not set, it uses the system default.
-For
-.B .bib
-files, it uses the BIBINPUTS environment variable if that is set,
-otherwise the default.
-See
-.BR tex (1)
-for the details of the searching.
-.PP
-If the environment variable
-TEXMFOUTPUT is set, \*(BX attempts to put its output
-files in it, if they cannot be put in the current directory. Again, see
-.BR tex (1).
-No special searching is done for the
-.B .aux
-file.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-.I *.bst
-Bibliography style files.
-.TP
-.I btxdoc.tex
-``\*(BXing'' \- \*(LXable documentation for general \*(BX users
-.TP
-.I btxhak.tex
-``Designing \*(BX Styles'' \- \*(LXable documentation for style designers
-.TP
-.I btxdoc.bib
-database file for those two documents
-.TP
-.I xampl.bib
-database file giving examples of all standard entry types
-.TP
-.I btxbst.doc
-template file and documentation for the standard styles
-.PP
-All those files should be available somewhere on your system.
-.PP
-The host math.utah.edu has a vast collection of
-.B .bib
-files available for anonymous ftp, including references for all the
-standard \*(TX books and a complete bibliography for TUGboat.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR latex (1),
-.BR tex (1).
-.br
-Leslie Lamport,
-.IR "\*(LX \- A Document Preparation System" ,
-Addison-Wesley, 1985, ISBN 0-201-15790-X.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH AUTHOR
-Oren Patashnik, Stanford University. This man page describes the web2c
-version of \*(BX. Other ports of \*(BX, such as Donald Knuth's version
-using the Sun Pascal compiler, do not have the same path searching
-implementation, or the command-line options.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/bibtex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/bibtex.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index c0ce9f44a4d..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/bibtex.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/bundledoc.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/bundledoc.1
deleted file mode 100644
index c96c0fc8ec6..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/bundledoc.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,516 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.22 (Pod::Simple 3.07)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "BUNDLEDOC 1"
-.TH BUNDLEDOC 1 "2011-05-02" "v3.1" "User Commands"
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-bundledoc \- bundle all the files needed by a LaTeX document
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-bundledoc
-[\fB\-\-version\fR]
-[\fB\-\-help\fR]
-[\fB\-\-\fR[\fBno\fR]\fBverbose\fR]
-[\fB\-\-texfile\fR=\fIfile\fR]
-[\fB\-\-directory\fR=\fIdirectory\fR]
-[\fB\-\-\fR[\fBno\fR]\fBlocalonly\fR]
-[\fB\-\-exclude\fR=\fIstring\fR]
-[\fB\-\-include\fR=\fIfilespec\fR]
-[\fB\-\-manifest\fR=\fIfile\fR]
-[\fB\-\-\fR\fBlistdeps\fR=[yes|no|only|rel]...]
-[\fB\-\-\fR[\fBno\fR]\fBkeepdirs\fR]
-[\fB\-\-config\fR=\fIfile\fR]
-\&\fI.dep file\fR
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-\&\fBbundledoc\fR is a post-processor for the \fBsnapshot\fR package that
-bundles together all the classes, packages, and files needed to build
-a given LaTeX document. It reads the \fI.dep\fR file that \fBsnapshot\fR
-produces, finds each of the files mentioned therein, and packages them
-into a single archive file (e.g., a \fI.tar.gz\fR file), suitable for
-moving across systems, transmitting to a colleague, etc.
-.PP
-As the simplest example possible, consider a LaTeX file called, say,
-\&\fIhello.tex\fR:
-.PP
-.Vb 2
-\& \eRequirePackage{snapshot} % Needed by bundledoc
-\& \edocumentclass[11pt]{article}
-\&
-\& \ebegin{document}
-\& Hello, world!
-\& \eend{document}
-.Ve
-.PP
-The \f(CW\*(C`\eRequirePackage{snapshot}\*(C'\fR causes a \fIhello.dep\fR file to be produced.
-When \fBbundledoc\fR is then given \f(CW\*(C`hello.dep\*(C'\fR as an argument, it locates the
-dependent files \*(-- \fIsnapshot.sty\fR, \fIarticle.cls\fR, and \fIsize11.clo\fR \*(--
-and bundles them into a single archive file, along with \fIhello.tex\fR and a
-\&\fI\s-1MANIFEST\s0\fR file (described in \*(L"\s-1OPTIONS\s0\*(R", below).
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS"
-In the following descriptions, \fIsomefile\fR refers to the name of your
-main LaTeX document (no extension).
-.PP
-\&\fBbundledoc\fR requires the name of the dependency file produced by
-\&\fBsnapshot\fR (normally \fIsomefile\fR\fI.dep\fR). The following options may
-also be given:
-.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--version"
-Output the \fBbundledoc\fR script's version number. This overrides all
-of the remaining options.
-.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--help"
-Give a brief usage message. This overrides all of the remaining options.
-.ie n .IP "\fB\-\-\fR[\fBno\fR]\fBverbose\fR (default: ""noverbose"")" 4
-.el .IP "\fB\-\-\fR[\fBno\fR]\fBverbose\fR (default: \f(CWnoverbose\fR)" 4
-.IX Item "--[no]verbose (default: noverbose)"
-\&\fBbundledoc\fR normally does not output anything except error messages.
-With \f(CW\*(C`\-\-verbose\*(C'\fR, it outputs copious status messages.
-.IP "\fB\-\-texfile\fR=\fImain .tex file\fR (default: \fIsomefile\fR\fI.tex\fR)" 4
-.IX Item "--texfile=main .tex file (default: somefile.tex)"
-\&\fBsnapshot\fR's dependency file does not list the main LaTeX file (the
-one that gets passed to \fBlatex\fR). In order for \fBbundledoc\fR to find
-and bundle that file, \fBbundledoc\fR assumes it has the same name as the
-\&\fBsnapshot\fR dependency file but with a \fI.tex\fR extension. If this is
-not the case, then use \f(CW\*(C`\-\-texfile\*(C'\fR to specify the correct filename.
-.IP "\fB\-\-directory\fR=\fIarchive directory\fR (default: \fIsomefile\fR)" 4
-.IX Item "--directory=archive directory (default: somefile)"
-When \fBbundledoc\fR creates an archive (e.g., a \fI.tar\fR or \fI.zip\fR file)
-containing the document's files, it puts all of them in a directory to
-avoid cluttering the current directory with files. If the given
-dependency file is called \fIsomefile\fR\fI.dep\fR then the resulting
-archive will, by default, store all the dependent files in a
-\&\fIsomefile\fR directory. To change the directory name use the
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-directory\*(C'\fR option.
-.ie n .IP "\fB\-\-\fR[\fBno\fR]\fBlocalonly\fR (default: ""nolocalonly"")" 4
-.el .IP "\fB\-\-\fR[\fBno\fR]\fBlocalonly\fR (default: \f(CWnolocalonly\fR)" 4
-.IX Item "--[no]localonly (default: nolocalonly)"
-Although \fBbundledoc\fR normally archives all of the files named in the
-\&\fI.dep\fR file, the \f(CW\*(C`\-\-localonly\*(C'\fR option tells \fBbundledoc\fR to exclude
-all files located in a directory other than the \fI.tex\fR file's
-directory or one of its subdirectories.
-.IP "\fB\-\-exclude\fR=\fIstring\fR (default: \fInone\fR)" 4
-.IX Item "--exclude=string (default: none)"
-While \f(CW\*(C`\-\-localonly\*(C'\fR causes files outside of the \fI.tex\fR file's
-directory tree to be omitted from the archive, \f(CW\*(C`\-\-exclude\*(C'\fR provides
-finer-grained control over files to omit from the archive. The
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-exclude\*(C'\fR option, which can be specified repeatedly on the command
-line, causes all files whose name contains \fIstring\fR to be omitted
-from the archive.
-.IP "\fB\-\-include\fR=\fIfilespec\fR (default: \fInone\fR)" 4
-.IX Item "--include=filespec (default: none)"
-The \f(CW\*(C`\-\-include\*(C'\fR option, which can be specified repeatedly on the
-command line, instructs \fBbundledoc\fR to include in the archive all of
-the files matching \fIfilespec\fR, even if they're not referenced in the
-\&\fI.dep\fR file.
-.IP "\fB\-\-manifest\fR=\fImanifest file\fR (default: \fI\s-1MANIFEST\s0\fR)" 4
-.IX Item "--manifest=manifest file (default: MANIFEST)"
-In addition to the dependent files, \fBbundledoc\fR includes in the
-archive file one extra file called, by default, ``\fI\s-1MANIFEST\s0\fR''.
-\&\fI\s-1MANIFEST\s0\fR is a text file that lists the original filenames of all
-the dependencies. To change the filename from ``\fI\s-1MANIFEST\s0\fR'' to
-something else, use the \f(CW\*(C`\-\-manifest\*(C'\fR option. As a special case,
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-manifest=""\*(C'\fR tells \fBbundledoc\fR not to include a manifest file at
-all.
-.ie n .IP "\fB\-\-listdeps\fR=[yes|no|only|rel]...] (default: ""no"")" 4
-.el .IP "\fB\-\-listdeps\fR=[yes|no|only|rel]...] (default: \f(CWno\fR)" 4
-.IX Item "--listdeps=[yes|no|only|rel]...] (default: no)"
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-listdeps\*(C'\fR accepts one or more of \f(CW\*(C`yes\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`no\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`only\*(C'\fR, or \f(CW\*(C`rel\*(C'\fR
-as a comma-separated list. As long as \f(CW\*(C`no\*(C'\fR does not appear in this
-list, \fBbundledoc\fR outputs all of the main LaTeX file's dependencies.
-If the list contains \f(CW\*(C`rel\*(C'\fR, then \fBbundledoc\fR outputs the list of
-dependencies with relative pathnames. If the list contains \f(CW\*(C`only\*(C'\fR,
-then \fBbundledoc\fR exits after displaying the list, without producing
-an archive.
-.ie n .IP "\fB\-\-\fR[\fBno\fR]\fBkeepdirs\fR (default: ""nokeepdirs"")" 4
-.el .IP "\fB\-\-\fR[\fBno\fR]\fBkeepdirs\fR (default: \f(CWnokeepdirs\fR)" 4
-.IX Item "--[no]keepdirs (default: nokeepdirs)"
-Normally, the archive file that \fBbundledoc\fR produces contains a
-single directory \*(-- and subdirectories, if the document refers
-explicitly to them \*(-- in which all the dependent files lie. If
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-keepdirs\*(C'\fR is specified, all the dependent files are stored with
-their original pathnames. For example, if \fIsomefile.tex\fR depends on
-\&\fIfigures/somefigure.eps\fR, \fIarticle.cls\fR, and \fIsnapshot.sty\fR, then
-the \fIsomefile\fR archive will normally contain the following files:
-.RS 4
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-\&\fIsomefile/somefile.tex\fR
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-\&\fIsomefile/figures/somefigure.eps\fR
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-\&\fIsomefile/article.cls\fR
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-\&\fIsomefile/snapshot.sty\fR
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-\&\fIsomefile/MANIFEST\fR
-.RE
-.RS 4
-.Sp
-However, \f(CW\*(C`\-\-keepdirs\*(C'\fR will cause the \fIsomefile\fR archive to contain
-the following sorts of filenames instead:
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-\&\fIhome/me/mydocs/somefile.tex\fR
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-\&\fIhome/me/mydocs/figures/somefigure.eps\fR
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-\&\fIusr/share/texmf/tex/latex/base/article.cls\fR
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-\&\fIusr/share/texmf/tex/latex/snapshot/snapshot.sty\fR
-.RE
-.RS 4
-.Sp
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-directory\*(C'\fR is not used when \f(CW\*(C`\-\-keepdirs\*(C'\fR is in effect. In
-addition, no manifest file is written to the archive file as it
-contains redundant information.
-.RE
-.IP "\fB\-\-config\fR=\fIconfiguration file\fR (default: <none>)" 4
-.IX Item "--config=configuration file (default: <none>)"
-The \f(CW\*(C`\-\-config\*(C'\fR option is used to point \fBbundledoc\fR to the
-appropriate configuration (\fI.cfg\fR) file for your TeX distribution and
-operating system. \fBbundledoc\fR comes with a few configuration files
-and it's easy to write more. See \*(L"\s-1CONFIGURATION\s0 \s-1FILES\s0\*(R" (below) for
-a description of the configuration file format.
-.SH "CONFIGURATION FILES"
-.IX Header "CONFIGURATION FILES"
-.SS "Format"
-.IX Subsection "Format"
-Configuration files follow a fairly simple format. Lines beginning with
-\&\f(CW\*(C`#\*(C'\fR are comments. Blank lines are ignored. All other lines are of the
-form:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& variable: value
-.Ve
-.PP
-The current version of \fBbundledoc\fR recognizes the following variables:
-.IP "\fBbundle\fR" 4
-.IX Item "bundle"
-The command to use to bundle a set of files into a single archive file
-.IP "\fBsink\fR" 4
-.IX Item "sink"
-The affix to a command to discard its output
-.IP "\fBfind\fR" 4
-.IX Item "find"
-The command to find a file within the TeX tree(s).
-.PP
-Values that are too long for one line can be split across multiple lines
-by using \f(CW\*(C`\e\*(C'\fR as the line-continuation symbol.
-.PP
-There are two environment variables that \fBbundledoc\fR makes available
-for use by configuration-file commands: \f(CW\*(C`BDBASE\*(C'\fR, which is set to
-\&\fIsomefile\fR (as in \*(L"\s-1OPTIONS\s0\*(R"), and \f(CW\*(C`BDINPUTS\*(C'\fR, which is set to a
-space-separated list of files that a command is to operate upon. That
-is, when the command associated with \f(CW\*(C`bundle\*(C'\fR is running, \f(CW\*(C`BDINPUTS\*(C'\fR
-contains the list of all the files that are to be archived. In
-contrast, when the command associated with \f(CW\*(C`find\*(C'\fR is running,
-\&\f(CW\*(C`BDINPUTS\*(C'\fR contains the name of the file to search for.
-.SS "Examples"
-.IX Subsection "Examples"
-The following configuration file parallels \fBbundledoc\fR's default
-values of the various configuration-file variables, which represents a
-kpathsea-based TeX distribution running on a generic Unix system,
-which doesn't necessarily have any of the \s-1GNU\s0 tools, such as \fBgzip\fR
-or \s-1GNU\s0 \fBtar\fR:
-.PP
-.Vb 2
-\& # "Default" configuration file
-\& # By Scott Pakin <scott+bdoc@pakin.org>
-\&
-\& bundle: (tar \-cvf \- $BDINPUTS | compress > $BDBASE.tar.Z)
-\& sink: > /dev/null 2>&1
-\& find: kpsewhich \-progname=latex $BDINPUTS
-.Ve
-.PP
-The parentheses in the \f(CW\*(C`bundle:\*(C'\fR line tell the Unix shell to run the
-command in a subshell. This is to make the \f(CW\*(C`sink:\*(C'\fR affix work
-properly (i.e., so there aren't two \f(CW\*(C`>\*(C'\fR's in the same command).
-.PP
-Notice how the commands treat \f(CW\*(C`BDBASE\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`BDINPUTS\*(C'\fR like any other
-environment variables in a Unix shell, using \f(CW\*(C`$\*(C'\fR to take their value.
-Other operating systems use different conventions for referring to
-environment variables. For instance, a configuration file for a
-Windows-based TeX distribution would use \f(CW\*(C`%BDBASE%\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`%BDINPUTS%\*(C'\fR
-instead.
-.PP
-The value for \f(CW\*(C`sink:\*(C'\fR is specific to an operating system. The value
-for \f(CW\*(C`find:\*(C'\fR is specific to a TeX distribution. \f(CW\*(C`bundle:\*(C'\fR is where
-the most opportunity for customization lies. You can use \f(CW\*(C`bundle:\*(C'\fR
-to specify your favorite archive format. For example, you can produce
-a shar file on Unix with something like:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& bundle: (shar \-\-archive\-name="$BDBASE" $BDINPUTS > $BDBASE.sh)
-.Ve
-.PP
-or a \s-1CAB\s0 file on Microsoft Windows with something like:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& bundle: cabarc \-r \-p N %BDBASE%.cab %BDINPUTS%
-.Ve
-.SH "EXAMPLES"
-.IX Header "EXAMPLES"
-Assume that \fImyfile.dep\fR was produced from \fImyfile.tex\fR by following
-the instructions in the Description section. The
-following command produces a \fI.zip\fR file with the MikTeX TeX
-distribution running on Microsoft Windows:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& bundledoc \-\-config=miktex.cfg myfile.dep
-.Ve
-.PP
-(In practice, it's probably necessary to specify to \f(CW\*(C`\-\-config\*(C'\fR the
-complete path to \fBbundledoc\fR's \fImiktex.cfg\fR configuration file.)
-.PP
-The following builds a \fI.tar.gz\fR archive with the TeX Live
-distribution running on a Unix-like operating system. \fBbundledoc\fR
-will produce verbose output describing its operations. All files not
-in the same directory tree as \fImyfile.tex\fR and all files containing
-\&\*(L".fd\*(R" or \*(L".sty\*(R" in their names are omitted. However, all \fI.bib\fR
-files in the current directory will be included in the archive even
-though none of them are referenced by \fImyfile.dep\fR. Finally, no
-\&\fI\s-1MANIFEST\s0\fR file will be produced.
-.PP
-.Vb 3
-\& bundledoc \-\-config=texlive\-unix.cfg \-\-verbose \-\-localonly \e
-\& \-\-exclude=.fd \-\-exclude=.cfg \-\-include="*.bib" \-\-manifest="" \e
-\& myfile.dep
-.Ve
-.SH "FILES"
-.IX Header "FILES"
-The user must have previously installed \fIsnapshot.sty\fR and used it to
-produce a dependency file for his document. Besides that, the set of
-external files needed by \fBbundledoc\fR is system-specific and depends on the
-configuration file used. (See \*(L"\s-1CONFIGURATION\s0 \s-1FILES\s0\*(R", above.)
-.PP
-\&\fBbundledoc\fR currently comes with two configuration files:
-.IP "\fItexlive\-unix.cfg\fR" 4
-.IX Item "texlive-unix.cfg"
-Configuration file for TeX Live installations on Unix or Linux. TeX
-Live is a kpathsea-based TeX distribution that runs on various flavors
-of Unix and Microsoft Windows. \fItexlive\-unix.cfg\fR assumes you have
-\&\fBgzip\fR and uses it to produce a \fI.tar.gz\fR archive file. The
-configuration file has \fBbundledoc\fR use \fBkpsewhich\fR to find LaTeX
-files.
-.IP "\fImiktex.cfg\fR" 4
-.IX Item "miktex.cfg"
-Configuration file for MikTeX installations. MikTeX is a popular TeX
-distribution for Microsoft Windows. \fImiktex.cfg\fR assumes you have
-\&\fBzip\fR and uses it to produce a \fI.zip\fR archive file. The
-configuration file has \fBbundledoc\fR use the rather nonstandard
-\&\fBinitexmf\fR to find LaTeX files.
-.SH "NOTES"
-.IX Header "NOTES"
-.SS "Including and excluding files"
-.IX Subsection "Including and excluding files"
-The \f(CW\*(C`\-\-localonly\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`\-\-exclude\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`\-\-include\*(C'\fR options provide
-control over the archive's contents. \f(CW\*(C`\-\-exclude\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`\-\-include\*(C'\fR
-can be specified repeatedly on the command line. The order in which
-these options are specified is immaterial; \fBbundledoc\fR processes file
-inclusions and exclusions in the following order:
-.IP "1." 4
-All files referenced by the \fI.dep\fR file are added to the list of
-files to archive.
-.IP "2." 4
-If \f(CW\*(C`\-\-localonly\*(C'\fR is specified, all files not found in the \fI.tex\fR
-file's directory are removed from the list.
-.IP "3." 4
-For each \f(CW\*(C`\-\-exclude\*(C'\fR string specified, all files containing that
-string are removed from the list.
-.IP "4." 4
-For each \f(CW\*(C`\-\-include\*(C'\fR file specification, the set of files designated
-by its expansion are added to the list.
-.SS "Issues When Running Under Microsoft Windows"
-.IX Subsection "Issues When Running Under Microsoft Windows"
-First, because \fBbundledoc\fR is a Perl script, you should do one of the
-following to run it under Windows:
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-\&\f(CW\*(C`perl bundledoc\*(C'\fR
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-Rename \fIbundledoc\fR to \fIbundledoc.pl\fR and run \f(CW\*(C`bundledoc.pl\*(C'\fR. (This
-is assuming you have a file association set up for \fI.pl\fR.)
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-Run the \fBpl2bat\fR script (if you have it) to convert \fIbundledoc\fR to
-\&\fIbundledoc.bat\fR, then run \f(CW\*(C`bundledoc\*(C'\fR.
-.PP
-Second, Windows uses a multi-rooted filesystem (i.e., multiple drive
-letters). I wouldn't be surprised if bad things were to happen if the
-files to be bundled are scattered across drives. In addition, Windows
-supports ``\s-1UNC\s0'' filenames, which have no drive letter at all, just a
-machine and share name. \s-1UNC\s0 filenames are also untested waters for
-\&\fBbundledoc\fR. Be careful!
-.SS "Testing Status"
-.IX Subsection "Testing Status"
-I have tested \fBbundledoc\fR only with Perl v5.6.0 and later and only on
-the following platforms:
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-Linux + TeX Live
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-Linux + teTeX
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-Windows \s-1NT\s0 + MiKTeX
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-Solaris + ??? (something kpathsea-based)
-.PP
-It is my hope that \fBbundledoc\fR works on many more platforms than
-those. I tried to make the program itself fairly independent of the
-operating system; only the configuration files should have to change
-to run \fBbundledoc\fR on a different system.
-.SS "Future Work"
-.IX Subsection "Future Work"
-I'd like \fBbundledoc\fR to work on as wide a variety of TeX
-distributions as possible. If your platform is significantly
-different from the ones listed in \*(L"Testing Status\*(R" (e.g., if you're
-running MacOS) and you need to create a substantially different
-configuration file from \fItexlive\-unix.cfg\fR and \fImiktex.cfg\fR, please
-send it to me at the address listed in \*(L"\s-1AUTHOR\s0\*(R" so I can include it
-in a future version of \fBbundledoc\fR. (I make no promises, though).
-.PP
-Once \fBbundledoc\fR works on all the major operating systems and TeX
-distributions it would be really convenient if I could get
-\&\fBbundledoc\fR to detect the platform it's running on and automatically
-select an appropriate configuration file.
-.PP
-Finally, it would be handy for \fBbundledoc\fR to include fonts in the
-archive file. At a minimum, it should include \fI.tfm\fR files, but it
-would be even better if it included \fI.mf\fR, \fI.pfb\fR, \fI.ttf\fR, and
-other common font formats, as well.
-.SS "Acknowledgments"
-.IX Subsection "Acknowledgments"
-Thanks to Fabien Vignes-Tourneret for suggesting what became the
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-localonly\*(C'\fR option and for a discussion that led to the
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-exclude\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`\-\-include\*(C'\fR options; and to Marius Kleiner for
-updating \fBbundledoc\fR to properly handle document subdirectories.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
-\&\fIgzip\fR\|(1), \fIkpsewhich\fR\|(1), \fIlatex\fR\|(1), \fIperl\fR\|(1), \fIzip\fR\|(1), the \fBsnapshot\fR
-documentation
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.IX Header "AUTHOR"
-Scott Pakin, \fIscott+bdoc@pakin.org\fR
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/bundledoc.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/bundledoc.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index e2d458a6830..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/bundledoc.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cef5conv.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cef5conv.1
deleted file mode 100644
index e1d2c6a7ad8..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cef5conv.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,127 +0,0 @@
-.\" man page for cef5conv
-.\" Copyright (C) 1994-2012 Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org>
-.\"
-.\" This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-.\" it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-.\" the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-.\" (at your option) any later version.
-.\"
-.\" This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-.\" but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-.\" GNU General Public License for more details.
-.\"
-.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-.\" along with this program in doc/COPYING; if not, write to the Free
-.\" Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston,
-.\" MA 02110-1301 USA
-.
-.TH CEF5CONV 1 07-May-2012 "CJK Version 4.8.3"
-.
-.\" ====
-.\" ==== macro definitions
-.\" ====
-.
-.\" here we define \TeX for troff and nroff
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.
-.\" and here the same for \LaTeX
-.if t \{\
-.ie '\*(.T'dvi' \
-.ds LX \fRL\h'-0.36m'\v'-0.15v'\s-3A\s0\h'-0.15m'\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.el .ds LX \fRL\h'-0.36m'\v'-0.22v'\s-2A\s0\h'-0.15m'\v'0.22v'\fP\*(TX
-.\}
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.
-.\" \LaTeXe
-.\" note that we need \vareps for TeX instead of \eps which can only be
-.\" accessed with the \N escape sequence (in the Math Italic font)
-.if t \{\
-.ie '\*(.T'dvi' .ds LE \*(LX\h'0.15m'2\v'0.20v'\f(MI\N'34'\fP\v'-0.20v'
-.el .ds LE \*(LX\h'0.15m'2\v'0.20v'\(*e\v'-0.20v'
-.\}
-.if n .ds LE LaTeX\ 2e
-.
-.\" a typewriter font
-.if t \{\
-.de C
-\fC\\$1\fP
-..
-.\}
-.if n \{\
-.de C
-\\$1
-..
-.\}
-.
-.\" ====
-.\" ==== end of macro definitions
-.\" ====
-.
-.
-.
-.SH NAME
-cef5conv \- convert a TeX document in Big\ 5 encoding containing CEF macros
-into `preprocessed' form.
-.
-.
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B cef5conv
-<
-.I infile
->
-.I outfile
-.
-.
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.B Chinese Encoding Framework
-.RB ( CEF )
-developed by Christian Wittern
-.C <cwittern@conline.central.de>
-makes it possible to include CJK characters in various encodings using the
-SGML macros
-.B &CX-aabb;
-for Big\ 5 and CNS encoding and
-.B &U-aabb;
-for Unicode
-.RB ( X
-denotes a number between 0 and 7; 0 represents Big\ 5 encoding, 1-7 CNS
-encoding planes 1-7.
-.B aabb
-is either a decimal or hexadecimal number).
-.PP
-.B cef5conv
-converts the CEF macros of a Big\ 5 encoded document together with the Big\
-5 encoding itself into a form which can directly processed with \*(LE.
-It is identical to
-.IP
-.B bg5conv
-<
-.I infile
-|
-.B cefconv
->
-.I outfile
-.PP
-This filter is part of the
-.B CJK
-macro package for \*(LE.
-.
-.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR \%sjisconv (1),
-.BR bg5conv (1),
-.BR \%cefconv (1),
-.BR \%cefsconv (1),
-.BR \%extconv (1),
-.br
-the
-.B CJK
-documentation files.
-.
-.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Werner Lemberg
-.C <wl@gnu.org>
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cef5conv.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cef5conv.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 8cabb2e1a89..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cef5conv.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cefconv.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cefconv.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 312740d7d1c..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cefconv.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
-.\" man page for cefconv
-.\" Copyright (C) 1994-2012 Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org>
-.\"
-.\" This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-.\" it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-.\" the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-.\" (at your option) any later version.
-.\"
-.\" This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-.\" but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-.\" GNU General Public License for more details.
-.\"
-.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-.\" along with this program in doc/COPYING; if not, write to the Free
-.\" Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston,
-.\" MA 02110-1301 USA
-.
-.TH CEFCONV 1 07-May-2012 "CJK Version 4.8.3"
-.
-.\" ====
-.\" ==== macro definitions
-.\" ====
-.
-.\" here we define \TeX for troff and nroff
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.
-.\" and here the same for \LaTeX
-.if t \{\
-.ie '\*(.T'dvi' \
-.ds LX \fRL\h'-0.36m'\v'-0.15v'\s-3A\s0\h'-0.15m'\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.el .ds LX \fRL\h'-0.36m'\v'-0.22v'\s-2A\s0\h'-0.15m'\v'0.22v'\fP\*(TX
-.\}
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.
-.\" \LaTeXe
-.\" note that we need \vareps for TeX instead of \eps which can only be
-.\" accessed with the \N escape sequence (in the Math Italic font)
-.if t \{\
-.ie '\*(.T'dvi' .ds LE \*(LX\h'0.15m'2\v'0.20v'\f(MI\N'34'\fP\v'-0.20v'
-.el .ds LE \*(LX\h'0.15m'2\v'0.20v'\(*e\v'-0.20v'
-.\}
-.if n .ds LE LaTeX\ 2e
-.
-.\" a typewriter font
-.if t \{\
-.de C
-\fC\\$1\fP
-..
-.\}
-.if n \{\
-.de C
-\\$1
-..
-.\}
-.
-.\" ====
-.\" ==== end of macro definitions
-.\" ====
-.
-.
-.
-.SH NAME
-cefconv \- convert a TeX document containing CEF macros into `preprocessed'
-form.
-.
-.
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B cefconv
-<
-.I infile
->
-.I outfile
-.
-.
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.B Chinese Encoding Framework
-.RB ( CEF )
-developed by Christian Wittern
-.C <cwittern@conline.central.de>
-makes it possible to include CJK characters in various encodings using the
-SGML macros
-.B &CX-aabb;
-for Big\ 5 and CNS encoding and
-.B &U-aabb;
-for Unicode
-.RB ( X
-denotes a number between 0 and 7; 0 represents Big\ 5 encoding, 1-7 CNS
-encoding planes 1-7.
-.B aabb
-is either a decimal or hexadecimal number)
-.PP
-.B \%cefconv
-converts the CEF macros into a form which can directly processed with \*(LE.
-.PP
-This filter is part of the
-.B CJK
-macro package for \*(LE.
-.
-.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR \%sjisconv (1),
-.BR bg5conv (1),
-.BR cef5conv (1),
-.BR \%cefsconv (1),
-.BR \%extconv (1),
-.br
-the
-.B CJK
-documentation files.
-.
-.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Werner Lemberg
-.C <wl@gnu.org>
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cefconv.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cefconv.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f2054a1a0e..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cefconv.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cefsconv.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cefsconv.1
deleted file mode 100644
index d9c2d578acd..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cefsconv.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,127 +0,0 @@
-.\" man page for cefsconv
-.\" Copyright (C) 1994-2012 Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org>
-.\"
-.\" This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-.\" it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-.\" the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-.\" (at your option) any later version.
-.\"
-.\" This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-.\" but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-.\" GNU General Public License for more details.
-.\"
-.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-.\" along with this program in doc/COPYING; if not, write to the Free
-.\" Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston,
-.\" MA 02110-1301 USA
-.
-.TH CEFSCONV 1 07-May-2012 "CJK Version 4.8.3"
-.
-.\" ====
-.\" ==== macro definitions
-.\" ====
-.
-.\" here we define \TeX for troff and nroff
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.
-.\" and here the same for \LaTeX
-.if t \{\
-.ie '\*(.T'dvi' \
-.ds LX \fRL\h'-0.36m'\v'-0.15v'\s-3A\s0\h'-0.15m'\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.el .ds LX \fRL\h'-0.36m'\v'-0.22v'\s-2A\s0\h'-0.15m'\v'0.22v'\fP\*(TX
-.\}
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.
-.\" \LaTeXe
-.\" note that we need \vareps for TeX instead of \eps which can only be
-.\" accessed with the \N escape sequence (in the Math Italic font)
-.if t \{\
-.ie '\*(.T'dvi' .ds LE \*(LX\h'0.15m'2\v'0.20v'\f(MI\N'34'\fP\v'-0.20v'
-.el .ds LE \*(LX\h'0.15m'2\v'0.20v'\(*e\v'-0.20v'
-.\}
-.if n .ds LE LaTeX\ 2e
-.
-.\" a typewriter font
-.if t \{\
-.de C
-\fC\\$1\fP
-..
-.\}
-.if n \{\
-.de C
-\\$1
-..
-.\}
-.
-.\" ====
-.\" ==== end of macro definitions
-.\" ====
-.
-.
-.
-.SH NAME
-cefsconv \- convert a TeX document in SJIS encoding containing CEF macros
-into `preprocessed' form.
-.
-.
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B cefsconv
-<
-.I infile
->
-.I outfile
-.
-.
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.B Chinese Encoding Framework
-.RB ( CEF )
-developed by Christian Wittern
-.C <cwittern@conline.central.de>
-makes it possible to include CJK characters in various encodings using the
-SGML macros
-.B &CX-aabb;
-for Big\ 5 and CNS encoding and
-.B &U-aabb;
-for Unicode
-.RB ( X
-denotes a number between 0 and 7; 0 represents Big\ 5 encoding, 1-7 CNS
-encoding planes 1-7.
-.B aabb
-is either a decimal or hexadecimal number).
-.PP
-.B \%cefsconv
-converts the CEF macros of a SJIS encoded document together with the SJIS
-encoding itself into a form which can directly processed with \*(LE.
-It is identical to
-.IP
-.B sjisconv
-<
-.I infile
-|
-.B cefconv
->
-.I outfile
-.PP
-This filter is part of the
-.B CJK
-macro package for \*(LE.
-.
-.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR \%sjisconv (1),
-.BR bg5conv (1),
-.BR \%cefconv (1),
-.BR cef5conv (1),
-.BR \%extconv (1),
-.br
-the
-.B CJK
-documentation files.
-.
-.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Werner Lemberg
-.C <wl@gnu.org>
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cefsconv.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cefsconv.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index f4c0e0102ea..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cefsconv.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cfftot1.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cfftot1.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 7cefb03d69e..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cfftot1.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-.ds V 2.92
-.de M
-.BR "\\$1" "(\\$2)\\$3"
-..
-.de Sp
-.if n .sp
-.if t .sp 0.4
-..
-.TH CFFTOT1 1 "LCDF Typetools" "Version \*V"
-.SH NAME
-cfftot1 \- convert PostScript font from CFF to Type 1
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B cfftot1
-\%[\fB\-a\fR]
-\%[\fIinput\fR [\fIoutput\fR]]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR Cfftot1
-converts PostScript font programs in the Compact Font Format (CFF) into
-Type 1 font programs in PFB or PFA format, preserving all hints that can be
-represented in Type 1. The input file should be a raw CFF file or a
-PostScript-flavored OpenType font. If the file
-.I output
-is not specified output goes to the standard output.
-If the file
-.I input
-is not specified input comes from the standard input.
-'
-.SH OPTIONS
-.PD 0
-.TP 5
-.BI \-a "\fR, " \-\-pfa
-Output font in ASCII PFA format.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-b "\fR, " \-\-pfb
-Output font in binary PFB format. This is the default.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-n " name\fR, " \-\-name " name"
-Output the CFF's component font named
-.IR name .
-CFF files can contain more than one font, although few do. Use this option
-to select a particular font from a multi-font collection. By default
-cfftot1 chooses the collection's first font.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-o " file\fR, " \-\-output " file"
-Write output font to
-.IR file
-instead of the standard output.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-q ", " \-\-quiet
-Do not generate any error messages.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-h ", " \-\-help
-Print usage information and exit.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-v ", " \-\-version
-Print the version number and some short non-warranty information and exit.
-.PD
-'
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.LP
-.M t1binary 1 ,
-.M t1ascii 1
-.LP
-.I "Adobe Type 1 Font Format"
-.LP
-Adobe Technical Notes #5176,
-.IR "The Compact Font Format Specification" ,
-and #5177,
-.I "The Type 2 Charstring Format"
-.LP
-.IR "OpenType Specification" ,
-Version 1.4
-'
-.SH AUTHOR
-Eddie Kohler (ekohler@gmail.com)
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cfftot1.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cfftot1.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 9bc34d8e0d5..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cfftot1.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/chktex.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/chktex.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 914076926a8..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/chktex.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
-.TH chktex 1 "March 30, 2001"
-.AT 3
-.SH NAME
-chktex \- finds typographic errors in LaTeX.
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B chktex
-.I [-hiqrW] [-v[0-...]] [-l <rcfile>] [-[wemn] <[1-42]|all>]
-.I [-d[0-...]] [-p <name>] [-o <outfile>] [-[btxgI][0|1]]
-.B file1 file2 ...
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I chktex
-finds typographic errors in
-.I LaTeX
-.
-.SH OPTIONS
-.PP
-Miscellaneous options:
-.TP
-.B "-h --help"
-Print a help screen.
-.TP
-.B "-i --license"
-Show distribution information.
-.TP
-.B "-l --localrc"
-Read local .chktexrc formatted file.
-.TP
-.B "-d --debug"
-Debug information. Give it a number.
-.TP
-.B "-r --reset"
-Reset settings to default.
-.PP
-Muting warning messages:
-.TP
-.B "-w --warnon"
-Makes msg # given a warning and turns it on.
-.TP
-.B "-e --erroron"
-Makes msg # given an error and turns it on.
-.TP
-.B "-m --msgon"
-Makes msg # given a message and turns it on.
-.TP
-.B "-n --nowarn"
-Mutes msg # given.
-
-.PP
-Output control flags:
-.TP
-.B "-v --verbosity"
-How errors are displayed.
-Default 1, 0=Less, 2=Fancy, 3=lacheck.
-.TP
-.B "-V --pipeverb"
-How errors are displayed when stdout != tty.
-Defaults to the same as -v.
-.TP
-.B "-s --splitchar"
-String used to split fields when doing -v0
-.TP
-.B "-o --output"
-Redirect error report to a file.
-.TP
-.B "-q --quiet"
-Shuts up about version information.
-.TP
-.B "-p --pseudoname"
-Input file-name when reporting.
-.TP
-.B "-f --format"
-Format to use for output
-
-.PP
-Boolean switches (1 -> enables / 0 -> disables):
-.TP
-.B "-b --backup"
-Backup output file.
-.TP
-.B "-x --wipeverb"
-Ignore contents of `\\verb' commands.
-.TP
-.B "-g --globalrc"
-Read global .chktexrc file.
-.TP
-.B "-I --inputfiles"
-Execute \\input statements.
-.TP
-.B "-H --headererr"
-Show errors found in front of \\begin{document}
-.PP Miscellaneous switches:
-.TP
-.B "-W --version"
-Version information
-
-.PP
-If no LaTeX files are specified on the command line, we will read from
-stdin. For explanation of warning/error messages, please consult the
-main document /usr/share/doc/chktex/ChkTeX.dvi.gz.
-
-.SH DISTRIBUTION
-Copyright (C) 1996 Jens T. Berger Thielemann
-.PP
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the
-.I GNU General Public License
-as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-.PP
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but
-.B WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY;
-without even the implied warranty of
-.B MERCHANTABILITY
-or
-.B FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-See the
-.I GNU General Public License
-for more details.
-.PP
-You should have received a copy of the
-.B GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the
-.I Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
-59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
-
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-No environment variables are used.
-.SH FILES
-None.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Jens T. Berger Thielemann,
-.I <jensthi@ifi.uio.no>
-.PP
-This manual page was cobbled together by Clint Adams <schizo@debian.org>,
-based on the output of "chktex --help" and deweb(1).
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.B deweb(1), chkweb(1)
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/chktex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/chktex.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 877defeb6ff..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/chktex.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/chkweb.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/chkweb.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 5cb7063f786..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/chkweb.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
-.TH chkweb 1 "March 30, 2001"
-.AT 3
-.SH NAME
-chkweb \- runs the LaTeX parts of a CWEB file through chktex
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B chkweb
-.I [-hiqrW] [-l <rcfile>] [-[wemn] <[1-42]|all>]
-.I [-d[0-...]] [-o <outfile>] [-[btxgI][0|1]]
-.B file1 file2 ...
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I chkweb
-runs the
-.I LaTeX
-parts of a CWEB file through chktex.
-.SH OPTIONS
-.PP
-Miscellaneous options:
-.TP
-.B "-h --help"
-Print a help screen.
-.TP
-.B "-i --license"
-Show distribution information.
-.TP
-.B "-l --localrc"
-Read local .chktexrc formatted file.
-.TP
-.B "-d --debug"
-Debug information. Give it a number.
-.TP
-.B "-r --reset"
-Reset settings to default.
-.PP
-Muting warning messages:
-.TP
-.B "-w --warnon"
-Makes msg # given a warning and turns it on.
-.TP
-.B "-e --erroron"
-Makes msg # given an error and turns it on.
-.TP
-.B "-m --msgon"
-Makes msg # given a message and turns it on.
-.TP
-.B "-n --nowarn"
-Mutes msg # given.
-
-.PP
-Output control flags:
-.TP
-.B "-V --pipeverb"
-How errors are displayed when stdout != tty.
-Defaults to the same as -v.
-.TP
-.B "-s --splitchar"
-String used to split fields when doing -v0
-.TP
-.B "-o --output"
-Redirect error report to a file.
-.TP
-.B "-q --quiet"
-Shuts up about version information.
-.TP
-.B "-f --format"
-Format to use for output
-
-.PP
-Boolean switches (1 -> enables / 0 -> disables):
-.TP
-.B "-b --backup"
-Backup output file.
-.TP
-.B "-x --wipeverb"
-Ignore contents of `\\verb' commands.
-.TP
-.B "-g --globalrc"
-Read global .chktexrc file.
-.TP
-.B "-I --inputfiles"
-Execute \\input statements.
-.TP
-.B "-H --headererr"
-Show errors found in front of \\begin{document}
-.PP Miscellaneous switches:
-.TP
-.B "-W --version"
-Version information
-
-.PP
-If no LaTeX files are specified on the command line, we will read from
-stdin. For explanation of warning/error messages, please consult the
-main document /usr/share/doc/chktex/ChkTeX.dvi.gz.
-
-.SH DISTRIBUTION
-Copyright (C) 1996 Jens T. Berger Thielemann
-.PP
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the
-.I GNU General Public License
-as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-.PP
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but
-.B WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY;
-without even the implied warranty of
-.B MERCHANTABILITY
-or
-.B FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-See the
-.I GNU General Public License
-for more details.
-.PP
-You should have received a copy of the
-.B GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the
-.I Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
-59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
-
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-No environment variables are used.
-.SH FILES
-None.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Jens T. Berger Thielemann,
-.I <jensthi@ifi.uio.no>
-.PP
-This manual page was cobbled together by Clint Adams <schizo@debian.org>,
-based on the output of "chktex --help" and deweb(1).
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.B deweb(1), chktex(1)
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/chkweb.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/chkweb.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 23b2ca39e38..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/chkweb.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/context.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/context.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 254d9b87468..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/context.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,140 +0,0 @@
-.TH "CONTEXT" "1" "June 2011" "context 0.52" "ConTeXt"
-.de URL
-\\$2 \(laURL: \\$1 \(ra\\$3
-..
-.if \n[.g] .mso www.tmac
-.de EX
-.in +3
-.nf
-.ft CW
-..
-.de EE
-.in -3
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-
-.SH "NAME"
-context \- front end to the new ConTeXt typesetting system
-
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-\fBcontext\fP [ \fIOPTION\fP ... ] \fIFILE\fP [ ... ]
-
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-
-\fBcontext\fP, a \fBtexlua\fP(1) script,
-is the command-line front end to the new version of the
-ConTeXt typesetting system, an extensive macro package
-built on the \fBtex\fP(1) family of typesetting programs.
-\fBcontext\fP provides several facilties:
-.IP \(bu
-Process a ConTeXt source file,
-performing as many runs as
-necessary of \fBluatex\fP(1). Options control the output
-format, the pages to process, paper size, and so forth.
-.IP \(bu
-Create new ConTeXt formats, useful during installation.
-.IP \(bu
-Post-process existing PDF files, including merging multiple
-files, and extracting and rearranging pages within a file,
-similar to the facilities provided for PostScript files by
-\fBpsnup\fP(1) or for PDF files by \fBpdftk\fP(1).
-.IP
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-
-All switches should always be specified in full. With no options,
-\fBcontext\fP assumes that
-the file on the command line is a ConTeXt source file, i.e. a TeX file
-in the ConTeXt dialect, and produces a PDF file using the source file.
-
-.IP "\fB--run\fP"
-process (one or more) files (default action)
-.IP "\fB--make\fP"
-create context formats
-.IP "\fB--ctx\fP\fI=\fP\fIname\fP"
-use ctx file (process management specification)
-.IP "\fB--interface\fP"
-use specified user interface (default: en)
-.IP "\fB--autopdf\fP"
-close pdf file in viewer and start pdf viewer afterwards
-.IP "\fB--purge(all)\fP"
-purge files either or not after a run (\fB--pattern\fP\fI=\fP\fI...\fP)
-.IP "\fB--usemodule\fP\fI=\fP\fIlist\fP"
-load the given module or style, normally part o fthe distribution
-.IP "\fB--environment\fP\fI=\fP\fIlist\fP"
-load the given environment file first (document styles)
-.IP "\fB--mode\fP\fI=\fP\fIlist\fP"
-enable given the modes (conditional processing in styles)
-.IP "\fB--path\fP\fI=\fP\fIlist\fP"
-also consult the given paths when files are looked for
-.IP "\fB--arguments\fP\fI=\fP\fIlist\fP"
-set variables that can be consulted during a run (key/value pairs)
-.IP "\fB--randomseed\fP\fI=\fP\fInumber\fP"
-set the randomseed
-.IP "\fB--result\fP\fI=\fP\fIname\fP"
-rename the resulting output to the given name
-.IP "\fB--trackers\fP\fI=\fP\fIlist\fP"
-set tracker variables (show list with \fB--showtrackers\fP)
-.IP "\fB--directives\fP\fI=\fP\fIlist\fP"
-set directive variables (show list with \fB--showdirectives\fP)
-.IP "\fB--silent\fP\fI=\fP\fIlist\fP"
-disable logcatgories (show list with \fB--showlogcategories\fP)
-.IP "\fB--noconsole\fP"
-disable logging to the console (logfile only)
-.IP "\fB--purgeresult\fP"
-purge result file before run
-.IP "\fB--forcexml\fP"
-force xml stub (optional flag: \fB--mkii\fP)
-.IP "\fB--forcecld\fP"
-force cld (context lua document) stub
-.IP "\fB--arrange\fP"
-run extra imposition pass, given that the style sets up imposition
-.IP "\fB--noarrange\fP"
-ignore imposition specifications in the style
-.IP "\fB--once\fP"
-only run once (no multipass data file is produced)
-.IP "\fB--batchmode\fP"
-run without stopping and don't show messages on the console
-.IP "\fB--nonstopmode\fP"
-run without stopping
-.IP "\fB--generate\fP"
-generate file database etc. (as \fBmtxrun\fP does)
-.IP "\fB--paranoid\fP"
-don't descend to .. and ../..
-.IP "\fB--version\fP"
-report installed context version
-.IP "\fB--expert\fP"
-show expert options
-
-
-.SH "INITIALIZATION"
-
-.PP
-The \fBcontext\fP command is just a stub that runs the larger \fBmtxrun\fP
-script, which is a scripting framework written for \fBtexlua\fP(1) that
-supports loading of extra modules, of which \fBcontext\fP is one. The
-implementation actually resides in a file named \fBmtx-context.lua\fP
-deep within the TDS structure.
-
-If \fBcontext\fP complains about \fBUnknown script 'context'\fP, this
-can usually be fixed by executing \fBmtxrun --generate\fP on the
-command line: this command regenerates the database that \fBmtxrun\fP
-uses to find its extra modules.
-
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-\fBtex\fP(1), \fBluatex\fP(1), \fBtexlua\fP(1), \fBpsnup\fP(1), \fBpdftk\fP(1).
-.PP
-.URL "http://www.contextgarden.net" "ConTeXt wiki" .
-.PP
-.URL "http://www.ntg.nl/mailman/listinfo/ntg-context" "ConTeXt mailing list home" .
-
-.SH "BUGS"
-
-.PP
-This manpage is horribly incomplete.
-
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-This partial manpage was written by Taco Hoekwater
-<taco@metatex.org>.
-It is based on the \fB--help\fP output of \fBcontext\fP.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/context.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/context.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 8863439d028..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/context.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ctangle.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ctangle.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 197f7c83e94..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ctangle.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man1/cweb.1
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ctangle.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ctangle.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index e84bb7f852b..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ctangle.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ctanify.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ctanify.1
deleted file mode 100644
index f2758913f57..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ctanify.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,376 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.1801 (Pod::Simple 3.05)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "CTANIFY 1"
-.TH CTANIFY 1 "2009-08-02" "v1.1" ""
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-ctanify \- Prepare a package for upload to CTAN
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-ctanify
-[\fB\-\-pkgname\fR=\fIstring\fR]
-[\fB\-\-\fR[\fBno\fR]\fBauto\fR]
-[\fB\-\-tdsonly\fR=\fIfilespec\fR ...]
-[\fB\-\-\fR[\fBno\fR]\fBunixify\fR]
-[\fB\-\-\fR[\fBno\fR]\fBskip\fR]
-\&\fIfilespec\fR[=\fIdirname\fR] ...
-.PP
-ctanify
-[\fB\-\-help\fR]
-.PP
-ctanify
-[\fB\-\-version\fR]
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-\&\fBctanify\fR is intended for developers who have a L\h'-0.36'\v'-0.15'\s-2A\s+2\v'0.15'\h'-0.15'T\h'-0.1667'\v'0.2'E\v'-0.2'\h'-0.125'X package that
-they want to distribute via the Comprehensive T\h'-0.1667'\v'0.2'E\v'-0.2'\h'-0.125'X Archive Network
-(\s-1CTAN\s0). Given a list of filenames, \fBctanify\fR creates a tarball (a
-\&\fI.tar.gz\fR file) with the files laid out in \s-1CTAN\s0's preferred
-structure. The tarball additionally contains a \s-1ZIP\s0 (\fI.zip\fR) file
-with copies of all files laid out in the standard T\h'-0.1667'\v'0.2'E\v'-0.2'\h'-0.125'X Directory
-Structure (\s-1TDS\s0), which facilitates inclusion of the package in the T\h'-0.1667'\v'0.2'E\v'-0.2'\h'-0.125'X
-Live distribution.
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS"
-\&\fBctanify\fR accepts the following command-line options:
-.IP "\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR" 5
-.IX Item "-h, --help"
-Output basic usage information and exit.
-.IP "\fB\-V\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR" 5
-.IX Item "-V, --version"
-Output \fBctanify\fR's version number and exit.
-.IP "\fB\-p\fR \fIstring\fR, \fB\-\-pkgname\fR=\fIstring\fR" 5
-.IX Item "-p string, --pkgname=string"
-Specify explicitly a package name. Normally, \fBctanify\fR uses the base
-name of the first \fI.ins\fR or \fI.sty\fR file listed as the package name.
-The package name forms the base name of the tarball that \fBctanify\fR
-produces.
-.IP "\fB\-\-noauto\fR" 5
-.IX Item "--noauto"
-Do not automatically add files to the tarball. Normally, \fBctanify\fR
-automatically includes all files mentioned in a \fI.ins\fR file.
-.IP "\fB\-t\fR \fIfilespec\fR, \fB\-\-tdsonly\fR=\fIfilespec\fR" 5
-.IX Item "-t filespec, --tdsonly=filespec"
-Specify a subset of the files named on the command line to include
-only in the \s-1TDS\s0 \s-1ZIP\s0 file, not in the \s-1CTAN\s0 package directory.
-Wildcards are allowed (quoted if necessary), and \fB\-\-tdsonly\fR can be
-used multiple times on the same command line.
-.PP
-At least one filename must be specified on the command line.
-\&\fBctanify\fR automatically places files in the \s-1TDS\s0 tree based on their
-extension, but this can be overridden by specifying explicitly a
-target \s-1TDS\s0 directory using the form \fIfilespec\fR=\fIdirname\fR. Wildcards
-are allowed for the filespec (quoted if necessary).
-.SH "ADDITIONAL OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "ADDITIONAL OPTIONS"
-The following options are unlikely to be necessary in ordinary usage.
-They are provided for special circumstances that may arise.
-.IP "\fB\-d\fR \fIdirname\fR, \fB\-\-tdsdir\fR=\fIdirname\fR" 5
-.IX Item "-d dirname, --tdsdir=dirname"
-Instead of creating a tarball for \s-1CTAN\s0, merely create the package \s-1TDS\s0
-tree rooted in directory \fIdirname\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-nou\fR, \fB\-\-no\-unixify\fR" 5
-.IX Item "-nou, --no-unixify"
-Store text files unmodified instead of converting their end-of-line
-character to Unix format (a single linefeed character with no
-carriage-return character), even though \s-1CTAN\s0 prefers receiving all
-files with Unix-format end-of-line characters.
-.IP "\fB\-nok\fR, \fB\-\-no\-skip\fR" 5
-.IX Item "-nok, --no-skip"
-Force \fBctanify\fR to include files such as Unix hidden files, Emacs
-backup files, and version-control metadata files, all of which \s-1CTAN\s0
-dislikes receiving.
-.IP "\fB\-m\fR, \fB\-\-miscify\fR" 5
-.IX Item "-m, --miscify"
-Rename directories containing a single file to \f(CW\*(C`misc\*(C'\fR. (For example,
-rename \f(CW\*(C`tex/latex/mypackage/mypackage.sty\*(C'\fR to
-\&\f(CW\*(C`tex/latex/misc/mypackage.sty\*(C'\fR.) This was common practice in the
-past but is now strongly discouraged.
-.SH "DIAGNOSTICS"
-.IX Header "DIAGNOSTICS"
-.ie n .IP """Failed to copy \f(CIfilename\f(CW (No such file or directory)""" 5
-.el .IP "\f(CWFailed to copy \f(CIfilename\f(CW (No such file or directory)\fR" 5
-.IX Item "Failed to copy filename (No such file or directory)"
-This message is typically caused by a \fI.ins\fR file that generates
-\&\fIfilename\fR but that has not already been run through \fItex\fR or
-\&\fIlatex\fR to actually produce \fIfilename\fR. \fBctanify\fR does not
-automatically run \fItex\fR or \fIlatex\fR; this needs to be done manually
-by the user. See \*(L"\s-1CAVEATS\s0\*(R" for more information.
-.ie n .IP """Modified \f(CIfilename\f(CW to use Unix line endings (use \-\-no\-unixify to prevent this)""" 5
-.el .IP "\f(CWModified \f(CIfilename\f(CW to use Unix line endings (use \-\-no\-unixify to prevent this)\fR" 5
-.IX Item "Modified filename to use Unix line endings (use --no-unixify to prevent this)"
-For consistency, \s-1CTAN\s0 stores all text files with Unix-style line
-endings (a single linefeed character with no carriage-return
-character). To help in this effort, \fBctanify\fR automatically replaces
-non-Unix-style line endings. The preceding merely message notifies
-the user that he should not be alarmed to see a different size for
-\&\fIfilename\fR in the tarball versus the original \fIfilename\fR on disk
-(which \fBctanify\fR never modifies). If there's a good reason to
-preserve the original line endings (and there rarely is), the
-\&\fB\-\-no\-unixify\fR option can be used to prevent \fBctanify\fR from altering
-any files when storing them in the tarball.
-.ie n .IP """Excluding \f(CIfilename\f(CW (use \-\-no\-skip to force inclusion)""" 5
-.el .IP "\f(CWExcluding \f(CIfilename\f(CW (use \-\-no\-skip to force inclusion)\fR" 5
-.IX Item "Excluding filename (use --no-skip to force inclusion)"
-\&\fBctanify\fR normally ignores files\*(--even when specified explicitly on
-the command line\*(--that \s-1CTAN\s0 prefers not receiving. These include
-files whose names start with "\fI.\fR\*(L" (Unix hidden files), end in \*(R"\fI~\fR"
-(Emacs automatic backups), or that come from a \fI\s-1CVS\s0\fR or \fI.svn\fR
-directory (version-control metadata files). If there's a good reason
-to submit such files to \s-1CTAN\s0 (and there rarely is), the \fB\-\-no\-skip\fR
-option can be used to prevent \fBctanify\fR from ignoring them.
-.ie n .IP """CTAN prefers having only PDF documentation (re: \f(CIfilename\f(CW)""" 5
-.el .IP "\f(CWCTAN prefers having only PDF documentation (re: \f(CIfilename\f(CW)\fR" 5
-.IX Item "CTAN prefers having only PDF documentation (re: filename)"
-Because of the popularity of the \s-1PDF\s0 format, \s-1CTAN\s0 wants to have as
-much documentation as possible distributed in \s-1PDF\s0. The preceding
-message asks the user to replace any PostScript or \s-1DVI\s0 documentation
-with \s-1PDF\s0 if possible. (\fBctanify\fR will still include PostScript and
-\&\s-1DVI\s0 documentation in the tarball; the preceding message is merely a
-polite request.)
-.ie n .IP """Not including \f(CIfilename\f(CW in the TDS tree (unknown extension)""" 5
-.el .IP "\f(CWNot including \f(CIfilename\f(CW in the TDS tree (unknown extension)\fR" 5
-.IX Item "Not including filename in the TDS tree (unknown extension)"
-\&\fBctanify\fR places files in the \s-1TDS\s0 tree based on a table of file
-extensions. For example, all \fI.sty\fR files are placed in
-\&\fItex/latex/\fIpackage-name\fI\fR. If \fBctanify\fR does not know where to
-put a file it does not put it anywhere. See the last paragraph of
-\&\*(L"\s-1OPTIONS\s0\*(R" for an explanation of how to specify explicitly a file's
-target location in the \s-1TDS\s0 tree. For common file extensions that
-happen to be absent from \fBctanify\fR's table, consider also notifying
-\&\fBctanify\fR's author at the address shown below under \*(L"\s-1AUTHOR\s0\*(R".
-.SH "EXAMPLES"
-.IX Header "EXAMPLES"
-.SS "The Common Case"
-.IX Subsection "The Common Case"
-Normally, all that's needed is to tell \fBctanify\fR the name of the
-\&\fI.ins\fR file (or \fI.sty\fR if the package does not use DocStrip) and the
-prebuilt documentation, if any:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& $ ctanify mypackage.ins mypackage.pdf README
-\&
-\& 490347 mypackage.tar.gz
-\&
-\& 1771 mypackage/README
-\& 15453 mypackage/mypackage.dtx
-\& 1957 mypackage/mypackage.ins
-\& 277683 mypackage/mypackage.pdf
-\& 246935 mypackage.tds.zip
-\&
-\& 1771 doc/latex/mypackage/README
-\& 277683 doc/latex/mypackage/mypackage.pdf
-\& 15453 source/latex/mypackage/mypackage.dtx
-\& 1957 source/latex/mypackage/mypackage.ins
-\& 1725 tex/latex/mypackage/mypackage.sty
-.Ve
-.Ve
-.PP
-\&\fBctanify\fR outputs the size in bytes of the resulting tarball, each
-file within it, and each file within the contained \s-1ZIP\s0 file. In the
-preceding example, notice how \fBctanify\fR automatically performed all
-of the following operations:
-.IP "\(bu" 5
-including \fImypackage.dtx\fR (found by parsing \fImypackage.ins\fR) in both
-the \fImypackage\fR directory and the \s-1ZIP\s0 file,
-.IP "\(bu" 5
-including \fImypackage.sty\fR (found by parsing \fImypackage.ins\fR) in the
-\&\s-1ZIP\s0 file but, because it's a generated file, not in the \fImypackage\fR
-directory, and
-.IP "\(bu" 5
-placing all files into appropriate \s-1TDS\s0 directories (documentation,
-source, main package) within the \s-1ZIP\s0 file.
-.PP
-Consider what it would take to manually produce an equivalent
-\&\fImypackage.tar.gz\fR file. \fBctanify\fR is definitely a simpler, quicker
-alternative.
-.SS "Advanced Usage"
-.IX Subsection "Advanced Usage"
-\&\fBctanify\fR assumes that PostScript files are documentation and
-therefore stores them under \fIdoc/latex/\fIpackage-name\fI/\fR in the \s-1TDS\s0
-tree within the \s-1ZIP\s0 File. Suppose, however, that a L\h'-0.36'\v'-0.15'\s-2A\s+2\v'0.15'\h'-0.15'T\h'-0.1667'\v'0.2'E\v'-0.2'\h'-0.125'X package uses
-a set of PostScript files to control \fBdvips\fR's output. In this case,
-\&\fBctanify\fR must be told to include those PostScript files in the
-package directory, not the documentation directory.
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& $ ctanify mypackage.ins "mypackage*.ps=tex/latex/mypackage"
-.Ve
-.Ve
-.SH "FILES"
-.IX Header "FILES"
-.IP "\fIperl\fR" 5
-.IX Item "perl"
-\&\fBctanify\fR is written in Perl and needs a Perl installation to run.
-.IP "\fItar\fR, \fIgzip\fR" 5
-.IX Item "tar, gzip"
-\&\fBctanify\fR requires the \s-1GNU\s0 \fItar\fR and \fIgzip\fR programs to create a
-compressed tarball (\fI.tar.gz\fR).
-.IP "\fIzip\fR" 5
-.IX Item "zip"
-\&\fBctanify\fR uses a \fIzip\fR program to archive the \s-1TDS\s0 tree within the
-main tarball.
-.SH "CAVEATS"
-.IX Header "CAVEATS"
-\&\fBctanify\fR does not invoke \fItex\fR or \fIlatex\fR on its own, e.g.,\ to
-process a \fI.ins\fR file. The reason is that \fBctanify\fR does not know
-in the general case how to produce all of a package's generated files.
-It was deemed better to do nothing than to risk overwriting existing
-\&\fI.sty\fR (or other) files or to include outdated generated files in the
-tarball. In short, before running \fBctanify\fR you should manually
-process any \fI.ins\fR files and otherwise generate any files that should
-be sent to \s-1CTAN\s0.
-.PP
-\&\fBctanify\fR has been tested only on Linux. It may work on MacOS\ X.
-It probably does not work on Windows. Volunteers willing to help port
-\&\fBctanify\fR to other platforms are extremely welcome.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
-\&\fItar\fR\|(1),
-\&\fIzip\fR\|(1),
-\&\fIlatex\fR\|(1),
-Guidelines for uploading TDS-Packaged materials to \s-1CTAN\s0
-(<http://www.ctan.org/TDS\-guidelines.html>),
-A Directory Structure for T\h'-0.1667'\v'0.2'E\v'-0.2'\h'-0.125'X Files (<http://tug.org/tds/>),
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.IX Header "AUTHOR"
-Scott Pakin, \fIscott+ctify@pakin.org\fR
-.SH "COPYRIGHT AND LICENSE"
-.IX Header "COPYRIGHT AND LICENSE"
-Copyright 2009 Scott Pakin
-.PP
-This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
-the L\h'-0.36'\v'-0.15'\s-2A\s+2\v'0.15'\h'-0.15'T\h'-0.1667'\v'0.2'E\v'-0.2'\h'-0.125'X Project Public License, either version\ 1.3c of this
-license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of
-this license is in
-.PP
-<http://www.latex\-project.org/lppl.txt>
-.PP
-and version\ 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of L\h'-0.36'\v'-0.15'\s-2A\s+2\v'0.15'\h'-0.15'T\h'-0.1667'\v'0.2'E\v'-0.2'\h'-0.125'X
-version 2008/05/04 or later.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ctanify.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ctanify.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index c2e30e4380d..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ctanify.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ctie.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ctie.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 2a8e2ee9ea6..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ctie.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-.TH CTIE 1 "7 April 2010" "Web2C 2012"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-ctie \- merge or apply CWEB change files
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B ctie
-.BR \-c | \-m
-.I outputfile masterfile
-.IR changefile .\|.\|.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.B ctie
-program is used to process multiple change files used with the CWEB
-system for literate programming. The CWEB programs allow one to apply
-patches to a source file (the
-.IR masterfile )
-by means of a single change file.
-.B ctie
-can be used to either merge up to 32 change files into a single one or
-to apply the changes to the
-.I masterfile
-in order to create a new master file. Output of either the new change
-file or the patched master file goes into
-.IR outputfile .
-Any include files (indicated using the CWEB
-.B @i
-command) are fully expanded during
-.B ctie
-processing, which means that the change files are able to modify the
-contents of any included files.
-.SH OPTIONS
-.TP
-.B \-c
-Create a single change file from the given
-.IR changefile s.
-.TP
-.B \-m
-Create a new master file by applying the given
-.IR changefile s.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-The environment variable CWEBINPUTS is used to search for the input files,
-or the system default if CWEBINPUTS is not set. See
-.BR tex (1)
-for the details of the searching.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR cweb (1),
-.IR ctiedoc.tex ,
-.BR tie (1),
-.BR web (1).
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-Julian Gilbey, jdg@debian.org. The original TIE program was by Klaus
-Guntermann, TH Darmstadt, Institut f. Theoretische Informatik. The
-TIE man page was by Joachim Schnitter, TH Darmstadt, Phys. Chemie I,
-and was modified for CTIE by Julian Gilbey.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ctie.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ctie.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 836ce5cb085..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ctie.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ctxtools.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ctxtools.1
deleted file mode 100644
index c22263d4267..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ctxtools.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-.de URL
-\\$2 \(laURL: \\$1 \(ra\\$3
-..
-.if \n[.g] .mso www.tmac
-.de EX
-.in +3
-.nf
-.ft CW
-..
-.de EE
-.in -3
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.TH CTXTOOLS "1" "January 2007" "ctxtools 1.3.3" "ConTeXt"
-
-.SH NAME
-ctxtools \- clean up temporary ConTeXt files, install latest ConTeXt
-
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-\fBctxtools\fP [ \fIOPTION\fP ... ]
-
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-\fBctxtools\fP is useful for dealing with ConTeXt source and generated
-files and for installing new versions of ConTeXt.
-
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.TP
-.B --help
-Print the available options.
-.TP
-.B --purgefiles
-Get rid of many temporary files generated by ConTeXt. You can give the
-.B --all
-option to remove a larger fraction of those files,
-and the
-.B --recurse
-option to remove these files also in subdirectories.
-.TP
-.B --contextversion
-Show the date of the ConTeXt macros and the format file. Useful after
-upgrading ConTeXt (perhaps using \fB--updatecontext\fP) to check
-whether the new formats and macros are visible to the TeX path
-searches (see
-.BR kpsewhich (1).
-.TP
-.B --updatecontext
-Download the latest ConTeXt distribution and install it in the
-TEXMFLOCAL tree (see
-.BR kpsewhich (1)
-for information on
-TeX path searching). TEXMFLOCAL usually points to a system-wide
-location. If you want to install the new ConTeXt in your home
-directory (i.e. an install for one user), then set the TEXMFLOCAL
-environment variable while running
-.BR ctxtools .
-For example, using the syntax of the Bourne shell
-.BR sh (1):
-.EX
-TEXMFLOCAL=$HOME/texmf ctxtools --updatecontext
-.EE
-.TP
-.B --documentation
-Generate a \fI.ted\fP file from the source file. See also the
-\fB--module\fP option to
-.BR texexec (1).
-.TP
-\fB--patternfiles\fP [languagecode]
-Generate pattern files. You can also give the
-\fB--all\fP, \fB--xml\fP, and \fB--utf8\fP options.
-
-.SH "ENVIRONMENT"
-.TP
-TEXMFLOCAL
-Used by \f(CW--updatecontext\fP to decide where to install the distribution.
-
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-.BR texexec (1),
-.BR texmfstart (1).
-.PP
-.URL "http://www.contextgarden.net" "ConTeXt wiki" .
-
-.SH BUGS
-This manual page is not complete.
-
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-This manual page was written by Sanjoy Mahajan <sanjoy@mit.edu>. It is in
-the public domain.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ctxtools.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ctxtools.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index b5e180f96c1..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ctxtools.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cweave.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cweave.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 197f7c83e94..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cweave.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man1/cweb.1
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cweave.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cweave.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 174019027a3..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cweave.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cweb.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cweb.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 0312568de95..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cweb.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,152 +0,0 @@
-.TH CWEB 1 "7 April 2010" "Web2C 2012"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-ctangle, cweave \- translate CWEB to C and/or TeX
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.na
-.B ctangle
-.RB [ \-bhp ]
-.RB [ +s ]
-.IR webfile [ \fB.w\fP ]
-.RI [{ changefile [ \fB.ch\fP ]| \fB\-\fP }
-.RI [ outfile [ \fB.c\fP ]]]
-.br
-.B cweave
-.RB [ \-befhpx ]
-.RB [ +s ]
-.IR webfile [ \fB.w\fP ]
-.RI [{ changefile [ \fB.ch\fP ]| \fB\-\fP }
-.RI [ outfile [ \fB.tex\fP ]]]
-.ad
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.B ctangle
-program converts a CWEB
-source document into a C\ program that may be compiled in the usual way.
-The output file includes #line specifications so that debugging can be
-done in terms of the CWEB source file.
-.PP
-The
-.B cweave
-program converts the same CWEB file into a TeX file that may be
-formatted and printed in the usual way.
-It takes appropriate care of typographic details like page
-layout and the use of indentation, italics, boldface, etc., and it supplies
-extensive cross-index information that it gathers automatically.
-.PP
-CWEB allows you to prepare a single
-document containing all the information that is needed both to produce
-a compilable C\ program and to produce a well-formatted document
-describing the program in as much detail as the writer may desire.
-The user of CWEB ought to be familiar with TeX as well as\ C.
-.PP
-The command line should have one, two, or three names on it.
-The first is taken as the CWEB file (and
-.B .w
-is added if there is no extension).
-If that file cannot be opened, the extension
-.B .web
-is tried instead. (But
-.B .w
-is recommended, since
-.B .web
-usually implies Pascal.)
-If there is a second name, it is a change file (and
-.B .ch
-is added if there is no extension).
-The change file overrides parts of the WEB file,
-as described in the documentation.
-If there is a third name, it overrides
-the default name of the output file, which is ordinarily the same as
-the name of the input file (but on the current directory) with the
-extension
-.B .c
-or
-.BR .tex .
-.PP
-Options in the command line may be either turned off with\ \-
-(if they are on by default) or turned on with\ + (if they are off by
-default).
-In fact, the options are processed from left to right,
-so a sequence like -f\ +f corresponds to +f (which is the default).
-.PP
-The
-.B \-b
-option suppresses the banner line that normally appears on your terminal
-when ctangle or cweave begins.
-The
-.B \-h
-option suppresses the happy message that normally appears if the processing
-was successful.
-The
-.B \-p
-option suppresses progress reports (starred module numbers) as the processing
-takes place.
-If you say
-.BR \-bhp ,
-you get nothing but error messages.
-.PP
-The
-.B +s
-option prints statistics about memory usage at the end of a run
-(assuming that the programs have been compiled with the -DSTAT switch).
-.PP
-There are three other options applicable to
-.B cweave
-only:
-.B \-f
-means do not force a newline after every statement in the formatted output.
-.B \-e
-inhibits the enclosure of C\ material formatted by
-.I cweave
-in brackets
-\ePB{.\|.\|.}.
-Such brackets are normally inserted so that special hooks
-can be used by
-.I cweb-latex
-and similar programs.
-.B \-x
-means omit the index and table of contents.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-The environment variable CWEBINPUTS is used to search for the input files,
-or the system default if CWEBINPUTS is not set. See
-.BR tex (1)
-for the details of the searching.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH FILES
-The location of the files mentioned below varies from system to
-system. Use the
-.B kpsewhich
-utility to find their locations.
-.TP
-.I cwebmac.tex
-TeX macros used by cweave output.
-.TP
-.I cwebman.tex
-The user manual.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.TP
-.I Literate Programming
-by D. E. Knuth.
-.TP
-.I Weaving a Program
-by Wayne Sewell.
-.TP
-.I The CWEB System of Structured Documentation
-by Donald E. Knuth and Silvio Levy (hardcopy version of cwebman.tex
-and the source code listings).
-.PP
-.BR tex (1),
-.BR cc (1).
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH AUTHORS
-Don Knuth wrote WEB for TeX and Pascal.
-Silvio Levy designed and developed CWEB
-by adapting the WEB conventions to\ C and by recoding everything in CWEB.
-Knuth began using CWEB and made further refinements.
-Many other helpers are acknowledged in the CWEB manual.
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cweb.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cweb.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 64fd033c6fd..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/cweb.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/detex.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/detex.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 93e71005746..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/detex.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,126 +0,0 @@
-.TH DETEX 1L "12 August 1993" "Purdue University"
-.SH NAME
-detex \- a filter to strip \fITeX\fP commands from a .tex file.
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B detex
-[ \fB\-clnstw\fR ] [ \fB\-e\fI environment-list\fR ] [ \fIfilename\fR[.tex] ... ]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Detex
-(Version 2.6)
-reads each file in sequence, removes all comments and
-.I TeX
-control sequences
-and writes the remainder on the standard output.
-All text in math mode and display mode is removed.
-By default,
-.I detex
-follows \\input commands.
-If a file cannot be opened, a warning message is
-printed and the command is ignored.
-If the
-.B \-n
-option is used, no \\input or \\include commands will be processed.
-This allows single file processing.
-If no input file is given on the command line,
-.I detex
-reads from standard input.
-.PP
-If the magic sequence ``\\begin{document}'' appears in the text,
-.I detex
-assumes it is dealing with
-.I LaTeX
-source and
-.I detex
-recognizes additional constructs used in
-.IR LaTeX .
-These include the \\include and \\includeonly commands.
-The
-.B \-l
-option can be used to force
-.I LaTeX
-mode and the
-.B \-t
-option can be used to force
-.I TeX
-mode regardless of input content.
-.PP
-Text in various environment modes of
-.I LaTeX
-is ignored. The default modes are array, eqnarray, equation, figure,
-mathmatica, picture, table and verbatim. The
-.B \-e
-option can be used to specify a comma separated
-.I environment-list
-of environments to ignore. The list replaces the defaults so specifying an
-empty list effectively causes no environments to be ignored.
-.PP
-The
-.B \-c
-option can be used in
-.I LaTeX
-mode to have detex echo the arguments to \\cite,
-\\ref, and \\pageref macros. This can be useful when sending the output to
-a style checker.
-.PP
-.I Detex
-assumes the standard character classes are being used for
-.IR TeX .
-.I Detex
-allows white space between control sequences
-and magic characters like `{' when recognizing things like
-.I LaTeX
-environments.
-.PP
-If the
-.B \-w
-flag is given, the output is a word list, one `word' (string of two or more
-letters and apostrophes beginning with a letter)
-per line, and all other characters ignored.
-Without \fB\-w\fR the output follows the original,
-with the deletions mentioned above. Newline characters are
-preserved where possible
-so that the lines of output match the input as closely as possible.
-.PP
-The TEXINPUTS environment variable is used to find \\input and \\include
-files. Like \fITeX\fP, it interprets a leading or trailing `:' as the default
-TEXINPUTS. It does \fInot\fP support the `//' directory expansion magic sequence.
-.PP
-Detex now handles the basic \fITeX\fP ligatures as a special case, replacing the
-ligatures with acceptable charater substitutes. This eliminates
-spelling errors introduced by merely removing them. The ligatures are
-\\aa, \\ae, \\oe, \\ss, \\o, \\l (and their upper-case
-equivalents). The special "dotless" characters \\i and \\j are also
-replaced with i and j respectively.
-.PP
-Note that previous versions of
-.I detex
-would replace control sequences with a space character to prevent words
-from running together.
-However, this caused accents in the middle of words to break words, generating
-"spelling errors" that were not desirable.
-Therefore, the new version merely removes these accents.
-The old functionality can be essentially duplicated by using the
-.B \-s
-option.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-tex(1L)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-Nesting of \\input is allowed but the number of opened files must not
-exceed the system's limit on the number of simultaneously opened files.
-.I Detex
-ignores unrecognized option characters after printing a warning message.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Daniel Trinkle, Computer Science Department, Purdue University
-.SH BUGS
-.I Detex
-is not a complete
-.I TeX
-interpreter, so it can be confused by some constructs.
-Most errors result in too much rather than too little output.
-.PP
-Running \fILaTeX\fR
-source without a ``\\begin{document}''
-through \fIdetex\fR may produce
-errors.
-.PP
-Suggestions for improvements are (mildly) encouraged.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/detex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/detex.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index b0c7174acc4..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/detex.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/deweb.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/deweb.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 43770aa1fd3..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/deweb.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
-.TH deweb 1 "June 8, 1996"
-.AT 3
-.SH NAME
-deweb \- strips away C & CWEB commands from CWEB sources
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B deweb
-[
-.B file1 file2 ...
-]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I deweb
-filters away all C & CWEB commands from a CWEB source code. This
-leaves only the
-.I LaTeX
-code. This stripped code, in turn, may then
-be passed to a suitable syntax checker for LaTeX, like
-.I ChkTeX
-and
-.I lacheck,
-or spell-checkers like
-.I ispell.
-.PP
-The
-.I chkweb
-tool, included in the
-.I ChkTeX
-distribution will do just this; writing similar scripts should be
-trivial.
-.PP
-When
-.I deweb
-strips away the C code from your CWEB source, it tries to preserve line breaks.
-This means that the error reports from
-.I <your favorite tool>
-will be correct regarding to line numbers. In most cases,
-the column position
-will also be correct. This significantly simplifies
-finding the errors in the
-.I LaTeX
-source (in contrast to the output from
-.I cweave,
-which output is truly difficult to figure anything out from).
-.PP
-.I deweb
-accepts a list of filenames on the argument line, and will send its output
-to
-.I stdout.
-If no filenames are given, it will read from stdin, acting as
-a filter. No options are currently accepted.
-.PP
-Macho users may try to pipe the output from
-.I deweb
-directly into
-.I LaTeX,
-theoretically, this should work. This would ease the debugging
-of the
-.I LaTeX
-code significantly, as when
-.I LaTeX
-complains about wrong syntax, you'll be able to find the erroneous
-line much more easily. Don't expect that the output looks very much
-like the final one, though.
-.PP
-.I deweb
-should now understand all correct
-.I CWEB
-opcodes. If it complains about not understanding a correct opcode,
-please inform the author.
-.SH DISTRIBUTION
-Copyright (C) 1996 Jens T. Berger Thielemann
-.PP
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the
-.I GNU General Public License
-as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-.PP
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but
-.B WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY;
-without even the implied warranty of
-.B MERCHANTABILITY
-or
-.B FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-See the
-.I GNU General Public License
-for more details.
-.PP
-You should have received a copy of the
-.B GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the
-.I Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
-51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-No environment variables are used.
-.SH FILES
-None.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Jens T. Berger Thielemann,
-.I <jensthi@ifi.uio.no>
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.B cweave(1), perl(1), chktex, lacheck(1), ispell(1)
-.SH BUGS
-Doesn't even
-.B compile
-under
-.I Perl
-versions before perl v5. Unfortunately, this means that we can't even
-tell the user why we failed;
-.I Perl
-will just complain about not being able to compile the regexps.
-.PP
-The program will try to swallow the whole input file at once, instead of
-processing it on a line\-by\-line basis.
-.ex
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/deweb.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/deweb.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 448092cac02..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/deweb.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/disdvi.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/disdvi.1
deleted file mode 100644
index e59ce5ce46b..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/disdvi.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-.TH DISDVI 1 "27 October 2010"
-.SH NAME
-disdvi \- `disassemble' a (p)TeX or XeTeX DVI file
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B disdvi
-.RB [ \-p ]
-.RI [ dvi_file [ \fB.dvi\fP ]]
-.br
-.B disdvi \-x
-.RI [ xdv_file [ \fB.xdv\fP ]]
-.br
-.B disdvi \-h
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I disdvi
-interprets the contents of
-.IR dvi_file
-or
-.IR xdv_file
-printing the DVI commands and text in a human-readable ASCII format on
-the standard output.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR dvi2tty (1)
-.SH AUTHOR
-Marcel J.E. Mol, Delft University of Technology, The Netherlands
-.br
-marcel@mesa.nl, MESA Consulting
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/disdvi.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/disdvi.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index c0b4da7e2e9..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/disdvi.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dosepsbin.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dosepsbin.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f2fa66b2b1..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dosepsbin.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,275 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man v1.37, Pod::Parser v1.13
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sh \" Subsection heading
-.br
-.if t .Sp
-.ne 5
-.PP
-\fB\\$1\fR
-.PP
-..
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. | will give a
-.\" real vertical bar. \*(C+ will give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to
-.\" do unbreakable dashes and therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C'
-.\" expand to `' in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.Sh), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.if \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.hy 0
-.if n .na
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "DOSEPSBIN 1"
-.TH DOSEPSBIN 1 "2012-03-22 v1.2" "perl v5.8.1" "User Contributed Perl Documentation"
-.SH "NAME"
-dosepsbin \-\- Extract PS/WMF/TIFF sections from DOS EPS binary files
-.SH "VERSION"
-.IX Header "VERSION"
-2012\-03\-22 v1.2
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-The progam \fBdosepsbin\fR analyses an \s-1EPS\s0 file that is not
-a plain \s-1ASCII\s0 PostScript file but given as \s-1DOS\s0 \s-1EPS\s0 binary file.
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& dosepsbin [options] <input file>
-.Ve
-.PP
-First it analyzes the \fIinput file\fR, validates its header
-and summarizes the available sections. Depending on the
-given options, the sections are then written to files.
-.PP
-Options:
-.PP
-.Vb 9
-\& --eps-file <file> Write PS section to <file>.
-\& --wmf-file <file> Write WMF section to <file>.
-\& --tiff-file <file> Write TIFF section to <file>.
-\& --inputfile <file> The name of the input file.
-\& --verbose Verbose output.
-\& --quiet Only errors and warnings are printed.
-\& --help Brief help message.
-\& --man Full documentation.
-\& --version Print version identification.
-.Ve
-.PP
-The files for output must be different from the input file.
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-.Sh "\s-1DOS\s0 \s-1EPS\s0 Binary File Format"
-.IX Subsection "DOS EPS Binary File Format"
-A Encapsulated PostScript (\s-1EPS\s0) file can also given in a special
-binary format to support the inclusion of a thumbnail. The file
-format starts with a binary header that contains the positions of
-the possible sections:
-.IP "* Postscript (\s-1PS\s0)" 4
-.IX Item "Postscript (PS)"
-.PD 0
-.IP "* Windows Metafile Format (\s-1WMF\s0)" 4
-.IX Item "Windows Metafile Format (WMF)"
-.IP "* Tag Image File Format (\s-1TIFF\s0)" 4
-.IX Item "Tag Image File Format (TIFF)"
-.PD
-.PP
-The \s-1PS\s0 section must be present and either the \s-1WMF\s0 file or the \s-1TIFF\s0
-file should be given.
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS"
-.IP "\fB\-\fR\fB\-eps\-file\fR=<\fIfile\fR>" 4
-.IX Item "--eps-file=<file>"
-The \s-1PS\s0 section is written to <\fIfile\fR>. The output file must
-be different from the input file.
-.IP "\fB\-\fR\fB\-wmf\-file\fR=<\fIfile\fR>" 4
-.IX Item "--wmf-file=<file>"
-The \s-1WMF\s0 section is written to <\fIfile\fR> if present. The output
-file must be different from the input file.
-.IP "\fB\-\fR\fB\-tiff\-file\fR=<\fIfile\fR>" 4
-.IX Item "--tiff-file=<file>"
-The \s-1TIFF\s0 section is written to <\fIfile\fR> if present. The output
-file must be different from the input file.
-.IP "\fB\-\fR\fB\-inputfile\fR=<\fIfile\fR>" 4
-.IX Item "--inputfile=<file>"
-The input file can also be given directly on the command line.
-If the file does not exist, then the file with extension `.eps'
-is tried.
-.IP "\fB\-\fR\fB\-verbose\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--verbose"
-Verbose messages.
-.IP "\fB\-\fR\fB\-quiet\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--quiet"
-No messages are printed except for errors and warnings.
-.IP "\fB\-\fR\fB\-help\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--help"
-Display help screen.
-.IP "\fB\-\fR\fB\-man\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--man"
-Prints manual page.
-.IP "\fB\-\fR\fB\-version\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--version"
-Print version identification and exit.
-.SH "EXAMPLES"
-.IX Header "EXAMPLES"
-The following command extracts the \s-1PS\s0 section from file \fItest.eps\fR
-and stores the result in file \fItest\-ps.eps\fR:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& dosepsbin --eps-file test-ps.eps test.eps
-.Ve
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.IX Header "AUTHOR"
-Heiko Oberdiek, email: heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com
-.SH "COPYRIGHT AND LICENSE"
-.IX Header "COPYRIGHT AND LICENSE"
-Copyright 2011\-2012 by Heiko Oberdiek.
-.PP
-This library is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the same terms as Perl itself
-(Perl Artistic License/GNU General Public License, version 2).
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
-The \s-1DOS\s0 \s-1EPS\s0 binary file format is described
-in section \*(L"5.2 Windows Metafile or \s-1TIFF\s0\*(R":
-.PP
-.Vb 5
-\& Adobe Developer Support,
-\& Encapsulated PostScript File Format Specification,
-\& Version 3.0,
-\& 1992-05-01,
-\& http://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/ps/5002.EPSF_Spec.pdf
-.Ve
-.SH "HISTORY"
-.IX Header "HISTORY"
-.IP "\fB2011/11/10 v1.0\fR" 2
-.IX Item "2011/11/10 v1.0"
-.RS 2
-.PD 0
-.IP "* First version." 2
-.IX Item "First version."
-.RE
-.RS 2
-.RE
-.IP "\fB2011/12/05 v1.1\fR" 2
-.IX Item "2011/12/05 v1.1"
-.RS 2
-.IP "* Typo fixed in help text (thanks Peter Breitenlohner)." 2
-.IX Item "Typo fixed in help text (thanks Peter Breitenlohner)."
-.RE
-.RS 2
-.RE
-.IP "\fB2012/03/22 v1.2\fR" 2
-.IX Item "2012/03/22 v1.2"
-.RS 2
-.IP "* Fix in validation test for offset of \s-1PS\s0 section." 2
-.IX Item "Fix in validation test for offset of PS section."
-.RE
-.RS 2
-.RE
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dosepsbin.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dosepsbin.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index ebbd02f8166..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dosepsbin.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dt2dv.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dt2dv.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 26783c9ecc8..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dt2dv.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,160 +0,0 @@
-.\" This file is public domain.
-.\" Originally written 1995, Geoffrey Tobin.
-.\" The author has expressed the hope that any modification will retain enough content to remain useful. He would also appreciate being acknowledged as the original author in the documentation.
-.\" This declaration added 2008/11/14 by Clea F. Rees with the permission of Geoffrey Tobin.
-.\" ====================================================================
-.\" @Troff-man-file{
-.\" author = "Nelson H. F. Beebe and Geoffrey R. D. Tobin",
-.\" version = "0.6.0",
-.\" date = "08 March 1995",
-.\" time = "19:57:00 GMT +11",
-.\" filename = "dt2dv.man",
-.\" address = "Center for Scientific Computing
-.\" Department of Mathematics
-.\" University of Utah
-.\" Salt Lake City, UT 84112
-.\" USA",
-.\" telephone = "+1 801 581 5254",
-.\" FAX = "+1 801 581 4148",
-.\" checksum = "03708 156 634 4989",
-.\" email = "beebe@math.utah.edu (Internet)",
-.\" codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
-.\" keywords = "DVI, TeX",
-.\" supported = "no",
-.\" docstring = "This file contains the UNIX manual pages
-.\" for the dt2dv utility, a program for
-.\" converting a DTL text representation of a TeX
-.\" DVI file, usually produced by the companion
-.\" dv2dt utility, back to a binary DVI file.
-.\"
-.\" The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
-.\" checksum as the first value, followed by the
-.\" equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word
-.\" count) utility output of lines, words, and
-.\" characters. This is produced by Robert
-.\" Solovay's checksum utility.",
-.\" }
-.\" ====================================================================
-.if t .ds Te T\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X
-.if n .ds Te TeX
-.TH DT2DV 1 "08 March 1995" "Version 0.6.0"
-.\"======================================================================
-.SH NAME
-dt2dv \- convert a DTL text representation of a TeX DVI file to a binary DVI file
-.\"======================================================================
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B dt2dv
-.RB [ \-debug ]
-.RB [ \-group ]
-.RB [ \-si ]
-.RB [ \-so ]
-.I [input-DTL-file]
-.I [output-DVI-file]
-.PP
-In the absence of the
-.B \-si
-and
-.B \-so
-options,
-both file arguments are
-.IR required
-in the order
-.B input-DTL-file output-DVI-file .
-But also see the OPTIONS section below.
-No default file extensions are supplied.
-.\"======================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.B dt2dv
-converts a text representation of a \*(Te\& DVI
-file, usually produced by the companion
-.BR dv2dt (1)
-utility, back to a binary DVI file. DTL
-.RI ( "DVI Text Language" )
-files can be edited, with care, and then restored
-to DVI form for processing by any \*(Te\& DVI
-driver program. In DTL files, font directory names
-and font names are preceded by a length field,
-which must be updated if the names are modified.
-.PP
-.BR dvitype (1)
-can also display a textual representation of DVI
-files, but in some implementations at least, it
-cannot be used in batch mode, and its output is
-not well-suited for conversion back to a DVI file.
-.PP
-The format of \*(Te\& DVI files is fully described
-in
-Donald E. Knuth,
-.IR "\*(Te\&: The Program" ,
-Addison-Wesley (1986), ISBN 0-201-13437-3, as well
-as in the
-.BR dvitype (1)
-literate program source code. Brief descriptions
-of the DTL and DVI formats are given in
-.BR dv2dt (1).
-.\"======================================================================
-.SH OPTIONS
-.\"-----------------------------------------------
-.TP \w'\-debug'u+3n
-.B \-debug
-Turn on detailed debugging output.
-.\"-----------------------------------------------
-.TP
-.B \-group
-Expect each DTL command to be in parentheses.
-.\"-----------------------------------------------
-.TP
-.B \-si
-Read all DTL commands from standard input.
-.\"-----------------------------------------------
-.TP
-.B \-so
-Write all DVI commands to standard output.
-.\"======================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR dv2dt (1),
-.BR dvitype (1),
-.BR tex (1).
-.\"======================================================================
-.SH FILES
-.TP \w'\fI*.dvi\fP'u+3n
-.I *.dvi
-binary \*(Te\& DVI file.
-.TP
-.I *.dtl
-text representation of a \*(Te\& DVI file in
-.I "DVI Text Language"
-format.
-.\"======================================================================
-.SH AUTHOR
-.B dt2dv
-and
-.BR dv2dt (1)
-were written by
-.RS
-.nf
-Geoffrey Tobin
-Department of Electronic Engineering
-La Trobe University
-Bundoora, Victoria 3083
-Australia
-Tel: +61 3 479 3736
-FAX: +61 3 479 3025
-Email: <G.Tobin@ee.latrobe.edu.au>
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-These manual pages were written primarily by
-.RS
-.nf
-Nelson H. F. Beebe, Ph.D.
-Center for Scientific Computing
-Department of Mathematics
-University of Utah
-Salt Lake City, UT 84112
-Tel: +1 801 581 5254
-FAX: +1 801 581 4148
-Email: <beebe@math.utah.edu>
-.fi
-.RE
-.\"==============================[The End]==============================
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dt2dv.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dt2dv.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d820816096..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dt2dv.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dv2dt.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dv2dt.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 9b5b40a02f3..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dv2dt.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,719 +0,0 @@
-.\" This file is public domain.
-.\" Originally written 1995, Geoffrey Tobin.
-.\" The author has expressed the hope that any modification will retain enough content to remain useful. He would also appreciate being acknowledged as the original author in the documentation.
-.\" This declaration added 2008/11/14 by Clea F. Rees with the permission of Geoffrey Tobin.
-.\" ====================================================================
-.\" @Troff-man-file{
-.\" author = "Nelson H. F. Beebe and Geoffrey Tobin",
-.\" version = "0.6.0",
-.\" date = "08 March 1995",
-.\" time = "19:52:00 GMT +11",
-.\" filename = "dv2dt.man",
-.\" address = "Center for Scientific Computing
-.\" Department of Mathematics
-.\" University of Utah
-.\" Salt Lake City, UT 84112
-.\" USA",
-.\" telephone = "+1 801 581 5254",
-.\" FAX = "+1 801 581 4148",
-.\" checksum = "32328 715 2191 12898",
-.\" email = "beebe@math.utah.edu (Internet)",
-.\" codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
-.\" keywords = "DVI, TeX",
-.\" supported = "no",
-.\" docstring = "This file contains the UNIX manual pages
-.\" for the dv2dt utility, a program for
-.\" converting a binary TeX DVI file to an
-.\" editable text representation in DTL (DVI Text
-.\" Language). The companion dt2dv utility can
-.\" convert the output DTL file back to a binary
-.\" DVI file.
-.\"
-.\" The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
-.\" checksum as the first value, followed by the
-.\" equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word
-.\" count) utility output of lines, words, and
-.\" characters. This is produced by Robert
-.\" Solovay's checksum utility.",
-.\" }
-.\" ====================================================================
-.if t .ds Te T\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X
-.if n .ds Te TeX
-.if t .ds Xe X\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'T
-.if n .ds Xe XeT
-.TH DV2DT 1 "08 March 1995" "Version 0.6.0"
-.\"======================================================================
-.SH NAME
-dv2dt \- convert a binary TeX DVI file to DTL text representation
-.\"======================================================================
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B dv2dt
-.I input-DVI-file
-.I output-DTL-file
-.PP
-If the filenames are omitted, then
-.I stdin
-and
-.I stdout
-are assumed.
-.\"======================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.B dv2dt
-converts a binary \*(Te\& DVI file to an editable
-text file in DTL
-.RI ( "DVI Text Language" )
-format. The companion
-.BR dt2dv (1)
-utility can convert the DTL file back to a binary
-DVI file.
-.\"======================================================================
-.SH "DVI COMMAND DESCRIPTION"
-\*(Te\& DVI files contain a compact binary
-description of typeset pages, as a stream of
-operation code bytes, each immediately followed by
-zero or more parameter bytes. The format of DVI
-files is fully described in Donald E. Knuth,
-.IR "\*(Te\&: The Program" ,
-Addison-Wesley (1986), ISBN 0-201-13437-3, as well
-as in the
-.BR dvitype (1)
-literate program source code.
-.PP
-For convenience, we provide a summary of DVI
-commands here. In the following list, operation
-code bytes are given as unsigned decimal values,
-followed by their symbolic names (not present in
-the DVI file), and a short description. A
-designation like
-.I b[+n]
-means that the operation code byte is followed by
-a parameter
-.I b
-which uses
-.I n
-bytes, and is signed. Without the plus sign, the
-parameter is unsigned. Signed integer parameter
-values are always represented in two's complement
-arithmetic, which is the system followed by most
-computers manufactured today, including all
-personal computers and workstations.
-.if n .TP \w'\fI128_set1__c[1]\fP'u+3n
-.if t .TP \w'\fI243_fnt_def1__k[1]_c[4]_s[4]_d[4]_a[1]_l[1]_n[a+l]\fP'u+3n
-.I "0 set_char_0"
-Set character 0 from current font.
-.TP
-.I .\|.\|.
-.TP
-.I "127 set_char_127"
-Set character 127 from current font.
-.TP
-.I "128 set1 c[1]"
-Set 1-byte unsigned character (uchar) number
-.IR c .
-.TP
-.I "129 set2 c[2]"
-Set 2-byte uchar number
-.IR c .
-.TP
-.I "130 set3 c[3]"
-Set 3-byte uchar number
-.IR c .
-.TP
-.I "131 set4 c[+4]"
-Set 4-byte signed character (schar) number
-.IR c .
-.TP
-.I "132 set_rule a[+4] b[+4]"
-Set rule, height
-.IR a ,
-width
-.IR b .
-.TP
-.I "133 put1 c[1]"
-Put 1-byte uchar
-.IR c .
-.TP
-.I "134 put2 c[2]"
-Put 2-byte uchar
-.IR c .
-.TP
-.I "135 put3 c[3]"
-Put 3-byte uchar
-.IR c .
-.TP
-.I "136 put4 c[+4]"
-Put 4-byte schar
-.IR c .
-.TP
-.I "137 put_rule a[+4] b[+4]"
-Put rule, height
-.IR a ,
-width
-.IR b .
-.TP
-.I "138 nop"
-Do nothing.
-.TP
-.I "139 bop c0[+4] .\|.\|. c9[+4] p[+4]"
-Beginning of page. The parameters
-.I "c0 .\|.\|. c9"
-are the \*(Te\& page counters, the contents of
-\*(Te\& count registers
-.IR "\ecount0 .\|.\|. \ecount9" .
-The parameter
-.I p
-is the byte offset from the beginning of the DVI
-file of the previous
-.I bop
-operation code byte. The first such command in
-the file has
-.IR "p = \-1" .
-.TP
-.I "140 eop"
-End of page.
-.TP
-.I "141 push"
-Push
-.RI ( h,v,w,x,y,z )
-onto stack.
-.TP
-.I "142 pop"
-Pop
-.RI ( h,v,w,x,y,z )
-from stack.
-.TP
-.I "143 right1 b[+1]"
-Move right
-.I b
-units.
-.TP
-.I "144 right2 b[+2]"
-Move right
-.I b
-units.
-.TP
-.I "145 right3 b[+3]"
-Move right
-.I b
-units.
-.TP
-.I "146 right4 b[+4]"
-Move right
-.I b
-units.
-.TP
-.I "147 w0"
-Move right
-.I w
-units.
-.TP
-.I "148 w1 b[+1]"
-Move right
-.I b
-units, and set
-.IR "w = b" .
-.TP
-.I "149 w2 b[+2]"
-Move right
-.I b
-units, and set
-.IR "w = b" .
-.TP
-.I "150 w3 b[+3]"
-Move right
-.I b
-units, and set
-.IR "w = b" .
-.TP
-.I "151 w4 b[+4]"
-Move right
-.I b
-units, and set
-.IR "w = b" .
-.TP
-.I "152 x0"
-Move right
-.I x
-units.
-.TP
-.I "153 x1 b[+1]"
-Move right
-.I b
-units, and set
-.IR "x = b" .
-.TP
-.I "154 x2 b[+2]"
-Move right
-.I b
-units, and set
-.IR "x = b" .
-.TP
-.I "155 x3 b[+3]"
-Move right
-.I b
-units, and set
-.IR "x = b" .
-.TP
-.I "156 x4 b[+4]"
-Move right
-.I b
-units, and set
-.IR "x = b" .
-.TP
-.I "157 down1 a[+1]"
-Move down
-.I a
-units.
-.TP
-.I "158 down2 a[+2]"
-Move down
-.I a
-units.
-.TP
-.I "159 down3 a[+3]"
-Move down
-.I a
-units.
-.TP
-.I "160 down4 a[+4]"
-Move down
-.I a
-units.
-.TP
-.I "161 y0"
-Move right
-.I y
-units.
-.TP
-.I "162 y1 a[+1]"
-Move right
-.I a
-units, and set
-.IR "y = a" .
-.TP
-.I "163 y2 a[+2]"
-Move right
-.I a
-units, and set
-.IR "y = a" .
-.TP
-.I "164 y3 a[+3]"
-Move right
-.I a
-units, and set
-.IR "y = a" .
-.TP
-.I "165 y4 a[+4]"
-Move right
-.I a
-units, and set
-.IR "y = a" .
-.TP
-.I "166 z0"
-Move right
-.I z
-units.
-.TP
-.I "167 z1 a[+1]"
-Move right
-.I a
-units, and set
-.IR "z = a" .
-.TP
-.I "168 z2 a[+2]"
-Move right
-.I a
-units, and set
-.IR "z = a" .
-.TP
-.I "169 z3 a[+3]"
-Move right
-.I a
-units, and set
-.IR "z = a" .
-.TP
-.I "170 z4 a[+4]"
-Move right
-.I a
-units, and set
-.IR "z = a" .
-.TP
-.I "171 fnt_num_0"
-Set current font number
-.IR "(f) = 0" .
-.TP
-.I .\|.\|.
-.TP
-.I "234 fnt_num_63"
-Set
-.IR "f = 63" .
-.TP
-.I "235 fnt1 k[1]"
-Set
-.IR "f = k" .
-.TP
-.I "236 fnt2 k[2]"
-Set
-.IR "f = k" .
-.TP
-.I "237 fnt3 k[3]"
-Set
-.IR "f = k" .
-.TP
-.I "238 fnt4 k[+4]"
-Set
-.IR "f = k" .
-.TP
-.I "239 xxx1 k[1] x[k]"
-Special string
-.I x
-with
-.I k
-bytes.
-.TP
-.I "240 xxx2 k[2] x[k]"
-Special string
-.I x
-with
-.I k
-bytes.
-.TP
-.I "241 xxx3 k[3] x[k]"
-Special string
-.I x
-with
-.I k
-bytes.
-.TP
-.I "242 xxx4 k[4] x[k]"
-Special string
-.I x
-with (unsigned)
-.I k
-bytes.
-.TP
-.I "243 fnt_def1 k[1] c[4] s[4] d[4] a[1] l[1] n[a+l]"
-Define font
-.IR k .
-The parameters are:
-.RS
-.TP \w'\fIm\fP'u+3n
-.I c
-Checksum for TFM file.
-.TP
-.I s
-Scale factor, in DVI units.
-.TP
-.I d
-Design size, in DVI units.
-.TP
-.I a
-Length of the ``area'' or directory.
-.TP
-.I l
-Length of the font name.
-.TP
-.I n
-Area and font name string(s).
-.RE
-.TP
-.I "244 fnt_def2 k[2] c[4] s[4] d[4] a[1] l[1] n[a+l]"
-Define font
-.IR k .
-.TP
-.I "245 fnt_def3 k[3] c[4] s[4] d[4] a[1] l[1] n[a+l]"
-Define font
-.IR k .
-.TP
-.I "246 fnt_def4 k[+4] c[4] s[4] d[4] a[1] l[1] n[a+l]"
-Define font
-.IR k .
-.TP
-.I "247 pre i[1] num[4] den[4] mag[4] k[1] x[k]"
-Begin preamble. The parameters are:
-.RS
-.TP \w'\fInum\fP'u+3n
-.I i
-DVI format. Standard \*(Te\& has
-.IR "ID = 2" ,
-and \*(Te\&-\*(Xe\& has
-.IR "ID = 3" .
-.TP
-.I num
-Numerator of 100 nm / DVI unit.
-.TP
-.I den
-Denominator of 100 nm / DVI unit.
-.TP
-.I mag
-1000 * magnification.
-.TP
-.I k
-Comment length.
-.TP
-.I x
-Comment string.
-.RE
-.TP
-.I "248 post p[4] num[4] den[4] mag[4] l[4] u[4] s[2] t[2]"
-Begin postamble. The parameters are:
-.RS
-.TP \w'\fInum\fP'u+3n
-.I p
-Pointer to final bop.
-.TP
-.I "num, den, mag"
-Duplicates of values in preamble.
-.TP
-.I l
-Height-plus-depth of tallest page, in DVI units.
-.TP
-.I u
-Width of widest page, in DVI units.
-.TP
-.I s
-Maximum stack depth needed to process this DVI file.
-.TP
-.I t
-Total number of pages
-.RI ( bop
-commands) present.
-.RE
-.TP
-.I "249 post_post q[4] i[1] 223 .\|.\|. 223"
-End postamble. The parameters are:
-.RS
-.TP \w'\fI223\fP'u+3n
-.I q
-Byte offset from the beginning of the DVI file to
-the
-.I post
-command that started the postamble.
-.TP
-.I i
-DVI format ID, as in the preamble.
-.TP
-.I
-223
-At least four
-.I 223
-bytes.
-.RE
-.TP
-.I "250"
-Undefined.
-.TP
-.I .\|.\|.
-.TP
-.I "255"
-Undefined.
-.\"======================================================================
-.SH "DTL COMMAND DESCRIPTION"
-A DTL file contains one line per command, with a
-limit of 1024 characters per line. Each command
-contains a symbolic operation name, followed by
-zero or more parameter values. The parameter
-value descriptions are not repeated here; they can
-be found in the previous section.
-.TP \w'\fIw0,_w1,_w2,_w3,_w4\fP'u+3n
-variety <variety-name>
-This command specifies the name of the DTL file
-type; it has no DVI file equivalent.
-.TP
-.I (text)
-Series of set_char commands, for printable ASCII text.
-.TP
-.I \e(
-Literal ASCII left parenthesis in (text).
-.TP
-.I \e)
-Literal ASCII right parenthesis in (text).
-.TP
-.I \e\e
-Literal ASCII backslash in (text).
-.TP
-.I \e"
-Literal ASCII double quote in (text).
-.TP
-.I \eXY
-Set_char for character with hexadecimal code XY,
-not in parentheses, but by itself for readability.
-.TP
-.I "s1, s2, s2, s3"
-Set, with (1,2,3,4)-byte charcodes.
-.TP
-.I sr
-.IR set_rule .
-.TP
-.I "p1, p2, p2, p3"
-Put, with (1,2,3,4)-byte charcodes.
-.TP
-.I pr
-.IR put_rule .
-.TP
-.I nop
-.I nop
-(do nothing).
-.TP
-.I bop
-.I bop
-(beginning of page).
-.TP
-.I eop
-.I eop
-(end of page).
-.TP
-.I [
-Push.
-.TP
-.I ]
-Pop.
-.TP
-.I "r1, r2, r3, r4"
-Right, with (1,2,3,4)-byte argument.
-.TP
-.I "w0, w1, w2, w3, w4"
-As in DVI.
-.TP
-.I "x0, x1, x2, x3, x4"
-As in DVI.
-.TP
-.I "d1, d2, d3, d4"
-Down, with (1,2,3,4)-byte argument.
-.TP
-.I "y0, y1, y2, y3, y4"
-As in DVI.
-.TP
-.I "z0, z1, z2, z3, z4"
-As in DVI.
-.TP
-.I fn
-.I fnt_num
-(set current font to font number in 0 to 63).
-.TP
-.I "f1, f2, f3, f4"
-.I fnt
-(set current font to (1,2,3,4)-byte font number).
-.TP
-.I special
-.I xxx
-(special commands with (1,2,3,4)-byte string length).
-.TP
-.I fd
-.I fnt_def
-(assign a number to a named font).
-.TP
-.I pre
-Preamble.
-.TP
-.I post
-.I post
-(begin postamble).
-.TP
-.I post_post
-.I post_post
-(end postamble).
-.TP
-.I opcode
-Undefined DVI command (250 to 255).
-.\"======================================================================
-.SH "SAMPLE DTL FILE"
-The following 2-line \*(Te\& file
-.RS
-.nf
-Hello.
-\ebye
-.fi
-.RE
-when processed with the commands
-.RS
-.nf
-tex hello.tex
-dv2dt hello.dvi hello.dtl
-.fi
-.RE
-produces this DTL file:
-.RS
-.nf
-variety sequences-6
-pre 2 25400000 473628672 1000 27 ' TeX output 1995.03.02:2334'
-bop 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1
-[
-d3 -917504
-]
-d4 42152922
-[
-d4 -41497562
-[
-r3 1310720
-fd1 0 11374260171 655360 655360 0 5 '' 'cmr10'
-fn0
-(Hello.)
-]
-]
-d3 1572864
-[
-r4 15229091
-(1)
-]
-eop
-post 42 25400000 473628672 1000 43725786 30785863 2 1
-fd1 0 11374260171 655360 655360 0 5 'cmr10'
-post_post 152 2 223 223 223 223
-.fi
-.RE
-The command
-.RS
-.nf
-dt2dv hello.dtl hello.dvi
-.fi
-.RE
-will reconstruct the original DVI file.
-.\"======================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR dt2dv (1),
-.BR dvitype (1),
-.BR tex (1).
-.\"======================================================================
-.SH FILES
-.TP \w'\fI*.dvi\fP'u+3n
-.I *.dvi
-binary \*(Te\& DVI file.
-.TP
-.I *.dtl
-text representation of a \*(Te\& DVI file in
-.I "DVI Text Language"
-format.
-.\"======================================================================
-.SH AUTHOR
-.B dv2dt
-and
-.BR dt2dv (1)
-were written by
-.RS
-.nf
-Geoffrey Tobin
-Department of Electronic Engineering
-La Trobe University
-Bundoora, Victoria 3083
-Australia
-Tel: +61 3 479 3736
-FAX: +61 3 479 3025
-Email: <G.Tobin@ee.latrobe.edu.au>
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-These manual pages were primarily written by
-.RS
-.nf
-Nelson H. F. Beebe, Ph.D.
-Center for Scientific Computing
-Department of Mathematics
-University of Utah
-Salt Lake City, UT 84112
-Tel: +1 801 581 5254
-FAX: +1 801 581 4148
-Email: <beebe@math.utah.edu>
-.fi
-.RE
-.\"==============================[The End]==============================
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dv2dt.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dv2dt.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 4d350f4fba9..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dv2dt.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvi2fax.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvi2fax.1
deleted file mode 100644
index f7c436d6e33..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvi2fax.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-.TH DVI2FAX 1 "October 30, 1999"
-.\" man page by Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com> -*- nroff -*-
-.SH NAME
-dvi2fax \- convert a TeX DVI file to G3 fax format
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-\fBdvi2fax\fP [\fB-hi\fP|\fB-lo\fP] \fIfile\fP[.dvi] [\fIoptions for dvips\fP]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-\fBdvi2fax\fP uses \fBdvips\fP(1) to convert a TeX DVI file to PostScript,
-then \fBgs\fP(1) to convert the PostScript to G3 fax file format.
-.SH OPTIONS
-.LP
-.B -hi
-use high fax resolution (204x196 dpi) (default).
-.LP
-.B -lo
-use low fax resolution (204x98).
-.PP
-\fBdvips\fP options can follow the file name.
-.SH EXAMPLE
-Example: dvi2fax foo -l 2
-.SH SEE ALSO
-\fBdvips\fP(1), \fBgs\fP(1).
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvi2fax.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvi2fax.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f3b5ca29fc..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvi2fax.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvi2tty.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvi2tty.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 0c3a7da6177..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvi2tty.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,172 +0,0 @@
-.TH DVI2TTY 1 "13 November 1990"
-.SH NAME
-dvi2tty \- preview a TeX DVI\-file on an ordinary ascii terminal
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B dvi2tty
-[ options ] dvi\-file
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I dvi2tty
-converts a TeX DVI\-file to a format that is appropriate for terminals
-and line printers. The program is intended to be used for
-preliminary proofreading of TeX-ed documents.
-By default the output is directed to the terminal,
-possibly through a pager (depending on how the program was installed),
-but it can be directed to a file or a pipe.
-.PP
-The output leaves much to be desired, but is still
-useful if you want to avoid walking to the
-laser printer (or whatever) for each iteration of your
-document.
-.br
-Since
-.I dvi2tty
-produces output for terminals and line printers the
-representation of documents is naturally quite primitive.
-In principle Font Changes are totally ignored, but
-.I dvi2tty
-recognizes
-a few mathematical and special symbols that can be be displayed on an
-ordinary ascii terminal, such as the '+' and '-' symbol.
-.PP
-If the width of the output text requires more columns than fits
-in one line (c.f. the \-w option) it is broken into several lines by
-.I dvi2tty
-although they will be printed as one line on regular TeX output
-devices (e.g. laser printers). To show that a broken line is really
-just one logical line an asterisk (``*'') in the last position
-means that the logical line is continued on the next physical
-line output by
-.I dvi2tty.
-Such a continuation line is started with a a space and an asterisk
-in the first two columns.
-.PP
-Options may be specified in the environment variable DVI2TTY.
-Any option on the command line, conflicting with one in the
-environment, will override the one from the environment.
-.PP
-.B Options:
-.PP
-.TP
-.B \-o file
-Write output to file ``file''.
-.TP
-.B \-p list
-Print the pages chosen by list.
-Numbers refer to TeX\-page numbers (known as \\count0).
-An example of format for list is ``1,3:6,8''
-to choose pages 1, 3 through 6 and 8.
-Negative numbers can be used exactly as in TeX,
-e g \-1 comes before \-4 as in ``\-p\-1:\-4,17''.
-.TP
-.B \-P list
-Like \-p except that page numbers refer to
-the sequential ordering of the pages in the dvi\-file.
-Negative numbers don't make a lot of sense here...
-.TP
-.B \-w n
-Specify terminal width
-.I n.
-Legal range 16\-132.
-Default is 80. If your terminal has the
-ability to display in 132 columns it might
-be a good idea to use \-w132 and toggle the
-terminal into this mode as output will
-probably look somewhat better.
-.TP
-.B \-v
-Specify height of lines. Default value 450000. Allows to adjust linespacing.
-.TP
-.B \-q
-Don't pipe the output through a pager.
-This may be the default on some systems
-(depending on the whims of the person installing the program).
-.TP
-.B \-e n
-This option can be used to influence the spacing between words.
-With a negative value the number of spaces
-between words becomes less, with a positive value it becomes more.
-\-e\-11 seems to worked well.
-.TP
-.B \-f
-Pipe through a pager, $PAGER if defined, or whatever the installer of
-the program compiled
-in (often ``more''). This may be the default, but it is still okay
-to redirect output with ``>'', the pager will not be used if output
-is not going to a terminal.
-.TP
-.B \-F
-Specify the pager program to be used.
-This overrides the $PAGER and the default pager.
-.TP
-.B \-Fprog
-Use ``prog'' as program to pipe output into. Can be used to choose an
-alternate pager (e g ``-Fless'').
-.TP
-.B \-t
-\\tt fonts were used (instead of cm) to produce dvi file. (screen.sty
-is a powerfull mean to do that with LaTeX).
-.TP
-.B \-a
-Dvi2tty normally tries to output accented characters. With the -a option,
-accented characters are output without the accent sign.
-.TP
-.B \-l
-Mark page breaks with the two-character sequence ``^L''. The default is
-to mark them with a form-feed character.
-.TP
-.B \-c
-Do not attempt to translate any characters (like the Scandinavion/latin1 mode)
-except when running in tt-font.
-.TP
-.B \-u
-Toggle option to process certain latin1 characters. Use this if your output
-devices supports latin1 cahracters.
-Note this may interfere with -s. Best not to use -u and -s together.
-.TP
-.B \-s
-Toggle option to process the special Scandinavian characters that on most (?)
-terminals in Scandinavia are mapped to ``{|}[\\]''.
-Note this may interfere with -u. Best not to use -u and -s together.
-.TP
-.B \-J
-Auto detect NTT JTeX, ASCII pTeX, and upTeX dvi format.
-.TP
-.B \-N
-Display NTT JTeX dvi.
-.TP
-.B \-A
-Display ASCII pTeX dvi.
-.TP
-.B \-U
-Display upTeX dvi.
-.TP
-.B \-Eenc
-Set output Japanese encoding. The enc argument 'e', 's', 'j', and 'u'
-denotes EUC-JP, Shift_JIS, ISO-2022-JP, and UTF-8, respectively.
-.TP
-.B \-bdelim
-Print the name of fonts when switching to it (and ending it). The delim
-argument is used to delimit the fontname.
-.SH FILES
-/bin/more \ \ \ \
-probably the default pager.
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-PAGER \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \
-the pager to use.
-.br
-DVI2TTY \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \
-can be set to hold command-line options.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-TeX, dvi2ps
-.SH AUTHOR
-Original Pascal verion: Svante Lindahl, Royal Institute of Technology, Stockholm
-.br
-Improved C version: Marcel Mol
-.br
-marcel@mesa.nl, MESA Consulting
-.SH BUGS
-Blanks between words get lost quite easy. This is less
-likely if you are using a wider output than the default 80.
-.PP
-Only one file may be specified on the command line.
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvi2tty.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvi2tty.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 735508fb809..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvi2tty.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvibook.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvibook.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 01ee1d6b05e..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvibook.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 1987-2012 UMD-CS, released under the X11 license;
-.\" see README and source files.
-.TH DVIBOOK 1
-.SH NAME
-dvibook \- rearrange pages in DVI file into signatures
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B dvibook
-[
-.B \-q
-] [
-.B \-s\fI<num>
-] [
-.B \-i
-.I infile
-] [
-.B \-o
-.I outfile
-]
-[
-.I infile
-[
-.I outfile
-] ]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Dvibook
-rearranges pages from a DVI file produced by TeX into ``signatures'' for
-printing books or booklets, creating a new DVI file
-usable by any of the TeX conversion programs.
-.PP
-The
-.I \-s
-option selects the size of signature which will be used. The signature size is
-the number of sides which will be folded and bound together; the number given
-should be a multiple of four. The default is to use one signature for the
-whole file. Extra blank sides will be added if the file does not contain a
-multiple of four pages.
-.PP
-Dvibook normally prints the page numbers of the pages rearranged; the
-.I \-q
-option suppresses this.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Angus Duggan, from dviselect(1), by
-Chris Torek, University of Maryland
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-dviconcat(1), dviselect(1), latex(1), tex(1)
-.br
-.I "MC-TeX User's Guide"
-.br
-.I "The TeXbook"
-.SH BUGS
-.I Dvibook
-does not adjust the parameters in the postamble; however, since these
-values are normally used only to size certain structures in the output
-conversion programs, and the parameters never need to be adjusted upward,
-this has not proven to be a problem.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvibook.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvibook.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 540ecd89613..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvibook.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dviconcat.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dviconcat.1
deleted file mode 100644
index b148786820e..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dviconcat.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 1987-2012 UMD-CS, released under the X11 license;
-.\" see README and source files.
-.TH DVICONCAT 1
-.SH NAME
-dviconcat \- concatenate DVI files
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B dviconcat
-[
-.B \-m
-.I magnification
-] [
-.B \-o
-.I outfile
-]
-.I "list of files"
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Dviconcat
-concatenates the named
-.IR file s
-(or standard input, if no file names are given)
-onto the standard output
-or the given
-.IR outfile ,
-creating a new DVI file
-usable by any of the TeX conversion programs,
-or even by
-.I dviconcat
-itself.
-.PP
-The magnification of the output file
-is the same as that of the first input file
-unless the
-.B \-m
-option is given.
-When
-.I dviconcat
-changes the magnification of any input file,
-it prints a warning to this effect.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Chris Torek, University of Maryland
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-dviselect(1), latex(1), tex(1)
-.br
-.I "MC-TeX User's Guide"
-.SH BUGS
-The program should be called
-.IR dvicat ,
-but that name was taken (for the driver for the C/A/T typesetter).
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dviconcat.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dviconcat.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c2da08b481..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dviconcat.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvicopy.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvicopy.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d6e7f34d06..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvicopy.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-.TH DVICOPY 1 TeX "24 January 1999" "Web2C 2012"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-dvicopy, odvicopy \- produce modified copy of DVI file
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B dvicopy
-.RI [ options ]
-.RI [ infile [ \fB.dvi\fP ]
-.RI [ outfile [ \fB.dvi\fP ]]]
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
-documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
-or manual
-.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
-.PP
-.B dvicopy
-reads a DVI file, expands any references to virtual fonts to base
-fonts, and writes the resulting DVI file. Thus you can use virtual
-fonts even if your DVI processor does not support them, by passing the
-documents through
-.B dvicopy
-first.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH OPTIONS
-.TP
-.BI \-magnification= NUMBER
-Override existing magnification with
-.IR NUMBER .
-.PP
-.TP
-.BI \-max-pages= NUMBER
-Process
-.I NUMBER
-pages; default one million.
-.PP
-.TP
-.BI \-page-start= PAGE-SPEC
-Start at
-.IR PAGE-SPEC ,
-for example `2' or `5.*.-2'.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR dviselect (1),
-.BR dvitype (1).
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH AUTHORS
-Peter Breitenlohner wrote the program. Klaus Guntermann originally ported
-it to Unix.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvicopy.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvicopy.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index e3ac7a5d812..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvicopy.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvidvi.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvidvi.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e464f4d3e0..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvidvi.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
-.TH DVIDVI L "February 2011"
-.SH NAME
-.PP
-dvidvi \- selects and/or re-arranges pages in a TeX dvi file
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.PP
-dvidvi [param] infile outfile
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.SS Introduction
-.PP
-The dvidvi program converts a dvi file into another dvi file, with perhaps
-certain changes.
-.br
-.SS Parameters
-.PP
--f n page n is first page selected
-.br
--l n page n is last page selected
-.in +10
-.ti -10
--n n select at most n pages. Notice that n is the number of pages
-selected, independently of the number of pages actually
-contained in a sheet
-.ti -10
--i { n1..n2 | n1 }[,...]
-.br
-include pages (ranges allowed). When this option is
-used, ONLY the specified pages are selected. However,
-we can exclude from these pages with the option -x
-.ti -10
--x { n1..n2 | n1 }[,...]
-.br
-exclude pages (ranges allowed)
-.ti -10
--q work in quiet mode, that is do not print in the screen
-messages of how the work is being done.
-.ti -10
--r reverse the order of the pages.
-.PP
-The page numbers for the above options -f -l -i and -x can be specified
-in different ways.
-.in +4
-.ti -4
-1) If a number n is given, it is interpreted as the n'th page from the
-beginning of the .dvi file. Of course, this number is independent of the
-page number assigned by TeX.
-.ti -4
-2) TeX page numbers are those who are actually written in the page;
-these page numbers can be modified, for example, by using the TeX commands
-\\pagenumbering, \\setcounter{page}{n}, and \\addtocounter{page}{n}.
-A TeX page number can be specified by preceding the number n with the
-character @. Thus, if you specify -f @25 -l @30 you select the pages
-between 25 and 30, these numbers being those assigned by TeX.
-.ti -4
-3) However, several pages can have the same TeX page number in a .dvi file.
-For example, the introductory pages in a book are numbered i, ii, and so on
-until the first chapter begins and then, the pages are numbered 1, 2, etc.
-In this case, the pages numbered i and 1 in the .dvi file have the same TeX
-page number. If you want to select for example the second occurrence of the
-page numbered 1, you can specify a page number as (@2)1. Thus @1 is equivalent
-to (@1)1. For example, if you specify -f (@2)1 -l(@2)10 you select the pages
-between 1 and 10 of the first chapter, not the introductory pages between
-i and x.
-.PP
-There is another parameter that tells dvidvi how you want to change page
-layout and specifications. This is the -m parameter.
-.in +4
-.ti -4
-* The number preceding the colon is the modulo value. Everything will be
-done in chunks of pages this big. If there is no colon, than the default
-value is assumed to be one. The last chunk of pages is padded with as many
-blank pages as necessary.
-.ti -4
-* Following the colon is a comma-separated list of page numbers. These
-page numbers are with respect to the current chunk of pages, and must lie
-in the range zero to the modulo value less one. If a negative sign
-precedes the number, then the page is taken from the mirror chunk; if there
-are m chunks, then the mirror chunk of chunk n is the chunk numbered m-n-1.
-Put simply, it is the chunk numbered the same, only from the end. This can
-be used to reverse pages. If no number is given, the page number defaults
-to 1.
-.ti -4
-* Following each page number is an optional offset value in parenthesis,
-which consists of a pair of comma-separated dimensions. Each dimension is
-a decimal number with an optional unit of measure. The default unit of
-measure is inches, or the last unit of measure used. All units are in true
-dimensions. Allowable units of measure are the same that TeX allows: in,
-mm, cm, pt, pc, dd, and cc.
-.SS Copyright
-dvidvi 1.0, Copyright (C) 1988-2011, Radical Eye Software
-Anyone may freely use, modify and/or distribute this program and
-documentation, or any portion thereof, without limitation.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.PP
-.in +10
-.ti -10
--m - Reverses the order of the pages. This time, both the modulo and the
-page number are defaulted.
-.ti -10
--m 2:0 Selects the first, third, fifth, etc. pages from the file. Print
-this one after printing the next, taking the paper out of the
-feed tray and reinserting it into the paper feed.
-.ti -10
--m 2:-1 Selects the second, fourth, etc. pages, and writes them in reverse
-order.
-.ti -10
--m 4:-1,2(4.25in,0in)
-.ti -10
--m 4:-3,0(4.25in,0in)
-.br
-Useful for printing a little booklet, four pages to a sheet,
-double-sided, for stapling in the middle. Print the first one,
-put the stack back into the printer upside down, and print the
-second. The `in' specifications are superfluous.
-.ti -10
--m ,(1pt,1)
-.br
-Scare your system administrator! Actually, things are so blurry with this
-option, you may want to send enemies letters printed like this. *Long*
-letters.
-.ti -10
--m 4:0(5.5in,4.25),3(0,4.25)
-.ti -10
--m 4:1(0in,4.25),2(5.5,4.25)
-.br
-Print a four-page card on one sheet. Print the first, rotate the paper 180
-degrees and feed it again. (PostScript people can do funny tricks with
-PostScript so this isn't necessary.)
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvidvi.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvidvi.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 2e080b5302c..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvidvi.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvigif.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvigif.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 537ea8bfa35..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvigif.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man1/dvipng.1
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvigif.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvigif.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 35194cc5459..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvigif.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvihp.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvihp.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 9627bb312ee..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvihp.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-.TH DVIHP 1 "December 24, 2009"
-.\" man page by Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com> -*- nroff -*-
-.SH NAME
-dvihp \- convert a TeX DVI file to Hewlett-Packard PCL
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-\fBdvihp\fP [\fIoptions\fP] \fIdvifile\fP[.dvi]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-\fBdvihp\fP translates the given \fIdvifile\fP to Hewlett-Packard PCL
-using \fBdvicopy\fP(1) then $DVILJ (dvilj4 by default).
-.P
-In the absence of other options, pipe the PCL to $SPOOL (lpr by default).
-.SH OPTIONS
-Options are recognized from dvips where possible:
-.IP \fB-A\fP
-print odd pages
-.IP \fB-B\fP
-print even pages
-.IP "\fB-d\fP \fIn\fP"
-set debug bits to \fIn\fP (see documentation)
-.IP "\fB-D\fP \fIn\fP"
-set resolution to \fIn\fP
-.IP \fB-f\fP
-run as filter
-.IP "\fB-l\fP \fIn\fP"
-don't print pages after \fIn\fP
-.IP \fB-m\fP
-manual feed
-.IP "\fB-n\fP \fIn\fP"
-print \fIn\fP pages
-.IP "\fB-O\fP \fIa\fP,\fIb\fP"
-set/change paper offset to \fIa\fP,\fIb\fP mm.
-.IP "\fB-o\fP \fIs\fP"
-output to \fIs\fP instead of spooling
-.IP "\fB-p\fP \fIn\fP"
-don't print pages before \fIn\fP.
-.IP \fB-Ps\fP
-pass directly to lpr.
-.IP \fB-v\fP
-verbose operation.
-.IP "\fB-x\fP \fIn\fP"
-set magnification to \fIn\fP.
-.IP \fB--help\fP
-write usage summary.
-.P
-Other options are passed to the dvilj program.
-.SH BUGS
-Email bug reports to tex-k@tug.org.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-\fBdvicopy\fP(1), \fBdvilj4\fP(1).
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvihp.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvihp.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index dadd6dbcaaf..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvihp.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj.1
deleted file mode 100644
index af00f982db4..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,688 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.16 (Pod::Simple 3.04)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sh \" Subsection heading
-.br
-.if t .Sp
-.ne 5
-.PP
-\fB\\$1\fR
-.PP
-..
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.Sh), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "DVILJ 1"
-.TH DVILJ 1 "2012-03-12" "Version 2.6p5" "TeX-Live"
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-dvilj4, dvilj4l, dvilj2p, dvilj \- convert a TeX DVI file to PCL, for HP LaserJet printers
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-.Vb 4
-\& dvilj [\-\-Dnumber] [\-ccopies] [\-dmode] [\-D] [\-E] [\-eoutputfile]
-\& [\-ffrompage] [\-g] [\-hheaderfile] [\-l] [\-Mflag] [\-mmag] [\-ppages]
-\& [\-q] [\-r] [\-ttopage] [\-spagesize] [\-v] [\-Vmode] [\-w] [\-xxoff(mm)]
-\& [\-yyoff(mm)] [\-Xxoff(dots)] [\-Yyoff(dots)] [\-z] [filename]
-.Ve
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-\&\fBdvilj\fR and siblings convert TeX-output \f(CW\*(C`.dvi\*(C'\fR files into \s-1PCL\s0 (the
-Hewlett-Packard Printer Control Language) commands suitable for
-printing on a \s-1HP\s0 LaserJet+, \s-1HP\s0 LaserJet \s-1IIP\s0 (using \fBdvilj2p\fR), \s-1HP\s0
-LaserJet 4 (using \fBdvilj4\fR), and fully compatible printers.
-.PP
-\&\fBdvilj4\fR also provides support for the builtin Intellifont and
-TrueType fonts; \s-1TFM\s0 and \s-1VF\s0 files are provided in the distribution.
-Virtual fonts are not supported directly by \fBdvilj\fR, so you must run
-\&\fIdvicopy\fR\|(1) first, or otherwise expand the virtual fonts
-.PP
-All programs are generated from one source file \fIdvi2xx.c\fR. They are
-usually called via a shell script or as a line printer filter. One
-such script, \fIdvihp\fR\|(1), is included in the distribution. It provides
-command-line options similar to those of \fIdvips\fR\|(1).
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS"
-.IP "\fB\-\-D\fR\fInumber\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--Dnumber"
-Debug according to the bits of \fInumber\fR; see the \fIkpathsea\fR\|(3) manual
-for values. Also turns on general verbosity.
-.IP "\fB\-c\fR\fInumber\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-cnumber"
-Print each page \fInumber\fR times (including original)
-.IP "\fB\-d\fR\fInumber\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-dnumber"
-print in duplex mode. The option \fB\-d1\fR means long edge binding,
-\&\fB\-d2\fR stands for short edge binding. This option is only selectable
-in \fBdvilj4\fR and \fBdvilj2p\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-D\fR\fI[\-12]\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-D[-12]"
-Double-sided printing \- see below; \fB\-D1\fR prints odd sides only,
-\&\fB\-D2\fR is for even pages, a trailing \fB\-\fR suppresses printing of empty
-padding pages.
-.IP "\fB\-E\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-E"
-Switch printer into econo mode (\fBdvilj4\fR only).
-.IP "\fB\-e\fR\fIoutfile\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-eoutfile"
-Send output to \fIoutfile\fR instead of the basename of dvi file extended
-with \f(CW\*(C`.lj\*(C'\fR. If outfile is \fB\-\fR (as in \f(CW\*(C`\-e\-\*(C'\fR) the output is directed
-to standard output and can be directly piped into a spooler.
-.IP "\fB\-f\fR\fIpagenum\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-fpagenum"
-Print pages with TeX page numbers greater than or equal to \fIpagenum\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-g"
-\&\fIGo\fR mode: do not reset printer at start of job.
-.IP "\fB\-h\fR\fIheaderfile\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-hheaderfile"
-Copy \fIheaderfile\fR to output before translation of the \s-1DVI\s0 file. Used
-to send arbitrary commands to the laserprinter.
-.IP "\fB\-l\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-l"
-Print output in landscape mode; supported only by \fBdvilj2p\fR and
-\&\fBdvilj4\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-M\fR\fIflag\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-Mflag"
-Do (not) call \fImktexpk\fR\|(1) to generate fonts on demand. \fB\-M1\fR and \fB\-M\fR
-are equivalent. \fB\-M0\fR enables invoking \fImktexpk\fR\|(1). (This is the same
-as in \fIdvips\fR\|(1).) The default behavior (i.e., if no \fB\-M\fR option is
-given) is chosen at compile-time; as distributed, mktexpk is enabled.
-.IP "\fB\-m\fR\fImagnification\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-mmagnification"
-Specify the magnification to use. The following are available:
-.Sp
-.Vb 9
-\& \-m#usermag e.g., #900
-\& \-m0 equivalent to \-m#1000
-\& \-mh equivalent to \-m#1095
-\& \-m1 equivalent to \-m#1200
-\& \-mq equivalent to \-m#1250
-\& \-m2 equivalent to \-m#1440
-\& \-m3 equivalent to \-m#1728
-\& \-m4 equivalent to \-m#2074
-\& \-m5 equivalent to \-m#2488
-.Ve
-.IP "\fB\-p\fR\fIpagecount\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-ppagecount"
-Print \fIpagecount\fR pages after the starting page.
-.IP "\fB\-q\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-q"
-Quiet operation: omit final statistics, etc.
-.IP "\fB\-r\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-r"
-Toggle page reversal.
-.IP "\fB\-s\fR\fIpagesize\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-spagesize"
-Specify the page size:
-.Sp
-.Vb 10
-\& \-s1: Executive (7.25" x 10.5")
-\& \-s2: Letter (8.5" x 11")
-\& \-s3: Legal (8.5" x 14")
-\& \-s6: Ledger (11" x 17")
-\& \-s25: A5 paper (148mm x 210mm)
-\& \-s26: A4 paper (210mm x 297mm)
-\& \-s27: A3 (297mm x 420mm)
-\& \-s45: JIS B5 paper (182mm x 257mm)
-\& \-s46: JIS B4 paper (250mm x 354mm)
-\& \-s71: Hagaki postcard (100mm x 148mm)
-\& \-s72: Oufuku\-Hagaki postcard (200mm x 148mm)
-\& \-s80: Monarch Envelope (3 7/8" x 7 1/2")
-\& \-s81: Commercial Envelope 10 (4 1/8" x 9 1/2")
-\& \-s90: International DL (110mm x 220mm)
-\& \-s91: International C5 (162mm x 229mm)
-\& \-s100: International B5 (176mm x 250mm)
-.Ve
-.Sp
-These values are from the \s-1PCL\s0 5 technical reference manual. If the
-\&\fB\-s\fR commandline option is omitted, no clipping is performed at the
-bottom of the page. (But printing below the paper bottom should not
-disturb any correctly behaving \s-1PCL\s0 printer.) Please remember that the
-correct paper tray must be installed for selected paper size, so use
-this option only if you have full control over your print destination.
-.IP "\fB\-t\fR\fIpagenum\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-tpagenum"
-Print pages with TeX page numbers less than or equal to \fIpagenum\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-v"
-Verbose mode: list fonts used, etc.
-.IP "\fB\-V\fR\fImode\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-Vmode"
-Compatibility mode. As \fImode\fR, use \f(CW\*(C`K\*(C'\fR for Kyocera, \f(CW\*(C`B\*(C'\fR for
-Brother, \f(CW6\fR for \s-1LJ6\s0 printers.
-.IP "\fB\-w\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-w"
-Omit warnings.
-.IP "\fB\-x\fR\fIoffset\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-xoffset"
-Global x\-offset in mm on output page relative to 1 inch/1 inch origin.
-.IP "\fB\-y\fR\fIoffset\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-yoffset"
-Global y\-offset in mm on output page relative to 1 inch/1 inch origin.
-.IP "\fB\-X\fR\fIoffset\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-Xoffset"
-Global x\-offset in dots on output page (overrides 1 inch/1 inch
-origin).
-.IP "\fB\-Y\fR\fIoffset\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-Yoffset"
-Global y\-offset in dots on output page (overrides 1 inch/1
-inch origin).
-.IP "\fB\-z\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-z"
-Print a test page with the page counter at end of job.
-.SH "OPERANDS"
-.IX Header "OPERANDS"
-If no operands are specified a brief usage message is displayed.
-.IP "\fIfilename\fR" 4
-.IX Item "filename"
-The \s-1DVI\s0 file name that shall be converted by \fBdvilj\fR. It must always
-be seekable.
-.Sp
-The output file name is constructed from \fIfilename\fR. Either an
-extension \f(CW\*(C`.dvi\*(C'\fR is replaced by \f(CW\*(C`.lj\*(C'\fR, or the extension \f(CW\*(C`.lj\*(C'\fR is
-appended.
-.Sp
-If \fIfilename\fR is \fB\-\fR, the \s-1DVI\s0 file is read from standard input and
-the resulting \s-1PCL\s0 document is written to standard output. (Please
-remember that thhe \s-1DVI\s0 file must be seekable, even if it's stdin.)
-.SH "SUPPORTED TeX \especial COMMANDS"
-.IX Header "SUPPORTED TeX special COMMANDS"
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\especial\*(C'\fR commands supported by \fBdvilj\fR have the generic syntax
-.PP
-.Vb 2
-\& \especial{key1=value key1="value with space"}
-\& \especial{key3 = value key4 = \*(Aqnote optional spaces around equal sign\*(Aq}
-.Ve
-.PP
-I.e., specials are a sequence of key/value pairs, separated by an
-equal sign. Spaces around the equal sign are ignored. The value is
-either a space separated word, or a quoted string. Both double and
-single quotes can be used, alternatively. There is no support for
-quoting quote characters in values; if you want both double and single
-quotes in one value, you're out of luck.
-.PP
-The following key/value combinations are valid:
-.IP "\fBhpfile\fR=\fIfile\fR" 4
-.IX Item "hpfile=file"
-Insert \fIfile\fR at the current position. \fIfile\fR is searched with
-\&\fIkpathsea\fR\|(3), see below.
-.Sp
-The file content must be valid for this printer, i.e., it should
-contain \s-1PCL\s0 escape sequences or \s-1HP\-GL/2\s0 commands. If the file is a
-graphics file, this typically means that the upper left corner of the
-graphics is placed at the current position.
-.Sp
-\&\s-1PCL\s0 absolute positioning escape sequences in \fIfile\fR are rewritten to
-be relative positioning commands; the lowest appearing coordinate is
-used as reference.
-.IP "\fBhpfile_verbatim\fR=\fIfile\fR" 4
-.IX Item "hpfile_verbatim=file"
-Insert \fIfile\fR verbatim at the current position, without any changes
-of the file content. \fIfile\fR is searched with \fIkpathsea\fR\|(3), see below.
-.Sp
-This is mostly used to keep absolute positions in \s-1PCL\s0 files.
-.IP "\fBpsfile\fR=\fIfile\fR \fBllx\fR=\fIx0\fR \fBlly\fR=\fIy0\fR \fBurx\fR=\fIx1\fR \fBury\fR=\fIy1\fR \fBrwi\fR=\fIs\fR" 4
-.IX Item "psfile=file llx=x0 lly=y0 urx=x1 ury=y1 rwi=s"
-Convert Postscript file \fIfile\fR to \s-1HP\s0 \s-1PCL\s0, by Ghostscript with device
-\&\f(CW\*(C`ljetplus\*(C'\fR, and insert the resulting graphics file at the current
-position, rewriting absolute position escape sequences. \fIfile\fR is
-searched with \fIkpathsea\fR\|(3), see below.
-.Sp
-The accompanying key/value pairs are mandatory, they can be specified
-in an arbitrary order. Values \fIx0\fR, \fIx1\fR, \fIy0\fR, \fIy1\fR, and \fIs\fR are
-integers. (\fIx0\fR,\fIy0\fR) is the lower left corner, (\fIx1\fR,\fIy1\fR) the
-upper right corner of the image.
-.Sp
-\&\fBPlease note: The specific semantics of this special is not known.\fR
-In particular, the \fBrwi\fR parameter is some scale factor; but even
-looking at the source code it is not quite clear what the special's
-author intended to implement here. In addition, it is unclear what
-dimensions are used to specify the corners, Postscript points or \s-1PCL\s0
-dots.
-.Sp
-\&\fIIf you happen to know the psfile semantics, or if you spent the work
-analyzing them, please inform us at tex\-k@tug.org, so that we can
-update this man page with the relevant information.\fR
-.IP "\fBdvilj-psfile-syntax\fR=\fIsyntax\fR" 4
-.IX Item "dvilj-psfile-syntax=syntax"
-where \fIsyntax\fR is either \f(CW\*(C`dvilj\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ignore\*(C'\fR. This is a very crude
-way to tell the driver what to do with \fBpsfile\fR specials.
-.Sp
-If the value is \f(CW\*(C`ignore\*(C'\fR, all \fBpsfile\fR specials that are processed
-afterwards are ignored, until the next \fBdvilj-psfile-syntax\fR special is
-processed.
-.Sp
-If the value is \f(CW\*(C`dvilj\*(C'\fR, \fBpsfiles\fR specials are processed as
-explained above, until the next \fBdvilj-psfile-syntax\fR special is
-processed.
-.Sp
-An obvious, planned, extension is the value \f(CW\*(C`dvips\*(C'\fR, but this has not
-been implemented yet.
-.Sp
-That special is not as simple as it sounds at first. Since its
-semantics is defined by processing order, it is only of use if it is
-placed on the same page as the \fBpsfile\fR special. Having it once in a
-file (e.g., on the first page) does not help if you print just one
-page of the document \*(-- \fBdvilj\fR does not do prescanning of first-page
-specials like some other drivers do. (Patches would be welcome, of
-course.)
-.IP "\fBcomment\fR=\fIarbitrary text\fR" 4
-.IX Item "comment=arbitrary text"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fBcomment\fR \fIarbitrary text\fR" 4
-.IX Item "comment arbitrary text"
-.PD
-This causes the rest of the special to be ignored; it may be used to
-add meta-information to a \s-1DVI\s0 file.
-.Sp
-With the first form, the comment may appear anywhere in the special.
-When it appears first, the processing of this special is terminated
-and all other text behind is ignored.
-.Sp
-The second form is a speciality that has been introduced for
-compatibility with other drivers. If the first keyword of the special
-is \fBcomment\fR and has no value, it is taken as a valid comment syntax,
-too; the rest of the special is ignored.
-.IP "\fBorientation\fR=\fIpo\fR" 4
-.IX Item "orientation=po"
-Position the page on the physical paper. The value \fIpo\fR may be one of
-the following values:
-.Sp
-.Vb 4
-\& 0 for portrait
-\& 1 for landscape
-\& 2 for reverse portrait
-\& 3 for reverse landscape
-.Ve
-.IP "\fBdefpoint\fR=\fIn(x,y)\fR" 4
-.IX Item "defpoint=n(x,y)"
-Define the point number \fIn\fR. This point can be referred to later in
-other special commands to specify areas that shall be filled with some
-pattern. \fIn\fR must be between 0 and 79.
-.Sp
-\&\fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are the position of that point and have the form \f(CW\*(C`?pt\*(C'\fR
-where \f(CW\*(C`?\*(C'\fR is a floating point number. The positions are relative to
-the \s-1DVI\s0 page origin; i.e., coordinates increase moving right and down,
-the point of origin is (1in,1in) in the upper left corner, altered by
-options \fB\-x\fR, \fB\-y\fR, \fB\-X\fR, and \fB\-Y\fR, but not by \ehoffset and
-\&\evoffset.
-.Sp
-\&\fIx\fR and \fIy\fR can be omitted, i.e., the values \f(CW3\fR or \f(CW\*(C`4(,)\*(C'\fR are
-valid. Then the current page position is used as position for point
-\&\fIn\fR.
-.ie n .IP "\fBresetpoints\fR=""all""" 4
-.el .IP "\fBresetpoints\fR=\f(CWall\fR" 4
-.IX Item "resetpoints=all"
-This undefines all points again.
-.IP "\fBgray\fR=\fIgray_scale\fR" 4
-.IX Item "gray=gray_scale"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fBgrey\fR=\fIgray_scale\fR" 4
-.IX Item "grey=gray_scale"
-.PD
-This sets the fill mode for the next \fBfill\fR special, the area will be
-filled with gray color. (\fBgrey\fR is an alias for \fBgray\fR.) Any pattern
-specification is reset.
-.Sp
-\&\fIgray_scale\fR is the percentage of gray that shall be used here; with
-\&\f(CW0\fR meaning white and \f(CW100\fR meaning black.
-.Sp
-Caveat: That special is actually a misnomer. \s-1PCL\s0 names these gray
-scales \fIshading patterns\fR and they are created by placing dots in the
-area. The gray scale selects how far spread the dots are. In the lower
-ranges, this doesn't look very gray on close sight, but more like a
-dotted background. Furthermore, the gray scales are not as
-fine-grained as the value range 0..100 might make you believe. In
-reality, there are only 8 different gray patterns available:
-.Sp
-.Vb 8
-\& 1 \- 2%
-\& 3 \- 10%
-\& 11 \- 20%
-\& 21 \- 35%
-\& 36 \- 55%
-\& 56 \- 80%
-\& 81 \- 99%
-\& 100%
-.Ve
-.Sp
-One of these patterns is selected according to the \fIgray_scale\fR value.
-.IP "\fBpattern\fR=\fIpat\fR" 4
-.IX Item "pattern=pat"
-This sets the fill mode for the next \fBfill\fR special, the area will be
-filled with a pattern. Any gray color specification is reset.
-.Sp
-\&\fIpat\fR is one of the following values:
-.Sp
-.Vb 6
-\& 1 horizontal lines
-\& 2 vertical lines
-\& 3 diagonal lines, from lower left corner to upper right corner
-\& 4 diagonal lines, from upper right corner to lower left corner
-\& 5 crossed lines, vertically
-\& 6 crossed lines, diagonally
-.Ve
-.IP "\fBfill\fR=\fIa/b\fR" 4
-.IX Item "fill=a/b"
-Fill the area between the points \fIa\fR and \fIb\fR, according to the
-current fill mode.
-.Sp
-Point \fIa\fR \fBmust\fR be the upper left corner and point \fIb\fR \fBmust\fR be the
-lower left corner of the rectangle. Otherwise the result is garbage.
-.Sp
-The default fill mode is 10% gray color filling.
-.IP "\fIfilename\fR" 4
-.IX Item "filename"
-This is a legacy special, its use is depreciated. If the special is
-just one word that names an existing file, that file is verbatim
-included. Contrary to other file inclusion means, the file is not
-searched with \fIkpathsea\fR\|(3). \fIYou are not supposed to use this special
-and we won't fix any problems with it.\fR
-.PP
-It should be noted that the special parser does sometimes accept
-constructs that are not valid as in the documentation above. Then, the
-output is most often damaged in some way.
-.Sh "Searching for Included Files"
-.IX Subsection "Searching for Included Files"
-Proper file include specials search the file with \fIkpathsea\fR\|(3). The
-search path is configured by variable \f(CW\*(C`DVILJINPUTS\*(C'\fR and, if the file
-is not found in that search path, by variable \f(CW\*(C`TEXINPUTS\*(C'\fR.
-.PP
-Search via \f(CW\*(C`DVILJINPUTS\*(C'\fR covers the use case that one has common
-site-wide graphics that shall be included in documents, e.g., scanned
-signatures. Search via \f(CW\*(C`TEXINPUTS\*(C'\fR covers the use case that one has
-graphics as part of ones current document.
-.PP
-\&\f(CW\*(C`dvilj\*(C'\fR is used as the \f(CW\*(C`.PROGRAM\*(C'\fR name in \fItexmf.cnf\fR, for all
-driver variants, independent of the actual program name.
-.ie n .Sh "Unknown Specials and ""TEX_HUSH"" configuration"
-.el .Sh "Unknown Specials and \f(CWTEX_HUSH\fP configuration"
-.IX Subsection "Unknown Specials and TEX_HUSH configuration"
-\&\fIKpathsea\fR\|(3) has the concept of warning suppression with the
-configuration variable \f(CW\*(C`TEX_HUSH\*(C'\fR, please refer to its Info node
-\&\fITeX support / Suppressing warnings\fR. That variable holds a
-colon-separated identifiers that specifies the to-be-suppressed
-warnings.
-.PP
-If \f(CW\*(C`special\*(C'\fR is among the listed values, \fBdvilj\fR does not output
-warnings any more about specials that it doesn't know about. But if
-there is a recognized special and if that special has an invalid
-parameter, then a warning is output nevertheless, independent of the
-content of \f(CW\*(C`TEX_HUSH\*(C'\fR.
-.SH "DOUBLE PAGE PRINTING"
-.IX Header "DOUBLE PAGE PRINTING"
-If the printer has a duplex unit installed, duplex printing can be
-demanded with the \fB\-d\fR option.
-.PP
-Otherwise, the command line option \fB\-D\fR causes the printer to print
-in doublepage mode, that is, roughly speaking, printing first the even
-pages and then the odd pages of a document. If \fB\-D\fR is used to print
-both even and odd pages (\fB\-D\fR is used without the optional 1 or 2)
-the following will happen after half of the pages is printed: \s-1LJ:\s0 the
-printer stops, shows message \*(L"\s-1FEED\s0\*(R" and switches on manual feed led.
-The printer continues when either the printed pages are fed into the
-manual page feeder, or the operator pushes the continue button (after
-placing first the printed pages into the paper tray).
-.PP
-If \fB\-D1\fR was specified only odd pages will be printed, \fB\-D2\fR can be
-used for even pages. A trailing \f(CW\*(C`\-\*(C'\fR (as in \fB\-D\-\fR, \fB\-D1\-\fR or
-\&\fB\-D2\-\fR) supresses printing of empty pages which are generated for
-padding otherwise.
-.PP
-The driver allows the \fB\-D\fR option for both print-directions
-(front-to-back or back-to-front printing). It tries to be clever in
-certain cases: when a document has an odd number of pages it inserts
-in the right place an empty page when a document starts with page 0
-the driver inserts an empty page after the 0\-page when a piece of a
-document is printed that starts with an even page-number it prints
-this page at the backside of the first page to ensure that the odd
-sides are always on the frontside. The 0\-page is treated like an odd
-page.
-.PP
-The doubleside option works for all LJs, not only for the new D model
-with does doubleside-printing (actually, I don't know whether it makes
-much sense on the new \s-1LJ\s0 \s-1II\s0 D at all).
-.PP
-Caveat on the doubleside-option: When it is used frequently or on very
-large files, it might become necessary to clean the printer much more
-frequently.
-.PP
-The command line option \fB\-p\fR\fIX\fR can be used to abort printing after
-the output of \fIX\fR pages (can lead to strange results together with
-\&\fB\-D\fR). I personally dislike this option. The secure way of printing a
-part of a document is using \fB\-f\fR (from) and \fB\-t\fR (to).
-.SH "ENVIRONMENT"
-.IX Header "ENVIRONMENT"
-\&\fBdvilj\fR uses the same environment variables and algorithms for finding
-font files as TeX and its friends do. See the documentation for the
-\&\fIkpathsea\fR\|(3) library for details. (Repeating it here is too cumbersome.)
-.ie n .IP """DVILJFONTS""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWDVILJFONTS\fR" 4
-.IX Item "DVILJFONTS"
-If set, overrides all other font paths.
-.ie n .IP """DVILJMAKEPK""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWDVILJMAKEPK\fR" 4
-.IX Item "DVILJMAKEPK"
-If set, overrides \fImktexpk\fR\|(1) as the name of the command to execute to
-create a \s-1PK\s0 file if one isn't found.
-.ie n .IP """DVILJSIZES""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWDVILJSIZES\fR" 4
-.IX Item "DVILJSIZES"
-May be set to indicate which sizes of fonts are available. It should
-consist of a list of numbers separated by colons. If the list begins
-with a colon, the system default sizes are used, as well. Sizes are
-expressed in dots per inch; decimals may be used for \f(CW\*(C`pxl\*(C'\fR files: for
-example, a 300 dots per inch file magnified by half a step comes out
-to 1643 dots per five inches, which should be encoded as 328.6.
-\&\fBdvilj\fR tries the actual size of the font before trying any of the
-given sizes.
-.ie n .IP """DVILJINPUTS""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWDVILJINPUTS\fR" 4
-.IX Item "DVILJINPUTS"
-Primary search path for include files.
-.ie n .IP """TEXINPUTS""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWTEXINPUTS\fR" 4
-.IX Item "TEXINPUTS"
-Secondary search path for include files.
-.ie n .IP """TEX_HUSH""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWTEX_HUSH\fR" 4
-.IX Item "TEX_HUSH"
-Colon separated list of identifiers that name situations where no
-warning shall be output. The following identifiers are used:
-.Sp
-.Vb 5
-\& checksum suppress mismatched font checksum warnings
-\& readable suppress warnings about unreadable files
-\& special suppress warnings about unknown specials
-\& all suppress all warning classes above
-\& none suppress no warnings
-.Ve
-.ie n .IP """KPATHSEA_DEBUG""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWKPATHSEA_DEBUG\fR" 4
-.IX Item "KPATHSEA_DEBUG"
-Trace \fIkpathsea\fR\|(3) lookups; set to \-1 for complete tracing.
-.ie n .IP """GS_PATH""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWGS_PATH\fR" 4
-.IX Item "GS_PATH"
-On Windows, this may be the path to Ghostscript; there the default is
-\&\fIgswin32c.exe\fR.
-.Sp
-On Unix, this environment variable is not used. Ghostscript is called
-as \fIgs\fR\|(1) and must be found over \f(CW$PATH\fR.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
-\&\fIdvihp\fR\|(1), \fIdvicopy\fR\|(1), \fIdvips\fR\|(1), \fIxdvi\fR\|(1), \fImktexpk\fR\|(1), \fIgs\fR\|(1),
-\&\fIkpathsea\fR\|(3)
-.PP
-Email bug reports to tex\-k@tug.org.
-.PP
-Source is at <http://mirror.ctan.org/dviware/dviljk/>; but for
-compilation the texk build environment is needed, from
-<svn://tug.org/texlive/*/Build/source>.
-.PP
-As of July 2007, \s-1PCL\s0 reference documentation is found at \s-1HP\s0's Web site
-at
-<http://h20000.www2.hp.com/bizsupport/TechSupport/Document.jsp?objectID=bpl04568>.
-At the end of that page are links to reference manuals for \s-1PCL\s0 and \s-1PJL\s0.
-.PP
-In case that page is changed, here are the URLs of these documents.
-All have the form
-<http://h20000.www2.hp.com/bc/docs/support/SupportManual/bpl<\s-1ID\s0>/bpl<\s-1ID\s0>.pdf>,
-where \f(CW\*(C`<ID>\*(C'\fR is the following document \s-1ID:\s0
-.IP "\fB13205\fR" 4
-.IX Item "13205"
-\&\s-1PCL\s0 5 Technical Quick Reference Guide. This is the 1st thing to look up
-if you have questions about \s-1PCL\s0 escape sequences.
-.IP "\fB13210\fR and \fB13211\fR" 4
-.IX Item "13210 and 13211"
-\&\s-1PCL\s0 5 Technical Reference Manual (part I and \s-1II\s0). This is the
-full-detailled explanation that you need to look up if you don't
-understand how the printer works. Part I is the actual manual, part \s-1II\s0
-explains \s-1HP\-GL/2\s0 and has overall tips.
-.IP "\fB13208\fR and \fB13207\fR" 4
-.IX Item "13208 and 13207"
-\&\s-1PJL\s0 Technical Reference Manual (and addendum)
-.IP "\fB13212\fR" 4
-.IX Item "13212"
-\&\s-1PCL\s0 5 Color Manual. This explains color specials for the newer \s-1HP\s0
-printers. (Not of much use today; for practical purposes we would need
-to add color specials to \fBdvilj\fR first.)
-.IP "\fB13206\fR and \fB13209\fR" 4
-.IX Item "13206 and 13209"
-Comparison Guide (and addendum) that documents which \s-1PCL\s0 escape
-sequences are supported on which \s-1HP\s0 printers.
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.IX Header "AUTHOR"
-dvi2xx by Gustaf Neumann, Wirtschaftsuniversitaet Wien.
-.PP
-dviljk fork by Karl Berry.
-.PP
-Joachim Schrod <jschrod@acm.org> supplied security fixes and updated
-this man page.
-.SH "LICENSE"
-.IX Header "LICENSE"
-dvi2xx is public domain software. dviljk changes are covered by the
-\&\s-1GNU\s0 General Public License.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index e095f4ce198..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj2p.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj2p.1
deleted file mode 100644
index e133513e289..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj2p.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man1/dvilj.1
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj2p.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj2p.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 70b40b341d9..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj2p.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj4.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj4.1
deleted file mode 100644
index e133513e289..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj4.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man1/dvilj.1
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj4.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj4.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 22ede011923..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj4.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj4l.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj4l.1
deleted file mode 100644
index e133513e289..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj4l.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man1/dvilj.1
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj4l.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj4l.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 21d8d0962bb..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj4l.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj6.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj6.1
deleted file mode 100644
index e133513e289..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj6.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man1/dvilj.1
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj6.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj6.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 5e142d3aed8..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvilj6.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvipdfm.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvipdfm.1
deleted file mode 100644
index b72633f76ae..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvipdfm.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,358 +0,0 @@
-.de EX
-.sp
-.in +5
-.nf
-.ft CW
-..
-.de EE
-.in -5
-.ft R
-.sp
-.fi
-..
-.TH "DVIPDFM" "1" "28 April 2011" "20120420" "DVIPDFMx"
-.SH NAME
-dvipdfm \- produce PDF files directly from DVI files
-
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B dvipdfm
-.RI [ options ]
-.I file\c
-.RB [ .dvi ]
-
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-In TeX Live,
-.B dvipdfm
-is another incarnation of
-.B dvipdfmx
-rather than a separate program. Compatibility is attempted as best as
-possible. (The change was made due to duplicated security and
-configuration issues arising repeatedly.) Please report problems with
-this
-.B dvipdfm
-to the
-.B dvipdfmx
-maintainers at dvipdfmx (at) ktug.or.kr.
-
-The program
-.B dvipdfm
-generates a
-.SM PDF
-file from a
-.SM DVI
-file.
-.SM DVI
-files are the output format
-produced by TeX.
-Output from
-.B groff
-can be converted to
-.SM DVI
-format
-using
-.BR grodvi .
-
-The program
-.B dvipdfm
-recognizes several commonly used
-.BR \especial
-commands, which are extensions to the
-.SM DVI
-format.
-Specifically, it understands
-color specials, papersize specials,
-tpic specials (which allow it to be used with
-.BR pic ),
-hypertex specials, and some PostScript
-specials. These extensions allow documents
-to contain color, figures, and hyperlinks.
-The program tries to mimic
-the behavior of
-.B dvips
-so that many
-macro packages produced for use with
-.B dvips
-will work with
-.B dvipdfm.
-Dvipdfm understands its own specific
-.B \especial
-commands to allow access to PDF features
-such as annotations and bookmarks.
-
-For issues related to bounding boxes (and hence image sizes), please see
-.BR extractbb (1).
-
-.SH OPTIONS
-
-.TP 5
-.B \-\^c
-Ignore color
-.BR \especials .
-The
-.B \-\^c
-toggles a flag that disables color
-.B \especial
-processing.
-Unless changed in the configuration file,
-that flag is off, and color
-.BR \especial "s"
-are interpreted normally.
-The
-.B \-\^c
-option may be used to produce a black and white document
-from a document containing color TeX
-.B \especial
-commands.
-
-.TP 5
-.B \-\^d
-Remove thumbnail images after including them.
-(See the
-.B \-\^t
-option for more information.)
-
-.TP 5
-.B \-\^e
-Toggle partial font embedding flag. If partial
-font embedding is off, embedded fonts are
-.I fully
-embedded.
-The default, if not changed in the configuration file,
-is to embed only those glyphs actually used in the document.
-
-.TP 5
-.B \-\^f map_file
-Set the name of the font map file to
-.IR map_file .
-The format of the font map file
-is documented in the
-.IR "Dvipdfm User's Manual" .
-
-.TP 5
-.B \-\^l
-Select landscape mode. In other words, exchange the
-.I x
-and
-.I y
-dimensions of the paper.
-
-.TP 5
-.B \-\^m " mag"
-Magnify the input document by
-.IR mag .
-
-.TP 5
-.B \-\^o " name"
-Generate PDF output file having the name
-.IR name .
-By default, the name of the output
-file is
-.IR file .pdf.
-
-.TP 5
-.B \-\^p " paper"
-Select the papersize by name (e.g.,
-.BR letter ", " legal ", " ledger ", " tabloid ", " a3 ", " a4 ", or " a5
-)
-
-.TP 5
-.B \-\^r " size"
-Set resolution of bitmapped fonts to
-.B size
-dots per inch. Bitmapped fonts are generated
-by the Kpathsea library, which uses Metafont. Bitmapped
-fonts are included as type 3 fonts in the PDF output file.
-
-.TP 5
-.B \-\^s " page_specifications"
-Select the pages of the
-.SM DVI
-file to be converted.
-The
-.I page_specifications
-consists of a comma separated list of
-.I page_ranges:
-
-.EX
-.IR "page_specifications := page_specification" "[," page_specifications "]"
-.EE
-
-where
-
-.EX
-.IR "page_specification := single_page" | page_range
-
-.IR "page_range := " [ first_page ]\^\-\^[ last_page ]
-.EE
-
-An empty
-.I first_page
-is implied to be the first page of the
-.SM DVI
-file.
-An empty
-.I last_page
-is treated as the last page of the
-.SM DVI
-file.
-
-Examples:
-.RS
-.TP 5
-.B "\-\^s 1,3,5"
-includes pages 1, 3, and 5;
-.TP 5
-.B "\-\^s \-"
-includes all pages;
-.TP 5
-.B "\-\^s \-,\-"
-includes two copies of all pages in the
-.SM DVI
-file;
-and
-.TP 5
-.B "\-\^s 1\-10"
-includes the first ten pages of the
-.SM DVI
-file.
-.RE
-.TP 5
-.B \-\^t
-Search for thumbnail images of each page
-in the directory named by the
-.B TMPDIR
-environment variable.
-The thumbnail images must be named in a specific format.
-They must have the same base name
-as the
-.SM DVI
-file and they must have the page number as the extension
-to the file name. Dvipdfm does not
-generate the thumbnails itself, but it is distributed with a wrapper
-program named
-.B dvipdft
-that does so.
-
-.TP 5
-.B \-\^v
-Increase verbosity.
-Results of the
-.B \-\^v
-option are cumulative (e.g.,
-.B \-\^vv
-) increases the verbosity by two increments.
-
-.TP 5
-.B \-\^x x_offset
-Set the left margin to
-.IR x_offset .
-The default left margin is
-.BR 1.0in .
-The dimension may be specified in any units understood by TeX (e.g.,
-.BR bpt ", " pt ", " in ", " cm
-)
-
-.TP 5
-.B \-\^y y_offset
-Set the top margin to
-.IR y_offset .
-The default top margin is
-.BR 1.0in .
-The dimension may be specified in any units understood by TeX (e.g.,
-.BR bpt ", " pt ", " in ", " cm
-)
-
-.TP 5
-.B \-\^z compression_level
-Set the compression level to
-.IR compression_level .
-Compressions levels range from 0 (no compression) to
-9 (maximum compression) and correspond to the values understood by zlib.
-
-.SH "IMAGE BOUNDING BOXES"
-
-When including images with
-.BR dvipdfm ,
-their bounding boxes should be generated by running
-.BR ebb ,
-or extractbb -m.
-The result will be in an
-.B .bb
-file.
-
-When including images with
-.BR dvipdfmx ,
-their bounding boxes should be generated by running
-.BR extractbb .
-The result will be in an
-.B .xbb
-file; the xbb information is the same as for the PDF format.
-
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-
-.B Dvipdfm
-uses the
-.B kpathsea
-library for locating the files that it opens. Hence,
-the environment variables documented in the
-.I Kpathsea library
-documentation influence
-.B dvipdfm.
-
-Dvipdfm also reads the following environment variables:
-
-.TP 5
-TMP
-The directory to search for thumbnail images of each page.
-
-.SH FILES
-The precise location of the following files is determined by the
-.I Kpathsea library
-configuration. The location may be determined by using kpsewhich, e.g.,
-.nf
-.B kpsewhich \-progname=dvipdfm \-format='other text files' config
-.fi
-
-.TP 5
-.I config
-Startup options
-
-.TP 5
-.I t1fonts.map
-The default font map file (this name may be changed in the config file).
-
-.TP 5
-.I *.tfm
-TeX font metrics
-
-.TP 5
-.I *.vf
-TeX virtual font files
-
-.TP 5
-.I *.pfb
-PostScript Type 1 font files
-
-.TP 5
-.I
-texmf.cnf
-The Kpathsea library configuration file.
-The location of this file may be found by typing
-.nf
-.B kpsewhich texmf.cnf
-.fi
-
-
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR dvipdft "(1), "
-.BR tex "(1), " dvips "(1), " groff "(1), " grodvi "(1), " pic "(1), "
-.BR extractbb "(1), "
-and the
-.I "Kpathsea library"
-info documentation.
-
-.SH AUTHOR
-Mark A. Wicks. But for the version in TeX Live, all bugs and other
-reports should go to the
-.B dvipdfmx
-maintainers at dvipdfmx (at) ktug.or.kr.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvipdfm.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvipdfm.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 889cf439be2..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvipdfm.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvipdft.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvipdft.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 50646022ef0..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvipdft.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-.TH "dvipdft" "1" "May 2004" "teTeX" "teTeX"
-.PP
-.SH "NAME"
-dvipdft \- create thumbnail images for use with dvipdfm
-.PP
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.PP
-.B dvipdft
-.RI [ DVIPDFM-OPTIONS \&.\&.\&.]
-.I filename\c
-.RB [ .dvi ]
-.PP
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.PP
-.B dvipdft
-creates thumbnail pictures of the pages in your file
-and subsequently runs dvipdfm to create a PDF file with these
-thumbnails.
-.PP
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.HP
-All options are simply handed on to dvipdfm
-.HP
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IP
-\fBdvipdfm\fP(1)
-.PP
-.SH "BUGS"
-.PP
-None known\&.
-.PP
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.PP
-\fBdvipdft\fP was written by Mark A. Wicks and Thomas Esser.
-.PP
-This manual page was written by Frank K\[:u]ster <frank@kuesterei\&.ch>,
-for the Debian GNU/Linux system\&. It may be used by others without
-contacting the author\&. Any mistakes or omissions in the manual page
-are my fault; inquiries about or corrections to this manual page
-should be directed to me (and not to the primary author)\&.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvipdft.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvipdft.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index fb58e415c4a..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvipdft.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvipng.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvipng.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 934a7c9aac5..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvipng.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,521 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.16 (Pod::Simple 3.05)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sh \" Subsection heading
-.br
-.if t .Sp
-.ne 5
-.PP
-\fB\\$1\fR
-.PP
-..
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.Sh), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "DVIPNG 1"
-.TH DVIPNG 1 "2010-12-15" "dvipng 1.14" "User commands"
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-dvipng \- A DVI\-to\-PNG translator
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-dvipng [options] filename
-.PP
-dvipng [options] [filename] \-
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-This program makes \s-1PNG\s0 and/or \s-1GIF\s0 graphics from \s-1DVI\s0 files as obtained
-from TeX and its relatives.
-.PP
-If \s-1GIF\s0 support is enabled, \s-1GIF\s0 output is chosen by using the
-\&\fBdvigif\fR binary or with the \fB\-\-gif\fR option.
-.PP
-The benefits of \fBdvipng\fR/\fBdvigif\fR include
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-Speed. It is a very fast bitmap-rendering code for \s-1DVI\s0 files, which
-makes it suitable for generating large amounts of images on-the-fly,
-as needed in preview-latex, WeBWorK and others.
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-It does not read the postamble, so it can be started before TeX
-finishes. There is a \fB\-\-follow\fR switch that makes dvipng wait at
-end-of-file for further output, unless it finds the \s-1POST\s0 marker that
-indicates the end of the \s-1DVI\s0.
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-Interactive query of options. dvipng can read options interactively
-through stdin, and all options are usable. It is even possible to change
-the input file through this interface.
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-Supports \s-1PK\s0, \s-1VF\s0, PostScript Type1, and TrueType fonts, subfonts (i.e.,
-as used in CJK-LaTeX), color specials, and inclusion of PostScript,
-\&\s-1PNG\s0, \s-1JPEG\s0 or \s-1GIF\s0 images.
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-and more...
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS"
-Many of the parameterless options listed here can be turned off by
-suffixing the option with a zero (\fB0\fR); for instance, to turn off
-page reversal, use \fB\-r0\fR. Such options are marked with a trailing
-\&\fB*\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-"
-Read additional options from standard input after processing the command
-line.
-.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--help"
-Print a usage message and exit.
-.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--version"
-Print the version number and exit.
-.IP "\fB\-bd\fR \fInum\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-bd num"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-bd\fR \fIcolor_spec\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-bd color_spec"
-.IP "\fB\-bd '\fR\fInum\fR\fB \fR\fIcolor_spec\fR\fB'\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-bd 'num color_spec'"
-.PD
-Set the pixel width of the transparent border (default 0). Using this
-option will make the image edges transparent, but it only affects pixels
-with the background color. Giving a \fIcolor_spec\fR will set the
-fallback color, to be used in viewers that cannot handle transparency
-(the default is the background color). The color spec should be in
-TeX color \especial syntax, e.g., 'rgb 1.0 0.0 0.0'. Setting the
-fallback color makes the default border width 1 px.
-.IP "\fB\-\-bdpi\fR \fInum\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--bdpi num"
-This option only has an effect when using bitmapped (\s-1PK\s0) fonts. The
-option sets the base (Metafont) resolution, both horizontal and
-vertical, to \fInum\fR dpi (dots per inch). This option is necessary
-when manually selecting Metafont mode with the \-\-mode option (see
-below).
-.IP "\fB\-bg\fR \fIcolor_spec\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-bg color_spec"
-Choose background color for the images. This option will be ignored if
-there is a background color \especial in the \s-1DVI\s0. The color spec should
-be in TeX color \especial syntax, e.g., 'rgb 1.0 0.0 0.0'. You can
-also specify 'Transparent' or 'transparent' which will give you a
-transparent background with the normal background as a fallback color. A
-capitalized 'Transparent' will give a full-alpha transparency, while an
-all-lowercase 'transparent' will give a simple fully transparent
-background with non-transparent antialiased pixels. The latter would be
-suitable for viewers who cannot cope with a true alpha channel. \s-1GIF\s0
-images do not support full alpha transparency, so in case of \s-1GIF\s0 output,
-both variants will use the latter behaviour.
-.IP "\fB\-d\fR \fInum\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-d num"
-Set the debug flags, showing what dvipng (thinks it) is doing. This will
-work unless dvipng has been compiled without the \f(CW\*(C`DEBUG\*(C'\fR option
-(not recommended). Set the flags as you need them, use \fB\-d \-1\fR as
-the first option for maximum output.
-.IP "\fB\-D\fR \fInum\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-D num"
-Set the output resolution, both horizontal and vertical, to \fInum\fR
-dpi (dots per inch).
-.Sp
-One may want to adjust this to fit a certain text font size (e.g., on
-a web page), and for a text font height of \fIfont_px\fR pixels (in
-Mozilla) the correct formula is
-.Sp
-.Vb 1
-\& <dpi> = <font_px> * 72.27 / 10 [px * TeXpt/in / TeXpt]
-.Ve
-.Sp
-The last division by ten is due to the standard font height 10pt in
-your document, if you use 12pt, divide by 12. Unfortunately, some
-proprietary browsers have font height in pt (points), not pixels. You
-have to rescale that to pixels, using the screen resolution (default
-is usually 96 dpi) which means the formula is
-.Sp
-.Vb 1
-\& <font_px> = <font_pt> * 96 / 72 [pt * px/in / (pt/in)]
-.Ve
-.Sp
-On some high-res screens, the value is instead 120 dpi. Good luck!
-.IP "\fB\-\-depth*\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--depth*"
-Report the depth of the image. This only works reliably when the
-LaTeX style \fIpreview.sty\fR from preview-latex is used with
-the \fBactive\fR option. It reports the number of pixels from the
-bottom of the image to the baseline of the image. This can be used for
-vertical positioning of the image in, e.g., web documents, where one
-would use (Cascading StyleSheets 1)
-.Sp
-.Vb 1
-\& <IMG SRC="<filename.png>" STYLE="vertical\-align: \-<depth>px">
-.Ve
-.Sp
-The depth is a negative offset in this case, so the minus sign is
-necessary, and the unit is pixels (px).
-.IP "\fB\-\-dvinum*\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--dvinum*"
-Set this option to make the output page number be the TeX page
-numbers rather than the physical page number. See the \fB\-o\fR switch.
-.IP "\fB\-fg\fR \fIcolor_spec\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-fg color_spec"
-Choose foreground color for the images. This option will be ignored if
-there is a foreground color \especial in the \s-1DVI\s0. The color spec should
-be in TeX color \especial syntax, e.g., 'rgb 1.0 0.0 0.0'.
-.IP "\fB\-\-follow*\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--follow*"
-Wait for data at end-of-file. One of the benefits of dvipng is that it
-does not read the postamble, so it can be started before TeX
-finishes. This switch makes dvipng wait at end-of-file for further
-output, unless it finds the \s-1POST\s0 marker that indicates the end of the
-\&\s-1DVI\s0. This is similar to \fBtail \-f\fR but for DVI-to-PNG conversion.
-.IP "\fB\-\-freetype*\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--freetype*"
-Enable/disable FreeType font rendering (default on). This option is
-available if the FreeType2 font library was present at compilation time.
-If this is the case, dvipng will have direct support for PostScript
-Type1 and TrueType fonts internally, rather than using \fBgsftopk\fR
-for rendering the fonts. If you have PostScript versions of Computer
-Modern installed, there will be no need to generate bitmapped (\s-1PK\s0)
-variants on disk of these. Then, you can render images at different (and
-unusual) resolutions without cluttering the disk with lots of bitmapped
-fonts. Note that if you have both FreeType and T1lib on your system,
-FreeType will be preferred by dvipng. If you for some reason would want
-to use T1lib rendering, use this option.
-.IP "\fB\-\-gamma\fR \fInum\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--gamma num"
-Control the interpolation of colors in the greyscale anti-aliasing
-color palette. Default value is 1.0. For 0 < \fInum\fR < 1, the
-fonts will be lighter (more like the background), and for \fInum\fR >
-1, the fonts will be darker (more like the foreground).
-.IP "\fB\-\-gif*\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--gif*"
-The images are output in the \s-1GIF\s0 format, if \s-1GIF\s0 support is enabled.
-This is the default for the \fBdvigif\fR binary, which only will be
-available when \s-1GIF\s0 support is enabled. \s-1GIF\s0 images are palette images
-(see the \fB\-\-palette\fR option) and does not support true alpha
-channels (see the \fB\-\-bg\fR option). See also the \fB\-\-png\fR
-option.
-.IP "\fB\-\-height*\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--height*"
-Report the height of the image. This only works reliably when the
-LaTeX style \fIpreview.sty\fR from preview-latex is used with
-the \fBactive\fR option. It reports the number of pixels from the top
-of the image to the baseline of the image. The total height of the
-image is obtained as the sum of the values reported from
-\&\fB\-\-height\fR and \fB\-\-depth\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-l [=]\fR\fInum\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-l [=]num"
-The last page printed will be the first one numbered \fInum\fR. Default
-is the last page in the document. If \fInum\fR is prefixed by an equals
-sign, then it (and the argument to the \fB\-p\fR option, if specified)
-is treated as a physical (absolute) page number, rather than a value to
-compare with the TeX \fB\ecount0\fR values stored in the \s-1DVI\s0 file.
-Thus, using \fB\-l =9\fR will end with the ninth page of the document,
-no matter what the pages are actually numbered.
-.IP "\fB\-\-mode\fR \fImode\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--mode mode"
-This option only has an effect when using bitmapped (\s-1PK\s0) fonts. Use
-\&\fImode\fR as the Metafont device name for the \s-1PK\s0 fonts (both for path
-searching and font generation). This needs to be augmented with the base
-device resolution, given with the \fB\-\-bdpi\fR option. See the file
-<\fBftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/modes.mf\fR> for a list of resolutions and mode
-names for most devices.
-.IP "\fB\-M*\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-M*"
-This option only has an effect when using bitmapped (\s-1PK\s0) fonts. It turns
-off automatic \s-1PK\s0 font generation (\fImktexpk\fR).
-.IP "\fB\-\-nogs*\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--nogs*"
-This switch prohibits the internal call to GhostScript for displaying
-PostScript specials. \fB\-\-nogs0\fR turns the call back on.
-.IP "\fB\-\-nogssafer*\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--nogssafer*"
-Normally, if GhostScript is used to render PostScript specials, the
-GhostScript interpreter is run with the option \fB\-dSAFER\fR. The
-\&\fB\-\-nogssafer\fR option runs GhostScript without \fB\-dSAFER\fR. The
-\&\fB\-dSAFER\fR option in Ghostscript disables PostScript operators such
-as deletefile, to prevent possibly malicious PostScript programs from
-having any effect.
-.IP "\fB\-\-norawps*\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--norawps*"
-Some packages generate raw PostScript specials, even non-rendering such
-specials. This switch turns off the internal call to GhostScript
-intended to display these raw PostScript specials. \fB\-\-norawps0\fR
-turns the call back on.
-.IP "\fB\-o\fR \fIname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-o name"
-Send output to the file \fIname\fR. A single occurrence of \fB\f(CB%d\fB\fR or
-\&\fB\f(CB%01d\fB\fR, ..., \fB\f(CB%09d\fB\fR will be exchanged for the physical
-page number (this can be changed, see the \fB\-\-dvinum\fR switch). The
-default output filename is \fIfile\fR\fB\f(CB%d\fB.png\fR where the input \s-1DVI\s0
-file was \fIfile\fR\fB.dvi\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-O\fR \fIx\-offset\fR\fB,\fR\fIy\-offset\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-O x-offset,y-offset"
-Move the origin by \fIx\-offset\fR,\fIy\-offset\fR, a comma-separated
-pair of dimensions such as \fB.1in,\-.3cm\fR.
-The origin of the page is shifted from the default position
-(of one inch down, one inch to the right from the upper left corner of
-the paper) by this amount.
-.IP "\fB\-p [=]\fR\fInum\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-p [=]num"
-The first page printed will be the first one numbered \fInum\fR. Default
-is the first page in the document. If \fInum\fR is prefixed by an
-equals sign, then it (and the argument to the \fB\-l\fR option, if
-specified) is treated as a physical (absolute) page number, rather than
-a value to compare with the TeX \fB\ecount0\fR values stored in the
-\&\s-1DVI\s0 file. Thus, using \fB\-p =3\fR will start with the third page of
-the document, no matter what the pages are actually numbered.
-.IP "\fB\-\-palette*\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--palette*"
-When an external image is included, \fBdvipng\fR will automatically
-switch to truecolor mode, to avoid unnecessary delay and quality
-reduction, and enable the \s-1EPS\s0 translator to draw on a transparent
-background and outside of the boundingbox. This switch will force
-palette (256\-color) output and make \fBdvipng\fR revert to opaque
-clipped image inclusion. This will also override the \fB\-\-truecolor\fR
-switch if present.
-.IP "\fB\-\-picky*\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--picky*"
-No images are output when a warning occurs. Normally, dvipng will
-output an image in spite of a warning, but there may be something
-missing in this image. One reason to use this option would be if you
-have a more complete but slower fallback converter. Mainly, this is
-useful for failed figure inclusion and unknown \especial occurrences,
-but warnings will also occur for missing or unknown color specs and
-missing \s-1PK\s0 fonts.
-.IP "\fB\-\-png*\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--png*"
-The images are output in the \s-1PNG\s0 format. This is the default for the
-\&\fBdvipng\fR binary. See also the \fB\-\-gif\fR option.
-.IP "\fB\-pp\fR \fIfirstpage\fR\fB\-\fR\fIlastpage\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-pp firstpage-lastpage"
-Print pages \fIfirstpage\fR through \fIlastpage\fR; but not quite
-equivalent to \fB\-p\fR \fIfirstpage\fR \fB\-l\fR \fIlastpage\fR. For example,
-when rendering a book, there may be several instances of a page in the
-\&\s-1DVI\s0 file (one in \f(CW\*(C`\efrontmatter\*(C'\fR, one in \f(CW\*(C`\emainmatter\*(C'\fR, and one
-in \f(CW\*(C`\ebackmatter\*(C'\fR). In case of several pages matching, \fB\-pp\fR
-\&\fIfirstpage\fR\fB\-\fR\fIlastpage\fR will render \fIall\fR pages that
-matches the specified range, while \fB\-p\fR \fIfirstpage\fR \fB\-l\fR
-\&\fIlastpage\fR will render the pages from the \fIfirst\fR occurrence
-of \fIfirstpage\fR to the \fIfirst\fR occurrence of \fIlastpage\fR.
-This is the (undocumented) behaviour of dvips. In dvipng you can give
-both kinds of options, in which case you get all pages that matches the
-range in \fB\-pp\fR between the pages from \fB\-p\fR to \fB\-l\fR. Also
-multiple \fB\-pp\fR options accumulate, unlike \fB\-p\fR and \fB\-l\fR.
-The \fB\-\fR separator can also be \fB:\fR. Note that \fB\-pp \-1\fR
-will be interpreted as \*(L"all pages up to and including 1\*(R", if you want a
-page numbered \-1 (only the table of contents, say) put \fB\-pp \-1\-\-1\fR,
-or more readable, \fB\-pp \-1:\-1\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-q*\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-q*"
-Run quietly. Don't chatter about pages converted, etc. to standard
-output; report no warnings (only errors) to standard error.
-.IP "\fB\-Q\fR \fInum\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-Q num"
-Set the quality to \fInum\fR. That is, choose the number of antialiasing
-levels for bitmapped fonts (\s-1PK\s0) and fonts rendered using T1lib, to be
-\&\fInum\fR*\fInum\fR+1. The default value is 4 which gives 17 levels of
-antialiasing for antialiased fonts from these two. If FreeType is
-available, its rendering is unaffected by this option.
-.IP "\fB\-r*\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-r*"
-Toggle output of pages in reverse/forward order. By default, the first
-page in the \s-1DVI\s0 is output first.
-.IP "\fB\-\-strict*\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--strict*"
-The program exits when a warning occurs. Normally, dvipng will output
-an image in spite of a warning, but there may be something missing in
-this image. One reason to use this option would be if you have a more
-complete but slower fallback converter. See the \fB\-\-picky\fR option
-above for a list of when warnings occur.
-.IP "\fB\-T\fR \fIimage_size\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-T image_size"
-Set the image size to \fIimage_size\fR which can be either of
-\&\fBbbox\fR, \fBtight\fR, or a comma-separated pair of dimensions
-\&\fIhsize\fR,\fIvsize\fR such as \fB.1in,.3cm\fR. The default is
-\&\fBbbox\fR which produces a \s-1PNG\s0 that includes all ink put on the page
-and in addition the \s-1DVI\s0 origin, located 1in from the top and 1in from
-the left edge of the paper. This usually gives whitespace above and to
-the left in the produced image. The value \fBtight\fR will make dvipng
-only include all ink put on the page, producing neat images.
-.IP "\fB\-\-t1lib*\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--t1lib*"
-Enable T1lib font rendering (default on). This option is available if
-the T1lib font library was present at compilation time. If this is the
-case, dvipng will have direct support for PostScript Type1 fonts
-internally, rather than using \fBgsftopk\fR for rendering the fonts. If
-you have PostScript versions of Computer Modern installed, there will be
-no need to generate bitmapped variants on disk of these. Then, you can
-render images at different (and unusual) resolutions without cluttering
-the disk with lots of bitmapped fonts. Note that if you have both
-FreeType and T1lib on your system, FreeType will be preferred by dvipng,
-and if you for some reason rather want to use T1lib, give the option
-\&\fB\-\-freetype0\fR (see above).
-.IP "\fB\-\-truecolor*\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--truecolor*"
-This will make \fBdvipng\fR generate truecolor output. Note that
-truecolor output is automatic if you include an external image in your
-\&\s-1DVI\s0, e.g., via a PostScript special (i.e., the \fBgraphics\fR or
-\&\fBgraphicx\fR package). This switch is overridden by the
-\&\fB\-\-palette\fR switch.
-.IP "\fB\-v*\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-v*"
-Enable verbose operation. This will currently indicate what fonts is
-used, in addition to the usual output.
-.IP "\fB\-\-width*\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--width*"
-Report the width of the image. See also \fB\-\-height\fR and
-\&\fB\-\-depth\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-x\fR \fInum\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-x num"
-This option is deprecated; it should not be used. It is much better to
-select the output resolution directly with the \fB\-D\fR option. This
-option sets the magnification ratio to \fInum\fR/1000 and
-overrides the magnification specified in the \s-1DVI\s0 file. Must be between
-10 and 100000. It is recommended that you use standard magstep values
-(1095, 1200, 1440, 1728, 2074, 2488, 2986, and so on) to help reduce the
-total number of \s-1PK\s0 files generated. \fInum\fR may be a real number, not
-an integer, for increased precision.
-.IP "\fB\-z\fR \fInum\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-z num"
-Set the \s-1PNG\s0 compression level to \fInum\fR. This option is enabled if
-your \fBlibgd\fR is new enough. The default compression level is 1,
-which selects maximum speed at the price of slightly larger PNGs. For an
-older \fBlibgd\fR, the hard-soldered value 5 is used. The include file
-\&\fBpng.h\fR says
-\&\*(L"Currently, valid values range from 0 \- 9, corresponding directly to
-the zlib compression levels 0 \- 9 (0 \- no compression, 9 \- \*(R"maximal\*(L"
-compression). Note that tests have shown that zlib compression levels
-3\-6 usually perform as well as level 9 for \s-1PNG\s0 images, and do
-considerably fewer calculations. In the future, these values may not
-correspond directly to the zlib compression levels.\*(R"
-.SH "NOTES"
-.IX Header "NOTES"
-The full manual is accessible in info format, on most systems by typing
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& info dvipng
-.Ve
-.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
-This program is released under the \s-1GNU\s0 Lesser General Public License
-version 3, see the \s-1COPYING\s0 file in the dvipng distribution or
-<\fBhttp://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html\fR>.
-.PP
-Copyright (c) 2002\-2010 Jan-AAke Larsson
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvipng.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvipng.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 82b64f33ce5..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvipng.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvipos.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvipos.1
deleted file mode 100644
index b62172e3fae..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvipos.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,153 +0,0 @@
-.TH "DVIPOS" "1" "January 2007" "dvipos 20070107 (KPATHSEA)" "ConTeXt"
-.de URL
-\\$2 \(laURL: \\$1 \(ra\\$3
-..
-.if \n[.g] .mso www.tmac
-.de EX
-.in +3
-.nf
-.ft CW
-..
-.de EE
-.in -3
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-
-.SH NAME
-dvipos \- compute positions in a DVI file
-
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-\fBdvipos\fP [ \fIOPTION\fP... ] \fIinfile[.dvi]\fP
-
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-\fBdvipos\fP parses a DVI file looking for \fIpos:\fP specials. It
-currently recognizes \fIpos:pxy\fP, \fIpos:pxywhd\fP,
-\fIpos:pxyplus\fP, \fIpos:begbox\fP, \fIpos:endbox\fP,
-\fIpos:beglines\fP, and \fIpos:endlines\fP. It then outputs the
-information from those specials along with information that only a DVI
-postprocessor could determine, such as the current \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP
-location. The output looks like:
-.EX
-\\pospxywhd{text:54}{54}{10663sp}{8535sp}{21326sp}{34081sp}{0sp}
-.EE
-and is suitable for including in a
-.BR tex (1)
-or
-.BR pdftex (1)
-auxilliary file, such as \fIdocument.tuo\fP, to be read in by the next
-run of the
-.BR tex (1)
-or similar typesetting engine.
-
-.SH OPTIONS
-
-.TP
-\fB-h, --help\fR
-print usage.
-.TP
-\fB-W, --warning\fR
-print warnings.
-.TP
-\fB-v, --verbose\fR
-print verbose output.
-.TP
-\fB-d, --debug\fR
-print
-.BR dvitype (1)
-debugging data.
-.TP
-\fB-s, --smashchars\fR
-regard height and depth as zero.
-.TP
-\fB-o, --output=\fIFILE\fR
-send all output to FILE. Without this option, output goes to stdout.
-.TP
-\fB-b, --bbox[=\fP\fIFILE\fP]\fR
-send bounding box to FILE (default FILE is \fIinfile.pos\fP).
-.TP
-\fB-f, --framed[=\fP\fIBASE\fP]\fR
-request copy of DVI file, \fIBASE.dvi\fP, with bounding boxes
-\fBframed\fP (default FILE is \fIinfile_frames.dvi\fP). See the
-\fB--framesize\fP option.
-.TP
-\fB-m, --mag=\fIINT\fR
-override
-.BR tex (1)
-magnification by INT.
-.TP
-\fB-w, --framesize=\fIINT\fR
-set frame rule size by INT (default 6554 = .1pt).
-.TP
-\fB-p, --pages=\fIX:Y\fR
-set page ranges from X to Y.
-
-.SH USAGE
-.B dvipos
-is run mostly behind the scenes by ConTeXt's
-.BR texexec (1)
-between runs of
-.BR tex (1)
-or
-.BR pdftex (1),
-in order to provide information to and get information about
-positional graphics. These graphics are provided by the MetaFun
-interface to
-.BR mpost (1).
-\fBdvipos\fP is not used (or needed) in PDF-output mode but is
-needed for DVI-output mode.
-.BR pdftex (1)
-starting with version 1.40 can produce position information even in
-DVI mode, so once the ConTeXt macros take advantage of this feature,
-the need for \fBdvipos\fP will fade.
-
-Until then, here is a typical use of \fBdvipos\fP:
-.EX
-dvipos notes.dvi
-.EE
-The position information that is output is collected by
-.BR texexec (1)
-to include in the \fInotes.tuo\fP auxilliary file to use in the next
-run.
-
-
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.TP
-Extract positions from \fIdoc.dvi\fP, with output to \fIdoc.loc\fP:
-\f(CWdvipos -o doc.loc doc.dvi\fP
-.TP
-Same as above, but also send bbox information to \fIdoc.pos\fP:
-\f(CWdvipos -b -o doc.loc doc.dvi\fP
-.TP
-Instead send bbox information to \fI/tmp/debug.pos\fP:
-\f(CWdvipos -b=/tmp/debug.pos -o doc.loc doc.dvi\fP
-
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR dvips (1),
-.BR dvitype (1),
-.BR mpost (1),
-.BR pdftex (1),
-.BR tex (1),
-.BR texexec (1).
-
-For more about positional graphics, see the MetaFun documentation on
-the
-.URL "http://wiki.contextgarden.net/MetaFun" "ConTeXt wiki" .
-
-.SH BUGS
-If you specify a file for the \fB-b\fP option, you must join the
-option and name with \fB=\fP rather than (the more common) space:
-.EX
-dvipos -b=/tmp/debug.pos notes.dvi
-.EE
-works, but
-.EX
-dvipos -b /tmp/debug.pos notes.dvi
-.EE
-does not.
-
-.SH AUTHOR
-.B dvipos
-is written by Jin-Hwan Cho <chofchof@ktug.or.kr>. It is free
-software (GPLv2 or later). This manpage was written by Sanjoy
-Mahajan <sanjoy@mit.edu> and is in the public domain.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvipos.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvipos.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index b40fd3ab717..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvipos.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvips.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvips.1
deleted file mode 100644
index c8bd77995d4..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvips.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,531 +0,0 @@
-.TH DVIPS 1 "4 May 2010"
-.SH NAME
-dvips \- convert a TeX DVI file to PostScript
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B dvips
-.RI [ OPTIONS ]
-.IR file [\fB.dvi\fP]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-THIS MAN PAGE IS OBSOLETE!
-See the Texinfo documentation instead.
-You can read it either in Emacs or with the standalone
-.B info
-program which comes with the GNU texinfo distribution as
-ftp.gnu.org:pub/gnu/texinfo/texinfo*.tar.gz.
-.PP
-The program
-.B dvips
-takes a DVI file
-.IR file [\fB.dvi\fP]
-produced by TeX (or by some other processor such as GFtoDVI) and
-converts it to PostScript, sending the output to a file or directly to a
-printer. The DVI file may be specified without the
-.B .dvi
-extension. Fonts used may either be resident in the printer or defined
-as bitmaps in PK files, or a `virtual' combination of both. If the
-.B mktexpk
-program is installed,
-.B dvips
-will automatically invoke METAFONT to generate fonts that don't already
-exist.
-.PP
-For more information, see the Texinfo manual
-.IR dvips.texi ,
-which should be installed somewhere on your system, hopefully accessible
-through the standard Info tree.
-.SH OPTIONS
-.TP
-.B -a
-Conserve memory by making three passes over the .dvi file instead of two
-and only loading those characters actually used. Generally only useful
-on machines with a very limited amount of memory, like some PCs.
-.TP
-.B -A
-Print only odd pages (TeX pages, not sequence pages).
-.TP
-.B -b num
-Generate
-.I num
-copies of each page, but duplicating the page body rather than using the
-.I #numcopies
-option. This can be useful in conjunction with a header file setting
-.I \ebop-hook
-to do color separations or other neat tricks.
-.TP
-.B -B
-Print only even pages (TeX pages, not sequence pages).
-.TP
-.B -c num
-Generate
-.I num
-copies of every page. Default is 1. (For collated copies, see the
-.I -C
-option below.)
-.TP
-.B -C num
-Create
-.I num
-copies, but collated (by replicating the data in the PostScript file).
-Slower than the
-.I -c
-option, but easier on the hands, and faster than resubmitting the same
-PostScript file multiple times.
-.TP
-.B -d num
-Set the debug flags. This is intended only for emergencies or for
-unusual fact-finding expeditions; it will work only if
-.B dvips
-has been compiled with the DEBUG option. If nonzero, prints additional
-information on standard error. For maximum information, you can use
-`-1'. See the Dvips Texinfo manual for more details.
-.TP
-.B -D num
-Set the resolution in dpi (dots per inch) to
-.IR num .
-This affects the choice of bitmap fonts that are loaded and also the
-positioning of letters in resident PostScript fonts. Must be between 10
-and 10000. This affects both the horizontal and vertical resolution.
-If a high resolution (something greater than 400 dpi, say) is selected,
-the
-.I -Z
-flag should probably also be used.
-.TP
-.B -e num
-Make sure that each character is placed at most this many pixels from
-its `true' resolution-independent position on the page. The default
-value of this parameter is resolution dependent. Allowing individual
-characters to `drift' from their correctly rounded positions by a few
-pixels, while regaining the true position at the beginning of each new
-word, improves the spacing of letters in words.
-.TP
-.B -E
-makes
-.B dvips
-attempt to generate an EPSF file with a tight bounding box. This only
-works on one-page files, and it only looks at marks made by characters
-and rules, not by any included graphics. In addition, it gets the glyph
-metrics from the
-.I tfm
-file, so characters that lie outside their enclosing
-.I tfm
-box may confuse it. In addition, the bounding box might be a bit too
-loose if the character glyph has significant left or right side
-bearings. Nonetheless, this option works well for creating small EPSF
-files for equations or tables or the like. (Note, of course, that
-.B dvips
-output is resolution dependent and thus does not make very good EPSF
-files, especially if the images are to be scaled; use these EPSF files
-with a great deal of care.)
-.TP
-.B -f
-Run as a filter. Read the
-.I .dvi
-file from standard input and write the PostScript to standard output.
-The standard input must be seekable, so it cannot be a pipe. If you
-must use a pipe, write a shell script that copies the pipe output to a
-temporary file and then points
-.B dvips
-at this file. This option also disables the automatic reading of the
-.I PRINTER
-environment variable, and turns off the automatic sending of control D
-if it was turned on with the
-.I -F
-option or in the configuration file; use
-.I -F
-after this option if you want both.
-.TP
-.B -F
-Causes Control-D (ASCII code 4) to be appended as the very last
-character of the PostScript file. This is useful when
-.B dvips
-is driving the printer directly instead of working through a spooler,
-as is common on extremely small systems. NOTE! DO NOT USE THIS OPTION!
-.TP
-.B -G
-Causes
-.B dvips
-to shift non-printing characters to higher-numbered positions.
-This may be useful sometimes.
-.TP
-.B -h name
-Prepend file
-.I name
-as an additional header file. (However, if the name is simply `-'
-suppress all header files from the output.) This header file gets added
-to the PostScript
-.IR userdict .
-.TP
-.B -i
-Make each section be a separate file. Under certain circumstances,
-.B dvips
-will split the document up into `sections' to be processed
-independently; this is most often done for memory reasons. Using this
-option tells
-.B dvips
-to place each section into a separate file; the new file names are
-created replacing the suffix of the supplied output file name by a
-three-digit sequence number. This option is most often used in
-conjunction with the
-.I -S
-option which sets the maximum section length in pages. For instance,
-some phototypesetters cannot print more than ten or so consecutive pages
-before running out of steam; these options can be used to automatically
-split a book into ten-page sections, each to its own file.
-.TP
-.B -j
-Download only needed characters from Type 1 fonts. This is the
-default in the current release. Some debugging flags trace this operation.
-You can also control partial downloading on a per-font basis, via the
-.B psfonts.map
-file.
-.TP
-.B -k
-Print crop marks. This option increases the paper size (which should be
-specified, either with a paper size special or with the
-.I -T
-option) by a half inch in each dimension. It translates each page by a
-quarter inch and draws cross-style crop marks. It is mostly useful with
-typesetters that can set the page size automatically.
-.TP
-.B -K
-This option causes comments in included PostScript graphics, font files,
-and headers to be removed. This is sometimes necessary to get around
-bugs in spoolers or PostScript post-processing programs. Specifically,
-the %%Page comments, when left in, often cause difficulties. Use of
-this flag can cause some included graphics to fail, since the PostScript
-header macros from some software packages read portions of the input
-stream line by line, searching for a particular comment. This option
-has been turned off by default because PostScript previewers and
-spoolers have been getting better.
-.TP
-.B -l num
-The last page printed will be the first one numbered
-.I num
-Default is the last page in the document. If the
-.I num
-is prefixed by an equals sign, then it (and any argument to the
-.I -p
-option) is treated as a sequence number, rather than a value to compare
-with
-.I \ecount0
-values. Thus, using
-.I -l =9
-will end with the ninth page of the document, no matter what the pages
-are actually numbered.
-.TP
-.B -m
-Specify manual feed for printer.
-.TP
-.B -mode mode
-Use
-.I mode
-as the Metafont device name for path searching and font
-generation. This overrides any value from configuration files. With
-the default paths, explicitly specifying the mode also makes the program
-assume the fonts are in a subdirectory named
-.IR mode .
-.TP
-.B -M
-Turns off the automatic font generation facility. If any fonts are
-missing, commands to generate the fonts are appended to the file
-.I missfont.log
-in the current directory; this file can then be executed and deleted to
-create the missing fonts.
-.TP
-.B -n num
-At most
-.I num
-pages will be printed. Default is 100000.
-.TP
-.B -N
-Turns off structured comments; this might be necessary on some systems
-that try to interpret PostScript comments in weird ways, or on some
-PostScript printers. Old versions of TranScript in particular cannot
-handle modern Encapsulated PostScript.
-.TP
-.BR -noomega
-This will disable the use of Omega extensions when interpreting DVI
-files. By default, the additional opcodes
-.I 129
-and
-.I 134
-are recognized by dvips as Omega or pTeX extensions and interpreted as
-requests to set 2-byte characters.
-.TP
-.BR -noptex
-This will disable the use of pTeX extensions when interpreting DVI files.
-By default, the additional opcodes
-.I 130
-and
-.I 135
-are recognized by dvips as pTeX extensions and interpreted as requests to
-set 3-byte characters, and
-.I 255
-as request to change the typesetting direction.
-.sp
-The only drawback is that the virtual font array will (at least temporarily)
-require 65536 or more positions instead of the default 256 positions, i.e.,
-the memory requirements of dvips will be somewhat larger. If you find this
-unacceptable or encounter another problem with the Omega or pTeX extensions,
-you can switch off the pTeX extension by using
-.BR -noptex ,
-or both by using
-.B -noomega
-(but please do send a bug report if you find such problems - see the bug
-address in the
-.B AUTHORS
-section below).
-.TP
-.B -o name
-The output will be sent to file
-.I name
-If no file name is given (i.e., -o is last on the command line), the
-default name is
-.I file.ps
-where the .dvi file was called
-.IR file.dvi ;
-if this option isn't given, any default in the configuration file is
-used. If the first character of the supplied output file name is an
-exclamation mark, then the remainder will be used as an argument to
-.IR popen ;
-thus, specifying
-.I !lpr
-as the output file will automatically queue the file for printing.
-This option also disables the automatic reading of the
-.I PRINTER
-environment variable, and turns off the automatic sending of control D
-if it was turned on with the
-.I -F
-option or in the configuration file; use
-.I -F
-after this option if you want both.
-.TP
-.B -O offset
-Move the origin by a certain amount. The
-.I offset
-is a comma-separated pair of dimensions, such as
-.I .1in,-.3cm
-(in the same syntax used in the
-.I papersize
-special). The origin of the page is shifted from the
-default position (of one inch down, one inch to the right from the upper
-left corner of the paper) by this amount.
-.TP
-.B -p num
-The first page printed will be the first one numbered
-.IR num .
-Default is the first page in the document. If the
-.I num
-is prefixed by an equals sign, then it (and any argument to the
-.I -l
-option) is treated as a sequence number, rather than a value to compare
-with
-.I \ecount0
-values. Thus, using
-.I -p =3
-will start with the third page of the document, no matter what the pages
-are actually numbered.
-.TP
-.B -pp pagelist
-A comma-separated list of pages and ranges (a-b) may be given, which
-will be interpreted as
-.I \ecount0
-values. Pages not specified will not be printed. Multiple
-.B -pp
-options may be specified or all pages and page ranges can be
-specified with one
-.B -pp
-option.
-.TP
-.B -P printername
-Sets up the output for the appropriate printer. This is implemented by
-reading in
-.I config.printername
-, which can then set the output pipe (as in,
-.I !lpr -Pprintername
-as well as the font paths and any other
-.I config.ps
-defaults for that printer only. Note that
-.I config.ps
-is read before
-.I config.printername
-In addition, another file called
-.I ~/.dvipsrc
-is searched for immediately after
-.IR config.ps ;
-this file is intended for user defaults. If no
-.I -P
-command is given, the environment variable
-.I PRINTER
-is checked. If that variable exists, and a corresponding configuration
-file exists, that configuration file is read in.
-.TP
-.B -q
-Run in quiet mode. Don't chatter about pages converted, etc.; report
-nothing but errors to standard error.
-.TP
-.B -r
-Stack pages in reverse order. Normally, page 1 will be printed first.
-.TP
-.B -R[0|1|2]
-Run securely.
-.BR -R2
-disables both shell command execution in
-.I \especial'{}
-(via backticks
-.BR `
-) and config files (via the
-.I E
-option), and opening of any absolute filenames.
-.BR -R1
-, the default, forbids shell escapes but allows absolute filenames.
-.BR -R0
-allows both. The config file option is
-.I z
-.TP
-.B -s
-Causes the entire global output to be enclosed in a save/restore pair.
-This causes the file to not be truly conformant, and is thus not
-recommended, but is useful if you are driving the printer directly and
-don't care too much about the portability of the output.
-.TP
-.B -S num
-Set the maximum number of pages in each `section'. This option is most
-commonly used with the
-.I -i
-option; see that documentation above for more information.
-.TP
-.B -t papertype
-This sets the paper type to
-.IR papertype .
-The
-.I papertype
-should be defined in one of the configuration files, along with the
-appropriate code to select it. (Currently known types include
-.BR letter ,
-.BR legal ,
-.BR ledger ,
-.BR a4 ,
-.BR a3 ).
-You can also specify
-.BR -t " " landscape ,
-which rotates a document by 90 degrees. To rotate a document whose size
-is not letter, you can use the
-.I -t
-option twice, once for the page size, and once for landscape.
-You should not use any
-.I -t
-option when the DVI file already contains a
-.I papersize
-special, as is done by some LaTeX packages, notably hyperref.sty.
-
-The upper left corner of each page in the
-.I .dvi
-file is placed one inch from the left and one inch from the top. Use of
-this option is highly dependent on the configuration file. Note that
-executing the
-.B letter
-or
-.B a4
-or other PostScript operators cause the document to be nonconforming and
-can cause it not to print on certain printers, so the paper size should
-not execute such an operator if at all possible.
-.TP
-.B -T papersize
-Set the paper size to the given pair of dimensions. This option takes
-its arguments in the same style as
-.IR -O .
-It overrides any paper size special in the dvi file.
-.TP
-.B -u psmapfile
-Set
-.I psmapfile
-to be the file that dvips uses for looking up PostScript font aliases. If
-.I psmapfile
-begins with a
-.B +
-character, then the rest of the name is used as the name of the map file,
-and the map file is appended to the list of map files (instead of replacing
-the list). In either case, if
-.I psmapfile
-has no extension, then
-.B .map
-is added at the end.
-.TP
-.B -U
-Disable a PostScript virtual memory saving optimization that stores the
-character metric information in the same string that is used to store
-the bitmap information. This is only necessary when driving the Xerox
-4045 PostScript interpreter. It is caused by a bug in that interpreter
-that results in `garbage' on the bottom of each character. Not
-recommended unless you must drive this printer.
-.TP
-.B -v
-Print the
-.B dvips
-version number and exit.
-.TP
-.B -V
-Download non-resident PostScript fonts as bitmaps. This requires use of
-`gsftopk' or `pstopk' or some other such program(s) in order to generate
-the required bitmap fonts; these programs are supplied with
-.BR dvips .
-.TP
-.B -x num
-Set the
-magnification ratio to
-.IR num /1000.
-Overrides the magnification specified in the .dvi file. Must be
-between 10 and 100000. Instead of an integer,
-.I num
-may be a real number for increased precision.
-.TP
-.B -X num
-Set the horizontal resolution in dots per inch to
-.IR num .
-.TP
-.B -y num
-Set the
-magnification ratio to
-.IR num /1000
-times the magnification specified in the .dvi file.
-See
-.B -x
-above.
-.TP
-.B -Y num
-Set the vertical resolution in dots per inch to
-.IR num .
-.TP
-.B -z
-Pass
-.B html
-hyperdvi specials through to the output for eventual
-distillation into PDF. This is not enabled by default to avoid
-including the header files unnecessarily, and use of temporary files in
-creating the output.
-.TP
-.B -Z
-Causes bitmapped fonts to be compressed before they are downloaded,
-thereby reducing the size of the PostScript font-downloading
-information. Especially useful at high resolutions or when very large
-fonts are used. Will slow down printing somewhat, especially on early
-68000-based PostScript printers.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-mf(1), afm2tfm(1), tex(1), latex(1), lpr(1),
-.IR dvips.texi ,
-http://tug.org/dvips.
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-Dvipsk uses the same environment variables and algorithms for finding
-font files as TeX and its friends do. See the documentation for the
-Kpathsea library for details. (Repeating it here is too cumbersome.)
-.PP
-KPATHSEA_DEBUG: Trace Kpathsea lookups; set to -1 for complete tracing.
-.PP
-PRINTER: see above.
-.SH NOTES
-PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Tomas Rokicki <rokicki@cs.stanford.edu>; extended to virtual fonts
-by Don Knuth. Path searching and configuration modifications by
-Karl Berry.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvips.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvips.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index ae1c25f7e8c..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvips.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvired.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvired.1
deleted file mode 100644
index f76e58087a3..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvired.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-.TH dvired 1 "09/94" "teTeX" "teTeX"
-.SH NAME
-dvired \- print dvi-files
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B dvired
-[
-.B options
-]
-.B file
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I dvired
-behaves like
-.IR dvips ,
-except for the fact that two logical pages are put onto each physical
-sheet of paper.
-
-For
-.IR options ,
-see
-.IR dvips (1).
-This program only interprets the following options:
-
-.I \-o file
-\- redirect output into
-.I file.
-
-.I \-P printer
-\- direct output to
-.I printer.
-
-.I \-f
-\- direct output to stdout.
-
-Any other option is passed directly to
-.IR dvips .
-
-.SH EXAMPLES
-It is assumed that the PRINTER-variable is set.
-
-.B dvired \-Plw foo
-\- send output to printer
-.IR lw .
-.br
-.B dvired \-o foo.ps foo
-\- send output to file
-.IR foo.ps .
-.br
-.B dvired \-pp4-7 foo
-\- send 4 pages (reduced onto 2 sheets) of
-.I foo
-to the printer.
-.br
-.B dvired foo \-f | ghostview \-
-\- preview output with ghostview.
-
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR dvips (1)
-.SH BUGS
-.I dvired
-is fixed on A4 paper size. If you want to use it with other paper, you have
-to change the settings within the source.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Thomas Esser <te@dbs.uni-hannover.de>
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvired.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvired.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 3b80e9055fa..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvired.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dviselect.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dviselect.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 735cacd0ba7..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dviselect.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,131 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 1987-2012 UMD-CS, released under the X11 license;
-.\" see README and source files.
-.TH DVISELECT 1
-.SH NAME
-dviselect \- extract pages from DVI files
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B dviselect
-[
-.B \-s
-] [
-.B \-i
-.I infile
-] [
-.B \-o
-.I outfile
-]
-.I "list of pages"
-[
-.I infile
-[
-.I outfile
-] ]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Dviselect
-selects pages from a DVI file produced by TeX,
-creating a new DVI file
-usable by any of the TeX conversion programs,
-or even by
-.I dviselect
-itself.
-.PP
-A
-.I range
-is a string of the form
-.IR even ,
-.IR odd ,
-or
-.I first:last
-where both
-.I first
-and
-.I last
-are optional numeric strings, with negative numbers indicated by
-a leading underscore character ``_''. If both
-.I first
-and
-.I last
-are omitted, the colon may also be omitted, or may be replaced
-with an asterisk ``*''. A
-.I page range
-is a list of ranges separated by periods. A
-.I "list of pages"
-is described by a set of page ranges separated by commas and/or white space.
-.PP
-.I Dviselect
-actually looks at the ten
-.I count
-variables that TeX writes; the first of these (\ecount0) is the
-page number, with \ecount1 through \ecount9 having varied uses
-depending on which macro packages are in use. (Typically \ecount1
-might be a chapter or section number.) A page is included in
-.IR dviselect 's
-output if all its \ecount values match any one of the ranges
-listed on the command line. For example, the command
-``dviselect *.1,35:''
-might select everything in chapter 1, as well as pages 35 and up.
-``dviselect 10:30'' would select pages 10 through 30 (inclusive).
-``:43'' means everything up to and including page 43 (including
-negative-numbered pages).
-To get all even-numbered pages, use ``even'';
-to get all odd-numbered pages, use ``odd''.
-If a Table of Contents has negative page numbers, ``:_1'' will select it.
-Note that ``*'' must be quoted from the shell;
-the empty string is more convenient to use, if harder to read.
-.PP
-Instead of \ecount values,
-.I dviselect
-can also select by ``absolute page number'', where the first page
-is page 1, the second page 2, and so forth. Absolute page numbers
-are indicated by a leading equal sign ``=''. Ranges of absolute
-pages are also allowed: ``dviselect =3:7'' will extract the third
-through seventh pages. Dot separators are not legal in absolute
-ranges, and there are no negative absolute page numbers.
-Even/odd specifiers, however, are legal;
-``dviselect =even'' selects every other page,
-starting with the second.
-.PP
-More precisely, an asterisk or an empty string implies no limit;
-an equal sign means absolute page number rather than \ecounts;
-a leading colon means everything up to and including the given page; a
-trailing colon means everything from the given page on;
-the word ``even'' means only even values shall be accepted;
-the word ``odd'' means only odd values shall be accepted; and
-a period indicates that the next \ecount should be examined.
-If fewer than 10 ranges are specified, the remaining \ecounts
-are left unrestricted (that is, ``1:5'' and ``1:5.*'' are equivalent).
-A single number \fIn\fP is treated as if it were the range \fIn:n\fP.
-An arbitrary number of page selectors may be given, separated by commas
-or whitespace; a page is selected if any of the selectors matches
-its \ecounts or absolute page number.
-.PP
-Dviselect normally prints the page numbers of the pages selected; the
-.I \-s
-option suppresses this.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Chris Torek, University of Maryland
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-dviconcat(1), latex(1), tex(1)
-.br
-.I "MC-TeX User's Guide"
-.br
-.I "The TeXbook"
-.SH BUGS
-A leading ``-'' ought to be allowed for negative numbers, but it
-is currently used as a synonym for ``:'', for backwards compatibility.
-.PP
-Section or subsection selection will sometimes fail, for the DVI
-file lists only the \ecount values that were active when the page
-ended. Clever macro packages can alleviate this by making use of
-other ``free'' \ecount registers. Chapters normally begin on new
-pages, and do not suffer from this particular problem.
-.PP
-The heuristic that decides which arguments are page selectors
-and which are file names is often wrong.
-Using shell redirection or the \-i and \-o options is safest.
-.PP
-.I Dviselect
-does not adjust the parameters in the postamble; however, since these
-values are normally used only to size certain structures in the output
-conversion programs, and the parameters never need to be adjusted upward,
-this has not proven to be a problem.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dviselect.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dviselect.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 95e56039095..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dviselect.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvisvgm.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvisvgm.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 0be9c2352ea..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvisvgm.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,961 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Title: dvisvgm
-.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
-.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.76.1 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
-.\" Date: 03/09/2012
-.\" Manual: dvisvgm Manual
-.\" Source: dvisvgm 1.0.11
-.\" Language: English
-.\"
-.TH "DVISVGM" "1" "03/09/2012" "dvisvgm 1\&.0\&.11" "dvisvgm Manual"
-.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
-.\" * Define some portability stuff
-.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
-.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673
-.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html
-.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
-.\" * set default formatting
-.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
-.\" disable hyphenation
-.nh
-.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only)
-.ad l
-.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
-.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
-.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
-.SH "NAME"
-dvisvgm \- converts DVI files to the XML\-based SVG format
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.sp
-\fBdvisvgm\fR [ \fIoptions\fR ] \fIfile\fR [\&.dvi]
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.sp
-The command\-line utility \fBdvisvgm\fR converts DVI files, as generated by TeX/LaTeX, to the XML\-based scalable vector graphics format SVG\&. Since the current SVG standard 1\&.1 doesn\(cqt specify multi\-page graphics, dvisvgm creates separate SVG files for each DVI page\&. Because of compatibility reasons, only the first page is converted by default\&. In order to select a different page or arbitrary page sequences, use option \fB\-p\fR which is described below\&.
-.sp
-dvisvgm should properly convert all pages that are made up of fonts and rules only\&. However, the utility also supports a couple of DVI extensions defined in terms of \fIDVI specials\fR\&. For a more detailed overview, see section \fBsupport of specials\fR below\&.
-.sp
-As SVG is a vector based graphics format, dvisvgm tries to convert the glyph outlines of all used fonts into scalable path descriptions\&. The fastest way to do that is to extract the path information from PFB (PostScript Type 1) files\&. So, if dvisvgm is able to find a PFB file for a required font, it will read the necessary information from this file\&.
-.sp
-TeX\(cqs main source for font descriptions is Metafont though, which produces bitmap output\&. That\(cqs why not all obtainable TeX fonts are available in PFB format\&. In these cases, dvisvgm tries to vectorize Metafont\(cqs output (GF fonts) by tracing the glyph bitmaps\&. The results are not as perfect as most (manually optimized) PFB outlines but are nonetheless really nice in most cases\&.
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.PP
-\fB\-a, \-\-trace\-all\fR=[\fIretrace\fR]
-.RS 4
-This option forces dvisvgm to trace not only the actually needed glyphs but all glyphs of all bitmap fonts used in the DVI file\&. Since the tracing results are stored in the font cache, all following DVI conversions (without option
-\fB\-\-trace\-all\fR) where these fonts are involved, will be much faster\&. By default, dvisvgm traces only the actually needed glyphs, and adds them to the cache\&. The boolean option
-\fIretrace\fR
-determines how to handle glyphs already stored in the cache\&. By default, these glyphs are skipped\&. Setting argument
-\fIretrace\fR
-to
-\fIyes\fR
-or
-\fItrue\fR
-forces dvisvgm to trace the corresponding bitmaps again\&.
-.if n \{\
-.sp
-.\}
-.RS 4
-.it 1 an-trap
-.nr an-no-space-flag 1
-.nr an-break-flag 1
-.br
-.ps +1
-\fBNote\fR
-.ps -1
-.br
-This option only takes affect if font caching is active\&. Thus,
-\fB\-\-trace\-all\fR
-cannot be combined with option
-\fB\-\-cache=none\fR\&.
-.sp .5v
-.RE
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-b, \-\-bbox\fR=\fIfmt\fR
-.RS 4
-Sets the bounding box of the generated graphic to the specified format\&. The parameter
-\fIfmt\fR
-takes either one of the format specifiers listed below, or a sequence of four comma\- or whitespace\-separated length values
-\fIx1\fR,
-\fIy1\fR,
-\fIx2\fR
-and
-\fIy2\fR\&. The latter define two diagonal corners of the bounding box\&. Each length value consists of a floating point number and an optional length unit (pt, bp, cm, mm, in, or pc)\&. If the unit is omitted, TeX points (pt) are assumed\&.
-.sp
-It\(cqs also possible to give only one length value
-\fIl\fR\&. In this case, the minimal bounding box is computed and enlarged by adding (\-\fIl\fR,\-\fIl\fR) to the upper left and (\fIl\fR,\fIl\fR) to the lower right corner\&.
-.sp
-Alternatively, the following format specifiers are supported:
-.PP
-\fBInternational DIN/ISO paper sizes\fR
-.RS 4
-A\fIn\fR, B\fIn\fR, C\fIn\fR, D\fIn\fR, where
-\fIn\fR
-is a non\-negative integer, e\&.g\&. A4 or a4 for DIN/ISO A4 format (210mm \(mu 297mm)\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fBNorth American paper sizes\fR
-.RS 4
-invoice, executive, legal, letter, ledger
-.RE
-.PP
-\fBSpecial bounding box sizes\fR
-.RS 4
-.TS
-tab(:);
-lt lt
-lt lt
-lt lt.
-T{
-\fBdvi\fR
-T}:T{
-page size stored in the DVI file
-T}
-T{
-\fBmin\fR
-T}:T{
-computes the minimal/tightest bounding box
-T}
-T{
-\fBnone\fR
-T}:T{
-no bounding box is assigned
-T}
-.TE
-.sp 1
-.RE
-.RE
-.PP
-\fBPage orientation\fR
-.RS 4
-The default page orientation for DIN/ISO and American paper sizes is
-\fIportrait\fR, i\&.e\&.
-\fIwidth\fR
-<
-\fIheight\fR\&. Appending
-\fB\-landscape\fR
-or simply
-\fB\-l\fR
-to the format string switches to
-\fIlandscape\fR
-mode (\fIwidth\fR
->
-\fIheight\fR)\&. For symmetry reasons you can also explicitly add
-\fB\-portrait\fR
-or
-\fB\-p\fR
-to indicate the default portrait format\&. Note that these suffixes are part of the size string and not separate options\&. Thus, they must directly follow the size specifier without additional blanks\&. Furthermore, the orientation suffixes can\(cqt be used with
-\fBdvi\fR,
-\fBmin\fR, and
-\fBnone\fR\&.
-.if n \{\
-.sp
-.\}
-.RS 4
-.it 1 an-trap
-.nr an-no-space-flag 1
-.nr an-break-flag 1
-.br
-.ps +1
-\fBNote\fR
-.ps -1
-.br
-Option
-\fB\-b, \-\-bbox\fR
-only affects the bounding box and does not transform the page content\&. Hence, if you choose a landscape format, the page won\(cqt be rotated\&.
-.sp .5v
-.RE
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-c, \-\-scale\fR=\fIsx\fR[,\fIsy\fR]
-.RS 4
-Scales the page content horizontally by
-\fIsx\fR
-and vertically by
-\fIsy\fR\&. This option is equivalent to
-\fB\-TS\fR\fIsx\fR,\fIsy\fR\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-C, \-\-cache\fR[=\fIdir\fR]
-.RS 4
-To speed up the conversion process of bitmap fonts, dvisvgm saves intermediate conversion information in cache files\&. By default, these files are stored in $HOME/\&.dvisvgm/cache\&. If you prefer a different location, use option
-\fB\-\-cache\fR
-to overwrite the default\&. Furthermore, it is also possible to disable the font caching mechanism completely with option
-\fB\-\-cache=none\fR\&. If argument
-\fIdir\fR
-is omitted, dvisvgm prints the path of the default cache directory and some information about the stored fonts\&. Additionally, outdated and corrupted cache files are removed\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-\-color\fR
-.RS 4
-Enables colorization of messages printed during the conversion process\&. The colors can be customized via the environment variable
-DVISVGM_COLORS\&. See the ENVIRONMENT section below for further information\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-e, \-\-exact\fR
-.RS 4
-If this option is given, dvisvgm computes the precise bounding box of each character\&. By default, the values stored in a font\(cqs TFM file are used to determine a glyph\(cqs extent\&. As these values are intended to realize optimal character placements and are not designed to represent the exact dimensions, they don\(cqt necessarily correspond with the bounds of the visual glyphs\&. Thus, width and/or height of some glyphs may be larger than the respective TFM values\&. As a result, this can lead to clipped characters at the bounds of the SVG graphic\&. With option
-\fB\-\-exact\fR, dvisvgm analyzes the actual shape of each character and derives a usually tight bounding box\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-h, \-\-help\fR
-.RS 4
-Prints a short summary of all available command\-line options\&. This is also the default action if dvisvgm is called without parameters\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-\-libgs=filename\fR
-.RS 4
-This option is only available if the Ghostscript library is not directly linked to dvisvgm and if PostScript support was not completely disabled during compilation\&. In this case, dvisvgm tries to load the shared GS library dynamically during runtime\&. By default, it expects the library\(cqs name to be libgs\&.so (on Unix\-like systems) or gsdll32\&.dll (Windows)\&. Option
-\fB\-\-libgs\fR
-can be used to give a different name\&. Alternatively, it\(cqs also possible to set the GS library name by the environment variable
-LIBGS\&. The latter has less precedence than the command\-line option\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-l, \-\-list\-specials\fR
-.RS 4
-Prints a list of registered special handlers and exits\&. Each handler processes a set of special statements belonging to the same category\&. In most cases, the categories are identified by the prefix of the special statements\&. It\(cqs usually a leading word separated from the rest of the statement by a colon or a blank, e\&.g\&.
-\fIcolor\fR
-or
-\fIps\fR\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-\-keep\fR
-.RS 4
-Disables the removal of temporary files as created by Metafont (usually \&.gf, \&.tfm, and \&.log files)\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-m, \-\-map\-file\fR=\fIfile\fR
-.RS 4
-Sets the map file used to look up font names and encodings\&. dvisvgm does not provide its own map file but tries to read available ones coming with dvips or dvipdfm\&. If option
-\fB\-m\fR
-is not given, dvisvgm looks for
-ps2pk\&.map,
-dvipdfm\&.map, and
-psfonts\&.map
-(in this order)\&. Without further options, the file specified by option
-\fB\-m\fR
-will be used instead of the default maps\&. If you want dvisgvm to load the given file additionally to the default maps, add a leading
-\fI+\fR
-to the file/path, e\&.g\&.
-\-\-map\-file=+myfonts\&.map\&. For further information about the map file formats, see the manuals of dvips and dvipdfm\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-M, \-\-mag\fR=\fIfactor\fR
-.RS 4
-Sets the maginfication factor applied in conjunction with Metafont calls prior tracing the glyphs\&. The larger this value, the better the tracing results\&. Nevertheless, large magnification values can cause Metafont arithmetic errors due to number overflows\&. So, use this option with care\&. The default setting usually produces nice results\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-n, \-\-no\-fonts\fR[=\fIvariant\fR]
-.RS 4
-If this option is given, dvisvgm doesn\(cqt create SVG
-\fIfont\fR
-elements but uses
-\fIpaths\fR
-instead\&. The resulting SVG files tends to be larger but concurrently more compatible with most applications that don\(cqt support SVG fonts yet\&. The optional argument
-\fIvariant\fR
-selects the method how to substitute fonts by paths\&. Variant 0 creates
-\fIpath\fR
-and
-\fIuse\fR
-elements\&. Variant 1 creates
-\fIpath\fR
-elements only\&. Option
-\fB\-\-no\-fonts\fR
-implies
-\fB\-\-no\-styles\fR\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-S, \-\-no\-specials\fR[=\fInames\fR]
-.RS 4
-Disable processing of special commands embedded in the DVI file\&. If no further parameter is given, all specials are ignored\&. To selectively disable sets of specials, an optional comma\-separated list of names can be appended to this option\&. A
-\fIname\fR
-is the unique identifier referencing the intended special handler\&. Option
-\fB\-\-list\-specials\fR
-lists all currently available handlers and their names\&. All unsupported special statements are silently ignored\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-\-no\-styles\fR
-.RS 4
-By default, dvisvgm creates CSS styles and class attributes to reference fonts because it\(cqs more compact than repeatedly set the complete font information in each text element\&. However, if you prefer direct font references, the default behavior can be disabled with option
-\fB\-\-no\-styles\fR\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-\-no\-mktexmf\fR
-.RS 4
-Suppresses the generation of missing font files\&. If dvisvgm can\(cqt find a font file through the kpathsea lookup mechanism, it calls the external tools mktextfm or mktexmf by\&. This option disables these calls\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-o, \-\-output\fR=\fIpattern\fR
-.RS 4
-Sets the name pattern of the output file\&. Parameter
-\fIpattern\fR
-is a string that may contain the variables
-\fB%f\fR
-and
-\fB%p\fR\&.
-\fB%f\fR
-stands for the base name of the DVI file, i\&.e\&. the DVI filename without suffix, and
-\fB%p\fR
-is the current page number\&. The default pattern is
-\fB%f\-%p\&.svg\fR
-if the DVI file consists of more than one page, and
-\fB%f\&.svg\fR
-otherwise\&. That means, a DVI file
-\fIfoo\&.dvi\fR
-is converted to
-\fIfoo\&.svg\fR
-if
-\fIfoo\&.dvi\fR
-is a single\-page document\&. Otherwise, multiple SVG files
-\fIfoo\-01\&.svg\fR,
-\fIfoo\-02\&.svg\fR, etc\&. are produced\&. In Windows environments, the percent sign indicates dereferenced environment variables, and must therefore be protected by a second percent sign, e\&.g\&.
-\fB\-\-output=%%f\-%%p\fR\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-p, \-\-page\fR=\fIranges\fR
-.RS 4
-This option sets the pages to be processed\&. Parameter
-\fIranges\fR
-consists of a comma\-separated list of single page numbers and/or page ranges\&. A page range is a pair of numbers separated by a hyphen, e\&.g\&. 5\-12\&. Thus, a page sequence might look like this: 2\-4,6,9\-12,15\&. It doesn\(cqt matter if a page is given more than once or if page ranges overlap\&. dvisvgm always extracts the page numbers in ascending order and converts them only once\&. In order to stay compatible with previous versions, the default page sequence is 1\&. dvisvgm therefore converts only the first page and not the whole document in case option
-\fB\-\-page\fR
-is omitted\&. Usually, page ranges consist of two numbers denoting the first and last page to be converted\&. If the conversion is to be started at page 1, or if it should continue up to the last DVI page, the first or second range number can be omitted, respectively\&. Example:
-\fB\-\-page=\-10\fR
-converts all pages up to page 10,
-\fB\-\-page=10\-\fR
-converts all pages starting with page 10\&. Please consider that the page values don\(cqt refer to the page numbers printed on the page\&. Instead, the physical page count is expected, where the first page always gets number 1\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-P, \-\-progress\fR[=\fIdelay\fR]
-.RS 4
-Enables a simple progress indicator shown when time\-consuming operations like PostScript specials are processed\&. The indicator doesn\(cqt appear before the given delay (in seconds) has elapsed\&. The default delay value is 0\&.5 seconds\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-r, \-\-rotate\fR=\fIangle\fR
-.RS 4
-Rotates the page content clockwise by
-\fIangle\fR
-degrees around the page center\&. This option is equivalent to
-\fB\-TR\fR\fIangle\fR\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-s, \-\-stdout\fR
-.RS 4
-Don\(cqt write the SVG output to a file but redirect it to
-\fBstdout\fR\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-t, \-\-translate\fR=\fItx\fR[,\fIty\fR]
-.RS 4
-Translates (moves) the page content in direction of vector (\fItx\fR,\fIty\fR)\&. This option is equivalent to
-\fB\-TT\fR\fItx\fR,\fIty\fR\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-T, \-\-transform\fR=\fIcommands\fR
-.RS 4
-Applies a sequence of transformations to the SVG content\&. Each transformation is described by a
-\fIcommand\fR
-beginning with a capital letter followed by a list of comma\-separated parameters\&. Following transformation commands are supported:
-.PP
-\fBT\fR \fItx\fR[,\fIty\fR]
-.RS 4
-Translates (moves) the page in direction of vector (\fItx\fR,\fIty\fR)\&. If
-\fIty\fR
-is omitted,
-\fIty\fR=0 is assumed\&. The expected unit length of
-\fItx\fR
-and
-\fIty\fR
-are TeX points (1pt = 1/72\&.27in)\&. However, there are several constants defined to simplify the unit conversion (see below)\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fBS\fR \fIsx\fR[,\fIsy\fR]
-.RS 4
-Scales the page horizontally by
-\fIsx\fR
-and vertically by
-\fIsy\fR\&. If
-\fIsy\fR
-is omitted,
-\fIsy\fR=\fIsx\fR
-is assumed\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fBR\fR \fIangle\fR[,\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR]
-.RS 4
-Rotates the page clockwise by
-\fIangle\fR
-degrees around point (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR)\&. If the optional arguments
-\fIx\fR
-and
-\fIy\fR
-are omitted, the page will be rotated around its center depending on the chosen page format\&. When option
-\fB\-bnone\fR
-is given, the rotation center is origin (0,0)\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fBKX\fR \fIangle\fR
-.RS 4
-Skews the page along the
-\fIx\fR\-axis by
-\fIangle\fR
-degrees\&. Argument
-\fIangle\fR
-can take any value except 90+180\fIk\fR, where
-\fIk\fR
-is an integer\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fBKY\fR \fIangle\fR
-.RS 4
-Skews the page along the
-\fIy\fR\-axis by
-\fIangle\fR
-degrees\&. Argument
-\fIangle\fR
-can take any value except 90+180\fIk\fR, where
-\fIk\fR
-is an integer\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fBFH\fR [\fIy\fR]
-.RS 4
-Mirrors (flips) the page at the horizontal line through point (0,\fIy\fR)\&. Omitting the optional argument leads to
-\fIy\fR=\fIh\fR/2, where
-\fIh\fR
-denotes the page height (see
-\fIpre\-defined constants\fR
-below)\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fBFV\fR [\fIx\fR]
-.RS 4
-Mirrors (flips) the page at the vertical line through point (\fIx\fR,0)\&. Omitting the optional argument leads to
-\fIx\fR=\fIw\fR/2, where
-\fIw\fR
-denotes the page width (see
-\fIpre\-defined constants\fR
-below)\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fBM\fR \fIm1\fR,\&...,\fIm6\fR
-.RS 4
-Applies a transformation described by the 3\(mu3 matrix ((\fIm1\fR,\fIm2\fR,\fIm3\fR),(\fIm4\fR,\fIm5\fR,\fIm6\fR),(0,0,1)), where the inner triples denote the rows\&.
-.if n \{\
-.sp
-.\}
-.RS 4
-.it 1 an-trap
-.nr an-no-space-flag 1
-.nr an-break-flag 1
-.br
-.ps +1
-\fBNote\fR
-.ps -1
-.br
-All transformation commands of option
-\fB\-T, \-\-transform\fR
-are applied in the order of their appearance\&. Multiple commands can optionally be separated by spaces\&. In this case the whole transformation string has to be enclosed in double quotes\&. All parameters are expressions of floating point type\&. You can either give plain numbers or arithmetic terms combined by the operators
-\fB+\fR
-(addition),
-\fB\-\fR
-(subtraction),
-\fB*\fR
-(multiplication),
-\fB/\fR
-(division) or
-\fB%\fR
-(modulo) with common associativity and precedence rules\&. Parentheses may be used as well\&.
-.sp
-Additionally, some pre\-defined constants are provided:
-.TS
-tab(:);
-lt lt
-lt lt
-lt lt
-lt lt.
-T{
-\fBux\fR
-T}:T{
-horizontal position of upper left page corner in TeX point units
-T}
-T{
-\fBuy\fR
-T}:T{
-vertical position of upper left page corner in TeX point units
-T}
-T{
-\fBh\fR
-T}:T{
-page height in TeX point units (0 in case of
-\fB\-bnone\fR)
-T}
-T{
-\fBw\fR
-T}:T{
-page width in TeX point units (0 in case of
-\fB\-bnone\fR)
-T}
-.TE
-.sp 1
-Furthermore, you can use the length constants
-\fBpt\fR,
-\fBmm\fR,
-\fBcm\fR
-and
-\fBin\fR, e\&.g\&.
-2cm
-or
-1\&.6in\&. Thus, option
-\-TT1in,0R45
-moves the page content 1 inch to the right and rotates it by 45 degrees around the page center afterwards\&.
-.sp
-For single transformations you can also use options
-\fB\-c\fR,
-\fB\-t\fR
-and
-\fB\-r\fR\&. Note that the order in which these options are given is not significant, i\&.e\&. you can\(cqt use them to describe transformation sequences\&. They are simply independent shorthand options for common transformations\&.
-.sp .5v
-.RE
-.RE
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-v, \-\-verbosity\fR=\fIlevel\fR
-.RS 4
-Controls the type of messages printed during a dvisvgm run:
-.TS
-tab(:);
-lt lt
-lt lt
-lt lt
-lt lt.
-T{
-\fB0\fR
-T}:T{
-no message output
-T}
-T{
-\fB1\fR
-T}:T{
-error messages only
-T}
-T{
-\fB2\fR
-T}:T{
-warning messages only
-T}
-T{
-\fB4\fR
-T}:T{
-informational messages only
-T}
-.TE
-.sp 1
-.if n \{\
-.sp
-.\}
-.RS 4
-.it 1 an-trap
-.nr an-no-space-flag 1
-.nr an-break-flag 1
-.br
-.ps +1
-\fBNote\fR
-.ps -1
-.br
-By adding these values you can combine the categories\&. The default level is 7, i\&.e\&. all messages are printed\&.
-.sp .5v
-.RE
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-V, \-\-version\fR[=\fIextended\fR]
-.RS 4
-Prints the version of dvisvgm and exits\&. If the optional argument is set to
-\fIyes\fR, the version numbers of the linked libraries are printed as well\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fB\-z, \-\-zip\fR[=\fIlevel\fR]
-.RS 4
-Creates a compressed SVG file with suffix \&.svgz\&. The optional argument specifies the compression level\&. Valid values are in the range of 1 to 9 (default value is 9)\&. Larger values cause better compression results but take more computation time\&.
-.if n \{\
-.sp
-.\}
-.RS 4
-.it 1 an-trap
-.nr an-no-space-flag 1
-.nr an-break-flag 1
-.br
-.ps +1
-\fBCaution\fR
-.ps -1
-.br
-This option cannot be combined with
-\fB\-s, \-\-stdout\fR\&.
-.sp .5v
-.RE
-.RE
-.SH "SUPPORT OF SPECIALS"
-.sp
-dvisvgm supports several sets of \fIspecial commands\fR that can be used to enrich DVI files with additional features, like color, graphics or hyperlinks\&. The evaluation of special commands is delegated to various handlers\&. Each handler is responsible for all special statements of the same command set, i\&.e\&. commands beginning with the same prefix\&. To get a list of actually provided special handlers, use option \fB\-\-list\-specials\fR (see above)\&.
-.PP
-\fBbgcolor\fR
-.RS 4
-Special statement for changing the background/page color\&. Since SVG 1\&.1 doesn\(cqt support background colors, dvisvgm inserts a rectangle of the chosen color\&. In the current version, this rectangle always gets the size of the minimal bounding box\&. This command is part of the color special set but is handled separately in order to let the user turn it off\&. For an overview of the command syntax, see the documentation of dvips, for instance\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fBcolor\fR
-.RS 4
-Statements of this command set provide instructions to change the text/paint color\&. For an overview of the exact syntax, see the documentation of dvips, for instance\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fBdvisvgm\fR
-.RS 4
-dvisvgm offers its own small set of specials\&. The following list gives a brief overview\&.
-.PP
-\fBdvisvgm:raw\fR \fItext\fR
-.RS 4
-Adds an arbitrary sequence of characters to the SVG output\&. dvisvgm does not perform any validation here, thus the user has to ensure that the resulting SVG is still valid\&. Parameter
-\fItext\fR
-may contain the macros
-\fB{?x}\fR,
-\fB{?y}\fR, and
-\fB{?color}\fR
-that are expanded to the current
-\fIx\fR
-or
-\fIy\fR
-coordinate and the current color, respectively\&. Also, macro
-\fB{?nl}\fR
-expands to a newline character\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fBdvisvgm:img\fR \fIwidth\fR \fIheight\fR \fIfile\fR
-.RS 4
-Creates an image element at the current graphic position referencing the given file\&. JPEG, PNG, and SVG images can be used here\&. However, dvisvgm does not check the file format or the file name suffix\&. The lengths
-\fIwidth\fR
-and
-\fIheight\fR
-must be given as plain floating point numbers in TeX point units (1in = 72\&.27pt)\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fBdvisvgm:bbox\fR n[ew] \fIname\fR
-.RS 4
-Defines or resets a local bounding box called
-\fIname\fR\&. The name may consist of letters and digits\&. While processing a DVI page, dvisvgm continuously updates the (global) bounding box of the current page in order to determine the minimal rectangle containing all visible page components (characters, images, drawing elements etc\&.) Additionally to the global bounding box, the user can request an arbitrary number of named local bounding boxes\&. Once defined, these boxes are updated together with the global bounding box starting with the first character that follows the definition\&. Thus, the local boxes can be used to compute the extent of parts of the page\&. This is useful for scenarios where the generated SVG file is post\-processed\&. In conjunction with special dvisvgm:raw, the macro
-\fB{?bbox \fR\fB\fIname\fR\fR\fB}\fR
-expands to the four values
-\fIx\fR,
-\fIy\fR,
-\fIw\fR, and
-\fIh\fR
-(separated by spaces) specifying the coordinates of the upper left corner, width, and height of the local box
-\fIname\fR\&. If box
-\fIname\fR
-wasn\(cqt previously defined, all four values equal zero\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fBdvisvgm:bbox\fR \fIwidth\fR \fIheight\fR [\fIdepth\fR]
-.RS 4
-Updates the bounding box of the current page by embedding a virtual rectangle (\fIx\fR,
-\fIy\fR,
-\fIwidth\fR,
-\fIheight\fR) where the lower left corner is located at the current DVI drawing position (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR)\&. If the optional parameter
-\fIdepth\fR
-is specified, dvisvgm embeds a second rectangle (\fIx\fR,
-\fIy\fR,
-\fIwidth\fR, \-\fIdepth\fR)\&. The lengths
-\fIwidth\fR,
-\fIheight\fR
-and
-\fIdepth\fR
-must be given as plain floating point numbers in TeX point units (1in = 72\&.27pt)\&. Depending on size and position of the virtual rectangle, this command either enlarges the overall bounding box or leaves it as is\&. It\(cqs not possible to reduce its extent\&. This special should be used in conjunction with
-\fBdvisvgm:raw\fR
-in order to update the viewport of the page properly\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fBdvisvgm:bbox\fR a[bs] \fIx1\fR \fIy1\fR \fIx2\fR \fIy2\fR
-.RS 4
-This variant of the bbox special updates the bounding box by embedding a virtual rectangle (\fIx1\fR,\fIy1\fR,\fIx2\fR,\fIy2\fR)\&. The points (\fIx1\fR,\fIy1\fR) and (\fIx2\fR,\fIy2\fR) denote two diagonal corners of the rectangle given in TeX point units\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fBdvisvgm:bbox\fR f[ix] \fIx1\fR \fIy1\fR \fIx2\fR \fIy2\fR
-.RS 4
-This variant of the bbox special assigns an absolute (final) bounding box to the resulting SVG\&. After executing this command, dvisvgm doesn\(cqt further alter the bounding box coordinates, except this special is called again later\&. The points (\fIx1\fR,\fIy1\fR) and (\fIx2\fR,\fIy2\fR) denote two diagonal corners of the rectangle given in TeX point units\&.
-.sp
-The following TeX snippet adds two raw SVG elements to the output and updates the bounding box accordingly:
-.sp
-.if n \{\
-.RS 4
-.\}
-.nf
-\especial{dvisvgm:raw <circle cx=\*(Aq{?x}\*(Aq cy=\*(Aq{?y}\*(Aq r=\*(Aq10\*(Aq stroke=\*(Aqblack\*(Aq fill=\*(Aqred\*(Aq/>}
-\especial{dvisvgm:bbox 20 10 10}
-
-\especial{dvisvgm:raw <path d=\*(AqM50 200 L10 250 H100 Z\*(Aq stroke=\*(Aqblack\*(Aq fill=\*(Aqblue\*(Aq/>}
-\especial{dvisvgm:bbox abs 10 200 100 250}
-.fi
-.if n \{\
-.RE
-.\}
-.RE
-.RE
-.PP
-\fBem\fR
-.RS 4
-These specials were introduced with the emTeX distribution by Eberhard Mattes\&. They provide line drawing statements, instructions for embedding MSP, PCX, and BMP image files, as well as two PCL commands\&. dvisvgm supports only the line drawing statements and ignores all other em specials silently\&. A description of the command syntax can be found in the DVI driver documentation coming with emTeX (see CTAN)\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fBps\fR
-.RS 4
-The famous DVI driver dvips introduced its own set of specials in order to embed PostScript code into DVI files, which greatly improves the capabilities of DVI documents\&. One aim of dvisvgm is to completely evaluate all PostScript snippets and to convert a large amount of it to SVG\&. However, in contrast to dvips, dvisvgm uses floating point arithmetics to compute the precise position of each graphic element, i\&.e\&. it doesn\(cqt round the corrdinates\&. Therefore, the relative locations of the graphic elements may slightly differ from those computed by dvips\&.
-.sp
-Since PostScript is a rather complex language, dvisvgm does not try to implement its own PostScript interpreter but relies on Ghostscript instead\&. If the Ghostscript library was not linked while building dvisvgm, it is looked up and dynamically loaded during runtime\&. In this case, dvisvgm looks for
-\fIlibgs\&.so\fR
-on Unix\-like systems, and for
-\fIgsdll32\&.dll\fR
-on Windows\&. You can override these default file names with the environment variable
-LIBGS\&. The library must be installed and must be reachable through the ld search path (*nix) or the PATH environment variable (Windows)\&. If it cannot be found, the evaluation of PostScript specials is disabled\&. Use option
-\fB\-\-list\-specials\fR
-to check whether PS support is available, i\&.e\&. the entry
-\fIps\fR
-is present\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-\fBtpic\fR
-.RS 4
-The TPIC special set defines instructions for drawing simple geometric objects\&. Some LaTeX packages, like eepic and tplot, use these specials to describe graphics\&.
-.RE
-.SH "EXAMPLES"
-.sp
-.if n \{\
-.RS 4
-.\}
-.nf
-dvisvgm file
-.fi
-.if n \{\
-.RE
-.\}
-.sp
-Converts the first page of \fIfile\&.dvi\fR to \fIfile\&.svg\fR\&.
-.sp
-.if n \{\
-.RS 4
-.\}
-.nf
-dvisvgm \-z file
-.fi
-.if n \{\
-.RE
-.\}
-.sp
-Converts the first page of \fIfile\&.dvi\fR to \fIfile\&.svgz\fR with default compression level 9\&.
-.sp
-.if n \{\
-.RS 4
-.\}
-.nf
-dvisvgm \-p5 \-z3 \-ba4\-l \-onewfile file
-.fi
-.if n \{\
-.RE
-.\}
-.sp
-Converts the fifth page of \fIfile\&.dvi\fR to \fInewfile\&.svgz\fR with compression level 3\&. The bounding box is set to DIN/ISO A4 in landscape format\&.
-.sp
-.if n \{\
-.RS 4
-.\}
-.nf
-dvisvgm \-\-transform="R20,w/3,2h/5 T1cm,1cm S2,3" file
-.fi
-.if n \{\
-.RE
-.\}
-.sp
-Converts the first page of \fIfile\&.dvi\fR to \fIfile\&.svg\fR where three transformations are applied\&.
-.SH "ENVIRONMENT"
-.sp
-dvisvgm uses the \fBkpathsea\fR library for locating the files that it opens\&. Hence, the environment variables described in the library\(cqs documentation influence the converter\&.
-.sp
-If dvisvgm was linked without the Ghostscript library, and if PostScript support has not been disabled, the shared Ghostscript library is looked up during runtime via dlopen()\&. The environment variable LIBGS can be used to specify path and file name of the library\&.
-.sp
-The pre\-compiled Windows version of dvisvgm requires a working installation of MiKTeX 2\&.9 or above\&. To enable evaluation of PostScript specials, the original Ghostscript DLL \fIgsdll32\&.dll\fR must be present and reachable through the search path\&.
-.sp
-The environment variable DVISVGM_COLORS specifies the colors used to highlight various parts of dvisvgm\(cqs message output\&. It is only evaluated if option \fB\-\-color\fR is given\&. The value of DVISVGM_COLORS is a list of colon\-separated entries of the form \fIgg\fR=\fIBF\fR, where \fIgg\fR denotes one of the color group indicators listed below, and \fIBF\fR are two hexadecimal digits specifying the background (first digit) and foreground/text color (second digit)\&. The color color values are defined as follows: 0=black, 1=red, 2=green, 3=yellow, 4=blue, 5=magenta, 6=cyan, 7=gray, 8=bright red, 9=bright green, A=bright yellow, B=bright blue, C=bright magenta, D=bright cyan, E=bright gray, F=white\&. Depending on the terminal, the colors may differ\&. Rather than changing both the text and background color, it\(cqs also possible to change only one of them: An asterisk (*) in place of a hexadecimal digit indicates the default text or background color of the terminal\&.
-.sp
-All malformed entries in the list are silently ignored\&.
-.TS
-tab(:);
-lt lt
-lt lt
-lt lt
-lt lt
-lt lt
-lt lt
-lt lt
-lt lt.
-T{
-.sp
-\fBer\fR
-T}:T{
-.sp
-error messages
-T}
-T{
-.sp
-\fBwn\fR
-T}:T{
-.sp
-warning messages
-T}
-T{
-.sp
-\fBpn\fR
-T}:T{
-.sp
-messages about page numbers
-T}
-T{
-.sp
-\fBps\fR
-T}:T{
-.sp
-page size messages
-T}
-T{
-.sp
-\fBfw\fR
-T}:T{
-.sp
-information about the files written
-T}
-T{
-.sp
-\fBsm\fR
-T}:T{
-.sp
-state messages
-T}
-T{
-.sp
-\fBtr\fR
-T}:T{
-.sp
-messages of the glyph tracer
-T}
-T{
-.sp
-\fBpi\fR
-T}:T{
-.sp
-progress indicator
-T}
-.TE
-.sp 1
-.sp
-\fBExample:\fR er=01:pi=*5 sets the colors of error messages (er) to red (1) on black (0), and those of progress indicators (pi) to cyan (5) on default background (*)\&.
-.SH "FILES"
-.sp
-The location of the following files is determined by the kpathsea library\&. To check the actual kpathsea configuration you can use the \fBkpsewhich\fR utility\&.
-.TS
-tab(:);
-lt lt
-lt lt
-lt lt
-lt lt
-lt lt
-lt lt
-lt lt
-lt lt
-lt lt.
-T{
-.sp
-\fB*\&.enc\fR
-T}:T{
-.sp
-Font encoding files
-T}
-T{
-.sp
-\fB*\&.fgd\fR
-T}:T{
-.sp
-Font glyph data files (cache files created by dvisvgm)
-T}
-T{
-.sp
-\fB*\&.map\fR
-T}:T{
-.sp
-Font map files
-T}
-T{
-.sp
-\fB*\&.mf\fR
-T}:T{
-.sp
-Metafont input files
-T}
-T{
-.sp
-\fB*\&.pfb\fR
-T}:T{
-.sp
-PostScript Type 1 font files
-T}
-T{
-.sp
-\fB*\&.pro\fR
-T}:T{
-.sp
-PostScript header/prologue files
-T}
-T{
-.sp
-\fB*\&.tfm\fR
-T}:T{
-.sp
-TeX font metric files
-T}
-T{
-.sp
-\fB*\&.ttf\fR
-T}:T{
-.sp
-TrueType font files
-T}
-T{
-.sp
-\fB*\&.vf\fR
-T}:T{
-.sp
-Virtual font files
-T}
-.TE
-.sp 1
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.sp
-\fBtex(1), mf(1), mktexmf(1), grodvi(1), potrace(1)\fR, and the \fBkpathsea library\fR info documentation\&.
-.SH "RESOURCES"
-.PP
-Project home page
-.RS 4
-
-http://dvisvgm\&.sourceforge\&.net
-.RE
-.PP
-SourceForge project site
-.RS 4
-
-http://sourceforge\&.net/projects/dvisvgm
-.RE
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.sp
-Written by Martin Gieseking <martin\&.gieseking@uos\&.de>
-.SH "COPYING"
-.sp
-Copyright \(co 2005\-2012 Martin Gieseking\&. Free use of this software is granted under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) version 3 or, (at your option) any later version\&.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvisvgm.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvisvgm.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 4b26f30b533..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvisvgm.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvitodvi.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvitodvi.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 20a22722ece..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvitodvi.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 1987-2012 UMD-CS, released under the X11 license;
-.\" see README and source files.
-.TH DVITODVI 1
-.SH NAME
-dvitodvi \- rearrange pages in a DVI file
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B dvitodvi
-[
-.B \-q
-] [
-.B \-i
-.I infile
-] [
-.B \-o
-.I outfile
-]
-[
-.B \-w\fIwidth\fR
-]
-[
-.B \-h\fIheight\fR
-]
-.I pagespecs
-[
-.I infile
-[
-.I outfile
-] ]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Dvitodvi
-rearranges pages from a DVI file, creating a new DVI file.
-.I Dvitodvi
-can be used to perform a large number of arbitrary re-arrangements of
-Documents, including arranging for printing 2-up, 4-up, booklets, reversing,
-selecting front or back sides of documents, scaling, etc.
-.PP
-.I pagespecs
-follow the syntax:
-.RS
-.TP 12
-.I pagespecs
-.I = [modulo:][mag@]specs
-.TP
-.I specs
-.I = spec[+specs][,specs]
-.TP
-.I spec
-.I = [-]pageno[(xoff,yoff)]
-.RE
-.sp
-.I modulo
-is the number of pages in each block. The value of
-.I modulo
-should be greater than 0; the default value is 1.
-The optional
-.I mag
-parameter adjusts the file's magnification by the magnification specified. The
-magnification and modulo can be specified in reverse order if desired.
-.I specs
-are the page specifications for the pages in each block. The value of the
-.I pageno
-in each
-.I spec
-should be between 0 (for the first page in the block) and \fImodulo\fR-1
-(for the last page in each block) inclusive.
-The optional dimensions
-.I xoff
-and
-.I yoff
-shift the page by the specified (positive) amount.
-.I xoff
-and
-.I yoff
-are in PostScript's points, but may be followed by the units
-.B "cm"
-or
-.B "in"
-to convert to centimetres or inches, or the flag
-.B "w"
-or
-.B "h"
-to specify as a multiple of the width or height.
-If the optional minus sign is specified, the page is relative to the end of
-the document, instead of the start.
-
-If page \fIspec\fRs are separated by
-.B +
-the pages will be merged into one page; if they are separated by
-.B ,
-they will be on separate pages.
-If there is only one page specification, with
-.I pageno
-zero, the \fIpageno\fR may be omitted.
-.PP
-The
-.I \-w
-option gives the width which is used by the
-.B "w"
-dimension specifier, and the
-.I \-h
-option gives the height which is used by the
-.B "h"
-dimension specifier. These dimensions are also used (after scaling) to set the
-clipping path for each page.
-.PP
-Dvitodvi normally prints the page numbers of the pages re-arranged; the
-.I \-q
-option suppresses this.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-This section contains some sample re-arrangements. To put two pages on one
-sheet (of landscaped A3 paper), the pagespec to use is:
-.sp
-.ce
-2:0+1(21cm,0)
-.sp
-To reduce an A3 page to A4 size, the pagespec to use is:
-.sp
-.ce
-700@(-.3in,-.3in)
-.sp
-To select all of the odd pages in reverse order, use:
-.sp
-.ce
-2:-0
-.sp
-.SH AUTHOR
-Angus Duggan, from dviselect(1), by
-Chris Torek, University of Maryland
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-dviconcat(1), dvibook(1), dviselect(1), latex(1), tex(1)
-.br
-.I "MC-TeX User's Guide"
-.br
-.I "The TeXbook"
-.SH BUGS
-.I Dvitodvi
-does not adjust some of the parameters in the postamble. This may be a problem
-if these values are used to size certain structures in the output
-conversion programs.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvitodvi.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvitodvi.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 1ee781413c5..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvitodvi.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvitomp.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvitomp.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 452af4dc601..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvitomp.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-.TH DVITOMP 1 "5 April 2011" "dvitomp 1.504"
-.\" man page by Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com> -*- nroff -*-
-.SH NAME
-dvitomp \- convert a TeX DVI file to a MetaPost MPXFILE
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B dvitomp
-.RI [ OPTIONS ]
-.IR dvifile [ \fB.dvi\fP ]
-.RI [ mpxfile [ \fB.mpx\fP ]]
-.PP
-.B mpost
-.B --dvitomp
-.IR dvifile [ \fB.dvi\fP ]
-.RI [ mpxfile [ \fB.mpx\fP ]]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-\fBdvitomp\fP translates the given \fIdvifile\fP to a MetaPost
-MPXFILE. The default \fImpxfile\fP is the basename of \fIdvifile\fP
-extended with
-.BR .mpx .
-.SH OPTIONS
-.IP \fB-help\fP
-write usage summary and exit.
-.IP \fB-version\fP
-output version information and exit.
-.SH BUGS
-Email bug reports to metapost@tug.org.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvitomp.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvitomp.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 311c3210dfd..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvitomp.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvitype.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvitype.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 4eedcfc2a5d..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvitype.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-.TH DVITYPE 1 "19 December 1994" "Web2C 2012"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP for troff
-.el .ds OX TeX for nroff
-.\" the same but obliqued
-.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
-.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds BX BibTeX
-.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
-.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-dvitype, odvitype \- translate a dvi file for humans
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B dvitype
-.IR dvi_name [ \fB.dvi\fP ]
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
-documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
-or manual
-.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
-.PP
-The
-.B dvitype
-program translates a DVI (DeVice Independent) file output by (for example)
-.BR tex (1)
-or
-.BR gftodvi (1),
-to a file that humans can read. It also serves as a DVI file-validating
-program (i.e., if
-.B dvitype
-can read it, it's correct) and as an example of a DVI-reading
-program for future device drivers.
-.PP
-The output file can include all commands, just the important
-ones, or none at all (in which case only errors are reported).
-A subinterval of pages may be selected for transliteration; the
-magnification and resolution of the ``output device'' may be
-changed; and so on. All options are specified with an on-line dialog.
-.PP
-The
-.B .dvi
-extension is supplied if omitted from
-.IR dvi_name .
-The output goes to
-.IR stdout .
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH OPTIONS
-.TP
-.BI \-dpi= REAL
-Set resolution to
-.I REAL
-pixels per inch; default 300.0.
-.PP
-.TP
-.BI \-magnification= NUMBER
-Override existing magnification with
-.IR NUMBER .
-.PP
-.TP
-.BI \-max-pages= NUMBER
-Process
-.I NUMBER
-pages; default one million.
-.PP
-.TP
-.BI \-output-level= NUMBER
-Verbosity level, from 0 to 4; default 4.
-.PP
-.TP
-.BI \-page-start= PAGE-SPEC
-Start at
-.IR PAGE-SPEC ,
-for example `2' or `5.*.-2'.
-.PP
-.TP
-.B \-show-opcodes
-Show numeric opcodes (in decimal).
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-The environment variable TEXFONTS is used to search for the TFM files
-used in the DVI file. See
-.BR tex (1)
-for the details of the searching.
-If TEXFONTS is not set, it uses the system default.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR gftype (1),
-.BR pktype (1).
-.br
-Donald E. Knuth,
-.IR "\*(OXware" .
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH AUTHORS
-Donald E. Knuth wrote the program. It was published as part of the
-.I \*(OXware
-technical report, available from the \*(TX Users Group.
-Howard Trickey and Pavel Curtis originally ported it to Unix.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvitype.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvitype.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 9eb65a9170d..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/dvitype.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/e2pall.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/e2pall.1
deleted file mode 100644
index b102568b53a..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/e2pall.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-.TH "e2pall" "1" "August 2000" "teTeX" "teTeX"
-.PP
-.SH "NAME"
-e2pall \- convert all EPS files in a LaTeX document to PDF
-.PP
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.PP
-\fBe2pall\fP \fITEXFILE\fP
-.PP
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.PP
-\fBe2pall\fP searches through \fITEXFILE\fP for \eincludegraphics
-commands to find the base names of image files\&. When it finds one,
-\fBe2pall\fP runs \fBepstopdf\fP(1) to create a PDF file from the EPS
-file\&.
-.PP
-\fBe2pall\fP will check to be sure that an existing PDF file is
-up-to-date with the EPS file, and will not run \fBepstopdf\fP(1) if
-the PDF file is newer than the EPS file\&.
-.PP
-.SH "BUGS"
-.PP
-.IP ""
-Seems to be broken
-.IP ""
-Cannot handle \einput{\fIfilename\fP} or
-\eincludegraphics{\fIfilename\fP} split over more than one
-line
-.IP ""
-Must be run from same directory as the LaTeX file
-.IP ""
-Does not look down $TEXINPUTS
-.IP ""
-Cannot handle documents that use \einclude commands
-.IP ""
-Assumes \fIall\fP files included with \eincludegraphics are EPS
-files
-.IP
-.PP
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-\fBepstopdf\fP(1)
-.PP
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.PP
-\fBe2pall\fP was written by Jody Klymak <jklymak@apl\&.washington\&.edu> and published in a posting to
-the <pdftex@tug\&.org> (mailing list)\&.
-.PP
-This manual page was written by C\&.M\&. Connelly
-<c@eskimo\&.com>, for
-the Debian GNU/Linux system\&. It may be used by other distributions
-without contacting the author\&. Any mistakes or omissions in the
-manual page are my fault; inquiries about or corrections to this
-manual page should be directed to me (and not to the primary author)\&.
-.PP
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/e2pall.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/e2pall.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 8f3e4f51615..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/e2pall.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ebb.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ebb.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 76ef525ec91..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ebb.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man1/extractbb.1
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ebb.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ebb.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 8bdb4c85b2e..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ebb.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/eplain.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/eplain.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 64193a5f4d6..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/eplain.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-.TH EPLAIN 1 "7 February 2013" "Eplain 3.5"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP for troff
-.el .ds OX TeX for nroff
-.\" the same but obliqued
-.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
-.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds BX BibTeX
-.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
-.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.if t .ds AX \fRA\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'M\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'S\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds AX AmSTeX
-.if t .ds AY \fRA\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'M\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'S\fP\*(LX
-.if n .ds AY AmSLaTeX
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-eplain \- expanded plain TeX
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B eplain
-[ first-line ]
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.B eplain
-is an extension of plain \*(TX originally described in the book
-.IR "\*(OX for the Impatient" .
-It adds these features (among others) to plain \*(TX:
-.TP \w'\(bu'u+2n
-\(bu
-left-justified displays
-.TP
-\(bu
-double-column output
-.TP
-\(bu
-tables of contents
-.TP
-\(bu
-.I \ehrule
-and
-.I \evrule
-with a different default than 0.4pt
-.TP
-\(bu
-time of day
-.TP
-\(bu
-verbatim file listing
-.TP
-\(bu
-generalized footnotes
-.TP
-\(bu
-blank and black boxes
-.TP
-\(bu
-citations using \*(BX
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-.I eplain/doc/eplain.texi
-\*(TXable documentation of
-.B etex
-macros in
-.B texinfo
-format.
-.TP
-.I eplain.info*
-Online GNU Emacs
-.BR info (1)
-files produced from
-.IR eplain.texi .
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR texinfo (5),
-.BR tex (1),
-.br
-Karl Berry,
-.IR eplain ,
-TUGboat 11(4), 571--572, 1990,
-http://tug.org/TUGboat/tb11-4/tb30resources.pdf.
-.br
-Paul W. Abrahams with Karl Berry and Kathryn A. Hargreaves,
-.IR "\*(OX for the Impatient" ,
-http://www.gnu.org/software/teximpatient.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/eplain.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/eplain.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index c9d10369f9c..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/eplain.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/epsffit.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/epsffit.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 68da969661a..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/epsffit.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-.TH EPSFFIT 1 "PSUtils Release 1 Patchlevel 17"
-.SH NAME
-epsffit \- fit encapsulated PostScript file (EPSF) into constrained size
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B epsffit
-[
-.B \-c
-] [
-.B \-r
-] [
-.B \-a
-] [
-.B \-m
-] [
-.B \-s
-]
-.I "llx lly urx ury"
-[
-.B infile
-[
-.B outfile
-] ]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Epsffit
-fits an EPSF file (encapsulated PostScript) to a given bounding box.
-The coordinates of the box are given by \fB(llx,lly)\fR for the lower
-left, and \fB(urx,ury)\fR for the upper right, in PostScript units (points).
-.PP
-If no input or output files are specified,
-.I epsffit
-read from the standard input and writes to the standard output.
-.SH OPTIONS
-.IP \fB\-c\fP 1i
-Center the image in the given bounding box.
-.IP \fB\-r\fP 1i
-Rotate the image by 90 degrees counter-clockwise.
-.IP \fB\-a\fP 1i
-Adjust the aspect ratio to fit the bounding box. The default is to preserve
-the aspect ratio.
-.IP \fB\-m\fP 1i
-Rotates the image to maximise the size if it would fit the specified bounding
-box better.
-.IP \fB\-s\fP 1i
-Add a \fIshowpage\fP at the end of the file to force the image to print.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Copyright (C) Angus J. C. Duggan 1991-1995
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-epsffit(1), psbook(1), psnup(1), psresize(1), psselect(1), pstops(1), extractres(1), fixdlsrps(1), fixfmps(1), fixpsditps(1), fixpspps(1), fixscribeps(1), fixtpps(1), fixwfwps(1), fixwpps(1), fixwwps(1), includeres(1), psmerge(1), getafm(1)
-.SH TRADEMARKS
-.B PostScript
-is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/epsffit.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/epsffit.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index b7fd5d82307..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/epsffit.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/epstopdf.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/epstopdf.1
deleted file mode 100644
index ac57d1dc7d2..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/epstopdf.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-.TH EPSTOPDF 1 "18 March 2010"
-.\" $Id: epstopdf.1 18160 2010-05-09 00:02:00Z karl $
-.SH NAME
-epstopdf, repstopdf \- convert an EPS file to PDF
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-\fBepstopdf\fP [\fIoptions\fP] [\fIepsfile\fP]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-\fBepstopdf\fP transforms the Encapsulated PostScript file \fIepsfile\fP
-(or standard input) so that it is guaranteed to start at the 0,0
-coordinate, and it sets a page size exactly corresponding to the
-BoundingBox. This means that when Ghostscript renders it, the result
-needs no cropping, and the PDF MediaBox is correct. By default, the
-result is piped to Ghostscript and a PDF version written.
-.P
-If the bounding box is not right, of course, there are problems.
-.SH OPTIONS
-.IP "\fB--outfile\fP=\fIfile\fP"
-write result to \fIfile\fP. If this option is not given, and
-\fB--nogs\fP or \fB--filter\fP is specified, write to standard output;
-otherwise, the default is to construct the output file name by replacing
-any extension in the input file with \fI.pdf\fP.
-.IP "\fB--\fP[\fBno\fP]\fBcompress\fP"
-use compression (default: on).
-.IP "\fB--\fP[\fBno\fP]\fBdebug\fP"
-write debugging info (default: off).
-.IP "\fB--\fP[\fBno\fP]\fBembed\fP"
-embed fonts (default: on).
-.IP "\fB--\fP[\fBno\fP]\fBexact\fP"
-scan ExactBoundingBox (default: off).
-.IP "\fB--\fP[\fBno\fP]\fBfilter\fP"
-read standard input and (unless \fB--outfile\fP is given) write standard
-output(default: off).
-.IP "\fB--\fP[\fBno\fP]\fBgs\fP"
-run Ghostscript (default: on). With \fB--nogs\fP, output (to standard
-output by default) the PostScript that would normally be converted; that
-is, the input PostScript as modified by \fBepstopdf\fP.
-.IP "\fB--\fP[\fBno\fP]\fBhires\fP"
-scan HiresBoundingBox (default: off).
-.IP "\fB--gscmd\fP=\fIval\fP"
-pipe output to \fIval\fP (default: [\fBgswin32c\fP on Windows, else \fBgs\fP])
-.IP "\fB--res\fP=\fIdpi\fP"
-set image resolution (default: [use gs default])
-.IP "\fB--autorotate\fP=\fIval\fP"
-set AutoRotatePages (default: None); recognized \fIval\fP choices:
-None, All, PageByPage. For EPS files, PageByPage is equivalent to All.
-.IP "\fB--restricted\fP=\fIval\fP"
-turn on restricted mode (default: [on for repstopdf, else off]);
-this forbids the use of \fB--gscmd\fP and imposes restrictions on the input and
-output file names according to the values of openin_any and openout_any (see
-the Web2c manual, http://tug.org/web2c).
-.IP "\fB--help\fP
-display help message and exit
-.IP "\fB--version\fP
-display version information and exit
-.SH EXAMPLES
-Examples which produce "test.pdf":
-.nf
-epstopdf test.eps
-produce postscript | epstopdf --filter >test.pdf
-produce postscript | epstopdf -f -d -o=test.pdf
-.fi
-Example: look for HiresBoundingBox and produce corrected PostScript:
-.nf
-epstopdf -d --nogs --hires test.ps >testcorr.ps
-.fi
-.SH BUGS
-The case of "%%BoundingBox: (atend)" when input is not seekable (e.g.,
-from a pipe) is not supported.
-.PP
-Report bugs in the program or this man page to tex-k@tug.org. When
-reporting bugs, please include an input file and the command line
-options specified, so the problem can be reproduced.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-\fBgs\fP(1),
-\fBpdfcrop\fP(1).
-.PP
-The epstopdf LaTeX package, part of the oberdiek bundle, which automates
-running this script on the fly under TeX: http://ctan.org/pkg/epstopdf-pkg.
-.SH AUTHOR
-The script was originally written by Sebastian Rahtz, for Elsevier
-Science, with subsequent contributions from Thomas Esser, Gerben Wierda
-and many others. Currently maintained by Karl Berry.
-.PP
-Man page originally written by Jim Van Zandt.
-.PP
-epstopdf home page: http://tug.org/epstopdf.
-.PP
-You may freely use, modify and/or distribute this file.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/epstopdf.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/epstopdf.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ce7b6592b2..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/epstopdf.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/etex.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/etex.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 1cede7e4b7a..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/etex.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,387 +0,0 @@
-.TH ETEX 1 "1 March 2011" "Web2C 2011"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.if n .ds MF Metafont
-.if t .ds MF M\s-2ETAFONT\s0
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.if n .ds MF Metafont
-.if t .ds MF M\s-2ETAFONT\s0
-.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP for troff
-.el .ds OX TeX for nroff
-.\" the same but obliqued
-.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
-.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds BX BibTeX
-.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
-.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.if t .ds AX \fRA\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'M\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'S\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds AX AmSTeX
-.if t .ds AY \fRA\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'M\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'S\fP\*(LX
-.if n .ds AY AmSLaTeX
-.if n .ds WB Web
-.if t .ds WB W\s-2EB\s0
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-etex \- extended (plain) TeX
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B etex
-.RI [ options ]
-.RI [ \fB&\fPformat ]
-.RI [ file | \fB\e\fPcommands ]
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Run the e-\*(TX typesetter on
-.IR file ,
-by default creating
-.IR file.dvi .
-If the file argument has no extension, ".tex" will be appended to it.
-Instead of a filename, a set of e-\*(TX commands can be given, the first
-of which must start with a backslash.
-With a
-.BI & format
-argument e-\*(TX uses a different set of precompiled commands,
-contained in
-.IR format\fB.fmt\fP ;
-it is usually better to use the
-.B -fmt
-.I format
-option instead.
-.PP
-e-\*(TX is the first concrete result of an international research &
-development project, the NTS Project, which was established under the
-aegis of DANTE e.V. during 1992. The aims of the project are to
-perpetuate and develop the spirit and philosophy of \*(TX, whilst
-respecting Knuth's wish that \*(TX should remain frozen.
-.PP
-e-\*(TX can be used in two different modes: in
-.I compatibility mode
-it is supposed to be completely interchangable with standard \*(TX.
-In
-.I extended mode
-several new primitives are added that facilitate (among other things)
-bidirectional typesetting.
-.PP
-An extended mode format is generated by prefixing the name of the
-source file for the format with an asterisk (*).
-.PP
-e-\*(TX's handling of its command-line arguments is similar to that of
-the other \*(TX programs in the
-.I web2c
-implementation.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH OPTIONS
-This version of e-\*(TX understands the following command line options.
-.TP
-.BI -fmt \ format
-Use
-.I format
-as the name of the format to be used, instead of the name by which
-e-\*(TX was called or a
-.I %&
-line.
-.TP
-.B -enc
-Enable the enc\*(TX extensions. This option is only effective in
-combination with
-.BR -ini .
-For documentation of the enc\*(TX extensions see
-.BR http://www.olsak.net/enctex.html .
-.TP
-.B -etex
-Enable the e-\*(TX extensions. This option is only effective in
-combination with
-.BR -ini .
-.TP
-.B -file-line-error
-Print error messages in the form
-.I file:line:error
-which is similar to the way many compilers format them.
-.TP
-.B -no-file-line-error
-Disable printing error messages in the
-.I file:line:error
-style.
-.TP
-.B -file-line-error-style
-This is the old name of the
-.B -file-line-error
-option.
-.TP
-.B -halt-on-error
-Exit with an error code when an error is encountered during processing.
-.TP
-.B -help
-Print help message and exit.
-.TP
-.B -ini
-Start in
-.I INI
-mode, which is used to dump formats. The
-.I INI
-mode can be used for typesetting, but no format is preloaded, and
-basic initializations like setting catcodes may be required.
-.TP
-.BI -interaction \ mode
-Sets the interaction mode. The mode can be either
-.IR batchmode ,
-.IR nonstopmode ,
-.IR scrollmode ,
-and
-.IR errorstopmode .
-The meaning of these modes is the same as that of the corresponding
-\ecommands.
-.TP
-.B -ipc
-Send DVI output to a socket as well as the usual output file. Whether
-this option is available is the choice of the installer.
-.TP
-.B -ipc-start
-As
-.BR -ipc ,
-and starts the server at the other end as well. Whether this option
-is available is the choice of the installer.
-.TP
-.BI -jobname \ name
-Use
-.I name
-for the job name, instead of deriving it from the name of the input file.
-.TP
-.BI -kpathsea-debug \ bitmask
-Sets path searching debugging flags according to the bitmask. See the
-.I Kpathsea
-manual for details.
-.TP
-.BI -mktex \ fmt
-Enable
-.RI mktex fmt ,
-where
-.I fmt
-must be either
-.I tex
-or
-.IR tfm .
-.TP
-.B -mltex
-Enable ML\*(TX extensions. Only effective in combination with
-.BR -ini .
-.TP
-.BI -no-mktex \ fmt
-Disable
-.RI mktex fmt ,
-where
-.I fmt
-must be either
-.I tex
-or
-.IR tfm .
-.TP
-.BI -output-comment \ string
-Use
-.I string
-for the
-.I DVI
-file comment instead of the date.
-.TP
-.BI -output-directory \ directory
-Write output files in
-.I directory
-instead of the current directory. Look up input files in
-.I directory
-first, the along the normal search path.
-.TP
-.B -parse-first-line
-If the first line of the main input file begins with
-.I %&
-parse it to look for a dump name or a
-.B -translate-file
-option.
-.TP
-.B -no-parse-first-line
-Disable parsing of the first line of the main input file.
-.TP
-.BI -progname \ name
-Pretend to be program
-.IR name .
-This affects both the format used and the search paths.
-.TP
-.B -recorder
-Enable the filename recorder. This leaves a trace of the files opened
-for input and output in a file with extension
-.IR .fls .
-.TP
-.B -shell-escape
-Enable the
-.BI \ewrite18{ command }
-construct. The
-.I command
-can be any shell command. This construct is normally
-disallowed for security reasons.
-.TP
-.B -no-shell-escape
-Disable the
-.BI \ewrite18{ command }
-construct, even if it is enabled in the
-.I texmf.cnf
-file.
-.TP
-.B -src-specials
-Insert source specials into the
-.I DVI
-file.
-.TP
-.BI -src-specials \ where
-Insert source specials in certain placed of the
-.I DVI
-file.
-.I where
-is a comma-separated value list:
-.IR cr ,
-.IR display ,
-.IR hbox ,
-.IR math ,
-.IR par ,
-.IR parent ,
-or
-.IR vbox .
-.TP
-.BI -translate-file \ tcxname
-Use the
-.I tcxname
-translation table to set the mapping of input characters and
-re-mapping of output characters.
-.TP
-.BI -default-translate-file \ tcxname
-Like
-.B -translate-file
-except that a
-.I %&
-line can overrule this setting.
-.TP
-.B -version
-Print version information and exit.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-See the Kpathsearch library documentation (the `Path specifications'
-node) for precise details of how the environment variables are used.
-The
-.B kpsewhich
-utility can be used to query the values of the variables.
-.PP
-One caveat: In most e-\*(TX formats, you cannot use ~ in a filename you
-give directly to e-\*(TX, because ~ is an active character, and hence is
-expanded, not taken as part of the filename. Other programs, such as
-\*(MF, do not have this problem.
-.PP
-.TP
-.B TEXMFOUTPUT
-Normally, e-\*(TX puts its output files in the current directory. If
-any output file cannot be opened there, it tries to open it in the
-directory specified in the environment variable TEXMFOUTPUT.
-There is no default value for that variable. For example, if you say
-.I etex paper
-and the current directory is not writable, if TEXMFOUTPUT has
-the value
-.IR /tmp ,
-e-\*(TX attempts to create
-.I /tmp/paper.log
-(and
-.IR /tmp/paper.dvi ,
-if any output is produced.) TEXMFOUTPUT is also checked for input
-files, as \*(TX often generates files that need to be subsequently
-read; for input, no suffixes (such as ``.tex'') are added by default,
-the input name is simply checked as given.
-.TP
-.B TEXINPUTS
-Search path for
-.I \einput
-and
-.I \eopenin
-files.
-This should start with ``.'', so
-that user files are found before system files. An empty path
-component will be replaced with the paths defined in the
-.I texmf.cnf
-file. For example, set TEXINPUTS to ".:/home/user/tex:" to prepend the
-current direcory and ``/home/user/tex'' to the standard search path.
-.TP
-.B TEXFORMATS
-Search path for format files.
-.TP
-.B TEXPOOL
-search path for
-.B etex
-internal strings.
-.TP
-.B TEXEDIT
-Command template for switching to editor. The default, usually
-.BR vi ,
-is set when e-\*(TX is compiled.
-.TP
-.B TFMFONTS
-Search path for font metric
-.RI ( .tfm )
-files.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH FILES
-The location of the files mentioned below varies from system to
-system. Use the
-.B kpsewhich
-utility to find their locations.
-.TP
-.I etex.pool
-Text file containing e-\*(TX's internal strings.
-.TP
-.I texfonts.map
-Filename mapping definitions.
-.TP
-.I *.tfm
-Metric files for e-\*(TX's fonts.
-.TP
-.I *.fmt
-Predigested e-\*(TX format (.\|fmt) files.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NOTES
-Starting with version 1.40, pdf\*(TX incorporates the e-\*(TX
-extensions, so in this installation e\*(TX may be just a symbolic link to
-pdf\*(TX. See
-.BR pdftex (1).
-This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
-documentation for this version of e-\*(TX can be found in the info
-manual
-.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH BUGS
-This version of e-\*(TX implements a number of optional extensions.
-In fact, many of these extensions conflict to a greater or lesser
-extent with the definition of e-\*(TX. When such extensions are
-enabled, the banner printed when e-\*(TX starts is changed to print
-.B e-TeXk
-instead of
-.BR e-TeX .
-.PP
-This version of e-\*(TX fails to trap arithmetic overflow when
-dimensions are added or subtracted. Cases where this occurs are rare,
-but when it does the generated
-.I DVI
-file will be invalid.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR pdftex (1),
-.BR tex (1),
-.BR mf (1).
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH AUTHORS
-e-\*(TX was developed by Peter Breitenlohner and the NTS team; Peter
-later continued its development outside of the team.
-.PP
-\*(TX was designed by Donald E. Knuth,
-who implemented it using his \*(WB system for Pascal programs.
-It was ported to Unix at Stanford by Howard Trickey, and
-at Cornell by Pavel Curtis.
-The version now offered with the Unix \*(TX distribution is that
-generated by the \*(WB to C system
-.RB ( web2c ),
-originally written by Tomas Rokicki and Tim Morgan.
-.PP
-The enc\*(TX extensions were written by Petr Olsak.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/etex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/etex.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index ef74336cd71..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/etex.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/extconv.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/extconv.1
deleted file mode 100644
index e09bfefb544..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/extconv.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-.\" man page for bg5conv
-.\"
-.\" Copyright (C) 1994-2012 Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org>
-.\"
-.\" This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-.\" it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-.\" the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-.\" (at your option) any later version.
-.\"
-.\" This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-.\" but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-.\" GNU General Public License for more details.
-.\"
-.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-.\" along with this program in doc/COPYING; if not, write to the Free
-.\" Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston,
-.\" MA 02110-1301 USA
-.
-.TH EXTCONV 1 07-May-2012 "CJK Version 4.8.3"
-.
-.\" ====
-.\" ==== macro definitions
-.\" ====
-.
-.\" here we define \TeX for troff and nroff
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.
-.\" and here the same for \LaTeX
-.if t \{\
-.ie '\*(.T'dvi' \
-.ds LX \fRL\h'-0.36m'\v'-0.15v'\s-3A\s0\h'-0.15m'\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.el .ds LX \fRL\h'-0.36m'\v'-0.22v'\s-2A\s0\h'-0.15m'\v'0.22v'\fP\*(TX
-.\}
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.
-.\" \LaTeXe
-.\" note that we need \vareps for TeX instead of \eps which can only be
-.\" accessed with the \N escape sequence (in the Math Italic font)
-.if t \{\
-.ie '\*(.T'dvi' .ds LE \*(LX\h'0.15m'2\v'0.20v'\f(MI\N'34'\fP\v'-0.20v'
-.el .ds LE \*(LX\h'0.15m'2\v'0.20v'\(*e\v'-0.20v'
-.\}
-.if n .ds LE LaTeX\ 2e
-.
-.\" a typewriter font
-.if t \{\
-.de C
-\fC\\$1\fP\\$2
-..
-.\}
-.if n \{\
-.de C
-\\$1\\$2
-..
-.\}
-.
-.\" ====
-.\" ==== end of macro definitions
-.\" ====
-.
-.
-.
-.SH NAME
-extconv \- convert a TeX document in either Big\ 5+ or GBK encoding into
-`preprocessed' form.
-.
-.
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B extconv
-<
-.I infile
->
-.I outfile
-.
-.
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Big\ 5+ and GBK encodings use the characters
-.C { ,
-.C } ,
-and
-.C \e
-which have special meanings in \*(TX
-documents.
-.PP
-After processing a \*(LE
-document which contains such characters with
-.B \%extconv
-you need not care about these special characters.
-.PP
-This filter is part of the
-.B CJK
-macro package for \*(LE.
-.
-.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR bg5conv (1),
-.BR \%sjisconv (1),
-.BR \%cefconv (1),
-.BR cef5conv (1),
-.BR \%cefsconv (1),
-.br
-the
-.B CJK
-documentation files.
-.
-.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Werner Lemberg
-.C <wl@gnu.org>
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/extconv.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/extconv.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index d43f99978b9..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/extconv.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/extractbb.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/extractbb.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 34b6d348580..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/extractbb.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-.TH "EXTRACTBB" "1" "20 April 2012" "20120420" "DVIPDFMx"
-.PP
-.SH "NAME"
-extractbb, ebb \- extract bounding box information from graphics files
-.PP
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.PP
-.B extractbb
-.RB [ \-v | \-q ]
-.RB [ \-O ]
-.RB [ \-m | \-x ]
-.IR file \&.\&.\&.
-.PP
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.PP
-For each
-.SM JPEG\c
-,
-.SM PNG\c
-, or
-.SM PDF
-file given on the command line,
-.B extractbb
-extracts the bounding box information and writes it into a file with extension
-.BR .xbb ,
-together with some header information. These files can then be used by
-.B dvipdfmx
-or other programs. For
-.SM PDF
-files, the number of pages and the
-.SM PDF
-version number are reported as well.
-The input filename extension may be in upper or lower case.
-.PP
-If called as
-.BR ebb ,
-the output is written in the ``bb'' format (and with extension
-.BR .bb )
-as used by
-.BR dvipdfm .
-.B Xbb
-may be defined as a synomym for
-.B extractbb
-on your system.
-.PP
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.PD 0
-.TP 10
-.B -v
-Be verbose.
-.TP
-.B -q
-Be quiet.
-.TP
-.B -O
-Write output to standard output.
-.TP
-.B -m
-Write output in dvipdfm's ``bb'' format.
-.TP
-.B -x
-Write output in dvipdfmx's ``xbb'' format (default), which is the same
-as that used by pdfTeX.
-.PD
-.PP
-.SH "OUTPUT FORMATS"
-.PP
-Here are more details about the bb and xbb formats:
-.PP
-The original ebb (from dvipdfm) ignored density information in bitmap
-images, and generated bounding boxes with 100px = 72bp = 1in.
-Unfortunately, screenshots (especially) tend to look bad with this
-approach.
-.PP
-So, extractbb (from dvipdfmx) uses density information if present.
-Otherwise, it generates bounding box with 100px = 100bp. This is what
-pdfTeX does.
-.SH "BUGS"
-.PP
-There is currently no way to specify which bounding box is taken
-for
-.SM PDF
-files. It will always be the first one from the following
-list: ArtBox, TrimBox, BleedBox, MediaBox. (Often only MediaBox
-is defined.) Moreover, the reported bounding box always refers
-to the first page in a
-.SM PDF
-file.
-.PP
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.PP
-\fBextractbb\fP was written by the DVIPDFMx project team
-<dvipdfmx@ktug.or.kr>, based on the program \fBebb\fP by Mark A. Wicks.
-.PP
-This manual page was also written by the DVIPDFMx project team,
-based on a manual page Frank K\[:u]ster <frank@kuesterei\&.ch>
-wrote for the Debian GNU/Linux system\&.
-It may be used, modified, and/or redistributed by others without
-contacting the authors\&.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/extractbb.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/extractbb.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 933a82da09e..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/extractbb.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/extractres.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/extractres.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 272b633794e..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/extractres.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-.TH EXTRACTRES 1 "PSUtils Release 1 Patchlevel 17"
-.SH NAME
-extractres \- filter to extract resources from a PostScript document
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B extractres
-[
-.B \-m
-] <
-.I document.ps
->
-.I output.ps
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Extractres
-extracts resources (fonts, procsets, patterns, files, etc) appearing in a
-PostScript document, and puts appropriate
-.I %%IncludeResource
-comments in the document prologue. The extracted resources are written to
-files with the same name as the resource, and an appropriate extension. The
-pipeline
-.sp
-.ce
-extractres file.ps | includeres >out.ps
-.sp
-will move all resources appearing in a document to the document prologue,
-removing redundant copies. The output file can then be put through page
-re-arrangement filters such as
-.I psnup
-or
-.I pstops
-safely.
-.PP
-The
-.B \-m
-option combines the resources of the same name into one file; this must be
-used for some programs which download fonts a bit at a time.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Copyright (C) Angus J. C. Duggan 1991-1995
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-epsffit(1), psbook(1), psnup(1), psresize(1), psselect(1), pstops(1), extractres(1), fixdlsrps(1), fixfmps(1), fixpsditps(1), fixpspps(1), fixscribeps(1), fixtpps(1), fixwfwps(1), fixwpps(1), fixwwps(1), includeres(1), psmerge(1), getafm(1)
-.SH TRADEMARKS
-.B PostScript
-is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
-.SH BUGS
-.I extractres
-does not alter the
-.I %%DocumentSuppliedResources
-comments.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/extractres.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/extractres.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 39debaaaa34..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/extractres.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/findhyph.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/findhyph.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e46a4d311d..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/findhyph.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,247 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.22 (Pod::Simple 3.07)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "FINDHYPH 1"
-.TH FINDHYPH 1 "2012-11-21" "perl v5.10.1" ""
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-\&\fBfindhyph\fR \*(-- find words hyphenated by TeX in a document
-.SH "INSTALLATION"
-.IX Header "INSTALLATION"
-Copy \fBfindhyph\fR or \fBfindhyph.bat\fR (depending on \s-1OS\s0 used) to a directory
-included in system \s-1PATH\s0. Perl interpreter is required to be in
-\&\f(CW\*(C`/usr/bin/\*(C'\fR for Unix-like systems or in \s-1PATH\s0 when using \fBfindhyph.bat\fR.
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-.IP "1)" 4
-.IX Item "1)"
-set \f(CW\*(C`\etracingparagraphs=1\*(C'\fR in a TeX document \fIfoo.tex\fR and run:
-.IP "2)" 4
-.IX Item "2)"
-\&\fBtex\fR \fIfoo.tex\fR
-.IP "3)" 4
-.IX Item "3)"
-\&\fBfindhyph [options]\fR \fIfoo.log\fR
-.PP
-If you are setting \f(CW\*(C`\elooseness=<N>\*(C'\fR to optimize paragraphs,
-you need to pass that information to the file \fIfoo.log\fR in a form
-\&\f(CW\*(C`@looseness=<N>\*(C'\fR (on a separate line). You can use a macro like
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\edef\esetlooseness#1{\elooseness=#1 \eimmediate\ewrite\-1{@looseness=#1}}\*(C'\fR
-for this purpose. If the paragraph contains material in display math mode,
-you need to use the macro in all split parts of the paragraph.
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS"
-.IP "\fB\-c\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-c"
-display hyphenated words in context
-.IP "\fB\-f\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-f"
-display font selectors and other strings starting with a backslash character
-.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-v"
-display program version
-.IP "\fB\-p\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-p"
-generate file containing information about one-letter prepositions and
-conjunctions left at the end of line
-.IP "\fB\-l=STRING\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-l=STRING"
-use prepositions/conjunctions listed in \s-1STRING\s0 instead of default list of
-prepositions and conjunctions \f(CW\*(C`kKsSvVzZoOuUiIA\*(C'\fR used for Slovak and Czech
-language
-.SH "OUTPUT FILES"
-.IX Header "OUTPUT FILES"
-.IP "\fIfoo.hyph\fR" 4
-.IX Item "foo.hyph"
-List of hyphenated words. All punctuation characters, parentheses and
-other character immediately preceding or following displayed words are included
-in this list. TeX constructs which are too difficult to display (\f(CW\*(C`\ehbox{}\*(C'\fR,
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\emark{}\*(C'\fR etc.) are shown as \f(CW\*(C`[]\*(C'\fR. Math mode is indicated by \f(CW\*(C`$\*(C'\fR sign.
-.Sp
-Page numbers in square brackets refer to \s-1LOG\s0 file and may occasionally differ
-from the typeset document. The reason is that TeX may need to break more
-paragraphs than it would eventually fit on the page in order to find a page
-break.
-.Sp
-Words hyphenated in footnotes are listed before the words hyphenated in the
-paragraph in which the footnote is referenced.
-.IP "\fIfoo.prep\fR" 4
-.IX Item "foo.prep"
-List of prepositions if option \fB\-p\fR is used.
-.SH "HISTORY"
-.IX Header "HISTORY"
-1.0 (2001\-04\-08)
-.IX Subsection "1.0 (2001-04-08)"
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-public release
-.PP
-2.0 (2009\-08\-10)
-.IX Subsection "2.0 (2009-08-10)"
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-fixes in line breaks detection algorithm; support for the third pass of line
-breaking algorithm in TeX (positive \eemergencystretch); support for
-discretionary breaks in the first pass
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-page number detection improved (recognized negative page numbers, compound page
-numbers when \f(CW\*(C`\ecount1\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`\ecount9\*(C'\fR registers are non-zero
-and \f(CW\*(C`[nn{mapfile}]\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`[nn<picture>]\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`[nn<newline>\*(C'\fR
-formats used by pdfTeX; false page number detection should be much more rare)
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-configurable list of prepositions and conjunctions
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-hyphenated words can be displayed in context
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-suggestions and testing by Pavel Striz
-.PP
-3.0 (2012\-02\-01)
-.IX Subsection "3.0 (2012-02-01)"
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-fixed a bug when total paragraph demerits are negative
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\elooseness\*(C'\fR setting is now taken into account (thanks to Karel Horak
-for identifying the issue)
-.PP
-3.1 (2012\-11\-03)
-.IX Subsection "3.1 (2012-11-03)"
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-fixed displaying of hyphenated ligatures (bug reported by Karel Horak)
-.PP
-3.2 (2012\-11\-21)
-.IX Subsection "3.2 (2012-11-21)"
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-improved example definition of the \f(CW\*(C`\esetlooseness\*(C'\fR macro
-(thanks to Karl Berry)
-.SH "LICENSE"
-.IX Header "LICENSE"
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-any later version.
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.IX Header "AUTHOR"
-Copyright (c) Martin Budaj <m.b@speleo.sk> 2000, 2001, 2009, 2012
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/findhyph.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/findhyph.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index b0884f47327..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/findhyph.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixdlsrps.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixdlsrps.1
deleted file mode 100644
index c59bea2ad71..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixdlsrps.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-.TH FIXDLSRPS 1 "PSUtils Release 1 Patchlevel 17"
-.SH NAME
-fixdlsrps \- filter to fix DviLaser/PS documents to work with PSUtils
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B fixdlsrps
-<
-.I dvilaser.ps
->
-.I Fixed.ps
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Fixdlsrps
-is a
-.I perl
-filter which "fixes" PostScript generated from the DviLaser/PS driver so
-that it works correctly with Angus Duggan's
-.B psutils
-package.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Copyright (C) Angus J. C. Duggan 1991-1995
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-epsffit(1), psbook(1), psnup(1), psresize(1), psselect(1), pstops(1), extractres(1), fixdlsrps(1), fixfmps(1), fixpsditps(1), fixpspps(1), fixscribeps(1), fixtpps(1), fixwfwps(1), fixwpps(1), fixwwps(1), includeres(1), psmerge(1), getafm(1)
-.SH TRADEMARKS
-.B PostScript
-is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixdlsrps.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixdlsrps.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 9427ce49ff7..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixdlsrps.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixfmps.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixfmps.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b7bbc060fe..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixfmps.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-.TH FIXFMPS 1 "PSUtils Release 1 Patchlevel 17"
-.SH NAME
-fixfmps \- filter to fix Framemaker documents so PSUtils work
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B fixfmps
-<
-.I Framemaker.ps
->
-.I Fixed.ps
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Fixfmps
-is a
-.I perl
-filter which "fixes" PostScript from Framemaker so
-that it works correctly with Angus Duggan's
-.B psutils
-package.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Copyright (C) Angus J. C. Duggan 1991-1995
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-epsffit(1), psbook(1), psnup(1), psresize(1), psselect(1), pstops(1), extractres(1), fixdlsrps(1), fixfmps(1), fixpsditps(1), fixpspps(1), fixscribeps(1), fixtpps(1), fixwfwps(1), fixwpps(1), fixwwps(1), includeres(1), psmerge(1), getafm(1)
-.SH TRADEMARKS
-.B PostScript
-is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixfmps.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixfmps.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 796096a5669..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixfmps.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixpsditps.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixpsditps.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 87df4171ab5..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixpsditps.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-.TH FIXPSDITPS 1 "PSUtils Release 1 Patchlevel 17"
-.SH NAME
-fixpsditps \- filter to fix Transcript psdit documents so PSUtils work
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B fixpsditps
-<
-.I psdit.ps
->
-.I Fixed.ps
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Fixpsditps
-is a
-.I perl
-filter which "fixes" PostScript from Transcript's psdit program so
-that it works correctly with Angus Duggan's
-.B psutils
-package.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Copyright (C) Angus J. C. Duggan 1991-1995
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-epsffit(1), psbook(1), psnup(1), psresize(1), psselect(1), pstops(1), extractres(1), fixdlsrps(1), fixfmps(1), fixpsditps(1), fixpspps(1), fixscribeps(1), fixtpps(1), fixwfwps(1), fixwpps(1), fixwwps(1), includeres(1), psmerge(1), getafm(1)
-.SH TRADEMARKS
-.B PostScript
-is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixpsditps.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixpsditps.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index d38a0f09825..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixpsditps.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixpspps.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixpspps.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 7309574b43b..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixpspps.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-.TH FIXPSPPS 1 "PSUtils Release 1 Patchlevel 17"
-.SH NAME
-fixpspps \- filter to fix PSPrint PostScript so PSUtils work
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B fixpspps
-<
-.I PSPrint.ps
->
-.I Fixed.ps
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Fixpspps
-is a
-.I perl
-filter which "fixes" PostScript from PSPrint so
-that it works correctly with Angus Duggan's
-.B psutils
-package.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Copyright (C) Angus J. C. Duggan 1991-1995
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-epsffit(1), psbook(1), psnup(1), psresize(1), psselect(1), pstops(1), extractres(1), fixdlsrps(1), fixfmps(1), fixpsditps(1), fixpspps(1), fixscribeps(1), fixtpps(1), fixwfwps(1), fixwpps(1), fixwwps(1), includeres(1), psmerge(1), getafm(1)
-.SH TRADEMARKS
-.B PostScript
-is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixpspps.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixpspps.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 7995d1c0da6..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixpspps.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixscribeps.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixscribeps.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 18c24a56276..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixscribeps.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-.TH FIXSCRIBEPS 1 "PSUtils Release 1 Patchlevel 17"
-.SH NAME
-fixscribeps \- filter to fix Scribe documents so PSUtils work
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B fixscribeps
-<
-.I Scribe.ps
->
-.I Fixed.ps
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Fixscribeps
-is a
-.I perl
-filter which "fixes" PostScript from Scribe so
-that it works correctly with Angus Duggan's
-.B psutils
-package.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Copyright (C) Angus J. C. Duggan 1991-1995
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-epsffit(1), psbook(1), psnup(1), psresize(1), psselect(1), pstops(1), extractres(1), fixdlsrps(1), fixfmps(1), fixpsditps(1), fixpspps(1), fixscribeps(1), fixtpps(1), fixwfwps(1), fixwpps(1), fixwwps(1), includeres(1), psmerge(1), getafm(1)
-.SH TRADEMARKS
-.B PostScript
-is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixscribeps.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixscribeps.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 9177e9d10b8..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixscribeps.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixtpps.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixtpps.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 7b3991c7ad4..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixtpps.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-.TH FIXTPPS 1 "PSUtils Release 1 Patchlevel 17"
-.SH NAME
-fixtpps \- filter to fix Tpscript documents to work with PSUtils
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B fixtpps
-<
-.I Tpscript.ps
->
-.I Fixed.ps
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Fixtpps
-is a
-.I perl
-filter which "fixes" PostScript generated from the Troff Tpscript driver so
-that it works correctly with Angus Duggan's
-.B psutils
-package.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Copyright (C) Angus J. C. Duggan 1991-1995
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-epsffit(1), psbook(1), psnup(1), psresize(1), psselect(1), pstops(1), extractres(1), fixdlsrps(1), fixfmps(1), fixpsditps(1), fixpspps(1), fixscribeps(1), fixtpps(1), fixwfwps(1), fixwpps(1), fixwwps(1), includeres(1), psmerge(1), getafm(1)
-.SH TRADEMARKS
-.B PostScript
-is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixtpps.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixtpps.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 665a5e8d4eb..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixtpps.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixwfwps.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixwfwps.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 00d147bc39a..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixwfwps.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-.TH FIXWFWPS 1 "PSUtils Release 1 Patchlevel 17"
-.SH NAME
-fixwfwps \- filter to fix Word for Windows documents so PSUtils work
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B fixwfwps
-<
-.I WordforWindows.ps
->
-.I Fixed.ps
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Fixwfwps
-is a
-.I perl
-filter which "fixes" PostScript from Word for Windows so
-that it works correctly with Angus Duggan's
-.B psutils
-package.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Copyright (C) Angus J. C. Duggan 1991-1995
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-epsffit(1), psbook(1), psnup(1), psresize(1), psselect(1), pstops(1), extractres(1), fixdlsrps(1), fixfmps(1), fixpsditps(1), fixpspps(1), fixscribeps(1), fixtpps(1), fixwfwps(1), fixwpps(1), fixwwps(1), includeres(1), psmerge(1), getafm(1)
-.SH TRADEMARKS
-.B PostScript
-is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixwfwps.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixwfwps.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index a8dd34caa73..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixwfwps.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixwpps.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixwpps.1
deleted file mode 100644
index af2e2d87a14..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixwpps.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-.TH FIXWPPS 1 "PSUtils Release 1 Patchlevel 17"
-.SH NAME
-fixwpps \- filter to fix WP documents so PSUtils work
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B fixwpps
-<
-.I WordPerfect.ps
->
-.I Fixed.ps
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Fixwpps
-is a
-.I perl
-filter which "fixes" PostScript from WordPerfect 5.0 and 5.1 so
-that it works correctly with Angus Duggan's
-.B psutils
-package.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Copyright (C) Angus J. C. Duggan 1991-1995
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-epsffit(1), psbook(1), psnup(1), psresize(1), psselect(1), pstops(1), extractres(1), fixdlsrps(1), fixfmps(1), fixpsditps(1), fixpspps(1), fixscribeps(1), fixtpps(1), fixwfwps(1), fixwpps(1), fixwwps(1), includeres(1), psmerge(1), getafm(1)
-.SH TRADEMARKS
-.B PostScript
-is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixwpps.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixwpps.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index f0dd52f8345..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixwpps.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixwwps.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixwwps.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 99165c8b4c3..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixwwps.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-.TH FIXWWPS 1 "PSUtils Release 1 Patchlevel 17"
-.SH NAME
-fixwwps \- filter to fix Windows Write documents so PSUtils work
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B fixwwps
-<
-.I WinWrite.ps
->
-.I Fixed.ps
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Fixwwps
-is a
-.I perl
-filter which "fixes" PostScript from Windows Write so
-that it works correctly with Angus Duggan's
-.B psutils
-package.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Copyright (C) Angus J. C. Duggan 1991-1995
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-epsffit(1), psbook(1), psnup(1), psresize(1), psselect(1), pstops(1), extractres(1), fixdlsrps(1), fixfmps(1), fixpsditps(1), fixpspps(1), fixscribeps(1), fixtpps(1), fixwfwps(1), fixwpps(1), fixwwps(1), includeres(1), psmerge(1), getafm(1)
-.SH TRADEMARKS
-.B PostScript
-is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixwwps.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixwwps.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 28ec9338205..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fixwwps.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fmtutil-sys.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fmtutil-sys.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 71c6a947903..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fmtutil-sys.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man1/fmtutil.1
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fmtutil-sys.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fmtutil-sys.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index a97fcdbfd73..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fmtutil-sys.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fmtutil.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fmtutil.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 39ed57bf8b5..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fmtutil.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
-.TH FMTUTIL 1 "June 2011" "TeX Live" "TeX Live"
-.SH "NAME"
-fmtutil \- utility for maintaining TeX format files
-.PP
-fmtutil-sys \- utility for maintaining TeX format files system\-wide
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.B fmtutil\fP
-.RI [ OPTION .\|.\|.]
-.I COMMAND
-.PP
-.B fmtutil-sys
-.RI [ OPTION .\|.\|.]
-.I COMMAND
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-\fBfmtutil\fP is used to create or recreate format and hyphenation
-files or show information about format files\&.
-.PP
-\fICOMMAND\fP is one of:
-.PP
-.TP
-.B --all
-recreate all format files
-.TP
-.BI --byengine \ enginename
-(re)create formats that depend on the
-engine \fIenginename\fP
-.TP
-.BI --byfmt \ formatname
-(re)create the format for
-format \fIformatname\fP
-.TP
-.BI --byhyphen \ hyphenfile
-(re)create formats that depend on the
-hyphenation file \fIhyphenfile\fP
-.TP
-.B --catcfg
-output the content of the config file
-.TP
-.BI --disablefmt \ formatname
-disable
-.I formatname
-in config file
-.TP
-.B --edit
-no-op in TeX Live
-.TP
-.BI --enablefmt \ formatname
-ensable
-.I formatname
-in config file
-.TP
-.B --help
-print a summary of commands and options
-.TP
-.B --listcfg
-list (enabled and disabled) configurations, filtered to available formats
-.TP
-.B --missing
-create all missing format files
-.TP
-.B --refresh
-recreate only existing format files
-.TP
-.BI --showhyphen \ formatname
-print the name of the
-hyphenation file for the format
-\fIformatname\fP
-.TP
-.B --version
-show version info
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.TP
-.BI --cnffile \ file
-specify the configuration
-\fIfile\fP \fBfmtutil\fP should use
-.TP
-.B --dolinks
-(not implemented, just for compatibility)
-.TP
-.BI --fmtdir \ directory
-set the destination
-directory for format files generated by
-\fBfmtutil\fP to \fIdirectory\fP
-.TP
-.B --force
-(not implemented, just for compatibility)
-.TP
-.B --no-engine-subdir
-don't use engine-specific subdir of the fmtdir
-.TP
-.B --no-error-if-no-format
-exit successfully if no format is selected
-.TP
-.B --quiet
-be silent
-.TP
-.B --test
-(not implemented, just for compatibility)
-.SH "FILES"
-.TP
-.I fmtutil\&.cnf
-default configuration file
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR kpsewhich (1)
-.SH "BUGS"
-None known, but report any bugs found to <tex-k@tug.org> (mailing list).
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-\fBfmtutil\fP was written by Thomas Esser
-<te@dbs\&.uni-hannover\&.de> and is in the public domain.
-.PP
-This manual page was written by C\&.M\&. Connelly
-<c@eskimo\&.com>, for
-the Debian GNU/Linux system and later slightly adapted for the teTeX 3 release\&.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fmtutil.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fmtutil.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index f3dfec982d3..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fmtutil.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fontinst.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fontinst.1
deleted file mode 100644
index b907280d90d..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fontinst.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-.TH "fontinst" "1" "May 2000" "teTeX" "teTeX"
-.PP
-.SH "NAME"
-fontinst \- utility to run TeX as fontinst
-.PP
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.PP
-\fBfontinst\fP \fIpackage\fP
-.PP
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.PP
-\fBfontinst\fP runs \fBtex\fP(1) with the \fB--progname\fP flag set to
-pretend to be the program fontinst (affecting Karl Berry paths)\&.
-.PP
-Typing
-.PP
-\f(CWfontinst fontinst\&.sty\fP
-.PP
-will start \fBtex\fP(1) and give the user an interactive prompt
-(\f(CW*\fP) where fontinst commands can be typed (such as
-\f(CW\elatinfamily{ptm}{}\ebye\fP)\&.
-.PP
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-\fBtex\fP(1)
-.PP
-The fontinst manual, \fIfontinst\&.tex\fP\&.
-.PP
-Web page: <http://tug\&.org/applications/fontinst/>
-.PP
-.SH "BUGS"
-.PP
-None known, but report any bugs found to tex-fonts@tug\&.org (mailing list)\&.
-.PP
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.PP
-Thomas Esser
-<te@dbs\&.uni-hannover\&.de>
-.PP
-This manual page was written by C\&.M\&. Connelly
-<c@eskimo\&.com>, for
-the Debian GNU/Linux system\&. It may be used by other distributions
-without contacting the author\&. Any mistakes or omissions in the
-manual page are my fault; inquiries about or corrections to this
-manual page should be directed to me (and not to the primary author)\&.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fontinst.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fontinst.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 358de905ac8..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/fontinst.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/getafm.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/getafm.1
deleted file mode 100644
index fd3e1d78e36..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/getafm.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-.TH GETAFM 1 "PSUtils Release 1 Patchlevel 17"
-.SH NAME
-getafm \- create an AFM file for a PostScript font.
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B getafm
-.I FontName
->
-.I output.ps
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Getafm
-generates a PostScript file which prints an AFM file for a font to the
-printer's output channel. The output of
-.I getafm
-should be sent to a printer, or to GhostScript. For example,
-.sp
-.ce
-getafm Times-Roman | gsnd - >Times-Roman.afm
-.sp
-.SH AUTHOR
-Robert Joop (rj@rainbow.in-berlin.de), Angus Duggan
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-epsffit(1), psbook(1), psnup(1), psresize(1), psselect(1), pstops(1), extractres(1), fixdlsrps(1), fixfmps(1), fixpsditps(1), fixpspps(1), fixscribeps(1), fixtpps(1), fixwfwps(1), fixwpps(1), fixwwps(1), includeres(1), psmerge(1), getafm(1)
-.SH TRADEMARKS
-.B PostScript
-is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
-.SH BUGS
-Kerning information is not generated by
-.I getafm;
-it is best to use original AFM files if possible.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/getafm.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/getafm.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index b379c0f1ea5..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/getafm.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/gftodvi.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/gftodvi.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 9f6366e1e1f..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/gftodvi.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,160 +0,0 @@
-.TH GFTODVI 1 "20 April 2007" "Web2C 2012"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.if n .ds MF Metafont
-.if t .ds MF M\s-2ETAFONT\s0
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP for troff
-.el .ds OX TeX for nroff
-.\" the same but obliqued
-.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
-.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds BX BibTeX
-.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
-.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-gftodvi \- make proof sheets from generic font files
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B gftodvi
-.RB [ \-overflow-label-offset=\fIreal\fP ]
-.RB [ \-verbose ]
-.I gf_file_name
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
-documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
-or manual
-.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
-.PP
-The
-.B gftodvi
-program converts a generic font
-.RI ( gf )
-file output by, for example,
-.BR mf (1),
-to a device independent (DVI) file (that can then be typeset using the same
-software that has already been written for \*(TX). The characters in the
-.I gf
-file will appear one per page, with labels, titles, and annotations
-as specified in Appendix H (Hardcopy Proofs) of
-.IR "The \*(MFbook" .
-.PP
-.B gftodvi
-uses other fonts in addition to the main
-.I gf
-file.
-A `gray' font is used to typeset the
-pixels that actually make up the character. (We wouldn't
-want all the pixels to be simply black, since then labels,
-key points, and other information would be lost.) A `title' font
-is used for the information at the top of the page. A `label' font
-is used for the labels on key points of the figure. A `slant'
-font is used to typeset diagonal lines, which
-otherwise have to be simulated using horizontal and vertical rules.
-The default gray, title, and label fonts are
-.IR gray ,
-.IR cmr8 ,
-and
-.IR cmtt10 ,
-respectively; there is no default slant font.
-.PP
-To change the default fonts, you can give
-.BR special
-commands in your
-\*(MF source file, or you can change the fonts online. An online dialog
-ensues if you end the
-.I gf_file_name
-with a `/'. For example,
-.br
-.ti +2
-gftodvi cmr10.300gf/
-.br
-.ti +2
-Special font substitution: grayfont black
-.br
-.ti +2
-OK; any more? grayfontarea /home/art/don/
-.br
-.ti +2
-OK; any more? slantfont /home/fonts/slantimagen6
-.br
-.ti +2
-OK; any more? <RET>
-.br
-will use
-.I /home/art/don/black
-as the `gray' font and
-.I /home/fonts/slantimagen6
-as the `slant' font (this name indicates
-a font for lines with slope 1/6 at the resolution of an Imagen printer).
-.PP
-The
-.I gf_file_name
-on the command line must be complete. Because
-the resolution is part of the extension, it would not make
-sense to append a default extension as is done with \*(TX or
-DVI-reading software. The output file name uses the same
-root as the
-.I gf
-file, with the
-.B .dvi
-extension added. For example, the input file
-.I cmr10.2602gf
-would become
-.IR cmr10.dvi .
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH OPTIONS
-The argument to
-.B \-overflow-label-offset
-specifies the distance from the right edge of the character
-bounding box at which the overflow equations (if any) are typeset.
-The value is given in \*(TX points. The default is a little over two
-inches.
-.PP
-Without the
-.B \-verbose
-option,
-.B gftodvi
-operates silently. With it, a banner and progress report are printed on
-.IR stdout .
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-.B gftodvi
-looks for
-.I gf_file_name
-using the
-environment variable GFFONTS. If that is not set, it uses the variable
-TEXFONTS. If that is not set, it uses the system default.
-.PP
-See
-.BR tex (1)
-for the details of the searching.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-.I {gray.tfm,.\|.\|.}
-The default fonts.
-.TP
-.I {gray.mf,.\|.\|.}
-The \*(MF sources.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR tex (1),
-.BR mf (1).
-.br
-Donald E. Knuth,
-.I "The \*(MFbook"
-(Volume C of
-.IR "Computers and Typesetting" ),
-Addison-Wesley, 1986, ISBN 0-201-13445-4.
-.br
-Donald E. Knuth et al.,
-.IR \*(MFware .
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH AUTHORS
-Donald E. Knuth wrote the program. It was published as part of the
-.I \*(MFware
-technical report, available from the \*(TX Users Group.
-Paul Richards ported it to Unix.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/gftodvi.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/gftodvi.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index a31b530b6a1..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/gftodvi.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/gftopk.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/gftopk.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 61777acfb8e..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/gftopk.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-.TH GFTOPK 1 "14 December 1993" "Web2C 2012"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.if n .ds MF Metafont
-.if t .ds MF M\s-2ETAFONT\s0
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP for troff
-.el .ds OX TeX for nroff
-.\" the same but obliqued
-.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
-.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds BX BibTeX
-.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
-.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-gftopk \- convert generic font files to packed font files
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B gftopk
-.RB [ \-v ]
-.I gf_file_name
-.RI [ pk_file_name ]
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
-documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
-or manual
-.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
-.PP
-The
-.B gftopk
-program converts a generic font file output by, for example,
-.BR mf (1),
-to a
-packed font file for use by DVI-reading programs. Packed
-font files
-.RI ( pk " files)"
-are much smaller than the corresponding
-.I gf
-files,
-so they are generally the font format of choice.
-.PP
-The
-.I gf_file_name
-on the command line must be complete. Because
-the resolution is part of the extension, it would not make
-sense to append a default extension as is done with \*(TX or
-DVI-reading software. The
-.I pk_file_name
-defaults to the same (stripped) name as
-.IR gf_file_name ,
-and it is placed in the current
-working directory with the
-.B pk
-suffix replacing
-.BR gf .
-For example, the input file
-.I cmr10.300gf
-would become
-.IR cmr10.300pk .
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH OPTIONS
-Unless the
-.B \-v
-switch is given,
-.B gftopk
-operates silently. With
-.BR \-v ,
-the version number of the program and statistics about the
-packing are output to
-.IR stdout .
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-.B gftopk
-looks for
-.I gf_file_name
-first in the current directory. If it is not present there, it uses the
-environment variable GFFONTS. If that is not set, it uses the variable
-TEXFONTS. If that is not set, it uses the system default.
-.PP
-See
-.BR tex (1)
-for the details of the searching.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR gftype (1),
-.BR pktogf (1),
-.BR pktype (1).
-.br
-Donald E. Knuth et al.,
-.IR \*(MFware .
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH AUTHORS
-Tomas Rokicki wrote the program. It was published as
-part of the
-.I \*(MFware
-technical report, available from the \*(TX Users Group.
-Paul Richards originally ported it to Unix.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/gftopk.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/gftopk.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 05294ce5a5f..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/gftopk.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/gftype.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/gftype.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 383f1b1b7d6..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/gftype.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-.TH GFTYPE 1 "14 December 1993" "Web2C 2012"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.if n .ds MF Metafont
-.if t .ds MF M\s-2ETAFONT\s0
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP for troff
-.el .ds OX TeX for nroff
-.\" the same but obliqued
-.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
-.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds BX BibTeX
-.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
-.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-gftype \- translate a generic font file for humans to read
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B gftype
-.RB [ \-i ]
-.RB [ \-m ]
-.I gf_file_name
-.RI [ output_file_name ]
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
-documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
-or manual
-.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
-.PP
-The
-.B gftype
-program
-translates a
-.I gf
-(generic font) file output by, for example,
-.BR mf (1),
-to a file that humans can read.
-It also serves as a
-.I gf
-file-validating
-program (i.e., if
-.B gftype
-can read it, it's correct) and as an example of a
-.IR gf -reading
-program for other software that wants to read
-.I gf
-files.
-.PP
-The
-.I gf_file_name
-on the command line must be complete. Because
-the resolution is part of the extension, it would not make
-sense to append a default extension as is done with \*(TX or
-DVI-reading software. If no
-.I output_file_name
-is specified, the output goes to
-.IR stdout .
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH OPTIONS
-The output file includes
-bitmap images of the characters, if
-.B \-i
-is given on the command line, and a symbolic listing of the
-.I gf
-commands, if
-.B \-m
-is specified.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-.B gftype
-looks for
-.I gf_file_name
-using the
-environment variable GFFONTS. If that is not set, it uses the variable
-TEXFONTS. If that is not set, it uses the system default.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR dvitype (1),
-.BR pktype (1).
-.br
-Donald E. Knuth et al.,
-.IR \*(MFware .
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH AUTHORS
-David Fuchs and Don Knuth wrote the program. It was published as
-part of the
-.I \*(MFware
-technical report, available from the \*(TX Users Group.
-Paul Richards originally ported it to Unix.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/gftype.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/gftype.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index d9628a4d951..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/gftype.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/gsftopk.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/gsftopk.1
deleted file mode 100644
index cbbafa8e609..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/gsftopk.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,301 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 1993-1998 Paul Vojta
-.\"
-.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-.\" of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
-.\" deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
-.\" rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
-.\" sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
-.\" furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-.\"
-.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-.\"
-.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
-.\" PAUL VOJTA BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
-.\" IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-.\" CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-.\"
-
-.\" small and boldface (not all -man's provide it)
-.de SB
-\&\fB\s-1\&\\$1 \\$2\s0\fR
-..
-.TH GSFTOPK 1 "28 November 1998"
-.SH NAME
-gsftopk \- render a ghostscript font in TeX pk form
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B gsftopk
-[\-i \fIpath\fP]
-[\-q]
-[\-t]
-[\-\-debug=\fIn\fP]
-[\-\-dosnames]
-[\-\-interpreter=\fIpath\fP]
-[\-\-mapline=\fIline\fP]
-[\-\-mapfile=\fIfile\fP]
-[\-\-quiet]
-[\-\-test]
-[\-\-help]
-[\-\-version]
-.I font
-.I dpi
-.SH ARGUMENTS
-.IP \fIfont\fP \w'\fIfont\fP'u+2m
-Name of the font to be created.
-.IP \fIdpi\fP
-Desired resolution of the font to be created, in dots per inch. This may
-be a real number.
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.B gsftopk
-is a program which calls up the ghostscript program
-.BR gs (1)
-to render a given font at a given resolution. It packs the resulting
-characters into the
-.B pk
-file format and writes them to a file whose name is formed from the font
-name and the resolution (rounded to the nearest integer). The font may
-be in any format acceptable to Ghostscript, including
-.RI . pfa ,
-.RI . pfb ,
-.RI . gsf ,
-and
-.RI . ttf
-files.
-.PP
-This program should normally be called by a script, such as
-.BR mktexpk ,
-to create fonts on demand.
-.PP
-.B gsftopk
-obtains the character widths from the
-.RI . tfm
-file, which must exist in the standard search path. It also must be
-able to find the font in a map file (such as
-.BR psfonts.map ),
-formatted as in
-.BR dvips (1)),
-unless the
-.B \-\-mapline
-option is used. The set of map files is given by the
-.B \-\-mapfile
-option, or in the files
-.BR config.ps ,
-.BR $HOME/.dvipsrc ,
-and
-.B config.gsftopk
-(as would be used by
-.BR "dvips -Pgsftopk" ).
-.PP
-The following
-.B pk
-"specials" are added at the end of the output file, to provide an internal
-check on the contents of the file:
-"\fBjobname=\fP\fIfont\fP",
-"\fBmag=1\fP",
-"\fBmode=modeless\fP", and
-"\fBpixels_per_inch=\fP\fIdpi\fP".
-This is in accordance with the TeX Directory Standard (TDS).
-.SH OPTIONS
-.TP
-.B \-\-debug=\fIn\fP
-Set the
-.B Kpathsea
-debug flags according to the integer
-.IR n .
-.TP
-.B \-\-dosnames
-Use a name of the form
-.IB font .pk
-instead of
-.IB font . dpi pk\fR.\fP
-.TP
-.B \-h\fR,\fP \-\-help
-Print a brief help synopsis and exit.
-.TP
-.B \-i \fIpath\fP\fR,\fP \-\-interpreter=\fIpath\fP
-Use
-.I path
-as the Ghostscript interpreter.
-.TP
-.B \-\-mapfile=\fIfile\fP
-Use
-.I file
-to look for the map information for
-.IR font .
-This should be the full name of the file (in other words, no path searching
-algorithms are applied).
-.TP
-.B \-\-mapline=\fIline\fP
-Use
-.I line
-instead of looking for an entry in a map file.
-The first word of
-.I line
-must match
-.IR font .
-.TP
-.B \-q\fR,\fP \-\-quiet
-Operate quietly; i.e., without writing any messages to the standard output.
-.TP
-.B \-t\fR,\fP \-\-test
-Test run: return zero status if the font can be found in the map file(s),
-and nonzero status if it cannot. If this option is specified, then the
-.I dpi
-argument is optional (since the font will not be generated).
-.TP
-.B \-v\fR,\fP \-\-version
-Print the version number and exit.
-.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
-.IP \fBDVIPSRC\fP \w'\fBGSFTOPKHEADERS\fP'u+2m
-Name of file to read instead of
-.BR $HOME/.dvipsrc .
-This should be the full name of the file (in other words, no path searching
-algorithms are applied).
-.IP \fBGSFTOPKFONTS\fP
-See
-.SB TFMFONTS.
-.IP \fBGSFTOPKHEADERS\fP
-See
-.SB TEXPSHEADERS.
-.IP \fBPSHEADERS\fP
-See
-.SB TEXPSHEADERS.
-.IP \fBTEXCONFIG\fP
-Colon-separated list of paths to search for map files.
-An extra colon in the list will include the
-compiled-in default paths at that point. A double slash will enable recursive
-subdirectory searching at that point in the path.
-.IP \fBTFMFONTS\fP
-Colon-separated list of paths to search for the
-.RI . tfm
-file associated with the font. Double slashes and extra colons behave as with
-.SB TEXCONFIG.
-This information may also be supplied by using the environment variables
-.SB TFMFONTS
-or
-.SB GSFTOPKFONTS.
-These environment variables are checked in the order
-.SB GSFTOPKFONTS,
-.SB TFMFONTS,
-.SB TFMFONTS;
-the first one (if any) having a value is used.
-.IP \fBTEXPSHEADERS\fP
-Colon-separated list of paths to search for the Ghostscript driver file
-.B render.ps
-and for any PostScript header or font files
-.RI (. enc ,
-.RI . pfa ,
-.RI . pfb ,
-.RI . gsf ,
-or
-.RI . ttf
-files). Double slashes and extra colons behave as with
-.SB TEXCONFIG.
-This information may also be supplied by using the environment variables
-.SB PSHEADERS
-or
-.SB GSFTOPKHEADERS.
-These environment variables are checked in the order
-.SB GSFTOPKHEADERS,
-.SB TEXPSHEADERS,
-.SB PSHEADERS;
-the first one (if any) having a value is used.
-.IP \fBTFMFONTS\fP
-See
-.SB TFMFONTS.
-.SH CONFIGURATION
-In order to determine the set of map files to be used and the path for
-finding PostScript files,
-.B gsftopk
-reads, in order, the files
-.BR config.ps ,
-.BR .dvipsrc ,
-and
-.BR config.gsftopk .
-The files
-.B config.ps
-and
-.B config.gsftopk
-are searched for using the environment variable
-.SB TEXCONFIG,
-the
-.B Kpathsea
-configuration file,
-or the compiled-in default paths. The file
-.B .dvipsrc
-is searched for in the user's home directory.
-.PP
-These files are in the same format as for
-.B dvips
-(as well as being in the same locations). The entries used by
-.B gsftopk
-are as follows.
-.TP
-.RI "H " path
-Indicates that the Ghostscript driver file
-.B render.ps
-and the PostScript header and font files are to be searched for using
-.IR path .
-.TP
-.RI "p " file
-Indicates that the list of map files is to be erased and replaced by
-.IR file .
-.TP
-.RI "p +" file
-Indicates that
-.I file
-is to be added to the list of map files.
-.PP
-All other entries are ignored.
-.PP
-This is similar to the handling of these options when running
-.BR "dvips -Pgsftopk" .
-For more details, see the
-.B Kpathsea
-manual.
-.SH BUGS
-.B gsftopk
-sometimes has trouble with fonts with very complicated characters
-(such as the Seal of the University of California). This is because
-.B gsftopk
-uses the
-.B charpath
-operator to determine the bounding box of each character. If the character
-is too complicated, then old versions of Ghostscript fail, causing
-.B gsftopk
-to terminate with an error message
-.IP
-.B "Call to gs stopped by signal 10"
-.LP
-(The number may vary from system to system; it corresponds to a bus error
-or a segmentation fault.) The best way to fix this bug is to install a
-current version of ghostscript. As an alternative,
-.B gsftopk
-can be instructed to use the bounding box provided with the font (if one
-exists) instead of finding a bounding box for each character. To do this,
-include the string
-.IP
-.B /usefontbbox true def
-.LP
-in the font map file;
-.IR e.g. ,
-.IP
-.B ucseal """/usefontbbox true def"""
-.LP
-This will not affect use of the font by
-.BR dvips .
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR gs (1),
-.BR gftopk (1),
-.BR tex (1),
-.BR xdvi (1),
-.BR dvips (1)
-.SH AUTHOR
-Written by Paul Vojta. This program was inspired by Karl Berry's
-.BR gsrenderfont .
-.SH MODIFICATIONS
-Modified by Yves Arrouye to use Karl Berry's
-.B Kpathsea
-library.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/gsftopk.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/gsftopk.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 51ea11f7cc0..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/gsftopk.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/hbf2gf.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/hbf2gf.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 55bfddf57fa..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/hbf2gf.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,718 +0,0 @@
-.\" man page for hbf2gf
-.\"
-.\" Copyright (C) 1994-2012 Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org>
-.\"
-.\" This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-.\" it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-.\" the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-.\" (at your option) any later version.
-.\"
-.\" This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-.\" but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-.\" GNU General Public License for more details.
-.\"
-.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-.\" along with this program in doc/COPYING; if not, write to the Free
-.\" Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston,
-.\" MA 02110-1301 USA
-.\"
-.
-.TH HBF2GF 1 07-May-2012 "CJK Version 4.8.3"
-.SH NAME
-hbf2gf \- convert a CJK bitmap font into subfonts usable by TeX and Omega.
-.
-.
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.na
-.nh
-.B hbf2gf
-.RB [ \-q ]
-.IR \%configuration-file [ .cfg ]
-.br
-.B hbf2gf
-'in +\n(.ku
-.RB [ \-q ]
-.RB [ \-p ]
-.RB [ \-g ]
-.RB [ \-n ]
-.I \%subfont-name \%x-resolution
-.RI [ \%y-scale \ | \ \%y-resolution ]
-.br
-.in
-.B hbf2gf
-.B \-t
-.RB [ \-q ]
-.I \%subfont-name
-.br
-.B "hbf2gf \-\-version"
-|
-.B \-\-help
-.ad
-.hy
-.
-.
-.
-.\" ====
-.\" ==== macro definitions
-.\" ====
-.
-.\" here we define \TeX for troff and nroff
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\h'-0.1667m'\v'0.20v'E\v'-0.20v'\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.
-.\" and here the same for \LaTeX
-.if t \{\
-.ie '\*(.T'dvi' \
-.ds LX \fRL\h'-0.36m'\v'-0.15v'\s-3A\s0\h'-0.15m'\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.el .ds LX \fRL\h'-0.36m'\v'-0.22v'\s-2A\s0\h'-0.15m'\v'0.22v'\fP\*(TX
-.\}
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.
-.\" \LaTeXe
-.\" note that we need \vareps for TeX instead of \eps which can only be
-.\" accessed with the \N escape sequence (in the Math Italic font)
-.if t \{\
-.ie '\*(.T'dvi' .ds LE \*(LX\h'0.15m'2\v'0.20v'\f(MI\N'34'\fP\v'-0.20v'
-.el .ds LE \*(LX\h'0.15m'2\v'0.20v'\(*e\v'-0.20v'
-.\}
-.if n .ds LE LaTeX\ 2e
-.
-.\" a definition for \Delta
-.if t .ds DE \(*D
-.if n .ds DE Delta_
-.
-.\" a typewriter font
-.if t \{\
-.de C
-\fC\\$1\fP\\$2
-..
-.\}
-.if n \{\
-.de C
-\\$1\\$2
-..
-.\}
-.
-.\" an addition to .TP to allow two labels for the same item
-.de TQ
-.br
-.ns
-.TP
-..
-.
-.\" ====
-.\" ==== end of macro definitions
-.\" ====
-.
-.
-.
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-CJK bitmap fonts can't be directly used with \*(TX
-because the number of characters in such fonts exceeds\ 256, the limit of a
-\*(TX
-font.
-Thus it is necessary to split these fonts into subfonts, and this is
-exactly what
-.B hbf2gf
-does.
-.PP
-As the name says,
-.B hbf2gf
-uses CJK fonts in a certain format which is called
-.B Hanzi Bitmap Font
-.RB ( HBF )
-format.
-It simply consists of the CJK bitmap file(s) and a text file in a format
-very similar to the BDF format of the X\ Window System which describes the
-bitmap font files: the encoding, the size, etc.
-The produced
-.C GF
-files can then be converted with
-.B gftopk
-into standard
-.C PK
-files.
-.PP
-.B hbf2gf
-can be called in three modes:
-.
-.PP
-.in +2m
-.B hbf2gf
-.RB [ \-q ]
-.IR configuration-file [ .cfg ]
-.PP
-.in +5m
-This call normally creates a set of
-.C GF
-files, one
-.C PL
-file, and a batch file which must be executed after
-.B hbf2gf
-has finished.
-This script will then call
-.B gftopk
-to convert all
-.C GF
-files into
-.C PK
-files, and it will call
-.B pltotf
-to convert the
-.C PL
-file into a
-.C TFM
-file.
-Finally it will copy the
-.C TFM
-file so that each
-.C PK
-file has its
-.C TFM
-file (which are all identical).
-.PP
-.in +5m
-If
-.B ofm_file
-is set to \(oqyes\(cq in the configuration file,
-.C OFM
-and
-.C OVF
-files will be created too.
-.
-.PP
-.in +5m
-.B \-q
-makes
-.B hbf2gf
-quiet.
-.PP
-.in +2m
-.na
-.nh
-.B hbf2gf
-'in +\n(.ku
-.RB [ \-q ]
-.RB [ \-p ]
-.RB [ \-g ]
-.RB [ \-n ]
-.I \%subfont-name \%x-resolution
-.RI [ \%y-scale \ | \ \%y-resolution ]
-.ad
-.hy
-.PP
-.in +5m
-This mode is intended for use with
-.B \%mktexpk
-and its derivates.
-Only one
-.C GF
-file together with a
-.C PL
-file for the given subfont will be computed, taking the horizontal
-resolution and a vertical scaling factor (if the value is smaller than\ 10)
-resp. the vertical resolution (otherwise) from the command line, ignoring
-the
-.B nmb_fonts
-parameter of the configuration file.
-The last two characters (which are interpreted as the subfont number) are
-stripped to get the name for the configuration file (which must end with
-\(oq\c
-.C \&.cfg \(cq).
-No job file will be created.
-If option
-.B \-p
-is set, no
-.C PL
-file is created.
-If
-.B \-g
-is set, no
-.C GF
-file is created.
-The extension can be controlled with
-.BR \-n ;
-if set, the extension is \(oq\c
-.C \&.gf \(cq,
-otherwise \(oq\c
-.C \&. <\c
-.IR resolution >\c
-.C gf \(cq.
-.B \-q
-makes
-.B hbf2gf
-quiet.
-.
-.PP
-.in +2m
-.na
-.nh
-.B hbf2gf
-'in +\n(.ku
-.B \-t
-.RB [ \-q ]
-.I \%subfont-name
-.ad
-.hy
-.PP
-.in +5m
-This mode is intended for use with scripts like
-.BR \%mktexpk ;
-it tests whether the specified subfont name leads to an
-.B hbf2gf
-configuration file.
-It returns 0 on success and prints out the name of that configuration file
-(provided the
-.B \-q
-switch isn't set).
-This test isn't a thorough one; it only removes the last two characters
-and checks whether a configuration file with that name exists.
-.PP
-See the next section for more details about configuration files.
-.PP
-Specifying the option
-.B \-\-version
-returns the current version of
-.B hbf2gf
-and the used file search library (e.g.\ \c
-.BR kpathsea ).
-Usage information is shown with the
-.B \-\-help
-parameter.
-.
-.
-.SH "CONFIGURATION FILE"
-Here a sample configuration file (\c
-.C gsfs14.cfg )
-for a 56\(mu56 Chinese font in GB encoding; note that all information
-about the font is in the
-.C jfs56.hbf
-file.
-See the
-.B "FILE SEARCHING"
-section how HBF fonts and
-.B hbf2gf
-configuration files are found.
-See the
-.B AVAILABILITY
-section where to get CJK fonts together with its
-.C HBF
-files:
-.PP
-.if t \fC
-.nf
- hbf_header jfs56.hbf
- mag_x 1
- threshold 128
- comment jianti fansongti 56x56 pixel font
-
- design_size 14.4
-
- y_offset \-13
-
- nmb_files \-1
-
- output_name gsfs14
-
- checksum 123456789
-
- dpi_x 300
-
- pk_files no
- tfm_files yes
-
- coding codingscheme GuoBiao encoded TeX text
-
- pk_directory $HBF_TARGET/pk/modeless/gb2312/gsfs14/
- tfm_directory $HBF_TARGET/tfm/gb2312/gsfs14/
-.fi
-.if t \fP
-.PP
-A configuration file is a plain text file consisting of keywords and its
-arguments.
-A keyword must start a line, otherwise the whole line will be ignored.
-If the word starting a line is not a keyword, the line will be ignored too.
-Empty lines will also be skipped.
-The search for keywords is case insensitive; in contrast, the arguments will
-be taken exactly as given (except \(oqyes\(cq and \(oqno\(cq which can be written with
-uppercase or lowercase letters).
-Each keyword has one argument which must be separated by whitespace (blanks
-or tabs) from the keyword and must be on the same line.
-Each line must not be longer than 256 characters.
-.PP
-You can use environment variables in the configuration file.
-The escape character starting an environment variable in the configuration
-file is always \(oq\c
-.C $ \(cq,
-even for operating systems like DOS which has other conventions.
-.B hbf2gf
-recognizes only environment variable names which start with a letter or an
-underscore, followed by alphanumeric characters or underscores.
-You can surround the variable with braces to indicate where the variable
-name ends, for example
-.C ${FOO} .
-To get a dollar sign you must write \(oq\c
-.C $$ \(cq.
-The expansion of environment variables in hbf2gf itself (without the help of
-either kpathsea, emtexdir, or MiKTeX searching routines) is very limited;
-this feature has been carried over from previous versions.
-It can't expand variables set in texmf.cnf; it also can't handle more than
-one directory as the variable's value.
-.B Don't use it except for the \(oqpk_directory\(cq and \(oqtfm_directory\(cq
-.B parameters!
-.PP
-This is the list of all necessary keywords:
-.TP
-.B hbf_header
-The HBF header file name of the input font(s).
-.B hbf2gf
-uses the given searching mechanism (kpathsea, emtexdir, or MiKTeX) to locate
-this file.
-.TP
-.B output_name
-The name stem of the output files.
-A running two digit decimal number starting with \(oq\c
-.C 01 \(cq
-will be appended.
-For Unicode fonts see the keyword
-.B unicode
-below.
-This value is in almost all cases identical to the name of the configuration
-file.
-.PP
-And now all optional keywords:
-.TP
-.B x_offset
-Increases the character width.
-Will be applied on both sides; default for non-rotated glyphs is the value
-given in the HBF header
-.RB ( HBF_BITMAP_BOUNDING_BOX )
-scaled to
-.B design_size
-(in pixels).
-.TP
-.B y_offset
-Shifts all characters up or down; default for non-rotated glyphs is the value
-given in the HBF header
-.RB ( HBF_BITMAP_BOUNDING_BOX )
-scaled to
-.B design_size
-(in pixels).
-.TP
-.B design_size
-The design size (in points) of the font.
-.B x_offset
-and
-.B y_offset
-refer to this size.
-Default is\ 10.0.
-.TP
-.B slant
-The slant of the font (given as \*(DEx\ /\ \*(DEy).
-Only values in the range 0\ \(<=\ \fBslant\fP\ \(<=\ 1 are allowed.
-Default is\ 0.0.
-.TP
-.B rotation
-If set to \(oqyes\(cq, all glyphs will be rotated 90\ degrees counter-clockwise.
-The default offsets as given in the HBF header will be ignored (and set
-to\ 0).
-Default is \(oqno\(cq.
-.TP
-.B mag_x
-.TQ
-.B mag_y
-Scaling values of the characters to reach design size.
-If only one magnification is given, x and y values are assumed to be equal.
-Default is \fBmag_x\fP\ =\ \fBmag_y\fP\ =\ 1.0.
-.PP
-.TP
-.B threshold
-A value between 1 and\ 254 defining a threshold for converting the internal
-graymap into the output bitmap; lower values cut more pixels.
-Default value is\ 128.
-.PP
-.TP
-.B comment
-A comment describing the font; default is none.
-.PP
-.TP
-.B nmb_fonts
-The number of subfonts to create.
-Default value is \-1 for creating all fonts.
-.TP
-.B unicode
-If \(oqyes\(cq, a two digit hexadecimal number will be used as a running number,
-starting with the value of the first byte of the first code range.
-Default is \(oqno\(cq.
-.TP
-.B min_char
-The minimum value of the encoding.
-You should set this value to get correct subfile offsets if it is not
-identical to the lowest character code in the HBF file.
-.PP
-.TP
-.B dpi_x
-.TQ
-.B dpi_y
-The horizontal and vertical resolution (in dpi) of the printer.
-If only one resolution is given, x and y values are assumed to be equal.
-Default is\ 300.
-.TP
-.B checksum
-A checksum to identify the
-.C GF
-files with the appropriate
-.C TFM
-files.
-The default value of this unsigned 32bit integer is\ 0.
-.TP
-.B coding
-A comment describing the coding scheme; default is none.
-.PP
-.TP
-.B pk_directory
-The destination directory of the
-.C PK
-files; default: none.
-Attention!
-The batch file will not check whether this directory exists.
-.TP
-.B tfm_directory
-The destination directory of the
-.C TFM
-files; default: none.
-Attention!
-The batch file will not check whether this directory exists.
-.TP
-.B pk_files
-Whether to create
-.C PK
-files or not; default is \(oqyes\(cq.
-.TP
-.B tfm_files
-Whether to create
-.C TFM
-files or not; default is \(oqyes\(cq.
-.TP
-.B ofm_file
-Whether to create an
-.C OPL
-file or not; default is \(oqno\(cq.
-The batch file will then use
-.B ovp2ovf
-of the Omega distribution to convert it into an
-.C OFM
-and an
-.C OVF
-file.
-The
-.C OPL
-file simply maps all subfonts back to a single Omega font.
-.TP
-.B long_extension
-If \(oqyes\(cq,
-.C PK
-files will include the resolution in the extension (e.g.
-.C gsso1201.300pk ).
-This affects the batch file only (default is \(oqyes\(cq).
-.TP
-.B rm_command
-The shell command to remove files; default: \(oqrm\(cq.
-.TP
-.B cp_command
-The shell command to copy files; default: \(oqcp\(cq.
-.TP
-.B job_extension
-The extension of the batch file which calls
-.B gftopk
-and
-.B pltotf
-to convert the
-.C GF
-and the
-.C PL
-files into
-.C PK
-and
-.C TFM
-files respectively; default is none.
-.
-.
-.SH "FILE SEARCHING"
-.B hbf2gf
-uses either the
-.BR kpathsea ,
-.BR emtexdir ,
-or
-.B MiKTeX
-library for searching files
-.RB ( emtexdir
-will work only on operating systems which have an MS-DOSish background,
-i.e., MS-DOS, OS/2, Windows;
-.B MiKTeX
-is for Win32 systems).
-.
-.SS kpathsea
-The actual version of kpathsea is displayed on screen if you call
-.B hbf2gf
-.BR \-\-version .
-.PP
-Here is a table of the file type and the corresponding
-.B kpathsea
-variables.
-.PP
-.in +4m
-.ta 2i
-.br
-.C "\&.hbf MISCFONTS"
-.br
-.C "\&.cfg HBF2GFINPUTS"
-.PP
-Please consult the info files of
-.B kpathsea
-for details on these variables.
-The decision which naming scheme to use for variables will be done during
-compilation.
-.PP
-You should set the
-.C TEXMFCNF
-variable to the directory where your
-.C texmf.cnf
-configuration file resides.
-.PP
-Here is the proper command to find out to which value a
-.B kpathsea
-variable is set (we use
-.C MISCFONTS
-as an example).
-This is especially useful if a variable isn't set in
-.C texmf.cnf
-or in the environment, thus pointing to the default value which is
-hard-coded into the
-.B kpathsea
-library.
-.PP
-.in +2m
-.C "kpsewhich \-progname=hbf2gf \-expand\-var='$MISCFONTS'"
-.PP
-We select the program name also since it is possible to specify
-variables which are searched only for a certain program \(en in our
-example it would be
-.C MISCFONTS.hbf2gf .
-.PP
-A similar but not identical method is to say
-.PP
-.in +2m
-.C "kpsewhich \-progname=hbf2gf \-show\-path='misc fonts'"
-.PP
-[A full list of format types can be obtained by saying \(oq\c
-.C "kpsewhich \-\-help" \(cq
-on the command line prompt.]
-This is exactly how
-.B hbf2gf
-searches for files; the disadvantage is that all variables are expanded
-which can cause very long strings.
-.
-.SS emtexdir
-.PP
-Here the list of suffixes and its related environment variables to be set in
-.C autoexec.bat
-(resp. in
-.C config.sys
-for OS/2):
-.PP
-.in +4m
-.ta 2i
-.br
-.C "\&.hbf HBFONTS"
-.br
-.C "\&.cfg HBFCFG"
-.PP
-If one of the variables isn't set, a warning message is emitted.
-The current directory will always be searched.
-As usual, one exclamation mark appended to a directory path causes
-subdirectories one level deep to be searched, two exclamation marks causes
-all subdirectories to be searched.
-Example:
-.PP
-.in +2m
-.C HBFONTS=c:\\\\fonts\\\\hbf!!;d:\\\\myfonts\\\\hbf!
-.PP
-Constructions like \(oq\c
-.C c:\\\\fonts!!\\\\hbf \(cq
-aren't possible.
-.
-.SS MikTeX
-.PP
-Please consult the documentation files of
-.B MiKTeX
-for more details.
-.
-.
-.SH LIMITATIONS
-The x and y output size must not exceed
-.BR MAX_CHAR_SIZE ,
-which is defined at compile time; its default value is 1023\ (pixel).
-.
-.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR ttf2pk (1)
-.PP
-.C hbf2gf.w :
-'in +\n(.ku
-this is the source code written in
-.B CWEB
-which can be converted into a pretty-printed \*(TX
-document using
-.BR cweave .
-The CJK package also contains a preformatted
-.C hbf2gf.pdf
-file.
-.PP
-the
-.B CJK
-documentation files (\c
-.C hbf2gf.txt ).
-.PP
-the
-.B Hanzi Bitmap File
-.RB ( HBF )
-standard version\ 1.3; available at
-.C \%ftp.ifcss.org .
-.PP
-the Omega documentation available at
-.C ftp.ens.fr
-and the CTAN hosts and mirrors.
-.
-.
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-.C *.cfg
-The
-.B hbf2gf
-configuration scripts.
-.TP
-.C *.hbf
-HBF header files which describe fixed-width bitmap fonts.
-Note that the bitmap font name(s) themselves as specified in the header files
-are irrelevant for
-.BR hbf2gf .
-.
-.
-.SH AVAILABILITY
-.B hbf2gf
-is part of the CJK macro package for \*(LE
-available at the CTAN hosts and its mirrors.
-.PP
-CJK fonts together with HBF header files can be found at
-.C ftp.ifcss.org
-and its mirrors.
-.
-.
-.SH AUTHORS
-Werner Lemberg
-.C <wl@gnu.org>
-.br
-Ross Paterson (the HBF API)
-.C <ross@soi.city.ac.uk>
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/hbf2gf.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/hbf2gf.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index f5fca2e9233..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/hbf2gf.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/includeres.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/includeres.1
deleted file mode 100644
index e157716df36..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/includeres.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-.TH INCLUDERES 1 "PSUtils Release 1 Patchlevel 17"
-.SH NAME
-includeres \- filter to include resources in a PostScript document
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B includeres
-<
-.I document.ps
->
-.I output.ps
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Includeres
-includes resources (fonts, procsets, patterns, files, etc) in place of
-.I %%IncludeResource
-comments in a PostScript document. The resources are searched for in the
-current directory and the system default directory under the resource name,
-and with an appropriate extension.
-The pipeline
-.sp
-.ce
-extractres file.ps | includeres >out.ps
-.sp
-will move all resources appearing in a document to the document prologue,
-removing redundant copies. The output file can then be put through page
-re-arrangement filters such as
-.I psnup
-or
-.I pstops
-safely.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Copyright (C) Angus J. C. Duggan 1991-1995
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-epsffit(1), psbook(1), psnup(1), psresize(1), psselect(1), pstops(1), extractres(1), fixdlsrps(1), fixfmps(1), fixpsditps(1), fixpspps(1), fixscribeps(1), fixtpps(1), fixwfwps(1), fixwpps(1), fixwwps(1), includeres(1), psmerge(1), getafm(1)
-.SH TRADEMARKS
-.B PostScript
-is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
-.SH BUGS
-.I includeres
-does not alter the
-.I %%DocumentNeededResources
-comments.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/includeres.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/includeres.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index a3a2d561da5..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/includeres.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/install-tl.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/install-tl.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 44cd5a8e78c..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/install-tl.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,434 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.25 (Pod::Simple 3.20)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "INSTALL-TL 1"
-.TH INSTALL-TL 1 "2012-10-31" "perl v5.16.2" "User Contributed Perl Documentation"
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-install\-tl \- TeX Live cross\-platform installer
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-install-tl [\fIoption\fR]...
-.PP
-install\-tl.bat [\fIoption\fR]...
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-This installer creates a runnable TeX Live installation from various
-media, including over the network. The installer works across all
-platforms supported by TeX Live. For information on initially
-downloading the TeX Live, see <http://tug.org/texlive/acquire.html>.
-.PP
-The basic idea of TeX Live installation is to choose one of the
-top-level \fIschemes\fR, each of which is defined as a different set of
-\&\fIcollections\fR and \fIpackages\fR, where a collection is a set of packages,
-and a package is what contains actual files.
-.PP
-Within the installer, you can choose a scheme, and further customize the
-set of collections to install, but not the set of the packages. To do
-that, use \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR (reference below) after the initial installation is
-completely.
-.PP
-The default is \f(CW\*(C`scheme\-full\*(C'\fR, to install everything, and this is highly
-recommended.
-.SH "REFERENCES"
-.IX Header "REFERENCES"
-Post-installation configuration, package updates, and much more, are
-handled through \fBtlmgr\fR(1), the TeX Live Manager
-(<http://tug.org/texlive/tlmgr.html>).
-.PP
-The most up-to-date version of this documentation is on the Internet at
-http://tug.org/texlive/doc/install\-tl.html <http://tug.org/texlive/doc/install-tl.html>.
-.PP
-For the full documentation of TeX Live, see
-<http://tug.org/texlive/doc>.
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS"
-.IP "\fB\-gui\fR [[=]\fImodule\fR]" 4
-.IX Item "-gui [[=]module]"
-If no \fImodule\fR is given starts the \f(CW\*(C`perltk\*(C'\fR (see below) \s-1GUI\s0 installer.
-.Sp
-If \fImodule\fR is given loads the given installer module. Currently the
-following modules are supported:
-.RS 4
-.ie n .IP """text""" 8
-.el .IP "\f(CWtext\fR" 8
-.IX Item "text"
-The text mode user interface (default on Unix systems). Same as the
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\-no\-gui\*(C'\fR option.
-.ie n .IP """wizard""" 8
-.el .IP "\f(CWwizard\fR" 8
-.IX Item "wizard"
-The wizard mode user interface (default on Windows), asking only minimal
-questions before installing all of TeX Live.
-.ie n .IP """perltk""" 8
-.el .IP "\f(CWperltk\fR" 8
-.IX Item "perltk"
-The expert \s-1GUI\s0 installer, providing access to more options.
-Can also be invoked on Windows by running \f(CW\*(C`install\-tl\-advanced.bat\*(C'\fR.
-.RE
-.RS 4
-.Sp
-The \f(CW\*(C`perltk\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`wizard\*(C'\fR modules, and thus also when calling with a
-bare \f(CW\*(C`\-gui\*(C'\fR (without \fImodule\fR), requires the Perl/Tk module
-(<http://tug.org/texlive/distro.html#perltk>); if Perl/Tk is not
-available, installation continues in text mode.
-.RE
-.IP "\fB\-no\-gui\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-no-gui"
-Use the text mode installer (default except on Windows).
-.IP "\fB\-lang\fR \fIllcode\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-lang llcode"
-By default, the \s-1GUI\s0 tries to deduce your language from the environment
-(on Windows via the registry, on Unix via \f(CW\*(C`LC_MESSAGES\*(C'\fR). If that fails
-you can select a different language by giving this option with a
-language code (based on \s-1ISO\s0 639\-1). Currently supported (but not
-necessarily completely translated) are: English (en, default), Czech
-(cs), German (de), French (fr), Italian (it), Japanese (ja), Dutch (nl),
-Polish (pl), Brazilian Portuguese (pt_BR), Russian (ru), Slovak (sk),
-Slovenian (sl), Serbian (sr), Vietnamese (vi), simplified Chinese
-(zh_CN), and traditional Chinese (zh_TW).
-.IP "\fB\-repository\fR \fIurl|path\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-repository url|path"
-Specify the package repository to be used as the source of the
-installation, either a local directory via \f(CW\*(C`/path/to/directory\*(C'\fR or a
-\&\f(CW\*(C`file:/\*(C'\fR url, or a network location via a \f(CW\*(C`http://\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ftp://\*(C'\fR url.
-(No other protocols are supported.)
-.Sp
-The default is to pick a mirror automatically, using
-<http://mirror.ctan.org/systems/texlive/tlnet>; the chosen mirror is
-used for the entire download. You can use the special argument \f(CW\*(C`ctan\*(C'\fR
-as an abbreviation for this. See <http://ctan.org> for more about \s-1CTAN\s0
-and its mirrors.
-.Sp
-If the repository is on the network, trailing \f(CW\*(C`/\*(C'\fR characters and/or
-trailing \f(CW\*(C`/tlpkg\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`/archive\*(C'\fR components are ignored. For example,
-you could choose a particular \s-1CTAN\s0 mirror with something like this:
-.Sp
-.Vb 1
-\& \-repository http://ctan.example.org/its/ctan/dir/systems/texlive/tlnet
-.Ve
-.Sp
-Of course a real hostname and its particular top-level \s-1CTAN\s0 path
-have to be specified. The list of \s-1CTAN\s0 mirrors is available at
-<http://ctan.org/mirrors>.
-.Sp
-If the repository is local, the installation type (compressed or live) is
-automatically determined, by checking for the presence of a
-\&\f(CW\*(C`archive\*(C'\fR directory relative to the root. Compressed is
-preferred if both are available, since it is faster. Here's an example
-of using a local directory:
-.Sp
-.Vb 1
-\& \-repository /local/TL/repository
-.Ve
-.Sp
-After installation is complete, you can use that installation as the
-repository for another installation. If you chose to install less than
-the full scheme containing all packages, the list of available schemes
-will be adjusted accordingly.
-.Sp
-For backward compatibility and convenience, \f(CW\*(C`\-\-location\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`\-\-repo\*(C'\fR
-are accepted as aliases for this option.
-.IP "\fB\-select\-repository\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-select-repository"
-This option allows manual selection of a mirror from the current list of
-active \s-1CTAN\s0 mirrors. This option is supported in all installer modes
-(text, wizard, perltk), and will also offer to install from local media
-if available, or from a repository specified on the command line (see
-above). It's useful when the (default) automatic redirection does not
-choose a good host for you.
-.IP "\fB\-all\-options\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-all-options"
-Normally options not regarding the current platform are not shown.
-Giving this cmd line option allows to configure settings in the
-final tlpdb that do not have any immediate effect.
-.IP "\fB\-custom\-bin\fR \fIpath\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-custom-bin path"
-If you have built your own binaries for your system (probably because
-your platform was not supported by TeX Live out of the box), this option
-allows you to give the \fIpath\fR to a directory where the binaries for the
-current system are present. The installation will continue as usual, but
-at the end all files from \fIpath\fR are copied over to \f(CW\*(C`bin/custom\*(C'\fR in
-your installation folder and this directory will be added to the path
-for the post-install actions.
-.IP "\fB\-debug\-translation\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-debug-translation"
-In \s-1GUI\s0 mode, this switch makes \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR report any missing, or more
-likely untranslated, messages to standard error. Helpful for
-translators to see what remains to be done.
-.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR, \fB\-help\fR, \fB\-?\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--help, -help, -?"
-Display this help and exit.
-.IP "\fB\-logfile\fR \fIfile\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-logfile file"
-Write both all messages (informational, debugging, warnings) to \fIfile\fR,
-in addition to standard output or standard error.
-.Sp
-If this option is not given, the installer will create a log file
-in the root of the writable installation tree,
-for example, \f(CW\*(C`/usr/local/texlive/YYYY/install\-tl.log\*(C'\fR for the \fI\s-1YYYY\s0\fR
-release.
-.IP "\fB\-force\-platform\fR \fIplatform\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-force-platform platform"
-Instead of auto-detecting the current platform, use \fIplatform\fR.
-Binaries for this platform must be present and they must actually be
-runnable, or installation will fail. \f(CW\*(C`\-force\-arch\*(C'\fR is a synonym.
-.IP "\fB\-no\-cls\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-no-cls"
-(only for text mode installer) do not clear the screen when entering
-a new menu (for debugging purposes).
-.IP "\fB\-non\-admin\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-non-admin"
-For Windows only: configure for the current user, not for all users.
-.IP "\fB\-\-persistent\-downloads\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--persistent-downloads"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-no\-persistent\-downloads\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--no-persistent-downloads"
-.PD
-For net installs, activating this option makes the installer try to set up a
-persistent connection using the Net::LWP Perl module.
-This opens only one connection between your computer and the server
-per session and reuses it, instead of initiating a new download for
-each package.
-.Sp
-This option is turned on by default, and the installation program will
-fall back to using \f(CW\*(C`wget\*(C'\fR if this is not possible. To disable usage of
-\&\s-1LWP\s0 and persistent connections, use \f(CW\*(C`\-\-no\-persistent\-downloads\*(C'\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-portable\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-portable"
-Install for portable use on e.g. a \s-1USB\s0 stick. Also selectable from
-within the perltk\- and text installers.
-.IP "\fB\-in\-place\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-in-place"
-This is a quick-and-dirty installation option in case you already
-have an rsync\- or svn checkout of TeX Live. It will use the checkout
-as-is and will just do the necessary post-install. Be warned that
-the file tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb may be rewritten, that removal has
-to be done manually, and that the only realistic way to maintain
-this installation is to redo it from time to time. This option is
-not available via the installer interface. \s-1USE\s0 \s-1AT\s0 \s-1YOUR\s0 \s-1OWN\s0 \s-1RISK\s0.
-.IP "\fB\-print\-platform\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-print-platform"
-Print the TeX Live identifier for the detected platform
-(hardware/operating system) combination to standard output, and exit.
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\-print\-arch\*(C'\fR is a synonym.
-.IP "\fB\-profile\fR \fIprofile\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-profile profile"
-Load the file \fIprofile\fR and do the installation with no user
-interaction, that is, a batch (unattended) install.
-.Sp
-A \fIprofile\fR file contains all the values needed to perform an
-installation. After a normal installation has finished, a profile for
-that exact installation is written to the file
-DEST/tlpkg/texlive.profile. That file can be given as the argument to
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\-profile\*(C'\fR to redo the exact same installation on a different system,
-for example. Alternatively, you can use a custom profile, most easily
-created by starting from a generated one and changing values, or an
-empty file, which will take all the defaults.
-.Sp
-Normally a profile has to specify the value \f(CW1\fR for each collection to
-be installed, even if the scheme is specified. This follows from the
-logic of the installer in that you can first select a scheme and then
-change the collections being installed. But there is one exception to
-this, for convenience: If the profile contains a variable for
-\&\f(CW\*(C`selected_scheme\*(C'\fR and \fIno\fR collection variables are defined in the
-profile at all, then the collections which the specified scheme requires
-are installed.
-.Sp
-Thus, a line \f(CW\*(C`selected_scheme scheme\-medium\*(C'\fR together with the
-definitions of the installation directories (\f(CW\*(C`TEXDIR\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`TEXMFHOME\*(C'\fR,
-\&\f(CW\*(C`TEXMFLOCAL\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`TEXMFSYSCONFIG\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`TEXMFSYSVAR\*(C'\fR) suffices to install
-the medium scheme with all default options.
-.IP "\fB\-q\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-q"
-Omit normal informational messages.
-.IP "\fB\-scheme\fR \fIscheme\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-scheme scheme"
-Schemes are the highest level of package grouping in TeX Live; the
-default is to use the \f(CW\*(C`full\*(C'\fR scheme, which includes everything. This
-option overrides that default. You can change the scheme again before
-the actual installation with the usual menu. The \fIscheme\fR argument may
-optionally have a prefix \f(CW\*(C`scheme\-\*(C'\fR. The list of supported scheme names
-depends on what your package repository provides; see the interactive
-menu list.
-.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-v"
-Include debugging messages; repeat for maximum debugging, as in \f(CW\*(C`\-v
-\&\-v\*(C'\fR. (Further repeats are accepted but ignored.)
-.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR, \fB\-version\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--version, -version"
-Output version information and exit.
-If \f(CW\*(C`\-v\*(C'\fR has been given the revisions of the used modules are reported, too.
-.PP
-As usual, all options can be specified with either \f(CW\*(C`\-\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`\-\-\*(C'\fR, and
-arguments can be separated from their options by either a space or \f(CW\*(C`=\*(C'\fR.
-.SH "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"
-.IX Header "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"
-For ease in scripting and debugging, \f(CW\*(C`install\-tl\*(C'\fR will look for the
-following environment variables. They are not of interest in normal
-user installations.
-.ie n .IP """TEXLIVE_INSTALL_ENV_NOCHECK""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWTEXLIVE_INSTALL_ENV_NOCHECK\fR" 4
-.IX Item "TEXLIVE_INSTALL_ENV_NOCHECK"
-Omit the check for environment variables containing the string \f(CW\*(C`tex\*(C'\fR.
-People developing TeX-related software are likely to have many such
-variables.
-.ie n .IP """TEXLIVE_INSTALL_NO_CONTEXT_CACHE""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWTEXLIVE_INSTALL_NO_CONTEXT_CACHE\fR" 4
-.IX Item "TEXLIVE_INSTALL_NO_CONTEXT_CACHE"
-Omit creating the ConTeXt cache. This is useful for redistributors.
-.ie n .IP """TEXLIVE_INSTALL_PREFIX""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWTEXLIVE_INSTALL_PREFIX\fR" 4
-.IX Item "TEXLIVE_INSTALL_PREFIX"
-.PD 0
-.ie n .IP """TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFCONFIG""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWTEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFCONFIG\fR" 4
-.IX Item "TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFCONFIG"
-.ie n .IP """TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFHOME""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWTEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFHOME\fR" 4
-.IX Item "TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFHOME"
-.ie n .IP """TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFLOCAL""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWTEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFLOCAL\fR" 4
-.IX Item "TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFLOCAL"
-.ie n .IP """TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFSYSCONFIG""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWTEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFSYSCONFIG\fR" 4
-.IX Item "TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFSYSCONFIG"
-.ie n .IP """TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFSYSVAR""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWTEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFSYSVAR\fR" 4
-.IX Item "TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFSYSVAR"
-.ie n .IP """TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFVAR""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWTEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFVAR\fR" 4
-.IX Item "TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFVAR"
-.PD
-Specify the respective directories.
-.SH "AUTHORS AND COPYRIGHT"
-.IX Header "AUTHORS AND COPYRIGHT"
-This script and its documentation were written for the TeX Live
-distribution (<http://tug.org/texlive>) and both are licensed under the
-\&\s-1GNU\s0 General Public License Version 2 or later.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/install-tl.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/install-tl.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index e5f608d5bae..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/install-tl.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpseaccess.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpseaccess.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 35edd2312c2..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpseaccess.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-.TH KPSEACCESS 1 "1 March 2011" "Kpathsea 6.1.0"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.if n .ds MP MetaPost
-.if t .ds MP MetaPost
-.if n .ds MF Metafont
-.if t .ds MF M\s-2ETAFONT\s0
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP for troff
-.el .ds OX TeX for nroff
-.\" the same but obliqued
-.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
-.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds BX BibTeX
-.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
-.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-kpseaccess \- determine whether a file can be accessed
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B kpseaccess
-.I mode
-.I file
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Exit successfully if
-.I file
-can be accessed with the specified
-.IR mode .
-The
-.I mode
-is an optional dash
-.RB (` \- ')
-followed by zero or more letters of
-.BR rwx ,
-where
-.B r
-is for readable,
-.B w
-is for writable, and
-.B x
-is for executable.
-.PP
-The difference between
-.B kpseaccess
-and
-.B test
-is that the latter looks at the permission bits, while the former
-checks using the
-.BR access (2)
-system call. This makes a difference when file systems have been
-mounted read-only.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH OPTIONS
-.B kpseaccess
-accepts the following options:
-.TP
-.B --help
-Print help message and exit.
-.TP
-.B --version
-Print version information and exit.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR access (2)
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpseaccess.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpseaccess.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 1ba039a338e..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpseaccess.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsepath.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsepath.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 8fb7435c2aa..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsepath.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man1/kpsetool.1
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsepath.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsepath.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 1ad20ed01a4..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsepath.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsereadlink.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsereadlink.1
deleted file mode 100644
index f94c62ce161..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsereadlink.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-.TH KPSEREADLINK 1 "1 March 2011" "Kpathsea 6.1.0"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-kpsereadlink \- print contents of symbolic link
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B kpsereadlink
-.I file
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-If
-.I file
-is a symbolic link, print its contents (what it links to), and exit
-successfully. Exit with a failure otherwise.
-.PP
-On systems that do not support symbolic links,
-.B kpsereadlink
-will always fail.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH OPTIONS
-.B kpsereadlink
-accepts the following options:
-.TP
-.B --help
-Print help message and exit.
-.TP
-.B --version
-Print version information and exit.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR readlink (2)
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsereadlink.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsereadlink.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index df406db62af..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsereadlink.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
-%PDF-1.4
-%Çì¢
-5 0 obj
-<</Length 6 0 R/Filter /FlateDecode>>
-stream
-xœ¥UËrÚ@¼ë+æ©Êlö¡ÕjssbĈÑ%9(BÅBÂ’âȯä3« cç’â@ÕnOO÷L³<% ¨ùtßÑÖz¯`]YÖ֣ŚKè¾¢-| àãÑ‚ÄjË(ÊåÄ…`kqå®<ö–}=›ïÇ—W7“»ë¥Í–œ8ÁkD ÇÚÉ50n˜ÜXöÝ¥óÅàS„úJc»`eÙ·cS7ÐÂ9‚È â m<쪸ŒÃU–æðveš×yçuEÕóö{‘¥DKÚk M\¦5rjB…ö›Öó¯wÓÙ|2?`{Gt§`ÑvwPºÖ’Ù ç[ð+=–z’¸>¹ßYüB£.Ñ”µB\ÊØÕxþé~2 &Ó»³aœi±'I :m‹—Èæ½l{º`E¸pý‡L›©.ì´‚p8º‹n¶)Žõ0ߥ½ß„æ¬TPKçÂ|±ÃÐ’§¥ý o«§(Š«*yʲçf<F@d tÂ=·“Hšµ·yÄçýÄ Ç>­7vqbÌ`F—Dxâd Ix`ð±‡Oeç­IKš=•1õ&.÷i“†­Ç R0ÍÑ~UÇ[4e,®
-È cd·+Êz8šêâ,+œ"«×Íõß99Ù†'P
-n¿5½O³ Âlà˜+"“=âh–qâIuhø\Aâ /å¾²Ã4#]³cô%#.UÃÄM›°ýwòßr´°CŒÁ®6#!)²¬p¸Ä™ fó5»:-òêÃQlÏ3ê‰K6q¶{óÇÑ55¹5HØbÃu|’P_{&]ä•–¯½ ìù³¬®—ê=wýʼZ?›žšù])¤yR”ÛÐØ>¥ÜšÚ)ŸøFÇ`góñ.oæÓ>&ZÚ·‹2>GÉ=Ù¿ÝÏÞ^?F¥:ÐÒæÝ»ŽŠþ1ÀÈ•yšÛë]Xoª80B Œ%ü&½Tî÷ùf·ÇôbŽÜXFà”±¦Øe„kÖט£q`}ÁÏ_4Aµ endstream
-endobj
-6 0 obj
-774
-endobj
-4 0 obj
-<</Type/Page/MediaBox [0 0 612 792]
-/Rotate 0/Parent 3 0 R
-/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF /Text]
-/ExtGState 11 0 R
-/Font 12 0 R
->>
-/Contents 5 0 R
->>
-endobj
-3 0 obj
-<< /Type /Pages /Kids [
-4 0 R
-] /Count 1
->>
-endobj
-1 0 obj
-<</Type /Catalog /Pages 3 0 R
-/Metadata 15 0 R
->>
-endobj
-7 0 obj
-<</Type/ExtGState
-/OPM 1>>endobj
-11 0 obj
-<</R7
-7 0 R>>
-endobj
-12 0 obj
-<</R10
-10 0 R/R9
-9 0 R/R8
-8 0 R>>
-endobj
-10 0 obj
-<</BaseFont/Times-Italic/Type/Font
-/Encoding 13 0 R/Subtype/Type1>>
-endobj
-13 0 obj
-<</Type/Encoding/Differences[
-140/fi]>>
-endobj
-9 0 obj
-<</BaseFont/Times-Bold/Type/Font
-/Subtype/Type1>>
-endobj
-8 0 obj
-<</BaseFont/Times-Roman/Type/Font
-/Encoding 14 0 R/Subtype/Type1>>
-endobj
-14 0 obj
-<</Type/Encoding/Differences[
-173/minus]>>
-endobj
-15 0 obj
-<</Type/Metadata
-/Subtype/XML/Length 1344>>stream
-<?xpacket begin='' id='W5M0MpCehiHzreSzNTczkc9d'?>
-<?adobe-xap-filters esc="CRLF"?>
-<x:xmpmeta xmlns:x='adobe:ns:meta/' x:xmptk='XMP toolkit 2.9.1-13, framework 1.6'>
-<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf='http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#' xmlns:iX='http://ns.adobe.com/iX/1.0/'>
-<rdf:Description rdf:about='uuid:b66edcf7-e107-11ec-0000-9e06288d7e57' xmlns:pdf='http://ns.adobe.com/pdf/1.3/' pdf:Producer='GPL Ghostscript 9.05'/>
-<rdf:Description rdf:about='uuid:b66edcf7-e107-11ec-0000-9e06288d7e57' xmlns:xmp='http://ns.adobe.com/xap/1.0/'><xmp:ModifyDate>2012-05-28T19:32:57+02:00</xmp:ModifyDate>
-<xmp:CreateDate>2012-05-28T19:32:57+02:00</xmp:CreateDate>
-<xmp:CreatorTool>groff version 1.21</xmp:CreatorTool></rdf:Description>
-<rdf:Description rdf:about='uuid:b66edcf7-e107-11ec-0000-9e06288d7e57' xmlns:xapMM='http://ns.adobe.com/xap/1.0/mm/' xapMM:DocumentID='uuid:b66edcf7-e107-11ec-0000-9e06288d7e57'/>
-<rdf:Description rdf:about='uuid:b66edcf7-e107-11ec-0000-9e06288d7e57' xmlns:dc='http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/' dc:format='application/pdf'><dc:title><rdf:Alt><rdf:li xml:lang='x-default'>Untitled</rdf:li></rdf:Alt></dc:title></rdf:Description>
-</rdf:RDF>
-</x:xmpmeta>
-
-
-<?xpacket end='w'?>
-endstream
-endobj
-2 0 obj
-<</Producer(GPL Ghostscript 9.05)
-/CreationDate(D:20120528193257+02'00')
-/ModDate(D:20120528193257+02'00')
-/Creator(groff version 1.21)>>endobj
-xref
-0 16
-0000000000 65535 f
-0000001097 00000 n
-0000003050 00000 n
-0000001038 00000 n
-0000000878 00000 n
-0000000015 00000 n
-0000000859 00000 n
-0000001162 00000 n
-0000001488 00000 n
-0000001423 00000 n
-0000001283 00000 n
-0000001203 00000 n
-0000001233 00000 n
-0000001367 00000 n
-0000001570 00000 n
-0000001629 00000 n
-trailer
-<< /Size 16 /Root 1 0 R /Info 2 0 R
-/ID [<CF80ABD85349F450E0D95E463B413486><CF80ABD85349F450E0D95E463B413486>]
->>
-startxref
-3202
-%%EOF
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsestat.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsestat.1
deleted file mode 100644
index eb134a6c2f3..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsestat.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-.TH KPSESTAT 1 "1 March 2011" "Kpathsea 6.1.0"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.if n .ds MP MetaPost
-.if t .ds MP MetaPost
-.if n .ds MF Metafont
-.if t .ds MF M\s-2ETAFONT\s0
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP for troff
-.el .ds OX TeX for nroff
-.\" the same but obliqued
-.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
-.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds BX BibTeX
-.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
-.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-kpsestat \- compute octal mode from mode of existing file
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B kpsestat
-.I mode
-.I file
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.B kpsestat
-prints the octal permission of
-.I file
-modified according to
-.I mode
-on standard output. The
-.I mode
-parameter accepts a subset of the symbolic permissions accepted by
-.BR chmod (1).
-Use
-.B =
-as the mode to obtain the unchanged permissions.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH OPTIONS
-.B kpsestat
-accepts the following options:
-.TP
-.B --help
-Print help message and exit.
-.TP
-.B --version
-Print version information and exit.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR chmod (1).
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsestat.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsestat.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index ea50836943f..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsestat.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
-%PDF-1.4
-%Çì¢
-5 0 obj
-<</Length 6 0 R/Filter /FlateDecode>>
-stream
-xœ•UËvÓ@ Ýû+´tæeÏ ç°(Ey´¥1 NËÂu&‰!ŽíRø~…D3¶ó¨Ã¡œ,œc]IWÒ•ü (a@ݯfEðìZÁª (¬‚oóFèY/h|ALÉ2èÜ(Jr"!)‚ðíÕ|6O&É—`ÊgÌ¡I$DŒàd„gÞJ "4ãAˆˆÊ!yÂÛÝNàt,CŒdÿˆÕðž”péìÏ®  yOe.L‘“_œí£(Bµ2}”÷3g8*šs"‡)¦óÎÔñ½ ¿VmÚ´…ß•EußZ(³6Ý@Q.,,ë²èþ•K°&‰Q1äM›oWðkc'Ÿ“7‡…!’ƒy ¡ÂhOgþéâòj~>ïH™=©=ºgµãÓAÝc%#Ré¾BN¸Ö¾ãž#2ÄîxhJ´Aˆç!Ýt0øëÙüÕõùUr~yñßTô1múQR"yì™Tu¾mh×C +[yÓäåÛ7.ˆ I¿+áP¨1Q’é}¢h(9ÿefYY/Ü ÚòDxJQ½ªïÚ4ÖŠF©‚4±Üí"­PÞ·¨â<†BÃdmÇY¦’1Â…õ×T2¢»R”é¦W¥uZØÖÖ®[aûRhîïÛ:ŹV6?‹»r“gÝlz0¶àîçxT«Ó‘ÎÖHgÄF0 Ùc„oÓn{ |lì(*Þ tZñbÑ¥t4 3mü
-£ ˆ”úÑÒ…®,/Û¶„ò®Mó­¯ô~›­Óí
-«:(•<ÒõÉýºô’þÿõ:Ö4y¿]7á0 ÇkYn6å„G˜O˜ðÁé­¬ZGîù~ûôÐ:Z¼étm7Õx =¿>é•[ pH(lÓ¤+ (ÇþîhãÝAIŽSžêÉ æü>A ‘ míšÙ»ž °kÐ@â»Ïi˜î]!ß.˺H]Ù¤”|Ä©’ÒD;ÇGp6ƒ³wóË'Lé ¢íµêe¦°å‘0•1b»o«´]76…˜ ÕÁ8QB»O§¯ç Uöþðbäî¤u¶NóÎ8V¾»þÕ, >àï4ß!endstream
-endobj
-6 0 obj
-799
-endobj
-4 0 obj
-<</Type/Page/MediaBox [0 0 612 792]
-/Rotate 0/Parent 3 0 R
-/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF /Text]
-/ExtGState 11 0 R
-/Font 12 0 R
->>
-/Contents 5 0 R
->>
-endobj
-3 0 obj
-<< /Type /Pages /Kids [
-4 0 R
-] /Count 1
->>
-endobj
-1 0 obj
-<</Type /Catalog /Pages 3 0 R
-/Metadata 15 0 R
->>
-endobj
-7 0 obj
-<</Type/ExtGState
-/OPM 1>>endobj
-11 0 obj
-<</R7
-7 0 R>>
-endobj
-12 0 obj
-<</R10
-10 0 R/R9
-9 0 R/R8
-8 0 R>>
-endobj
-10 0 obj
-<</BaseFont/Times-Italic/Type/Font
-/Encoding 13 0 R/Subtype/Type1>>
-endobj
-13 0 obj
-<</Type/Encoding/Differences[
-140/fi]>>
-endobj
-9 0 obj
-<</BaseFont/Times-Bold/Type/Font
-/Subtype/Type1>>
-endobj
-8 0 obj
-<</BaseFont/Times-Roman/Type/Font
-/Encoding 14 0 R/Subtype/Type1>>
-endobj
-14 0 obj
-<</Type/Encoding/Differences[
-140/fi
-173/minus]>>
-endobj
-15 0 obj
-<</Type/Metadata
-/Subtype/XML/Length 1344>>stream
-<?xpacket begin='' id='W5M0MpCehiHzreSzNTczkc9d'?>
-<?adobe-xap-filters esc="CRLF"?>
-<x:xmpmeta xmlns:x='adobe:ns:meta/' x:xmptk='XMP toolkit 2.9.1-13, framework 1.6'>
-<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf='http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#' xmlns:iX='http://ns.adobe.com/iX/1.0/'>
-<rdf:Description rdf:about='uuid:ba9afa77-e107-11ec-0000-483378f4c7da' xmlns:pdf='http://ns.adobe.com/pdf/1.3/' pdf:Producer='GPL Ghostscript 9.05'/>
-<rdf:Description rdf:about='uuid:ba9afa77-e107-11ec-0000-483378f4c7da' xmlns:xmp='http://ns.adobe.com/xap/1.0/'><xmp:ModifyDate>2012-05-28T19:33:04+02:00</xmp:ModifyDate>
-<xmp:CreateDate>2012-05-28T19:33:04+02:00</xmp:CreateDate>
-<xmp:CreatorTool>groff version 1.21</xmp:CreatorTool></rdf:Description>
-<rdf:Description rdf:about='uuid:ba9afa77-e107-11ec-0000-483378f4c7da' xmlns:xapMM='http://ns.adobe.com/xap/1.0/mm/' xapMM:DocumentID='uuid:ba9afa77-e107-11ec-0000-483378f4c7da'/>
-<rdf:Description rdf:about='uuid:ba9afa77-e107-11ec-0000-483378f4c7da' xmlns:dc='http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/' dc:format='application/pdf'><dc:title><rdf:Alt><rdf:li xml:lang='x-default'>Untitled</rdf:li></rdf:Alt></dc:title></rdf:Description>
-</rdf:RDF>
-</x:xmpmeta>
-
-
-<?xpacket end='w'?>
-endstream
-endobj
-2 0 obj
-<</Producer(GPL Ghostscript 9.05)
-/CreationDate(D:20120528193304+02'00')
-/ModDate(D:20120528193304+02'00')
-/Creator(groff version 1.21)>>endobj
-xref
-0 16
-0000000000 65535 f
-0000001122 00000 n
-0000003082 00000 n
-0000001063 00000 n
-0000000903 00000 n
-0000000015 00000 n
-0000000884 00000 n
-0000001187 00000 n
-0000001513 00000 n
-0000001448 00000 n
-0000001308 00000 n
-0000001228 00000 n
-0000001258 00000 n
-0000001392 00000 n
-0000001595 00000 n
-0000001661 00000 n
-trailer
-<< /Size 16 /Root 1 0 R /Info 2 0 R
-/ID [<9C7C36C0EC05715B340B03B4D980BD01><9C7C36C0EC05715B340B03B4D980BD01>]
->>
-startxref
-3234
-%%EOF
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsetool.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsetool.1
deleted file mode 100644
index addd9b08344..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsetool.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
-.TH "kpsetool" "1" "September 2000" "teTeX" "teTeX"
-.PP
-.SH "NAME"
-kpsetool \- script to make teTeX-style \fBkpsetool\fP,
-\fBkpsexpand\fP, and \fBkpsepath\fP available
-.PP
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.PP
-\fBkpsetool \fP [ \fIOPTIONS\fP\&.\&.\&. ] \fICOMMAND\fP
-.PP
-\fBkpsexpand\fP [ \fIOPTIONS\fP\&.\&.\&. ] \fISTRING\fP
-.PP
-\fBkpsepath\fP [ \fIOPTIONS\fP\&.\&.\&. ] \fIPATHTYPE\fP
-.PP
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.PP
-\fBkpsetool\fP is a Bourne shell script that makes a teTeX-style
-\fBkpsetool\fP, \fBkpsexpand\fP, and \fBkpsepath\fP available\&.
-\fBkpsetool\fP uses \fBweb2c\fP\'s (new) \fBkpsexpand\fP binary, so the
-syntax for \fBkpsexpand\fP is incompatible with teTeX\'s as of version
-0\&.4\&.
-.PP
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.PP
-.IP "\fB-m\fP \fImode\fP"
-set Metafont mode
-.IP "\fB-n\fP \fIprogname\fP"
-pretend to be \fIprogname\fP to kpathsea
-.IP "\fB-p\fP"
-act like \fBkpsepath\fP(1)
-.IP "\fB-v\fP"
-act like \fBkpsexpand\fP(1)
-.IP "\fB-w\fP"
-act like \fBkpsewhich\fP(1)
-.PP
-.SH "USAGE"
-.PP
-\fIPATHTYPE\fP can be
-.PP
-.IP "\fBbase\fP"
-Metafont memory dump
-.IP "\fBbib\fP"
-BibTeX bibliography source
-.IP "\fBbst\fP"
-BibTeX style files
-.IP "\fBcnf\fP"
-Kpathsea runtime configuration files
-.IP "\fBdvips_config\fP"
-dvips config files
-.IP "\fBdvips_header\fP"
-dvips header files
-.IP "\fBfmt\fP"
-TeX memory dump
-.IP "\fBgf\fP"
-generic font bitmap
-.IP "\fBmem\fP"
-MetaPost memory dump
-.IP "\fBmf\fP"
-Metafont source
-.IP "\fBmfpool\fP"
-Metafont program strings
-.IP "\fBmp\fP"
-MetaPost source
-.IP "\fBmppool\fP"
-MetaPost program strings
-.IP "\fBmpsupport\fP"
-MetaPost support files
-.IP "\fBpict\fP"
-Other kinds of figures
-.IP "\fBpk\fP"
-packed bitmap font
-.IP "\fBtex\fP"
-TeX source
-.IP "\fBtexpool\fP"
-TeX program strings
-.IP "\fBtfm\fP"
-TeX font metrics
-.IP "\fBtroff_font\fP"
-troff fonts
-.IP "\fBvf\fP"
-virtual font
-.PP
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-\fBkpsewhich\fP(1)
-.PP
-\fIKpathsea: A library for path searching\fP (info or DVI file)
-.PP
-Web page: <http://tug\&.org/teTeX/>
-.PP
-.SH "BUGS"
-.PP
-None known, but report any bugs found to <tetex@dbs\&.uni-hannover\&.de> (mailing list)\&.
-.PP
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.PP
-\fBkpsetool\fP was written by Thomas Esser
-<te@dbs\&.uni-hannover\&.de> in March, 1997\&. \fBkpsetool\fP
-is in the public domain\&.
-.PP
-This manual page was written by C\&.M\&. Connelly
-<c@eskimo\&.com>, for
-the Debian GNU/Linux system\&. It may be used by other distributions
-without contacting the author\&. Any mistakes or omissions in the
-manual page are my fault; inquiries about or corrections to this
-manual page should be directed to me (and not to the primary author)\&.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsetool.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsetool.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 37dda84b47a..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsetool.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsewhere.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsewhere.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 76700ed33fe..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsewhere.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-.TH "kpsewhere" "1" "March 2004" "teTeX" "teTeX"
-.PP
-.SH "NAME"
-kpsewhere \- Expanding \fBkpsewhich\fP to separately iterate over each
-texmf tree listed in $TEXMF.
-.PP
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.PP
-\fBkpsewhere \fP [ \fIkpsewhich-OPTIONS\fP\&.\&.\&. ] \fICOMMAND\fP
-.PP
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.PP
-\fBkpsewhere\fP is an extension to \fBkpsewhich\fP (as \fBwhere\fP is
-for \fBwhich\fP in tcsh). The intention is to provide a way to check
-for conflicts/shadowed files. It will, however, only find \fBone\fP
-file per TEXMF tree.
-.PP
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.PP
-.IP "\fB-h|--help\fP"
-show a short help message
-.IP "\fB\&*\fP"
-all other options are directly handed to kpsewhich
-.PP
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-\fBkpsewhich\fP(1)
-.PP
-\fIKpathsea: A library for path searching\fP (info or DVI file)
-.PP
-Web page: <http://tug\&.org/teTeX/>
-.PP
-.SH "BUGS"
-.PP
-None known, but report any bugs found to <tetex@dbs\&.uni-hannover\&.de> (mailing list)\&.
-.PP
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.PP
-\fBkpsewhere\fP was written by Hans Fredrik Nordhaug
-<hans\&.fredrik@nordhaug\&.no>, additions by
-Thomas Esser
-<te@dbs\&.uni-hannover\&.de>, in 2003 and 2004\&. \fBkpsewhere\fP
-is in the public domain\&.
-.PP
-This manual page was written by Frank Küster <frank@kuesterei\&.ch>,
-for the Debian GNU/Linux system\&. It is also in the public domain
-and may be used and changed by others without contacting the author\&.
-Any mistakes or omissions in the manual page are my fault; inquiries
-about or corrections to this manual page should be directed to me (and
-not to the primary author)\&.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsewhere.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsewhere.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 1186e8269ed..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsewhere.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsewhich.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsewhich.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 116347fac39..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsewhich.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,144 +0,0 @@
-.TH KPSEWHICH 1 "1 March 2011" "Kpathsea 6.1.0"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.if n .ds MP MetaPost
-.if t .ds MP MetaPost
-.if n .ds MF Metafont
-.if t .ds MF M\s-2ETAFONT\s0
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP for troff
-.el .ds OX TeX for nroff
-.\" the same but obliqued
-.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
-.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds BX BibTeX
-.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
-.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-kpsewhich \- standalone path lookup and and expansion for kpathsea
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B kpsewhich
-.RI [ options ]
-.RI [ filenames ]
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
-documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
-or manual
-.IR "Kpathsea: A library for path searching" .
-.PP
-.B kpsewhich
-is used as a standalone front-end of the kpathsea library that can be
-used to examine variables and find files. When the
-.B -format
-option is not given, the search path used when looking for a file is
-inferred from the name given, by looking for a known extension. If
-no known extension is found, the search path for \*(TX source files is
-used.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH OPTIONS
-.B kpsewhich
-accepts the following options:
-.TP
-.BI -debug \ num
-Set debugging flags.
-.TP
-.BI -D \ num
-Use a base resolution of
-.IR num ;
-the default, set by the installer, is typically 600.
-.TP
-.BI -dpi \ num
-As
-.BR -D.
-.TP
-.BI -engine \ string
-Set
-.I $engine
-in the environment, which is used in some search paths.
-.TP
-.BI -expand-braces \ string
-Print variable and brace expansion of
-.IR string .
-.TP
-.BI -expand-path \ string
-Print complete path expansion of
-.IR string .
-.TP
-.BI -expand-var \ string
-Print variable expansion of
-.IR string .
-.TP
-.BI -format \ name
-Use file type
-.IR name .
-See the info manual for a list of valid names, or use the
-.B -help
-option to print the list.
-.TP
-.B -help
-Print help message and exit.
-.TP
-.B -interactive
-Ask for additional filenames to look up.
-.TP
-.BI -mktex \ fmt
-enable
-.RI mktex fmt
-generation.
-.RI ( fmt =pk/mf/tex/tfm)
-.TP
-.BI -mode \ string
-Set device name for
-.I $MAKETEX_MODE
-to
-.IR string ;
-no default.
-.TP
-.B -must-exist
-Search the disk as well as ls-R if necessary.
-.TP
-.BI -no-mktex \ fmt
-disable
-.RI mktex fmt
-generation.
-.RI ( fmt =pk/mf/tex/tfm)
-.TP
-.BI -path \ string
-Search in the path
-.IR string .
-.TP
-.BI -progname \ string
-Set program name to
-.IR string .
-.\" .TP
-.\" .BI -separator \ string
-.\" .rb
-.\" .I string
-.\" separates components in
-.\" .B -path
-.\" output; default is
-.\" .I :
-.\" on UNIX systems.
-.TP
-.BI -show-path \ name
-Output search path for file type
-.IR name .
-See the info manual for a list of valid names, or use the
-.B -help
-option to print the list.
-.TP
-.BI -var-value \ variable
-Print the expansion of
-.IR variable .
-.TP
-.B -version
-Print version information and exit.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR mktexlsr (1),
-.BR mktexmf (1),
-.BR mktexpk (1),
-.BR mktextfm (1).
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsewhich.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsewhich.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index d5a701044fc..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsewhich.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsexpand.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsexpand.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 8fb7435c2aa..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsexpand.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man1/kpsetool.1
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsexpand.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsexpand.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index e01719e075c..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/kpsexpand.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/lacheck.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/lacheck.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 11064b28e54..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/lacheck.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-.TH "LaCheck" "1" "2010-12-10" "Release 1.26"
-.SH NAME
-lacheck - A consistency checker for LaTeX documents.
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B lacheck
-.IR filename [ \fB.tex\fP ]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-LaCheck is a general purpose consistency checker for LaTeX documents.
-It reads a LaTeX document and displays warning messages, if it finds
-bad sequences. It should be noted, that the badness is
-.I very
-subjective. LaCheck is designed to help find common mistakes in LaTeX
-documents, especially those made by beginners.
-.LP
-The things checked are:
-.LP
-Mismatched groups (braces), environments and math mode
-delimiters. When a mismatch is found, line numbers for
-.I "both"
-start and end of the mismatch is given. The error messages comes in
-pairs, one for the end match and one for the beginning, marked with
-\`<-\' and \`->\' respectively.
-.LP
-Bad spacing including missing a \`\\ \' after an abbreviation, missing
-an \`\\@\' before a punctuation mark in a paragraph that is ended by
-an capital letter, double spaces like \` \~\', bad usage of ellipsis
-(like using ... instead of \\ldots, or using \\ldots where \\cdots
-should be used), missing \~ before a \\cite or \\ref commands, space
-before footnotes, italic corrections before comma, point, or italic
-text, italic correction after normal text, missing italic correction
-when switching from italic to normal text, and double italic
-correction.
-.LP
-Badly placed punctuation marks around end of math mode
-delimiters. This is, punctuation placed right after display math end
-or punctuation placed right before text math end. Sequences of
-whitespace followed by punctuation marks are also caught.
-.LP
-Bad use of quotation characters, i.e. constructs like "\'word" or
-"word\`" are warned about, tabs in verbatim environments are caught,
-certain TeX primitives are frowned upon, attempts to give font
-specifiers arguments such as \\em{text} are noted, and use of @ in
-LaTeX macros are reported.
-.LP
-LaCheck will read files that are input using \\input or \\include.
-Files with suffix \`.sty\' are omitted, as they probably will cause
-LaCheck to crash.
-.LP
-LaCheck may be invoked from within Emacs(1) using compile:
-
-To run:
-.B "M-x compile RET lacheck RET"
-, and then
-.B "C-x `"
-to parse the messages
-
-.SH OUTPUT
-The output is UNIX-error like, and may be parsed using Emacs(1)
-compile mode. Here is a sample:
-
-.PD 0
-lacheck compiler
-.TP
-"/usr/mef/compiler.tex", line 34: missing \`\\\\\\\\ \' after "etc."
-.TP
-"/usr/mef/compiler.tex", line 179: double space at " ~"
-.TP
-"/usr/mef/compiler.tex", line 186: <- unmatched "}"
-.TP
-"/usr/mef/compiler.tex", line 181: -> unmatched "$$"
-.PD 1
-.LP
-A control space \`\\ \' should be inserted at line 34, to prevent an
-end-of-sentence space.
-Also, at line 179, the first space of the sequence " ~" should
-probably be deleted.
-The last two lines is an example, where the user mistyped, and
-probably inserted an extra "}" somewhere.
-
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-Some special cases should be explained. In cases where a sentence ends
-with something that LaCheck thinks is an abbreviation an missing \`\\
-\' error may also occur, if the following sentence begins with a
-lowercase letter.
-.LP
-A mismatch error may cause more to follow, due to the chosen
-algorithm. In such cases just correct the
-.I "first"
-error and run LaCheck again
-.LP
-Braces, environments and math mode must be balanced within a file.
-.LP
-LaCheck may be confused by unmatched stuff placed inside verbatim-like
-environments called something else than exactly \`verbatim\'.
-.SH FILES
-lacheck
-.SH SEE ALSO
-tex(1), emacs(1), latex(1)
-.SH BUGS
-LaCheck gets confused by advanced macros, is fooled by simple macros,
-can't figure out if you use a non-standard way to switch italic on or
-off, does not like TeX at all, does not provide any options to turn
-off specific warnings, and is at best a crude approximation.
-.LP
-Ideas for improvements and bug reports are very welcome. Such
-should be directed to the maintainers, their email address is
-<auc-tex_mgr@sunsite.auc.dk>.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Kresten Krab Thorup with modifications by Per Abrahamsen.
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/lacheck.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/lacheck.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e3e6367454..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/lacheck.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/lamed.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/lamed.1
deleted file mode 100644
index bda63f2adb8..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/lamed.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man1/aleph.1
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/lamed.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/lamed.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 1242c5ed0e4..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/lamed.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latex.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latex.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 8f9d255ec21..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latex.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-.TH LATEX 1 "14 May 2010" "Web2C 2012"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP\" for troff
-.el .ds OX TeX\" for nroff
-.\" the same but obliqued
-.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
-.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds BX BibTeX
-.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
-.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-latex, elatex, lambda, pdflatex \- structured text formatting and typesetting
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B latex
-.RI [ first-line ]
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.PP
-This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
-documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
-or manual
-.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
-.PP
-The \*(LX language is described in the book
-.IR "\*(LX \- A Document Preparation System" .
-\*(LX is a \*(TX macro package, not a modification to the \*(TX source
-program, so all the capabilities described in
-.BR tex (1)
-are present.
-.PP
-The \*(LX macros encourage writers to think about the content of their
-documents, rather than the form. The ideal, very difficult to realize, is to
-have no formatting commands (like ``switch to italic'' or ``skip 2
-picas'') in the document at all; instead, everything is done
-by specific markup instructions: ``emphasize'', ``start a section''.
-.PP
-The primary source of documentation for \*(LX is the \*(LX manual
-referenced below, and the local guide in the file
-.I local-guide.tex
-or
-.I local.tex
-or some such.
-.PP
-.B elatex
-is the e-\*(TX extended mode version of \*(LX format.
-.PP
-.B lambda
-is the Omega version of the \*(LX format.
-.PP
-.B pdflatex
-is the pdf\*(TX version of the \*(LX format.
-.PP
-On some systems
-.B latex209
-and
-.B slitex
-are available for compatibility with older versions of \*(LX. These
-should not be used for new texts.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.PP
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR amslatex (1),
-.BR amstex (1),
-.BR pdflatex (1),
-.BR pdftex (1),
-.BR tex (1).
-.PP
-Leslie Lamport,
-.IR "\*(LX \- A Document Preparation System" ,
-Addison-Wesley, 1985, ISBN 020115790X.
-.PP
-Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, Johannes Braams, David Carlisle,
-and Chris Rowley,
-.IR "LaTeX Companion" ,
-Addison-Wesley, 2004, ISBN 0201362996 (2nd edition).
-.PP
-\fILaTeX Graphics Companion\fP, available as part of a boxed set:
-\fIThe LaTeX Companions, Revised Boxed Set : A Complete Guide and
-Reference for Preparing, Illustrating, and Publishing Technical
-Documents\fP (2nd Edition), by Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
-Sebastian Rahtz, Helmut Kopka, Patrick W. Daly (Addison-Wesley, 2004,
-ISBN 0321269446).
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latex.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index fc051d7dff4..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latex.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexdiff-vc.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexdiff-vc.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 497b8fed20b..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexdiff-vc.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,246 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "LATEXDIFF-VC 1"
-.TH LATEXDIFF-VC 1 "2012-12-16" "perl v5.12.4" " "
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-latexdiff\-vc \- wrapper script that calls latexdiff for different versions of a file under version management (CVS, RCS or SVN)
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-\&\fBlatexdiff-vc\fR [ \fIlatexdiff-options\fR ] [ \fIlatexdiff-vc-options\fR ] \fB\-r\fR [\fIrev1\fR] [\fB\-r\fR \fIrev2\fR] \fIfile1.tex\fR [ \fIfile2.tex\fR ...]
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& or
-.Ve
-.PP
-\&\fBlatexdiff-vc\fR [ \fIlatexdiff-options\fR ] [ \fIlatexdiff-vc-options\fR ][ \fB\-\-postscript\fR | \fB\-\-pdf\fR ] \fIold.tex\fR \fInew.tex\fR
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-\&\fIlatexdiff-vc\fR is a wrapper script that applies \fIlatexdiff\fR to a
-file, or multiple files under version control (\s-1CVS\s0, \s-1RCS\s0 or \s-1SVN\s0), and optionally runs the
-sequence of \f(CW\*(C`latex\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`dvips\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`pdflatex\*(C'\fR commands necessary to
-produce pdf or postscript output of the difference tex file(s). It can
-also be applied to a pair of files to automatise the generation of difference
-file in postscript or pdf format.
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS"
-.IP "\fB\-\-rcs\fR, \fB\-\-svn\fR, \fB\-\-cvs\fR, or \fB\-\-git\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--rcs, --svn, --cvs, or --git"
-Set the version system.
-If no version system is specified, latexdiff-vc will venture a guess.
-.Sp
-latexdiff-cvs and latexdiff-rcs are variants of latexdiff-vc which default to
-the respective versioning system. However, this default can still be overridden using the options above.
-.IP "\fB\-r\fR, \fB\-r\fR \fIrev\fR or \fB\-\-revision\fR, \fB\-\-revision=\fR\fIrev\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-r, -r rev or --revision, --revision=rev"
-Choose revision (under \s-1RCS\s0, \s-1CVS\s0, \s-1SVN\s0 or \s-1GIT\s0). One or two \fB\-r\fR options can be
-specified, and they result in different behaviour:
-.RS 4
-.IP "\fBlatexdiff-vc\fR \-r \fIfile.tex\fR ..." 4
-.IX Item "latexdiff-vc -r file.tex ..."
-compares \fIfile.tex\fR with the most recent version checked into \s-1RCS\s0.
-.IP "\fBlatexdiff-vc\fR \-r \fIrev1\fR \fIfile.tex\fR ..." 4
-.IX Item "latexdiff-vc -r rev1 file.tex ..."
-compares \fIfile.tex\fR with revision \fIrev1\fR.
-.IP "\fBlatexdiff-vc\fR \-r \fIrev1\fR \-r \fIrev2\fR \fIfile.tex\fR ..." 4
-.IX Item "latexdiff-vc -r rev1 -r rev2 file.tex ..."
-compares revisions \fIrev1\fR and \fIrev2\fR of \fIfile.tex\fR.
-.Sp
-Multiple files can be specified for all of the above options. All files must have the
-extension \f(CW\*(C`.tex\*(C'\fR, though.
-.IP "\fBlatexdiff-vc\fR \fIold.tex\fR \fInew.tex\fR" 4
-.IX Item "latexdiff-vc old.tex new.tex"
-compares two files.
-.RE
-.RS 4
-.Sp
-The name of the difference file is generated automatically and
-reported to stdout.
-.RE
-.IP "\fB\-d\fR or \fB\-\-dir\fR \fB\-d\fR \fIpath\fR or \fB\-\-dir=\fR\fIpath\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-d or --dir -d path or --dir=path"
-Rather than appending the string \f(CW\*(C`diff\*(C'\fR and optionally the version
-numbers given to the output-file, this will prepend a directory name \f(CW\*(C`diff\*(C'\fR
-to the
-original filename, creating the directory and subdirectories should they not exist already. This is particularly useful in order to clone a
-complete directory hierarchy. Optionally, a pathname \fIpath\fR can be specified, which is prepended instead of \f(CW\*(C`diff\*(C'\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-\-fast\fR or \fB\-\-so\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--fast or --so"
-Use \f(CW\*(C`latexdiff\-fast\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`latexdiff\-so\*(C'\fR, respectively (instead of \f(CW\*(C`latexdiff\*(C'\fR).
-.IP "\fB\-\-ps\fR or \fB\-\-postscript\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--ps or --postscript"
-Generate postscript output from difference file. This will run the
-sequence \f(CW\*(C`latex; latex; dvips\*(C'\fR on the difference file (do not use
-this option in the rare cases, where three \f(CW\*(C`latex\*(C'\fR commands are
-required if you care about correct referencing). If the difference
-file contains a \f(CW\*(C`\ebibliography\*(C'\fR tag, run the sequence \f(CW\*(C`latex;
-bibtex; latex; latex; dvips\*(C'\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-\-pdf\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--pdf"
-Generate pdf output from difference file using \f(CW\*(C`pdflatex\*(C'\fR. This will
-run the sequence \f(CW\*(C`pdflatex; pdflatex\*(C'\fR on the difference file, or
-\&\f(CW\*(C`pdflatex; bibtex; pdflatex; pdflatex\*(C'\fR for files requiring bibtex.
-.IP "\fB\-\-force\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--force"
-Overwrite existing diff files without asking for confirmation. Default
-behaviour is to ask for confirmation before overwriting an existing difference
-file.
-.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR or \fB\-h\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--help or -h"
-Show help text
-.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--version"
-Show version number
-.PP
-All other options are passed on to \f(CW\*(C`latexdiff\*(C'\fR.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
-latexdiff
-.SH "PORTABILITY"
-.IX Header "PORTABILITY"
-\&\fIlatexdiff-vc\fR uses external commands and is therefore
-limited to Unix-like systems. It also requires the \s-1RCS\s0 version control
-system and latex to be installed on the system. Modules from Perl 5.8
-or higher are required.
-.SH "BUG REPORTING"
-.IX Header "BUG REPORTING"
-.Vb 6
-\& Please submit bug reports through
-\&the latexdiff project page I<http://developer.berlios.de/projects/latexdiff/> or send
-\&to I<tilmann@gfz\-potsdam.de>. Include the serial number of I<latexdiff\-vc>
-\&(option C<\-\-version>)
-\&.
-\&=head1 AUTHOR
-.Ve
-.PP
-Copyright (C) 2005,2012 Frederik Tilmann
-.PP
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 General Public License Version 3
-Contributors: S Utcke, H Bruyninckx
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexdiff-vc.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexdiff-vc.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 779eaa29e23..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexdiff-vc.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexdiff.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexdiff.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f075daa0a9..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexdiff.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,758 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "LATEXDIFF 1"
-.TH LATEXDIFF 1 "2012-12-16" "perl v5.12.4" " "
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-latexdiff \- determine and markup differences between two latex files
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-\&\fBlatexdiff\fR [ \fB\s-1OPTIONS\s0\fR ] \fIold.tex\fR \fInew.tex\fR > \fIdiff.tex\fR
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-Briefly, \fIlatexdiff\fR is a utility program to aid in the management of
-revisions of latex documents. It compares two valid latex files, here
-called \f(CW\*(C`old.tex\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`new.tex\*(C'\fR, finds significant differences
-between them (i.e., ignoring the number of white spaces and position
-of line breaks), and adds special commands to highlight the
-differences. Where visual highlighting is not possible, e.g. for changes
-in the formatting, the differences are
-nevertheless marked up in the source.
-.PP
-The program treats the preamble differently from the main document.
-Differences between the preambles are found using line-based
-differencing (similarly to the Unix diff command, but ignoring white
-spaces). A comment, "\f(CW\*(C`%DIF\ >\*(C'\fR" is appended to each added line, i.e. a
-line present in \f(CW\*(C`new.tex\*(C'\fR but not in \f(CW\*(C`old.tex\*(C'\fR. Discarded lines
- are deactivated by prepending "\f(CW\*(C`%DIF\ <\*(C'\fR". Changed blocks are preceded by
-comment lines giving information about line numbers in the original files. Where there are insignificant
-differences, the resulting file \f(CW\*(C`diff.tex\*(C'\fR will be similar to
-\&\f(CW\*(C`new.tex\*(C'\fR. At the end of the preamble, the definitions for \fIlatexdiff\fR markup commands are inserted.
-In differencing the main body of the text, \fIlatexdiff\fR attempts to
-satisfy the following guidelines (in order of priority):
-.IP "1." 3
-If both \f(CW\*(C`old.tex\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`new.tex\*(C'\fR are valid LaTeX, then the resulting
-\&\f(CW\*(C`diff.tex\*(C'\fR should also be valid LateX. (\s-1NB\s0 If a few plain TeX commands
-are used within \f(CW\*(C`old.tex\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`new.tex\*(C'\fR then \f(CW\*(C`diff.tex\*(C'\fR is not
-guaranteed to work but usually will).
-.IP "2." 3
-Significant differences are determined on the level of
-individual words. All significant differences, including differences
-between comments should be clearly marked in the resulting source code
-\&\f(CW\*(C`diff.tex\*(C'\fR.
-.IP "3." 3
-If a changed passage contains text or text-producing commands, then
-running \f(CW\*(C`diff.tex\*(C'\fR through LateX should produce output where added
-and discarded passages are highlighted.
-.IP "4." 3
-Where there are insignificant differences, e.g. in the positioning of
-line breaks, \f(CW\*(C`diff.tex\*(C'\fR should follow the formatting of \f(CW\*(C`new.tex\*(C'\fR
-.PP
-For differencing the same algorithm as \fIdiff\fR is used but words
-instead of lines are compared. An attempt is made to recognize
-blocks which are completely changed such that they can be marked up as a unit.
-Comments are differenced line by line
-but the number of spaces within comments is ignored. Commands including
-all their arguments are generally compared as one unit, i.e., no mark-up
-is inserted into the arguments of commands. However, for a selected
-number of commands (for example, \f(CW\*(C`\ecaption\*(C'\fR and all sectioning
-commands) the last argument is known to be text. This text is
-split into words and differenced just as ordinary text (use options to
-show and change the list of text commands, see below). As the
-algorithm has no detailed knowledge of LaTeX, it assumes all pairs of
-curly braces immediately following a command (i.e. a sequence of
-letters beginning with a backslash) are arguments for that command.
-As a restriction to condition 1 above it is thus necessary to surround
-all arguments with curly braces, and to not insert
-extraneous spaces. For example, write
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& \esection{\etextem{This is an emphasized section title}}
-.Ve
-.PP
-and not
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& \esection {\etextem{This is an emphasized section title}}
-.Ve
-.PP
-or
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& \esection\etextem{This is an emphasized section title}
-.Ve
-.PP
-even though all varieties are the same to LaTeX (but see
-\&\fB\-\-allow\-spaces\fR option which allows the second variety).
-.PP
-For environments whose content does not conform to standard LaTeX or
-where graphical markup does not make sense all markup commands can be
-removed by setting the \s-1PICTUREENV\s0 configuration variable, set by
-default to \f(CW\*(C`picture\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`DIFnomarkup\*(C'\fR environments; see \fB\-\-config\fR
-option). The latter environment (\f(CW\*(C`DIFnomarkup\*(C'\fR) can be used to
-protect parts of the latex file where the markup results in illegal
-markup. You have to surround the offending passage in both the old and
-new file by \f(CW\*(C`\ebegin{DIFnomarkup}\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`\eend{DIFnomarkup}\*(C'\fR. You must
-define the environment in the preambles of both old and new
-documents. I prefer to define it as a null-environment,
-.PP
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\enewenvironment{DIFnomarkup}{}{}\*(C'\fR
-.PP
-but the choice is yours. Any markup within the environment will be
-removed, and generally everything within the environment will just be
-taken from the new file.
-.PP
-It is also possible to difference files which do not have a preamble.
- In this case, the file is processed in the main document
-mode, but the definitions of the markup commands are not inserted.
-.PP
-All markup commands inserted by \fIlatexdiff\fR begin with "\f(CW\*(C`\eDIF\*(C'\fR". Added
-blocks containing words, commands or comments which are in \f(CW\*(C`new.tex\*(C'\fR
-but not in \f(CW\*(C`old.tex\*(C'\fR are marked by \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFaddbegin\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFaddend\*(C'\fR.
-Discarded blocks are marked by \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFdelbegin\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFdelend\*(C'\fR.
-Within added blocks all text is highlighted with \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFadd\*(C'\fR like this:
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\eDIFadd{Added text block}\*(C'\fR
-Selected `safe' commands can be contained in these text blocks as well
-(use options to show and change the list of safe commands, see below).
-All other commands as well as braces \*(L"{\*(R" and \*(L"}\*(R" are never put within
-the scope of \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFadd\*(C'\fR. Added comments are marked by prepending
-"\f(CW\*(C`%DIF\ >\ \*(C'\fR".
-.PP
-Within deleted blocks text is highlighted with \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFdel\*(C'\fR. Deleted
-comments are marked by prepending "\f(CW\*(C`%DIF\ <\ \*(C'\fR\*(L". Non-safe command
-and curly braces within deleted blocks are commented out with
-\&\*(R"\f(CW\*(C`%DIFDELCMD\ <\ \*(C'\fR".
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS"
-.SS "Preamble"
-.IX Subsection "Preamble"
-The following options determine the visual markup style by adding the appropriate
-command definitions to the preamble. See the end of this section for a description of
-available styles.
-.IP "\fB\-\-type=markupstyle\fR or \fB\-t markupstyle\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--type=markupstyle or -t markupstyle"
-Add code to preamble for selected markup style. This option defines
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\eDIFadd\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFdel\*(C'\fR commands.
-Available styles:
-.Sp
-\&\f(CW\*(C`UNDERLINE CTRADITIONAL TRADITIONAL CFONT FONTSTRIKE INVISIBLE
-CHANGEBAR CCHANGEBAR CULINECHBAR CFONTCBHBAR\*(C'\fR
-.Sp
-[ Default: \f(CW\*(C`UNDERLINE\*(C'\fR ]
-.IP "\fB\-\-subtype=markstyle\fR or \fB\-s markstyle\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--subtype=markstyle or -s markstyle"
-Add code to preamble for selected style for bracketing
-commands (e.g. to mark changes in margin). This option defines
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\eDIFaddbegin\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFaddend\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFdelbegin\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFdelend\*(C'\fR commands.
-Available styles: \f(CW\*(C`SAFE MARGINAL COLOR DVIPSCOL\*(C'\fR
-.Sp
-[ Default: \f(CW\*(C`SAFE\*(C'\fR ]
-.IP "\fB\-\-floattype=markstyle\fR or \fB\-f markstyle\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--floattype=markstyle or -f markstyle"
-Add code to preamble for selected style which
-replace standard marking and markup commands within floats
-(e.g., marginal remarks cause an error within floats
-so marginal marking can be disabled thus). This option defines all
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\eDIF...FL\*(C'\fR commands.
-Available styles: \f(CW\*(C`FLOATSAFE TRADITIONALSAFE IDENTICAL\*(C'\fR
-.Sp
-[ Default: \f(CW\*(C`FLOATSAFE\*(C'\fR ]
-.IP "\fB\-\-encoding=enc\fR or \fB\-e enc\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--encoding=enc or -e enc"
-Specify encoding of old.tex and new.tex. Typical encodings are
-\&\f(CW\*(C`ascii\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`utf8\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`latin1\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`latin9\*(C'\fR. A list of available encodings can be
-obtained by executing
-.Sp
-\&\f(CW\*(C`perl \-MEncode \-e \*(Aqprint join ("\en",Encode\-\*(C'\fRencodings( \*(L":all\*(R" )) ;' >
-.Sp
-[Default encoding is utf8 unless the first few lines of the preamble contain
-an invocation \f(CW\*(C`\eusepackage[..]{inputenc}\*(C'\fR in which case the
-encoding chosen by this command is asssumed. Note that \s-1ASCII\s0 (standard
-latex) is a subset of utf8]
-.IP "\fB\-\-preamble=file\fR or \fB\-p file\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--preamble=file or -p file"
-Insert file at end of preamble instead of generating
-preamble. The preamble must define the following commands
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\eDIFaddbegin, \eDIFaddend, \eDIFadd{..},
-\&\eDIFdelbegin,\eDIFdelend,\eDIFdel{..},\*(C'\fR
-and varieties for use within floats
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\eDIFaddbeginFL, \eDIFaddendFL, \eDIFaddFL{..},
-\&\eDIFdelbeginFL, \eDIFdelendFL, \eDIFdelFL{..}\*(C'\fR
-(If this option is set \fB\-t\fR, \fB\-s\fR, and \fB\-f\fR options
-are ignored.)
-.IP "\fB\-\-packages=pkg1,pkg2,..\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--packages=pkg1,pkg2,.."
-Tell latexdiff that .tex file is processed with the packages in list
-loaded. This is normally not necessary if the .tex file includes the
-preamble, as the preamble is automatically scanned for \f(CW\*(C`\eusepackage\*(C'\fR commands.
-Use of the \fB\-\-packages\fR option disables automatic scanning, so if for any
-reason package specific parsing needs to be switched off, use \fB\-\-packages=none\fR.
-The following packages trigger special behaviour:
-.RS 4
-.ie n .IP """amsmath""" 8
-.el .IP "\f(CWamsmath\fR" 8
-.IX Item "amsmath"
-Configuration variable amsmath is set to \f(CW\*(C`align*\*(C'\fR (Default: \f(CW\*(C`eqnarray*\*(C'\fR)
-.ie n .IP """endfloat""" 8
-.el .IP "\f(CWendfloat\fR" 8
-.IX Item "endfloat"
-Ensure that \f(CW\*(C`\ebegin{figure}\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`\eend{figure}\*(C'\fR always appear by themselves on a line.
-.ie n .IP """hyperref""" 8
-.el .IP "\f(CWhyperref\fR" 8
-.IX Item "hyperref"
-Change name of \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFadd\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFdel\*(C'\fR commands to \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFaddtex\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFdeltex\*(C'\fR and
-define new \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFadd\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFdel\*(C'\fR commands, which provide a wrapper for these commands,
-using them for the text but not for the link defining command (where any markup would cause
-errors).
-.RE
-.RS 4
-.Sp
-[ Default: scan the preamble for \f(CW\*(C`\e\eusepackage\*(C'\fR commands to determine
- loaded packages.]
-.RE
-.IP "\fB\-\-show\-preamble\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--show-preamble"
-Print generated or included preamble commands to stdout.
-.SS "Configuration"
-.IX Subsection "Configuration"
-.ie n .IP "\fB\-\-exclude\-safecmd=exclude\-file\fR or \fB\-A exclude-file\fR or \fB\-\-exclude\-safecmd=""cmd1,cmd2,...""\fR" 4
-.el .IP "\fB\-\-exclude\-safecmd=exclude\-file\fR or \fB\-A exclude-file\fR or \fB\-\-exclude\-safecmd=``cmd1,cmd2,...''\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--exclude-safecmd=exclude-file or -A exclude-file or --exclude-safecmd=cmd1,cmd2,..."
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-replace\-safecmd=replace\-file\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--replace-safecmd=replace-file"
-.ie n .IP "\fB\-\-append\-safecmd=append\-file\fR or \fB\-a append-file\fR or \fB\-\-append\-safecmd=""cmd1,cmd2,...""\fR" 4
-.el .IP "\fB\-\-append\-safecmd=append\-file\fR or \fB\-a append-file\fR or \fB\-\-append\-safecmd=``cmd1,cmd2,...''\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--append-safecmd=append-file or -a append-file or --append-safecmd=cmd1,cmd2,..."
-.PD
-Exclude from, replace or append to the list of regular expressions (RegEx)
-matching commands which are safe to use within the
-scope of a \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFadd\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFdel\*(C'\fR command. The file must contain
-one Perl-RegEx per line (Comment lines beginning with # or % are
-ignored). Note that the RegEx needs to match the whole of
-the token, i.e., /^regex$/ is implied and that the initial
-\&\*(L"\e\*(R" of the command is not included.
-The \fB\-\-exclude\-safecmd\fR and \fB\-\-append\-safecmd\fR options can be combined with the \-\fB\-\-replace\-safecmd\fR
-option and can be used repeatedly to add cumulatively to the lists.
- \fB\-\-exclude\-safecmd\fR
-and \fB\-\-append\-safecmd\fR can also take a comma separated list as input. If a
-comma for one of the regex is required, escape it thus \*(L"\e,\*(R". In most cases it
-will be necessary to protect the comma-separated list from the shell by putting
-it in quotation marks.
-.ie n .IP "\fB\-\-exclude\-textcmd=exclude\-file\fR or \fB\-X exclude-file\fR or \fB\-\-exclude\-textcmd=""cmd1,cmd2,...""\fR" 4
-.el .IP "\fB\-\-exclude\-textcmd=exclude\-file\fR or \fB\-X exclude-file\fR or \fB\-\-exclude\-textcmd=``cmd1,cmd2,...''\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--exclude-textcmd=exclude-file or -X exclude-file or --exclude-textcmd=cmd1,cmd2,..."
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-replace\-textcmd=replace\-file\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--replace-textcmd=replace-file"
-.ie n .IP "\fB\-\-append\-textcmd=append\-file\fR or \fB\-x append-file\fR or \fB\-\-append\-textcmd=""cmd1,cmd2,...""\fR" 4
-.el .IP "\fB\-\-append\-textcmd=append\-file\fR or \fB\-x append-file\fR or \fB\-\-append\-textcmd=``cmd1,cmd2,...''\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--append-textcmd=append-file or -x append-file or --append-textcmd=cmd1,cmd2,..."
-.PD
-Exclude from, replace or append to the list of regular expressions
-matching commands whose last argument is text. See
-entry for \fB\-\-exclude\-safecmd\fR directly above for further details.
-.IP "\fB\-\-replace\-context1cmd=replace\-file\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--replace-context1cmd=replace-file"
-.PD 0
-.ie n .IP "\fB\-\-append\-context1cmd=append\-file\fR or =item \fB\-\-append\-context1cmd=""cmd1,cmd2,...""\fR" 4
-.el .IP "\fB\-\-append\-context1cmd=append\-file\fR or =item \fB\-\-append\-context1cmd=``cmd1,cmd2,...''\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--append-context1cmd=append-file or =item --append-context1cmd=cmd1,cmd2,..."
-.PD
-Replace or append to the list of regex matching commands
-whose last argument is text but which require a particular
-context to work, e.g. \ecaption will only work within a figure
-or table. These commands behave like text commands, except when
-they occur in a deleted section, when they are disabled, but their
-argument is shown as deleted text.
-.IP "\fB\-\-replace\-context2cmd=replace\-file\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--replace-context2cmd=replace-file"
-.PD 0
-.ie n .IP "\fB\-\-append\-context2cmd=append\-file\fR or =item \fB\-\-append\-context2cmd=""cmd1,cmd2,...""\fR As corresponding commands for context1. The only difference is that context2 commands are completely disabled in deleted sections, including their arguments." 4
-.el .IP "\fB\-\-append\-context2cmd=append\-file\fR or =item \fB\-\-append\-context2cmd=``cmd1,cmd2,...''\fR As corresponding commands for context1. The only difference is that context2 commands are completely disabled in deleted sections, including their arguments." 4
-.IX Item "--append-context2cmd=append-file or =item --append-context2cmd=cmd1,cmd2,... As corresponding commands for context1. The only difference is that context2 commands are completely disabled in deleted sections, including their arguments."
-.IP "\fB\-\-config var1=val1,var2=val2,...\fR or \fB\-c var1=val1,..\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--config var1=val1,var2=val2,... or -c var1=val1,.."
-.IP "\fB\-c configfile\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-c configfile"
-.PD
-Set configuration variables. The option can be repeated to set different
-variables (as an alternative to the comma-separated list).
-Available variables (see below for further explanations):
-.Sp
-\&\f(CW\*(C`MINWORDSBLOCK\*(C'\fR (integer)
-.Sp
-\&\f(CW\*(C`FLOATENV\*(C'\fR (RegEx)
-.Sp
-\&\f(CW\*(C`PICTUREENV\*(C'\fR (RegEx)
-.Sp
-\&\f(CW\*(C`MATHENV\*(C'\fR (RegEx)
-.Sp
-\&\f(CW\*(C`MATHREPL\*(C'\fR (String)
-.Sp
-\&\f(CW\*(C`MATHARRENV\*(C'\fR (RegEx)
-.Sp
-\&\f(CW\*(C`MATHARRREPL\*(C'\fR (String)
-.Sp
-\&\f(CW\*(C`ARRENV\*(C'\fR (RegEx)
-.Sp
-\&\f(CW\*(C`COUNTERCMD\*(C'\fR (RegEx)
-.IP "\fB\-\-show\-safecmd\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--show-safecmd"
-Print list of RegEx matching and excluding safe commands.
-.IP "\fB\-\-show\-textcmd\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--show-textcmd"
-Print list of RegEx matching and excluding commands with text argument.
-.IP "\fB\-\-show\-config\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--show-config"
-Show values of configuration variables.
-.IP "\fB\-\-show\-all\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--show-all"
-Combine all \-\-show commands.
-.Sp
-\&\s-1NB\s0 For all \-\-show commands, no \f(CW\*(C`old.tex\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`new.tex\*(C'\fR file needs to be specified, and no
-differencing takes place.
-.SS "Other configuration options:"
-.IX Subsection "Other configuration options:"
-.IP "\fB\-\-allow\-spaces\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--allow-spaces"
-Allow spaces between bracketed or braced arguments to commands. Note
-that this option might have undesirable side effects (unrelated scope
-might get lumpeded with preceding commands) so should only be used if the
-default produces erroneous results. (Default requires arguments to
-directly follow each other without intervening spaces).
-.IP "\fB\-\-math\-markup=level\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--math-markup=level"
-Determine granularity of markup in displayed math environments:
-Possible values for level are (both numerical and text labels are acceptable):
-.Sp
-\&\f(CW\*(C`off\*(C'\fR or \f(CW0\fR: suppress markup for math environments. Deleted equations will not
-appear in diff file. This mode can be used if all the other modes
-cause invalid latex code.
-.Sp
-\&\f(CW\*(C`whole\*(C'\fR or \f(CW1\fR: Differencing on the level of whole equations. Even trivial changes
-to equations cause the whole equation to be marked changed. This
-mode can be used if processing in coarse or fine mode results in
-invalid latex code.
-.Sp
-\&\f(CW\*(C`coarse\*(C'\fR or \f(CW2\fR: Detect changes within equations marked up with a coarse
-granularity; changes in equation type (e.g.displaymath to equation)
-appear as a change to the complete equation. This mode is recommended
-for situations where the content and order of some equations are still
-being changed. [Default]
-.Sp
-\&\f(CW\*(C`fine\*(C'\fR or \f(CW3\fR: Detect small change in equations and mark up at fine granularity.
-This mode is most suitable, if only minor changes to equations are
-expected, e.g. correction of typos.
-.IP "\fB\-\-disable\-citation\-markup\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--disable-citation-markup"
-Suppress citation markup in styles using ulem (\s-1UNDERLINE\s0,
-\&\s-1FONTSTRIKE\s0, \s-1CULINECHBAR\s0)
-.IP "\fB\-\-enable\-citation\-markup\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--enable-citation-markup"
-Protect citation commands in changed sections with \e\embox command [i.e. use default behaviour for ulem package for other packages]
-.SS "Miscellaneous"
-.IX Subsection "Miscellaneous"
-.RS 4
-Output various status information to stderr during processing.
-Default is to work silently.
-.Sp
-\&\fB\-\-driver=type\fR
-.Sp
-Choose driver for changebar package (only relevant for styles using
- changebar: \s-1CCHANGEBAR\s0 \s-1CFONTCHBAR\s0 \s-1CULINECHBAR\s0 \s-1CHANGEBAR\s0). Possible
-drivers are listed in changebar manual, e.g. pdftex,dvips,dvitops
- [Default: dvips]
-.Sp
-\&\fB\-\-ignore\-warnings\fR
-.Sp
-Suppress warnings about inconsistencies in length between input and
-parsed strings and missing characters. These warning messages are
-often related to non-standard latex or latex constructions with a
-syntax unknown to \f(CW\*(C`latexdiff\*(C'\fR but the resulting difference argument
-is often fully functional anyway, particularly if the non-standard
-latex only occurs in parts of the text which have not changed.
-.Sp
-\&\fB\-\-label=label\fR or
-\&\fB\-L label\fR
-.Sp
-Sets the labels used to describe the old and new files. The first use
-of this option sets the label describing the old file and the second
-use of the option sets the label for the new file, i.e. set both
-labels like this \f(CW\*(C`\-L labelold \-L labelnew\*(C'\fR.
-[Default: use the filename and modification dates for the label]
-.Sp
-\&\fB\-\-no\-label\fR
-.Sp
-Suppress inclusion of old and new file names as comment in output file
-.Sp
-\&\fB\-\-visble\-label\fR
-.Sp
-Include old and new filenames (or labels set with \-\-label option) as
-visible output.
-.Sp
-\&\fB\-\-flatten\fR
-.Sp
-Replace \f(CW\*(C`\einput\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`\einclude\*(C'\fR commands within body by the content
-of the files in their argument. If \f(CW\*(C`\eincludeonly\*(C'\fR is present in the
-preamble, only those files are expanded into the document. However,
-no recursion is done, i.e. \f(CW\*(C`\einput\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`\einclude\*(C'\fR commands within
-included sections are not expanded. The included files are assumed to
- be located in the same directories as the old and new master files,
-respectively, making it possible to organise files into old and new directories.
-\&\-\-flatten is applied recursively, so inputted files can contain further
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\einput\*(C'\fR statements.
-.Sp
-Use of this option might result in prohibitive processing times for
-larger documents, and the resulting difference document
-no longer reflects the structure of the input documents.
-.Sp
-\&\fB\-\-help\fR or
-\&\fB\-h\fR
-.Sp
-Show help text
-.Sp
-\&\fB\-\-version\fR
-.Sp
-Show version number
-.RE
-.SS "Predefined styles"
-.IX Subsection "Predefined styles"
-.SS "Major types"
-.IX Subsection "Major types"
-The major type determine the markup of plain text and some selected latex commands outside floats by defining the markup commands \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFadd{...}\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFdel{...}\*(C'\fR .
-.ie n .IP """UNDERLINE""" 10
-.el .IP "\f(CWUNDERLINE\fR" 10
-.IX Item "UNDERLINE"
-Added text is wavy-underlined and blue, discarded text is struck out and red
-(Requires color and ulem packages). Overstriking does not work in displayed math equations such that deleted parts of equation are underlined, not struck out (this is a shortcoming inherent to the ulem package).
-.ie n .IP """CTRADITIONAL""" 10
-.el .IP "\f(CWCTRADITIONAL\fR" 10
-.IX Item "CTRADITIONAL"
-Added text is blue and set in sans-serif, and a red footnote is created for each discarded
-piece of text. (Requires color package)
-.ie n .IP """TRADITIONAL""" 10
-.el .IP "\f(CWTRADITIONAL\fR" 10
-.IX Item "TRADITIONAL"
-Like \f(CW\*(C`CTRADITIONAL\*(C'\fR but without the use of color.
-.ie n .IP """CFONT""" 10
-.el .IP "\f(CWCFONT\fR" 10
-.IX Item "CFONT"
-Added text is blue and set in sans-serif, and discarded text is red and very small size.
-.ie n .IP """FONTSTRIKE""" 10
-.el .IP "\f(CWFONTSTRIKE\fR" 10
-.IX Item "FONTSTRIKE"
-Added tex is set in sans-serif, discarded text small and struck out
-.ie n .IP """CCHANGEBAR""" 10
-.el .IP "\f(CWCCHANGEBAR\fR" 10
-.IX Item "CCHANGEBAR"
-Added text is blue, and discarded text is red. Additionally, the changed text is marked with a bar in the margin (Requires color and changebar packages).
-.ie n .IP """CFONTCHBAR""" 10
-.el .IP "\f(CWCFONTCHBAR\fR" 10
-.IX Item "CFONTCHBAR"
-Like \f(CW\*(C`CFONT\*(C'\fR but with additional changebars (Requires color and changebar packages).
-.ie n .IP """CULINECHBAR""" 10
-.el .IP "\f(CWCULINECHBAR\fR" 10
-.IX Item "CULINECHBAR"
-Like \f(CW\*(C`UNDERLINE\*(C'\fR but with additional changebars (Requires color, ulem and changebar packages).
-.ie n .IP """CHANGEBAR""" 10
-.el .IP "\f(CWCHANGEBAR\fR" 10
-.IX Item "CHANGEBAR"
-No mark up of text, but mark margins with changebars (Requires changebar package).
-.ie n .IP """INVISIBLE""" 10
-.el .IP "\f(CWINVISIBLE\fR" 10
-.IX Item "INVISIBLE"
-No visible markup (but generic markup commands will still be inserted.
-.SS "Subtypes"
-.IX Subsection "Subtypes"
-The subtype defines the commands that are inserted at the begin and end of added or discarded blocks, irrespectively of whether these blocks contain text or commands (Defined commands: \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFaddbegin, \eDIFaddend, \eDIFdelbegin, \eDIFdelend\*(C'\fR)
-.ie n .IP """SAFE""" 10
-.el .IP "\f(CWSAFE\fR" 10
-.IX Item "SAFE"
-No additional markup (Recommended choice)
-.ie n .IP """MARGIN""" 10
-.el .IP "\f(CWMARGIN\fR" 10
-.IX Item "MARGIN"
-Mark beginning and end of changed blocks with symbols in the margin nearby (using
-the standard \f(CW\*(C`\emarginpar\*(C'\fR command \- note that this sometimes moves somewhat
-from the intended position.
-.ie n .IP """COLOR""" 10
-.el .IP "\f(CWCOLOR\fR" 10
-.IX Item "COLOR"
-An alternative way of marking added passages in blue, and deleted ones in red.
-(It is recommeneded to use instead the main types to effect colored markup,
-although in some cases coloring with dvipscol can be more complete, for example
-with citation commands).
-.ie n .IP """DVIPSCOL""" 10
-.el .IP "\f(CWDVIPSCOL\fR" 10
-.IX Item "DVIPSCOL"
-An alternative way of marking added passages in blue, and deleted ones in red. Note
-that \f(CW\*(C`DVIPSCOL\*(C'\fR only works with the dvips converter, e.g. not pdflatex.
-(it is recommeneded to use instead the main types to effect colored markup,
-although in some cases coloring with dvipscol can be more complete).
-.SS "Float Types"
-.IX Subsection "Float Types"
-Some of the markup used in the main text might cause problems when used within
-floats (e.g. figures or tables). For this reason alternative versions of all
-markup commands are used within floats. The float type defines these alternative commands.
-.ie n .IP """FLOATSAFE""" 10
-.el .IP "\f(CWFLOATSAFE\fR" 10
-.IX Item "FLOATSAFE"
-Use identical markup for text as in the main body, but set all commands marking the begin and end of changed blocks to null-commands. You have to choose this float type if your subtype is \f(CW\*(C`MARGIN\*(C'\fR as \f(CW\*(C`\emarginpar\*(C'\fR does not work properly within floats.
-.ie n .IP """TRADITIONALSAFE""" 10
-.el .IP "\f(CWTRADITIONALSAFE\fR" 10
-.IX Item "TRADITIONALSAFE"
-Mark additions the same way as in the main text. Deleted environments are marked by angular brackets \e[ and \e] and the deleted text is set in scriptscript size. This float type should always be used with the \f(CW\*(C`TRADITIONAL\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`CTRADITIONAL\*(C'\fR markup types as the \efootnote command does not work properly in floating environments.
-.ie n .IP """IDENTICAL""" 10
-.el .IP "\f(CWIDENTICAL\fR" 10
-.IX Item "IDENTICAL"
-Make no difference between the main text and floats.
-.SS "Configuration Variables"
-.IX Subsection "Configuration Variables"
-.ie n .IP """MINWORDSBLOCK""" 10
-.el .IP "\f(CWMINWORDSBLOCK\fR" 10
-.IX Item "MINWORDSBLOCK"
-Minimum number of tokens required to form an independent block. This value is
-used in the algorithm to detect changes of complete blocks by merging identical text parts of less than \f(CW\*(C`MINWORDSBLOCK\*(C'\fR to the preceding added and discarded parts.
-.Sp
-[ Default: 3 ]
-.ie n .IP """FLOATENV""" 10
-.el .IP "\f(CWFLOATENV\fR" 10
-.IX Item "FLOATENV"
-Environments whose name matches the regular expression in \f(CW\*(C`FLOATENV\*(C'\fR are
-considered floats. Within these environments, the \fIlatexdiff\fR markup commands
-are replaced by their \s-1FL\s0 variaties.
-.Sp
-[ Default: \f(CW\*(C`(?:figure|table|plate)[\ew\ed*@]*\*(C'\fR\ ]
-.ie n .IP """PICTUREENV""" 10
-.el .IP "\f(CWPICTUREENV\fR" 10
-.IX Item "PICTUREENV"
-Within environments whose name matches the regular expression in \f(CW\*(C`PICTUREENV\*(C'\fR
-all latexdiff markup is removed (in pathologic cases this might lead to
- inconsistent markup but this situation should be rare).
-.Sp
-[ Default: \f(CW\*(C`(?:picture|DIFnomarkup)[\ew\ed*@]*\*(C'\fR\ ]
-.ie n .IP """MATHENV"",""MATHREPL""" 10
-.el .IP "\f(CWMATHENV\fR,\f(CWMATHREPL\fR" 10
-.IX Item "MATHENV,MATHREPL"
-If both \ebegin and \eend for a math environment (environment name matching \f(CW\*(C`MATHENV\*(C'\fR
-or \e[ and \e])
-are within the same deleted block, they are replaced by a \ebegin and \eend commands for \f(CW\*(C`MATHREPL\*(C'\fR
-rather than being commented out.
-.Sp
-[ Default: \f(CW\*(C`MATHENV\*(C'\fR=\f(CW\*(C`(?:displaymath|equation)\*(C'\fR\ , \f(CW\*(C`MATHREPL\*(C'\fR=\f(CW\*(C`displaymath\*(C'\fR\ ]
-.ie n .IP """MATHARRENV"",""MATHARRREPL""" 10
-.el .IP "\f(CWMATHARRENV\fR,\f(CWMATHARRREPL\fR" 10
-.IX Item "MATHARRENV,MATHARRREPL"
-as \f(CW\*(C`MATHENV\*(C'\fR,\f(CW\*(C`MATHREPL\*(C'\fR but for equation arrays
-.Sp
-[ Default: \f(CW\*(C`MATHARRENV\*(C'\fR=\f(CW\*(C`eqnarray\e*?\*(C'\fR\ , \f(CW\*(C`MATHREPL\*(C'\fR=\f(CW\*(C`eqnarray\*(C'\fR\ ]
-.ie n .IP """ARRENV""" 10
-.el .IP "\f(CWARRENV\fR" 10
-.IX Item "ARRENV"
-If a match to \f(CW\*(C`ARRENV\*(C'\fR is found within an inline math environment within a deleted or added block, then the inlined math
-is surrounded by \f(CW\*(C`\embox{\*(C'\fR...\f(CW\*(C`}\*(C'\fR. This is necessary as underlining does not work within inlined array environments.
-.Sp
-[ Default: \f(CW\*(C`ARRENV\*(C'\fR=\f(CW\*(C`(?:array|[pbvBV]matrix)\*(C'\fR\
-.ie n .IP """COUNTERCMD""" 10
-.el .IP "\f(CWCOUNTERCMD\fR" 10
-.IX Item "COUNTERCMD"
-If a command in a deleted block which is also in the textcmd list matches \f(CW\*(C`COUNTERCMD\*(C'\fR then an
-additional command \f(CW\*(C`\eaddtocounter{\*(C'\fR\fIcntcmd\fR\f(CW\*(C`}{\-1}\*(C'\fR, where \fIcntcmd\fR is the matching command, is appended in the diff file such that the numbering in the diff file remains synchronized with the
-numbering in the new file.
-.Sp
-[ Default: \f(CW\*(C`COUNTERCMD\*(C'\fR=\f(CW\*(C`(?:footnote|part|section|subsection\*(C'\fR ...
-.Sp
-\&\f(CW\*(C`|subsubsection|paragraph|subparagraph)\*(C'\fR ]
-.SH "COMMON PROBLEMS"
-.IX Header "COMMON PROBLEMS"
-.IP "Citations result in overfull boxes" 10
-.IX Item "Citations result in overfull boxes"
-There is an incompatibility between the \f(CW\*(C`ulem\*(C'\fR package, which \f(CW\*(C`latexdiff\*(C'\fR uses for underlining and striking out in the \s-1UNDERLINE\s0 style,
-the default style. In order to be able to mark up citations properly, they are placed with an \f(CW\*(C`\embox\*(C'\fR command in post-processing. As mboxes
-cannot be broken across lines, this procedure frequently results in overfull boxes, possibly obscuring the content as it extends beyond the right margin. If this is a problem, you have two possibilities:
-.Sp
-1. Use \f(CW\*(C`COLOR\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`DVIPSCOL\*(C'\fR subtype markup (option \f(CW\*(C`\-s COLOR\*(C'\fR): If this markup is chosen, then changed citations are no longer marked up
-with the wavy line (additions) or struck out (deletions), but are still highlighted in the appropriate color.
-.Sp
-2. Choose option \f(CW\*(C`\-\-disable\-citation\-markup\*(C'\fR which turns off the marking up of citations: deleted citations are no longer shown, and
-added ctations are shown without markup. (This was the default behaviour of latexdiff at versions 0.6 and older)
-.IP "Changes in complicated mathematical equations result in latex processing errors" 10
-.IX Item "Changes in complicated mathematical equations result in latex processing errors"
-Try options \f(CW\*(C`\-\-math\-markup=whole\*(C'\fR. If even that fails, you can turn off mark up for equations with \f(CW\*(C`\-\-math\-markup=off\*(C'\fR.
-.SH "BUGS"
-.IX Header "BUGS"
-Option allow-spaces not implemented entirely consistently. It breaks
-the rules that number and type of white space does not matter, as
-different numbers of inter-argument spaces are treated as significant.
-.PP
-Please submit bug reports on the latexdiff project page \fIhttp://latexdiff.berlios.de\fR,
-send them to user discussion list \f(CW\*(C`latexdiff\-users@lists.berlios,de\*(C'\fR (prior subscription
-to list required, also on project webpage)
-or send them to \fItilmann@gfz\-potsdam.de\fR. Include the serial number of \fIlatexdiff\fR
-(from comments at the top of the source or use \fB\-\-version\fR). If you come across latex
-files that are error-free and conform to the specifications set out
-above, and whose differencing still does not result in error-free
-latex, please send me those files, ideally edited to only contain the
-offending passage as long as that still reproduces the problem. If your
-file relies on non-standard class files, you must include those. I will not
-look at examples where I have trouble to latex the original files.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
-latexrevise, latexdiff-vc
-.SH "PORTABILITY"
-.IX Header "PORTABILITY"
-\&\fIlatexdiff\fR does not make use of external commands and thus should run
-on any platform supporting Perl 5.6 or higher. If files with encodings
-other than \s-1ASCII\s0 or \s-1UTF\-8\s0 are processed, Perl 5.8 or higher is required.
-.PP
-The standard version of \fIlatexdiff\fR requires installation of the Perl package
-\&\f(CW\*(C`Algorithm::Diff\*(C'\fR (available from \fIwww.cpan.org\fR \-
-\&\fIhttp://search.cpan.org/~nedkonz/Algorithm\-Diff\-1.15\fR) but a stand-alone
-version, \fIlatexdiff-so\fR, which has this package inlined, is available, too.
-\&\fIlatexdiff-fast\fR requires the \fIdiff\fR command to be present.
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.IX Header "AUTHOR"
-Version 1.0.2
-Copyright (C) 2004\-2012 Frederik Tilmann
-.PP
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 General Public License Version 3
-.PP
-Contributors of fixes and additions: V. Kuhlmann, J. Paisley, N. Becker, T. Doerges, K. Huebner,
-T. Connors, Sebastian Gouezel and many others.
-Thanks to the many people who send in bug reports, feature suggestions, and other feedback.
-.SH "POD ERRORS"
-.IX Header "POD ERRORS"
-Hey! \fBThe above document had some coding errors, which are explained below:\fR
-.IP "Around line 2942:" 4
-.IX Item "Around line 2942:"
-=over should be: '=over' or '=over positive_number'
-.Sp
-You can't have =items (as at line 2948) unless the first thing after the =over is an =item
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexdiff.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexdiff.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index efa57b96109..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexdiff.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexmk.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexmk.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 64567ed25f4..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexmk.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2511 +0,0 @@
-.TH LATEXMK 1L "11 November 2012" ""
-.SH NAME
-latexmk \- generate LaTeX document
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B latexmk [options] [file ...]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Latexmk
-completely automates the process of compiling a LaTeX document.
-Essentially, it is like a specialized relative of the general
-\fImake\fR utility, but one which determines dependencies
-automatically and has some other very useful features. In its basic
-mode of operation \fIlatexmk\fR is given the name of the primary
-source file for a document, and it issues the appropriate sequence of
-commands to generate a .dvi, .ps, .pdf and/or hardcopy version of the
-document.
-.PP
-By default \fIlatexmk\fR will run the commands necessary to generate
-a .dvi file.
-.PP
-\fILatexmk\fR can also be set to run continuously with a suitable
-previewer. In that case the LaTeX program, etc, are rerun whenever
-one of the source files is modified, and the previewer automatically
-updates the on-screen view of the compiled document.
-.PP
-\fILatexmk\fR determines which are the source files by examining the
-log file. (Optionally, it also examines the list of input and output
-files generated by the \fB-recorder\fR option of modern versions of
-\fIlatex\fR and \fIpdflatex\fR. See the documentation for the
-\fB-recorder\fR option of \fIlatexmk\fR below.)
-When \fIlatexmk\fR is run, it examines properties of the
-source files, and if any have been changed since the last document
-generation, \fIlatexmk\fR will run the various LaTeX processing
-programs as necessary. In particular, it will repeat the run of LaTeX
-(or pdflatex) often enough to resolve all cross references; depending
-on the macro packages used. With some macro packages and document
-classes, four, or even more, runs may be needed. If necessary,
-\fIlatexmk\fR will also run bibtex, biber, and/or makeindex. In addition,
-\fIlatexmk\fR can be configured to generate other necessary files.
-For example, from an updated figure file it can automatically generate
-a file in encapsulated postscript or another suitable format for
-reading by LaTeX.
-.PP
-\fILatexmk\fR has two different previewing options. In the simple
-\fB-pv\fR option, a dvi, postscript or pdf previewer is automatically
-run after generating the dvi, postscript or pdf version of the
-document. The type of file to view is selected according to
-configuration settings and command line options.
-.PP
-The second previewing option is the powerful \fB-pvc\fR option
-(mnemonic: "preview continuously"). In this case, \fIlatexmk\fR runs
-continuously, regularly monitoring all the source files to see if any
-have changed. Every time a change is detected, \fIlatexmk\fR runs all
-the programs necessary to generate a new version of the document. A
-good previewer (like \fIgv\fR) will then automatically update its
-display. Thus the user can simply edit a file and, when the changes
-are written to disk, \fIlatexmk\fR completely automates the cycle of
-updating the .dvi (and possibly the .ps and .pdf) file, and refreshing
-the previewer's display. It's not quite WYSIWYG, but usefully close.
-.PP
-For other previewers, the user may have to manually make the previewer
-update its display, which can be (some versions of xdvi and gsview) as
-simple as forcing a redraw of its display.
-.PP
-\fILatexmk\fR has the ability to print a banner in gray diagonally
-across each page when making the postscript file. It can also, if
-needed, call an external program to do other postprocessing on
-generated dvi and postscript files. (See the options \fB-dF\fR and
-\fB-pF\fR, and the documentation for the \fI$dvi_filter\fR and
-\fI$ps_filter\fR configuration variables.) These capabilities are
-leftover from older versions of \fIlatexmk\fR. More flexibility can
-be obtained in current versions, since the command strings for running
-latex, pdflatex, etc can now be configured to run multiple commands.
-This also extends the possibility of postprocessing generated files to
-pdf files.
-files.
-.PP
-\fILatexmk\fR is highly configurable, both from the command line and
-in configuration files, so that it can accommodate a wide variety of
-user needs and system configurations. Default values are set
-according to the operating system, so \fIlatexmk\fR often works
-without special configuration on MS-Windows, cygwin, Linux, OS-X, and
-other UNIX systems (notably Solaris).
-.PP
-A very annoying complication handled very reliably by \fILatexmk\fR,
-is that LaTeX is a multiple pass system. On each run, LaTeX reads in
-information generated on a previous run, for things like cross
-referencing and indexing. In the simplest cases, a second run of
-LaTeX suffices, and often the log file contains a message about the
-need for another pass. However, there is a wide variety of add-on
-macro packages to LaTeX, with a variety of behaviors. The result is
-to break simple-minded determinations of how many runs are needed and
-of which programs. In its new version, \fIlatexmk\fR has a highly
-general and efficient solution to these issues. The solution involves
-retaining between runs information on the source files, and a symptom
-is that \fIlatexmk\fR generates an extra file (with extension
-\fI.fdb_latexmk\fR, by default) that contains the source file
-information.
-
-.SH LATEXMK OPTIONS AND ARGUMENTS ON COMMAND LINE
-In general the command line to invoke \fIlatexmk\fR has the form
-
- latexmk [options] [file]
-
-All options can be introduced by single or double "-" characters,
-e.g., "latexmk -help" or "latexmk --help".
-
-\fBNote\fR: In addition to the options in the list below,
-\fIlatexmk\fR recognizes almost all the options recognized by the
-\fIlatex\fR and \fIpdflatex\fR programs in one of both of their
-current TeXLive and MiKTeX implementations. Some of the options for
-these programs also trigger special action or behavior by
-\fIlatexmk\fR, in which case they are in this list. Otherwise, they
-are just passed through to a called \fIlatex\fR or \fIpdflatex\fR
-program. Run \fIlatexmk\fR with the \fB-showextraoptions\fR to get a
-list of the options that \fIlatexmk\fR accepts and that are simply
-passed through to \fIlatex\fR or \fIpdflatex\fR. See also the
-explanation of the \fB-showextraoptions\fR option for more
-information.
-
-\fBDefinitions of options and arguments\fR
-
-.TP
-.B file
-One or more files can be specified. If no files are specified,
-\fIlatexmk\fR will, by default, run on all files in the current working directory
-with a ".tex" extension. This behavior can be changed: see the
-description concerning the \fI@default_files\fR variable in the
-section "List of configuration variables usable in initialization
-files".
-.PP
-If a file is specified without an extension, then the ".tex" extension
-is automatically added, just as LaTeX does. Thus, if you specify:
-
- latexmk foo
-
-then \fIlatexmk\fR will operate on the file "foo.tex".
-.TP
-
-.B -auxdir=FOO or -aux-directory=FOO
-
-Sets the directory for auxiliary output files of (pdf)latex
-(.aux, .log etc). This
-achieves its effect by the \fB-aux-directory\fR option of (pdf)latex,
-which currently is only implemented on the MiKTeX version of
-(pdf)latex.
-
-See also the \fB-outdir\fR/\fB-output-directory\fR options, and the
-\fI$aux_dir\fR, \fI$out_dir\fR, and \fI$search_path_separator\fR
-configuration variables of \fIlatexmk\fR. In particular, see the
-documentation of \fI$out_dir\fR for some complications on what
-directory names are suitable.
-
-.TP
-
-.B -bibtex
-When the source file uses bbl files for bibliography, run bibtex or
-biber as needed to regenerate the bbl files.
-
-This property can also be configured by setting the \fI$bibtex_use\fR
-variable to 2 in a configuration file
-.TP
-.B -bibtex-
-Never run bibtex or biber.
-
-A common use for this option is when a document comes from an external
-source, complete with its bbl file(s), and the user does not have the
-corresponding bib files available. In this situation use of the
-\fB-bibtex-\fR option will prevent \fIlatexmk\fR from trying to run
-\fIbibtex\fR or \fIbiber\fR, which would result in overwriting of the
-bbl files.
-.TP
-.B -bibtex-cond
-When the source file uses bbl file(s) for the bibliography, run
-\fIbibtex\fR or \fIbiber\fR as needed to regenerate the bbl files, but
-only if the
-relevant bib file(s) exist. Thus when the bib files are not
-available, \fIbibtex\fR or \fIbiber\fR is not run, thereby avoiding
-overwriting of
-the bbl file(s). This is the default setting.
-
-(Note that it is possible for \fIlatexmk\fR to decide that the bib
-file does not exist, even though the bib file does exist and
-\fIbibtex\fR or \fIbiber\fR finds it. The problem is that the bib
-file may not be in
-the current directory but in some search path; the places
-\fIlatexmk\fR and \fIbibtex\fR or \fIbiber\fR cause to be searched need not be
-identical. On modern installations of TeX and related programs this
-problem should not arise, since \fIlatexmk\fR uses the \fIkpsewhich\fR
-program to do the search, and \fIkpsewhich\fR should use the same
-search path as \fIbibtex\fR and \fIbiber\fR. If this problem arises, use the
-\fB-bibtex\fR option when invoking \fIlatexmk\fR.)
-.TP
-.B -bm <message>
-A banner message to print diagonally across each page when converting
-the dvi file to postscript. The message must be a single argument on
-the command line so be careful with quoting spaces and such.
-
-Note that if the \fB-bm\fR option is specified, the \fB-ps\fR option is
-assumed.
-.TP
-.B -bi <intensity>
-How dark to print the banner message. A decimal number between 0 and 1.
-0 is black and 1 is white. The default is 0.95, which is OK unless your
-toner cartridge is getting low.
-.TP
-.B -bs <scale>
-A decimal number that specifies how large the banner message will be
-printed. Experimentation is necessary to get the right scale for your
-message, as a rule of thumb the scale should be about equal to 1100
-divided by the number of characters in the message. The default is 220.0
-which is just right for 5 character messages.
-.TP
-.B -commands
-List the commands used by \fIlatexmk\fR for processing files, and then
-exit.
-.TP
-.B -c
-Clean up (remove) all regeneratable files generated by \fIlatex\fR and
-\fIbibtex\fR or \fIbiber\fR except dvi, postscript and pdf. These files are a
-combination of log files, aux files, \fIlatexmk\fR's database file of
-source file information,
-and those with extensions
-specified in the \fI@generated_exts\fR configuration variable. In addition,
-files with extensions by the \fI$clean_ext\fR configuration variable are
-removed.
-
-This cleanup is instead of a regular make. See the \fB-gg\fR option
-if you want to do a cleanup then a make.
-
-If \fI$bibtex_use\fR is set to 0 or 1, bbl files are counted as
-non-regeneratable.
-
-If \fI$cleanup_includes_cusdep_generated\fR is nonzero, regeneratable
-files are considered as including those generated by custom
-dependencies and are also deleted. Otherwise these files are not deleted.
-.TP
-.B -C
-Clean up (remove) all regeneratable files generated by \fIlatex\fR and
-\fIbibtex\fR or \fIbiber\fR. This is the same as the \fB-c\fR option with the
-addition of dvi, postscript and pdf files, and those with extensions
-in the \fI$clean_full_ext\fR configuration variable.
-
-This cleanup is instead of a regular make. See the \fB-gg\fR option
-if you want to do a cleanup than a make.
-
-If \fI$bibtex_use\fR is set to 0 or 1, bbl files are counted as
-non-regeneratable.
-
-If \fI$cleanup_includes_cusdep_generated\fR is nonzero, regeneratable
-files are considered as including those generated by custom
-dependencies and are also deleted. Otherwise these files are not deleted.
-.TP
-.B -CA
-(Obsolete). Now equivalent to the \fB-C\fR option. See that option
-for details.
-.TP
-.B -CF
-Remove the file containing the database of source file information,
-before doing the other actions requested.
-.TP
-.B -d
-Set draft mode. This prints the banner message "DRAFT" across your
-page when converting the dvi file to postscript. Size and intensity
-can be modified with the \fB-bs\fR and \fB-bi\fR options. The \fB-bm\fR
-option will override this option as this is really just a short way of
-specifying:
-
- latexmk -bm DRAFT
-
-Note that if the \fB-d\fR option is specified, the \fB-ps\fR option is
-assumed.
-.TP
-.B -deps
-Show a list of dependent files after processing. This is in the form
-of a dependency list of the form used by the \fImake\fR program, and
-it is therefore suitable for use in a Makefile. It gives an overall
-view of the files without listing intermediate files, as well as
-\fIlatexmk\fR can determine them.
-
-By default the list of dependent files is sent to stdout (i.e.,
-normally to the screen unless you've redirected \fIlatexmk\fR's
-output). But you can set the filename where the list is sent by the
-\fB-deps-out=\fR option.
-
-See the section "USING \fIlatexmk\fR WITH \fImake\fR" for
-an example of how to use a dependency list with \fImake\fR.
-
-Users familiar with GNU \fIautomake\fR and \fIgcc\fR will find that
-the \fB-deps\fR option is very similar in its purpose and results to
-the \fB-M\fR option to \fIgcc\fR. (In fact, \fIlatexmk\fR also has
-options \fB-M\fR, \fB-MF\fR, and \fB-MP\fR options that behave like
-those of \fIgcc\fR.)
-.TP
-.B -dependents
-Equivalent to \fB-deps\fR.
-.TP
-.B -deps-
-Do not show a list of dependent files after processing. (This is the
-default.)
-.TP
-.B -dependents-
-Equivalent to \fB-deps-\fR.
-.TP
-.B -deps-out=FILENAME
-Set the filename to which the list of dependent files is written. If
-the FILENAME argument is omitted or set to "-", then the output is
-sent to stdout.
-
-Use of this option also turns on the output of the list of dependent
-files after processing.
-.TP
-.B -dF
-Dvi file filtering. The argument to this option is a filter which will
-generate a filtered dvi file with the extension ".dviF". All extra
-processing (e.g. conversion to postscript, preview, printing) will then
-be performed on this filtered dvi file.
-
-Example usage: To use dviselect to select only the even pages of the dvi file:
-
- latexmk -dF "dviselect even" foo.tex
-.TP
-.B -diagnostics
-Print detailed diagnostics during a run. This may help for debugging
-problems or to understand \fIlatexmk\fR's behavior in difficult
-situations.
-.TP
-.B -dvi
-Generate dvi version of document.
-.TP
-.B -dvi-
-Turn off generation of dvi version of document. (This may get
-overridden, if some other file is made (e.g., a .ps file) that is
-generated from the dvi file, or if no generated file at all is
-requested.)
-.TP
-.B -e <code>
-Execute the specified initialization code before processing. The code
-is \fIPerl\fR code of the same form as is used in \fIlatexmk\fR's
-initialization files -- for more details, see the information on the
-\fB-r\fR option, and the section about "Configuration/initialization
-(RC) files". The code is typically a sequence of assignment
-statements separated by semicolons.
-
-The code is executed when the \fB-e\fR option is encountered during
-\fIlatexmk\fR's parsing of its command line. See the \fB-r\fR option
-for a way of executing initialization code from a file. An error
-results in \fIlatexmk\fR stopping. Multiple instances of the \fB-r\fR
-and \fB-e\fR options can be used, and they are executed in the order
-they appear on the command line.
-
-Some care is needed to deal with proper quoting of special characters
-in the code on the command line. For example, suppose you want
-to set the latex command to use its -shell-escape option, then under
-UNIX/LINUX you could use the line
-
- latexmk -e '$latex=q/latex %O -shell-escape %S/' file.tex
-
-Note that the single quotes block normal UNIX/LINUX command shells
-from treating the characters inside the quotes as special.
-(In this example, the q/.../ construct is a
-\fIPerl\fR idiom equivalent to using
-single quotes. This avoids the complications of getting a quote
-character inside an already quoted string in a way that is independent
-of both the shell and the operating-system.)
-
-The above command line will NOT work under MS-Windows with cmd.exe or
-command.com or 4nt.exe. For MS-Windows with these command shells you
-could use
-
- latexmk -e "$latex=q/latex %O -shell-escape %S/" file.tex
-
-or
-
- latexmk -e "$latex='latex %O -shell-escape %S'" file.tex
-
-The last two examples will NOT work with UNIX/LINUX command shells.
-.TP
-.B -f
-Force \fIlatexmk\fR to continue document processing despite errors.
-Normally, when \fIlatexmk\fR detects that LaTeX or another program has
-found an error which will not be resolved by further processing, no
-further processing is carried out.
-.TP
-.B -f-
-Turn off the forced processing-past-errors such as is set by the
-\fB-f\fR option. This could be used to override a setting in a
-configuration file.
-.TP
-.B -g
-Force \fIlatexmk\fR to process document fully, even under situations
-where \fIlatexmk\fR would normally decide that no changes in the
-source files have occurred since the previous run.
-This option is useful, for example, if you change some options and
-wish to reprocess the files.
-.TP
-.B -g-
-Turn off \fB-g\fR.
-.TP
-.B -gg
-"Super go mode" or "clean make": clean out generated files as if
-\fB-C\fR had been given, and then do a regular make.
-.TP
-.B -h, -help
-Print help information.
-.TP
-.B -jobname=STRING
-Set the basename of output files(s) to STRING, instead of the default,
-which is the basename of the specified TeX file.
-
-This is like the same option for current implementations of the
-\fIlatex\fR and \fIpdflatex\fR, and the passing of this option to
-these programs is part of \fIlatexmk\fR's implementation of
-\fB-jobname\fR.
-
-.TP
-.B -l
-Run in landscape mode, using the landscape mode for the previewers and
-the dvi to postscript converters. This option is not normally needed
-nowadays, since current previewers normally determine this information
-automatically.
-.TP
-.B -l-
-Turn off \fB-l\fR.
-.TP
-.B -latex="COMMAND"
-This sets the string specifying the command to run latex, and is
-typically used to add desired options. Since the string normally
-contains spaces, it should be quoted, e.g.,
-
- latex -latex="latex --shell-escape %O %S" foo.tex
-
-The specification of the contents of the string are the same as for
-the \fI$latex\fR configuration variable. Depending on your
-operating system and the command-line shell you are using, you may
-need to change the single quotes to double quotes (or something
-else).
-
-To set the command for running pdflatex (rather than the command for
-latex) see the \fB-pdflatex\fR option.
-
-Note that the effect of this option can also be achieved by using
-the \fB-e\fR option with a suitable line of Perl code to set the
-\fI$latex\fR variable. See the explanation of the \fB-e\fR option.
-.TP
-.B -M
-Show list of dependent files after processing. This is equivalent to
-the \fB-deps\fR option.
-.TP
-.B -MF file
-If a list of dependents is made, the \fB-MF\fR specifies the file to
-write it to.
-.TP
-.B -MP
-If a list of dependents is made, includes phony target for each source
-file. If you use the dependents list in a Makefile, the dummy rules
-work around errors make gives if you remove header files without
-updating the Makefile to match.
-.TP
-.B -new-viewer
-When in continuous-preview mode, always start a new viewer to view the
-generated file. By default, \fIlatexmk\fR will, in continuous-preview
-mode, test for a previously running previewer for the same file and
-not start a new one if a previous previewer is running. However, its
-test sometimes fails (notably if there is an already-running previewer
-that is viewing a file of the same name as the current file, but in a
-different directory). This option turns off the default behavior.
-.TP
-.B -new-viewer-
-The inverse of the \fB-new-viewer\fR option. It puts \fIlatexmk\fR
-in its normal behavior that in preview-continuous mode it checks for
-an already-running previewer.
-.TP
-.B -nobibtex
-Never run bibtex or biber.
-
-A common use for this option is when a document comes from an external
-source, complete with its bbl file(s), and the user does not have the
-corresponding bib files available. In this situation use of the
-\fB-nobibtex\fR option will prevent \fIlatexmk\fR from trying to run
-\fIbibtex\fR or \fIbiber\fR, which would result in overwriting of the
-bbl files.
-.TP
-.B -norc
-Turn off the automatic reading of initialization (rc) files.
-
-N.B. Normally the initialization files are read and obeyed, and then
-command line options are obeyed in the order they are encountered.
-Then \fB-norc\fR is an exception to this rule: it is acted on first,
-no matter where is occurs on the command line.
-.TP
-
-.B -outdir=FOO or -output-directory=FOO
-
-Sets the directory for the output files of (pdf)latex. This achieves
-its effect by the \fB-output-directory\fR option of (pdf)latex, which
-currently (Dec. 2011) is implemented on the common versions of
-(pdf)latex, i.e., MiKTeX and TeXLive. It may not be present in other
-versions.
-
-See also the \fB-auxdir\fR/\fB-aux-directory\fR options, and the
-\fI$aux_dir\fR, \fI$out_dir\fR, and \fI$search_path_separator\fR
-configuration variables of \fIlatexmk\fR. In particular, see the
-documentation of \fI$out_dir\fR for some complications on what
-directory names are suitable.
-
-.TP
-
-.B -p
-Print out the document. By default it is
-the generated postscript file that is printed. But you can use the
-\fB-print=...\fR option to print the dvi or pdf files instead, and you
-can configure this in a start up file (by setting the
-\fI$print_type\fR variable).
-
-However, printing is enabled by default only under UNIX/LINUX systems,
-where the default is to use the lpr command. In general, the correct
-behavior for printing very much depends on your system's software. In
-particular, under MS-Windows you must have suitable program(s)
-available, and you must have configured the print commands used by
-\fIlatexmk\fR. This can be non-trivial. See the documentation on the
-\fI$lpr\fR, \fI$lpr_dvi\fR, and \fI$lpr_pdf\fR configuration variables
-to see how to set the commands for printing.
-
-This option is incompatible with the \fB-pv\fR and \fB-pvc\fR options,
-so it turns them off.
-.TP
-.B -pdf
-Generate pdf version of document using pdflatex. (See the
-\fB-xelatex\fR if you wish to use \fIxelatex\fR to make your pdf
-file(s).)
-.TP
-.B -pdfdvi
-Generate pdf version of document from the dvi file, by default using dvipdf.
-.TP
-.B -pdfps
-Generate pdf version of document from the ps file, by default using
-ps2pdf.
-.TP
-.B -pdf-
-Turn off generation of pdf version of document.
-(This can be used to override a setting in a configuration file.
-It may get overridden if some other option requires the generation of
-a pdf file.)
-.TP
-.B -pdflatex="COMMAND"
-This sets the string specifying the command to run pdflatex, and is
-typically used to add desired options. Since the string normally
-contains spaces, it should be quoted, e.g.,
-
- latex -pdf -pdflatex="pdflatex --shell-escape %O %S" foo.tex
-
-The specification of the contents of the string are the same as for
-the \fI$pdflatex\fR configuration variable. Depending on your
-operating system and the command-line shell you are using, you may
-need to change the single quotes to double quotes (or something
-else).
-
-To set the command for running latex (rather than the command for
-pdflatex) see the \fB-latex\fR option.
-
-Note that the effect of this option can also be achieved by using
-the \fB-e\fR option with a suitable line of Perl code to set the
-\fI$pdflatex\fR variable. See the explanation of the \fB-e\fR option.
-.TP
-.B -print=dvi, -print=ps, -print=pdf
-Define which kind of file is printed. This option also ensures that
-the requisite file is made, and turns on printing. The default is to
-print a postscript file.
-.TP
-.B -ps
-Generate postscript version of document.
-.TP
-.B -ps-
-Turn off generation of postscript version of document.
-This can be used to override a setting in a configuration file.
-(It may get overridden by some other option that requires a postscript
-file, for example a request for printing.)
-.TP
-.B -pF
-Postscript file filtering. The argument to this option is a filter
-which will generate a filtered postscript file with the extension
-".psF". All extra processing (e.g. preview, printing) will then be
-performed on this filtered postscript file.
-
-Example of usage: Use psnup to print two pages on the one page:
-
- latexmk -ps -pF 'psnup -2' foo.tex
-
-or
-
- latexmk -ps -pF "psnup -2" foo.tex
-
-Whether to use single or double quotes round the "psnup -2" will
-depend on your command interpreter, as used by the particular version
-of perl and the operating system on your computer.
-.TP
-.B -pv
-Run file previewer. If the \fB-view\fR option is used, this will select
-the kind of file to be previewed (dvi, ps or pdf).
-Otherwise the viewer views the "highest" kind of file selected, by the
-\fB-dvi\fR, \fB-ps\fR, \fB-pdf\fR, \fB-pdfps\fR options, in the
-order dvi, ps, pdf (low to high).
-If no file type has been selected, the dvi previewer will be used.
-This option is incompatible with the \fB-p\fR and \fB-pvc\fR options,
-so it turns them off.
-.TP
-.B -pv-
-Turn off \fB-pv\fR.
-.TP
-.B -pvc
-Run a file previewer and continually update the .dvi, .ps, and/or .pdf
-files whenever changes are made to source files (see the Description
-above). Which of these files is generated and which is viewed is
-governed by the other options, and is the same as for the \fB-pv\fR
-option.
-The preview-continuous option \fB-pvc\fR can only work with one file.
-So in this case you will normally only specify one filename on
-the command line. It is also incompatible with the
-\fB-p\fR and \fB-pv\fR options, so it turns these options off.
-
-The \fB-pvc\fR option also turns off force mode (\fB-f\fR), as is
-normally best for continuous preview mode. If you really want force
-mode, use the options in the order \fB-pvc -f\fR.
-
-With a good previewer the display will be automatically updated.
-(Under \fIsome but not all\fR versions of UNIX/Linux "gv -watch" does
-this for postscript files; this can be set by a configuration
-variable. This would also work for pdf files except for an apparent
-bug in gv that causes an error when the newly updated pdf file is
-read.) Many other previewers will need a manual update.
-
-\fBImportant note\fR: the acroread program on MS-Windows locks the pdf file,
-and prevents new versions being written, so it is a bad idea to use
-acroread to view pdf files in preview-continuous mode.
-It is better to use a different viewer: SumatraPDF and gsview are
-good possibilities.
-
-There are some other methods for arranging an update, notably useful
-for many versions of xdvi and xpdf. These are best set in
-\fIlatexmk\fR's configuration; see below.
-
-Note that if \fIlatexmk\fR dies or is stopped by the user, the
-"forked" previewer will continue to run. Successive invocations with
-the \fB-pvc\fR option will not fork new previewers, but \fIlatexmk\fR
-will normally use the existing previewer. (At least this will happen
-when \fIlatexmk\fR is running under an operating system where it knows
-how to determine whether an existing previewer is running.)
-.TP
-.B -pvc-
-Turn off \fB-pvc\fR.
-.TP
-.B -quiet
-Same as -silent
-.TP
-.B -r <rcfile>
-Read the specified initialization file ("RC file") before processing.
-
-Be careful about the ordering: (1) Standard initialization files --
-see the section below on "Configuration/initialization (RC) files" --
-are read first. (2) Then the options on the command line are acted on
-in the order they are given. Therefore if an initialization file is
-specified by the \fB-r\fR option, it is read during this second step.
-Thus an initialization file specified with the \fB-r\fR option can
-override both the standard initialization files and \fIpreviously\fR
-specified options. But all of these can be overridden by \fIlater\fR
-options.
-
-The contents of the RC file just comprise a piece of code in the
-\fIPerl\fR programming language
-(typically a sequence of assignment statements); they are executed
-when the \fB-r\fR option is encountered during \fIlatexmk\fR's parsing
-of its command line. See the \fB-e\fR option for a way of giving
-initialization code directly on \fIlatexmk\fR's command line. An
-error results in \fIlatexmk\fR stopping. Multiple instances of the
-\fB-r\fR and \fB-e\fR options can be used, and they are executed in
-the order they appear on the command line.
-.TP
-.B -recorder
-Use the -recorder option with \fIlatex\fR and \fIpdflatex\fR. In
-(most) modern versions of these programs, this results in a file of
-extension \fI.fls\fR containing a list of the files that these
-programs have read and written. \fILatexmk\fR will then use this file
-to improve its detection of source files and generated files after a
-run of \fIlatex\fR or \fIpdflatex\fR.
-
-For further information, see the documentation for the \fI$recorder\fR
-configuration variable.
-.TP
-.B -recorder-
-Do not use the -recorder option with \fIlatex\fR and \fIpdflatex\fR.
-.TP
-.B -rules
-Show a list of \fIlatemk\fR's rules and dependencies after processing.
-.TP
-.B -rules-
-Do not show a list of \fIlatexmk\fR's rules and dependencies after
-processing. (This is the default.)
-.TP
-.B -showextraoptions
-Show the list of extra \fIlatex\fR and \fIpdflatex\fR options that
-\fIlatexmk\fR recognizes. These are options for the \fIlatex\fR and
-\fIpdflatex\fR that \fIlatexmk\fR recognizes, but simply passes
-through to these programs when they are run. These options are
-(currently) a combination of those allowed by the TeXLive and MiKTeX
-implementations. (If a particular option is given to \fIlatexmk\fR
-but is not handled by the particular implementation of \fIlatex\fR or
-\fIpdflatex\fR that is being used, that program will probably give an
-error message.) These options are very numerous, but are not listed
-in this documentation because they have no effect on \fIlatexmk\fR's
-actions.
-
-There are a few options (\fB-includedirectory=dir\fR,
-\fB-initialize\fR, \fB-ini\fR) that are not recognized, either because
-they don't fit with \fIlatexmk\fR's intended operations, or because
-they need special processing by \fIlatexmk\fR that isn't implemented
-(at least, not yet).
-
-There are also options that are accepted by \fIlatex\fR etc, but
-instead trigger actions by \fIlatexmk\fR: \fB-help\fR,
-\fB-version\fR.
-
-Finally, there are certain options for \fIlatex\fR and \fIpdflatex\fR
-(e.g., \fB-recorder\fR) that trigger special actions or behavior by
-\fIlatexmk\fR itself as well as being passed in some form to the
-called \fIlatex\fR and \fIpdflatex\fR program, or that affect other
-programs as well. These options do have entries in this
-documentation. These options are:
-\fB-jobname=STRING\fR, \fB-aux-directory=dir\fR,
-\fB-output-directory=DIR\fR, \fB-quiet\fR, and \fB-recorder\fR.
-
-.TP
-.B -silent
-Run commands silently, i.e., with options that reduce the amount of
-diagnostics generated. For example, with the default settings, the
-command "latex -interaction=batchmode" is used for latex.
-
-Also reduce the number of informational messages that \fIlatexmk\fR
-generates.
-
-To change the options used to make the commands run silently, you need
-to configure \fIlatexmk\fR with changed values of its configuration
-variables, the relevant ones being \fI$bibtex_silent_switch\fR,
-\fI$biber_silent_switch\fR, \fI$dvipdf_silent_switch\fR,
-\fI$dvips_silent_switch\fR, \fI$latex_silent_switch\fR,
-\fI$makeindex_silent_switch\fR, and \fI$pdflatex_silent_switch\fR.
-.TP
-.B -use-make
-When after a run of \fIlatex\fR or \fIpdflatex\fR, there are warnings
-about missing files (e.g., as requested by the LaTeX \\input, \\include,
-and \\includgraphics), \fIlatexmk\fR tries to make them by a custom
-dependency. If no relevant custom dependency with an appropriate
-source file is found, and if the -use-make option is set, then
-\fIlatexmk\fR will try as a resort using the make program to try to
-make the missing files.
-
-Note that the filename may be specified without an extension, e.g.,
-by \\includegraphics{drawing} in a LaTeX file. In that case,
-\fIlatexmk\fR will try making drawing.ext with ext set in turn to the
-possible extensions that are relevant for \fIlatex\fR (or as
-appropriate \fIpdflatex\fR).
-
-See also the documentation for the \fI$use_make_for_missing_files\fR
-configuration variable.
-.TP
-.B -use-make-
-Do not use the make program to try to make missing files. (Default.)
-.TP
-.B -v, -version
-Print version number of \fIlatexmk\fR.
-.TP
-.B -verbose
-Opposite of \fB-silent\fR. This is the default setting.
-.TP
-.B -view=default, -view=dvi, -view=ps, -view=pdf
-Set the kind of file used when previewing is requested (e.g., by the
-\fB-pv\fR or \fB-pvc\fR switches). The default is to view the "highest"
-kind of requested file (in the order dvi, ps, pdf).
-.TP
-.B -xelatex
-Use xelatex. That is, use xelatex to process the source file(s) to
-pdf (in place of pdflatex). This option is exactly equivalent to
-specifying the following sequence of options:
-
- -pdflatex="xelatex %O %S" -pdf -dvi- -ps
-
-.PP
-The preview-continuous option \fB-pvc\fR can only work with one file.
-So in this case you will normally only specify one filename on
-the command line.
-.PP
-Options \fB-p\fR, \fB-pv\fR and \fB-pvc\fR are mutually exclusive. So
-each of these options turns the others off.
-
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.nf
-.ta 2i
-% \fBlatexmk thesis\fR \fI# run latex enough times to resolve
- cross-references\fR
-
-% \fBlatexmk -pvc -ps thesis\fR \fI# run latex enough times to resolve
- cross-references, make a postscript
- file, start a previewer. Then
- watch for changes in the source
- file thesis.tex and any files it
- uses. After any changes rerun latex
- the appropriate number of times and
- remake the postscript file. If latex
- encounters an error, latexmk will
- keep running, watching for
- source file changes.
-
-% \fBlatexmk -c\fR \fI# remove .aux, .log, .bbl, .blg, .dvi,
- .pdf, .ps & .bbl files\fR
-
-
-.SH CONFIGURATION/INITIALIZATION (RC) FILES
-.PP
-\fILatexmk\fR can be customized using initialization files, which are
-read at startup in the following order:
-.PP
-1) The system RC file, if it exists.
- On a UNIX system, \fIlatexmk\fR searches for following places for its
-system RC file, in the following order, and reads the first it finds:
- "/opt/local/share/latexmk/LatexMk",
- "/usr/local/share/latexmk/LatexMk",
- "/usr/local/lib/latexmk/LatexMk".
- On a MS-WINDOWS system it looks for "C:\\latexmk\\LatexMk".
- On a cygwin system (i.e., a MS-Windows system in which perl is
-that of cygwin), \fIlatexmk\fR reads for the first it finds of
- "/cygdrive/c/latexmk/LatexMk",
- "/opt/local/share/latexmk/LatexMk",
- "/usr/local/share/latexmk/LatexMk",
- "/usr/local/lib/latexmk/LatexMk".
-.PP
-2) The user's RC file, "$HOME/.latexmkrc", if it exists. Here $HOME
-is the user's home directory. [\fILatexmk\fR determines the user's
-home directory as follows: It is the value of the environment variable
-HOME, if this variable exists, which normally is the case on UNIX-like
-systems (including LINUX and OS-X). Otherwise the environment
-variable USERPROFILE is used, if it exists, which normally is the case
-on MS-Windows systems. Otherwise a blank string is used instead of $HOME.]
-.PP
-3) The RC file in the current working directory. This file can be
-named either "latexmkrc" or ".latexmkrc", and the first of these to be
-found is used, if any.
-.PP
-4) Any RC file(s) specified on the command line with the \fB-r\fR option.
-.PP
-Each RC file is a sequence of \fIPerl\fR commands. Naturally, a user can use
-this in creative ways. But for most purposes, one simply uses a
-sequence of assignment statements that override some of the built-in
-settings of \fILatexmk\fR. Straightforward cases can be handled
-without knowledge of the \fIPerl\fR language by using the examples in this
-document as templates. Comment lines are introduced by the "#"
-character.
-
-Note that command line options are obeyed in the order in which
-they are written; thus any RC file specified on the command line with
-the \fB-r\fR option can override previous options but can be itself
-overridden by later options on the command line. There is also the
-\fB-e\fR option, which allows initialization code to be specified in
-\fIlatexmk\fR's command line.
-
-\fI
-For possible examples of code for in an RC file, see the directory
-example_rcfiles in the distribution of latexmk (e.g., at
-http://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/support/latexmk/example_rcfiles).
-\fR
-
-.SH HOW TO SET VARIABLES IN INITIALIZATION FILES
-.PP
-The important variables that can be configured are described in the
-section "List of configuration variables usable in initialization
-files". Syntax for setting these variables is of the following forms:
-.PP
- $bibtex = 'bibtex %O %B';
-.PP
-for the setting of a string variable,
-.PP
- $preview_mode = 1;
-.PP
-for the setting of a numeric variable, and
-.PP
- @default_files = ('paper', 'paper1');
-.PP
-for the setting of an array of strings. It is possible to append an
-item to an array variable as follows:
-
- push @default_files, 'paper2';
-
-Note that simple "scalar" variables have names that begin with a $
-character and array variables have names that begin with a @
-character. Each statement ends with a semicolon.
-
-Strings should be enclosed in single quotes. (You could use double
-quotes, as in many programming languages. But then the \fIPerl\fR
-programming language brings into play some special rules for
-interpolating variables into strings. People not fluent in \fIPerl\fR
-will want to avoid these complications.)
-
-You can do much more complicated things, but for this you will need to
-consult a manual for the \fIPerl\fR programming language.
-
-
-
-.SH FORMAT OF COMMAND SPECIFICATIONS
-
-Some of the variables set the commands that \fIlatexmk\fR uses for
-carrying out its work, for example to generate a dvi file from a tex
-file or to view a postscript file. This section describes some
-important features of how the commands are specified.
-
-\fBPlaceholders\fR: Supposed you wanted \fIlatexmk\fR to use the
-command elatex in place of the regular latex command, and suppose
-moreover that you wanted to give it the option "--shell-escape". You
-could do this by the following setting:
-.PP
- $latex = 'elatex --shell-escape %O %S';
-.PP
-The two items starting with the % character are placeholders. These
-are substituted by appropriate values before the command is run. Thus
-%S will be replaced by the source file that elatex will be applied to,
-and %O will be replaced by any options that \fIlatexmk\fR has decided
-to use for this command. (E.g., if you used the -silent option it
-would replace %O by "-interaction=batchmode".)
-
-The available placeholders are:
-.TP
-.B %B
-base of filename for current command. E.g., if a postscript file
-document.ps is being made from the dvi file document.dvi, then the
-basename is document.
-.TP
-.B %D
-destination file (e.g., the name of the postscript file when
-converting a dvi file to postscript).
-.TP
-.B %O
-options
-.TP
-.B %R
-root filename. This is the base name for the main tex file.
-.TP
-.B %S
-source file (e.g., the name of the dvi file when converting a dvi file
-to ps).
-.TP
-.B %T
-The name of the primary tex file.
-.TP
-.B %Y
-Name of directory for auxiliary output files (see the configuration
-variable \fI$aux_dir\fR). A directory separation character ('/') is
-appended if \fI$aux_dir\fR is non-empty and does not end in a suitable
-character, with suitable characters being those appropriate to UNIX
-and MS-Windows, i.e., ':', '/' and '\\'.
-.TP
-.B %Z
-Name of directory for output files (see the configuration
-variable \fI$out_dir\fR). A directory separation character ('/') is
-appended if \fI$out_dir\fR is non-empty and does not end in a suitable
-character, with suitable characters being those appropriate to UNIX
-and MS-Windows, i.e., ':', '/' and '\\'.
-.PP
-If for some reason you need a literal % character in your string not
-subject to the above rules, use a pair of these characters. Thus with
-the command specification $ps_previewer = 'latex -ad=%%Sfile.ad %S',
-the %%S will become %S when the command is executed, but the %S will
-be replaced by the source filename, which in this case would be the
-name of a postscript file to be viewed.
-.PP
-Appropriate quoting will be applied to the filename substitutions, so
-you mustn't supply them yourself even if the names of your files have
-spaces in them. (But if your TeX filenames have spaces in them,
-beware that many versions of the TeX program cannot correctly handle
-filenames containing spaces.) In case latexmk's quoting does not work
-correctly on your system, you can turn it off -- see the documentation
-for the variable \fI$quote_filenames\fR.
-.PP
-The distinction between %B and %R needs a bit of care, since they are
-often the same, but not always. For example on a simple document, the
-basename of a bibtex run is the same as for the texfile. But in a
-document with several bibliographies, the bibliography files will have
-a variety of names. Since bibtex is invoked with the basename of the
-bibliography file, the setting for the bibtex command should therefore
-be
-.PP
- $bibtex = 'bibtex %O %B';
-.PP
-Generally, you should use %B rather than %R. Similarly for most
-purposes, the name %T of the primary texfile is not a useful
-placeholder.
-
-See the default values in the section "List of configuration variables
-usable in initialization files" for what is normally the most
-appropriate usage.
-
-If you omit to supply any placeholders whatever in the specification
-of a command, \fIlatexmk\fR will supply what its author thinks are
-appropriate defaults. This gives compatibility with configuration
-files for previous versions of \fIlatexmk\fR, which didn't use
-placeholders.
-
-\fB"Detaching" a command\fR: Normally when \fIlatexmk\fR runs a
-command, it waits for the command to run to completion. This is
-appropriate for commands like latex, of course. But for previewers,
-the command should normally run detached, so that \fIlatexmk\fR gets
-the previewer running and then returns to its next task (or exits if
-there is nothing else to do). To achieve this effect of detaching a
-command, you need to precede the command name with "start ", as in
-.PP
- $dvi_previewer = 'start xdvi %O %S';
-.PP
-This will be translated to whatever is appropriate for your operating
-system.
-
-Notes: (1) In some circumstances, \fIlatex\fR will always run a
-command detached. This is the case for a previewer in preview
-continuous mode, since otherwise previewing continuously makes no
-sense. (2) This precludes the possibility of running a command named
-start. (3) If the word start occurs more than once at the beginning
-of the command string, that is equivalent to having just one. (4)
-Under cygwin, some complications happen, since cygwin amounts to a
-complicated merging of UNIX and MS-Windows. See the source code for
-how I've handled the problem.
-
-\fBCommand names containing spaces\fR: Under MS-Windows it is common
-that the name of a command includes spaces, since software is often
-installed in a subdirectory of "C:\\Program Files". Such command names
-should be enclosed in double quotes, as in
-.PP
- $lpr_pdf = '"c:/Program Files/Ghostgum/gsview/gsview32.exe" /p %S';
- $pdf_previewer = 'start "c:/Program Files/SumatraPDF/SumatraPDF.exe" %O %S';
- $pdf_previewer = 'start "c:/Program Files/SumatraPDF (x86)/SumatraPDF.exe" %O %S';
-
-.PP
-(Note about the above example: Forward slashes are equivalent to
-backslashes in filenames under MS-Windows, provided that the filename
-is inside double quotes. It is easier to use forward slashes in
-examples like the one above, since then one does not have to worry
-about the rules for dealing with forward slashes in strings in the
-Perl language.)
-
-\fBCommand names under Cygwin\fR: If latexmk is executed by Cygwin's
-perl, \fI be particularly certain that pathnames in commands have
-\fBforward\fI slashes\fR not the usual backslashes for the separator
-of pathname components. See the above examples. Backslashes often
-get misinterpreted by the Unix shell used by Cygwin's Perl to execute
-external commands. Forward slashes don't suffer from this problem,
-and (when quoted, as above) are equally acceptable to MS-Windows.
-
-\fBUsing MS-Windows file associations\fR: A useful trick under modern
-versions of MS-Windows (e.g., WinXP) is to use just the
-command 'start' by itself:
-.PP
- $dvi_previewer = 'start %S';
-.PP
-Under recent versions of MS-Windows, this will cause to be run
-whatever program the system has associated with dvi files. (The same
-applies for a postscript viewer and a pdf viewer.) But note that this
-trick is not always suitable for the pdf previwer, if your system has
-acroread for the default pdf viewer. As explained elsewhere, acroread
-under MS-Windows does not work well with \fIlatex\fR and
-\fIlatexmk\fR, because acroread locks the pdf file.
-
-\fBNot using a certain command\fR: If a command is not to be run, the
-command name NONE is used, as in
-.PP
- $lpr = 'NONE lpr';
-.PP
-This typically is used when an appropriate command does not exist on
-your system. The string after the "NONE" is effectively a comment.
-
-\fBOptions to commands\fR:
-Setting the name of a command can be used not only for changing the
-name of the command called, but also to add options to command.
-Suppose you want \fIlatexmk\fR to use latex with source specials
-enabled. Then you might use the following line in an initialization
-file:
-.PP
- $latex = 'latex --src-specials %O %S';
-.PP
-
-\fBRunning a subroutine instead of an external command\fR: Use a
-specification starting with "internal", as in
-.PP
- $latex = 'internal mylatex %O %S';
- sub mylatex {
- my @args = @_;
- # Possible preprocessing here
- return system 'latex', @args;
- }
-.PP
-
-\fBAdvanced tricks\fR: Normally one specifies a single command for the
-commands invoked by \fIlatexmk\fR. Naturally, if there is some
-complicated additional processing you need to do in your special
-situation, you can write a script (or batch file) to do the
-processing, and then configure \fIlatexmk\fR to use your script in
-place of the standard program.
-
-It is also possible to configure \fIlatexmk\fR to run multiple
-commands. For example, if when running pdflatex to generate a pdf
-file from a tex file you need to run another program after pdflatex to
-perform some extra processing, you could do something like:
-
- $pdflatex = 'pdflatex --shell-escape %O %S; pst2pdf_for_latexmk %B';
-
-This definition assumes you are using a UNIX-like system (which
-includes Linux and OS-X), so that the
-two commands to be run are separated by the semicolon in the middle of
-the string.
-
-If you are using MS-Windows, you would replace the above line by
-
- $pdflatex = 'cmd /c pdflatex --shell-escape %O %S'
- . '&& pst2pdf_for_latexmk %B';
-
-Here, the UNIX command separator ; is replaced by &&. In addition,
-there is a problem that some versions of \fIPerl\fR on MS-Windows do
-not obey the command separator; this problem is overcome by explicitly
-invoking the MS-Windows command-line processor \fIcmd.exe\fR.
-
-.SH LIST OF CONFIGURATION VARIABLES USABLE IN INITIALIZATION FILES
-.PP
-Default values are indicated in brackets.
-.TP
-.B $always_view_file_via_temporary [0]
-Whether ps and pdf files are initially to be made in a temporary
-directory and then moved to the final location. (This applies to
-dvips, dvipdf, and ps2pdf operations, and the filtering operators on
-dvi and ps files. It does not apply to pdflatex, unfortunately.)
-
-This use of a temporary file solves a problem that the making of these
-files can occupy a substantial time. If a viewer sees that the file
-has changed, it reads the new file, and this can cause havoc if the
-program writing the file has not yet finished its work.
-
-See the \fI$pvc_view_file_via_temporary\fR variable for a setting that
-applies only if preview-continuous mode (-pvc option) is used. See
-\fI$tmpdir\fR for the setting of the directory where the temporary
-file is created.
-
-.TP
-.B $auto_rc_use [1]
-Whether to automatically read the standard initialization (rc) files,
-which are the system RC file, the user's RC file, and the RC file in
-the current directory. The command line option \fB-norc\fR can be
-used to turn this setting off. Each RC file could also turn this
-setting off, i.e., it could set \fI$auto_rc_use\fR to zero to prevent
-automatic reading of the later RC files.
-
-This variable does not affect the reading of RC files specified on the
-command line by the \fB-r\fR option.
-
-.TP
-.B $aux_dir [""]
-The directory in which auxiliary files (aux, log, etc) are to be
-written by a run of (pdf)latex. If this variable is not set, but
-\fI$out_dir\fR is set, then \fI$aux_dir\fR is set to \fI$out_dir\fR,
-which is the directory to which general output files are to be
-written.
-
-\fBImportant note\fR: The effect of \fI$aux_dir\fR, if different from
-\fI$out_dir\fR, is achieved by giving (pdf)latex the
-\fB-aux-directory\fR. Currently (Dec. 2011) this only works on the
-MiKTeX version of (pdf)latex.
-
-See also the documentation of \fI$out_dir\fR for some complications on
-what directory names are suitable.
-
-.TP
-.B $banner [0]
-If nonzero, the banner message is printed across each page when
-converting the dvi file to postscript. Without modifying the variable
-\fI$banner_message\fR, this is equivalent to specifying the \fB-d\fR
-option.
-
-Note that if \fB$banner\fR is nonzero, the \fB$postscript_mode\fR is
-assumed and the postscript file is always generated, even if it is newer
-than the dvi file.
-.TP
-.B $banner_intensity [0.95]
-Equivalent to the \fB-bi\fR option, this is a decimal number between 0
-and 1 that specifies how dark to print the banner message. 0 is black,
-1 is white. The default is just right if your toner cartridge isn't
-running too low.
-.TP
-.B $banner_message ["DRAFT"]
-The banner message to print across each page when converting the dvi
-file to postscript. This is equivalent to the \fB-bm\fR option.
-.TP
-.B $banner_scale [220.0]
-A decimal number that specifies how large the banner message will be
-printed. Experimentation is necessary to get the right scale for your
-message, as a rule of thumb the scale should be about equal to 1100
-divided by the number of characters in the message. The Default is
-just right for 5 character messages. This is equivalent to the
-\fB-bs\fR option.
-.TP
-.B @BIBINPUTS
-This is an array variable, now mostly obsolete, that specifies
-directories where
-\fIlatexmk\fR should look for .bib files. By default it is set from
-the BIBINPUTS environment variable of the operating system. If that
-environment variable is not set, a single element list consisting of
-the current directory is set. The format of the directory names
-depends on your operating system, of course. Examples for setting
-this variable are:
-
- @BIBINPUTS = ( ".", "C:\\bibfiles" );
- @BIBINPUTS = ( ".", "\\\\server\\bibfiles" );
- @BIBINPUTS = ( ".", "C:/bibfiles" );
- @BIBINPUTS = ( ".", "//server/bibfiles" );
- @BIBINPUTS = ( ".", "/usr/local/texmf/bibtex/bib" );
-
-Note that under MS Windows, either a forward slash "/" or a backward
-slash "\(rs" can be used to separate pathname components, so the first
-two and the second two examples are equivalent. Each backward slash
-should be doubled to avoid running afoul of \fIPerl\fR's rules for writing
-strings.
-
-\fIImportant note:\fR This variable is now mostly obsolete in the
-current version of \fIlatexmk\fR,
-since it has a better method of searching for files using the
-kpsewhich command. However, if your system is an unusual one without
-the kpsewhich command, you may need to set the variable \fI@BIBINPUTS\fR.
-.TP
-.B $biber ["biber %O %S"]
-The biber processing program.
-.TP
-.B $biber_silent_switch ["--onlylog"]
-\fBSwitch(es)\fR for the biber processing program when silent mode is on.
-.TP
-.B $bibtex ["bibtex %O %S"]
-The BibTeX processing program.
-.TP
-.B $bibtex_silent_switch ["-terse"]
-\fBSwitch(es)\fR for the BibTeX processing program when silent mode is on.
-.TP
-.B $bibtex_use [1]
-Under what conditions to run BibTeX or biber. When \fIlatexmk\fR discovers
-from the log file that one (or more) BibTeX/biber-generated bibliographies
-are used, it can run BibTeX or biber whenever it appears necessary to
-regenerate the bbl file(s) from their source bib database file(s).
-
-But sometimes, the bib file(s) are not available (e.g., for a document
-obtained from an external archive), but the bbl files are provided.
-In that case use of BibTeX or biber will result in incorrect
-overwriting of the precious bbl files. The variable \fI$bibtex_use\fR
-controls whether this happens. Its possible values are: 0: never use
-BibTeX or biber. 1: only use BibTeX or biber if the bib files exist.
-2: run BibTeX or biber whenever it appears necessary to update the bbl
-files, without testing for the existence of the bib files.
-.TP
-.B $cleanup_includes_cusdep_generated [0]
-If nonzero, specifies that cleanup also deletes files that are
-generated by custom dependencies.
-(When doing a clean up, e.g., by use of the \fB-C\fR option, custom
-dependencies are those listed in the \fI.fdb_latexmk\fR file from a
-previous run.)
-.TP
-.B $cleanup_includes_generated [0]
-If nonzero, specifies that cleanup also deletes files that are
-detected in log file as being generated (see the \\openout lines in
-the log file). It will also include files made from these first
-generation generated files.
-.TP
-.B $cleanup_mode [0]
-If nonzero, specifies cleanup mode: 1 for full cleanup, 2 for cleanup
-except for dvi, ps and pdf files, 3 for cleanup except for dep and aux
-files. (There is also extra cleaning as specified by the
-\fI$clean_ext\fR, \fI$clean_full_ext\fR and \fI@generated_exts\fR
-variables.)
-
-This variable is equivalent to specifying one of
-the \fB-c\fR or \fB-C\fR options. But there should be no need
-to set this variable from an RC file.
-.TP
-.B $clean_ext [""]
-Extra extensions of files for \fIlatexmk\fR to remove when any of the
-clean-up options (\fB-c\fR or \fB-C\fR) is selected.
-The value of this variable is a string containing the extensions
-separated by spaces.
-
-It is also possible to specify a more general pattern of file to be
-deleted, by using the place holder %R, as in commands. Thus setting
-
- $clean_ext = "out %R-blx.bib";
-
-in an initialization file will imply that when a clean-up operation is
-specified, not only is the standard set of files deleted, but also
-files of the form FOO.out and FOO-blx.bib, where FOO stands for the
-basename of the file being processed (as in FOO.tex).
-
-.TP
-.B $clean_full_ext [""]
-Extra extensions of files for \fIlatexmk\fR to remove when the \fB-C\fR
-option is selected, i.e., extensions of files to remove when the .dvi,
-etc files are to be cleaned-up.
-
-More general patterns are allowed, as for \fI$clean_ext\fR.
-
-.TP
-.B $compiling_cmd [undefined], $failure_cmd [undefined], $success_cmd [undefined]
-
-These variables specify commands that are executed at certain points
-of compilations during preview-continuous mode. One motivation for
-their existance is to allow convenient visual indications of
-compilation status even when the window receiving the screen output of
-the compilation is hidden.
-
-The commands are executed at the following points:
-$compiling_cmd at the start of compilation, $success_cmd at the end of
-a successful compilation, and $failure_cmd at the end of an
-unsuccessful compilation. If any of above variables is undefined (the
-default situation) or blank, then the corresponding command is not
-executed.
-
-An example of a typical setting of these variables is as follows
-
- $compiling_cmd = "xdotool search --name \\"%D\\" set_window --name \\"%D compiling\\"";
- $success_cmd = "xdotool search --name \\"%D\\" set_window --name \\"%D OK\\"";
- $failure_cmd = "xdotool search --name \\"%D\\" set_window --name \\"%D FAILURE\\"";
-
-These assume that the program \fIxdotool\fR is installed, that the
-previewer is using an X-Window system for display, and that the title
-of the window contains the name of the displayed file, as it normally
-does. When the commands are executed, the placeholder string %D is replaced by
-the name of the destination file, which is the previewed file. The
-above commands result in an appropriate string being appended to the
-filename in the window title: " compiling", " OK", or " FAILURE".
-
-Other placeholders that can be used are %S, %T, and %R, with %S and %T
-normally being identical. These can be useful for a command changing
-the title of the edit window. The visual indication in a window title
-can useful, since the user does not have to keep shifting attention to
-the (possibly hidden) compilation window to know the status of the
-compilation.
-
-.TP
-.B @cus_dep_list [()]
-Custom dependency list -- see section on "Custom Dependencies".
-
-.TP
-.B @default_files [("*.tex")]
-Default list of files to be processed.
-
-Normally, if no filenames are specified on the command line,
-\fIlatexmk\fR processes all tex files specified in the \fI@default_files\fR
-variable, which by default is set to all tex files ("*.tex") in the
-current directory. This is a convenience: just run \fIlatexmk\fR and
-it will process an appropriate set of files. But sometimes you want
-only some of these files to be processed. In this case you set the
-\fI@default_files\fR in an initialization file
-(e.g., the file "latexmkrc" in the current directory). Then if no
-files are specified on the command line then the files you specify by
-setting \fI@default_files\fR are processed.
-
-Three examples:
-
- @default_files = ("paper_current");
-
- @default_files = ("paper1", "paper2.tex");
-
- @default_files = ("*.tex", "*.dtx");
-
-Note that more than file may be given, and that the default extension
-is ".tex". Wild cards are allowed. The parentheses are because
-\fI@default_files\fR is an array variable, i.e., a sequence of
-filename specifications is possible.
-.TP
-.B $dependents_phony [0]
-If a list of dependencies is output, this variable determines whether
-to include a phony target for each source file. If you use the
-dependents list in a Makefile, the dummy rules work around errors make
-gives if you remove header files without updating the Makefile to
-match.
-.TP
-.B $dependents_list [0]
-Whether to display a list(s) of dependencies at the end of a run.
-.TP
-.B $dvi_filter [empty]
-The dvi file filter to be run on the newly produced dvi file before
-other processing. Equivalent to specifying the \fB-dF\fR option.
-.TP
-.B $dvi_mode [See below for default]
-If nonzero, generate a dvi version of the document.
-Equivalent to the \fB-dvi\fR option.
-
-The variable $dvi_mode defaults to 0, but if no explicit requests are
-made for other types of file (postscript, pdf), then $dvi_mode will be
-set to 1. In addition, if a request for a file for which a .dvi file
-is a prerequisite, then $dvi_mode will be set to 1.
-.TP
-.B $dvi_previewer ["start xdvi %O %S" under UNIX]
-The command to invoke a dvi-previewer.
-[Default is "start" under MS-WINDOWS; under more recent versions of
-Windows, this will cause to be run whatever command the system has
-associated with .dvi files.]
-
-\fBImportant note\fR: Normally you will want to have a previewer run
-detached, so that \fIlatexmk\fR doesn't wait for the previewer to
-terminate before continuing its work. So normally you should prefix
-the command by "start ", which flags to \fIlatexmk\fR that it should
-do the detaching of the previewer itself (by whatever method is
-appropriate to the operating system). But sometimes letting
-\fIlatexmk\fR do the detaching is not appropriate (for a variety of
-non-trivial reasons), so you should put the "start " bit in
-yourself, whenever it is needed.
-
-.TP
-.B $dvi_previewer_landscape ["start xdvi %O %S"]
-The command to invoke a dvi-previewer in landscape mode.
-[Default is "start" under MS-WINDOWS; under more recent versions of
-Windows, this will cause to be run whatever command the system has
-associated with .dvi files.]
-.TP
-.B $dvipdf ["dvipdf %O %S %D"]
-Command to convert dvi to pdf file. A common reconfiguration is to
-use the dvipdfm command, which needs its arguments in a different order:
-
- $dvipdf = "dvipdfm %O -o %D %S";
-
-WARNING: The default dvipdf script generates pdf files with bitmapped
-fonts, which do not look good when viewed by acroread. That script
-should be modified to give dvips the options "-P pdf" to ensure that
-type 1 fonts are used in the pdf file.
-.TP
-.B $dvipdf_silent_switch ["-q"]
-Switch(es) for dvipdf program when silent mode is on.
-
-N.B. The standard dvipdf program runs silently, so adding the silent
-switch has no effect, but is actually innocuous. But if an
-alternative program is used, e.g., dvipdfmx, then the silent switch
-has an effect. The default setting is correct for dvipdfm and dvipdfmx.
-.TP
-.B $dvips ["dvips %O -o %D %S"]
-The program to used as a filter to convert a .dvi file to a .ps file.
-If pdf is going to be generated from pdf, then the value of the
-$dvips_pdf_switch -- see below -- will be included in the options
-substituted for "%O".
-.TP
-.B $dvips_landscape ["dvips -tlandscape %O -o %D %S"]
-The program to used as a filter to convert a .dvi file to a .ps file
-in landscape mode.
-.TP
-.B $dvips_pdf_switch ["-P pdf"]
-Switch(es) for dvips program when pdf file is to be generated from
-ps file.
-.TP
-.B $dvips_silent_switch ["-q"]
-Switch(es) for dvips program when silent mode is on.
-.TP
-.B $dvi_update_command [""]
-When the dvi previewer is set to be updated by running a command, this
-is the command that is run. See the information for the variable
-\fI$dvi_update_method\fR for further information, and see information
-on the variable \fI$pdf_update_method\fR for an example for the
-analogous case of a pdf previewer.
-.TP
-.B $dvi_update_method [2 under UNIX, 1 under MS-Windows]
-How the dvi viewer updates its display when the dvi file has changed.
-The values here apply equally to the \fI$pdf_update_method\fR and to
-the \fI$ps_update_method\fR variables.
- 0 => update is automatic,
- 1=> manual update by user, which may only mean a mouse click on the
-viewer's window or may mean a more serious action.
- 2 => Send the signal, whose number is in the variable
-\fI$dvi_update_signal\fR. The default value under UNIX is
-suitable for xdvi.
- 3 => Viewer cannot do an update, because it locks the file. (As with
-acroread under MS-Windows.)
- 4 => run a command to do the update. The command is specified by
-the variable \fI$dvi_update_command\fR.
-
-See information on the variable \fI$pdf_update_method\fR for an
-example of updating by command.
-.TP
-.B $dvi_update_signal [Under UNIX: SIGUSR1, which is a system-dependent value]
-The number of the signal that is sent to the dvi viewer when it is
-updated by sending a signal -- see the information on the variable
-\fI$dvi_update_method\fR. The default value is the one appropriate
-for xdvi on a UNIX system.
-.TP
-.B $failure_cmd [undefined]
-See the documentation for $compiling_cmd.
-.TP
-.B $fdb_ext ["fdb_latexmk"]
-The extension of the file which \fIlatexmk\fR generates to contain a
-database of information on source files. You will not normally need
-to change this.
-.TP
-.B $force_mode [0]
-If nonzero, continue processing past minor \fIlatex\fR errors
-including unrecognized cross references. Equivalent to specifying the
-\fB-f\fR option.
-.TP
-.B @generated_exts [( "aux", "bbl", "idx", "ind", "lof", "lot", "out", "toc", $fdb_ext )]
-This contains a list of extensions for files that are generated during
-a LaTeX run and that are read in by LaTeX in later runs, either
-directly or indirectly.
-
-This list has two uses: (a) to set the kinds of file to be deleted in
-a cleanup operation (with the \fB-c\fR, \fB-C\fR, \fB-CA\fR, \fB-g\fR
-and \fB-gg\fR options), and (b) in the determination of whether a
-rerun of (pdf)LaTeX is needed after a run that gives an error.
-
-(Normally, a change of a source file during a run should provoke a
-rerun. This includes a file generated by LaTeX, e.g., an aux file,
-that is read in on subsequent runs. But after a run that results in
-an error, a new run should occur until the user has made a change in
-the files. But the user may have corrected an error in a source .tex
-file during the run. So \fIlatexmk\fR needs to distinguish
-user-generated and automatically generated files; it determines the
-automatically generated files as those with extensions in the list in
-@generated_exts.)
-
-A convenient way to add an extra extension to the list, without losing
-the already defined ones is to use a push command in the line in an
-RC file. E.g.,
-
- push @generated_exts, "end";
-
-adds the extension "end" to the list of predefined generated
-extensions. (This extension is used by the RevTeX package, for
-example.)
-.TP
-.B $go_mode [0]
-If nonzero, process files regardless of timestamps, and is then
-equivalent to the \fB-g\fR option.
-.TP
-.B %hash_calc_ignore_pattern
-\fB!!!This variable is for experts only!!!\fR
-
-The general rule \fIlatexmk\fR uses for determining when an extra run
-of some program is needed is that one of the source files has changed.
-But consider for example a latex package that causes an encapsulated
-postscript file (an "eps" file) to be made that is to be read in on
-the next run. The file contains a comment line giving its creation
-date and time. On the next run the time changes, \fIlatex\fR sees
-that the eps file has changed, and therefore reruns latex. This
-causes an infinite loop, that is only terminated becaues \fIlatexmk\fR
-has a limit
-on the number of runs to guard against pathological situations.
-
-But the changing line has no real effect, since it is a comment. You
-can instruct \fIlatex\fR to ignore the offending line as follows:
-
- $hash_calc_ignore_pattern{'eps'} = '^%%CreationDate: ';
-
-This creates a rule for files with extension \fI.eps\fR about lines to
-ignore. The left-hand side is a \fIPerl\fR idiom for setting an item
-in a hash. Note that the file extension is specified without a
-period. The value, on the right-hand side, is a string containing a
-regular expresssion. (See documentation on \fIPerl\fR for how they
-are to be specified in general.) This particular regular expression
-specifies that lines beginning with "%%CreationDate: " are to be
-ignored in deciding whether a file of the given extension \fI.eps\fR
-has changed.
-
-There is only one regular expression available for each extension. If
-you need more one pattern to specify lines to ignore, then you need to
-combine the patterns into a single regular expression. The simplest
-method is separate the different simple patterns by a vertical bar
-character (indicating "alternation" in the jargon of regular
-expressions). For example,
-
- $hash_calc_ignore_pattern{'eps'} = '^%%CreationDate: |^%%Title: ';
-
-causes lines starting with either "^%%CreationDate: " or "^%%Title: "
-to be ignored.
-
-It may happen that a pattern to be ignored is specified in, for
-example, in a system or user initialization file, and you wish to
-remove this in a file read later. To do this, you use perl's delete
-function, e.g.,
-
- delete $hash_calc_ignore_pattern{'eps'};
-
-.TP
-.B $kpsewhich ["kpsewhich %S"]
-The program called to locate a source file when the name alone is not
-sufficient. Most filenames used by \fIlatexmk\fR have sufficient path
-information to be found directly. But sometimes, notably
-when .bib files are found from the log file of a bibtex or biber run,
-the name of
-the file, but not its path is known. The program specified by
-$kpsewhich is used to find it.
-
-See also the \fI@BIBINPUTS\fR variable for another way that \fIlatexmk\fR
-also uses to try to locate files; it applies only in the case of .bib
-files.
-.TP
-.B $landscape_mode [0]
-If nonzero, run in landscape mode, using the landscape mode previewers and
-dvi to postscript converters. Equivalent to the \fB-l\fR option.
-Normally not needed with current previewers.
-.TP
-.B $latex ["latex %O %S"]
-The LaTeX processing program. Note that as with other programs, you
-can use this variable not just to change the name of the program used,
-but also specify options to the program. E.g.,
-
- $latex = "latex --src-specials";
-.TP
-.B %latex_input_extensions
-This variable specifies the extensions tried by latexmk when it finds
-that a LaTeX run resulted in an error that a file has not been found,
-and the file is given without an extension. This typically happens when
-LaTeX commands of the form \\input{file} or \\includegraphics{figure},
-when the relevant source file does not exist.
-
-In this situation, latexmk searches for custom dependencies to make
-the missing file(s), but restricts it to the extensions specified by
-the variable %latex_input_extensions. The default extensions
-are 'tex' and 'eps'.
-
-(For Perl experts: %latex_input_extensions is a hash whose keys are
-the extensions. The values are irrelevant.) Two subroutines are
-provided for manipulating this and the related variable
-%pdflatex_input_extensions, add_input_ext and remove_input_ext. They
-are used as in the following examples are possible lines in an
-initialization file:
-
- remove_input_ext( 'latex', 'tex' );
-
-removes the extension 'tex' from latex_input_extensions
-
- add_input_ext( 'latex', 'asdf' );
-
-add the extension 'asdf to latex_input_extensions. (Naturally with
-such an extension, you should have made an appropriate custom
-dependency for latexmk, and should also have done the appropriate
-programming in the LaTeX source file to enable the file to be read.
-The standard extensions are handled by LaTeX and its graphics/graphicx
-packages.
-
-.TP
-.B $latex_silent_switch ["-interaction=batchmode"]
-Switch(es) for the LaTeX processing program when silent mode is on.
-
-If you use MikTeX, you may prefer the results if you configure the
-options to include -c-style-errors, e.g., by the following line in an
-initialization file
-
- $latex_silent_switch = "-interaction=batchmode -c-style-errors";
-
-.TP
-.B $lpr ["lpr %O %S" under UNIX/LINUX, \(dqNONE lpr\(dq under MS-WINDOWS]
-The command to print postscript files.
-
-Under MS-Windows (unlike UNIX/LINUX), there is no standard program for
-printing files. But there are ways you can do it. For example, if
-you have gsview installed, you could use it with the option "/p":
-
- $lpr = '"c:/Program Files/Ghostgum/gsview/gsview32.exe" /p';
-
-If gsview is installed in a different directory, you will need to make
-the appropriate change. Note the combination of single and double
-quotes around the name. The single quotes specify that this is a
-string to be assigned to the configuration variable \fI$lpr\fR. The double
-quotes are part of the string passed to the operating system to get
-the command obeyed; this is necessary because one part of the command
-name ("Program Files") contains a space which would otherwise be
-misinterpreted.
-.TP
-.B $lpr_dvi ["NONE lpr_dvi"]
-The printing program to print dvi files.
-.TP
-.B $lpr_pdf ["NONE lpr_pdf"]
-The printing program to print pdf files.
-
-Under MS-Windows you could set this to use gsview, if it is installed,
-e.g.,
-
- $lpr = '"c:/Program Files/Ghostgum/gsview/gsview32.exe" /p';
-
-If gsview is installed in a different directory, you will need to make
-the appropriate change. Note the double quotes around the name: this
-is necessary because one part of the command name ("Program Files")
-contains a space which would otherwise be misinterpreted.
-
-.TP
-.B $make ["make"]
-The make processing program.
-
-.TP
-.B $makeindex ["makeindex %O -o %D %S"]
-The index processing program.
-.TP
-.B $makeindex_silent_switch ["-q"]
-\fBSwitch(es)\fR for the index processing program when silent mode is on.
-.TP
-.B $max_repeat [5]
-The maximum number of times \fIlatexmk\fR will run latex/pdflatex
-before deciding that there may be an infinite loop and that it needs
-to bail out, rather than rerunning latex/pdflatex again to resolve
-cross-references, etc. The default value covers all normal cases.
-
-(Note that the "etc" covers a lot of cases where one run of
-latex/pdflatex generates files to be read in on a later run.)
-.TP
-.B $MSWin_back_slash [1]
-This configuration variable only has an effect when \fIlatexmk\fR is
-running under MS-Windows. It determines whether, when a command is
-executed under MS-Windows, there should be substituted "\\" for the
-separator character between components of a directory name.
-Internally, \fIlatexmk\fR uses "/" for the directory separator
-character, which is the character used by Unix-like systems.
-
-For many programs under MS-Windows, both "\\" and "/" are acceptable
-as the directory separator character. But some programs only accept
-"\\". So for safety \fIlatexmk\fR makes a translation, by default.
-It is conceivable that under certain situations this is undesirable,
-so the configuration can be changed. (A possible example might be
-when some of the software is implemented using Cygwin, which provides
-an Unix-like environment inside MS-Windows.)
-
-.TP
-.B $new_viewer_always [0]
-This variable applies to \fIlatexmk\fR \fBonly\fR in
-continuous-preview mode. If \fI$new_viewer_always\fR is 0,
-\fIlatexmk\fR will check for a previously running previewer on the
-same file, and if one is running will not start a new one. If
-\fI$new_viewer_always\fR is non-zero, this check will be skipped, and
-\fIlatexmk\fR will behave as if no viewer is running.
-.TP
-
-.B $out_dir [""]
-The directory in which output files are to be written by a run of
-(pdf)latex. See also the variable \fI$aux_dir\fR.
-
-The effect of this variable (when non-blank) is achieved by using the
-\fB-output-directory\fR option of (pdf)latex. This exists in the
-usual current (Dec. 2011) implementations of TeX, i.e., MiKTeX and
-TeXLive. But it may not be present in other versions.
-
-Commonly, the directory specified for output files is a subdirectory
-of the current working directory. However, if you specify some other
-directory, e.g., "/tmp/foo" or "../output", be aware that this could
-cause problems, e.g., with \fImakeindex\fR or \fIbibtex\fR. This is
-because modern versions of these programs, by default, will refuse to
-work when they find that they are asked to write to a file in a
-directory that appears not to be the current working directory or one
-of its subdirectories. This is part of security measures by the whole
-TeX system that try to prevent malicious or errant TeX documents from
-incorrectly messing with a user's files. If for \fI$out_dir\fR or
-\fI$aux_dir\fR you really do need to specify an absolute pathname
-(e.g., "/tmp/foo") or a path (e.g., "../output") that includes a
-higher-level directory, then you need to disable the security measures
-(and assume any risks). This can be done by temporarily setting the
-operating system's environment variable openout_any to "a" (as in
-"all"), to override the default "paranoid" setting.
-.TP
-
-.B $pdf_mode [0]
-If zero, do NOT generate a pdf version of the document.
-If equal to 1, generate a pdf version of the document using pdflatex.
-If equal to 2, generate a pdf version of the document from the ps
-file, by using the command specified by the \fI$ps2pdf\fR variable.
-If equal to 3, generate a pdf version of the document from the dvi
-file, by using the command specified by the \fI$dvipdf\fR variable.
-
-Equivalent to the \fB-pdf-\fR, \fB-pdf\fR, \fB-pdfdvi\fR,
-\fB-pdfps\fR options.
-.TP
-
-.B $pdflatex ["pdflatex %O %S"]
-The LaTeX processing program in the version that makes a pdf file instead
-of a dvi file.
-
-An example of the use of this variable is to arrange for \fIxelatex\fR
-to be used instead of \fIpdflatex\fR, when you could set
-
- $pdflatex = "xelatex %O %S";
-
-Note that \fIxelatex\fR only produces .pdf files (and not .dvi), so to
-use it you will also need to turn on production of .pdf files, and to
-turn off the production of .dvi (and .ps) files, either by command
-line options or by the following settings in an initialization file
-
- $pdf_mode = 1; $postscript_mode = $dvi_mode = 0;
-
-
-.TP
-.B %pdflatex_input_extensions
-This variable specifies the extensions tried by latexmk when it finds
-that a pdfLaTeX run resulted in an error that a file has not been found,
-and the file is given without an extension. This typically happens when
-LaTeX commands of the form \\input{file} or \\includegraphics{figure},
-when the relevant source file does not exist.
-
-In this situation, latexmk searches for custom dependencies to make
-the missing file(s), but restricts it to the extensions specified by
-the variable %pdflatex_input_extensions. The default extensions
-are 'tex', 'pdf', 'jpg, and 'png'.
-
-(For Perl experts: %pdflatex_input_extensions is a hash whose keys are
-the extensions. The values are irrelevant.) Two subroutines are
-provided for manipulating this and the related variable
-%latex_input_extensions, add_input_ext and remove_input_ext. They
-are used as in the following examples are possible lines in an
-initialization file:
-
- remove_input_ext( 'pdflatex', 'tex' );
-
-removes the extension 'tex' from pdflatex_input_extensions
-
- add_input_ext( 'pdflatex', 'asdf' );
-
-add the extension 'asdf to pdflatex_input_extensions. (Naturally with
-such an extension, you should have made an appropriate custom
-dependency for latexmk, and should also have done the appropriate
-programming in the LaTeX source file to enable the file to be read.
-The standard extensions are handled by pdflatex and its graphics/graphicx
-packages.)
-
-.TP
-.B $pdflatex_silent_switch ["-interaction=batchmode"]
-Switch(es) for the pdflatex program (specified in the variable
-\fI$pdflatex\fR when silent mode is on.
-
-If you use MikTeX, you may prefer the results if you configure the
-options to include -c-style-errors, e.g., by the following line in an
-initialization file
-
- $latex_silent_switch = "-interaction=batchmode -c-style-errors";
-
-.TP
-.B $pdf_previewer ["start acroread %O %S"]
-The command to invoke a pdf-previewer.
-
-On MS-WINDOWS, the default is changed to "cmd /c start """; under more recent versions of
-Windows, this will cause to be run whatever command the system has
-associated with .pdf files. But this may be undesirable if this
-association is to \fIacroread\fR -- see the notes in the explanation
-of the \fB-pvc\fR option.]
-
-On OS-X the default is changed to "open %S", which results in OS-X
-starting up (and detaching) the viewer associated with the file. By
-default, for pdf files this association is to OS-X's preview, which is
-quite satisfactory.
-
-\fBWARNING\fR: Problem under MS-Windows:
-if acroread is used as the pdf previewer, and it is
-actually viewing a pdf file, the pdf file cannot be updated. Thus
-makes acroread a bad choice of previewer if you use \fIlatexmk\fR's
-previous-continuous mode (option \fB-pvc\fR) under MS-windows.
-This problem does not occur if, for example, SumatraPDF or gsview is
-used to view pdf files.
-
-\fBImportant note\fR: Normally you will want to have a previewer run
-detached, so that \fIlatexmk\fR doesn't wait for the previewer to
-terminate before continuing its work. So normally you should prefix
-the command by "start ", which flags to \fIlatexmk\fR that it should
-do the detaching of the previewer itself (by whatever method is
-appropriate to the operating system). But sometimes letting
-\fIlatexmk\fR do the detaching is not appropriate (for a variety of
-non-trivial reasons), so you should put the "start " bit in
-yourself, whenever it is needed.
-
-.TP
-.B $pdf_update_command [""]
-When the pdf previewer is set to be updated by running a command, this
-is the command that is run. See the information for the variable
-\fI$pdf_update_method\fR.
-.TP
-.B $pdf_update_method [1 under UNIX, 3 under MS-Windows]
-How the pdf viewer updates its display when the pdf file has
-changed. See the information on the variable \fI$dvi_update_method\fR
-for the codes. (Note that information needs be changed slightly so
-that for the value 4, to run a command to do the update, the command
-is specified by the variable \fI$pdf_update_command\fR, and for the
-value 2, to specify update by signal, the signal is specified by
-\fI$pdf_update_signal\fR.)
-
-Note that acroread under MS-Windows (but not UNIX) locks the pdf file, so
-the default value is then 3.
-
-Arranging to use a command to get a previewer explicitly updated
-requires three variables to be set. For example:
-
- $pdf_previewer = "start xpdf -remote %R %O %S";
- $pdf_update_method = 4;
- $pdf_update_command = "xpdf -remote %R -reload";
-
-The first setting arranges for the xpdf program to be used in its
-"remote server mode", with the server name specified as the rootname
-of the TeX file. The second setting arranges for updating to be done
-in response to a command, and the third setting sets the update command.
-
-.TP
-.B $pdf_update_signal [Under UNIX: SIGHUP, which is a system-dependent value]
-The number of the signal that is sent to the pdf viewer when it is
-updated by sending a signal -- see the information on the variable
-\fI$pdf_update_method\fR. The default value is the one appropriate
-for gv on a UNIX system.
-.TP
-.B $pid_position[1 under UNIX, -1 under MS-Windows]
-The variable \fI$pid_position\fR is used to
-specify which word in lines of the output from \fI$pscmd\fR
-corresponds to the process ID. The first word in the line is numbered
-0. The default value of 1 (2nd word in line) is correct for Solaris
-2.6 and Linux. Setting the variable to -1 is used to indicate that
-\fI$pscmd\fR is not to be used.
-.TP
-.B $postscript_mode [0]
-If nonzero, generate a postscript version of the document.
-Equivalent to the \fB-ps\fR option.
-
-If some other request is made for which a postscript file is needed,
-then $postscript_mode will be set to 1.
-.TP
-.B $preview_continuous_mode [0]
-If nonzero, run a previewer to view the document, and
-continue running \fIlatexmk\fR to keep .dvi up-to-date. Equivalent to
-the \fB-pvc\fR option.
-Which previewer is run depends on the other settings, see the command
-line options \fB-view=\fR, and the variable \fI$view\fR.
-.TP
-.B $preview_mode [0]
-If nonzero, run a previewer to preview the document.
-Equivalent to the \fB-pv\fR option.
-Which previewer is run depends on the other settings, see the command
-line options \fB-view=\fR, and the variable \fI$view\fR.
-.TP
-.B $printout_mode [0]
-If nonzero, print the document using \fIlpr\fR. Equivalent to the
-\fB-p\fR option. This is recommended \fBnot\fR to be set from an RC
-file, otherwise you could waste lots of paper.
-.TP
-.B $print_type = ["ps"]
-Type of file to printout: possibilities are "dvi", "none", "pdf", or "ps".
-.TP
-.B $pscmd
-Command used to get all the processes currently run by the user. The
--pvc option uses the command specified by the variable \fI$pscmd\fR to
-determine if there is an already running previewer, and to find the
-process ID (needed if \fIlatexmk\fR needs to signal the previewer
-about file changes).
-
-Each line of the output of this command is assumed to correspond to
-one process. See the \fI$pid_position\fR variable for how the process
-number is determined.
-
-The default for \fIpscmd\fR is "NONE" under MS-Windows and cygwin
-(i.e., the command is not used), "ps --width 200 -f -u $ENV{USER}"
-under linux, "ps -ww -u $ENV{USER}" under darwin (Macintosh OS-X), and
-"ps -f -u $ENV{USER}" under other operating systems (including other
-flavors of UNIX). In these specifications "$ENV{USER}" is substituted
-by the username.
-.TP
-.B $ps2pdf ["ps2pdf %O %S %D"]
-Command to convert ps to pdf file.
-.TP
-.B $ps_filter [empty]
-The postscript file filter to be run on the newly produced postscript
-file before other processing. Equivalent to specifying the \fB-pF\fR
-option.
-.TP
-.B $ps_previewer ["start gv %O %S", but "start %O %S" under MS-WINDOWS]
-The command to invoke a ps-previewer. (The default under MS-WINDOWS
-will cause to be run whatever command the system has associated
-with .ps files.)
-
-Note that gv could be used with the -watch option updates its display
-whenever the postscript file changes, whereas ghostview does not.
-However, different versions of gv have slightly different ways of
-writing this option. You can configure this variable apppropriately.
-
-\fBWARNING\fR: Linux systems may have installed one (or more) versions
-of gv under different names, e.g., ggv, kghostview, etc, but perhaps
-not one called gv.
-
-\fBImportant note\fR: Normally you will want to have a previewer run
-detached, so that \fIlatexmk\fR doesn't wait for the previewer to
-terminate before continuing its work. So normally you should prefix
-the command by "start ", which flags to \fIlatexmk\fR that it should
-do the detaching of the previewer itself (by whatever method is
-appropriate to the operating system). But sometimes letting
-\fIlatexmk\fR do the detaching is not appropriate (for a variety of
-non-trivial reasons), so you should put the "start " bit in
-yourself, whenever it is needed.
-
-.TP
-.B $ps_previewer_landscape ["start gv -swap %O %S", but "start %O %S" under MS-WINDOWS]
-The command to invoke a ps-previewer in landscape mode.
-.TP
-.B $ps_update_command [""]
-When the postscript previewer is set to be updated by running a command, this
-is the command that is run. See the information for the variable
-\fI$ps_update_method\fR.
-.TP
-.B $ps_update_method [0 under UNIX, 1 under MS-Windows]
-How the postscript viewer updates its display when the ps file has
-changed. See the information on the variable \fI$dvi_update_method\fR
-for the codes. (Note that information needs be changed slightly so
-that for the value 4, to run a command to do the update, the command
-is specified by the variable \fI$ps_update_command\fR, and for the
-value 2, to specify update by signal, the signal is specified by
-\fI$ps_update_signal\fR.)
-
-.TP
-.B $ps_update_signal [Under UNIX: SIGHUP, which is a system-dependent value]
-The number of the signal that is sent to the pdf viewer when it is
-updated by sending a signal -- see \fI$ps_update_method\fR. The
-default value is the one appropriate for gv on a UNIX system.
-
-.TP
-.B $pvc_view_file_via_temporary [1]
-The same as \fI$always_view_file_via_temporary\fR, except that it only
-applies in preview-continuous mode (-pvc option).
-
-.TP
-.B $quote_filenames [1]
-This specifies whether substitutions for placeholders in command
-specifications (as in \fI$pdflatex\fR) are surrounded by double
-quotes. If this variable is 1 (or any other value Perl regards as
-true), then quoting is done. Otherwise quoting is omitted.
-
-The quoting method used by latexmk is tested to work correctly under
-UNIX systems (including Linux and Mac OS-X) and under MS-Windows. It
-allows the use of filenames containing special characters, notably
-spaces. (But note that many versions of LaTeX and PdfLaTeX cannot
-correctly deal with TeX files whose names contain spaces. Latexmk's
-quoting only ensures that such filenames are correctly treated by the
-operating system in passing arguments to programs.)
-.TP
-.B $recorder [0]
-Whether to use the \fB-recorder\fR option to \fIlatex\fR and
-\fIpdflatex\fR. Use of this option results in a file of extension
-\fI.fls\fR containing a list of the files that these programs have
-read and written. \fILatexmk\fR will then use this file to improve
-its detection of source files and generated files after a run of
-\fIlatex\fR or \fIpdflatex\fR.
-
-It is generally recommended to use this option (or to configure the
-\fI$recorder\fR variable to be on.) But it only works if
-\fI(pdf)latex\fR supports the -recorder option, which is true for most
-current implementations
-
-\fINote about the name of the .fls file:\fR Most implementations of
-\fI(pdf)latex\fR produce an .fls file with the same basename as the
-main document's LaTeX, e.g., for Document.tex, the .fls file is
-Document.fls. However, some implementations instead produce files
-named for the program, i.e., latex.fls or pdflatex.fls. In this
-second case, \fIlatexmk\fR copies the latex.fls or pdflatex.fls to a
-file with the basename of the main LaTeX document, e.g., Document.fls.
-
-.TP
-.B $search_path_separator [See below for default]
-The character separating paths in the environment variables TEXINPUTS,
-BIBINPUTS, and BSTINPUTS. This variable is mainly used by
-\fIlatexmk\fR when the \fB-outdir\fR, \fB-output-directory\fR,
-\fB-auxdir\fR, and/or \fB-aux-directory\fR options are used. In that
-case \fIlatexmk\fR needs to communicate appropriately modified search
-paths to $\fIbibtex\fR, \fIdvipdf\fR, \fIdvips\fR, and
-\fI(pdf)latex\fR.
-
-[Comment to technically savvy readers: \fI(pdf)latex\fR doesn't
-actually need the modified search path, because it corrects it
-internally. But, surprisingly, \fIdvipdf\fR and \fIdvips\fR do,
-because sometimes graphics files get generated in the output or aux
-directories.]
-
-The default under MSWin and Cygwin is ';' and under UNIX-like
-operating systems (including Linux and OS-X) is ':'. Normally the
-defaults give correct behavior. But there can be difficulties if your
-operating system is of one kind, but some of your software is running
-under an emulator for the other kind of operating system; in that case
-you'll need to find out what is needed, and set
-\fI$search_path_separator\fR explicitly. (The same goes, of course,
-for unusual operating systems that are not in the MSWin, Linux, OS-X,
-Unix collection.)
-
-.TP
-.B $sleep_time [2]
-The time to sleep (in seconds) between checking for source file
-changes when running with the \fB-pvc\fR option. This is subject to a
-minimum of one second delay, except that zero delay is also allowed.
-
-A value of exactly 0 gives no delay, and typically results in 100% CPU
-usage, which may not be desirable.
-.TP
-.B $texfile_search [""]
-This is an obsolete variable, replaced by the \fI@default_files\fR
-variable.
-
-For backward compatibility, if you choose to set
-\fI$texfile_search\fR, it is a string of space-separated filenames, and
-then \fIlatexmk\fR replaces \fI@default_files\fR with the filenames in
-\fI$texfile_search\fR to which is added "*.tex".
-
-.TP
-.B $success_cmd [undefined]
-See the documentation for $compiling_cmd.
-
-.TP
-.B $tmpdir [See below for default]
-Directory to store temporary files that \fIlatexmk\fR may generate while
-running.
-
-The default under MSWindows (including cygwin), is to set
-\fI$tmpdir\fR to the value of the first of whichever of the system
-environment variables TMPDIR or TEMP exists, otherwise to the current
-directory. Under other operating systems (expected to be UNIX/Linux,
-including OS-X), the default is the value of the system environment
-variable TMPDIR if it exists, otherwise "/tmp".
-.TP
-.B $use_make_for_missing_files [0]
-Whether to use \fImake\fR to try and make files that are missing after
-a run of \fIlatex\fR or \fIpdflatex\fR, and for which a custom
-dependency has not been found. This is generally useful only when
-\fIlatexmk\fR is used as part of a bigger project which is built by
-using the \fImake\fR program.
-
-Note that once a missing file has been made, no further calls to
-\fImake\fR will be made on a subsequent run of \fIlatexmk\fR to update
-the file. Handling this problem is the job of a suitably defined
-Makefile. See the section "USING \fIlatexmk\fR WITH \fImake\fR" for
-how to do this. The intent of calling \fImake\fR from \fIlatexmk\fR
-is merely to detect dependencies.
-.TP
-.B $view ["default"]
-Which kind of file is to be previewed if a previewer is used. The
-possible values are "default", "dvi", "ps", "pdf". The value
-of "default" means that the "highest" of the kinds of file generated is
-to be used (among dvi, ps and pdf).
-
-.SH CUSTOM DEPENDENCIES
-.PP
-In any RC file a set of custom dependencies can be set up to convert a
-file with one extension to a file with another. An example use of this
-would be to allow \fIlatexmk\fR to convert a \fI.fig\fR file to
-\fI.eps\fR to be included in the \fI.tex\fR file.
-
-The old method of configuring \fIlatexmk\fR was to directly manipulate
-the \fB@cus_dep_list\fR array that contains information defining the
-custom dependencies. This method still works. But now there are
-subroutines that allow convenient manipulations of the custom
-dependency list. These are
-
- add_cus_dep( fromextension, toextension, must, subroutine )
- remove_cus_dep( fromextension, toextension )
- show_cus_dep()
-
-The custom dependency is a list of rules, each of which is specified
-as follow:
-.TP
-.B from extension:
-The extension of the file we are converting from (e.g. "fig").
-It is specified without a period.
-.TP
-.B to extension:
-The extension of the file we are converting to (e.g. "eps").
-It is specified without a period.
-.TP
-.B must:
-If non-zero, the file from which we are converting \fBmust\fR exist, if it
-doesn't exist \fIlatexmk\fR will give an error message and exit unless
-the \fB-f\fR option is specified. If \fImust\fR is zero and the file
-we are converting from doesn't exist, then no action is taken.
-.TP
-.B function:
-The name of the subroutine that \fIlatexmk\fR should call to perform the
-file conversion. The first argument to the subroutine is the base name
-of the file to be converted without any extension. The subroutines are
-declared in the syntax of \fIPerl\fR. The function should return 0 if
-it was successful and a nonzero number if it failed.
-.PP
-It is invoked whenever \fIlatexmk\fR detects that a run of
-latex/pdflatex needs to read a file, like a graphics file, whose
-extension is the to-extension of a custom dependency. Then
-\fIlatexmk\fR examines whether a file exists with the same name, but
-with the corresponding from-extension, as specified in the
-custom-dependency rule. If it does, then whenever the destination
-file (the one with the to-extension) is out-of-date with respect to
-the corresponding source file.
-
-To make the new destination file, the \fIPerl\fR subroutine specified in the
-rule is invoked, with an argument that is the base name of the files
-in question. Simple cases just involve a subroutine invoking an
-external program; this can be done by following the templates below,
-even by those without knowledge of the \fIPerl\fR programming language. Of
-course, experts could do something much more elaborate.
-
-One other item in each custom-dependency rule labelled "must" above
-specifies how the rule should be applied when the source file fails to
-exist.
-
-A simple and typical example of code in an initialization rcfile is
-
- add_cus_dep( 'fig', 'eps', 0, 'fig2eps' );
- sub fig2eps {
- system( "fig2dev -Leps \"$_[0].fig\" \"$_[0].eps\"" );
- }
-
-The first line adds a custom dependency that converts a file with
-extension "fig", as created by the xfig program, to an encapsulated
-postscript file, with extension "eps". The remaining lines define a
-subroutine that carries out the conversion. If a rule for converting
-"fig" to "eps" files already exists (e.g., from a previously read-in
-initialization file), the \fIlatexmk\fR will delete this rule before
-making the new one.
-
-Suppose \fIlatexmk\fR is using this rule to convert a file
-"figure.fig" to "figure.eps". Then it will invoke the fig2eps
-subroutine defined in the above code with a single argument "figure",
-which is the basename of each of the files (possibly with a path
-component). This argument is referred to by \fIPerl\fR as $_[0]. In
-the example above, the subroutine uses the \fIPerl\fR command system
-to invoke the program fig2dev. The double quotes around the string
-are a \fIPerl\fR idiom that signify that each string of the form of a
-variable name, $_[0] in this case, is to be substituted by its value.
-
-If the return value of the subroutine is non-zero, then \fIlatexmk\fR
-will assume an error occurred during the execution of the subroutine.
-In the above example, no explicit return value is given, and instead
-the return value is the value returned by the last (and only)
-statement, i.e., the invocation of system, which returns the value 0
-on success.
-
-If you use pdflatex instead of latex, then you will probably prefer to
-convert your graphics files to pdf format, in which case you would
-replace the above code in an initialization file by
-
- add_cus_dep( 'fig', 'pdf, 0, 'fig2pdf' );
- sub fig2pdf {
- system( "fig2dev -Lpdf \"$_[0].fig\" \"$_[0].pdf\"" );
- }
-
-\fBNote 1:\fR In the command lines given in the system commands in the
-above examples, double quotes have been inserted around the file names
-(implemented by '\"' in the Perl language). They immunize the running
-of the program against special characters in filenames. Very often
-these quotes are not necessary, i.e., they can be omitted. But it is
-normally safer to keep them in. Even though the rules for quoting
-vary between operating systems, command shells and individual pieces
-of software, the quotes in the above examples do not cause problems in
-the cases I have tested.
-
-\fBNote 2:\fR One case in which the quotes are important is when the
-files are in a subdirectory and your operating system is Microsoft
-Windows. Then the separator character for directory components can be
-either a forward slash '/' or Microsoft's more usual backward slash
-'\\'. Forward slashes are generated by latexmk, to maintain its
-sanity from software like MiKTeX that mixes both directory
-separators; but their correct use normally requires quoted filenames.
-(See a log file from a run of MiKTeX (at least in v. 2.9) for an
-example of the use of both directory separators.)
-
-If you have some general custom dependencies defined in the system or
-user initialization file, you may find that for a particular project
-they are undesirable. So you might want to delete the unneeded ones.
-For example, you remove any "fig" to "eps" rule by the line
-
- remove_cus_dep( 'fig', 'eps' );
-
-If you have complicated sets of custom dependencies, you may want to
-get a listing of the custom dependencies. This is done by using the
-line
-
- show_cus_dep();
-
-in an initialization file.
-
-Another example of a custom dependency overcomes a limitation of
-\fIlatexmk\fR concerning index files. The only index-file conversion
-built-in to \fIlatexmk\fR is from an ".idx" file written on one run of
-latex/pdflatex to an ".ind" file to be read in on a subsequent run.
-But with the index.sty package you can create extra indexes with
-extensions that you configure. \fILatexmk\fR does not know how to
-deduce the extensions from the information it has. But you can easily
-write a custom dependency. For example if your latex file uses the
-command "\\newindex{special}{ndx}{nnd}{Special index}" you will need to
-convert files with the extension \fI.ndx\fR to \fI.nnd\fR. The
-following lines in an initialization RC file will cause this to
-happen:
-
- add_cus_dep('ndx', 'nnd', 0, 'makendx2nnd');
- sub makendx2nnd {
- system( "makeindex -o \"$_[0].nnd\" \"$_[0].ndx"\" );
- }
-
-(You will need to modify this code if you use filenames
-with spaces in them, to provide correct quoting of the filenames.)
-
-Those of you with experience with Makefiles, will undoubtedly be
-concerned that the \fI.ndx\fR file is written during a run of
-latex/pdflatex and is always later than the \fI.nnd\fR last read in.
-Thus the \fI.nnd\fR appears to be perpetually out-of-date. This
-situation, of circular dependencies, is endemic to latex, and
-\fIlatexmk\fR in its current version works correctly with circular
-dependencies. It examines the contents of the files (by use of an md5
-checksum), and only does a remake when the file contents have actually
-changed.
-
-Of course if you choose to write random data to the \fI.nnd\fR (or and
-\fI.aux\fR file, etc) that changes on each new run, then you will have
-a problem. For real experts: See the \fI%hash_cal_ignore_pattern\fR
-if you have to deal with such problems.
-
-Glossaries can be dealt with similarly.
-
-.SH OLD METHOD OF DEFINING CUSTOM DEPENDENCIES
-In previous versions of \fIlatexmk\fR, the only method of defining
-custom dependencies was to directly manipulate the table of custom
-dependencies. This is contained in the \fB@cus_dep_list\fR array. It
-is an array of strings, and each string in the array has four items in
-it, each separated by a space, the from-extension, the to-extension,
-the "must" item, and the name of the subroutine for the custom
-dependency. These were all defined above.
-.PP
-An example of the old method of defining custom dependencies is as
-follows. It is the code in an RC file to ensure automatic conversion
-of \fI.fig\fR files to \fI.eps\fR files:
-
- push @cus_dep_list, "fig eps 0 fig2eps";
- sub fig2eps {
- system( "fig2dev -Lps \"$_[0].fig\" \"$_[0].eps\"" );
- }
-
-This method still works, and is equivalent to the earlier code using
-the add_cus_dep subroutine, except that it doesn't delete any previous
-custom-dependency for the same conversion. So the new method is
-preferable.
-
-
-
-.SH USING \fIlatexmk\fR WITH \fImake\fR
-
-This section is targeted only at advanced users who use the \fImake\fR
-program for complex projects, as for software development, with the
-dependencies specified by a Makefile.
-
-Now the basic task of \fIlatexmk\fR is to run the appropriate programs
-to make a viewable version of a LaTeX document. However, the usual
-\fImake\fR program is not suited to this purpose for at least two
-reasons. First is that the use of LaTeX involves circular
-dependencies (e.g., via .aux files), and these cannot be handled by
-the standard \fImake\fR program. Second is that in a large document
-the set of source files can change quite frequently, particularly with
-included graphics files; in this situation keeping a Makefile manually
-updated is inappropriate and error-prone, especially when the
-depedencies can be determined automatically. \fILatexmk\fR solves
-both of these problems robustly.
-
-Thus for many standard LaTeX documents \fIlatexmk\fR can be used by
-itself without the \fImake\fR program. In a complex project it simply
-needs to be suitably configured. A standard configuration would be to
-define custom dependencies to make graphics files from their source
-files (e.g., as created by the \fIxfig\fR program). Custom
-dependencies are \fIlatexmk\fR's equivalent of pattern rules in
-Makefiles.
-
-Nevertheless there are projects for which a Makefile is appropriate,
-and it is useful to know how to use \fIlatexmk\fR from a Makefile. A
-typical example would be to generate documentation for a software
-project. Potentially the interaction with the rest of the rules in
-the Makefile could be quite complicated, for example if some of the
-source files for a LaTeX document are generated by the project's
-software.
-
-In this section, I give a couple of examples of how \fIlatexmk\fR can
-be usefully invoked from a Makefile. The examples use specific
-features of current versions of GNU \fImake\fR, which is the default
-on both linux and OS-X systems. They may need modifications for other
-versions of \fImake\fR.
-
-The simplest method is simply to delegate all the relevant tasks to
-\fIlatexmk\fR, as is suitable for a straightforward LaTeX document.
-For this a suitable Makefile is like
-
- .PHONY : FORCE_MAKE
- all : try.pdf
- %.pdf : %.tex FORCE_MAKE
- latexmk -pdf -dvi- -ps- $<
-
-(Note: the last line must be introduced by a tab for the Makefile to
-function correctly!) Naturally, if making try.pdf from its associated
-LaTeX file try.tex were the only task to be performed, a direct use of
-\fIlatexmk\fR without a Makefile would normally be better. The
-benefit of using a Makefile for a LaTeX document would be in a larger
-project, where lines such as the above would be only be a small part
-of a larger Makefile.
-
-The above example has a pattern rule for making a .pdf file from
-a .tex file, and it is defined to use latexmk in the obvious way.
-There is a conventional default target named "all", with a
-prerequisite of try.pdf. So when \fImake\fR is invoked, by default it
-makes try.pdf. The only complication is that there may be many source
-files beyond try.tex, but these aren't specified in the Makefile, so
-changes in them will not by themselves cause \fIlatexmk\fR to be
-invoked. Instead, the pattern rule is equipped with a "phony"
-prerequisite FORCE_MAKE; this has the effect of causing the rule to be
-always out-of-date, so that \fIlatexmk\fR is always run. It is
-\fIlatexmk\fR that decides whether any action is needed, e.g., a rerun
-of \fIpdflatex\fR. Effectively the Makefile delegates all decisions
-to \fIlatexmk\fR, while \fImake\fR has no knowledge of the list of
-source files except for primary LaTeX file for the document. If
-there are, for example, graphics files to be made, these must be
-made by custom dependencies configured in \fIlatexmk\fR.
-
-But something better is needed in more complicated situations, for
-example, when the making of graphics files needs to be specified by
-rules in the Makefile. To do this, one can use a Makefile like the
-following:
-
- TARGETS = document1.pdf document2.pdf
- DEPS_DIR = .deps
- LATEXMK = latexmk -recorder -use-make -deps \\
- -e 'warn qq(In Makefile, turn off custom dependencies\n);' \\
- -e '@cus_dep_list = ();' \\
- -e 'show_cus_dep();'
- all : $(TARGETS)
- $(foreach file,$(TARGETS),$(eval -include $(DEPS_DIR)/$(file)P))
- $(DEPS_DIR) :
- mkdir $@
- %.pdf : %.tex
- if [ ! -e $(DEPS_DIR) ]; then mkdir $(DEPS_DIR); fi
- $(LATEXMK) -pdf -dvi- -ps- -deps-out=$(DEPS_DIR)/$@P $<
- %.pdf : %.fig
- fig2dev -Lpdf $< $@
-
-(Again, the lines containing the commands for the rules should be
-started with tabs.) This example was inspired by how GNU
-\fIautomake\fR handles automatic dependency tracking of C source
-files.
-
-After each run of latexmk, dependency information is put in a file
-in the .deps subdirectory. The Makefile causes these dependency files
-to be read by \fImake\fR, which now has the full dependency
-information for each target .pdf file. To make things less trivial it
-is specificed that two files document1.pdf and document2.pdf are the
-targets. The dependency files are .deps/document1.pdfP
-and .deps/document2.pdfP.
-
-There is now no need for the phony prerequisite for the rule to
-make .pdf files from .tex files. But I have added a rule to
-make .pdf files from .fig files produced by the \fIxfig\fR program;
-these are commonly used for graphics insertions in LaTeX documents.
-\fILatexmk\fR is arranged to output a dependency file after each run.
-It is given the \fB-recorder\fR option, which improves its detection
-of files generated during a run of \fIpdflatex\fR; such files should
-not be in the dependency list. The \fB-e\fR options are used to turn
-off all custom dependencies, and to document this. Instead the
-\fB-use-make\fR is used to delegate the making of missing files to
-\fImake\fR itself.
-
-Suppose in the LaTeX file there is a command \\includegraphics{graph},
-and an \fIxfig\fR file "graph.fig" exists. On a first run,
-\fIpdflatex\fR reports a missing file, named "graph". \fILatexmk\fR
-succeeds in making "graph.pdf" by calling "make graph.pdf", and after
-completion of its work, it lists "fig.pdf" among the dependents of the
-file \fIlatexmk\fR is making. Then let "fig.fig" be updated, and then
-let \fImake\fR be run. \fIMake\fR first remakes "fig.pdf", and only
-then reruns \fIlatexmk\fR.
-
-Thus we now have a method by which all the subsidiary processing is
-delegated to \fImake\fR.
-
-.SH SEE ALSO
-latex(1), bibtex(1).
-.SH BUGS
-Sometimes a viewer (gv) tries to read an updated .ps or .pdf file
-after its creation is started but before the file is complete. Work
-around: manually refresh (or reopen) display. Or use one of the other
-previewers and update methods.
-
-(The following isn't really a bug, but concerns features of previewers.)
-Preview continuous mode only works perfectly with certain previewers:
-Xdvi on UNIX/LINUX works for dvi files.
-Gv on UNIX/LINUX works for both postscript and pdf.
-Ghostview on UNIX/LINUX needs a manual update (reopen); it views
-postscript and pdf.
-Gsview under MS-Windows works for both postscript and pdf,
-but only reads the updated file when its screen is refreshed.
-Acroread under UNIX/LINUX views pdf, but the file needs to be closed
-and reopened to view an updated version.
-Under MS-Windows, acroread locks its input file and so the
-pdf file cannot be updated. (Remedy: configure \fIlatexmk\fR to use
-\fIsumatrapdf\fR instead.)
-.SH THANKS TO
-Authors of previous versions. Many users with their feedback, and
-especially
-David Coppit (username david at node coppit.org) who made many useful
-suggestions that contributed to version 3, and Herbert Schulz.
-(Please note that the
-e-mail addresses are not written in their standard form to avoid being
-harvested by worms and viruses.)
-.SH AUTHOR
-Current version, by John Collins (username collins at node phys.psu.edu).
-(Version 4.35).
-
-Released version can be obtained from CTAN:
-<http://www.tug.org/tex-archive/support/latexmk/>, and from the
-author's website <http://www.phys.psu.edu/~collins/software/latexmk/>.
-.br
-Modifications and enhancements by Evan McLean (Version 2.0)
-.br
-Original script called "go" by David J. Musliner (RCS Version 3.2)
-
-\" LocalWords: fR fIlatexmk dvi ps fILatexmk pdflatex bibtex makeindex fB pv
-\" LocalWords: pvc fIgv xdvi gsview cygwin fdb TP tex bm bs fIlatex fIbibtex
-\" LocalWords: gg regeneratable dep exts dF dviF dviselect fI fR's lpr pdfps
-\" LocalWords: pdfdvi dvipdf pF psF psnup fIsome gv acroread xpdf rcfile cus
-\" LocalWords: batchmode latexmkrc elatex basename texfile WinXP BIBINPUTS
-\" LocalWords: kpsewhich BibTeX dtx dvipdfm dvips fpTeX MikTeX fBWARNING pid
-\" LocalWords: pscmd fIlpr fBnot ENV OSX SIGHUP tmpdir MSWindows tmp eps dev
-\" LocalWords: fImust fIperl Lps fIfig
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexmk.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexmk.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 638b81efb45..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexmk.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexrevise.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexrevise.1
deleted file mode 100644
index b8d0d2da807..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexrevise.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,235 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "LATEXREVISE 1"
-.TH LATEXREVISE 1 "2012-12-16" "perl v5.12.4" " "
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-latexrevise \- selectively remove markup and text from latexdiff output
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-\&\fBlatexrevise\fR [ \fB\s-1OPTIONS\s0\fR ] [ \fIdiff.tex\fR ] > \fIrevised.tex\fR
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-\&\fIlatexrevise\fR reads a file \f(CW\*(C`diff.tex\*(C'\fR (output of \fIlatexdiff\fR), and remove the markup commands.
-If no filename is given the input is read from standard input. The command can be used
-in \fI\s-1ACCEPT\s0\fR, \fI\s-1DECLINE\s0\fR, or \fI\s-1SIMPLIFY\s0\fR mode, or can be used to remove user-defined
-latex commands from the input (see \fB\-c\fR, \fB\-e\fR, \fB\-m\fR, and \fB\-n\fR below).
-In \fI\s-1ACCEPT\s0\fR mode, all appended text fragments (or preamble lines)
-are kept, and all discarded text fragments (or preamble lines) are
-deleted.
-In \fI\s-1DECLINE\s0\fR mode, all discarded text fragments are kept, and all appended
-text fragments are deleted.
-If you wish to keep some changes, edit the diff.tex file in
-advance, and manually remove those tokens which would otherwise be
-deleted. Note that \fIlatexrevise\fR only pays attention to the \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFaddbegin\*(C'\fR,
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\eDIFaddend\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFdelbegin\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFdelend\*(C'\fR tokens and corresponding \s-1FL\s0
-varieties. All \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFadd\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFdel\*(C'\fR commands (but not their contents) are
-simply deleted. The commands added by latexdiff to the preamble are also
-removed.
-In \fI\s-1SIMPLIFY\s0\fR mode, \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFaddbegin, \eDIFaddend, \eDIFdelbegin, \eDIFdelend\*(C'\fR
-tokens and their corresponding \f(CW\*(C`FL\*(C'\fR varieties are kept but all other markup (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`DIFadd\*(C'\fR and <\eDIFdel>) is removed. The result
-will not in general be valid latex-code but it will be easier to read and edit in
-preparation for a subsequent run in \fI\s-1ACCEPT\s0\fR or \fI\s-1DECLINE\s0\fR mode.
-In \fI\s-1SIMPLIFY\s0\fR mode the preamble is left unmodified.
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS"
-.IP "\fB\-a\fR or \fB\-\-accept\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-a or --accept"
-Run in \fI\s-1ACCEPT\s0\fR mode (delete all blocks marked by \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFdelbegin\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFdelend\*(C'\fR).
-.IP "\fB\-d\fR or \fB\-\-decline\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-d or --decline"
-Run in \fI\s-1DECLINE\s0\fR mode (delete all blocks marked by \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFaddbegin\*(C'\fR
-and \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFaddend\*(C'\fR).
-.IP "\fB\-s\fR or \fB\-\-simplify\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-s or --simplify"
-Run in \fI\s-1SIMPLIFY\s0\fR mode (Keep all \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFaddbegin\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFaddend\*(C'\fR,
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\eDIFdelbegin\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFdelend\*(C'\fR tokens, but remove all other latexdiff
-markup from body).
-.PP
-Note that the three mode options are mutually exclusive. If no mode option is given,
-\&\fIlatexrevise\fR simply removes user annotations and markup according to the following four
-options.
-.IP "\fB\-c cmd\fR or \fB\-\-comment=cmd\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-c cmd or --comment=cmd"
-Remove \f(CW\*(C`\ecmd{...}\*(C'\fR sequences. \f(CW\*(C`cmd\*(C'\fR is supposed to mark some explicit
-anotations which should be removed from the file before
-release.
-.IP "\fB\-e envir\fR or \fB\-\-comment\-environment=envir\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-e envir or --comment-environment=envir"
-Remove explicit annotation environments from the text, i.e. remove
-.Sp
-.Vb 3
-\& \ebegin{envir}
-\& ...
-\& \eend{envir}
-.Ve
-.Sp
-blocks.
-.IP "\fB\-m cmd\fR or \fB\-\-markup=cmd\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-m cmd or --markup=cmd"
-Remove the markup command \f(CW\*(C`\ecmd\*(C'\fR but leave its argument, i.e.
-turn \f(CW\*(C`\ecmd{abc}\*(C'\fR into \f(CW\*(C`abc\*(C'\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-n envir\fR or \fB\-\-markup\-environment=envir\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-n envir or --markup-environment=envir"
-Similarly, remove \f(CW\*(C`\ebegin{envir}\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`\eend{envir}\*(C'\fR commands but
-leave content of the environment in the text.
-.IP "\fB\-V\fR or \fB\-\-verbose\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-V or --verbose"
-Verbose output
-.IP "\fB\-q\fR or \fB\-\-no\-warnings\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-q or --no-warnings"
-Do not warn users about \f(CW\*(C`\eDIDadd{..}\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`\eDIFdel{..}\*(C'\fR statements
-which should have been removed already.
-.SH "BUGS"
-.IX Header "BUGS"
-The current version is a beta version which has not yet been
-extensively tested, but worked fine locally. Please submit bug reports through
-the latexdiff project page \fIhttp://developer.berlios.de/projects/latexdiff/\fR or send
-to \fItilmann@gfz\-potsdam.de\fR. Include the serial number of \fIlatexrevise\fR
-(from comments at the top of the source). If you come across latexdiff
-output which is not processed correctly by \fIlatexrevise\fR please include the
-problem file as well as the old and new files on which it is based,
-ideally edited to only contain the offending passage as long as that still
-reproduces the problem.
-.PP
-Note that \fIlatexrevise\fR gets confused by commented \f(CW\*(C`\ebegin{document}\*(C'\fR or
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\eend{document}\*(C'\fR statements
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
-latexdiff
-.SH "PORTABILITY"
-.IX Header "PORTABILITY"
-\&\fIlatexrevise\fR does not make use of external commands and thus should run
-on any platform supporting \s-1PERL\s0 v5 or higher.
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.IX Header "AUTHOR"
-Copyright (C) 2004 Frederik Tilmann
-.PP
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 General Public License Version 3
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexrevise.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexrevise.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 623a87d27af..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/latexrevise.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/luatex.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/luatex.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 696e26d52f8..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/luatex.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,251 +0,0 @@
-.TH LUATEX 1 "12 April 2011" "luatex 0.70" "Web2C 2012"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.if n .ds MF Metafont
-.if t .ds MF M\s-2ETAFONT\s0
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.if n .ds WB Web
-.if t .ds WB W\s-2EB\s0
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-luatex, texlua, texluac \- An extended version of pdfTeX using Lua as
-an embedded scripting language
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B luatex
-.RB [ \-\-lua=\fIFILE\fP ]
-.RI [ OPTION ].\|.\|.
-.RI [ TEXNAME [ \fB.tex\fP ]]
-.RI [ COMMANDS ]
-.br
-.B luatex
-.RB [ \-\-lua=\fIFILE\fP ]
-.RI [ OPTION ].\|.\|.
-.BI \e FIRST\-LINE
-.br
-.B luatex
-.RB [ \-\-lua=\fIFILE\fP ]
-.RI [ OPTION ].\|.\|.
-.BI & FMT
-.RI [ ARGS ]
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Run the lua\*(TX typesetter on
-.IR TEXNAME ,
-usually creating
-.IR TEXNAME\fB.pdf\fP .
-Any remaining
-.I COMMANDS
-are processed as lua\*(TX input, after
-.I TEXNAME
-is read.
-
-Alternatively, if the first non\-option argument begins with a backslash,
-interpret all non\-option arguments as a line of lua\*(TX input.
-
-Alternatively, if the first non\-option argument begins with a \fB&\fR,
-the
-next word is taken as the \fIFMT\fR to read, overriding all else. Any
-remaining arguments are processed as above.
-
-If no arguments or options are specified, prompt for input.
-
-If called as \fBtexlua\fR it acts as lua interpreter.
-If called as \fBtexluac\fR it acts as lua bytecode compiler.
-
-Lua\*(TX is an extended version of pdf\*(TX with Unicode and OpenType
-font support, embeded \fBLua\fR scripting language, the \fBe-\*(TX\fR
-and \fBOmega\fR extensions, as well as integrated MetaPost engine, that
-can create \fIPDF\fR files as well as \fIDVI\fR files.
-For more information about luatex, see http://www.luatex.org, you can
-read Lua\*(TX manual using texdoc utility (\fBtexdoc luatex\fR).
-
-All Lua\*(TX text input and output is considered to be Unicode text.
-
-In \fIDVI\fR mode, lua\*(TX can be used as a complete replacement for
-the \*(TX engine.
-
-In \fIPDF\fR mode, lua\*(TX can natively handle the \fIPDF\fR, \fIJPG\fR,
-\fIJBIG2\fR, and \fIPNG\fR graphics formats. lua\*(TX cannot include
-PostScript or Encapsulated PostScript (EPS) graphics files; first convert
-them to PDF using \fBepstopdf\fR (1).
-
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-When the Lua\*(TX executable starts, it looks for the \fB\-\-lua\fR
-commandline option.
-If there is no \fB\-\-lua\fR option, the commandline is interpreted in a
-similar fashion as in traditional pdf\*(TX and Aleph. But if the option
-is present, Lua\*(TX will enter an alternative mode of commandline parsing
-in comparison to the standard web2c programs. The presence of \fB--lua\fR
-makes most of other options unreliable, because the lua initialization
-file can disable kpathsea and/or hook functions into various callbacks.
-.ig
-Here is the list of possibly affected switches/functionality, and why:
-..
-.TP
-.BI "\-\-lua=" FILE
-The lua initialization file.
-.PP
-The following two options alter the executable behaviour:
-.TP
-.B \-\-luaonly
-Start Lua\*(TX as a Lua interpreter. In this mode, it will set Lua's
-\fIarg[0]\fR to the found script name, pushing preceding options in
-negative values and the rest of the commandline in the positive values,
-just like the Lua interpreter. Lua\*(TX will exit immediately after
-executing the specified Lua script.
-.TP
-.BI \-\-luaconly
-Start Lua\*(TX as a Lua byte compiler. In this mode, Lua\*(TX is exactly
-like \fBluac\fR from the standalone Lua distribution, except that it
-does not have the \fB\-l\fR switch, and that it accepts (but ignores)
-the \fB\-\-luaconly\fR switch.
-.PP
-Then the regular web2c options:
-.TP
-.B \-\-debug\-format
-.br
-Debug format loading.
-.TP
-.B \-\-draftmode
-Sets \epdfdraftmode so lua\*(TX doesn't write a PDF and doesn't read
-any included images, thus speeding up execution.
-.TP
-.B \-\-enable\-write18
-.br
-Synonym for \fB\-\-shell\-escape\fR.
-.TP
-.B \-\-disable\-write18
-.br
-Synonym for \fB\-\-no\-shell\-escape\fR.
-.TP
-.B \-\-shell\-escape
-.br
-Enable the
-.BI \ewrite18{ command }
-construct, and Lua functions \fBos.execute()\fR, \fBos.exec()\fR,
-\fBos.spawn()\fR, and \fBio.popen()\fR. The \fIcommand\fR can be any
-shell command. This construct is normally disallowed for security
-reasons.
-.TP
-.B \-\-no\-shell-escape
-.br
-Disable the
-.BI \ewrite18{ command }
-construct and the other Lua functions, even if it is enabled in the
-\fItexmf.cnf\fR file.
-.TP
-.B \-\-shell-restricted
-Enable restricted version of \fB\ewrite18\fR, \fBos.execute()\fR,
-\fBos.exec()\fR, \fBos.spawn()\fR, and \fBio.popen()\fR, only commands
-listed in \fItexmf.cnf\fR file are allowed.
-.TP
-.B \-\-file\-line\-error
-Print error messages in the form \fIfile:line:error\fR which is similar
-to the way many compilers format them.
-.TP
-.B \-\-no\-file\-line\-error
-Disable printing error messages in the \fIfile:line:error\fR style.
-.TP
-.BI "\-\-fmt=" FORMAT
-Use \fIFORMAT\fR as the name of the format to be used, instead of the
-name by which lua\*(TX was called or a \fI%&\fR line.
-.TP
-.B \-\-help
-Print help message and exit.
-.TP
-.B \-\-ini
-Start in \fIINI\fR mode, which is used to dump formats. The \fIINI\fR
-mode can be used for typesetting, but no format is preloaded, and basic
-initializations like setting catcodes may be required.
-.TP
-.BI "\-\-interaction=" MODE
-Sets the interaction mode. The \fIMODE\fR can be either
-.IR batchmode ,
-.IR nonstopmode ,
-.IR scrollmode ,
-and
-.IR errorstopmode .
-The meaning of these modes is the same as that of the corresponding
-\ecommands.
-.TP
-.BI "\-\-jobname=" NAME
-Use \fINAME\fR for the job name, instead of deriving it from the name
-of the input file.
-.TP
-.BI "\-\-kpathsea-debug=" BITMASK
-Sets path searching debugging flags according to the \fIBITMASK\fR.
-See the \fIKpathsea\fR manual for details.
-.TP
-.BI "\-\-mktex=" FMT
-Enable mktex\fIFMT\fR generation, where \fIFMT\fR must be either \fItex\fR
-or \fItfm\fR.
-.TP
-.B \-\-nosocket
-Disable the luasocket (network) library.
-.TP
-.TP
-.BI "\-\-output\-comment=" STRING
-In \fIDVI\fR mode, use \fISTRING\fR for the \fIDVI\fR file comment
-instead of the date. This option is ignored in\fIPDF\fR mode.
-.TP
-.BI "\-\-output\-directory=" DIRECTORY
-Write output files in \fIDIRECTORY\fR instead of the current directory.
-Look up input files in \fIDIRECTORY\fR first, then along the normal
-search path.
-.TP
-.BI "\-\-output\-format=" FORMAT
-Set the output format mode, where \fIFORMAT\fR must be either \fIpdf\fR
-or \fIdvi\fR.
-This also influences the set of graphics formats understood by lua\*(TX.
-.TP
-.BI "\-\-progname=" NAME
-Pretend to be program \fINAME\fR (only for kpathsea).
-.TP
-.B \-\-recorder
-Enable the filename recorder.
-This leaves a trace of the files opened for input and output
-in a file with extension \fI.fls\fR.
-.TP
-.B \-\-safer
-Disable some Lua commands that can easily be abused by a malicious
-document.
-.TP
-.BI "\-\-synctex=" NUMBER
-Enable/disable Sync\*(TX extension.
-.TP
-.B \-\-version
-Print version information and exit.
-.TP
-.B \-\-credits
-Print credits and version details.
-.TP
-The following options are ignored:
-.TP
-.BR \-\-8bit ,\ \-\-etex ,\ \-\-parse\-first\-line ,\ \-\-no\-parse\-first\-line
-These are always on.
-.TP
-.BR \-\-default\-translate\-file=\fITCXNAME\fP ,\ \-\-translate\-file=\fITCXNAME\fP
-These are always off.
-
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR pdftex (1),
-.BR etex (1),
-.BR aleph (1),
-.BR omega (1),
-.BR lua (1).
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "AUTHORS"
-The primary authors of Lua\*(TX are Hartmut Henkel, Taco Hoekwater,
-and Hans Hagen, with help from Martin Schr\[:o]der, Karel Skoupy, and
-Han The Thanh.
-.PP
-\*(TX was designed by Donald E. Knuth, who implemented it using his
-\*(WB system for Pascal programs.
-It was ported to Unix at Stanford by Howard Trickey, and at Cornell by
-Pavel Curtis.
-The version now offered with the Unix \*(TX distribution is that generated
-by the \*(WB to C system (\fBweb2c\fR), originally written by Tomas
-Rokicki and Tim Morgan.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/luatex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/luatex.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 98d4ed4b61c..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/luatex.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/m-tx.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/m-tx.1
deleted file mode 100644
index c9552ab3937..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/m-tx.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
-.\" This manpage is licensed under the GNU Public License
-.TH m-tx 1 2012-04-09 "m-tx script, version 0.3" ""
-
-.SH NAME
-m-tx \- This script processes mtx files then deletes intermediate files
-
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-[ texlua ]
-.B m-tx[.lua]
-{
-.IR option
-|
-.IR jobname
-[ .mtx ]
-} ...
-.TP
-The default effect is to process each file using
-.TP 12
-.BR prepmx (1)
-(pre-pre-processing pass)
-.TP
-.BR pmxab (1)
-(pre-processing pass)
-.TP
-.BR etex (1)
-(first pass)
-.TP
-.BR musixflx (1)
-(second pass)
-.TP
-.BR etex (1)
-(third pass)
-.TP
-.BR dvips (1)
-(dvi to Postscript)
-.TP
-.BR ps2pdf (1)
-(Postscript to Portable Document Format)
-.TP
-followed by removal of intermediate files.
-
-.SH OPTIONS
-.TP 8
-.B -v
-output program name and version number, and quit
-.TP
-.B -h
-output usage summary and quit
-.TP
-.B -l
-changes the TeX processor to
-.BR latex (1)
-or
-.BR pdflatex (1)
-.TP
-.B -p
-changes the TeX processor to
-.BR pdfetex (1)
-or
-.BR pdflatex (1)
-(and doesn't run
-.BR dvips (1)
-and
-.BR ps2pdf (1)
-or
-.BR dvipdfm (1)
-)
-.TP
-.B -d
-changes the dvi processor to
-.BR dvipdfm (1)
-.TP
-.B -s
-stops processing at the dvi file
-.TP
-.B -t
-stops processing at the tex (and midi) files
-.TP
-.B -m
-stops processing at the pmx file
-.TP
-.B -i
-retain intermediate files
-.TP
-.B -f
-default processing
-.TP 0
-Options affect processing of all succeeding mtx files unless changed by another option.
-
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR prepmx (1)
-.BR pmxab (1)
-.BR scor2prt (1)
-.BR etex (1),
-.BR latex (1),
-.BR pdfetex (1),
-.BR pdflatex (1),
-.BR musixflx (1),
-.BR dvipdfm (1),
-.BR dvips (1),
-.BR ps2pdf (1).
-.br
-mtx260.pdf
-
-.SH AUTHOR
-This manual page was written by Bob Tennent <rdt@cs.queensu.ca>.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/m-tx.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/m-tx.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e8f9d8e231..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/m-tx.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mag.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mag.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 8d9f2d4a261..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mag.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-.\" e
-.TH MAG 1 UMFT
-.de EX
-.sp
-.in +5
-.nf
-.ft CW
-..
-.de EE
-.in -5
-.ft R
-.sp
-.fi
-..
-.SH NAME
-mag \- computes fontsizes and magsteps
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B
-mag
-[-\fBR\fIdpi\fP\fP] magstep . . .
-
-.B
-mag
-[-\fBr\fP] [-\fBR\fP\fIdpi\fP] fontsize . . .
-
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.EQ
-delim $$
-.EN
-This tool calculates fontsizes given magsteps. TeXfonts are provided as
-true sized fonts or as magnifications. The fontsize of a true sized
-font equals the resolution of the printer (ex. 300). The fontsize
-of a font magnified $n$ \fImagsteps\fP equals:
-.EQ
-1.2 sup{n} times 300
-delim off
-.EN
-rounded to its nearest integer value. Fontnames for TeX fonts normally
-consists of the name (\fIcmr\fP), pointsize (\fI10\fP), type (\fIpk\fP)
-and fontsize (\fI360\fP), for example: \fIcmr10.360pk\fP.
-
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The result of \fImag -R240 -2 0 0.5 1\fP will be:
-.EX
-167 240 263 288
-.EE
-
-The inverse function is computed with the \fI-r\fP option. The result of
-\fImag -r -R240 167 240 263 288\fP
-will be the fontsteps:
-.EX
--2 0 0.5 1
-.EE
-
-The UNIX shells allow command substitution. One can write:
-.EX
-mag -r -R240 `mag -R240 -2 0 0.5 1`
-.EE
-
-.SH DATE
-18 December, 1989
-
-.SH AUTHOR
-.nf
-Piet Tutelaers
-University of Technology Eindhoven
-<rcpt@urc.tue.nl>
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mag.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mag.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index fd715cc1dd7..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mag.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/makeindex.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/makeindex.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 92d641b32d3..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/makeindex.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1216 +0,0 @@
-.if t .ds LX L\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\\s-2A\\s+2\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'T\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.if t .ds TX T\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.ds Ts T\s-2RAN\s+2S\s-2CRIPT\s+2
-.if t .ds Uc \fIU\\h'-0.12m'C\\v'0.27m'\\h'-.23m'S\\h'-0.11m'F\\v'-0.27m'\fP
-.if n .ds Uc UCSF
-.ds Et \\f(boE\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'-0.20v'T\\v'0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'T\\fP
-.TH MAKEINDEX 1 "24 September 2011" "TeX Live" "TeX Live"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-makeindex \- a general purpose, formatter-independent index processor
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B makeindex
-.RB [ \-c ]
-.RB [ \-g ]
-.RB [ \-i ]
-.RB [ \-l ]
-.RB [ \-o
-.IR ind ]
-.RB [ \-p
-.IR num ]
-.RB [ \-q ]
-.RB [ \-r ]
-.RB [ \-s
-.IR sfile ]
-.RB [ \-t
-.IR log ]
-.RB [ \-L ]
-.RB [ \-T ]
-.RI [ idx0
-.I idx1
-.IR idx2 .\|.\|.]
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The program
-.I makeindex
-is a general purpose hierarchical index generator; it accepts one or
-more input files (often produced by a text formatter such as \*(TX
-.RI ( tex (1L))
-or
-.IR troff (1),
-sorts the entries, and produces an output file which can be formatted.
-The index can have up to three levels (0, 1, and 2) of subitem nesting.
-The way in which words are flagged for indexing within the main document
-is specific to the formatter used;
-.I makeindex
-does
-.I not
-automate the process of selecting these words. As the output index
-is hierarchical,
-.I makeindex
-can be considered complimentary to the
-.IR awk (1)-based
-.IR make.index (1L)
-system of Bentley and Kernighan, which is specific to
-.IR troff (1),
-generates non-hierarchical indices, and employs a much simpler syntax
-for indicating index entries. For illustration of use with
-.I troff
-and
-.IR \*(TX ,
-see the section \s-2EXAMPLES\s+2 below.
-.LP
-The formats of the input and output files are
-specified in a style file; by default, input is assumed to be a
-.I \&.idx
-file, as generated by \*(LX.
-.LP
-Unless specified explicitly, the base name of the first input file
-.RI ( idx0 )
-is used to determine the names of other files. For each input file
-name specified, a file of that name is sought. If this file is not
-found and the file name has no extension, the extension
-.I \&.idx
-is appended. If no file with this name is found,
-.I makeindex
-aborts.
-.LP
-If exactly one input file was given and no explicit style file was
-specified using
-.BR \-s ,
-.I makeindex
-uses a file with the extension
-.I \&.mst
-as default style file (when present).
-.LP
-For important notes on how to select index keywords, see the document
-by Lamport cited below. As an issue separate from selecting index
-keywords, a systematic mechanism for placing index terms in a document
-is suggested in
-.IR "Index Preparation and Processing" ,
-a paper cited below.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH OPTIONS
-.TP 10
-.B \-c
-Compress intermediate blanks (ignoring leading and trailing blanks and
-tabs). By default, blanks in the index key are retained.
-.TP 10
-.B \-g
-Employ German word ordering in the index, in accord with rules set forth
-in DIN 5007. By default,
-.I makeindex
-employs a word ordering in which precedence is: symbols, numbers,
-uppercase letters, lowercase letters. The sequence in German word
-ordering is: symbols, lowercase letters, uppercase letters, numbers.
-Additionally, this option enables
-.I makeindex
-to recognize the German \*(TX-commands {"a, "o, "u and "s} as {ae, oe,
-ue and ss} during the sorting of the entries. The quote character
-must be redefined in a style file (for example, redefine quote
-as '+'). If the quote character is not redefined,
-.I makeindex
-will produce an error message and abort.
-.TP 10
-.B \-i
-Take input from
-.IR stdin .
-When this option is specified and
-.B \-o
-is not, output is written to
-.IR stdout .
-.TP 10
-.B \-l
-Letter ordering; by default, word ordering is used (see
-the \s-2ORDERING\s+2 section).
-.TP 10
-.BI \-o " ind"
-Employ
-.I ind
-as the output index file. By default, the file name
-is created by appending the extension
-.I .ind
-to the base name of
-the first input file
-.RI ( idx0 ).
-.TP 10
-.BI \-p " num"
-Set the starting page number of the output index file to be
-.I num
-(useful when the index file is to be formatted separately). The
-argument
-.I num
-may be numerical or one of the following:
-.RS
-.TP 10
-.I any
-The starting page is the last source page number plus 1.
-.TP
-.I odd
-The starting page is the first odd page following the last source page
-number.
-.TP
-.I even
-The starting page is the first even page following the last source
-page number.
-.RE
-.IP
-The last source page is obtained by searching backward in the log file
-for the first instance of a number included within paired square
-brackets
-.RB ( [ .\|.\|. ] ).
-If a page number is missing or the log file is not found, no attempt
-will be made to set the starting page number. The source log file
-name is determined by appending the extension
-.I \&.log
-to the base name of the first input file
-.RI ( idx0 ).
-.TP 10
-.B \-q
-Quiet mode; send no messages to
-.IR stderr .
-By default, progress
-and error messages are sent to
-.I stderr
-as well as to the
-transcript file.
-.TP 10
-.B \-r
-Disable implicit page range formation; page ranges must be created by
-using explicit range operators; see \s-2SPECIAL EFFECTS\s+2 below. By
-default, three or more successive pages are automatically abbreviated
-as a range (e.g. 1\(em5).
-.TP 10
-.BI \-s " sty"
-Employ
-.I sty
-as the style file (no default). The environment
-variable \s-2INDEXSTYLE\s+2 defines the path where the style file
-should be found.
-.TP 10
-.BI \-t " log"
-Employ
-.I log
-as the transcript file. By default, the file name is
-created by appending the extension
-.I .ilg
-to the base name of the
-first input file
-.RI ( idx0 ).
-.TP 10
-.BR \-L
-sort based on locale settings. Not available on all systems.
-.TP 10
-.BR \-T
-special support for Thai documents. Not available on all systems.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "STYLE FILE"
-The style file informs
-.I makeindex
-about the format of the
-.I \&.idx
-input files and the intended format of the final output file; examples
-appear below. This file can reside anywhere in the path defined by
-the environment variable \s-2INDEXSTYLE\s+2. The style file contains
-a list of
-.RI < specifier , " attribute" >
-pairs. There are two types of specifiers: input and output.
-Pairs do not have to appear in any particular order.
-A line begun by `%' is a comment. In the following list of
-specifiers and arguments, <string> is an arbitrary string delimited by
-double quotes (".\|.\|."), <char> is a single letter embraced by
-single quotes ('.\|.\|.'), and <number> is a nonnegative integer.
-The maximum length of a <string> is 2048. A literal backslash or
-quote must be escaped (by a backslash). Anything not specified in the
-style file will be assigned a default value, which is shown at the
-head of the rightmost column.
-.\"----------------------------------------------------------------------
-.SS "INPUT STYLE SPECIFIERS"
-.TP 25
-.BR actual " <char>"
-\'@\'
-.RS
-Symbol indicating that the next entry is to appear in the output file.
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR arg_close " <char>"
-\'}\'
-.RS
-Closing delimiter for the index entry argument.
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR arg_open " <char>"
-\'{\'
-.RS
-Opening delimiter for the index entry argument.
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR encap " <char>"
-\'|\'
-.RS
-Symbol indicating that the rest of the argument list
-is to be used as the encapsulating command for the page number.
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR escape " <char>"
-\'\\\\\'
-.RS
-Symbol which escapes the following letter, unless its preceding letter
-is
-.BR escape .
-Note:
-.B quote
-is used to escape the letter which immediately follows it, but if it is
-preceded by
-.BR escape ,
-it is treated as a ordinary character. These two symbols
-.I must
-be distinct.
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR keyword " <string>"
-"\\\\indexentry"
-.RS
-Command which tells
-.I makeindex
-that its argument is an index entry.
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR level " <char>"
-\'!\'
-.RS
-Delimiter denoting a new level of subitem.
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR page_compositor " <string>"
-"-"
-.RS
-Delimiter separating parts of a composite page number (see
-\s-2SPECIAL EFFECTS\s+2 below).
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR quote " <char>"
-\'"\'
-.RS
-Note:
-.B quote
-is used to escape the letter which immediately follows it, but if it is
-preceded by
-.BR escape ,
-it is treated as a ordinary character. These two symbols
-.I must
-be distinct.
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR range_close " <char>"
-\')\'
-.RS
-Closing delimiter indicating the end of an explicit page range.
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR range_open " <char>"
-\'(\'
-.RS
-Opening delimiter indicating the beginning of an explicit page range.
-.RE
-.\"---------------------------------------------------------------------
-.SS "OUTPUT STYLE SPECIFIERS"
-.TP 25
-.BR preamble " <string>"
-"\\\\begin{theindex}\\n"
-.RS
-Preamble of output file.
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR postamble " <string>"
-"\\n\\n\\\\end{theindex}\\n"
-.RS
-Postamble of output file.
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR setpage_prefix " <string>"
-"\\n \\\\setcounter{page}{"
-.RS
-Prefix of command which sets the starting page number.
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR setpage_suffix " <string>"
-"}\\n"
-.RS
-Suffix of command which sets the starting page number.
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR group_skip " <string>"
-"\\n\\n \\\\indexspace\\n"
-.RS
-Vertical space to be inserted before a new group begins.
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR headings_flag " <string>"
-0
-.RS
-Flag indicating treatment of new group headers, which are inserted
-when before a new group (symbols, numbers, and the 26 letters):
-positive values cause an uppercase letter to be inserted between
-prefix and suffix, and negative values cause a lowercase letter to be
-inserted (default is 0, which produces no header).
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR heading_prefix " <string>"
-""
-.RS
-Header prefix to be inserted before a new letter begins.
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR symhead_positive " <string>"
-"Symbols"
-.RS
-Heading for symbols to be inserted if
-.B headings_flag
-is positive.
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR symhead_negative " <string>"
-"symbols"
-.RS
-Heading for symbols to be inserted if
-.B headings_flag
-is negative.
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR numhead_positive " <string>"
-"Numbers"
-.RS
-Heading for numbers to be inserted if
-.B headings_flag
-is positive.
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR numhead_negative " <string>"
-"numbers"
-.RS
-Heading for numbers to be inserted if
-.B headings_flag
-is negative.
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR item_0 " <string>"
-"\\n \\\\item "
-.RS
-Command to be inserted between two primary (level 0) items.
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR item_1 " <string>"
-"\\n \\\\subitem "
-.RS
-Command to be inserted between two secondary (level 1) items.
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR item_2 " <string>"
-"\\n \\\\subsubitem "
-.RS
-Command to be inserted between two level 2 items.
-.RE
-.TP
-.B item_01 " <string>"
-"\\n \\\\subitem "
-.RS
-Command to be inserted between a level 0 item and a level 1 item.
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR item_x1 " <string>"
-"\\n \\\\subitem "
-.RS
-Command to be inserted between a level 0 item and a level 1 item,
-where the level 0 item does not have associated page numbers.
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR item_12 " <string>"
-"\\n \\\\subsubitem "
-.RS
-Command to be inserted between a level 1 item and a level 2 item.
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR item_x2 " <string>"
-"\\n \\\\subsubitem "
-.RS
-Command to be inserted between a level 1 item and a level 2 item,
-where the level 1 item does not have associated page numbers.
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR delim_0 " <string>"
-", "
-.RS
-Delimiter to be inserted between a level 0 key and its first page number
-(default: comma followed by a blank).
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR delim_1 " <string>"
-", "
-.RS
-Delimiter to be inserted between a level 1 key and its first page number
-(default: comma followed by a blank).
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR delim_2 " <string>"
-", "
-.RS
-Delimiter to be inserted between a level 2 key and its first page number
-(default: comma followed by a blank).
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR delim_n " <string>"
-", "
-.RS
-Delimiter to be inserted between two page numbers for the same key
-in any level (default: comma followed by a blank).
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR delim_r " <string>"
-"--"
-.RS
-Delimiter to be inserted between the starting and ending page numbers
-of a range.
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR delim_t " <string>"
-""
-.RS
-Delimiter to be inserted at the end of a page list. This delimiter
-has no effect on entries which have no associated page list.
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR encap_prefix " <string>"
-"\\\\"
-.RS
-First part of prefix for the command which encapsulates the page number.
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR encap_infix " <string>"
-"{"
-.RS
-Second part of prefix for the command which encapsulates the page
-number.
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR encap_suffix " <string>"
-"}".
-.RS
-Suffix for the command which encapsulates the page number.
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR line_max " <number>"
-72
-.RS
-Maximum length of a line in the output, beyond which a line wraps.
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR indent_space " <string>"
-"\\t\\t"
-.RS
-Space to be inserted in front of a wrapped line (default: two tabs).
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR indent_length " <number>"
-16
-.RS
-Length of
-.B indent_space
-(default: 16, equivalent to 2 tabs).
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR suffix_2p " <string>"
-""
-.RS
-Delimiter to replace the range delimiter and the second page number of
-a two page list. When present, it overrides
-.BR delim_r .
-Example: "f.".
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR suffix_3p " <string>"
-""
-.RS
-Delimiter to replace the range delimiter and the second page number of
-a three page list. When present, it overrides
-.B delim_r
-and
-.BR suffix_mp .
-Example: "ff.".
-.RE
-.TP
-.BR suffix_mp " <string>"
-""
-.RS
-Delimiter to replace the range delimiter and the second page number of
-a multiple page list (three or more pages). When present, it overrides
-.BR delim_r .
-Example: "f.".
-.RE
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.\"---------------------------------------------------------------------
-.SS "\*(TX EXAMPLE"
-The following example shows a style file called
-.IR book.ist ,
-which defines an index for a book which can be formatted independently
-of the main source:
-.LP
-.RS
-.nf
-\fCpreamble
-"\\\\documentstyle[12pt]{book}
-\\\\begin{document}
-\\\\begin{theindex}
-{\\\\small\\n"
-postamble
-"\\n\\n}
-\\\\end{theindex}
-\\\\end{document}\\n\fP"
-.fi
-.RE
-.LP
-Assuming that a particular book style requires the index (as well as any
-chapters) to start from an odd page number, and that the input file is
-named
-.IR foo.idx ,
-the following command line produces output in file
-.IR footmp.ind :
-.LP
-.RS
-\fCmakeindex \-s book.ist \-o footmp.ind \-p odd foo\fP
-.RE
-.LP
-Here a non-default output file name is used to avoid clobbering the
-output for the book itself (presumably
-.IR foo.dvi ,
-which would have been the default name for the index output file!).
-.\"---------------------------------------------------------------------
-.SS "TROFF EXAMPLE"
-A sample control file for creating an index, which we will assume
-resides in the file
-.IR sample.ist :
-.LP
-.RS
-.nf
-\&\fCkeyword "IX:"
-\&preamble
-\&".\\\\\\" start of index output
-\&\\".\\\\\\" enter two column mode
-\&.2C
-\&.SH
-\&.ce
-\&INDEX
-\&.XS
-\&INDEX
-\&.XE
-\&.R
-\&.ps 9p
-\&.vs 11p
-\&.sp
-\&.de I1
-\&.ti 0.25i
-\&..
-\&.de I2
-\&.ti 0.5i
-\&.."
-\&postamble "\\n.\\\\\\" end of index output"
-\&setpage_prefix "\\n.nr % "
-\&setpage_suffix ""
-\&group_skip "\\n.sp 1.0"
-\&headings_flag 1
-\&heading_prefix "\\n.IS\\n"
-\&heading_suffix "\\n.IE"
-\&item_0 "\\n.br\\n"
-\&item_1 "\\n.I1\\n"
-\&item_2 "\\n.I2\\n"
-\&item_01 "\\n.I1\\n"
-\&item_x1 "\\n.I1\\n"
-\&item_12 "\\n.I2\\n"
-\&item_x2 "\\n.I2\\n"
-\&delim_0 ", "
-\&delim_1 ", "
-\&delim_2 ", "
-\&delim_r "-"
-\&delim_t "."
-\&encap_prefix "\\\\fB"
-\&encap_infix ""
-\&encap_suffix "\\\\fP"
-\&indent_space ""
-\&indent_length 0\fP
-.fi
-.RE
-.LP
-The local macro package may require modification, as in this example
-of an extension to the
-.B \-ms
-macros (note that at some sites, this macro should
-.I replace
-a pre-existing macro of the same name):
-.LP
-.RS
-.nf
-\fC\&.\" IX - index words to stderr
-\&.de IX
-\&.ie '\\\\n(.z'' .tm IX: \\\\$1 \\\\$2 \\\\$3 \\\\$4 \\\\$5 \\\\$6 \\\\$7 \\\\$8 \\\\$9 {\\\\n(PN}
-\&.el \\\\!.IX \\\\$1 \\\\$2 \\\\$3 \\\\$4 \\\\$5 \\\\$6 \\\\$7 \\\\$8 \\\\$9 {\\\\n(PN}
-\&..\fP
-.fi
-.RE
-.LP
-(note that the string {\fC\\\\n(PN\fP} is separated from the rest of the
-line by a tab.
-If your local macro package does not contain this extension,
-just include those lines at the beginning of your file.
-Here is a simple
-.IR troff (1)
-input file, which we will assume is named
-.IR sample.txt :
-.LP
-.RS
-.nf
-\fC\&This is a sample file to test the \\fImakeindex\\fP(1L)
-\&program, and see
-\&.IX {indexing!programs!C language}
-\&.IX {makeindex@\\fImakeindex\\fP(1L)}
-\&.bp
-\&.rs
-\&.IX {Knuth}
-\&.IX {typesetting!computer-aided}
-\&how well it functions in the \\fItroff\\fP(1) environment.\fP
-.fi
-.RE
-.LP
-Note that index entries are indicated by the
-.B .IX
-macro, which
-causes the following text to be written to
-.I stdout
-along with the
-current page number.
-.\"---------------------------------------------------------------------
-.SS "CREATING THE INDEX FILE IN THE BOURNE SHELL"
-To create an input file for
-.IR makeindex ,
-.B "in the Bourne shell"
-environment, do the equivalent at your site of the command:
-.LP
-.nf
-\fCpsroff -ms -Tpsc -t sample.txt > /dev/null 2> sample.tmp\fP
-.fi
-.LP
-Some sites will require
-.I ditroff
-instead of
-.IR psroff .
-To filter out any genuine error messages, invoke
-.IR grep (1):
-.LP
-.RS
-\fCgrep '^IX: ' sample.tmp > sample.idx\fP
-.RE
-.\"---------------------------------------------------------------------
-.SS "CREATING THE INDEX FILE USING \*(Uc ENHANCED TROFF/\*(Ts"
-With \*(Uc Enhanced troff/\*(Ts, the
-.B \-I
-option of
-.IR psroff (1L)
-can produce both formatter output and an index file:
-.LP
-.RS
-\fCpsroff -ms -I sample.inp -Tpsc sample.txt\fP
-.RE
-.LP
-If it is wished to suppress the formatter output:
-.RS
-.LP
-.nf
-\fCpsroff -ms -I sample.inp -Tpsc -t sample.txt > /dev/null\fP
-.fi
-.RE
-.\"---------------------------------------------------------------------
-.SS "COMPLETING THE INDEX"
-Any of the above procedures leaves the input for
-.I makeindex
-in
-.IR sample.inp .
-The next step is to invoke
-.IR makeindex :
-.LP
-.RS
-\fCmakeindex -s sample.ist sample.idx\fP
-.RE
-.LP
-This leaves
-.IR troff (1)-ready
-output in the file
-.IR sample.ind .
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "ORDERING"
-By default,
-.I makeindex
-assumes
-.IR "word ordering" ;
-if the
-.B \-l
-option is in effect,
-.I "letter ordering"
-is used. In word ordering, a blank precedes any letter in the
-alphabet, whereas in letter ordering, it does not count at all. This
-is illustrated by the following example:
-.LP
-.RS
-\fIword order letter order\fP
-.br
-sea lion seal
-.br
-seal sea lion
-.RE
-.LP
-Numbers are always sorted in numeric order. For instance,
-.LP
-.RS
-9 (nine), 123
-.br
-10 (ten), see Derek, Bo
-.RE
-.LP
-Letters are first sorted without regard to case; when words are
-identical, the uppercase version precedes its lowercase counterpart.
-.LP
-A special symbol is defined here to be any character not appearing in
-the union of digits and the English alphabetic characters. Patterns
-starting with special symbols precede numbers, which precede patterns
-starting with letters. As a special case, a string starting with a
-digit but mixed with non-digits is considered to be a pattern starting
-with a special character.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SPECIAL EFFECTS"
-Entries such as
-.LP
-.RS
-.nf
-\fC\\indexentry{alpha}{1}
-\\indexentry{alpha!beta}{3}
-\\indexentry{alpha!beta!gamma}{10}\fP
-.fi
-.RE
-.LP
-in the input file will be converted to
-.LP
-.RS
-.nf
-\fC\\item alpha, 1
-\0\0\0\\subitem beta, 3
-\0\0\0\0\0\0\\subsubitem gamma, 10\fP
-.fi
-.RE
-.LP
-in the output index file.
-Notice that the
-.B level
-symbol (`!') is used above to delimit
-hierarchical levels.
-.LP
-It is possible to make an item appear in a designated form by
-using the
-.B actual
-(`@') operator. For instance,
-.LP
-.RS
-\fC\\indexentry{alpha@{\\it alpha\\/}}{1}\fP
-.RE
-.LP
-will become
-.LP
-.RS
-\fC\\item {\\it alpha\\/}, 1\fP
-.RE
-.LP
-after processing. The pattern preceding `@' is
-used as sort key, whereas the one following it is written to the
-output file. Note that two appearances of the same key, one with and
-one without the
-.B actual
-operator, are regarded as
-.I distinct
-entries.
-.LP
-The item, subitem, and subsubitem fields may have individual sort keys:
-.LP
-.RS
-.nf
-\fC\\indexentry{aa@{\\it aa\\/}!bb@{\\it bb\\/}!cc@{\\it cc\\/}}{1}\fP
-.fi
-.RE
-.LP
-This will be converted to
-.LP
-.RS
-.nf
-\fC\\item {\\it aa}, 1
-\0\0\0\\subitem {\\it bb}, 3
-\0\0\0\0\0\0\\subsubitem {\\it cc}, 10\fP
-.fi
-.RE
-.LP
-It is possible to encapsulate a page number with a designated
-command using the
-.B encap
-(`|') operator:
-.LP
-.RS
-\fC\\indexentry{alpha|bold}{1}\fP
-.RE
-.LP
-will be converted to
-.LP
-.RS
-\fC\\item alpha, \\bold{1}\fP
-.RE
-.LP
-where, with a suitable definition for \*(TX, \fC\\bold{n}\fP
-will expand to \fC{\\bf n}\fP.
-In this example, the three output attributes associated with page
-encapsulation
-.BR encap_prefix ,
-.BR encap_infix ,
-and
-.BR encap_suffix ,
-correspond to backslash, left brace, and right brace, respectively.
-This mechanism allows page numbers to be set in different fonts. For
-example, the page where the definition of a keyword appears can be in
-one font, the location of a primary example can be in another font,
-and other appearances in yet a third font.
-.LP
-The
-.B encap
-operator can also be used to create cross references in
-the index:
-.LP
-.RS
-\fC\\indexentry{alpha|see{beta}}{1}\fP
-.RE
-.LP
-will become
-.LP
-.RS
-\fC\\item alpha, \\see{beta}{1}\fP
-.RE
-.LP
-in the output file, where
-.LP
-.RS
-\fC\\see{beta}{1}\fP
-.RE
-.LP
-will expand to
-.LP
-.RS
-\fC{\\it see\\/} beta\fP
-.RE
-.LP
-Note that in a cross reference like this the page number disappears.
-.LP
-A pair of
-.B encap
-concatenated with
-.B range_open
-(`|(') and
-.B range_close
-(`|)') creates an explicit page range:
-.LP
-.RS
-.nf
-\fC\\indexentry{alpha|(}{1}
-\\indexentry{alpha|)}{5}\fP
-.fi
-.RE
-.LP
-will become
-.LP
-.RS
-\fC\\item alpha, 1\(em5\fP
-.RE
-.LP
-Intermediate pages indexed by the same key will be merged into the
-range implicitly. This is especially useful when an entire section
-about a particular subject is to be indexed, in which case only the
-range opening and closing operators need to be inserted at the
-beginning and end of the section. Explicit page range formation can
-also include an extra command to set the page range in a designated
-font:
-.LP
-.RS
-.nf
-\fC\\indexentry{alpha|(bold}{1}
-\\indexentry{alpha|)}{5}\fP
-.fi
-.RE
-.LP
-will become
-.LP
-.RS
-\fC\\item alpha, \\bold{1--5}\fP
-.RE
-.LP
-Several potential problems are worth mentioning. First, entries like
-.LP
-.RS
-.nf
-\fC\\indexentry{alpha|(}{1}
-\\indexentry{alpha|bold}{3}
-\\indexentry{alpha|)}{5}\fP
-.fi
-.RE
-.LP
-will be interpreted as
-.LP
-.RS
-\fC\\item alpha, \\bold{3}, 1--5\fP
-.RE
-.LP
-but with a warning message in the transcript about encountering an
-inconsistent page encapsulator.
-An explicit range beginning in a Roman page number and ending
-in Arabic is also considered an error. In this instance, (if
-possible) the range is broken into two subranges, one in Roman and the
-other in Arabic. For instance,
-.LP
-.RS
-.nf
-\fC\\indexentry{alpha|(}{i}
-\\indexentry{alpha}{iv}
-\\indexentry{alpha}{3}
-\\indexentry{alpha|)}{7}\fP
-.fi
-.RE
-.LP
-will be turned into
-.LP
-.RS
-\fC\\item alpha, i--iv, 3--7\fP
-.RE
-.LP
-with a warning message in the transcript file complaining about an
-illegal range formation.
-.LP
-Every special symbol mentioned in this section may be
-escaped by the
-.B quote
-operator (`"'). Thus
-.LP
-.RS
-\fC\\indexentry{alpha"@beta}{1}\fP
-.RE
-.LP
-will actually become
-.LP
-.RS
-\fC\\item alpha@beta, 1\fP
-.RE
-.LP
-as a result of executing
-.IR makeindex .
-The quoting power of
-.B quote
-is eliminated if it is immediately preceded
-by
-.B escape
-(`\\'). For example,
-.LP
-.RS
-\fC\\indexentry{f\\"ur}{1}\fP
-.RE
-.LP
-becomes
-.LP
-.RS
-\fC\\item f\\"ur, 1\fP
-.RE
-.LP
-which represents an umlaut-accented `u' to the \*(TX family of
-processors.
-.LP
-A page number can be a composite of one or more fields
-separated by the delimiter bound to
-.B page_compositor
-(`-'), e.g., II-12 for page 12 of Chapter II. Page numbers may
-contain up to ten fields.
-.PP
-Since version 2.11 of
-.IR makeindex ,
-the
-.B quote
-operator may quote
-.I any
-character in the range 1 .\|.\|. 255. Character 0 is excluded because
-it is used internally in the
-.I makeindex
-source code as a string terminator. With this change, sort keys can
-be created for all eight-bit characters except 0. The sorting order
-is
-.RS
-.nf
-
-punctuation characters (in ASCII order),
-digits,
-control characters (1 .\|.\|. 31),
-space (32),
-letters (ignoring case),
-characters 127 .\|.\|. 255.
-
-.fi
-.RE
-Here is an example showing the indexing of all printable ASCII
-characters other than letters and digits, assuming the default
-\*(TX format. For convenience, the page number references are
-the corresponding ASCII ordinal values.
-.RS
-.nf
-
-\fC\\indexentry{" @" (space)}{32}
-\\indexentry{"!@"! (exclamation point)}{33}
-\\indexentry{""@"" (quotation mark)}{34}
-\\indexentry{"#@"\\# (sharp sign)}{35}
-\\indexentry{"$@"\\$ (dollar sign)}{36}
-\\indexentry{"%@"\\% (percent sign)}{37}
-\\indexentry{"&@"\\& (ampersand)}{38}
-\\indexentry{"<@"$<$ (left angle bracket)}{60}
-\\indexentry{"=@"= (equals)}{61}
-\\indexentry{">@"$>$ (right angle bracket)}{62}
-\\indexentry{"?@"? (query)}{63}
-\\indexentry{"@@"@ (at sign)}{64}
-\\indexentry{"[@"[ (left square bracket)}{91}
-\\indexentry{"\\@"\\verb=\\= (backslash)}{92}
-\\indexentry{"]@"] (right square bracket)}{93}
-\\indexentry{"^@"\\verb=^= (caret)}{94}
-\\indexentry{"_@"\\verb=_= (underscore)}{95}
-\\indexentry{"`@"\\verb=~= (grave accent)}{96}
-\\indexentry{"{@"\\"{ (left brace)}{123}
-\\indexentry{"|@"\\verb="|= (vertical bar)}{124}
-\\indexentry{"}@"\\"} (right brace)}{125}
-\\indexentry{"~@"\\verb=~= (tilde)}{126}\fP
-
-.fi
-.RE
-Characters in the actual fields following the `@' character which
-have special significance to \*(TX must be represented as control
-sequences, or as math mode characters. Note particularly how the
-entries for the at sign, left and right braces, and the vertical
-bar, are coded. The index file output by
-.I makeindex
-for this example looks like this:
-.RS
-.nf
-
-\fC\\begin{theindex}
-
- \\item ! (exclamation point), 33
- \\item " (quotation mark), 34
- \\item \\# (sharp sign), 35
- \\item \\$ (dollar sign), 36
- \\item \\% (percent sign), 37
- \\item \\& (ampersand), 38
- \\item $<$ (left angle bracket), 60
- \\item = (equals), 61
- \\item $>$ (right angle bracket), 62
- \\item ? (query), 63
- \\item @ (at sign), 64
- \\item [ (left square bracket), 91
- \\item \\verb=\\= (backslash), 92
- \\item ] (right square bracket), 93
- \\item \\verb=^= (caret), 94
- \\item \\verb=_= (underscore), 95
- \\item \\verb=~= (grave accent), 96
- \\item \\{ (left brace), 123
- \\item \\verb=|= (vertical bar), 124
- \\item \\} (right brace), 125
- \\item \\verb=~= (tilde), 126
-
- \\indexspace
-
- \\item (space), 32
-
-\\end{theindex}\fP
-.fi
-.RE
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "FILES"
-.TP 2.2i
-.I makeindex
-executable file
-.TP
-.I $TEXMFMAIN/tex/plain/misc/idxmac.tex
-\*(TX macro file used by
-.I makeindex
-.TP
-.I $TEXMFMAIN/tex/latex/base/makeidx.sty
-\*(TX macro file used by
-.I makeindex
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-ditroff(1L),
-latex(1L),
-make.index (1L),
-qsort(3),
-tex(1L),
-troff(1L)
-.LP
-.IR "\*(Uc Enhanced troff/\*(Ts \(em An Overview" ,
-R. P. C. Rodgers and Conrad Huang, LSMB Technical Report 90-2,
-UCSF School of Pharmacy, San Francisco, 1990.
-.LP
-.IR "Index Preparation and Processing" ,
-Pehong Chen and Michael A. Harrison,
-.IR "Software: Practice and Experience" ,
-.BR 19 (9),
-897\(en915,
-September 1988.
-.LP
-.IR "Automating Index Preparation" ,
-Pehong Chen and Michael A. Harrison. Technical Report 87/347,
-Computer Science Division, University of California, Berkeley, 1987
-(a \*(LX document supplied with
-.IR makeindex ).
-.LP
-.IR "MakeIndex: An Index Processor for \*(LX" ,
-Leslie Lamport, February 1987 (a \*(LX document supplied
-with
-.IR makeindex ).
-.LP
-.IR "Tools for Printing Indices" ,
-Jon L. Bentley and Brian W. Kernighan,
-.IR "Electronic Publishing \(em Origination, Dissemination, and Design" ,
-1(1), 3\(en18, June 1988 (also available as: Computing Science
-Technical Report No. 128,
-AT&T Bell Laboratories, Murray Hill, NJ 07974, 1986).
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-Pehong Chen, Chen & Harrison International Systems, Inc.
-Palo Alto, California, USA.
-.br
-Manual page extensively revised and corrected, and
-.IR troff (1)
-examples created by Rick P. C. Rodgers, UCSF School
-of Pharmacy <rodgers@cca.ucsf.edu>.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
-Leslie Lamport contributed significantly to the design.
-Michael Harrison provided valuable comments and suggestions.
-Nelson Beebe improved on the portable version, and maintains the
-source distribution for the \*(TX Users Group.
-Andreas Brosig contributed to the German word ordering.
-The modification to the
-.B \-ms
-macros was derived from a method proposed by Ravi Sethi of AT&T
-Bell Laboratories.
-The
-.I LOG
-and
-.I CONTRIB
-files in the
-.I makeindex
-source distribution record other contributions.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/makeindex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/makeindex.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 395944c181f..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/makeindex.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mendex.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mendex.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 9b1f5e15bbc..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mendex.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,496 +0,0 @@
-.if t .ds TX "T\h'-.15m'\v'.2v'E\v'-.2v'\h'-.12m'X
-.if t .ds LX L\v'-.22m'a\v'.22m'T\h'-.1667m'\v'.22m'E\h'-.125m'\v'-.22m'X
-.TH MENDEX L
-.SH ̾¾Î
-mendex \- º÷°úÀ°·Á¥Ä¡¼¥ë
-.SH »ÈÍÑË¡
-\fBmendex\fR [-ilqrcg] [\fB-s\fI sty\fR] [\fB-d\fI dic\fR] [\fB-o\fI ind\fR] [\fB-d\fI dic\fR] [\fB-t\fI log\fR] [\fB-p\fI no\fR] [\fI idx0 idx1 idx2 ...\fR]
-.SH ²òÀâ
-.PP
-\fImendex\fR ¤Ïʸ½ñ¤Îº÷°ú¤òºîÀ®¤¹¤ë¥Ä¡¼¥ë¤Ç¤¹¡£ LaTeX ¤Ë¤è¤êÃê½Ð¤µ¤ì¤¿º÷°ú¥ê¥¹¥È¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë(\fI.idx\fR)¤òʤÙÂؤ¨¡¢¼ÂºÝ¤Îº÷°ú¤Î¥½¡¼¥¹¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤Î·Á¤ËÀ°·Á¤·¤Þ¤¹¡£ \fImakeindex\fR ¤È¸ß´¹À­¤¬¤¢¤ê¡¢¤µ¤é¤Ë¡ÖÆɤߡפΰ·¤¤¤Î¼ê´Ö¤ò¸º¤é¤¹¤è¤¦¤ËÆü첽¤µ¤ì¤Æ¤¤¤Þ¤¹¡£
-.RE
-½ÐÎϤµ¤ì¤ëº÷°ú¤Î·Á¼°¤Ï¡¢¥¹¥¿¥¤¥ë¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤Ë½¾¤Ã¤Æ·èÄꤵ¤ì¤Þ¤¹¡£¤Þ¤¿¡¢¼­½ñ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤òÍ¿¤¨¤ë¤³¤È¤Ë¤è¤ê¡¢º÷°úÃæ¤Î½Ï¸ì¤ÎÆɤߤ¬ÅÐÏ¿¤µ¤ì¤Þ¤¹¡£
-.RE
-º÷°ú¤Î³¬Áؤϣ³Ãʳ¬¤Þ¤ÇºîÀ®¤¹¤ë¤³¤È¤¬¤Ç¤­¤Þ¤¹¡£
-.SH ¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó
-.PP
-.TP 10
-\fB-i\fR
-º÷°ú¥ê¥¹¥È¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤¬»ØÄꤵ¤ì¤Æ¤¤¤ë¾ì¹ç¤Ç¤â¡¢É¸½àÆþÎϤòº÷°ú¥ê¥¹¥È¤È¤·¤Æ»ÈÍѤ·¤Þ¤¹¡£
-.TP 10
-\fB-l\fR
-º÷°ú¤Î¥½¡¼¥È¤òʸ»ú½ç¤Ç¹Ô¤¤¤Þ¤¹¡£»ØÄꤵ¤ì¤Ê¤±¤ì¤Ðñ¸ì½ç¤Î¥½¡¼¥È¤Ë¤Ê¤ê¤Þ¤¹(¥½¡¼¥ÈÊýË¡¤Ë¤Ä¤¤¤Æ¤Ï¸å½Ò)¡£
-.TP 10
-\fB-q\fR
-ÀŽͥ⡼¥É¤Ç¤¹¡£¥¨¥é¡¼¤ª¤è¤Ó·Ù¹ð°Ê³°¤Ïɸ½à¥¨¥é¡¼½ÐÎϤ˽ÐÎϤ·¤Þ¤»¤ó¡£
-.TP 10
-\fB-r\fR
-¥Ú¡¼¥¸ÈÏ°Ïɽ¸½¤ò̵¸ú¤Ë¤·¤Þ¤¹¡£»ØÄꤷ¤Ê¤¤¤È¡¢Ï¢Â³¤·¤Æ½Ð¤Æ¤¯¤ëº÷°ú¤Ë¤Ä¤¤¤Æ¤Ï "1--5" ¤Î¤è¤¦¤Ë¥Ú¡¼¥¸ÈϰϤÇɽ¸½¤µ¤ì¤Þ¤¹¡£
-.TP 10
-\fB-c\fR
-¥¹¥Ú¡¼¥¹¤ä¥¿¥Ö¤È¤¤¤Ã¤¿¥Ö¥é¥ó¥¯¤òû½Ì¤·¤Æ¡¢¤¹¤Ù¤Æ£±¸Ä¤ÎȾ³Ñ¥¹¥Ú¡¼¥¹¤Ë¤·¤Þ¤¹¡£¤Þ¤¿¡¢Á°¸å¤Î¥Ö¥é¥ó¥¯¤Ïºï½ü¤µ¤ì¤Þ¤¹¡£
-.TP 10
-\fB-g\fR
-ÆüËܸì¤ÎƬʸ»ú¤Î¶èÀÚ¤ê¤ò "¤¢¤«¤µ¤¿¡¦¡¦¡¦¤ï" ¤Ë¤·¤Þ¤¹¡£»ØÄꤷ¤Ê¤¤¤È "¤¢¤¤¤¦¤¨¡¦¡¦¡¦¤ï¤ò¤ó" ¤Ë¤Ê¤ê¤Þ¤¹¡£
-.TP 10
-\fB-f\fR
-¼­½ñ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤Ë¤Ê¤¤´Á»ú¤â¶¯À©Åª¤Ë½ÐÎϤ¹¤ë¥â¡¼¥É¤Ç¤¹¡£
-.TP 10
-\fB-s\fI sty\fR
-\fIsty\fR ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤ò¥¹¥¿¥¤¥ë¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤È¸«¤Ê¤·¤Þ¤¹¡£¥¹¥¿¥¤¥ë¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤ò»ØÄꤷ¤Ê¤±¤ì¤Ð¡¢¥Ç¥Õ¥©¥ë¥È¤Îº÷°ú·Á¼°¤ÇºîÀ®¤·¤Þ¤¹¡£
-.TP 10
-\fB-d\fI dic\fR
-\fIdic\fR ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤ò¼­½ñ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤È¸«¤Ê¤·¤Þ¤¹¡£¼­½ñ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤ÏÆüËܸì¤Î <\fI½Ï¸ì\fR\ \fIÆɤß\fR> ¤Î¥ê¥¹¥È¤Ç¹½À®¤µ¤ì¤Þ¤¹¡£
-.TP 10
-\fB-o\fI ind\fR
-\fIind\fR ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤ò½ÐÎÏ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤È¸«¤Ê¤·¤Þ¤¹¡£»ØÄ꤬¤Ê¤¤¾ì¹ç¤ÏºÇ½é¤ÎÆþÎÏ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤Î³ÈÄ¥»Ò¤ò.ind¤È¤·¤¿¤â¤Î¡¢ÆþÎÏ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤¬É¸½àÆþÎϤΤߤǤ¢¤ì¤Ðɸ½à½ÐÎϤ˽ÐÎϤ·¤Þ¤¹¡£
-.TP 10
-\fB-t\fI log\fR
-\fIlog\fR ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤ò¥í¥°¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤È¸«¤Ê¤·¤Þ¤¹¡£»ØÄ꤬¤Ê¤¤¾ì¹ç¤ÏºÇ½é¤ÎÆþÎÏ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤Î³ÈÄ¥»Ò¤ò.ilg¤È¤·¤¿¤â¤Î¡¢ÆþÎÏ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤¬É¸½àÆþÎϤΤߤǤ¢¤ì¤Ðɸ½à¥¨¥é¡¼½ÐÎϤΤߤ˽ÐÎϤµ¤ì¤Þ¤¹¡£
-.TP 10
-\fB-p\fI no\fR
-\fIno\fR ¤òº÷°ú¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤ÎÀèƬ¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤È¤·¤Æ»ØÄꤷ¤Þ¤¹¡£¤Þ¤¿¡¢TeX¤Î.log ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤ò»²¾È¤¹¤ë¤³¤È¤Ë¤è¤ê \fIany\fR(ºÇ½ª¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤Î¼¡¤Î¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤«¤é)¡¢\fIodd\fR(ºÇ½ª¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤Î¼¡¤Î´ñ¿ô¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤«¤é)¡¢\fIeven\fR(ºÇ½ª¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤Î¼¡¤Î¶ö¿ô¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤«¤é)¤È¤¤¤Ã¤¿»ØÄê¤Î»ÅÊý¤â²Äǽ¤Ç¤¹¡£
-.TP 10
-\fB-E\fR
-´Á»ú¥³¡¼¥É¤òEUC¤Ë»ØÄꤷ¤Þ¤¹¡£ÆþÎÏ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¡¢½ÐÎÏ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤È¤âEUC¤È¤·¤Æ°·¤¤¤Þ¤¹¡£
-.TP 10
-\fB-J\fR
-´Á»ú¥³¡¼¥É¤òJIS¤Ë»ØÄꤷ¤Þ¤¹¡£ÆþÎÏ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¡¢½ÐÎÏ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤È¤âJIS¤È¤·¤Æ°·¤¤¤Þ¤¹¡£
-.TP 10
-\fB-S\fR
-´Á»ú¥³¡¼¥É¤òShiftJIS¤Ë»ØÄꤷ¤Þ¤¹¡£ÆþÎÏ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¡¢½ÐÎÏ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤È¤âShiftJIS¤È¤·¤Æ°·¤¤¤Þ¤¹¡£
-.TP 10
-\fB-U\fR
-´Á»ú¥³¡¼¥É¤òUTF-8¤Ë»ØÄꤷ¤Þ¤¹¡£ÆþÎÏ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¡¢½ÐÎÏ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤È¤âUTF-8¤È¤·¤Æ°·¤¤¤Þ¤¹¡£
-
-
-.SH ¥¹¥¿¥¤¥ë¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë
-¥¹¥¿¥¤¥ë¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤Ï makeindex ¤Î¤â¤Î¤È¾å°Ì¸ß´¹¤Ç¤¹¡£ ·Á¼°¤Ï <\fI¥¹¥¿¥¤¥ë¥Ñ¥é¥á¡¼¥¿\fR\ \fI°ú¿ô\fR> ¤Î¥ê¥¹¥È¤Ç¹½À®¤µ¤ì¤Þ¤¹¡£¥Ñ¥é¥á¡¼¥¿¤Î½ç½ø¤Ï¼«Í³¤Ç¤¹¡£
-°Ê²¼¤Ë¥¹¥¿¥¤¥ë¥Ñ¥é¥á¡¼¥¿¤Î°ìÍ÷¤ò¼¨¤·¤Þ¤¹¡£
-`%'°Ê¹ß¤Ï¥³¥á¥ó¥È¤È¸«¤Ê¤µ¤ì¤Þ¤¹¡£
-.PP
-\fB ÆþÎÏ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¥¹¥¿¥¤¥ë¥Ñ¥é¥á¡¼¥¿\fR
-.TP 30
-\fBkeyword\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-"\\\\indexentry"
-.RS
-º÷°ú¥¨¥ó¥È¥ê¤ò°ú¿ô¤È¤·¤Æ»ý¤Ä¥³¥Þ¥ó¥É¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBarg_open\fR <ʸ»ú>
-\'{\'
-.RS
-º÷°ú¥¨¥ó¥È¥êʸ»úÎ󳫻Ϥòɽ¤¹Ê¸»ú¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBarg_close\fR <ʸ»ú>
-\'}\'
-.RS
-º÷°ú¥¨¥ó¥È¥êʸ»úÎó½ªÎ»¤òɽ¤¹Ê¸»ú¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBrange_open\fR <ʸ»ú>
-\'(\'
-.RS
-¥Ú¡¼¥¸ÈϰϤγ«»Ï¤ò¼¨¤¹Ê¸»ú¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBrange_close\fR <ʸ»ú>
-\')\'
-.RS
-¥Ú¡¼¥¸ÈϰϤνªÎ»¤ò¼¨¤¹Ê¸»ú¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBlevel\fR <ʸ»ú>
-\'!\'
-.RS
-½¾Â°¥ì¥Ù¥ë¤Ç¤¢¤ë¤³¤È¤ò¼¨¤¹Ê¸»ú¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBactual\fR <ʸ»ú>
-\'@\'
-.RS
-¤³¤Î¥·¥ó¥Ü¥ë¤Ë³¤¯Ê¸»úÎ󤬼ºݤκ÷°úʸ»úÎó¤È¤·¤Æ½ÐÎÏ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤Ë½ñ¤«¤ì¤ë¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBencap\fR <ʸ»ú>
-\'|\'
-.RS
-¤³¤Î¥·¥ó¥Ü¥ë¤Ë³¤¯Ê¸»úÎ󤬡¢¥Ú¡¼¥¸ÈÖ¹æ¤ËÉÕ¤¯¥³¥Þ¥ó¥É̾¤È¤·¤Æ»È¤ï¤ì¤ë¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBpage_compositor\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-"-"
-.RS
-³¬Áز½¤µ¤ì¤¿¥Ú¡¼¥¸ÈÖ¹æ¤Ë¤ª¤±¤ë³¬Áش֤ζèÀÚ¤êʸ»ú¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBpage_precedence\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-"rnaRA"
-.RS
-¥Ú¡¼¥¸ÈÖ¹æ¤Îµ­Ë¡¤ÎÍ¥Àè½ç°Ì¡£\'R\'¤ª¤è¤Ó\'r\'¤Ï¥í¡¼¥Þ¿ô»ú¡¢\'n\'¤Ï¥¢¥é¥Ó¥¢¿ô»ú¡¢\'A\'¤ª¤è¤Ó\'a\'¤Ï¥¢¥ë¥Õ¥¡¥Ù¥Ã¥È¤Ë¤è¤ëµ­Ë¡¤òɽ¤¹¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBquote\fR <ʸ»ú>
-\'"\'
-.RS
-mendex¤Î¥Ñ¥é¥á¡¼¥¿Ê¸»ú¤ËÂФ¹¤ë¥¨¥¹¥±¡¼¥×¥­¥ã¥é¥¯¥¿¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBescape\fR <ʸ»ú>
-\'\\\\\'
-.RS
-°ìÈÌŪ¤Êʸ»ú¤ËÂФ¹¤ë¥¨¥¹¥±¡¼¥×¥­¥ã¥é¥¯¥¿¡£
-.RE
-
-\fB ½ÐÎÏ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¥¹¥¿¥¤¥ë¥Ñ¥é¥á¡¼¥¿\fR
-
-\fBpreamble\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-"\\\\begin{theindex}\\n"
-.RS
-½ÐÎÏ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤Îʸ»úÎó¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBpostamble\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-"\\n\\n\\\\end{theindex}\\n"
-.RS
-½ÐÎÏ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤ÎËöÈø¤Îʸ»úÎó¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBsetpage_prefix\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-"\\n \\\\setcounter{page}{"
-.RS
-³«»Ï¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤òÀßÄꤹ¤ë¤È¤­¤Î¡¢¥Ú¡¼¥¸ÈÖ¹æ¤ÎÁ°¤ËÉÕ¤±¤ëʸ»úÎó¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBsetpage_suffix\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-"}\\n"
-.RS
-³«»Ï¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤òÀßÄꤹ¤ë¤È¤­¤Î¡¢¥Ú¡¼¥¸ÈÖ¹æ¤Î¸å¤ËÉÕ¤±¤ëʸ»úÎó¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBgroup_skip\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-"\\n\\n \\\\indexsapce\\n"
-.RS
-¿·¹àÌÜ(Ƭʸ»ú)¤ÎÁ°¤ËÁÞÆþ¤¹¤ë½Ä¥¹¥Ú¡¼¥¹¤òɽ¤¹Ê¸»úÎó¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBlethead_prefix\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-""
-.RS
-Ƭʸ»ú¤ÎÁ°¤ËÉÕ¤±¤ë¥³¥Þ¥ó¥Éʸ»úÎó¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBheading_prefix\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-""
-.RS
-lethead_prefix¤ÈƱ¤¸¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBlethead_suffix\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-""
-.RS
-Ƭʸ»ú¤Î¸å¤ËÉÕ¤±¤ë¥³¥Þ¥ó¥Éʸ»úÎó¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBheading_suffix\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-""
-.RS
-lethead_suffix¤ÈƱ¤¸¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBlethead_flag\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-0
-.RS
-Ƭʸ»ú¤Î½ÐÎϤΥե饰¡£0¤Î¤È¤­½ÐÎϤ·¤Ê¤¤¡£0¤è¤êÂ礭¤¤¤È¤­¤Ï±Ñ»ú¤òÂçʸ»ú¤Ç¡¢0¤è¤ê¾®¤µ¤¤¤È¤­¤Ï¾®Ê¸»ú¤Ç½ÐÎϤ¹¤ë¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBheading_flag\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-0
-.RS
-lethead_flag¤ÈƱ¤¸¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBitem_0\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-"\\n \\\\item "
-.RS
-¼ç¥¨¥ó¥È¥ê´Ö¤ËÁÞÆþ¤¹¤ë¥³¥Þ¥ó¥É¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBitem_1\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-"\\n \\\\subitem "
-.RS
-¥µ¥Ö¥¨¥ó¥È¥ê´Ö¤ËÁÞÆþ¤¹¤ë¥³¥Þ¥ó¥É¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBitem_2\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-"\\n \\\\subsubitem "
-.RS
-¥µ¥Ö¥µ¥Ö¥¨¥ó¥È¥ê´Ö¤ËÁÞÆþ¤¹¤ë¥³¥Þ¥ó¥É¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBitem_01\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-"\\n \\\\subitem "
-.RS
-¼ç¡Á¥µ¥Ö¥¨¥ó¥È¥ê´Ö¤ËÁÞÆþ¤¹¤ë¥³¥Þ¥ó¥É¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBitem_x1\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-"\\n \\\\subitem "
-.RS
-¼ç¡Á¥µ¥Ö¥¨¥ó¥È¥ê´Ö¤ËÁÞÆþ¤¹¤ë¥³¥Þ¥ó¥É¡£(¼ç¥¨¥ó¥È¥ê¤Ë¥Ú¡¼¥¸Èֹ椬¤Ê¤¤¤È¤­)
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBitem_12\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-"\\n \\\\subsubitem "
-.RS
-¥µ¥Ö¡Á¥µ¥Ö¥µ¥Ö¥¨¥ó¥È¥ê´Ö¤ËÁÞÆþ¤¹¤ë¥³¥Þ¥ó¥É¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBitem_x2\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-"\\n \\\\subsubitem "
-.RS
-¥µ¥Ö¡Á¥µ¥Ö¥µ¥Ö¥¨¥ó¥È¥ê´Ö¤ËÁÞÆþ¤¹¤ë¥³¥Þ¥ó¥É¡£(¥µ¥Ö¥¨¥ó¥È¥ê¤Ë¥Ú¡¼¥¸Èֹ椬¤Ê¤¤¤È¤­)
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBdelim_0\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-", "
-.RS
-¼ç¥¨¥ó¥È¥ê¤ÈºÇ½é¤Î¥Ú¡¼¥¸ÈÖ¹æ¤Î´Ö¤Î¶èÀÚ¤êʸ»úÎó¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBdelim_1\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-", "
-.RS
-¥µ¥Ö¥¨¥ó¥È¥ê¤ÈºÇ½é¤Î¥Ú¡¼¥¸ÈÖ¹æ¤Î´Ö¤Î¶èÀÚ¤êʸ»úÎó¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBdelim_2\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-", "
-.RS
-¥µ¥Ö¥µ¥Ö¥¨¥ó¥È¥ê¤ÈºÇ½é¤Î¥Ú¡¼¥¸ÈÖ¹æ¤Î´Ö¤Î¶èÀÚ¤êʸ»úÎó¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBdelim_n\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-", "
-.RS
-¥Ú¡¼¥¸ÈÖ¹æ´Ö¤Î¶èÀÚ¤êʸ»úÎ󡣤ɤΥ¨¥ó¥È¥ê¥ì¥Ù¥ë¤Ë¤â¶¦ÄÌ¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBdelim_r\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-"--"
-.RS
-¥Ú¡¼¥¸ÈϰϤò¼¨¤¹¤È¤­¤Î¡¢¥Ú¡¼¥¸ÈÖ¹æ´Ö¤Î¶èÀÚ¤êʸ»úÎó¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBdelim_t\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-""
-.RS
-¥Ú¡¼¥¸ÈÖ¹æ¤Î¥ê¥¹¥È¤Î½ªÃ¼¤Ë½ÐÎϤ¹¤ëʸ»úÎó¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBsuffix_2p\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-""
-.RS
-¥Ú¡¼¥¸Èֹ椬2¥Ú¡¼¥¸Ï¢Â³¤¹¤ë¾ì¹ç¤Ë¡¢delim_n ¤È2¥Ú¡¼¥¸ÌܤÎÈÖ¹æ¤ÎÂå¤ï¤ê¤ËÉղ乤ëʸ»úÎó¡£
-.RE
-ʸ»úÎó¤¬ÄêµÁ¤µ¤ì¤Æ¤¤¤ë¾ì¹ç¤Ë¤Î¤ßÍ­¸ú¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBsuffix_3p\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-""
-.RS
-¥Ú¡¼¥¸Èֹ椬3¥Ú¡¼¥¸Ï¢Â³¤¹¤ë¾ì¹ç¤Ë¡¢delim_r ¤È3¥Ú¡¼¥¸ÌܤÎÈÖ¹æ¤ÎÂå¤ï¤ê¤ËÉղ乤ëʸ»úÎó¡£suffix_mp ¤è¤êÍ¥À褵¤ì¤ë¡£
-.RE
-ʸ»úÎó¤¬ÄêµÁ¤µ¤ì¤Æ¤¤¤ë¾ì¹ç¤Ë¤Î¤ßÍ­¸ú¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBsuffix_mp\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-""
-.RS
-¥Ú¡¼¥¸Èֹ椬3¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤Þ¤¿¤Ï¤½¤ì°Ê¾åϢ³¤¹¤ë¾ì¹ç¤Ë¡¢delim_r ¤ÈËöÈø¤Î¥Ú¡¼¥¸ÈÖ¹æ¤ÎÂå¤ï¤ê¤ËÉղ乤ëʸ»úÎó¡£
-.RE
-ʸ»úÎó¤¬ÄêµÁ¤µ¤ì¤Æ¤¤¤ë¾ì¹ç¤Ë¤Î¤ßÍ­¸ú¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBencap_prefix\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-"\\\\"
-.RS
-¥Ú¡¼¥¸ÈÖ¹æ¤Ë¥³¥Þ¥ó¥É¤òÉÕ¤±¤ë¤È¤­¤Î¡¢¥³¥Þ¥ó¥É̾¤ÎÁ°¤ËÉÕ¤±¤ëʸ»úÎó¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBencap_infix\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-"{"
-.RS
-¥Ú¡¼¥¸ÈÖ¹æ¤Ë¥³¥Þ¥ó¥É¤òÉÕ¤±¤ë¤È¤­¤Î¡¢¥Ú¡¼¥¸ÈÖ¹æ¤ÎÁ°¤ËÉÕ¤±¤ëʸ»úÎó¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBencap_suffix\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-"}".
-.RS
-¥Ú¡¼¥¸ÈÖ¹æ¤Ë¥³¥Þ¥ó¥É¤òÉÕ¤±¤ë¤È¤­¤Î¡¢¥Ú¡¼¥¸ÈÖ¹æ¤Î¸å¤ËÉÕ¤±¤ëʸ»úÎó¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBline_max\fR <¿ôÃÍ>
-72
-.RS
-£±¹Ô¤ÎºÇÂçʸ»ú¿ô¡£¤½¤ì¤òĶ¤¨¤ë¤ÈÀÞ¤êÊÖ¤¹¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBindent_space\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-"\t\t"
-.RS
-ÀÞ¤êÊÖ¤·¤¿¹Ô¤ÎƬ¤ËÁÞÆþ¤¹¤ë¥¹¥Ú¡¼¥¹¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBindent_length\fR <¿ôÃÍ>
-16
-.RS
-ÀÞ¤êÊÖ¤·¤¿¹Ô¤ÎƬ¤ËÁÞÆþ¤µ¤ì¤ë¥¹¥Ú¡¼¥¹¤ÎŤµ¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBsymhead_positive\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-"Symbols"
-.RS
-lethead_flag ¤Þ¤¿¤Ï heading_flag ¤¬Àµ¿ô¤Î¾ì¹ç¤Ë¿ô»ú¡¦µ­¹æ¤ÎƬʸ»ú¤È¤·¤Æ½ÐÎϤ¹¤ëʸ»úÎó¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBsymhead_negative\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-"symbols"
-.RS
-lethead_flag ¤Þ¤¿¤Ï heading_flag ¤¬Éé¿ô¤Î¾ì¹ç¤Ë¿ô»ú¡¦µ­¹æ¤ÎƬʸ»ú¤È¤·¤Æ½ÐÎϤ¹¤ëʸ»úÎó¡£
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBsymbol\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-""
-.RS
-symbol_flag ¤¬0¤Ç¤Ê¤¤¾ì¹ç¤Ë¡¢¿ô»ú¡¦µ­¹æ¤ÎƬʸ»ú¤È¤·¤Æ½ÐÎϤ¹¤ëʸ»úÎó¡£
-.RE
-ʸ»úÎó¤¬ÄêµÁ¤µ¤ì¤Æ¤¤¤ì¤Ð¡¢symhead_positive ¤ª¤è¤Ó symhead_negative ¤è¤êÍ¥À褵¤ì¤ë¡£(mendexÀìÍÑ)
-.RE
-¤³¤Î¥Ñ¥é¥á¡¼¥¿¤¬ÄêµÁ¤µ¤ì¤¿¾ì¹ç¡¢symhead_positive ¤ª¤è¤Ó symhead_negative ¤è¤êÍ¥À褵¤ì¤ë¡£(mendexÀìÍÑ)
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBsymbol_flag\fR <¿ôÃÍ>
-1
-.RS
-¿ô»ú¡¦µ­¹æ¤ÎƬʸ»ú¤Î½ÐÎϥե饰¡£0¤Î¤È¤­½ÐÎϤ·¤Ê¤¤¡£(mendexÀìÍÑ)
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBletter_head\fR <¿ôÃÍ>
-1
-.RS
-ÆüËܸì¤ÎƬʸ»ú¤Î½ÐÎϤΥե饰¡£0¤Î¤È¤­½ÐÎϤ·¤Ê¤¤¡£1¤Î¤È¤­¥«¥¿¥«¥Ê¡¢2¤Î¤È¤­¤Ò¤é¤¬¤Ê¤Ç½ÐÎϤ¹¤ë¡£(mendexÀìÍÑ)
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBpriority\fR <¿ôÃÍ>
-0
-.RS
-±Ñ»ú¤ÈÆüËܸì¤È¤Îº®ºß¤·¤¿º÷°ú¸ì¤Î¥½¡¼¥ÈÊýË¡¤Ë¤Ä¤¤¤Æ¤Î¥Õ¥é¥°¡£0¤Ç¤Ê¤±¤ì¤Ð±Ñ»ú¤ÈÆüËܸì¤È¤Î´Ö¤ËȾ³Ñ¥¹¥Ú¡¼¥¹¤òÆþ¤ì¤¿¾õÂ֤ǥ½¡¼¥È¤¹¤ë¡£(mendexÀìÍÑ)
-.RE
-.TP 30
-\fBcharacter_order\fR <ʸ»úÎó>
-"SEJ"
-.RS
-µ­¹æ¡¢±Ñ»ú¡¢ÆüËܸì¤ÎÍ¥Àè½ç°Ì¡£\'S\'¤Ïµ­¹æ¡¢\'E\'¤Ï±Ñ»ú¡¢\'J\'¤ÏÆüËܸì¤òɽ¤¹¡£(mendexÀìÍÑ)
-.RE
-.PP
-.SH ÆüËܸì¤Î°·¤¤¤Ë¤Ä¤¤¤Æ
-.PP
-\fImendex\fR ¤ÏÆüËܸì¤Îº÷°ú¤ò¤Ç¤­¤ë¤À¤±³Ú¤Ë°·¤¨¤ë¤è¤¦¤Ë¤Ê¤Ã¤Æ¤¤¤Þ¤¹¡£
-.RE
-makeindex¤Ç¤ÏÆüËܸì¤Îº÷°ú¤¬Àµ¤·¤¯¼­½ñ½ç¤Ë¥½¡¼¥È¤¹¤ë¤¿¤á¤Ë¤Ï¤Ò¤é¤¬¤Ê¤Þ¤¿¤Ï¥«¥¿¥«¥Ê¤Ë·¤¨¡¢Ù¹²»¡¢Ùû²»¡¢ÂùÅÀ¤ò½ü¤¤¤¿ÆɤߤòÉÕ¤±¤Ê¤±¤ì¤Ð¤Ê¤ê¤Þ¤»¤ó¤Ç¤·¤¿(¼«Æ°Åª¤Ë·¤¨¤ë¥Ð¡¼¥¸¥ç¥ó¤â¤¢¤ë)¡£
-.RE
-mendex¤Ç¤Ï¥«¥Ê¤Ë¤Ä¤¤¤Æ¤Ï¤¹¤Ù¤Æ¼«Æ°Åª¤Ë·¤¨¡¢¤Þ¤¿´Á»ú¤Ë¤Ä¤¤¤Æ¤Ï¼­½ñ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤òÀßÄꤹ¤ë¤³¤È¤Ë¤è¤ê³Æº÷°ú¸ì¤´¤È¤ËÆɤߤòÉÕ¤±¤ëºî¶È¤ò¤«¤Ê¤ê²ò¾Ã¤Ç¤­¤Þ¤¹¡£
-
-.LP
-°Ê²¼¤ËÆâÉô¤Ç¤Î¥«¥Ê¤ÎÊÑ´¹Îã¤ò¼¨¤·¤Þ¤¹¡£
-.PP
-.RS
-.br
-¤«¤Ö¤·¤­¤¬¤¤¤·¤ã ¤«¤Õ¤·¤­¤«¤¤¤·¤ä
-.br
-¥Þ¥Ã¥­¥ó¥È¥Ã¥·¥å ¤Þ¤Ä¤­¤ó¤È¤Ä¤·¤æ
-.br
-¥ï¡¼¥×¥í ¤ï¤¢¤Õ¤í
-.RE
-.LP
-¼­½ñ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤Ï<\fI½Ï¸ì\ \ Æɤß\fR>¤Î¥ê¥¹¥È¤Ç¹½À®¤µ¤ì¤Þ¤¹¡£
-½Ï¸ì¤ÈÆɤߤζèÀÚ¤ê¤Ï¥¿¥Ö¤Þ¤¿¤Ï¥¹¥Ú¡¼¥¹¤Ç¤¹¡£
-.RE
-°Ê²¼¤Ë¼­½ñ¤ÎÎã¤ò¼¨¤·¤Þ¤¹¡£
-.PP
-.RS
-.br
-´Á»ú ¤«¤ó¤¸
-.br
-ÆÉ¤ß ¤è¤ß
-.br
-´Ä¶­ ¤«¤ó¤­¤ç¤¦
-.br
-¦Á ¥¢¥ë¥Õ¥¡
-.RE
-.LP
-¼­½ñ¤ËÅÐÏ¿¤¹¤ë½Ï¸ì¤Ë¤Ä¤¤¤Æ¤Ï¡¢ÆɤßÊý¤¬£±Ä̤ê¤Ë¤Ê¤ë¤è¤¦Á÷¤ê²¾Ì¾¤òÉÕ¤±¤Æ¤¯¤À¤µ¤¤¡£
-¡Öɽ¡×¡¢¡ÖÀ­¼Á¡×¤Î¤è¤¦¤ËÁ÷¤ê²¾Ì¾¤Ë¤è¤é¤º£²Ä̤ê¤ÎÆɤßÊý¤¬¤Ç¤­¤ë¸ì¤Ë¤Ä¤¤¤Æ¤Ï¤É¤Á¤é¤«£±¤Ä¤·¤«ÅÐÏ¿¤Ç¤­¤Þ¤»¤ó¡£Â¾¤ÎÆɤßÊý¤Ë¤Ä¤¤¤Æ¤Ï³Æº÷°ú¸ì¤ØÆɤߤòÉÕ¤±¤ë¤³¤È¤ÇÂбþ¤·¤Æ¤¯¤À¤µ¤¤¡£
-.RE
-¤Þ¤¿¡¢´Ä¶­ÊÑ¿ô<\fIINDEXDEFAULTDICTIONARY\fR>¤Ë¼­½ñ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤òÅÐÏ¿¤¹¤ë¤³¤È¤Ë¤è¤ê¡¢¼«Æ°Åª¤Ë¼­½ñ¤ò»²¾È¤·¤Þ¤¹¡£´Ä¶­ÊÑ¿ô¤ËÅÐÏ¿¤·¤¿¼­½ñ¤Ï -d ¤Ç»ØÄꤷ¤¿¼­½ñ¤ÈÊ»ÍѤǤ­¤Þ¤¹¡£
-.PP
-.SH ¥½¡¼¥ÈÊýË¡¤Ë¤Ä¤¤¤Æ
-.PP
-\fImendex\fR ¤ÏÄ̾ï¤ÏÆþÎϤµ¤ì¤¿º÷°ú¸ì¤ò¤½¤Î¤Þ¤Þ¥½¡¼¥È¤·¤Þ¤¹¡£\fI-l\fR¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó¤¬ÉÕ¤±¤é¤ì¤¿¾ì¹ç¡¢Ê£¿ô¤Îñ¸ì¤Ç¹½À®¤µ¤ì¤ëº÷°ú¸ì¤Ë¤Ä¤¤¤Æ¤Ï¡¢¥½¡¼¥È¤¹¤ë¤È¤­¤Ëñ¸ì¤Èñ¸ì¤Î´Ö¤Î¥¹¥Ú¡¼¥¹¤òµÍ¤á¤Æ¥½¡¼¥È¤·¤Þ¤¹¡£
-¤³¤³¤Ç¤ÏÁ°¼Ô¤òñ¸ì½ç¥½¡¼¥È¡¢¸å¼Ô¤òʸ»ú½ç¥½¡¼¥È¤È¸Æ¤Ö¤³¤È¤Ë¤·¤Þ¤¹¡£
-.RE
-ʸ»ú½ç¥½¡¼¥È¤Î¾ì¹ç¡¢¼ÂºÝ¤Ë½ÐÎϤµ¤ì¤ëʸ»úÎó¤Ï¥¹¥Ú¡¼¥¹¤ò´Þ¤ó¤À¾õÂ֤Τâ¤Î¤Ç¤¹¤Î¤Ç¡¢º÷°ú¸ì¼«ÂΤ¬ÊѲ½¤¹¤ë¤³¤È¤Ï¤¢¤ê¤Þ¤»¤ó¡£
-.RE
-°Ê²¼¤ËÎã¤ò¼¨¤·¤Þ¤¹¡£
-.PP
-.RS
-\fIñ¸ì½ç¥½¡¼¥È ʸ»ú½ç¥½¡¼¥È\fR
-.br
-X Window Xlib
-.br
-Xlib XView
-.br
-XView X Window
-.RE
-.LP
-¤Þ¤¿¡¢ÆüËܸì¡Á±Ñ»ú´Ö¤Ç¤â»÷¤¿¤è¤¦¤Ê¥½¡¼¥ÈÊýË¡¤¬¤¢¤ê¤Þ¤¹¡£¥¹¥¿¥¤¥ë¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤Ç\fIpriority\fR¤ò£°°Ê³°¤Ë»ØÄꤷ¤¿¾ì¹ç¡¢ÎÙÀܤ·¤¿ÆüËܸì¤È±Ñ»ú¤Î´Ö¤Ë¥¹¥Ú¡¼¥¹¤òÆþ¤ì¤Æ¥½¡¼¥È¤·¤Þ¤¹¡£
-.RE
-°Ê²¼¤ËÎã¤ò¼¨¤·¤Þ¤¹¡£
-.PP
-.RS
-\fIpriority=0 priority=1\fR
-.br
-index sort ind¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë
-.br
-ind¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë index sort
-.RE
-.PP
-.SH ´Ä¶­ÊÑ¿ô
-\fImendex\fR ¤Ç¤Ï°Ê²¼¤Î¤è¤¦¤Ê´Ä¶­ÊÑ¿ô¤ò»ÈÍѤ·¤Æ¤¤¤Þ¤¹¡£
-.PP
-.TP 10
-\fIINDEXSTYLE\fR
-º÷°ú¥¹¥¿¥¤¥ë¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤¬¤¢¤ë¥Ç¥£¥ì¥¯¥È¥ê
-.TP 10
-\fIINDEXDEFAULTSTYLE\fR
-¥Ç¥Õ¥©¥ë¥È¤Ç»²¾È¤¹¤ëº÷°ú¥¹¥¿¥¤¥ë¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë
-.TP 10
-\fIINDEXDICTIONARY\fR
-¼­½ñ¤¬¤¢¤ë¥Ç¥£¥ì¥¯¥È¥ê
-.TP 10
-\fIINDEXDEFAULTDICTIONARY\fR
-¾ï¤Ë»²¾È¤¹¤ë¼­½ñ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë
-.PP
-.SH ¾ÜºÙ¤Ë¤Ä¤¤¤Æ
-¤½¤Î¾¡¢¾ÜºÙ¤Ë¤Ä¤¤¤Æ¤Ï \fImakeindex\fR ¤Ë½àµò¡£
-.PP
-.SH ÌäÂêÅÀÅù
-¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë̾¤ÎÀèƬ¤Îʸ»ú¤¬ '-' ¤Ç¤¢¤ë¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤Ï°·¤¨¤Þ¤»¤ó¡£
-
-Ê£¿ô¤Î¥Ú¡¼¥¸µ­Ë¡¤ò»ÈÍѤ¹¤ë¾ì¹ç¡¢¥Ú¡¼¥¸½ç¤Ë.idx¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤òÍ¿¤¨¤Ê¤¤¤È¥Ú¡¼¥¸ÈÖ¹æ¤ò¸íǧ¤¹¤ë¤³¤È¤¬¤¢¤ê¤Þ¤¹¡£
-.PP
-.SH »²¾È
-tex(l), latex(l), makeindex(l)
-.RE
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mendex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mendex.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 0c86d8a3eb5..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mendex.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mf-nowin.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mf-nowin.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ba4214d4c6..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mf-nowin.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man1/mf.1
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mf-nowin.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mf-nowin.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index b25a7ab3e43..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mf-nowin.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mf.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mf.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 344020c1b02..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mf.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,484 +0,0 @@
-.\" t
-.TH MF 1 "1 March 2011" "Web2C 2012"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.if n .ds MF Metafont
-.if t .ds MF M\s-2ETAFONT\s0
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP for troff
-.el .ds OX TeX for nroff
-.\" the same but obliqued
-.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
-.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds BX BibTeX
-.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
-.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.if n .ds WB Web
-.if t .ds WB W\s-2EB\s0
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-mf, mf-nowin, inimf, virmf \- Metafont, a language for font and logo design
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B mf
-.RI [ options ]
-.RI [ commands ]
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-\*(MF reads the program in the specified files
-and outputs font rasters (in
-.I gf
-format) and font metrics (in
-.I tfm
-format). The \*(MF
-language is described in
-.IR "The \*(MF\^book" .
-.PP
-Like
-\*(TX, \*(MF
-is normally used with a large body of precompiled macros, and font generation
-in particular requires the support of several macro files. This
-version of \*(MF looks at its command line to see what name it was
-called under. Both
-.B inimf
-and
-.B virmf
-are symlinks to the
-.B mf
-executable. When called as
-.BR inimf
-(or when the
-.B -ini
-option is given) it can be used to precompile macros into a
-.I .base
-file. When called as
-.B virmf
-it will use the
-.I plain
-base. When called under any other name, \*(MF will use that name as
-the name of the base to use. For example, when called as
-.B mf
-the
-.I mf
-base is used, which is identical to the
-.I plain
-base. Other bases than
-.I plain
-are rarely used.
-.PP
-The
-.I commands
-given on the command line to the \*(MF program are passed to it as the
-first input line. (But it is often easier to type extended arguments
-as the first input line, since UNIX shells tend to gobble up or
-misinterpret \*(MF's favorite symbols, like semicolons, unless you
-quote them.) As described in
-.IR "The \*(MF\^book" ,
-that first line should begin with a filename, a
-.RI \e controlsequence ,
-or a
-.IR &basename .
-.PP
-The normal usage is to say
-.IP
-\fBmf\ \fP '\\\|mode=<printengine>\^;\^ [\^mag=magstep(\fI\^n\fP\^)\^;\^]' input\ \^\fI font \fP
-.PP
-to start processing
-.IR font.mf .
-The single quotes are the best way of keeping the Unix
-shell from misinterpreting the semicolons and
-from removing the \\ character, which is needed here to
-keep \*(MF from thinking that you want to produce a font called
-.IR mode .
-(Or you can just say
-.I mf
-and give the other stuff on the next line, without quotes.) Other
-control sequences, such as
-.I batchmode
-(for silent operation) can also appear.
-The name
-.I font
-will be the ``jobname'', and is used in forming
-output file names.
-If \*(MF doesn't get a file name in the first line,
-the jobname is
-.IR mfput .
-The default extension,
-.IR .mf ,
-can be overridden by specifying an extension explicitly.
-.PP
-A log of error messages goes into the file \fIjobname\fP\fB\^.\^\fP\fIlog\fP.
-The output files are \fIjobname\fP\fB\^.\^\fP\fItfm\fP and
-\fIjobname\fP\fB\^.\^\fP\fI<\fP\^number\^\fI>gf\fP, where <number> depends on
-the resolution and magnification of the font. The
-.I mode
-in this
-example is shown generically as <printengine>, a symbolic term for which
-the name of an actual device or, most commonly, the name
-.I localfont
-(see below) must
-be substituted. If the mode is not specified or is not valid for your
-site, \*(MF will default to
-.I proof
-mode which produces
-large character images for use in font design and refinement. Proof
-mode can be recognized by the suffix
-.I .2602gf
-after the jobname. Examples of proof mode output can be found
-in
-.I "Computer Modern Typefaces"
-(Volume E of
-.IR "Computers and Typesetting" ).
-The system of
-.I magsteps
-is identical to the system used by
-\*(TX,
-with values generally in the range 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0 and 5.0.
-A listing of
-.I gf
-numbers for 118-dpi, 240-dpi and 300-dpi fonts
-is shown below.
-.TS
-tab(:);
-c c c c
-l l l l.
-MAGSTEP:118 dpi:240 dpi:300 dpi
-mag=magstep(0):118:240:300
-mag=magstep(0.5):129:263:329
-mag=magstep(1):142:288:360
-mag=magstep(2):170:346:432
-mag=magstep(3):204:415:518
-mag=magstep(4):245:498:622
-mag=magstep(5):294:597:746
-.TE
-.PP
-Magnification can also be specified not as a magstep but as an
-arbitrary value, such as 1.315, to create special character sizes.
-.PP
-Before font production can begin, it is necessary to set up the
-appropriate base files. The minimum set of components for font
-production for a given print-engine is the
-.I plain.mf
-macro file
-and the local
-.I mode_def
-file. The macros in
-.I plain.mf
-can be
-studied in an appendix to the
-.IR "\*(MF\^book" ;
-they were developed by Donald E. Knuth, and this file should never be
-altered except when it is officially upgraded.
-Each
-.I mode_def
-specification helps adapt fonts to a particular print-engine.
-There is a regular discussion of
-.IR mode_def s
-in
-.IR TUGboat ,
-the journal of the
-\*(TX
-Users Group.
-The local ones in use on this computer should be in
-.IR modes.mf .
-.PP
-The
-.I e
-response to \*(MF\|'s error-recovery mode invokes the
-system default
-editor at the erroneous line of the source file.
-There is an environment variable, MFEDIT,
-that overrides the default editor.
-It should contain a string with "%s" indicating where the
-filename goes and "%d" indicating where the decimal linenumber (if any) goes.
-For example, an MFEDIT string for the
-.B vi
-editor can be set with the
-.B csh
-command
-.RS
-\fIsetenv MFEDIT "vi +%d %s"\fP
-.RE
-.PP
-A convenient file in the library is
-.IR null.mf ,
-containing nothing.
-When
-.B mf
-can't find the file it thinks you want to input, it keeps
-asking you for another file name; responding `null' gets you out
-of the loop if you don't want to input anything.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "ONLINE GRAPHICS OUTPUT"
-\*(MF can use most modern displays, so you can see its output
-without printing. Chapter 23 of
-.I "The \*(MF\^book"
-describes what you can do. This implementation of \*(MF uses
-environment variables to determine which display device you want to use.
-First it looks for a variable MFTERM, and then for TERM.
-If it can't find either, you get no online output. Otherwise, the value
-of the variable determines the device to use:
-.BR hp2627 ,
-.B sun
-(for old SunView),
-.BR tek ,
-.B uniterm
-(for an Atari ST Tek 4014 emulator),
-.B xterm
-(for either X10 or X11).
-Some of these devices may not be supported in all \*(MF
-executables; the choice is made at compilation time.
-.PP
-On some systems, there are two \*(MF binaries,
-.B mf
-and
-.BR mf-nowin .
-On those systems the
-.B mf
-binary supports graphics, while the
-.B mf-nowin
-binary does not. The
-.B mf-nowin
-binary is used by scripts like
-.B mktexpk
-where graphics support is a nuisance rather than something helpful.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH OPTIONS
-This version of \*(MF understands the following command line options.
-.TP
-.BI -base \ base
-Use
-.I base
-as the name of the base to be used, instead of the name by which
-\*(MF was called or a
-.I %&
-line.
-.TP
-.B -file-line-error
-Print error messages in the form
-.I file:line:error
-which is similar to the way many compilers format them.
-.TP
-.B -no-file-line-error
-Disable printing error messages in the
-.I file:line:error
-style.
-.TP
-.B -file-line-error-style
-This is the old name of the
-.B -file-line-error
-option.
-.TP
-.B -halt-on-error
-Exit with an error code when an error is encountered during processing.
-.TP
-.B -help
-Print help message and exit.
-.TP
-.B -ini
-Be
-.BR inimf ,
-for dumping bases; this is implicitly true if the program is called
-as
-.BR inimf .
-.TP
-.BI -interaction \ mode
-Sets the interaction mode. The mode can be one of
-.IR batchmode ,
-.IR nonstopmode ,
-.IR scrollmode ,
-and
-.IR errorstopmode .
-The meaning of these modes is the same as that of the corresponding
-commands.
-.TP
-.BI -jobname \ name
-Use
-.I name
-for the job name, instead of deriving it from the name of the input file.
-.TP
-.BI -kpathsea-debug \ bitmask
-Sets path searching debugging flags according to the bitmask. See the
-.I Kpathsea
-manual for details.
-.TP
-.BI -maketex \ fmt
-Enable
-.RI mktex fmt ,
-where
-.I fmt
-must be
-.IR mf .
-.TP
-.BI -no-maketex \ fmt
-Disable
-.RI mktex fmt ,
-where
-.I fmt
-must be
-.IR mf .
-.TP
-.BI -output-directory \ directory
-Write output files in
-.I directory
-instead of the current directory. Look up input files in
-.I directory
-first, the along the normal search path.
-.TP
-.B -parse-first-line
-If the first line of the main input file begins with
-.I %&
-parse it to look for a dump name or a
-.B -translate-file
-option.
-.TP
-.B -no-parse-first-line
-Disable parsing of the first line of the main input file.
-.TP
-.BI -progname \ name
-Pretend to be program
-.IR name .
-This affects both the format used and the search paths.
-.TP
-.B -recorder
-Enable the filename recorder. This leaves a trace of the files opened
-for input and output in a file with extension
-.IR .fls .
-.TP
-.BI -translate-file \ tcxname
-Use the
-.I tcxname
-translation table.
-.TP
-.B -version
-Print version information and exit.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-See the Kpathsearch library documentation (the `Path specifications'
-node) for the details of how the environment variables are use when
-searching. The
-.B kpsewhich
-utility can be used to query the values of the variables.
-.PP
-If the environment variable
-.B TEXMFOUTPUT
-is set, \*(MF attempts to put its output
-files in it, if they cannot be put in the current directory. Again, see
-.BR tex (1).
-.TP
-.B MFINPUTS
-Search path for
-.I input
-and
-.I openin
-files.
-.TP
-.B MFEDIT
-Command template for switching to editor.
-.TP
-.B MFTERM
-Determines the online graphics display. If MFTERM is not set,
-and DISPLAY is set, the Metafont window support for X is used.
-(DISPLAY must be set to a valid X server specification, as usual.)
-If neither MFTERM nor DISPLAY is set, TERM is used to guess the window
-support to use.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "FONT UTILITIES"
-A number of utility programs are available.
-The following is a partial list of available utilities and their purpose.
-Consult your local \*(MF guru for details.
-.br
-.TP \w'gftodvi'u+2n
-.B gftopk
-Takes a
-.I gf
-file and produces a more tightly packed
-.I pk
-font file.
-.TP
-.B gftodvi
-Produces proof sheets for fonts.
-.TP
-.B gftype
-Displays the contents of a
-.I gf
-file in mnemonics and/or images.
-.TP
-.B pktype
-Mnemonically displays the contents of a
-.I pk
-file.
-.TP
-.B mft
-Formats a source file as shown in
-.IR "Computer Modern Typefaces" .
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "FILES"
-.TP
-.I "mf.pool"
-Encoded text of \*(MF's messages.
-.TP
-.I *.base
-Predigested \*(MF base files.
-.TP
-.I $TEXMFMAIN/metafont/base/plain.mf
-The standard base.
-.TP
-.I $TEXMFMAIN/metafont/misc/modes.mf
-The file of
-.IR mode_def s
-for your site's various printers
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NOTES
-This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
-documentation for this version of \*(MF can be found in the info manual
-.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH BUGS
-On January 4, 1986 the ``final'' bug in \*(MF was discovered
-and removed. If an error still lurks in the code, Donald E. Knuth promises to
-pay a finder's fee which doubles every year to the first person who finds
-it. Happy hunting.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SUGGESTED READING"
-Donald E. Knuth,
-.I "The \*(MF\^book"
-(Volume C of
-.IR "Computers and Typesetting" ),
-Addison-Wesley, 1986, ISBN 0-201-13445-4.
-.br
-Donald E. Knuth,
-.I "\*(MF:\^ The Program"
-(Volume D of
-.IR "Computers and Typesetting" ),
-Addison-Wesley, 1986, ISBN 0-201-13438-1.
-.br
-Donald E. Knuth,
-.I Computer Modern Typefaces
-(Volume E of
-.IR "Computers and Typesetting" ),
-Addison-Wesley, 1986, ISBN 0-201-13446-2.
-.br
-.I TUGboat
-(the journal of the \*(TX Users Group).
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH COMMENTS
-Warning: ``Type design can be hazardous to your other interests.
-Once you get hooked, you will develop intense feelings about letterforms;
-the medium will intrude on the messages that you read.
-And you will perpetually be thinking of improvements to the fonts that
-you see everywhere, especially those of your own design.''
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR gftopk (1),
-.BR gftodvi (1),
-.BR gftype (1),
-.BR mft (1),
-.BR pltotf (1),
-.BR tftopl (1).
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH AUTHORS
-\*(MF was designed by Donald E. Knuth, who implemented it
-using his \*(WB system for Pascal programs. It was originally
-ported to Unix by Paul Richards at the University of Illinois at
-Urbana-Champaign. This page was mostly written by Pierre MacKay.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mf.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mf.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 4b999616f6b..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mf.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mft.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mft.1
deleted file mode 100644
index dfcaebfb690..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mft.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,134 +0,0 @@
-.TH MFT 1 "14 December 1993" "Web2C 2012"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.if n .ds MP MetaPost
-.if t .ds MP MetaPost
-.if n .ds MF Metafont
-.if t .ds MF M\s-2ETAFONT\s0
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP for troff
-.el .ds OX TeX for nroff
-.\" the same but obliqued
-.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
-.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds BX BibTeX
-.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
-.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-mft \- translate Metafont or MetaPost code to TeX code for prettyprinting
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B mft
-.RI [ OPTIONS ]
-.BR \fImf_file_name\fP [ .mf | .mp ]
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
-documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
-or manual
-.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
-.PP
-The
-.B mft
-program creates a \*(TX file from a \*(MF or \*(MP program.
-It takes appropriate care of typographic details like page
-layout and the use of indentation, italics, boldface, etc., as illustrated
-in the book
-.IR "Computer Modern Typefaces" .
-Special conventions in \*(MF and \*(MP comments allow you to control things that
-would not otherwise come out right; section 1 of the MFT source program
-in the
-.I \*(MFware
-report explains these rules.
-.PP
-The
-.B mft
-program uses an optional change file (which works just as the change files to
-.BR tangle (1)
-and
-.BR weave (1)
-do)
-and one or several style files (which are prepended to everything).
-If no style file is specified, the style file
-.B plain.mft
-for \*(MF (or
-.B mplain.mft
-for \*(MP) is automatically used.
-.PP
-The
-.IR mf_file_name ,
-optional
-.IR change_file_name ,
-and
-.I style_file_name
-files are searched for using the MFINPUTS (for \*(MF) or MPINPUTS (for
-\*(MP) and MFTINPUTS environment variables if you have set them, or else the
-corresponding system defaults.
-.PP
-The output \*(TX file name is formed by using
-.B .tex
-in place of the extension of
-.IR mf_file_name .
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH OPTIONS
-.TP
-.BI \-change= change_file_name \fR[\fP.ch\fR]\fP
-Apply the change file
-.I change_file_name
-to
-.IR mf_file_name .
-.PP
-.TP
-.B \-metapost
-Assume
-.I mf_file_name
-is a \*(MP source file (this is the default if
-.I mf_file_name
-has the extension
-.BR .mp ).
-.PP
-.TP
-.BI \-style= style_file_name \fR[\fP.mft\fR]\fP
-Use the style file
-.I style_file_name
-insted of
-.B plain.mft
-(or
-.BR mplain.mft );
-this option can be given more than once.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-.I mftmac.tex
-\*(TX macros used by
-.B mft
-output.
-.TP
-.IR plain.mft ", " mplain.mft
-Default style files.
-.TP
-.I cmbase.mft
-Style file for Computer Modern.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR mf (1),
-.BR weave (1).
-.br
-Donald E. Knuth,
-.I Computer Modern Typefaces
-(Volume E of
-.IR "Computers and Typesetting" ),
-Addison-Wesley, 1986, ISBN 0-201-13446-2.
-.br
-Donald E. Knuth et al.,
-.IR \*(MFware .
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH AUTHORS
-Donald E. Knuth wrote the program, and he ported it to Unix with the help of
-Pierre MacKay and the Unix port of
-.B weave
-by Howard Trickey and Pavel Curtis.
-The program is published in the
-.I \*(MFware
-technical report, available from the \*(TX Users Group.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mft.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mft.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index fefafb972ab..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mft.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mkindex.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mkindex.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 503b70020fd..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mkindex.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-.TH "mkindex" "1" "September 2000" "teTeX" "teTeX"
-.PP
-.SH "NAME"
-mkindex \- script to process LaTeX index and glossary files
-.PP
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.PP
-\fBmkindex\fP \fIBASENAME\fP[\&.idx] \&.\&.\&.
-.PP
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.PP
-\fBmkindex\fP runs \fBmakeindex\fP(1) on any index
-(\f(CW\&.idx\fP) or glossary (\f(CW\&.glo\fP) files created by TeXing the file
-\fI\fIBASENAME\fP\&.tex\fP\&.
-.PP
-.SH "FILES"
-.IP "\fIgind\&.ist\fP"
-MakeIndex index style file
-.IP
-.IP "\fIgglo\&.ist\fP"
-MakeIndex glossary style file
-.IP
-.PP
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-\fBmakeindex\fP(1)
-.PP
-.SH "BUGS"
-.PP
-None known, but report any bugs found to <tetex@informatik\&.uni-hannover\&.de> (mailing list)\&.
-.PP
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.PP
-Written by Thomas Esser
-<te@informatik\&.uni-hannover\&.de>\&.
-.PP
-This manual page was written by C\&.M\&. Connelly
-<c@eskimo\&.com>, for
-the Debian GNU/Linux system\&. It may be used by other distributions
-without contacting the author\&. Any mistakes or omissions in the
-manual page are my fault; inquiries about or corrections to this
-manual page should be directed to me (and not to the primary author)\&.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mkindex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mkindex.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index f0ae1ca6489..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mkindex.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mkjobtexmf.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mkjobtexmf.1
deleted file mode 100644
index b3fa622580f..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mkjobtexmf.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,501 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man v1.37, Pod::Parser v1.13
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sh \" Subsection heading
-.br
-.if t .Sp
-.ne 5
-.PP
-\fB\\$1\fR
-.PP
-..
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. | will give a
-.\" real vertical bar. \*(C+ will give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to
-.\" do unbreakable dashes and therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C'
-.\" expand to `' in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.Sh), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.if \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.hy 0
-.if n .na
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "MKJOBTEXMF 1"
-.TH MKJOBTEXMF 1 "2011-11-10 v0.8" "perl v5.8.1" "User Contributed Perl Documentation"
-.SH "NAME"
-mkjobtexmf \-\- Generate a texmf tree for a particular job
-.SH "VERSION"
-.IX Header "VERSION"
-2011\-11\-10 v0.8
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-The progam \fBmkjobtexmf\fR runs a program and tries to
-find the used file names. Two methods are available,
-option \f(CW\*(C`\-recorder\*(C'\fR of TeX (Web2C) or the program \fBstrace\fR.
-.PP
-Then it generates a directory with a texmf tree. It checks
-the found files and tries sort them in this texmf tree.
-.PP
-It can be used for archiving purposes or to speed up
-following TeX runs.
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& mkjobtexmf [options]
-.Ve
-.PP
-This runs TeX that can be configured by options.
-Both methods for getting the used file names are available.
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& mkjobtexmf [options] -- <cmd> [args]
-.Ve
-.PP
-The latter form runs program \fIcmd\fR with arguments \fIargs\fR
-instead of TeX. As method only program \fBstrace\fR is available.
-.PP
-Options:
-.PP
-.Vb 25
-\& --jobname <name> Name of the job (mandatory).
-\& Usually this is the TeX file
-\& without extension
-\& --texname <file> Input file for TeX. Default is the
-\& job name with extension '.tex'
-\& --texopt <option> Option for TeX run
-\& --destdir <directory> Destination directory,
-\& default is `<jobname>.mjt'
-\& --output Add also output files
-\& --strace Use strace instead of TeX's
-\& option -recorder
-\& --copy Copy files instead of creating
-\& symbol links
-\& --flat Junk paths, do not make directories
-\& inside the destination directory
-\& --(no)texhash Run texhash, use --notexhash for MiKTeX
-\& --exclude-ext <ext> Exclude files with extension <ext>.
-\& --cmd-tex <cmd> Command for the TeX compiler
-\& --cmd-kpsewhich <cmd> Command for kpsewhich
-\& --cmd-texhash <cmd> Command for texhash
-\& --cmd-strace <cmd> Command for strace
-\& --verbose Verbose output
-\& --help Brief help message
-\& --man Full documentation
-\& --version Print version identification
-.Ve
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-.Sh "Running the program"
-.IX Subsection "Running the program"
-First \fBmkjobtexmf\fR runs a program, usually TeX. The TeX compiler
-is configured by option \f(CW\*(C`\-\-cmd\-tex\*(C'\fR. Option \f(CW\*(C`\-\-texname\*(C'\fR can
-be used, if the file name extension differs from \fI.tex\fR:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& mkjobtexmf --jobname foo --texname foo.ltx
-.Ve
-.PP
-Even more complicate cases are possible:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& mkjobtexmf --jobname foo --texname '\edef\eabc{...}\einput{foo}'
-.Ve
-.PP
-If another program than TeX should be used (dvips, ...),
-then this program can be given after \f(CW\*(C`\-\-\*(C'\fR:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& mkjobtexmf --jobname foo -- dvips foo
-.Ve
-.Sh "File recording"
-.IX Subsection "File recording"
-Two methods are available to get the used file names:
-.IP "Recorder of TeX" 4
-.IX Item "Recorder of TeX"
-Some TeX distributions (e.g. Web2C) support the option \fB\-recorder\fR
-for its TeX compilers. Then the TeX compiler generates a file with
-extension \fI.fls\fR that records the used input and output files.
-.IP "Program strace" 4
-.IX Item "Program strace"
-This program traces system calls and signals. It is used here
-to log the used files.
-.Sh "Analyze and link/copy found files"
-.IX Subsection "Analyze and link/copy found files"
-The result directory \fI\fIjobname\fI.mjt\fR is generated. Inside the
-result \s-1TEXMF\s0 tree is created. Each found file is compared against
-a list of paths of \s-1TEXMF\s0 trees. If a match is found, the file is
-linked/copied into the \s-1TEXMF\s0 tree. The list of paths is generated by
-program \fBkpsewhich\fR.
-.PP
-If the file cannot be mapped to a \s-1TEXMF\s0 tree and the file is
-a relative file name, then it is directly linked/copied into the
-result directory \fI\fIjobname\fI.mjt\fR. Absolute file names
-are not supported and neither paths with links to parent directories.
-.PP
-Symbolic links are created by default. The files are copied
-if option \f(CW\*(C`\-\-copy\*(C'\fR is given or symbolic linking is not available.
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS"
-.IP "\fB\-\fR\fB\-jobname\fR=<\fIjobname\fR>" 4
-.IX Item "--jobname=<jobname>"
-It is the name of the job. `<\fIjobname\fR>.tex' serves as default for
-the TeX file and <\fIjobname\fR> is used for naming various directories
-and files. See section \*(L"\s-1FILES\s0\*(R".
-.IP "\fB\-\fR\fB\-texname\fR=<\fIname\fR>" 4
-.IX Item "--texname=<name>"
-The name of the TeX input file, if it differs from <\fIjobname\fR>.tex.
-.IP "\fB\-\fR\fB\-texopt\fR=<\fIopt\fR>" 4
-.IX Item "--texopt=<opt>"
-Additional option for the TeX compiler, examples are \f(CW\*(C`\-\-ini\*(C'\fR or
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-shell\-escape\*(C'\fR. This option can be given more than once.
-.IP "\fB\-\fR\fB\-destdir\fR=<\fIdirectory\fR>" 4
-.IX Item "--destdir=<directory>"
-Specifies the name of the destination directory where the result
-is collected. As default a directory is generated in the current
-directory with the job name and extension `.mjt'.
-.IP "\fB\-\fR\fB\-output\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--output"
-Also add output files.
-.IP "\fB\-\fR\fB\-strace\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--strace"
-Use method with program \fBstrace\fR, see \*(L"\s-1DESCRIPTION\s0\*(R".
-.IP "\fB\-\fR\fB\-copy\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--copy"
-Files are copied instead of creating symbolic links.
-.IP "\fB\-\fR\fB\-flat\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--flat"
-Files are linked or copied without path elements.
-The destination directory will contain a flat list of
-files or links without directory.
-.Sp
-The files `ls\-R' and `aliases' are ignored.
-.IP "\fB\-\fR\fB\-exclude\-ext\fR=<\fIext\fR>" 4
-.IX Item "--exclude-ext=<ext>"
-Files with extension <\fIext\fR> are excluded. The option can be
-given several times or a comma separated list of extensions
-can be used. Examples:
-.Sp
-.Vb 1
-\& --exclude-ext aux --exclude-ext log --exclude-ext toc
-.Ve
-.Sp
-is the same as
-.Sp
-.Vb 1
-\& --exclude-ext aux,log,toc
-.Ve
-.IP "\fB\-\fR\fB\-(no)texhash\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--(no)texhash"
-As default the file `ls\-R' is generated in the `texmf' tree,
-because this is the file name database that might be used
-in TeX Live. Because MiKTeX uses a different mechanism, its
-`texhash' does not generate the `ls\-R' files and \f(CW\*(C`\-\-notexhash\*(C'\fR
-suppresses the call of `texhash'.
-.IP "\fB\-\fR\fB\-cmd\-tex\fR=<\fIcmd\fR>" 4
-.IX Item "--cmd-tex=<cmd>"
-Command for the TeX compiler. Default is pdflatex.
-.IP "\fB\-\fR\fB\-cmd\-kpsewhich\fR=<\fIcmd\fR>" 4
-.IX Item "--cmd-kpsewhich=<cmd>"
-Command for kpsewhich.
-.IP "\fB\-\fR\fB\-cmd\-texhash\fR=<\fIcmd\fR>" 4
-.IX Item "--cmd-texhash=<cmd>"
-Command for updating the file name database of the generated
-texmf tree. Default is texmf.
-.IP "\fB\-\fR\fB\-cmd\-strace\fR=<\fIcmd\fR>" 4
-.IX Item "--cmd-strace=<cmd>"
-Command for strace.
-.IP "\fB\-\fR\fB\-verbose\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--verbose"
-Verbose messages.
-.IP "\fB\-\fR\fB\-help\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--help"
-Display help screen.
-.IP "\fB\-\fRB(\-man>" 4
-.IX Item "-B(-man>"
-Print manual page.
-.IP "\fB\-\fR\fB\-version\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--version"
-Print version identification and exit.
-.SH "EXAMPLES"
-.IX Header "EXAMPLES"
-TeX file \fItest.tex\fR using TeX's recorder method:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& mkjobtexmf --jobname test
-.Ve
-.PP
-TeX file \fItest.tex\fR using LaTeX:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& mkjobtexmf --jobname test --cmd-tex latex
-.Ve
-.PP
-Format generation:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& mkjobtexmf --jobname test --texopt -ini --texname pdflatex.ini
-.Ve
-.PP
-Example, how the new texmf tree (Linux/bash) can be used:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& TEXMF=!!test.mjt/texmf pdflatex test
-.Ve
-.PP
-Example for generating a zip archive (Linux/bash):
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& (cd test.mjt && zip -9r ../test .)
-.Ve
-.PP
-Example for generating a tar archive:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& tar cjhvf test.tar.bz2 -C test.mjt .
-.Ve
-.SH "UNSOLVED ISSUES, CAVEATS, TODOS"
-.IX Header "UNSOLVED ISSUES, CAVEATS, TODOS"
-.IP "Experimental software" 4
-.IX Item "Experimental software"
-Options, defaults, how the program works might change in
-future versions.
-.IP "\fItexmf.cnf\fR" 4
-.IX Item "texmf.cnf"
-Currently the method with \fBstrace\fR records this files.
-TeX's recorder does not. Useful are \fItexmf.cnf\fR files for
-variable settings. Because we have just one \s-1TEXMF\s0 tree,
-the path sections should probably rewritten.
-.IP "Settings in environment variables" 4
-.IX Item "Settings in environment variables"
-They are not stored at all.
-.IP "Collisions" 4
-.IX Item "Collisions"
-The program uses one destination directory and at most
-one \s-1TEXMF\s0 tree for the result. However, the source files
-can come from different directories and \s-1TEXMF\s0 trees.
-Therefore name collisions are possible.
-.Sp
-The program follows the strategy not to delete files
-in the destination directory. That allows to collect files
-from differnt runs. Thus collisions are resolved
-in the manner that the first entry that is made in
-the destination directory wins.
-.IP "Configuration file" 4
-.IX Item "Configuration file"
-It would save the user from retyping the same options again and again.
-.IP "Uncomplete recording" 4
-.IX Item "Uncomplete recording"
-Bugs in TeX's file recording might result in incomplete
-file recording (e.g. pdfTeX 1.40.3 does not record .pfb and
-\&.pk files).
-.IP "..." 4
-.SH "FILES"
-.IX Header "FILES"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fI<jobname>.mjt/\fR" 4
-.IX Item "<jobname>.mjt/"
-.PD
-Directory where the resulting texmf tree and symbol links
-are stored. It can be changed by option \f(CW\*(C`\-\-destdir\*(C'\fR.
-.IP "\fI<jobname>.fls\fR" 4
-.IX Item "<jobname>.fls"
-Name of TeX's recorder file.
-.IP "\fI<jobname>.strace\fR" 4
-.IX Item "<jobname>.strace"
-Log file where the result of \fBstrace\fR is stored.
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.IX Header "AUTHOR"
-Heiko Oberdiek, email: heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com
-.SH "COPYRIGHT AND LICENSE"
-.IX Header "COPYRIGHT AND LICENSE"
-Copyright 2007, 2008, 2011 by Heiko Oberdiek.
-.PP
-This library is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the same terms as Perl itself
-(Perl Artistic License/GNU General Public License, version 2).
-.SH "HISTORY"
-.IX Header "HISTORY"
-.IP "\fB2007/04/16 v0.1\fR" 2
-.IX Item "2007/04/16 v0.1"
-.RS 2
-.PD 0
-.IP "* First experimental version." 2
-.IX Item "First experimental version."
-.RE
-.RS 2
-.RE
-.IP "\fB2007/05/09 v0.2\fR" 2
-.IX Item "2007/05/09 v0.2"
-.RS 2
-.IP "* Typo in option name fixed." 2
-.IX Item "Typo in option name fixed."
-.RE
-.RS 2
-.RE
-.IP "\fB2007/09/03 v0.3\fR" 2
-.IX Item "2007/09/03 v0.3"
-.RS 2
-.ie n .IP "* New options: ""\-\-copy""\fR, \f(CW""\-\-flat""\fR, \f(CW""\-\-destdir""" 2
-.el .IP "* New options: \f(CW\-\-copy\fR, \f(CW\-\-flat\fR, \f(CW\-\-destdir\fR" 2
-.IX Item "New options: --copy, --flat, --destdir"
-.RE
-.RS 2
-.RE
-.IP "\fB2007/09/04 v0.4\fR" 2
-.IX Item "2007/09/04 v0.4"
-.RS 2
-.IP "* Bug fix in map_files_texmf." 2
-.IX Item "Bug fix in map_files_texmf."
-.RE
-.RS 2
-.RE
-.IP "\fB2007/09/06 v0.5\fR" 2
-.IX Item "2007/09/06 v0.5"
-.RS 2
-.IP "* Support for `configure' added. (Thanks to Norbert Preining for writing a first version of the configure stuff.)" 2
-.IX Item "Support for `configure' added. (Thanks to Norbert Preining for writing a first version of the configure stuff.)"
-.RE
-.RS 2
-.RE
-.IP "\fB2008/04/05 v0.6\fR" 2
-.IX Item "2008/04/05 v0.6"
-.RS 2
-.IP "* Tiny fix in target `uninstall' in file `Makefile.in'. (Thanks to Karl Berry)" 2
-.IX Item "Tiny fix in target `uninstall' in file `Makefile.in'. (Thanks to Karl Berry)"
-.RE
-.RS 2
-.RE
-.IP "\fB2008/06/28 v0.7\fR" 2
-.IX Item "2008/06/28 v0.7"
-.RS 2
-.ie n .IP "* Fix for unknown option `""\-\-cmd\-strace""'. (Thanks to Juho Niemelä)" 2
-.el .IP "* Fix for unknown option `\f(CW\-\-cmd\-strace\fR'. (Thanks to Juho Niemelä)" 2
-.IX Item "Fix for unknown option `--cmd-strace'. (Thanks to Juho Niemelä)"
-.RE
-.RS 2
-.RE
-.IP "\fB2011/11/10 v0.8\fR" 2
-.IX Item "2011/11/10 v0.8"
-.RS 2
-.IP "* Remove colon from drive specification when making directories." 2
-.IX Item "Remove colon from drive specification when making directories."
-.ie n .IP "* Option ""\-\-(no)texhash"" added." 2
-.el .IP "* Option \f(CW\-\-(no)texhash\fR added." 2
-.IX Item "Option --(no)texhash added."
-.IP "* Some support for MiKTeX (thanks Ulrike Fischer)." 2
-.IX Item "Some support for MiKTeX (thanks Ulrike Fischer)."
-.IP "* Various fixes in the generation of the documentation." 2
-.IX Item "Various fixes in the generation of the documentation."
-.ie n .IP "* Options ""\-\-exclude\-ext""\fR and \f(CW""\-\-version"" added." 2
-.el .IP "* Options \f(CW\-\-exclude\-ext\fR and \f(CW\-\-version\fR added." 2
-.IX Item "Options --exclude-ext and --version added."
-.RE
-.RS 2
-.RE
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mkjobtexmf.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mkjobtexmf.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index bd42549a2cf..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mkjobtexmf.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mkocp.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mkocp.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 74a90dc6581..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mkocp.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-.TH "mkocp" "1" "September 2000" "Omega" "Omega"
-.PP
-.SH "NAME"
-mkocp \- frontend to \fBotp2ocp\fP(1)
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.B mkocp
-.I OTPFILE
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.PP
-\fBmkocp\fP is used to create or recreate Omega Compiled Process files
-(binary) from Omega Translation Process (text) files\&.
-.PP
-Omega Translation Processes are used to translate one character set to
-another and to choose between characters with one or more
-context-sensitive variants\&. OTPs could also be used to change the
-case or hyphenation of text\&.
-.PP
-OTPs are defined in text files, and compiled into binary code (OCPs)
-using \fBmkocp\fP (this script) or directly with \fBotp2ocp\fP(1)\&.
-.PP
-.SH "FILES"
-.IP "\fIOTPFILE\fP"
-An Omega Typesetting Process filter file\&.
-.PP
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-\fBomega\fP(1), \fBotp2ocp\fP(1)\&.
-.PP
-\fIDraft Manual for the Omega System\fP (\fIomega-manual\&.dvi\fP)\&.
-.PP
-Web page: <http://www\&.gutenberg\&.eu\&.org/omega/>
-.PP
-.SH "BUGS"
-.PP
-None known, but report any bugs found to <omega@ens\&.fr> (mailing list)\&.
-.PP
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.PP
-\fBmkocp\fP is part of Omega\&. The primary authors of Omega are John Plaice
-<plaice@cse\&.unsw\&.edu\&.au> and Yannis Haralambous
-<yannis@fluxus-virus\&.com>\&.
-.PP
-This manual page was written by C\&.M\&. Connelly
-<cmc@debian\&.org>, for
-the Debian GNU/Linux system\&. It may be used by other distributions
-without contacting the author\&. Any mistakes or omissions in the
-manual page are my fault; inquiries about or corrections to this
-manual page should be directed to me (and not to the primary author)\&.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mkocp.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mkocp.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 37c4ff0f02d..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mkocp.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mkofm.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mkofm.1
deleted file mode 100644
index f676d0e22f0..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mkofm.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-.TH "mkofm" "1" "September 2000" "teTeX" "teTeX"
-.PP
-.SH "NAME"
-mkofm \- front end to \fBmktextfm\fP(1)
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.B mkofm
-.I ARGS
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.PP
-\fBmkofm\fP takes all \fIARGS\fP and passes them to
-\fBmktextfm\fP(1)\&. For more information about appropriate
-arguments, see \fBmktextfm\fP(1)\&.
-.PP
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-\fBmktextfm\fP(1)
-.PP
-.SH "BUGS"
-.PP
-None known\&.
-.PP
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.PP
-Author unknown\&.
-.PP
-This manual page was written by C\&.M\&. Connelly
-<cmc@debian\&.org>, for
-the Debian GNU/Linux system\&. It may be used by other distributions
-without contacting the author\&. Any mistakes or omissions in the
-manual page are my fault; inquiries about or corrections to this
-manual page should be directed to me (and not to the primary author)\&.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mkofm.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mkofm.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 3bc6a079fea..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mkofm.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
-%PDF-1.4
-%Çì¢
-5 0 obj
-<</Length 6 0 R/Filter /FlateDecode>>
-stream
-xœUÛnÛF}çWÌ[¨"Úì…ä.Ñ¢¨â¸‰ GN,h÷’V2k‘”É%}Tÿ1³»¤nP¸àòìÌ™3gfÔ>ý{Qon%¬Û€Â:x ˜û ýkQÂÛ 
-?4†løc $qAVaù0Êþ ˜ JEø7[L
-’HÙSÖ«ò.dw#0:³8Î)I"u ä¨ÿ‰SAhÂ<bÞþSÂ1çI¥À¸e4Ž„$q*`,‡ŸN,’Z“„*™ö>^Ú'åpN„à0Fîî0µD¾Ú‚Bã$±Ùá_X5ue@WK0õèï쟈’biÊ£¿™Uù,Y“„&IÛ×tT
-SœPÇ'Åwªpö×ôæÓìj¶ÇñDJ"–¦öžxDÒ„+K¼gÊèÑI˜à}—ÂÉíûÙ™8æÂSˆ(w¸w—³‹Û«OÙÕÍô³8B`…ù< “öá’õM§H"ö¦h!ßl|ÖãBxB’X>«ã8‹í`4@rìÝ6o[Œgîuiûx^‰’DH¿¨H:õîuý$ð»3°$Ñà[J䡲n4ÕªnÊÜuù¼î äÛmSo›bì<Îë'õÌ•¹Ñ7#4uª®»RW¦} ­ÖÏ=©aûørO’sS&Š°(=3åå%L®g7ÿm‡ÏθÍ|2ã*&”#ôÄ•o¿5¬”ð^À9W’˜tZWªzÄ16S"|ªˆ“ó'géEI09I/¹VöáæöG ’”©c“ÎÜ£'ºj`!h¼g±ÏtbÌy,ûék˜Ý-”yÕåôóZÓ_Uœ…y OMaŒ®`¾ƒ ò‘ÀE]Uz³ÙÁ/‹rñÛRÏ‹¼"µ÷2׿¾4£ xçþÂûé—7×EÕ}ó4Ûë ÂÒ¹¸ÝµF—®ÌèU£Vé~é[L™ï`®¡kõÒR©1|Ë¢5M1÷³N‰LÔá˜rÇ:;XDºàT,pçæ STkÇ/wr9w2Éq½ “:©ì7ËÐõÍ.6wå¡K
-!ýgä’÷w ‰e4˜·ªcMÑ÷‘8ô iªÔb]m먕£vÜ'¼ÜÁʵ…+æÝÆüŒÈÇ®h
-»ÎÜȣ苺iôÂ×lj tÚY§?õš£›¥•tYØ#ÚÞCPj¸s{­ª —H™7»^,;̯Žì ºû­ë/c{ió´_vÒS1ÜÅ3½ÅFϵӃ Ô—ö2±Ô:Ž9 §·²…\fÁg|¾
-aendstream
-endobj
-6 0 obj
-970
-endobj
-4 0 obj
-<</Type/Page/MediaBox [0 0 612 792]
-/Rotate 0/Parent 3 0 R
-/Resources<</ProcSet[/PDF /Text]
-/ExtGState 11 0 R
-/Font 12 0 R
->>
-/Contents 5 0 R
->>
-endobj
-3 0 obj
-<< /Type /Pages /Kids [
-4 0 R
-] /Count 1
->>
-endobj
-1 0 obj
-<</Type /Catalog /Pages 3 0 R
-/Metadata 14 0 R
->>
-endobj
-7 0 obj
-<</Type/ExtGState
-/OPM 1>>endobj
-11 0 obj
-<</R7
-7 0 R>>
-endobj
-12 0 obj
-<</R10
-10 0 R/R9
-9 0 R/R8
-8 0 R>>
-endobj
-10 0 obj
-<</BaseFont/Times-Italic/Type/Font
-/Subtype/Type1>>
-endobj
-9 0 obj
-<</BaseFont/Times-Bold/Type/Font
-/Subtype/Type1>>
-endobj
-8 0 obj
-<</BaseFont/Times-Roman/Type/Font
-/Encoding 13 0 R/Subtype/Type1>>
-endobj
-13 0 obj
-<</Type/Encoding/Differences[
-173/minus]>>
-endobj
-14 0 obj
-<</Type/Metadata
-/Subtype/XML/Length 1344>>stream
-<?xpacket begin='' id='W5M0MpCehiHzreSzNTczkc9d'?>
-<?adobe-xap-filters esc="CRLF"?>
-<x:xmpmeta xmlns:x='adobe:ns:meta/' x:xmptk='XMP toolkit 2.9.1-13, framework 1.6'>
-<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf='http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#' xmlns:iX='http://ns.adobe.com/iX/1.0/'>
-<rdf:Description rdf:about='uuid:c7b7e978-e107-11ec-0000-c3bd0edf572f' xmlns:pdf='http://ns.adobe.com/pdf/1.3/' pdf:Producer='GPL Ghostscript 9.05'/>
-<rdf:Description rdf:about='uuid:c7b7e978-e107-11ec-0000-c3bd0edf572f' xmlns:xmp='http://ns.adobe.com/xap/1.0/'><xmp:ModifyDate>2012-05-28T19:33:26+02:00</xmp:ModifyDate>
-<xmp:CreateDate>2012-05-28T19:33:26+02:00</xmp:CreateDate>
-<xmp:CreatorTool>groff version 1.21</xmp:CreatorTool></rdf:Description>
-<rdf:Description rdf:about='uuid:c7b7e978-e107-11ec-0000-c3bd0edf572f' xmlns:xapMM='http://ns.adobe.com/xap/1.0/mm/' xapMM:DocumentID='uuid:c7b7e978-e107-11ec-0000-c3bd0edf572f'/>
-<rdf:Description rdf:about='uuid:c7b7e978-e107-11ec-0000-c3bd0edf572f' xmlns:dc='http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/' dc:format='application/pdf'><dc:title><rdf:Alt><rdf:li xml:lang='x-default'>Untitled</rdf:li></rdf:Alt></dc:title></rdf:Description>
-</rdf:RDF>
-</x:xmpmeta>
-
-
-<?xpacket end='w'?>
-endstream
-endobj
-2 0 obj
-<</Producer(GPL Ghostscript 9.05)
-/CreationDate(D:20120528193326+02'00')
-/ModDate(D:20120528193326+02'00')
-/Creator(groff version 1.21)>>endobj
-xref
-0 15
-0000000000 65535 f
-0000001293 00000 n
-0000003174 00000 n
-0000001234 00000 n
-0000001074 00000 n
-0000000015 00000 n
-0000001055 00000 n
-0000001358 00000 n
-0000001612 00000 n
-0000001547 00000 n
-0000001479 00000 n
-0000001399 00000 n
-0000001429 00000 n
-0000001694 00000 n
-0000001753 00000 n
-trailer
-<< /Size 15 /Root 1 0 R /Info 2 0 R
-/ID [<B10BB8F7A5BA2D58C0EDF647E8329C81><B10BB8F7A5BA2D58C0EDF647E8329C81>]
->>
-startxref
-3326
-%%EOF
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktexfmt.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktexfmt.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 71c6a947903..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktexfmt.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man1/fmtutil.1
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktexfmt.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktexfmt.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index ea8b3517eb5..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktexfmt.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktexlsr.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktexlsr.1
deleted file mode 100644
index d248d6a00a7..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktexlsr.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-.TH MKTEXLSR 1 "1 March 2011" "Kpathsea 6.1.0"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.if n .ds MP MetaPost
-.if t .ds MP MetaPost
-.if n .ds MF Metafont
-.if t .ds MF M\s-2ETAFONT\s0
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP for troff
-.el .ds OX TeX for nroff
-.\" the same but obliqued
-.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
-.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds BX BibTeX
-.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
-.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-mktexlsr \- create ls-R databases
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B mktexlsr
-.RI [ directories ]
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
-documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
-or manual
-.IR "Kpathsea: A library for path searching" .
-.PP
-.B mktexlsr
-is used to generate the ls-R databases used by the kpathsea library.
-It will create them for the specified directories, or for a default
-list if no directories are specified.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH OPTIONS
-.B mktexlsr
-accepts the following options:
-.TP
-.B --help
-Print help message and exit.
-.TP
-.B --version
-Print version information and exit.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktexlsr.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktexlsr.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 8137fc3f22d..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktexlsr.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktexmf.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktexmf.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d12dd8ec9f..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktexmf.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-.TH MKTEXMF 1 "1 March 2011" "Kpathsea 6.1.0"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.if n .ds MP MetaPost
-.if t .ds MP MetaPost
-.if n .ds MF Metafont
-.if t .ds MF M\s-2ETAFONT\s0
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP for troff
-.el .ds OX TeX for nroff
-.\" the same but obliqued
-.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
-.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds BX BibTeX
-.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
-.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-mktexmf \- create a Metafont source file
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B mktexmf
-.I font
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
-documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
-or manual
-.IR "Kpathsea: A library for path searching" .
-.PP
-.B mktexmf
-is used to generate the \*(MF source file for
-.IR font ,
-if possible. For example,
-.I ecrm1200
-or
-.IR cmr11 .
-.PP
-The name of the generated file is printed on standard output.
-.PP
-.B mktexmf
-is typically called by other programs, rather than from the command
-line.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH OPTIONS
-.B mktexmf
-accepts the following options:
-.TP
-.B --help
-Print help message and exit.
-.TP
-.B --version
-Print version information and exit.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR mktexpk (1),
-.BR mktextfm (1).
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktexmf.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktexmf.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 1331b33941d..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktexmf.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktexpk.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktexpk.1
deleted file mode 100644
index c8147841227..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktexpk.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
-.TH MKTEXPK 1 "1 March 2011" "Kpathsea 6.1.0"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.if n .ds MP MetaPost
-.if t .ds MP MetaPost
-.if n .ds MF Metafont
-.if t .ds MF M\s-2ETAFONT\s0
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP for troff
-.el .ds OX TeX for nroff
-.\" the same but obliqued
-.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
-.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds BX BibTeX
-.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
-.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-mktexpk \- create a PK file for a font
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B mktexpk
-.RI [ options ]
-.I font
-.RI [ redirect ]
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
-documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
-or manual
-.IR "Kpathsea: A library for path searching" .
-.PP
-.B mktexpk
-is used to generate a
-.I pk
-file from the \*(MF source files or type1 sources for
-.IR font ,
-if possible.
-.PP
-If
-.I redirect
-is given, it must be string of the form
-.BI >& n
-where
-.I n
-is the number of the file descriptor which is to receive, instead of
-standard output, the name of the generated file.
-.PP
-.B mktexpk
-is typically called by other programs, rather than from the command
-line.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH OPTIONS
-.B mktexpk
-accepts the following options:
-.TP
-.BI --bdpi \ num
-Set the base device resolution.
-.TP
-.BI --dpi \ num
-Generate the font at resolution
-.IR num .
-.TP
-.B --help
-Print help message and exit.
-.TP
-.BI --mag \ mag
-The \*(MF magnification that corresponds to the combination of
-.I bdpi
-and
-.I dpi
-that has been specified.
-.TP
-.BI --mfmode \ mode
-The \*(MF mode to use.
-.TP
-.BI --destdir \ dir
-A directory name. If the directory is absolute, it is used as-is.
-Otherwise, it is appended to the root destination directory set in the
-script.
-.TP
-.B --version
-Print version information and exit.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH BUGS
-If the
-.I mode
-is not specified,
-.B mktexpk
-tries to determine it from
-.IR bdpi .
-The manner in which this is done is primitive. Since
-.I bpdi
-doesn't provide sufficient information to uniquely determine a
-.I mode
-it is strongly recommended that it be specified explicitly.
-.PP
-If the
-.I mode
-and
-.I bpdi
-don't match, the
-.I mode
-is discarded.
-.PP
-The
-.I dpi
-parameter is redundant, but is not checked for consistency. Worse,
-the program will fail if the wrong
-.I dpi
-is specified.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR mktexmf (1),
-.BR mktextfm (1).
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktexpk.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktexpk.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 8f59b330ecb..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktexpk.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktextfm.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktextfm.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 14958a26c67..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktextfm.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-.TH MKTEXTFM 1 "1 March 2011" "Kpathsea 6.1.0"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.if n .ds MP MetaPost
-.if t .ds MP MetaPost
-.if n .ds MF Metafont
-.if t .ds MF M\s-2ETAFONT\s0
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP for troff
-.el .ds OX TeX for nroff
-.\" the same but obliqued
-.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
-.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds BX BibTeX
-.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
-.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-mktextfm \- create a TFM file for a font
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B mktextfm
-.RI [ options ]
-.I font
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
-documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
-or manual
-.IR "Kpathsea: A library for path searching" .
-.PP
-.B mktextfm
-is used to generate a
-.I tfm
-file from the \*(MF source files for
-.IR font ,
-if possible. If
-.I destdir
-is given, the generated file will be installed there, otherwise a
-(rather complicated) heuristic is used.
-.PP
-The name of the generated file is printed on standard output.
-.PP
-.B mktextfm
-is typically called by other programs, rather than from the command
-line.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH OPTIONS
-.B mktextfm
-accepts the following options:
-.TP
-.BI --destdir \ dir
-A directory name. If the directory is absolute, it is used as-is.
-Otherwise, it is appended to the root destination directory set in the
-script.
-.TP
-.B --help
-Print help message and exit.
-.TP
-.B --version
-Print version information and exit.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR mktexmf (1),
-.BR mktexpk (1).
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktextfm.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktextfm.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index cb009def8ee..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mktextfm.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mmafm.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mmafm.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 82942ad329e..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mmafm.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,178 +0,0 @@
-.\" -*-nroff-*-
-.ds V 2.92
-.de M
-.BR "\\$1" "(\\$2)\\$3"
-..
-.ds E " \-\-
-.if t .ds E \(em
-.de Op
-.BR "\\$1" "\\$2" "\\$3" "\\$4" "\\$5" "\\$6"
-..
-.de Oy
-.BI "\\$1\fR=" "\\$2\fR, " "\\$3\& " "\\$4" "\\$5" "\\$6"
-..
-.de Ol
-.BI "\\$1\fR=" "\\$2" "\\$3" "\\$4" "\\$5" "\\$6"
-..
-.de Sp
-.if n .sp
-.if t .sp 0.4
-..
-.de Es
-.Sp
-.RS 5
-.nf
-..
-.de Ee
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-..
-.TH MMAFM 1 "LCDF Typetools" "Version \*V"
-.SH NAME
-mmafm \- creates AFM font metrics for multiple master fonts
-'
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B mmafm
-\%[OPTIONS...]
-.I font
-'
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.B Mmafm
-creates AFM font metrics for PostScript multiple master fonts by
-interpolation. You pass it an AMFM file (multiple master font metrics) and
-options specifying the design point you want, and it writes the resulting
-AFM file to the standard output.
-.PP
-Each
-.I font
-argument is either the filename of an AFM or AMFM font metrics file, or a
-PostScript font name. If you give a font name,
-.B mmafm
-will look up the actual font metrics file using the PSRESOURCEPATH
-environment variable. This colon-separated path is searched for `PSres.upr'
-files, an Adobe method for indexing PostScript resources.
-.PP
-You can also give the name of a multiple master font instance, like
-`MinionMM_367_400_12_'.
-.B Mmafm
-will parse the font name and create that instance for you. `PSres.upr'
-files must be set up for this to work.
-.PP
-Any multiple master font should be distributed with a single AMFM file and
-several AFM files (one for each master). For Myriad, for example, the AMFM
-file is MyriadMM.amfm and the AFM files are MyriadMM-LightCn.afm,
-MyriadMM-LightSemiEx.afm, MyriadMM-BlackCn.afm, and
-MyriadMM-BlackSemiEx.afm.
-.B Mmafm
-needs to find all these files to function. For fonts in the Adobe type
-library, you can download the necessary files from
-<http://www.lcdf.org/type>; look for the mm-metrics package.
-.PP
-You must always supply the AMFM file (or its font name) on the command
-line, but
-.B mmafm
-will look for any required AFM files you don't supply yourself. It tries
-the PSRESOURCEPATH environment variable, and also looks for files named
-`\fIFontName\fR.afm' or `\fIFontName\fR.AFM' in the directory that
-contained the AMFM file. (The Myriad filenames given above fit this
-pattern.)
-.PP
-.B Mmafm
-supports fonts with intermediate masters, like Adobe Jenson and Kepler. If
-your PSRESOURCEPATH environment variable is set up, it will handle these
-fonts automatically. Otherwise, you must first run
-.RB ` "mmpfb \-\-amcp\-info" '
-on the font outline files to create auxiliary AMCP files for these fonts.
-Each AMCP file should be in the same directory as its corresponding AMFM
-file and should have the same root filename, but with a `.amcp' extension
-instead of `.amfm'. See
-.M mmpfb 1
-for more information.
-'
-'
-.SH EXAMPLE
-'
-.nf
-% mmafm \-\-weight=400 \-\-width=600 MyriadMM.amfm > MyriadMM_400_600_.afm
-.fi
-'
-.SH OPTIONS
-Long options may be abbreviated to their unique prefixes.
-'
-.TP 5
-.Oy \-\-output file \-o file
-Send output to
-.I file
-instead of standard output.
-'
-.TP
-.Oy \-\-weight N \-w N
-Set the weight axis to
-.IR N .
-'
-.TP
-.Oy \-\-width N \-W N
-Set the width axis to
-.IR N .
-'
-.TP
-.Oy \-\-optical\-size N \-O N
-Set the optical size axis to
-.IR N .
-'
-.TP
-.Ol \-\-style N
-Set the style axis to
-.IR N .
-.TP
-\fB\-\-1\fR=\fIN\fR (\fB\-\-2\fR=\fIN\fR, \fB\-\-3\fR=\fIN\fR, \fB\-\-4\fR=\fIN\fR)
-Set the first (second, third, fourth) axis to
-.IR N .
-'
-.TP
-.Oy \-\-precision N \-p N
-Round output numbers so they have at most
-.I N
-digits after the decimal point. Smaller numbers are less precise; `\fB\-p
-\fR0' rounds all numbers to integers. The default precision is 3.
-'
-.TP
-.Oy \-\-min\-kern N \-k N
-Only output kerning pairs whose absolute value is
-.IR N
-or larger. Smaller minimum kerns make kerning more precise and the output
-AFM file bigger. The default minimum kern is 2.0.
-'
-.SH TROUBLESHOOTING
-.PP
-Some programs, such as TeX's
-.BR fontinst ,
-can choke on AFM files that include fractional numbers. Therefore, if you
-have trouble with an AFM file, try rerunning
-.B mmafm
-with the
-.Op \-\-precision=0
-option.
-'
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.M mmpfb 1
-'
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-.TP 5
-\fIFont\fR requires intermediate master conversion programs
-You haven't yet created an AMCP file for \fIFont\fR.
-'
-.SH AUTHOR
-.na
-Eddie Kohler, ekohler@gmail.com
-.PP
-The latest version is available from:
-.br
-http://www.lcdf.org/type/
-.br
-AMFM and AFM files for Adobe Type Library fonts are also available at that
-URL.
-.PP
-Thanks to Melissa O'Neill for suggestions and patient
-debugging.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mmafm.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mmafm.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 7278392f823..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mmafm.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mmpfb.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mmpfb.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 850be8e85f8..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mmpfb.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,206 +0,0 @@
-.\" -*-nroff-*-
-.ds V 2.92
-.de M
-.BR "\\$1" "(\\$2)\\$3"
-..
-.ds E " \-\-
-.if t .ds E \(em
-.de Op
-.BR "\\$1" "\\$2" "\\$3" "\\$4" "\\$5" "\\$6"
-..
-.de Oy
-.BI "\\$1\fR=" "\\$2\fR, " "\\$3\& " "\\$4" "\\$5" "\\$6"
-..
-.de Ol
-.BI "\\$1\fR=" "\\$2" "\\$3" "\\$4" "\\$5" "\\$6"
-..
-.de Sp
-.if n .sp
-.if t .sp 0.4
-..
-.TH MMPFB 1 "LCDF Typetools" "Version \*V"
-.SH NAME
-mmpfb \- creates single-master fonts from multiple master fonts
-'
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B mmpfb
-\%[OPTIONS...]
-.I font
-'
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.B Mmpfb
-creates a normal, single-master PostScript font from a multiple master font
-by interpolation. You pass it a PFB or PFA font and options specifying the
-design point you want; it writes the resulting PFB or PFA font to the
-standard output.
-.PP
-The fonts
-.B mmpfb
-creates are interpolated at a low level to remove multiple master
-instructions from individual characters. Therefore, they can be used by
-programs that don't normally understand multiple master fonts, like
-.BR ps2pk (1).
-.PP
-.B Mmpfb
-supports fonts with intermediate masters, like Adobe Jenson and Kepler. It
-can also create AMCP (Adobe Multiple Master Conversion Program) files for
-use by
-.M mmafm 1 ;
-see
-.B \-\-amcp\-info
-below.
-.PP
-The
-.I font
-argument is either the name of a PFA or PFB font file, or a PostScript font
-name. If you give a font name,
-.B mmpfb
-will find the actual outline file using the PSRESOURCEPATH environment
-variable. This colon-separated path is searched for `PSres.upr' files, an
-Adobe method for indexing PostScript resources.
-.PP
-You can also give the name of a multiple
-master font instance, like `MinionMM_367_400_12_'.
-.B Mmpfb
-will parse the font name and create that instance for you. `PSres.upr'
-files must be set up for this to work.
-'
-'
-.SH EXAMPLE
-'
-.nf
-% mmpfb \-\-weight=400 \-\-width=600 MyriadMM.pfb > MyriadMM_400_600_.pfb
-.fi
-'
-.SH OPTIONS
-Long options may be abbreviated to their unique prefixes.
-'
-.TP 5
-.Oy \-\-output file \-o file
-'
-Send output to
-.I file
-instead of standard output.
-'
-.TP
-.BR \-\-pfb ", " \-b
-'
-Output a PFB font. This is the default.
-'
-.TP
-.BR \-\-pfa ", " \-a
-'
-Output a PFA font.
-'
-.TP
-.Op \-\-amcp\-info
-'
-Do not create a font; instead, output an AMCP file for use by
-.M mmafm 1 .
-A message is printed if the font doesn't have intermediate masters, in
-which case no AMCP file is necessary.
-'
-.TP
-.Oy \-\-weight N \-w N
-'
-Set the weight axis to
-.IR N .
-'
-.TP
-.Oy \-\-width N \-W N
-'
-Set the width axis to
-.IR N .
-'
-.TP
-.Oy \-\-optical\-size N \-O N
-'
-Set the optical size axis to
-.IR N .
-'
-.TP
-.Ol \-\-style N
-'
-Set the style axis to
-.IR N .
-.TP
-\fB\-\-1\fR=\fIN\fR (\fB\-\-2\fR=\fIN\fR, \fB\-\-3\fR=\fIN\fR, \fB\-\-4\fR=\fIN\fR)
-'
-Set the first (second, third, fourth) axis to
-.IR N .
-'
-.TP
-.Oy \-\-precision N \-p N
-'
-Set the output precision to
-.IR N .
-Higher values mean the control points in the output font will be more
-exactly aligned; lower values (1 or 2) create smaller output font
-files, and are close enough for most purposes. A precision of
-.IR N
-means that each point will be within
-.RI 1/ N
-font units of the exact interpolated value. (A font unit is generally
-1/7200 inch for a 10-point font.) The default is 5.
-'
-.TP
-.Ol \-\-subrs N
-'
-Limit the output font to at most
-.IR N
-subroutines. 256 is a good value for
-.IR N .
-'
-.TP
-.BR \-\-no\-minimize
-'
-Do not minimize the output font definition. By default,
-.B mmpfb
-removes extra PostScript code and dictionary definitions from the font.
-Supply the
-.B \-\-no\-minimize
-option to avoid this behavior.
-'
-.SH TROUBLESHOOTING
-.LP
-The "IBM" Type 1 font interpreter shipped as part of the X font server and
-.B ps2pk
-(among others) is inappropriately strict about PostScript code embedded in
-a font. The
-.B \-\-minimize
-option (now the default) fixes this problem.
-.LP
-Some versions of Adobe Acrobat Distiller may report "Warning: unable to
-embed font X. Invalid character outline data" when distilling an instance
-generated by
-.BR mmpfb .
-This is due to a limitation in the number of font subroutines Distiller can
-accept. (Multiple master fonts, and the single-master fonts generated by
-.BR mmpfb ,
-tend to have a lot of subroutines.) Try limiting the number of subroutines
-in the generated font with the
-.Op \-\-subrs
-option.
-'
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.M mmafm 1
-'
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-.TP 5
-reducing \fIfont\fR to minimum number of subroutines (\fIN\fR)
-You tried to reduce the number of subroutines to less than \fIN\fR using
-the
-.Op \-\-subrs
-option, but the font needs at least \fIN\fR to function. The output font
-will have \fIN\fR subroutines.
-'
-.SH AUTHOR
-.na
-Eddie Kohler, ekohler@gmail.com
-.PP
-The latest version is available from:
-.br
-http://www.lcdf.org/type/
-.PP
-Thanks to Melissa O'Neill for suggestions and patient
-debugging.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mmpfb.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mmpfb.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 47f6b40c391..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mmpfb.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mpost.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mpost.1
deleted file mode 100644
index d16a8f264e5..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mpost.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,167 +0,0 @@
-.TH MPOST 1 "5 April 2011" "MetaPost 1.504"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.de URL
-\\$2 \(laURL: \\$1 \(ra\\$3
-..
-.if \n[.g] .mso www.tmac
-.if n .ds MP MetaPost
-.if t .ds MP MetaPost
-.if n .ds MF Metafont
-.if t .ds MF M\s-2ETAFONT\s0
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP for troff
-.el .ds OX TeX for nroff
-.\" the same but obliqued
-.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
-.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds BX BibTeX
-.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
-.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.if n .ds WB Web
-.if t .ds WB W\s-2EB\s0
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-mpost \- MetaPost, a system for creating graphics
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B mpost
-.RI [ options ]
-.RI [ commands ]
-.PP
-.B mpost
-.B --dvitomp
-.IR dvifile [\fB.dvi\fP]
-.RI [ mpxfile [\fB.mpx\fP]]
-
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-\*(MP interprets the \*(MP language and produces PostScript (EPS)
-or Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) pictures. The \*(MP language is similar
-to Knuth's \*(MF with additional features for including
-.BR tex (1)
-or
-.BR troff (1)
-commands and accessing features of PostScript not found in \*(MF.
-.PP
-\*(MP is normally used with some preloaded macros, and it
-will use its executable name as the name of the preload
-file to use. For example, when called as
-.B mpost
-the
-.I mpost.mp
-file is used, which is identical to
-.I plain.mp.
-When the
-.B --ini
-option is given, preloading does not happen.
-.PP
-The
-.I commands
-given on the command line to the \*(MP program are passed to it as the
-first input line. (But it is often easier to type extended arguments
-as the first input line, since UNIX shells tend to gobble up or
-misinterpret \*(MP's favorite symbols, like semicolons, unless you
-quote them.) The normal usage is to say
-.I mpost figs
-to process the file
-.IR figs.mp .
-The basename of
-.I figs
-becomes the ``jobname'',
-and is used in forming output file names. If no file is named, the
-jobname becomes
-.IR mpout .
-The default extension,
-.IR .mp ,
-can be overridden by specifying an extension explicitly.
-.PP
-When the
-.B --dvitomp
-option is given, \*(MP acts as DVI-to-MPX converter only.
-See dvitomp (1) for details.
-.PP
-This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
-documentation for this version of \*(MP can be found in the
-User Manual that should have been installed along with the program and
-is also available from http://tug.org/metapost.
-See the FILES section below.
-.PP
-The \*(MP language is similar to \*(MF, but the manual
-assumes no knowledge of \*(MF. \*(MP does not have bitmap
-output commands or \*(MF's online display mechanism.
-
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-.I plain.mp
-The standard preload file.
-.TP
-.I mfplain.mp
-The \*(MF-compatible preload file.
-.TP
-.I $TEXMFMAIN/metapost/base/*.mp
-The standard \*(MP macros included in the original distribution.
-.TP
-.I $TEXMFMAIN/metapost/support/*
-Various tables for handling included
-.I tex
-and
-.IR troff .
-.TP
-.I $TEXMFMAIN/metapost/support/trfonts.map
-Table of corresponding font names for
-.I troff
-and PostScript.
-.TP
-.I psfonts.map
-Table of corresponding font names for
-.I tex
-and PostScript.
-.TP
-.I $TEXMFMAIN/doc/metapost/*
-The \*(MP manual and tutorial source, also including sample figures
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SUGGESTED READING"
-Donald E. Knuth,
-.I "The \*(MF\^book"
-(Volume C of
-.IR "Computers and Typesetting" ),
-Addison-Wesley, 1986, ISBN 0-201-13445-4.
-.br
-.I TUGboat
-(the journal of the \*(TX Users Group).
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-.BR dvitomp (1),
-.BR epstopdf (1),
-.BR mf (1),
-.BR mptopdf (1),
-.BR tex (1),
-.PP
-.URL "http://foundry.supelec.fr/gf/project/metapost/" "MetaPost source code" .
-.br
-.URL "http://tug.org/metapost/" "MetaPost home page" .
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH AUTHORS
-\*(MP was designed by John D. Hobby, incorporating algorithms from
-\*(MF by Donald E. Knuth. It was originally implemented on Unix,
-incorporating system-dependent routines from
-.BR web2c ,
-while not relying on it except for the actual \*(WB-to-C translator.
-.PP
-Ulrik Vieth adapted \*(MP to take advantage of the advanced path
-searching features in more recent versions of
-.B web2c
-and worked towards fully integrating \*(MP into the canonical Unix
-\*(TX distribution.
-.PP
-The current, CWEB based version of MetaPost is maintained by
-Taco Hoekwater.
-.PP
-The manual and tutorial are maintained by Stephan Hennig and
-Troy Henderson.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH BUGS
-Email bug reports to metapost@tug.org.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mpost.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mpost.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 8002ad29b86..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mpost.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mptopdf.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mptopdf.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 3c547f06aa8..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mptopdf.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-.TH "MPTOPDF" "1" "January 2007" "mptopdf 1.3.2" "ConTeXt"
-.de URL
-\\$2 \(laURL: \\$1 \(ra\\$3
-..
-.if \n[.g] .mso www.tmac
-.de EX
-.in +3
-.nf
-.ft CW
-..
-.de EE
-.in -3
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-
-.SH "NAME"
-mptopdf \- convert MetaPost to PDF
-
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-\fBmptopdf\fP \fIFILE\fP [ ... ]
-
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-
-\fBmptopdf\fP can convert MetaPost-generated EPS files to PDF, or it
-can process a MetaPost source file directly (see
-.BR mpost (1))
-and convert the generated EPS files to PDF.
-
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-All switches are specified in full here but can be abbreviated to the
-shortest unique prefix. Thus, \fB--metaf\fP works the same as
-\fB--metafun\fP.
-.IP \fB--help\fP
-Print a terse help message.
-.IP "\fB--metafun\fP"
-Use the metafun pre-compiled format to process the MetaPost source
-file. You usually don't need this option, since metafun input is
-usually produced and processed as part of a
-.BR texexec (1)
-run. Needs the \fB--rawmp\fP switch to take effect.
-.IP \fB--rawmp\fP
-Process the source file with
-.BR mpost (1)
-directly, rather than with
-.BR texexec (1).
-This option is needed if you want to specify \fB--metafun\fP.
-.IP \fB--latex\fP
-Typeseting labels using
-.BR latex (1)
-rather than plain
-.BR tex (1).
-
-.SH "USAGE"
-
-To convert \fImanfig.20\fP to \fImanfig-20.pdf\fI:
-.EX
-mptopdf manfig.20
-.EE
-
-You can convert more than one EPS file at once:
-.EX
-mptopdf manfig.20 otherfig.17 finalfig.8
-.EE
-
-Or you can give
-.BR mptopdf (1)
-a pattern that it will expand:
-.EX
-mptopdf 'manfig.*'
-.EE
-Note the single quotes to protect the * from the shell. Of course,
-usually you can let the shell do the wildcard expansion and therefore
-leave off the quotes.
-
-To convert
-.I figs.mp
-to \fIfigs-1.pdf\fP, \fIfigs-2.pdf\fP, ...
-.EX
-mptopdf figs.mp
-.EE
-
-If the labels are typeset with
-.BR latex (1):
-.EX
-mptopdf --latex figs.mp
-.EE
-
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-.BR tex (1),
-.BR latex (1),
-.BR mpost (1),
-.BR pdftex (1),
-.BR texexec (1).
-.PP
-.URL "http://www.contextgarden.net" "ConTeXt wiki" .
-
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.BR mptopdf (1)
-is part of the ConTeXt system by Hans Hagen et al, which is available from
-.URL "http://www.pragma-ade.com/" "PRAGMA ADE" .
-This manpage was written by Sanjoy Mahajan <sanjoy@mit.edu> and is in
-the public domain.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mptopdf.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mptopdf.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 81e95d69381..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/mptopdf.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/musixflx.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/musixflx.1
deleted file mode 100644
index a3c214535e2..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/musixflx.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-.\" This manpage is licensed under the GNU Public License
-.TH MUSIXFLX 1 2011-04-21 "musixflx-0.83.3lua7" ""
-
-.SH NAME
-musixflx \- process mx1 files (the second pass of 3-pass MusiXTeX typesetting)
-
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-[ texlua ]
-.B musixflx[.lua]
-.I jobname
-[ .mx1 | .tex ]
-[
-.I debugmode
-]
-
-where
-.I debugmode
-can be
-.br
- d output debugging information to the screen
-.br
- m output line numbers to the screen
-.br
- f output debugging information to jobname.mxl (not mx1)
-.br
- s output computed lines to the screen
-
-To allow for ease of use with a batch file, \fB musixflx.lua\fR
-can be fed with either \fI jobname.mx1\fP, \fI jobname.tex\fP,
-or just \fI jobname\fP, any of which open \fI jobname.mx1\fP
-and create \fI jobname.mx2\fP.
-
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR musixtex (1)
-.br
-musixdoc.pdf
-
-.SH AUTHOR
-This manual page was written by Andreas Tille
-<tille@debian.org> for the Debian GNU/Linux system (but may be used
-by others). Corrections to the synopsis were pointed out by Peter
-Breitenlohner <peb@mppmu.mpg.de> and implemented by Bob Tennent
-<rdt@cs.queensu.ca>.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/musixflx.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/musixflx.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 4f6c87f4a28..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/musixflx.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/musixtex.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/musixtex.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 669f8bd2ff5..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/musixtex.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-.\" This manpage is licensed under the GNU Public License
-.TH MUSIXTEX 1 2012-09-14 "musixtex version 0.6" ""
-
-.SH NAME
-musixtex \- processes MusiXTeX files, deleting intermediate files
-
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-[ texlua ]
-.B musixtex[.lua]
-{
-.IR option
-|
-.IR jobname
-[ .tex ]
-} ...
-.TP
-The default effect is to process each file using
-.TP 12
-.BR etex (1)
-(first pass)
-.TP
-.BR musixflx (1)
-(second pass)
-.TP
-.BR etex (1)
-(third pass)
-.TP
-.BR dvips (1)
-(dvi to Postscript)
-.TP
-.BR ps2pdf (1)
-(Postscript to Portable Document Format)
-.TP
-followed by removal of intermediate files.
-
-.SH OPTIONS
-.TP 8
-.B -v
-output program name and version number, and quit
-.TP
-.B -h
-output usage summary and quit
-.TP
-.B -l
-changes the TeX processor to
-.BR latex (1)
-or
-.BR pdflatex (1)
-.TP
-.B -p
-changes the TeX processor to
-.BR pdfetex (1)
-or
-.BR pdflatex (1)
-(and doesn't run
-.BR dvips (1)
-and
-.BR ps2pdf (1)
-or
-.BR dvipdfm (1)
-)
-.TP
-.B -d
-changes the dvi processor to
-.BR dvipdfm (1)
-.TP
-.B -s
-stops processing at the dvi file
-.TP
-.B -i
-retain intermediate files
-.TP
-.B -1
-one-pass [pdf][la]tex processing
-.TP
-.B -f
-default processing
-.TP 0
-Options affect processing of all succeeding MusiXTeX files unless changed by another option.
-
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR etex (1),
-.BR latex (1),
-.BR pdfetex (1),
-.BR pdflatex (1),
-.BR musixflx (1),
-.BR dvipdfm (1),
-.BR dvips (1),
-.BR ps2pdf (1).
-.br
-musixdoc.pdf
-
-.SH AUTHOR
-This manual page was written by Bob Tennent <rdt@cs.queensu.ca>.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/musixtex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/musixtex.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index a1a8bf2d114..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/musixtex.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/odvicopy.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/odvicopy.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 95c66c4fde0..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/odvicopy.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man1/dvicopy.1
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/odvicopy.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/odvicopy.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index be762d4d1cd..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/odvicopy.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/odvips.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/odvips.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 95728fffbf0..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/odvips.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/odvitype.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/odvitype.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 0841cb2a4c3..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/odvitype.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man1/dvitype.1
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/odvitype.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/odvitype.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 9b2ad0149d6..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/odvitype.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ofm2opl.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ofm2opl.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 5eb363d8ecc..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ofm2opl.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-.TH "ofm2opl" "1" "September 2000" "Omega" "Omega"
-.PP
-.SH "NAME"
-ofm2opl \- convert Omega and TeX font-metric files to property-list files
-.PP
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.PP
-.B ofm2opl
-.RI [ OPTIONS ]
-.IR OFMNAME [ \fB.ofm\fP ]
-.RI [ OPLFILE [ \fB.opl\fP ]]
-.PP
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.PP
-\fBofm2opl\fP translates a binary Omega Font Metrics file,
-\fIOFMNAME\fP, into a human-readable property-list form\&. The
-program writes to standard output (by default) or to a file specified
-as \fIOPLFILE\fP\&.
-.PP
-The program also works with TeX TFM files, producing TeX PL files\&.
-(\fBofm2opl\fP is based on the WEB source code for \fBtftopl\fP(1)\&.)
-.PP
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.PP
-.IP
-.IP "\fB-charcode-format=\fP\fITYPE\fP"
-output character codes
-according to \fITYPE\fP,
-which can be either `hex\&'
-or `ascii\&'\&. Default is
-`hex\&'\&. ascii specifes all
-ASCII letters and digits;
-hex gets you everything
-else\&.
-.IP
-.IP "\fB-help\fP"
-display a brief summary of syntax and options
-.IP "\fB-verbose\fP"
-display progress reports
-.IP "\fB-version\fP"
-output version information and exit
-.IP
-.PP
-.SH "FILES"
-.PP
-.IP "\fIOFMNAME\fP"
-an Omega Font Metric file
-.IP "\fIOPLFILE\fP"
-an Omega Property List file
-.PP
-.SH "BUGS"
-.PP
-None known, but report any found to <omega@ens\&.fr> (mailing list)\&. You may also want to
-check to see if the same bug is present in \fBpltotf\fP(1)\&.
-.PP
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-\fBomega\fP(1), \fBopl2ofm\fP(1), \fBpltotf\fP(1),
-\fBtftopl\fP(1)\&.
-.PP
-\fIDraft Manual for the Omega System\fP (\fIomega-manual\&.dvi\fP)\&.
-.PP
-Web page: <http://www\&.gutenberg\&.eu\&.org/omega/>
-.PP
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.PP
-According to the WEB documentation:
-.PP
-.RS
-The first \fBTFtoPL\fP program was designed by Leo Guibas in the
-summer of 1978\&. Contributions by Frank Liang, Doug Wyatt, and Lyle
-Ramshaw also had a significant effect on the evolution of the present
-code\&.
-.PP
-Extensions for an enhanced ligature mechanism were added by D\&.E\&. Knuth
-in 1989\&.
-.PP
-Extensions to handle extended font metric files (``OFM\&'\&') were added
-by John Plaice in December 1995 and January 1996, resulting in the new
-program \fBOFM2OPL\fP\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-The primary authors of Omega are John Plaice
-<plaice@cse\&.unsw\&.edu\&.au> and Yannis Haralambous
-<yannis@fluxus-virus\&.com>\&.
-.PP
-This manual page was written by C\&.M\&. Connelly
-<cmc@debian\&.org>, for
-the Debian GNU/Linux system\&. It may be used by other distributions
-without contacting the author\&. Any mistakes or omissions in the
-manual page are my fault; inquiries about or corrections to this
-manual page should be directed to me (and not to the primary author)\&.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ofm2opl.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ofm2opl.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 878a7b07616..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ofm2opl.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/opl2ofm.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/opl2ofm.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 8aa00d8c104..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/opl2ofm.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-.TH "opl2ofm" "1" "September 2000" "Omega" "Omega"
-.PP
-.SH "NAME"
-opl2ofm \- convert Omega and TeX property-list files to font-metric files
-.PP
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.PP
-.B opl2ofm
-.RI [ OPTIONS ]
-.IR OPLFILE [ \fB.opl\fP ]
-.RI [ OFMFILE [ \fB.ofm\fP ]]
-.PP
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.PP
-\fBopl2ofm\fP translates a property-list format file, \fIOPLFILE\fP,
-into the binary Omega Font Metric format\&. The program writes to
-standard output (by default) or to a file specified as
-\fIOFMFILE\fP\&.
-.PP
-The program also works with TeX PL files, producing TeX TFM files\&.
-(\fBopl2ofm\fP is based on the WEB source code for \fBpltotf\fP(1)\&.)
-.PP
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.PP
-.IP
-.IP "\fB-help\fP"
-display a brief summary of syntax and options
-.IP "\fB-verbose\fP"
-display progress reports
-.IP "\fB-version\fP"
-output version information and exit
-.IP
-.PP
-.SH "BUGS"
-.PP
-None known, but report any found to <omega@ens\&.fr> (mailing list)\&. You should also
-check to see if the bug is present in \fBpltotf\fP(1)\&.
-.PP
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-\fBomega\fP(1), \fBofm2opl\fP(1), \fBpltotf\fP(1),
-\fBtftopl\fP(1)\&.
-.PP
-\fIDraft Manual for the Omega System\fP (\fIomega-manual\&.dvi\fP)\&.
-.PP
-Web page: <http://www\&.gutenberg\&.eu\&.org/omega/>
-.PP
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.PP
-According to the WEB documentation:
-.PP
-.RS
-The first \fBPLtoTF\fP program was designed by Leo Guibas in the
-summer of 1978\&. Contributions by Frank Liang, Doug Wyatt, and Lyle
-Ramshaw also had a significant effect on the evolution of the present
-code\&.
-.PP
-Extensions for an enhanced ligature mechanism were added by D\&.E\&. Knuth
-in 1989\&.
-.PP
-Extensions to handle extended font metric files (``OFM\&'\&') were added
-by John Plaice in December 1995 and January 1996, resulting in the new
-program \fBOPL2OFM\fP\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-The primary authors of Omega are John Plaice
-<plaice@cse\&.unsw\&.edu\&.au> and Yannis Haralambous
-<yannis@fluxus-virus\&.com>\&.
-.PP
-This manual page was written by C\&.M\&. Connelly
-<cmc@debian\&.org>, for
-the Debian GNU/Linux system\&. It may be used by other distributions
-without contacting the author\&. Any mistakes or omissions in the
-manual page are my fault; inquiries about or corrections to this
-manual page should be directed to me (and not to the primary author)\&.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/opl2ofm.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/opl2ofm.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index b8c7561fa11..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/opl2ofm.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ot2kpx.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ot2kpx.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 853982cfffb..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ot2kpx.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,213 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.25 (Pod::Simple 3.20)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "OT2KPX 1"
-.TH OT2KPX 1 "2012-03-06" "fontools" "Marc Penninga"
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-ot2kpx \- extract kerning information from OpenType fonts
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-.IP "\fBot2kpx\fR" 8
-.IX Item "ot2kpx"
-\&\fBfontfile\fR
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-\&\fBot2kpx\fR extract the kerning data from OpenType fonts (both \fIotf\fR
-and \fIttf\fR formats) and prints it (in \fIafm\fR format) to \f(CW\*(C`stdout\*(C'\fR.
-.SH "OPTIONS AND ARGUMENTS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS AND ARGUMENTS"
-.IP "\fBfontfile\fR" 4
-.IX Item "fontfile"
-The OpenType font (in either \fIotf\fR or \fIttf\fR format).
-.SH "RESTRICTIONS"
-.IX Header "RESTRICTIONS"
-.IP "\fB\-\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-"
-\&\fBot2kpx\fR doesn't implement all of the OpenType specification.
-Things that are missing include: support for font files containing
-multiple fonts, LookupTables with LookupTypes other than 2,
-\&\*(L"kern\*(R" tables with format other than 0 and ValueRecords with
-other types of data than just XAdvance data.
-.Sp
-Most of these limitations don't really matter, since the missing features
-are rare (the only fonts I know of that use them are the non-western fonts
-that come with Adobe Reader). Furthermore, some of these features concern
-(according to the OpenType specification) \fI\*(L"define subtle, device-dependent
-adjustments at specific font sizes or device resolutions\*(R"\fR.
-Since there's no way to express such adjustments in \fIafm\fR format,
-ignoring them seems to be the only option anyway.
-.IP "\fB\-\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-"
-\&\fBot2kpx\fR collects kerning data first from the \*(L"kern\*(R" table, then from
-all LookupTables associated with the \*(L"kern\*(R" feature; if a kerning pair
-occurs multiple times, the first value seen is chosen.
-There are (or may be) several issues with this approach:
-.RS 4
-.IP "\-" 4
-The OpenType specification says that fonts in \fIotf\fR format shouldn't
-use the \*(L"kern\*(R" table at all, just the lookups from the \*(L"\s-1GPOS\s0\*(R" table.
-Many such fonts do, however, contain a \*(L"kern\*(R" table, but no \*(L"\s-1GPOS\s0\*(R" table;
-so we use the \*(L"kern\*(R" table anyway.
-.IP "\-" 4
-Instead of reading all LookupTables, it might be better to let the user
-specify a script and language and process only the LookupTables for
-those values.
-However, at least in the fonts I checked, all script/language combinations
-eventually point to the \fIsame\fR \*(L"kern\*(R" LookupTables, so this approach
-wouldn't make any difference (apart from further complicating the code).
-.RE
-.RS 4
-.RE
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.IX Header "AUTHOR"
-Marc Penninga <marcpenninga@gmail.com>
-.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (C) 2005\-2012 Marc Penninga.
-.SH "LICENSE"
-.IX Header "LICENSE"
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 General Public License as published
-by the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License,
-or (at your option) any later version.
-A copy of the \s-1GNU\s0 General Public License is included with \fBautoinst\fR;
-see the file \fIGPLv2.txt\fR.
-.SH "DISCLAIMER"
-.IX Header "DISCLAIMER"
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but \s-1WITHOUT\s0 \s-1ANY\s0 \s-1WARRANTY\s0; without even the implied warranty of
-\&\s-1MERCHANTABILITY\s0 or \s-1FITNESS\s0 \s-1FOR\s0 A \s-1PARTICULAR\s0 \s-1PURPOSE\s0.
-See the \s-1GNU\s0 General Public License for more details.
-.SH "RECENT CHANGES"
-.IX Header "RECENT CHANGES"
-(See the source code for the rest of the story.)
-.IP "\fI2012\-02\-01\fR" 12
-.IX Item "2012-02-01"
-Refactored the code, and fixed a number of bugs in the process.
-Updated the documentation.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ot2kpx.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ot2kpx.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index e8cbce9096b..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ot2kpx.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/otangle.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/otangle.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c242cba957..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/otangle.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man1/tangle.1
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/otangle.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/otangle.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 3531a91345f..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/otangle.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/otfinfo.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/otfinfo.1
deleted file mode 100644
index c3f76691c5b..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/otfinfo.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,195 +0,0 @@
-'\"t
-.ds V 2.92
-.de M
-.BR "\\$1" "(\\$2)\\$3"
-..
-.de Sp
-.if n .sp
-.if t .sp 0.4
-..
-.TH OTFINFO 1 "LCDF Typetools" "Version \*V"
-.SH NAME
-otfinfo \- report information about OpenType fonts
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B otfinfo
-\%[\fB-sfzpvag\fR]
-\%[\fIFILE...\fR]
-'
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR Otfinfo
-reports information about the named OpenType font
-.IR FILE s
-(or standard input, if no
-.IR FILE s
-are given). Results are printed to standard output. Each line is prefaced
-with the relevant
-.I FILE
-if more than one
-.I FILE
-was supplied.
-'
-.SH OPTIONS
-With long options, you need type only as many characters as will make the
-option unique.
-.SS Query options
-.PD 0
-.PD 0
-.TP 5
-.BR \-s ", " \-\-scripts
-Print supported scripts and language systems. The scripts are printed one
-per line, with human-readable descriptions; for example:
-.nf
- cyrl Cyrillic
- grek Greek
- latn Latin
- latn.TUR Latin/Turkish
-.fi
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-f ", " \-\-features
-Print GSUB and GPOS features supported by the selected script (see the
-.B \-\-script
-option below). The scripts are printed one per line, with human-readable
-descriptions; for example:
-.nf
- aalt Access All Alternates
- c2sc Small Capitals From Capitals
- case Case-Sensitive Forms
- cpsp Capital Spacing
- \&...
- zero Slashed Zero
-.fi
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-z ", " \-\-optical\-size
-Print optical size information. For example:
-.nf
- design size 11 pt, size range (8.4 pt, 13 pt], subfamily ID 11, subfamily name Semibold Italic
-.fi
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-p ", " \-\-postscript\-name
-Print each font's PostScript name. For example:
-.nf
- MinionPro-SemiboldItCapt
-.fi
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-a ", " \-\-family
-Print each font's family name. For example:
-.nf
- Minion Pro
-.fi
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-v ", " \-\-font\-version
-Print font version information, if available. For example:
-.nf
- OTF 1.013;PS 001.000;Core 1.0.27;makeotf.lib(1.11)
-.fi
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-i ", " \-\-info
-Print each font's name, version, designer, vendor, copyright, and license
-information. For example:
-.nf
- Family: Minion Pro
- Subfamily: Regular
- Full name: Minion Pro
- PostScript name: MinionPro-Regular
- Version: OTF 1.011;PS 001.000;Core 1.0.27;makeotf.lib1.3.1
- Unique ID: 1.011;ADBE;MinionPro-Regular
- Designer: Robert Slimbach
- Vendor URL: http://www.adobe.com/type/
- Trademark: Minion is either a registered trademark or a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries.
- Copyright: \(co 2000 Adobe Systems Incorporated. All Rights Reserved. U.S. Patent Des. 337,604. Other patents pending.
- License URL: http://www.adobe.com/type/legal.html
-.fi
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-g ", " \-\-glyphs
-Print the name of every glyph in each font, one per line. For example:
-.nf
- \&.notdef
- space
- exclam
- \&...
- ncommaaccent.end
- lje.alt
-.fi
-Works for PostScript-flavored OpenType fonts only.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-t ", " \-\-tables
-Print the size and name of every OpenType table in the font. For example:
-.nf
- 52 BASE
- 87723 CFF
- 4940 DSIG
- 21366 GPOS
- \&...
-.fi
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-T ", " \-\-dump\-table \fItable\fR
-Print the contents of the font's OpenType table \fItable\fR.
-'
-.PD
-'
-'
-.SS Miscellaneous options
-'
-.PD 0
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-script= "script\fR[.\fIlang\fR]"
-Select the script system
-.I script
-and language system
-.IR lang
-used to look up features by
-.BR \-\-features .
-Examples include "latn" (Latin script), "grek" (Greek script), and "yi.YIC"
-(Yi script with classic characters). If
-.I lang
-is not specified, otfinfo will use the default language system for that
-script. Defaults to "latn".
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-V ", " \-\-verbose
-Write progress messages to standard error.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-q ", " \-\-quiet
-Do not generate any error messages.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-h ", " \-\-help
-Print usage information and exit.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-\-version
-Print the version number and some short non-warranty information and exit.
-.PD
-'
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.LP
-.M otftotfm 1
-.LP
-.IR "OpenType Specification" ,
-Version 1.4
-'
-.SH AUTHOR
-Eddie Kohler (ekohler@gmail.com)
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/otfinfo.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/otfinfo.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 94ca01709ee..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/otfinfo.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/otftotfm.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/otftotfm.1
deleted file mode 100644
index d83263f40b4..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/otftotfm.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1654 +0,0 @@
-'\"t
-.ds V 2.92
-.de M
-.BR "\\$1" "(\\$2)\\$3"
-..
-.de Sp
-.if n .sp
-.if t .sp 0.4
-..
-.de Bp
-.IP \(bu 3n
-..
-.TH OTFTOTFM 1 "LCDF Typetools" "Version \*V"
-.SH NAME
-otftotfm \- create TeX font metrics from OpenType fonts
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B otftotfm
-\%[\fB\-a\fR]
-\%[\fBoptions\fR]
-\%\fIfontfile\fR [\fItexname\fR]
-'
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR Otftotfm
-creates the font metric and encoding files required to use an OpenType font
-with TeX. You supply an OpenType ".otf" or ".ttf" font file,
-a base ".enc" encoding,
-and a TeX name "\fItexname\fR" for the resulting font, and say which
-OpenType features should be turned on. Then
-.B otftotfm
-generates and installs the corresponding TeX-related metric files (".tfm"
-TeX font metrics, ".vf" virtual fonts, and ".enc" encoding files). It
-works on both PostScript-flavored and TrueType-flavored OpenType fonts,
-although TrueType-flavor support will only work easily with pdftex.
-.LP
-The easiest way to use
-.B otftotfm
-is with the
-.B \-a
-option; see Automatic Mode below. Without
-.BR \-a ,
-.B otftotfm
-writes all its output files to the current directory.
-.LP
-After running "\fBotftotfm\fR \fIfontfile\fR \fItexname\fR" and
-installing the results (manually or with
-.BR \-a ),
-you can use the OpenType font in plain TeX with a command like this:
-.Sp
-.nf
- \efont\emyfont=\fItexname\fR at 10pt
- {\emyfont This text uses the OpenType font.}
-.fi
-.Sp
-LaTeX users will generally make a ".fd" input file so that commands like
-"\erenewcommand{\ermdefault}{TeXName}" work correctly. See the EXAMPLE
-section for more; check the DIAGNOSTICS and FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
-sections if you have trouble.
-'
-.SS "OpenType Features"
-.LP
-OpenType fonts support optional
-.I features
-that change their appearance. Use the
-.B \-f
-option to turn on selected features. For example, "\fB\-f\fRsmcp" replaces
-lower-case letters with the corresponding small capitals, in fonts that
-support this.
-'
-.PP
-You'll generally provide at least the "\fB\-f\fRkern" and "\fB\-f\fRliga"
-options, which activate pair kerns and f-ligatures. Other interesting
-features include "\fB\-f\fRcpsp", for capital spacing; "\fB\-f\fRdlig", for
-optional ligatures; "\fB\-f\fRlnum", "\fB\-f\fRonum", "\fB\-f\fRpnum", and
-"\fB\-f\fRtnum", to control digit glyphs; "\fB\-f\fRsmcp", for small
-capitals; "\fB\-f\fRswsh", for swash variants; and "\fB\-f\fRcswh", for
-contextual swash. See the FEATURE DIRECTORY section below for more. The
-.M otfinfo 1
-program will report which features a font supports; run "\fBotfinfo\fR
-\fB\-f\fR \fIfontfile\fR".
-'
-.PP
-Feature options can also apply a feature to a subset of characters in the
-font. For example, "\fB\-\-lf\fR smcp"
-.I only
-replaces letters with small capitals, whereas "\fB\-f\fRsmcp" might
-additionally replace digits and punctuation marks with small-capital
-versions.
-'
-.SS Automatic Mode
-.PP
-Automatic mode, triggered by the
-.BR \-a / \-\-automatic
-option, installs font metrics and encoding files where TeX can find them,
-and additionally installs a Type 1 font and mapping for
-.M dvips 1 .
-This requires a TeX installation that follows the TeX Directory Structure
-standard (http://www.tug.org/tds/), such as most Unix TeX installations.
-'
-.PP
-Automatic mode should run seamlessly out of the box.
-.B Otftotfm
-will install metrics files, encodings, map files, and Type\~1 fonts into
-.I $HOME/.texmf-var
-or any other writable TEXMF directory, and run
-.M updmap 1
-to update the global lists of installed fonts. (On older teTeX
-installations, you may first need to copy the system's
-.I updmap.cfg
-file to
-.I $HOME/texmf/web2c
-and run
-.M mktexlsr 1 .
-On newer TeXLive installations, you may need to set the TEXMFVAR environment
-variable.)
-You can then run "\fBotftotfm\fR
-.B \-a
-.IR fontfile
-.IR texname \&"
-and immediately refer to the font in TeX using the
-.I texname
-you supplied. Again, you will have to write ".fd" files and/or typescripts
-to make the font conveniently accessible from LaTeX or ConTeXt. See the
-DIAGNOSTICS section if you have problems with these instructions.
-'
-.PP
-In automatic mode,
-.B otftotfm
-searches your $TEXMFVAR or $TEXMF path for a writable directory, then
-installs files under that directory tree as follows:
-'
-.TS
-l l l .
-\fBFile type\fR \fBDirectory\fR \fBFilename\fR
-TFM TEXMF/fonts/tfm/\fIvendor\fR/\fItypeface\fR/ \fItexname\fR[\-\-base].tfm
-VF TEXMF/fonts/vf/\fIvendor\fR/\fItypeface\fR/ \fItexname\fR.vf
-PL TEXMF/fonts/pl/\fIvendor\fR/\fItypeface\fR/ \fItexname\fR[\-\-base].pl
-VPL TEXMF/fonts/vpl/\fIvendor\fR/\fItypeface\fR/ \fItexname\fR.vpl
-encoding TEXMF/fonts/enc/dvips/\fIvendor\fR/ a_\fIsignature\fR.enc
- or TEXMF/dvips/\fIvendor\fR/
-font map TEXMF/fonts/map/dvips/\fIvendor\fR/ \fIvendor\fR.map
- or TEXMF/dvips/\fIvendor\fR/
-.TE
-.PP
-"TEXMF" stands for the writable TEXMF directory. \fITexname\fR is the
-font name supplied as
-.BR otftotfm 's
-second argument. The \fIvendor\fR and \fItypeface\fR strings are required
-by TDS; they default to "lcdftools" and the font's family name,
-respectively, but see the
-.B \-\-vendor
-and
-.B \-\-typeface
-options. \fISignature\fR is an opaque 6-character encoding signature.
-.PP
-.B Otftotfm
-also installs a font file suitable for printing. PostScript-flavored
-OpenType fonts are translated to Type 1 format and installed as PFB fonts.
-TrueType-flavored fonts are normally installed as is, since pdftex and
-pdflatex can read TrueType directly; but if you provide the
-.B \-\-type42
-option,
-.B otftotfm
-will translate TrueType fonts to Type 42 format, which dvips understands.
-.B Otftotfm
-does not overwrite existing font files.
-.PP
-The installation paths are as follows, where \fIPSname\fR is the font's
-PostScript name.
-.TS
-l l l .
-PFB TEXMF/fonts/type1/\fIvendor\fR/\fItypeface\fR/ \fIPSname\fR.pfb
-TrueType TEXMF/fonts/truetype/\fIvendor\fR/\fItypeface\fR/ \fIfontfile\fR
-Type 42 TEXMF/fonts/type42/\fIvendor\fR/\fItypeface\fR/ \fIPSname\fR.t42
-.TE
-.PP
-You can override these directories with environment variables and options
-as follows. Options take precedence over environment variables.
-'
-.TS
-l l l .
-\fBFile type\fR \fBEnvironment variable\fR \fBOption\fR
-TFM TFMDESTDIR \-\-tfm\-directory
-VF VFDESTDIR \-\-vf\-directory
-PL PLDESTDIR \-\-pl\-directory
-VPL VPLDESTDIR \-\-vpl\-directory
-encoding ENCODINGDESTDIR \-\-encoding\-directory
-PFB T1DESTDIR \-\-type1\-directory
-TrueType TRUETYPEDESTDIR \-\-truetype\-directory
-Type 42 T42DESTDIR \-\-type42\-directory
-font map \- \-\-map\-file
-.TE
-.PP
-.B Otftotfm
-will update the
-.I TEXMF/ls-R
-file when installing files under TEXMF. It will also run the
-.M updmap 1
-program after changing a map file, unless the
-.B \-\-no\-updmap
-option was supplied. However, if an executable file called
-.IR TEXMF/dvips/updmap
-exists, this file is executed (from the
-.I TEXMF/dvips
-directory) rather than the global
-.BR updmap .
-This is so you can write a fast, customized version of
-.B updmap
-if desired.
-'
-.SH EXAMPLE
-This section uses MinionPro to show one way to install OpenType fonts for
-LaTeX. We begin with six fonts: "MinionPro-Regular.otf",
-"MinionPro-It.otf", "MinionPro-Semibold.otf", "MinionPro-SemiboldIt.otf",
-"MinionPro-Bold.otf", and "MinionPro-BoldIt.otf".
-.PP
-Our first task is to decide how to encode the fonts. The "encoding scheme"
-is used by TeX to decide how to typeset accents and symbols like "$". The
-"LY1" encoding scheme has reasonable accent support and is a good choice
-for many OpenType fonts. LY1 corresponds to the "texnansx.enc" encoding
-file, so we will supply
-.B otftotfm
-with the "\fB\-e\fR texnansx" option.
-.RS
-.LP
-Expert note: Strictly speaking, LY1 corresponds to the "texnansi.enc"
-encoding file. Since the "texnansx.enc" version omits duplicate
-characters, it has more room for font-specific glyphs and is generally a
-better choice; but if you plan to type characters like "ae" directly into
-your editor, rather than using TeX commands like \eae, you should use
-"texnansi.enc".
-.RE
-.PP
-Next, we decide on a naming scheme for the font metric files. Let's use
-the OpenType font names as a base. (There's generally no need to follow
-the six-character "Karl Berry" naming scheme.) Just in case we come back
-later and add a different encoding scheme, we'll prepend "LY1--" to each
-name.
-.PP
-We're now ready to run
-.B otftotfm
-for the first set of fonts. Note the "\fB\-f\fRkern \fB\-f\fRliga"
-options, which access pair kerns and the default "f" ligatures.
-.Sp
-.nf
- \fBotftotfm\fR \fB\-a\fR \fB\-e\fR texnansx MinionPro\-Regular.otf \e
- \fB\-f\fRkern \fB\-f\fRliga LY1\-\-MinionPro\-Regular
- \fBotftotfm\fR \fB\-a\fR \fB\-e\fR texnansx MinionPro\-It.otf \e
- \fB\-f\fRkern \fB\-f\fRliga LY1\-\-MinionPro\-It
- \fBotftotfm\fR \fB\-a\fR \fB\-e\fR texnansx MinionPro\-Semibold.otf \e
- \fB\-f\fRkern \fB\-f\fRliga LY1\-\-MinionPro\-Semibold
- \fBotftotfm\fR \fB\-a\fR \fB\-e\fR texnansx MinionPro\-SemiboldIt.otf \e
- \fB\-f\fRkern \fB\-f\fRliga LY1\-\-MinionPro\-SemiboldIt
- \fBotftotfm\fR \fB\-a\fR \fB\-e\fR texnansx MinionPro\-Bold.otf \e
- \fB\-f\fRkern \fB\-f\fRliga LY1\-\-MinionPro\-Bold
- \fBotftotfm\fR \fB\-a\fR \fB\-e\fR texnansx MinionPro\-BoldIt.otf \e
- \fB\-f\fRkern \fB\-f\fRliga LY1\-\-MinionPro\-BoldIt
-.fi
-.Sp
-The small-caps fonts are generated with an additional "\fB\-f\fRsmcp"
-option. We append "\-\-fsmcp" to the font metric names as well,
-differentiating them from the regular fonts. Although MinionPro's italic
-fonts support small-caps, the LaTeX font selection scheme can't access them
-easily, so we've left them off.
-.Sp
-.nf
- \fBotftotfm\fR \fB\-a\fR \fB\-e\fR texnansx MinionPro\-Regular.otf \e
- \fB\-f\fRkern \fB\-f\fRliga \fB\-f\fRsmcp LY1\-\-MinionPro-Regular\-\-fsmcp
- \fBotftotfm\fR \fB\-a\fR \fB\-e\fR texnansx MinionPro\-Semibold.otf \e
- \fB\-f\fRkern \fB\-f\fRliga \fB\-f\fRsmcp LY1\-\-MinionPro\-Semibold\-\-fsmcp
- \fBotftotfm\fR \fB\-a\fR \fB\-e\fR texnansx MinionPro\-Bold.otf \e
- \fB\-f\fRkern \fB\-f\fRliga \fB\-f\fRsmcp LY1\-\-MinionPro\-Bold\-\-fsmcp
-.fi
-.Sp
-To get old-style numerals, just add the "\fB\-f\fRonum" option to each
-invocation -- and, to reduce confusion, append "\-\-fonum" to the font metric
-names.
-.PP
-At this point, all our font metric files are installed, and it's finally
-time to create the ".fd" file. (The ".fd" format is documented in
-.IR "The LaTeX Companion" .)
-Let's call the LaTeX font family "MinionPro". Then the ".fd" file is
-"LY1MinionPro.fd", and it contains:
-.Sp
-.nf
- \eDeclareFontFamily{LY1}{MinionPro}{}
- \eDeclareFontShape{LY1}{MinionPro}{m}{n}%
- { <\-> LY1\-\-MinionPro\-Regular }{}
- \eDeclareFontShape{LY1}{MinionPro}{m}{it}{ <\-> LY1\-\-MinionPro\-It }{}
- \eDeclareFontShape{LY1}{MinionPro}{m}{sc}%
- { <\-> LY1\-\-MinionPro\-Regular\-\-fsmcp }{}
- \eDeclareFontShape{LY1}{MinionPro}{sb}{n}%
- { <\-> LY1\-\-MinionPro\-Semibold }{}
- \eDeclareFontShape{LY1}{MinionPro}{sb}{it}%
- { <\-> LY1\-\-MinionPro\-SemiboldIt }{}
- \eDeclareFontShape{LY1}{MinionPro}{sb}{sc}%
- { <\-> LY1\-\-MinionPro\-Semibold\-\-fsmcp }{}
- \eDeclareFontShape{LY1}{MinionPro}{b}{n}{ <\-> LY1\-\-MinionPro-Bold }{}
- \eDeclareFontShape{LY1}{MinionPro}{b}{it}%
- { <\-> LY1\-\-MinionPro\-BoldIt }{}
- \eDeclareFontShape{LY1}{MinionPro}{b}{sc}%
- { <\-> LY1\-\-MinionPro\-Bold\-\-fsmcp }{}
- \eDeclareFontShape{LY1}{MinionPro}{bx}{n}%
- { <\-> ssub * MinionPro/b/n }{}
- \eDeclareFontShape{LY1}{MinionPro}{bx}{it}%
- { <\-> ssub * MinionPro/b/it }{}
- \eDeclareFontShape{LY1}{MinionPro}{bx}{sc}%
- { <\-> ssub * MinionPro/b/sc }{}
-.fi
-.PP
-We're now ready to use MinionPro in LaTeX, with lines like this in the
-document preamble:
-.Sp
-.nf
- \eusepackage[LY1]{fontenc}
- \erenewcommand{\ermdefault}{MinionPro}
- \erenewcommand{\ebfdefault}{b}
-.fi
-.PP
-Of course, we're free at any time to add more MinionPro variants with
-.BR otftotfm ;
-they'll become accessible to LaTeX as soon as we edit the "MinionPro.fd"
-file.
-'
-.SH OPTIONS
-With long options, you need type only as many characters as will make the
-option unique.
-.SS Font Feature and Transformation Options
-.PD 0
-.TP 5
-.BI \-s " script\fR[.\fIlang\fR], " \-\-script= "script\fR[.\fIlang\fR]"
-Apply features suitable to the script system
-.I script
-and language system
-.IR lang .
-Scripts and language systems are two-to-four-letter names assigned by
-Microsoft and Adobe. Examples include "latn" (Latin script), "grek" (Greek
-script), and "yi.YIC" (Yi script with classic characters). If
-.I lang
-is not specified,
-.B otftotfm
-will use the default language system for that
-script. You can give this option multiple times. Run "\fBotfinfo\fR
-\-s \fIfont\fR" to see the list of scripts and languages a
-font supports. Defaults to "latn".
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-f " feature\fR, " \-\-feature= "feature"
-Activate the feature named
-.IR feature .
-Features are four-letter names assigned by Microsoft and Adobe; they are
-meant to correspond to font behaviors, such as kerning or small-capitals.
-Examples include "liga" (default ligatures), "dlig" (discretionary
-ligatures), "kern" (kerning), and "c2sc" (replacing capitals with small
-capitals). Give this option multiple times to apply multiple features. Run
-"\fBotfinfo\fR \-f [\-\-script option] \fIfont\fR" to see the list
-of features a font supports for a specified script.
-Defaults to any features required by the selected scripts.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-lf " feature\fR, " \-\-letter\-feature= "feature"
-Activate the feature named
-.IR feature ,
-but only for letters. For instance, the "\-f smcp" option will apply the
-small-caps feature to all characters in the encoding; this may result in
-changes to punctuation and numbers as well as letters. The "\-\-lf smcp"
-option will apply the small-caps feature only to letters, meaning
-characters with the "Letter" Unicode property.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-subs\-filter " pattern"
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-include\-subs " pattern"
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-exclude\-subs " pattern"
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-clear\-subs
-Limit the characters that
-.B otftotfm
-will substitute. Substitution is allowed on an input character if it
-matches at least one of the
-.B \-\-include
-patterns, and none of the
-.B \-\-exclude
-patterns. Each pattern applies to all following features, except that the
-.B \-\-clear
-option clears any accumulated patterns. The
-.BI \-\-subs\-filter " pattern"
-option acts like
-.B \-\-clear\-subs
-followed by
-.BI \-\-include\-subs " pattern\fR. "
-For pattern syntax, see GLYPH PATTERNS, below.
-.Sp
-In the command line below, the \&'<Number>' pattern will force the "onum"
-feature to substitute only numbers (and not, for example, punctuation).
-The "salt" feature can still substitute any character.
-.nf
- \fBotftotfm\fR \fB\-f\fRsalt \fB\-\-include\-subs\fR="<Number>" \fB\-f\fRonum \.\.\.
-.fi
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-E " fac\fR, " \-\-extend= fac
-Widen, or extend, the font by a factor of
-.IR fac .
-Like
-.M afm2tfm 1 's
-.B \-e
-option.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-S " amt\fR, " \-\-slant= amt
-Oblique, or slant, the font by
-.IR amt .
-Like
-.M afm2tfm 1 's
-.B \-s
-option.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-L " amt\fR, " \-\-letterspacing= amt
-Letterspace each character by
-.IR amt
-units, where 1000 units equals one em. The width of each character
-increases by
-.IR amt ,
-with half the space distributed to each sidebearing. Boundary-character
-kerns are added to maintain alignment at the ends of lines.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-\-math\-spacing "[=\fIskewchar\fR]"
-Ignore the font's claimed character widths, deriving horizontal metrics
-from bounding boxes instead. This results in similar spacing as the
-Computer Modern Math Italic font, with increased sidebearings for letters
-like f and j.
-.Sp
-If you provide
-.IR skewchar ,
-a number between 0 and 255 or a single character, then
-.B otftotfm
-adds heuristically-derived kerns to the font that may improve accent
-positions in math mode. To get the benefits, you must tell TeX about the
-.I skewchar
-with a command like "\eskewchar\efont=\fIskewchar\fR".
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI "\-k " "N\fR, " \-\-min\-kern= N
-Only output kerning pairs whose absolute value is
-.IR N
-or larger. Larger minimum kerns make kerning less precise, but shrink the
-output TFM file. The default minimum kern is 2.0, or 0.002 em.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-space\-factor= fac
-Scale the width of the inter-word space by a factor of
-.IR fac .
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-design\-size= size
-Set the output font's design size to
-.IR size ,
-a value in TeX points. This value is mostly just documentation, since LaTeX
-essentially ignores fonts' design sizes, but plain TeX may occasionally use
-the design size to decide how large a font should be. (Loading a font in
-TeX "at" a particular size effectively ignores the design size; loading a
-font plain or "scaled" by a given factor uses the design size.) The default
-is taken from the input font's optical size feature, or 10pt if it has no
-such feature.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-fixed\-width
-Set the font to fixed-width (its space character will have no stretch or
-shrink). Normally you won't need this option; the font will tell
-.B otftotfm
-whether it is fixed width. The opposite of
-.B \-\-fixed\-width
-is
-.BR \-\-proportional\-width .
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-italic\-angle= angle
-Set the output font's default italic angle to
-.IR angle ,
-a number of degrees. This value is used by TeX to position
-accents. Normally you won't need this option; the font will tell
-.B otftotfm
-its italic angle.
-.PD
-'
-'
-.SS Encoding Options
-'
-.PD 0
-.TP 5
-.BI \-e " encoding\fR, " \-\-encoding= encoding
-Select the output metrics's base
-.M dvips 1
-encoding.
-.B Otftotfm
-will search for
-.IR encoding [.enc]
-the same way that
-.B dvips
-would, so you may not need to give a full pathname. Say
-.B \-e \-
-to start with the font's default encoding.
-See ENCODINGS, below,
-for more information.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-boundary\-char= char
-Set the font's boundary character to
-.IR char ,
-which should either be a single non-digit character, or a number between \-1
-and 255. The default is taken from the encoding.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-altselector\-char= char
-Set the font's alternate selector character to
-.IR char ,
-which should either be a single non-digit character, or a number between
-\&\-1 and 255. Alternate selectors let TeX authors explicitly choose
-between versions of a character. For instance, the
-\&'\-\-altselector\-char="*"' option turns the "*" character into a special
-switch that cycles between alternates. For instance, the TeX input "A"
-would produce the normal version of the "A" Unicode character, "A*" would
-produce the first alternate, "A**" would produce the second alternate, and
-so forth. Furthermore, "s*t" will activate any discretionary "s_t"
-ligature in the font.
-.Sp
-The
-.B \-\-altselector\-char
-mechanism uses the features specified by
-.BR \-\-altselector\-feature
-options.
-.Sp
-The alternate-selector character may also be specified in the encoding; see
-ENCODINGS, below. See Sivan Toledo's article cited in the SEE ALSO section
-for more information.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-altselector\-feature= feature
-Activate the feature named
-.I feature
-for the
-.B \-\-altselector\-char
-mechanism. Give this option multiple times to activate multiple
-features. This option activates features only for use with
-.BR \-\-altselector\-char ;
-use the
-.B \-\-feature
-option to activate features globally. Defaults to the
-.I salt
-and
-.I dlig
-features.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-alternates\-filter= pattern
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-include\-alternates= pattern
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-exclude\-alternates= pattern
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-clear\-alternates
-Limit the alternate characters that
-.B otftotfm
-will select. An alternate is used if it matches at least one of the
-.B \-\-include
-patterns, and none of the
-.B \-\-exclude
-patterns. Each pattern applies to all following features, except that the
-.B \-\-clear
-option clears any accumulated patterns. The
-.BI \-\-alternates\-filter " pattern"
-option acts like
-.B \-\-clear\-alternates
-followed by
-.BI \-\-include\-alternates " pattern\fR. "
-For pattern syntax, see GLYPH PATTERNS, below.
-.Sp
-OpenType fonts can have many alternates per character, most of which aren't
-interesting. For example, the character "a" in WarnockPro-Regular has five
-alternates, "ordfeminine", "Asmall", "asuperior", "a.end", and
-"orn.013". The
-.B \-\-altselector\-char
-option lets you cycle through these alternates, but it's better to leave
-out the ones you don't want, to avoid overfull encodings. Thus, if you were
-only interested in ".end" variants, you might supply an
-\&'\-\-include\-alternates="*.end"'
-option.
-.Sp
-In the command line below, the \&'*.end' pattern will apply to "aalt"
-alternates, but not to "salt" alternates.
-.nf
- \fBotftotfm\fR \fB\-f\fRsalt \fB\-\-include\-alternates\fR="*.end" \fB\-f\fRaalt \.\.\.
-.fi
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-ligkern= command
-Add a LIGKERN
-.IR command
-to the encoding. For example, \&'\fB\-\-ligkern\fR "T {L} h"' suppresses any
-T_h ligature in the font. You can supply multiple
-.B \-\-ligkern
-options. See ENCODINGS, below.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-position= command
-Add a POSITION
-.IR command
-to the encoding. For example, \&'\fB\-\-position\fR "T 10 0 20"' adds ten
-units of space to either side of the "T" character. You can supply
-multiple
-.B \-\-position
-options. See ENCODINGS, below.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-unicoding= command
-Add a UNICODING
-.IR command
-to the encoding. For example, \&'\fB\-\-unicoding\fR "pi1 =: uni03D6"' tells
-.B otftotfm
-to encode "/pi1" as U+03D6 GREEK PI SYMBOL. You can supply multiple
-.B \-\-unicoding
-options. See ENCODINGS, below.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-no\-encoding\-commands
-Ignore any LIGKERN and/or UNICODING commands in the encoding file.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-no\-default\-ligkern
-Don't include
-.BR otftotfm 's
-default LIGKERN commands.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-coding\-scheme= scheme
-Add a CODINGSCHEME to the encoding. See ENCODINGS, below.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-warn\-missing
-Warn about encoded characters not supported by the font. See the
-WARNMISSING command in ENCODINGS, below.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-literal\-encoding= encoding
-Select the
-.M dvips 1
-encoding used for the font. No glyph substitutions will be permitted, so
-the output encoding will equal the input encoding (and
-.B otftotfm
-will not generate an output encoding).
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-base\-encodings= file
-.B Experts only.
-Allow the output font to refer to existing "base" fonts. This can greatly
-reduce the number of base fonts generated by
-.BR otftotfm ". "
-Each line in the
-.I file
-argument contains a TeX font name (as for
-.BR \-\-name )
-and a corresponding literal encoding file (as for
-.BR \-\-literal\-encoding );
-for example:
-.nf
- WarnoProReg\-\-eka eka
- WarnoProReg\-\-exp1 exp1
-.fi
-The named fonts must have been created by prior runs of
-.B otftotfm
-on the same input OpenType font, with the same
-.BR \-\-extend
-and
-.BR \-\-slant
-options as the current run. The current output font will refer to glyphs
-from the named base fonts when possible. If the base fonts cover all
-glyphs required by the output font,
-.B otftotfm
-won't generate any new base fonts at all. The
-.I file
-can also refer to dotless-J fonts using the following syntax:
-.nf
- WarnoProReg\-\-lcdfj \- dotlessj
-.fi
-'
-.PD
-'
-'
-.SS Automatic Mode Options
-'
-.PD 0
-.TP 5
-.BI \-a "\fR, " \-\-automatic
-Select automatic mode.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-v " vendor\fR, " \-\-vendor= vendor
-Set the font vendor name, which is used to locate files within the TDS.
-Defaults to "lcdftools".
-.Sp
-In automatic mode, TeX and friends will generally find required font files
-independently of the vendor you select.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-typeface= typeface
-Set the font typeface name, which is used to locate files within the TDS.
-Defaults to the current font's family name with unsuiable characters
-removed.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-no\-type1
-Do not use
-.M cfftot1 1
-to create Type 1 fonts corresponding to the OpenType input fonts.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-no\-dotlessj
-Do not use
-.M t1dotlessj 1
-to create a special dotless-j font when the input font doesn't have
-dotless-j.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-no\-truetype
-Do not install TrueType-flavored fonts.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-type42
-Install TrueType-flavored fonts in translated Type 42 format.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-no\-updmap
-Do not run an
-.M updmap 1
-program. This can be useful if you're installing a bunch of fonts; it is
-much faster to run
-.B updmap
-once, at the end, than to run it once per font.
-.PD
-'
-'
-.SS Output Options
-.PD 0
-.TP 5
-.BI \-n " texname\fR, " \-\-name= texname
-Set the TeX name of the output font, which is used in font map files and,
-in automatic mode, to generate the output filename. The default is derived
-from the OpenType font's name and the features you selected.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-p "\fR, " \-\-pl
-Output human-readable PL and VPL metrics, not binary TFM and VF metrics.
-Note:
-.BR Otftotfm 's
-PL and VPL output files are legal, but the
-.B fontinst
-program may not accept them (it has a picky parser). Make sure to supply a
-.BR \-\-coding\-scheme ;
-if that doesn't help, run the TFM output through
-.M tftopl 1 .
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-no\-virtual
-Do not generate virtual fonts (VFs and VPLs).
-.B Otftotfm
-will warn if the selected font features cannot be implemented without
-virtual fonts.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-no\-encoding
-Do not generate an encoding file.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-\-output\-encoding [=\fIfile\fR]
-Only generate an encoding file; do not generate any other output. The
-encoding file is written to
-.IR file ,
-or to standard output if no
-.I file
-argument is supplied.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-no\-map
-Do not generate a font map line for the font.
-'
-.\" .Sp
-.\" .TP 5
-.\" .BI \-\-base\-name name
-.\" Experts only: Set the TeX name of the "base" output font. When
-.\" .B otftotfm
-.\" needs to make a virtual font (because of font features and/or
-.\" letterspacing), it must generate at least two TFM metrics files, one for
-.\" the base font and one for the virtual font. In some cases, multiple
-.\" virtual fonts can share the same base metrics, reducing the number of
-.\" installed metrics files. This option lets you explicitly set the name of
-.\" the base output font independently from the main output font, and thus
-.\" force fonts to share base metrics. The default base name is derived from
-.\" the TeX name, with "\f(CW\-\-base\fR" appended.
-.PD
-'
-'
-.SS File Location Options
-.PD 0
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-tfm\-directory= dir
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-pl\-directory= dir
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-vf\-directory= dir
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-vpl\-directory= dir
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-encoding\-directory= dir
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-type1\-directory= dir
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-truetype\-directory= dir
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-type42\-directory= dir
-Set the directory used for various output types. Each directory may be set
-by an environment variable, and defaults to a TDS directory in automatic
-mode, or to "." otherwise. Environment variable names and default TDS
-locations are described in the Automatic Mode section above.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-map\-file= filename
-Set file in which
-.B otftotfm
-will write a font map
-line for the font. The default is the standard output in manual mode, and
-"TEXMF/fonts/map/dvips/\fIvendor\fR/\fIvendor\fR.map" (or
-"TEXMF/dvips/\fIvendor\fR/\fIvendor\fR.map" on older installations) in
-automatic mode.
-.PD
-'
-'
-.SS Miscellaneous Options
-.PD 0
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-glyphlist= file
-Use
-.I file
-as a Adobe glyph list, which helps translate glyph names to Unicode code
-points. Give multiple options to include multiple files.
-See ENCODINGS, below, for more information.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-V ", " \-\-verbose
-Write progress messages to standard error.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-\-no\-create
-Do not create or modify any files. Instead, write messages about the
-program's hypothetical progress to standard error.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-\-force
-Generate all files, even if it looks like versions are already installed.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-q ", " \-\-quiet
-Do not generate any error messages.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-kpathsea\-debug= flags
-Set path searching debugging flags. See the
-.I Kpathsea
-manual for details.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-h ", " \-\-help
-Print usage information and exit.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-\-version
-Print the version number and some short non-warranty information and exit.
-.PD
-'
-.SH ENCODINGS
-.B Otftotfm
-interprets encoding files as Unicode. For example, say an input encoding
-has "/dotlessi" at position 10.
-.B Otftotfm
-detects that position 10 should contain Unicode character U+0131 LATIN
-SMALL LETTER DOTLESS I, and uses the font's glyph for that character
-(possibly modified by any active features). The selected glyph might not
-be named "dotlessi"; only the Unicode value matters.
-.PP
-.B Otftotfm
-assigns Unicode values to glyph names using a table published by Adobe (SEE
-ALSO has a reference), with extensions for TeX. For more fine-grained
-control, add UNICODING commands to the input encoding file. These commands
-have the following format:
-.nf
- % UNICODING \fIglyph\fR =: \fIchoice1\fR [\fIchoice2\fR ...] ;
-.fi
-This tells
-.B otftotfm
-that the glyph named
-.I glyph
-translates into the first Unicode value in the
-.I choice
-list that has a character in the font. \fIGlyph\fR and the
-.IR choice s
-are PostScript glyph names; the initial "%" sign is required; and each
-UNICODING line can contain multiple commands, separated by spaced
-semicolons. For example,
-.nf
- % UNICODING pi1 =: uni03D6 ;
-.fi
-encodes the character "/pi1" as U+03D6 GREEK PI SYMBOL,
-and
-.nf
- % UNICODING Delta =: uni0394 uni2206 ;
-.fi
-makes U+0394 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER DELTA preferred to
-U+2206 INCREMENT as an encoding for "/Delta". You can also supply
-glyph names:
-.nf
- % UNICODING Delta =: Deltagreek Delta ;
-.fi
-A mapping with no Unicode values removes that glyph from the input
-encoding. For instance, this erases any f-ligature characters from the
-encoding:
-.nf
- % UNICODING ff =: ; fi =: ; fl =: ; ffi =: ; ffl =: ;
-.fi
-The slots are available for
-.BR otftfm 's
-own use, for example for other characters required by the font. (If the
-f-ligatures themselves are required by the font, for instance by a \&'liga'
-feature, then they will be stored into their old slots when possible.) Map
-a glyph to \&'emptyslot' if you don't want
-.B otftotfm
-to use the slot. For example, this will leave the \&'ff' slot unused if
-the font has no \&'ff' glyph:
-.nf
- % UNICODING ff =: ff emptyslot ;
-.fi
-(Note that most OpenType fonts provide a visible representation for unused
-encoding slots, namely a box with an X inside.)
-.PP
-LIGKERN comments in the encoding can add ligatures and inhibit kerns, as in
-.M afm2tfm 1 .
-To add a ligature, say:
-.nf
- % LIGKERN \fIglyph1\fR \fIglyph2\fR =: \fIresult\fR ;
-.fi
-The "=:" operator indicates a normal ligature, where both the input glyphs
-are removed and replaced by
-.IR result .
-To preserve the left-hand glyph, for an effect like "\fIglyph1\fR
-\fIglyph2\fR =: \fIglyph1\fR \fIresult\fR", use "|=:" instead; to preserve
-the right-hand glyph, use "=:|".
-.\" The other five ligature operators are not yet supported.
-To remove all kerns between two characters, say:
-.nf
- % LIGKERN \fIglyph1\fR {} \fIglyph2\fR ;
-.fi
-A "*" matches any character, so
-.nf
- % LIGKERN a {} * ;
-.fi
-removes all kerns with "a" as the left-hand character, and
-.nf
- % LIGKERN * {} * ;
-.fi
-removes all kerns.
-.PP
-.B Otftotfm
-also supports extended syntax for setting kern values and inhibiting
-ligatures. To add an \fIn\fR-unit kern between two glyphs, say:
-.nf
- % LIGKERNX \fIglyph1\fR {\fIn\fR} \fIglyph2\fR ;
-.fi
-where \fIn\fR is an integer. This:
-.nf
- % LIGKERNX \fIglyph1\fR {L} \fIglyph2\fR ;
-.fi
-inhibits any ligature between
-.I glyph1
-and
-.IR glyph2 .
-"{LK}" and "{KL}" inhibit both ligatures and kerns.
-.PP
-You can set the
-.B \-\-boundary\-char
-and
-.B \-\-altselector\-char
-from an encoding file with commands like this:
-.nf
- % LIGKERN || = \fIboundarychar\fR ;
- % LIGKERNX ^^ = \fIaltselectorchar\fR ;
-.fi
-As with UNICODING, each LIGKERN or LIGKERNX line can contain multiple
-commands, separated by spaced semicolons.
-.PP
-.B Otftotfm
-has a default set of eight ligatures, namely:
-.nf
- space l =: lslash ; space L =: Lslash ;
- question quoteleft =: questiondown ; exclam quoteleft =: exclamdown ;
- hyphen hyphen =: endash ; endash hyphen =: emdash ;
- quoteleft quoteleft =: quotedblleft ;
- quoteright quoteright =: quotedblright
-.fi
-LIGKERN commands in the encoding file and
-.B \-\-ligkern
-options can override these defaults, or supply the
-.B \-\-no\-default\-ligkern
-option to turn them off.
-.PP
-The POSITION command shifts a glyph within its bounding box. The syntax is
-.nf
- % POSITION \fIglyph\fR \fIpdx\fR \fIpdy\fR \fIadx\fR ;
-.fi
-This will add
-.I pdx
-units of space to
-.IR glyph 's
-left edge; raise it up by
-.I pdy
-units; and add
-.I adx
-units to its width. For example, to add 10 units of space to either side
-of the "T" glyph, supply
-.nf
- % POSITION T 10 0 20
-.fi
-To move the "degree" symbol up by 20 units, supply
-.nf
- % POSITION degree 0 20 0
-.fi
-.PP
-The CODINGSCHEME command specifies the coding scheme for fonts using this
-encoding. This is a string, less than 40 characters long and containing no
-parentheses, that classifies the encoding for TeX's purposes. Sample
-coding schemes include "TEX TEXT", "TEX MATH ITALIC", and "EXTENDED TEX
-FONT ENCODING - LATIN". For example:
-.nf
- % CODINGSCHEME EXTENDED TEX FONT ENCODING - LATIN
-.fi
-Most tools ignore the coding scheme; fontinst is an exception.
-.B Otftotfm
-uses the encoding's PostScript name for the default coding scheme.
-.PP
-Finally, the WARNMISSING command makes any glyphs not supported by the
-input font appear as black boxes. The
-.M dvips 1
-processor will also print a warning when encountering these glyphs. For
-example:
-.nf
- % WARNMISSING yes
-.fi
-.PP
-The
-.BR \-\-unicoding ,
-.BR \-\-ligkern ,
-.BR \-\-position ,
-.BR \-\-coding\-scheme ,
-and
-.B \-\-warn\-missing
-options add UNICODING, LIGKERN/LIGKERNX, POSITION, CODINGSCHEME, and
-WARNMISSING commands to an encoding, and can override commands in the
-encoding itself. Some common encoding files have commands that are
-inappropriate for OpenType fonts; for example, "t1.enc" hard-codes
-f-ligatures, which can cause problems with small-cap fonts. Supply the
-.B \-\-no\-encoding\-commands
-option to ignore all commands from the encoding file. Commands from
-options like
-.B \-\-ligkern
-are processed in any case.
-'
-.SS New Glyphs
-.PP
-New glyphs, such as ligatures and contextual substitutions, are added to
-the encoding in any empty spaces, using their original locations when
-possible. If the encoding doesn't have enough space for all new glyphs,
-shorter ligatures composed of unaccented letters get precedence.
-'
-.SS Synthetic Glyphs
-.PP
-.B Otftotfm
-can synthesize some glyphs using virtual font manipulations, if a required
-glyph is not available in the input font. Specifically, it will synthesize:
-.Sp
-.PD 0
-.TP 22
-cwm
-TeX's compound word mark (a zero-width "strut" rule with height equal to the font's x-height)
-.TP
-ascendercompwordmark
-"cwm" with height equal to the font's ascenders
-.TP
-capitalcompwordmark
-"cwm" with height equal to the font's capitals
-.TP
-visualspace
-A square cup used to represent spaces
-.TP
-dotlessj
-A dotless "j", synthesized with
-.M t1dotlessj 1
-.TP
-dblbracketleft
-Kerned version of "[["
-.TP
-dblbracketright
-Kerned version of "]]"
-.TP
-bardbl
-The parallel symbol "||"
-.TP
-asteriskmath
-Vertically-centered "*"
-.TP
-ringfitted
-Ring accent centered on the width of "A"
-.TP
-twelveudash
-2/3-em-wide dash
-.TP
-threequartersemdash
-3/4-em-wide dash
-.TP
-centigrade
-"(degrees)C"
-.TP
-interrobang
-Combined "?!" symbol
-.TP
-interrobangdown
-Inverted interrobang
-.TP
-pertenthousand
-Per-ten-thousand sign (% with two extra 0s)
-.TP
-IJ
-"IJ" ligature
-.TP
-ij
-"ij" ligature
-.TP
-Germandbls
-"SS" (a capital sharp-s)
-.TP
-SSsmall
-Small-capital version of "SS"
-.TP
-FFsmall
-Small-capital version of "FF"
-.TP
-FIsmall
-Small-capital version of "FI"
-.TP
-FLsmall
-Small-capital version of "FL"
-.TP
-FFIsmall
-Small-capital version of "FFI"
-.TP
-FFLsmall
-Small-capital version of "FFL"
-.PD
-'
-'
-.SH "GLYPH PATTERNS"
-.LP
-The
-.BR \-\-include\-subs
-and
-.BR \-\-include\-alternates
-options, and their
-.B \-\-exclude
-and
-.B \-\-*\-filter
-variants, accept the following types of pattern.
-.Bp
-Glyph names. Example: "Aacute". For PostScript-flavored fonts, use
-.M otfinfo 1 's
-.B \-g
-option to see a font's glyph names, and "\fBcfftot1\fR \fIfont\fR.otf |
-\fBt1testpage\fR" to generate a PostScript file showing each glyph.
-.Bp
-Glyph name patterns using the shell-style glob-matching rules: "*" matches
-any number of characters, "?" matches any single character, and "[...]"
-matches any character in a set. Example: "*.end".
-.Bp
-Unicode category properties in angle brackets. Examples: "<Letter>",
-"<UppercaseLetter>", "<Lu>". The complete list of both short and long
-names: Letter/L, UppercaseLetter/Lu, LowercaseLetter/Ll,
-TitlecaseLetter/Lt, ModifierLetter/Lm, OtherLetter/Lo; Number/N,
-DecimalNumber/Nd, LetterNumber/Nl, OtherNumber/No; Punctuation/P,
-ConnectorPunctuation/Pc, DashPunctuation/Pd, OpenPunctuation/Ps,
-ClosePunctuation/Pe, InitialPunctuation/Pi, FinalPunctuation/Pf,
-OtherPunctuation/Po; Symbol/S, MathSymbol/Sm, CurrencySymbol/Sc,
-ModifierSymbol/Sk, OtherSymbol/So; Mark/M, SpacingMark/Mc,
-EnclosingMark/Me, NonspacingMark/Mn; Separator/Z, SpaceSeparator/Zs,
-LineSeparator/Zl, ParagraphSeparator/Zp; Other/C, Surrogate/Cs, Format/Cf,
-Control/Cc, PrivateUse/Co, Unassigned/Cn. Category values current as of
-Unicode 4.0.
-.Bp
-Unicode ranges. Example: "U+007f-U+008C".
-.PP
-The "!" prefix negates a pattern, and you can separate multiple patterns by
-spaces.
-'
-.SH "FEATURE DIRECTORY"
-.LP
-This section lists features common to Western OpenType fonts and describes
-how
-.B otftotfm
-handles them for common fonts. Please send the author mail if
-.B otftotfm
-does not handle a feature you need, or you believe it handles some feature
-incorrectly.
-.Sp
-.PD 0
-.TP 5
-.IR aalt ", Access All Alternates"
-Lets the user choose between all available alternate forms for a character.
-This includes things like superscript and subscript variants, different
-styles (swash, for example), and even ornaments. The
-.BR \-\-altselector\-feature= aalt
-option can help an
-.BR \-\-altselector\-char
-provide useful access to alternates, but the
-.I aalt
-feature isn't usually useful on its own. Try the
-.IR salt " and " calt
-features instead.
-.TP 5
-.IR c2sc ", Small Capitals From Capitals"
-Replaces capital letters with small capitals: a sort of converse of the
-more conventional
-.I smcp
-feature, which replaces lower-case letters with small capitals. Supported.
-.TP 5
-.IR calt ", Contextual Alternates"
-Lets the user choose between context-appropriate swash forms for each
-character. For example, given the word "DREW" in a cursive typeface, the "R
-E W" might be translated to calmer forms than the initial "D". There may be
-more than one choice for a given letter, in which case the user should be
-able to select among them. TeX can't support complex contextual alternates,
-or alternate selection, but
-.B otftotfm
-supports some fonts quite well. The input encoding should have lots of
-empty space for variants, and it should specify a boundary character. See
-also
-.IR cswh .
-.TP 5
-.IR case ", Case-Sensitive Forms"
-Shifts punctuation marks up to a position that works well with
-all-capital-letter sequences. For example, the hyphen character, which
-generally centers vertically on the x-height, is raised up to center
-vertically on a capital letter. Also replaces text figures with lining
-figures, and accent marks with forms more appropriate for capitals.
-Supported.
-.TP 5
-.IR cpsp ", Capital Spacing"
-Adds a bit of space on either side of each capital letter. Supported.
-(However, the OpenType tag registry suggests that
-.I cpsp
-be on by default, but applying to all-caps text only; TeX cannot easily
-implement that contextual intelligence.)
-.TP 5
-.IR cswh ", Contextual Swash"
-Lets the user choose between context-appropriate swash forms for each
-character. For example, in the words "Ab AC", the first "A" might be
-translated to a swash form, while the second might not. There may be more
-than one choice for a given letter, in which case the user should be able
-to select among them.
-.B Otftotfm
-supports some fonts quite well. The input encoding should have lots of
-empty space for swash variants, and it should specify a boundary
-character. See also
-.IR calt " and " swsh .
-.TP 5
-.IR dlig ", Discretionary Ligatures"
-Activates uncommon ligatures, such as "c_t", "s_p", and "s_t". Supported.
-.TP 5
-.IR dnom ", Denominators"
-Replaces digits and some punctuation marks with smaller forms sitting on
-the baseline, intended for fraction denominators. Supported.
-.TP 5
-.IR fina ", Terminal Forms"
-Substitutes appropriate forms for letters occurring at the ends of words.
-This feature doesn't select swash variants; it's intended for normal use,
-and the specification recommends that it be on by default. Partially
-supported: TeX will only treat spaces as the ends of words, where a correct
-implementation would probably include punctuation too. See
-.IR cswh
-for selecting swash variants active at the ends of words.
-.TP 5
-.IR frac ", Fractions"
-Replaces simple sequences like "1/2" with nice-looking fractions.
-Supported, but beware: many fonts will translate "11/32" into "1" + "1/3" +
-"2".
-.TP 5
-.IR hist ", Historical Forms"
-Replaces characters with historical variants. Usually, this means at least
-translating regular "s" to long "s". Supported.
-.TP 5
-.IR kern ", Kerning"
-Adjusts the space between characters (pair kerning). Generally supported,
-and you should probably turn it on. As a special case, "\fB\-f\fRkern" can
-also read kerning information from the "kern" table in conventional
-TrueType fonts.
-.TP 5
-.IR liga ", Standard Ligatures"
-Activates common ligatures, such as "f_f", "f_i", "f_f_j", and (in some
-Adobe fonts) "T_h". Generally supported, and you should probably turn it
-on.
-.TP 5
-.IR lnum ", Lining Figures"
-Uses lining figures, the set of digits that are all about as high as
-capital letters.
-Supported. Compare
-.IR onum ;
-see also
-.IR pnum
-and
-.IR tnum.
-.TP 5
-.IR numr ", Numerators"
-Replaces digits and some punctuation marks with smaller, raised forms
-intended for fraction numerators. Supported, but not usually useful.
-.TP 5
-.IR onum ", Oldstyle Figures"
-Uses old-style figures, also known as text figures. This is the set of
-digits that have ascenders and descenders like lower-case letters.
-Supported. Compare
-.IR lnum ;
-see also
-.IR pnum
-and
-.IR tnum .
-.TP 5
-.IR ordn ", Ordinals"
-Designed for Spanish and French. Replaces ordinal numbers, such as "2.o",
-with forms where the "o" is raised, and replaces the sequence "No" with an
-integrated glyph. Supported.
-.TP 5
-.IR ornm ", Ornaments"
-Replaces some alphabetic characters in the font with ornaments, and links
-the bullet character to a set of all bullet-like ornaments, from which the
-user can choose. Partially supported: TeX can handle alphabetic
-substitutions, but not bullet choice.
-.TP 5
-.IR pnum ", Proportional Figures"
-Digits will have different widths. Supported. Compare
-.IR tnum ;
-see also
-.IR lnum
-and
-.IR onum.
-.TP 5
-.IR salt ", Stylistic Alternates"
-Lets the user choose between stylistic alternate forms for a character.
-The
-.BR \-\-altselector\-char
-mechanism provides useful access to this feature. If you turn on
-.IR salt
-globally,
-.B otftotfm
-takes the first alternate form whenever there's more than one choice. See
-also
-.IR aalt
-and
-.IR ss01 ;
-.IR salt
-is generally more useful than
-.IR aalt
-for TeX, since it refers exclusively to stylistic alternates.
-.TP 5
-.IR sinf ", Scientific Inferiors"
-Replaces digits and some punctuation marks with smaller, lowered forms
-intended for subscripts. Supported. Compare
-.IR subs .
-.TP 5
-.IR size ", Optical Size"
-This feature stores information about the range of optical sizes for which
-the font was intended. There is no point in selecting it with
-.BR otftotfm ,
-since it should not change the font's appearance in any way.
-.TP 5
-.IR smcp ", Small Capitals"
-Replaces lower-case letters with small capitals. Supported. Compare
-.IR c2sc .
-.TP 5
-.IR ss01 - ss20 ", Stylistic Sets 1-20"
-Replaces characters with a uniform set of stylistic alternates. Differs
-from features like
-.I salt
-in that a Stylistic Set is uniform: an
-.I ssXX
-feature should never involve selection from a set of possible alternate
-characters. Supported.
-.TP 5
-.IR subs ", Subscript"
-Replaces characters with smaller, lowered forms intended for subscripts.
-Supported. Compare
-.IR sinf ;
-some fonts support
-.I sinf
-but not
-.IR subs .
-.TP 5
-.IR sups ", Superscript"
-Replaces digits, some punctuation marks, and some lower-case letters with
-smaller, raised forms intended for superscripts. Supported.
-.TP 5
-.IR swsh ", Swash"
-Activates all swash forms for each character. There may be more than one
-swash form, in which case
-.B otftotfm
-will pick the first one listed. Supported, except that swash variants
-other than the first are inaccessible. Note that some fonts with swash
-variants support the
-.I cswh
-feature exclusively.
-.TP 5
-.IR tnum ", Tabular Figures"
-All digits will have the same width, so that tables and the like will align
-visually. Supported. Compare
-.IR pnum ;
-see also
-.IR lnum
-and
-.IR onum.
-.TP 5
-.IR zero ", Slashed Zero"
-Replaces the zero character with a slashed zero. Supported.
-.PD
-'
-.SH "DIAGNOSTICS AND TROUBLESHOOTING"
-'
-.TP 5
-no writable directory found in $TEXMF
-'
-.B Otftotfm
-could not find a writable directory in your $TEXMFVAR or $TEXMF path. Did
-you create a
-.I $HOME/.texmf-var
-or
-.I $HOME/texmf
-directory? If so, run the command "kpsewhich \-\-expand\-path='$TEXMF'" to
-verify that directory is not being found. You may need to set your TEXMF
-environment variable, to \&'{!!'"$HOME"'/texmf,!!$TEXMFMAIN}', for instance
-(note the different kinds of quotes; on my machine, this expands to
-\&'{!!/home/kohler/texmf,!!$TEXMFMAIN}').
-'
-.TP 5
-\&'\fIchar\fR' has no encoding, ignoring kern removal
-.PD 0
-.TP 5
-(or ligature removal, lig/kern removal, or ligature)
-.PD
-'
-These messages indicate a slight problem with your encoding file: one of
-the LIGKERN commands referred to a character not present in the encoding.
-This might be due to a misspelling in the LIGKERN command or the encoding
-file, or it might be an oversight. Either fix the encoding file or ignore
-the warning.
-'
-.TP 5
-can't map \&'\fIchar\fR' to Unicode
-'
-Another encoding file problem: One of the glyph names in an UNICODING block
-could not be converted to Unicode. This is problematic since UNICODING
-exists wholly to translate glyph names into Unicode. Fix the encoding file
-or ignore the warning.
-'
-.TP 5
-not enough room in encoding, ignoring \fIN\fR glyph(s) ...
-'
-There wasn't space in the encoding for all the glyphs referred to by the
-features you selected. For example, maybe the font had more ligatures than
-there were empty slots in the encoding. Fix this warning by selecting fewer
-features, or by using an encoding with more empty slots, such as the 7t.enc
-encoding distributed with
-.BR otftotfm .
-'
-.TP 5
-The \&'\fB\-a\fR' option did not install my font correctly.
-'
-Try again with the \&'\fB\-\-verbose\fR' option, which causes
-.BR otftotfm
-to explain its behavior. Note that by default,
-.BR otftotfm
-will not re-install files already present in your system's TeX search paths
-(in the current directory, for instance). Use \&'\fB\-\-force\fR' to
-override this behavior.
-'
-.SH "FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS"
-.TP 5
-How can I get a small-caps "SS" in place of the German sharp-S?
-'
-Supply the option \&'\fB\-\-unicoding\fR "germandbls =: SSsmall"'.
-'
-.TP 5
-How can I prevent f-ligatures from forming in a small-caps font?
-'
-This should happen automatically, but some overzealous encoding files add
-f-ligatures even when the font doesn't request them. Try the
-"\fB\-\-no\-encoding\-commands\fR" option if this is a problem for you.
-'
-.TP 5
-\fBOtftotfm\fR seems to take a long time.
-'
-Use the
-.B \-V
-option to see what it's doing. Often the culprit is the
-.M updmap 1
-program; if you're planning to run
-.B otftotfm
-multiple times, give it the
-.B \-\-no\-updmap
-option and run
-.B updmap
-manually when you're done.
-'
-.TP 5
-How can I refer to the different forms of phi?
-'
-\fBOtftotfm\fR follows TeX practice and widely-distributed TeX encoding
-vectors, so "/phi" in an input encoding vector should map to a "straight"
-phi and "/phi1" should map to a "loopy" phi. Note that TeX practice
-differs from the PostScript standard naming conventions, in which "/phi" is
-"loopy" and "/phi1" is "straight"; this means that \fBotftotfm\fR may map
-"/phi" in an input encoding vector to a font's "/phi1" glyph, and vice
-versa. Perhaps most unambiguously, you can use "/uni03D5" for the
-"straight" form and "/uni03C6" for the "loopy" form.
-'
-.TP 5
-How can I get lining figures (that is, normal line-height digits) with small caps ('\fB\-f\fRsmcp')?
-'
-Many fonts use old-style figures by default with small caps. Since the
-default is not specified, it's wise to explicitly supply \&'\fB\-f\fRlnum' or
-\&'\fB-f\fRonum'.
-'
-.SH "BUGS"
-.\" .LP
-.\" Presumably some context-sensitive positionings and ligatures could be
-.\" implemented with TeX's boundary character, but
-.\" .B otftotfm
-.\" doesn't do that yet.
-.LP
-See the documentation for
-.B \-\-pl
-above if you have problems running
-.BR otftotfm 's
-output through
-.BR fontinst .
-'
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.LP
-.M pltotf 1 ,
-.M tftopl 1 ,
-.M vptovf 1 ,
-.M afm2tfm 1 ,
-.M dvips 1 ,
-.M cfftot1 1 ,
-.M otfinfo 1 ,
-.M t1dotlessj 1 ,
-.M t1testpage 1 ,
-.M ttftotype42 1 ,
-.M kpsewhich 1 ,
-.M updmap 1
-.LP
-.I "Adobe Type 1 Font Format"
-.LP
-Adobe Technical Notes #5176,
-.IR "The Compact Font Format Specification" ,
-and #5177,
-.I "The Type 2 Charstring Format"
-.LP
-.IR "OpenType Specification" ,
-Version 1.4
-.LP
-.IR "A Directory Structure for TeX Files" ,
-http://www.tug.org/tds/
-.LP
-.IR "Kpathsea: A library for path searching" ,
-http://www.tug.org/kpathsea/
-.LP
-Sivan Toledo,
-.IR "Exploiting Rich Fonts" ,
-TUGboat 21(2), 2000,
-http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb21-2/tb67tole.pdf
-.LP
-Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach, and Alexander Samarin,
-.IR "The LaTeX Companion"
-(for information on the .fd file format)
-.LP
-Adobe Systems, "Unicode and Glyph Names". Refers to the glyphlist.txt file
-used to translate glyph names to Unicode code points.
-http://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/opentype/index_glyph.html
-'
-.SH AUTHOR
-Eddie Kohler (ekohler@gmail.com)
-.PP
-Thanks to Karl Berry, Marco Kuhlmann, Adam Lindsay, Bruce D'Arcus, Thomas
-Esser, Claire Connelly, Nelson H.F. Beebe, and Ryuji Suzuki for
-suggestions, bug reports, and help. Particular thanks to Achim Blumensath
-and Michael Zedler for suggestions and patches, some of them extensive.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/otftotfm.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/otftotfm.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 7296bef28f9..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/otftotfm.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/otp2ocp.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/otp2ocp.1
deleted file mode 100644
index fcb4d0ad117..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/otp2ocp.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-.TH "otp2ocp" "1" "September 2000" "Omega" "Omega"
-.PP
-.SH "NAME"
-otp2ocp \- convert Omega Translation Process files to Omega
-Compiled Process files
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.B otp2ocp
-.IR OTPFILE [ \fB.otp\fP ]
-.RI [ OCPFILE [ \fB.ocp\fP ]]
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.PP
-\fBotp2ocp\fP is used to create or recreate Omega Compiled Process
-files (binary) from Omega Translation Process (text) files\&.
-.PP
-Omega Translation Processes are rules used to translate one character
-set to another and to choose between characters with one or more
-context-sensitive variants\&. OTPs could also be used to change the
-case or hyphenation of text\&.
-.PP
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-\fBmkocp\fP(1), \fBomega\fP(1)\&.
-.PP
-\fIDraft Manual for the Omega System\fP (\fIomega-manual\&.dvi\fP)\&.
-.PP
-Web page: <http://www\&.gutenberg\&.eu\&.org/omega/>
-.PP
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.PP
-The primary authors of Omega are John Plaice
-<plaice@cse\&.unsw\&.edu\&.au> and Yannis Haralambous
-<yannis@fluxus-virus\&.com>\&.
-.PP
-This manual page was written by C\&.M\&. Connelly
-<cmc@debian\&.org>, for
-the Debian GNU/Linux system\&. It may be used by other distributions
-without contacting the author\&. Any mistakes or omissions in the
-manual page are my fault; inquiries about or corrections to this
-manual page should be directed to me (and not to the primary author)\&.
-.PP
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/otp2ocp.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/otp2ocp.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 21af14f2653..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/otp2ocp.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/outocp.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/outocp.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 9f41f3ba967..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/outocp.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-.TH "outocp" "1" "September 2000" "Omega" "Omega"
-.PP
-.SH "NAME"
-outocp \- debug an OCP file
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.B outocp
-.IR OCPFILE [ \fB.ocp\fP ]
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.PP
-\fBoutocp\fP is used for debugging Omega Compiled Translation Process
-(OCP) files\&. It generates some statistics about the OCP file, and
-then runs through the states that the file defines\&.
-.PP
-Omega Translation Processes are rules used to translate one character
-set to another and to choose between characters with one or more
-context-sensitive variants\&. OTPs could also be used to change the
-case or hyphenation of text\&.
-.PP
-.SH "BUGS"
-.PP
-None known, but report any found to <omega@ens\&.fr> (mailing list)\&.
-.PP
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-\fBocp2otp\fP(1), \fBotp2ocp\fP(1), \fBomega\fP(1)\&.
-.PP
-\fIDraft Manual for the Omega System\fP (\fIomega-manual\&.dvi\fP)\&.
-.PP
-Web page: <http://www\&.gutenberg\&.eu\&.org/omega/>
-.PP
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.PP
-The primary authors of Omega are John Plaice
-<plaice@cse\&.unsw\&.edu\&.au> and Yannis Haralambous
-<yannis@fluxus-virus\&.com>\&.
-.PP
-This manual page was written by C\&.M\&. Connelly
-<cmc@debian\&.org>, for
-the Debian GNU/Linux system\&. It may be used by other distributions
-without contacting the author\&. Any mistakes or omissions in the
-manual page are my fault; inquiries about or corrections to this
-manual page should be directed to me (and not to the primary author)\&.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/outocp.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/outocp.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index f4252c66195..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/outocp.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ovf2ovp.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ovf2ovp.1
deleted file mode 100644
index ae60d5588e0..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ovf2ovp.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-.TH "ovf2ovp" "1" "September 2000" "Omega" "Omega"
-.PP
-.SH "NAME"
-ovf2ovp \- convert a virtual font file and its associated font metric file into property-list format
-.PP
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.PP
-.B ovf2ovp
-.RI [ OPTIONS ]
-.IR OVFNAME [ \fB.ovf\fP ]
-.RI [ OFMNAME [ \fB.ofm\fP ]
-.RI [ OVPFILE [ \fB.ovp\fP ]]]
-.PP
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.PP
-\fBovf2ovp\fP translates a virtual font (OVF) file, \fIOVFNAME\fP,
-and its companion font metric (OFM) file, \fIOFMNAME\fP, into a
-human-readable property-list format\&. The program writes to standard
-output (by default) or to a file specified as \fIOVPNAME\fP\&.
-.PP
-The program also works with TeX VF and TFM files, producing TeX VP
-files\&. (\fBovf2ovp\fP is based on the WEB source code for
-\fBvftovp\fP(1)\&.)
-.PP
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.PP
-.IP
-.IP "\fB-charcode-format=\fP\fITYPE\fP"
-output character codes
-according to \fITYPE\fP, which can be either `hex\&' or `ascii\&'\&.
-Default is `hex\&'\&. ascii specifes all ASCII letters and digits; hex
-gets you everything else\&.
-.IP
-.IP "\fB-help\fP"
-display a brief summary of syntax and options
-.IP "\fB-verbose\fP"
-display progress reports
-.IP "\fB-version\fP"
-output version information and exit
-.IP
-.PP
-.SH "FILES"
-.PP
-.IP "\fIOVPFILE\fP"
-Omega Virtual Property List file
-.IP "\fIOFMNAME\fP"
-Omega Font Metric file
-.IP "\fIOVFNAME\fP"
-Omega Virtual Font file
-.PP
-.SH "BUGS"
-.PP
-None known, but report any found to <omega@ens\&.fr> (mailing list)\&. You should also
-check to see if the bug is also in \fBvftovp\fP(1)\&.
-.PP
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-\fBomega\fP(1), \fBofm2opl\fP(1), \fBovp2ovf\fP(1),
-\fBpltotf\fP(1), \fBtftopl\fP(1), \fBvftovp\fP(1),
-\fBvptovf\fP(1)
-.PP
-\fIDraft Manual for the Omega System\fP (\fIomega-manual\&.dvi\fP)\&.
-.PP
-Web page: <http://www\&.gutenberg\&.eu\&.org/omega/>
-.PP
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.PP
-According to the WEB documentation:
-.PP
-.RS
-\fBVFtoVP\fP is an extended version of the program \fBTFtoPL\fP,
-which is part of the standard tex()ware library\&. The idea of a
-virtual font was inspired by the work of David R\&. Fuchs who designed a
-similar set of conventions in 1984 while developing a device driver
-for ArborText, Inc\&. He wrote a somewhat similar program called
-\fBAMFtoXPL\fP\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-The primary authors of Omega are John Plaice
-<plaice@cse\&.unsw\&.edu\&.au> and Yannis Haralambous
-<yannis@fluxus-virus\&.com>\&.
-.PP
-This manual page was written by C\&.M\&. Connelly
-<cmc@debian\&.org>, for
-the Debian GNU/Linux system\&. It may be used by other distributions
-without contacting the author\&. Any mistakes or omissions in the
-manual page are my fault; inquiries about or corrections to this
-manual page should be directed to me (and not to the primary author)\&.
-.PP
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ovf2ovp.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ovf2ovp.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index f1c030cc8a9..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ovf2ovp.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ovp2ovf.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ovp2ovf.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 558837e40f9..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ovp2ovf.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-.TH "ovp2ovf" "1" "September 2000" "Omega" "Omega"
-.PP
-.SH "NAME"
-ovp2ovf \- convert a virtual property-list file into a virtual font file and its associated font metric file
-.PP
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.B ovp2ovf
-.RI [ OPTIONS ]
-.IR OVPFILE [ \fB.ovp\fP ]
-.RI [ OVFFILE [ \fB.ovf\fP ]
-.RI [ OFMFILE [ \fB.ofm\fP ]]]
-.PP
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.PP
-\fBovp2ovf\fP translates a human-readable virtual property list (OVP)
-file, \fIOVPFILE\fP, into a virtual font (OVF) file, \fIOVFFILE\fP
-and its companion font metric (OFM) file, \fIOFMFILE\fP\&.
-.PP
-The program also works with TeX VP files, producing VF and TFM files\&.
-(\fBovp2ovf\fP is based on the WEB source code for \fBvptovf\fP(1)\&.)
-.PP
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.PP
-.IP "\fB-help\fP"
-display a brief summary of syntax and options
-.IP "\fB-verbose\fP"
-display progress reports
-.IP "\fB-version\fP"
-output version information and exit
-.IP
-.PP
-.SH "FILES"
-.IP "\fIOFMFILE\fP"
-Omega Font Metric file
-.IP "\fIOVFFILE\fP"
-Omega Virtual Font file
-.IP "\fIOVPFILE\fP"
-Omega Virtual Property List file
-.PP
-.SH "BUGS"
-.PP
-None known, but report any found to <omega@ens\&.fr> (mailing list)\&. You should also
-check to see if the bug is in \fBvptovf\fP(1)\&.
-.PP
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-\fBomega\fP(1), \fBofm2opl\fP(1), \fBovf2ovp\fP(1),
-\fBpltotf\fP(1), \fBtftopl\fP(1), \fBvftovp\fP(1),
-\fBvptovf\fP(1)
-.PP
-\fIDraft Manual for the Omega System\fP (\fIomega-manual\&.dvi\fP)\&.
-.PP
-Web page: <http://www\&.gutenberg\&.eu\&.org/omega/>
-.PP
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.PP
-According to the WEB documentation:
-.PP
-.RS
-\fBVPtoVF\fP is an extended version of the program \fBPLtoTF\fP,
-which is part of the standard TeXware library\&. \fBOVP2OVF\fP is an
-extended version of \fBVPtoVF\fP that allows much larger fonts\&. The
-idea of a virtual font was inspired by the work of David R\&. Fuchs who
-designed a similar set of conventions in 1984 while developing a
-device driver for ArborText, Inc\&. He wrote a somewhat similar program
-called \fBPLFONT\fP\&.
-.RE
-.PP
-The primary authors of Omega are John Plaice
-<plaice@cse\&.unsw\&.edu\&.au> and Yannis Haralambous
-<yannis@fluxus-virus\&.com>\&.
-.PP
-This manual page was written by C\&.M\&. Connelly
-<cmc@debian\&.org>, for
-the Debian GNU/Linux system\&. It may be used by other distributions
-without contacting the author\&. Any mistakes or omissions in the
-manual page are my fault; inquiries about or corrections to this
-manual page should be directed to me (and not to the primary author)\&.
-.PP
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ovp2ovf.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ovp2ovf.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 54705cf0c2e..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ovp2ovf.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/patgen.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/patgen.1
deleted file mode 100644
index afc3a54c863..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/patgen.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,191 +0,0 @@
-.TH PATGEN 1 "7 April 2010" "Web2C 2012"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP for troff
-.el .ds OX TeX
-.\" that's for nroff.
-.\" the same but obliqued
-.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
-.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds BX BibTeX
-.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
-.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-patgen \- generate patterns for TeX hyphenation
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B patgen
-.I dictionary_file pattern_file patout_file translate_file
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive.
-See also the Info file or manual
-.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
-.PP
-The
-.I patgen
-program reads the
-.I dictionary_file
-containing a list of hyphenated words and the
-.I pattern_file
-containing previously-generated patterns (if any) for a particular
-language (not a complete TeX source file; see below), and produces the
-.I patout_file
-with (previously- plus newly-generated) hyphenation patterns for that
-language. The
-.I translate_file
-defines language specific values for the parameters
-.IR left_hyphen_min " and " right_hyphen_min
-used by \*(TX's hyphenation algorithm and the external representation
-of the lower and upper case version(s) of all \`letters' of that
-language. Further details of the pattern generation process such as
-hyphenation levels and pattern lengths are requested interactively from
-the user's terminal. Optionally
-.I patgen
-creates a new dictionary file
-.BI pattmp. n
-showing the good and bad hyphens found by the generated patterns, where
-.I n
-is the highest hyphenation level.
-.PP
-The patterns generated by
-.I patgen
-can be read by
-.B initex
-for use in hyphenating words. For a real-life example of
-.IR patgen 's
-output, see
-.IR $TEXMFMAIN/tex/generic/hyphen/hyphen.tex ,
-which contains the patterns \*(TX uses for English by default.
-At some sites, patterns for (many) other languages may be available,
-and the local
-.B tex
-programs may have them preloaded.
-.PP
-All filenames must be complete; no adding of default
-extensions or path searching is done.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH FILE FORMATS
-.TP \w'@@'u+2n
-.B Letters
-When
-.B initex
-digests hyphenation patterns, \*(TX first expands macros and the result
-must entirely consist of digits (hyphenation levels), dots (\`.', edge
-of a word), and letters. In pattern files for non-English languages
-letters are often represented by macros or other expandable constructs.
-For the purpose of
-.I patgen
-these are just character sequences, subject to the condition that no
-such sequence is a prefix of another one.
-.TP \w'@@'u+2n
-.B Dictionary file
-A dictionary file contains a weighted list of hyphenated words, one word
-per line starting in column 1. A digit in column 1 indicates a global
-word weight (initially =1) applicable to all following words up to the
-next global word weight. A digit at some intercharacter position
-indicates a weight for that position only.
-
-The hyphens in a word are indicated by \`-', \`*', or \`.' (or their
-replacements as defined in the translate file) for hyphens yet to be
-found, \`good' hyphens (correctly found by the patterns), and \`bad'
-hyphens (erroneously found by the patterns) respectively; when reading a
-dictionary file \`*' is treated like \`-' and \`.' is ignored.
-.TP
-.B Pattern file
-A pattern file contains only patterns in the format above, e.g., from a
-previous run of patgen. It may \fInot\fR contain any \*(TX comments or
-control sequences. For instance, this is not a valid pattern file:
-.nf
-
-% this is a pattern file read by TeX.
-\\patterns{%
- .\|.\|.
-}
-.fi
-It can only contain the actual patterns, i.e., the `.\|.\|.'.
-.TP
-.B Translate file
-A translate file starts with a line containing the values of
-.I left_hyphen_min
-in columns 1-2,
-.I right_hyphen_min
-in columns 3-4, and either a blank or the replacement for one of the
-"hyphen" characters \`-', \`*', and \`.' in columns 5, 6, and 7. (Input
-lines are padded with blanks as for many \*(TX related programs.)
-
-Each following line defines one \`letter': an arbitrary delimiter
-character in column 1, followed by one or more external representations
-of that character (first the \`lower' case one used for output), each
-one terminated by the delimiter and the whole sequence terminated by
-another delimiter.
-
-If the translate file is empty, the values
-.IR left_hyphen_min "=2, " right_hyphen_min "=3,"
-and the 26 lower case letters
-.BR a .\|.\|. z
-with their upper case representations
-.BR A .\|.\|. Z
-are assumed.
-.TP
-.B Terminal input
-After reading the
-.I translate_file
-and any previously-generated patterns from
-.IR pattern_file ,
-.I patgen
-requests input from the user's terminal.
-
-First the integer values of
-.IR hyph_start " and " hyph_finish ,
-the lowest and highest hyphenation level for which patterns are to be
-generated. The value of
-.I hyph_start
-should be larger than any hyphenation level already present in
-.IR pattern_file .
-
-Then, for each hyphenation level, the integer values of
-.IR pat_start " and " pat_finish ,
-the smallest and largest pattern length to be analyzed, as well as
-.IR "good weight" ", " "bad weight" ", and " threshold ,
-the weights for good and bad hyphens and a weight threshold for useful
-patterns.
-
-Finally the decision (\`y' or \`Y' vs. anything else) whether or not to
-produce a hyphenated word list.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH FILES
-.TP \w'@@'u+2n
-.I $TEXMFMAIN/tex/generic/hyphen/hyphen.tex
-The original hyphenation patterns for English, by Donald Knuth and Frank
-Liang.
-.TP
-.I $TEXMFMAIN/tex/generic/hyphen/ushyphmax.tex
-Maximal hyphenation patterns for English, extended by Gerard Kuiken.
-.TP
-.I http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/language/
-Patterns and support for many other languages
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-Frank Liang and Peter Breitenlohner,
-patgen.web.
-.PP
-Frank Liang,
-.IR "Word hy-phen-a-tion by com-puter" ,
-STAN-CS-83-977,
-Stanford University Ph.D. thesis, 1983,
-http://tug.org/docs/liang.
-.PP
-Donald E. Knuth,
-.IR "The \*(OXbook" ,
-Addison-Wesley, 1986, ISBN 0-201-13447-0, Appendix H.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH AUTHORS
-Frank Liang wrote the first version of this program. Peter
-Breitenlohner made a
-substantial revision in 1991 for \*(TX 3.
-The first version was published as the appendix to the
-.I \*(OXware
-technical report. Howard Trickey originally ported it to Unix.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/patgen.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/patgen.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index b53063d1c8a..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/patgen.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdf180.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdf180.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 08f47b5a9c0..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdf180.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-.TH "pdf180" "1" "10 March 2010" "" ""
-.SH "NAME"
-pdf180 \- rotate the pages of pdf files
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.PP
-pdf180 [OPTION [OPTION] \&.\&.\&.] [SRC [PAGESPEC] [SRC [PAGESPEC]] \&.\&.\&.]
-.PP
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.PP
-pdf180 rotates the pages of files in the Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF)
-through 180 degrees\&.
-.PP
-If no source PDF file ('SRC') is specified, input
-is from /dev/stdin. If 'PAGESPEC' is omitted, all pages are processed.
-.PP
-Source files are processed sequentially into a single output
-unless the '--batch' option is used, in which case they are processed
-separately.
-.PP
-pdf180 operates on one or more PDF files, and (either with the '--batch'
-option or with '--outfile DIR' where 'DIR' is a directory) the
-resulting files have
-the suffix '-rotated180' applied to their names by default. To change
-the suffix,
-use the '--suffix' option, for example
-.PP
-.RS
-.B pdf180 --suffix 'upturned' --batch myfile1.pdf myfile2.pdf
-.RE
-.PP
-will result in files named 'myfile1-upturned.pdf' and 'myfile2-upturned.pdf'.
-.PP
-pdf180 is a simple wrapper for pdfjam, which is a front end to many of the capabilities of the pdfpages
-package for pdflatex\&. A working installation of pdflatex with
-the pdfpages package is required\&.
-.PP
-pdf180 is part of the "PDFjam" package of tools, whose homepage is at
-http://go.warwick.ac.uk/pdfjam\&.
-.PP
-.SH "SETUP"
-.PP
-See http://go.warwick.ac.uk/pdfjam .
-.PP
-.SH "USAGE"
-.PP
-For the available options and site/user defaults, see the output of
-.PP
-.RS
- pdfjam --help
-.RE
-.PP
-For further information and some examples see
-http://go.warwick.ac.uk/pdfjam \&.
-.PP
-.SH "LIMITATIONS AND BUGS"
-.PP
-pdf180 does not work with encrypted PDF files, and does not
-preserve hyperlinks.
-.PP
-Please report bugs! See the website at
-http://go.warwick.ac.uk/pdfjam \&.
-.PP
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-pdfjam(1)\&.
-.PP
-.SH "LICENSE"
-.PP
-PDFjam is distributed under the GNU public license\&.
-.PP
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.PP
-pdf180 is written and maintained by David Firth as part of the PDFjam package\&.
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdf180.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdf180.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index a843ddbc4bc..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdf180.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdf270.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdf270.1
deleted file mode 100644
index b229678cf82..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdf270.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-.TH "pdf270" "1" "10 March 2010" "" ""
-.SH "NAME"
-pdf270 \- rotate the pages of pdf files
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.PP
-pdf270 [OPTION [OPTION] \&.\&.\&.] [SRC [PAGESPEC] [SRC [PAGESPEC]] \&.\&.\&.]
-.PP
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.PP
-pdf270 rotates the pages of files in the Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF)
-through 90 degrees (clockwise)\&.
-.PP
-If no source PDF file ('SRC') is specified, input
-is from /dev/stdin. If 'PAGESPEC' is omitted, all pages are processed.
-.PP
-Source files are processed sequentially into a single output
-unless the '--batch' option is used, in which case they are processed
-separately.
-.PP
-pdf270 operates on one or more PDF files, and (either with the '--batch'
-option or with '--outfile DIR' where 'DIR' is a directory) the
-resulting files have
-the suffix 'rotated270' applied to their names by default. To change
-the suffix,
-use the '--suffix' option, for example
-.PP
-.RS
-.B pdf270 --suffix '-turned' --batch myfile1.pdf myfile2.pdf
-.RE
-.PP
-will result in files named 'myfile1-turned.pdf' and 'myfile2-turned.pdf'.
-.PP
-pdf270 is a simple wrapper for pdfjam, which is a front end to many of the capabilities of the pdfpages
-package for pdflatex\&. A working installation of pdflatex with
-the pdfpages package is required\&.
-.PP
-pdf270 is part of the "PDFjam" package of tools, whose homepage is at
-http://go.warwick.ac.uk/pdfjam\&.
-.PP
-.SH "SETUP"
-.PP
-See http://go.warwick.ac.uk/pdfjam .
-.PP
-.SH "USAGE"
-.PP
-For the available options and site/user defaults, see the output of
-.PP
-.RS
- pdfjam --help
-.RE
-.PP
-For further information and some examples see
-http://go.warwick.ac.uk/pdfjam .
-.PP
-.SH "LIMITATIONS AND BUGS"
-.PP
-pdf270 does not work with encrypted PDF files, and does not
-preserve hyperlinks.
-.PP
-Please report bugs! See the website at
-http://go.warwick.ac.uk/pdfjam \&.
-.PP
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-pdfjam(1)\&.
-.PP
-.SH "LICENSE"
-.PP
-PDFjam is distributed under the GNU public license\&.
-.PP
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.PP
-pdf270 is written and maintained by David Firth as part of the PDFjam package\&.
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdf270.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdf270.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index f9f3c2f2bd1..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdf270.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdf90.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdf90.1
deleted file mode 100644
index c04a36137af..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdf90.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-.TH "pdf90" "1" "10 March 2010" "" ""
-.SH "NAME"
-pdf90 \- rotate the pages of pdf files
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.PP
-pdf90 [OPTION [OPTION] \&.\&.\&.] [SRC [PAGESPEC] [SRC [PAGESPEC]] \&.\&.\&.]
-.PP
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.PP
-pdf90 rotates the pages of files in the Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF)
-through 90 degrees (anti-clockwise)\&.
-.PP
-If no source PDF file ('SRC') is specified, input
-is from /dev/stdin. If 'PAGESPEC' is omitted, all pages are processed.
-.PP
-Source files are processed sequentially into a single output
-unless the '--batch' option is used, in which case they are processed
-separately.
-.PP
-pdf90 operates on one or more PDF files, and (either with the '--batch'
-option or with '--outfile DIR' where 'DIR' is a directory) the
-resulting files have
-the suffix 'rotated90' applied to their names by default. To change
-the suffix,
-use the '--suffix' option, for example
-.PP
-.RS
-.B pdf90 --suffix '-turned' --batch myfile1.pdf myfile2.pdf
-.RE
-.PP
-will result in files named 'myfile1-turned.pdf' and 'myfile2-turned.pdf'.
-.PP
-pdf90 is a simple wrapper for pdfjam, which is a front end to many of the capabilities of the pdfpages
-package for pdflatex\&. A working installation of pdflatex with
-the pdfpages package is required\&.
-.PP
-pdf90 is part of the "PDFjam" package of tools, whose homepage is at
-http://go.warwick.ac.uk/pdfjam\&.
-.PP
-.SH "SETUP"
-.PP
-See http://go.warwick.ac.uk/pdfjam .
-.PP
-.SH "USAGE"
-.PP
-For the available options and site/user defaults, see the output of
-.PP
-.RS
- pdfjam --help
-.RE
-.PP
-For further information and some examples see
-http://go.warwick.ac.uk/pdfjam .
-.PP
-.SH "LIMITATIONS AND BUGS"
-.PP
-pdf90 does not work with encrypted PDF files, and does not
-preserve hyperlinks.
-.PP
-Please report bugs! See the website at
-http://go.warwick.ac.uk/pdfjam \&.
-.PP
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-pdfjam(1)\&.
-.PP
-.SH "LICENSE"
-.PP
-PDFjam is distributed under the GNU public license\&.
-.PP
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.PP
-pdf90 is written and maintained by David Firth as part of the PDFjam package\&.
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdf90.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdf90.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index faa6ce0be31..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdf90.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfbook.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfbook.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 75f72bd5aef..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfbook.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-.TH "pdfbook" "1" "10 March 2010" "" ""
-.SH "NAME"
-pdfbook \- put the pages of PDF files into 2-up signatures
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.PP
-pdfbook [--short-edge] [OPTION [OPTION] \&.\&.\&.] [SRC [PAGESPEC] [SRC [PAGESPEC]] \&.\&.\&.]
-.PP
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.PP
-pdfbook makes 2-up versions of PDF files, with the pages ordered as
-signatures. The default signature size is 4: to change this, use the
-option '--signature N', where N is a multiple of 4 (alternatively use '--signature* N' for
-right-edge binding).
-.PP
-The default is to make pages suitable for long-edge binding. For short-edge
-binding, use '--short-edge' as the first argument; this will only work if the LaTeX package 'everyshi' is installed.
-.PP
-The default output page orientation is
-landscape. To change this, use the '--no-landscape' option.
-.PP
-By default, the option '--booklet true' is used (see the pdfpages manual
-for details). To turn this off, just specify '--booklet false'.
-.PP
-If no source PDF file ('SRC') is specified, input
-is from /dev/stdin. If 'PAGESPEC' is omitted, all pages are processed.
-.PP
-Source files are processed sequentially into a single output
-unless the '--batch' option is used, in which case they are processed
-separately.
-.PP
-pdfbook is a simple wrapper for pdfjam, which provides a front end to
-many of the capabilities of the pdfpages
-package for pdflatex\&. A working installation of pdflatex, with
-the pdfpages package, is required\&.
-.PP
-pdfbook operates on one or more PDF files, and (either with the '--batch'
-option or with '--outfile DIR' where 'DIR' is a directory) the
-resulting files have
-the suffix '-book' applied to their names by default. To change the suffix,
-use the '--suffix' option, for example
-.PP
-.RS
-.B pdfbook --suffix 'sig4' --batch myfile1.pdf myfile2.pdf
-.RE
-.PP
-will result in files named 'myfile1-sig4.pdf' and 'myfile2-sig4.pdf'.
-.PP
-pdfbook is part of the "PDFjam" package of tools, whose homepage is at
-http://www.warwick.ac.uk/go/pdfjam\&.
-.PP
-.SH "SETUP"
-.PP
-See http://go.warwick.ac.uk/pdfjam .
-.PP
-.SH "USAGE"
-.PP
-For the other available options and
-site/user defaults, see the output of
-.PP
-.RS
-.B pdfjam --help
-.RE
-.PP
-For further information and some examples see
-http://go.warwick.ac.uk/pdfjam .
-.PP
-.SH "LIMITATIONS AND BUGS"
-.PP
-pdfbook does not work with encrypted PDF files, and does not
-preserve hyperlinks.
-.PP
-Please report bugs! See the website at
-http://www.warwick.ac.uk/go/pdfjam \&.
-.PP
-.SH "LICENSE"
-.PP
-PDFjam is distributed under the GNU public license\&.
-.PP
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-pdfjam(1)\&.
-.PP
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.PP
-pdfbook is written and maintained by David Firth as part of the PDFjam package\&.
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfbook.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfbook.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 4462f827e67..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfbook.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfclose.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfclose.1
deleted file mode 100644
index d6621f5f70d..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfclose.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man1/pdfopen.1
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfclose.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfclose.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 0c9a0b8fd60..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfclose.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfetex.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfetex.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 986192148ef..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfetex.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-.TH PDFETEX 1 "14 May 2010" "pdftex 1.40" "Web2C 2012"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.if n .ds MF Metafont
-.if t .ds MF M\s-2ETAFONT\s0
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.if n .ds MF Metafont
-.if t .ds MF M\s-2ETAFONT\s0
-.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP\" for troff
-.el .ds OX TeX\" for nroff
-.\" the same but obliqued
-.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
-.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds BX BibTeX
-.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
-.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.if t .ds AX \fRA\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'M\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'S\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds AX AmSTeX
-.if t .ds AY \fRA\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'M\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'S\fP\*(LX
-.if n .ds AY AmSLaTeX
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-pdfetex \- PDF output from e-TeX
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B pdfetex
-.RI [ options ]
-.RI [ \fB&\fPformat ]
-.RI [ file | \fB\e\fPcommands ]
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-pdfe\*(TX is another name for pdf\*(TX; they behave identically.
-See pdftex(1) for all information.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR pdftex (1),
-http://pdftex.org, http://tug.org/web2c.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfetex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfetex.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 744f738fdf2..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfetex.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfflip.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfflip.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 9761790d9f6..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfflip.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-.TH "pdfflip" "1" "10 March 2010" "" ""
-.SH "NAME"
-pdfflip \- rotate the pages of pdf files
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.PP
-pdfflip [OPTION [OPTION] \&.\&.\&.] [SRC [PAGESPEC] [SRC [PAGESPEC]] \&.\&.\&.]
-.PP
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.PP
-pdfflip reflects (left-right) the pages of files in the Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF)\&.
-.PP
-If no source PDF file ('SRC') is specified, input
-is from /dev/stdin. If 'PAGESPEC' is omitted, all pages are processed.
-.PP
-Source files are processed sequentially into a single output
-unless the '--batch' option is used, in which case they are processed
-separately.
-.PP
-pdfflip operates on one or more PDF files, and (either with the '--batch'
-option or with '--outfile DIR' where 'DIR' is a directory) the
-resulting files have
-the suffix '-flipped' applied to their names by default. To change
-the suffix,
-use the '--suffix' option, for example
-.PP
-.RS
-.B pdfflip --suffix 'reflected' --batch myfile1.pdf myfile2.pdf
-.RE
-.PP
-will result in files named 'myfile1-reflected.pdf' and 'myfile2-reflected.pdf'.
-.PP
-pdfflip is a simple wrapper for pdfjam, which is a front end to many of the capabilities of the pdfpages
-package for pdflatex\&. A working installation of pdflatex with
-the pdfpages package is required\&.
-.PP
-pdfflip is part of the "PDFjam" package of tools, whose homepage is at
-http://go.warwick.ac.uk/pdfjam\&.
-.PP
-.SH "SETUP"
-.PP
-See http://go.warwick.ac.uk/pdfjam .
-.PP
-.SH "USAGE"
-.PP
-For the available options and site/user defaults, see the output of
-.PP
-.RS
- pdfjam --help
-.RE
-.PP
-For further information and some examples see
-http://go.warwick.ac.uk/pdfjam .
-.PP
-.SH "LIMITATIONS AND BUGS"
-.PP
-pdfflip does not work with encrypted PDF files, and does not
-preserve hyperlinks.
-.PP
-Please report bugs! See the website at
-http://go.warwick.ac.uk/pdfjam \&.
-.PP
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-pdfjam(1)\&.
-.PP
-.SH "LICENSE"
-.PP
-PDFjam is distributed under the GNU public license\&.
-.PP
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.PP
-pdfflip is written and maintained by David Firth as part of the PDFjam package\&.
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfflip.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfflip.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e77b43f4c0..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfflip.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjam-pocketmod.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjam-pocketmod.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c51ef78806..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjam-pocketmod.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-.TH "pdfjam-pocketmod" "1" "10 March 2010" "" ""
-.SH "NAME"
-pdfjam-pocketmod
-\- make an 8-page PDF document into a pocket-sized booklet
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.PP
-.B pdfjam-pocketmod SRC [PAGESPEC] [OPTION [OPTION] \&.\&.\&.]
-.PP
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.PP
-pdfjam-pocketmod converts 8 pages of a PDF file into a single 8-up page, with pages ordered and oriented for folding into pocket-sized booklet
-( as described at http://repocketmod.com/ )\&.
-.PP
-SRC must be a regular PDF file (not /dev/stdin).
-.PP
-If PAGESPEC is omitted, the first 8 pages are processed.
-.PP
-OPTION is any option to pdfjam(1) other than --batch.
-.PP
-pdfjam-pocketmod is a simple wrapper for pdfjam, which provides a front end to some of the capabilities of the pdfpages
-package for pdflatex\&. A working installation of pdflatex, with
-the pdfpages package, is required\&.
-.PP
-pdfjam-pocketmod is part of the "PDFjam" package of tools, whose homepage is at
-http://go.warwick.ac.uk/pdfjam \&.
-.PP
-.SH "SETUP"
-.PP
-See http://go.warwick.ac.uk/pdfjam .
-.PP
-.SH "USAGE"
-.PP
-For the available options and site/user defaults, see the output of
-.PP
-.RS
-.B pdfjam --help
-.RE
-.PP
-For further information and some examples see
-http://go.warwick.ac.uk/pdfjam \&.
-.PP
-.SH "LIMITATIONS AND BUGS"
-.PP
-pdfjam-pocketmod does not work with encrypted PDF files, and does not preserve hyperlinks.
-.PP
-The '--keepinfo' option does not work.
-.PP
-Please report bugs! See the website at
-http://www.warwick.ac.uk/go/pdfjam\&.
-.PP
-.SH "LICENSE"
-.PP
-PDFjam is distributed under the GNU public license\&.
-.PP
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-pdfjam(1)\&.
-.PP
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.PP
-pdfjam-pocketmod is written and maintained by David Firth as part of the PDFjam
-package\&.
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjam-pocketmod.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjam-pocketmod.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 43cc467d13b..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjam-pocketmod.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjam-slides3up.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjam-slides3up.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 09227631a10..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjam-slides3up.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-.TH "pdfjam-slides3up" "1" "10 March 2010" "" ""
-.SH "NAME"
-pdfjam-slides3up \- put presentation slides onto 3-up pages
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.PP
-pdfjam-slides3up [--pagenumbering SWITCH] [OPTION [OPTION] \&.\&.\&.] [SRC [PAGESPEC] [SRC [PAGESPEC]] \&.\&.\&.]
-.PP
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.PP
-pdfjam-slides3up converts PDF files whose pages are presentation slides (with
-4:3 aspect ratio) into 3-up versions suitable for making a handout with space
-for handwritten side notes
-(for example). By default, the 3-up pages do not themselves have page numbers.
-.PP
-To put page numbers on the output pages, use either '--pagenumbering true'
-or, for example, '--pagenumbering 3.4cm' to place the page numbers a bit
-lower on the page than the default position. The value of 'SWITCH' must
-be either 'true', 'false' or a dimension that can be used by LateX. (To
-be precise, it's the value of the 'footskip' dimension in LaTeX; by default,
-pdfjam-slides3up sets that as 3.1cm, which works pretty well in
-conjunction with both '--paper a4paper' and '--paper letterpaper'.)
-.PP
-If no source PDF file ('SRC') is specified, input
-is from /dev/stdin. If 'PAGESPEC' is omitted, all pages are processed.
-.PP
-Source files are processed sequentially into a single output
-unless the '--batch' option is used, in which case they are processed
-separately.
-.PP
-pdfjam-slides3up is a simple wrapper for pdfjam, which provides a front end to
-many of the capabilities of the pdfpages
-package for pdflatex\&. A working installation of pdflatex, with
-the pdfpages package, is required\&.
-.PP
-pdfjam-slides3up operates on one or more PDF files, and (either with
-the '--batch' option or with '--outfile DIR' where 'DIR' is a directory) the
-resulting files have
-the suffix '-3up' applied to their names by default. To change the suffix,
-use the '--suffix' option, for example
-.PP
-.RS
-.B pdfjam-slides3up --suffix '1x3' --batch myslides1.pdf myslides2.pdf
-.RE
-.PP
-will result in files named 'myslides1-1x3.pdf' and 'myslides2-1x3.pdf'.
-.PP
-By default a narrow line frame is printed around every slide. This can be
-turned off if required by using the option '--frame false'.
-.PP
-pdfjam-slides3up is part of the "PDFjam" package of tools, whose homepage is at
-http://www.warwick.ac.uk/go/pdfjam \&.
-.PP
-.SH "SETUP"
-.PP
-See http://go.warwick.ac.uk/pdfjam .
-.PP
-.SH "USAGE"
-.PP
-For the other available options and
-site /user defaults, see the output of
-.PP
-.RS
-.B pdfjam --help
-.RE
-.PP
-For further information and some examples see
-http://go.warwick.ac.uk/pdfjam \&.
-.PP
-.SH "LIMITATIONS AND BUGS"
-.PP
-pdfjam-slides3up does not work with encrypted PDF files, and does not
-preserve hyperlinks.
-.PP
-Please report bugs! See the website at
-http://www.warwick.ac.uk/go/pdfjam \&.
-.PP
-.SH "LICENSE"
-.PP
-PDFjam is distributed under the GNU public license\&.
-.PP
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-pdfjam(1) pdfjam-slides6up(1) \&.
-.PP
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.PP
-pdfjam-slides3up is written and maintained by David Firth as part of the PDFjam package\&.
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjam-slides3up.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjam-slides3up.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a59e160e35..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjam-slides3up.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjam-slides6up.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjam-slides6up.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e90363bc6f..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjam-slides6up.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-.TH "pdfjam-slides6up" "1" "10 March 2010" "" ""
-.SH "NAME"
-pdfjam-slides6up \- put presentation slides onto 6-up pages
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.PP
-pdfjam-slides6up [--pagenumbering SWITCH] [OPTION [OPTION] \&.\&.\&.] [SRC [PAGESPEC] [SRC [PAGESPEC]] \&.\&.\&.]
-.PP
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.PP
-pdfjam-slides6up converts PDF files whose pages are presentation slides (with
-4:3 aspect ratio) into 6-up versions suitable for making a handout
-(for example). By default, the 6-up pages do not themselves have page numbers.
-.PP
-To put page numbers on the output pages, use either '--pagenumbering true'
-or, for example, '--pagenumbering 3.0cm' to place the page numbers a bit
-lower on the page than the default position. The value of 'SWITCH' must
-be either 'true', 'false' or a dimension that can be used by LateX. (To
-be precise, it's the value of the 'footskip' dimension in LaTeX; by default,
-pdfjam-slides6up sets that as 2.7cm, which works pretty well in
-conjunction with both '--paper a4paper' and '--paper letterpaper'.)
-.PP
-If no source PDF file ('SRC') is specified, input
-is from /dev/stdin. If 'PAGESPEC' is omitted, all pages are processed.
-.PP
-Source files are processed sequentially into a single output
-unless the '--batch' option is used, in which case they are processed
-separately.
-.PP
-pdfjam-slides6up is a simple wrapper for pdfjam, which provides a front end to
-many of the capabilities of the pdfpages
-package for pdflatex\&. A working installation of pdflatex, with
-the pdfpages package, is required\&.
-.PP
-pdfjam-slides6up operates on one or more PDF files, and (either with
-the '--batch' option or with '--outfile DIR' where 'DIR' is a directory) the
-resulting files have
-the suffix '-6up' applied to their names by default. To change the suffix,
-use the '--suffix' option, for example
-.PP
-.RS
-.B pdfjam-slides6up --suffix '2x3' --batch myslides1.pdf myslides2.pdf
-.RE
-.PP
-will result in files named 'myslides1-2x3.pdf' and 'myslides2-2x3.pdf'.
-.PP
-By default a narrow line frame is printed around every slide. This can be
-turned off if required by using the option '--frame false'.
-.PP
-pdfjam-slides6up is part of the "PDFjam" package of tools, whose homepage is at
-http://www.warwick.ac.uk/go/pdfjam \&.
-.PP
-.SH "SETUP"
-.PP
-See http://go.warwick.ac.uk/pdfjam .
-.PP
-.SH "USAGE"
-.PP
-For the other available options and
-site/user defaults, see the output of
-.PP
-.RS
-.B pdfjam --help
-.RE
-.PP
-For further information and some examples see
-http://go.warwick.ac.uk/pdfjam \&.
-.PP
-.SH "LIMITATIONS AND BUGS"
-.PP
-pdfjam-slides6up does not work with encrypted PDF files, and does not
-preserve hyperlinks.
-.PP
-Please report bugs! See the website at
-http://www.warwick.ac.uk/go/pdfjam \&.
-.PP
-.SH "LICENSE"
-.PP
-PDFjam is distributed under the GNU public license\&.
-.PP
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-pdfjam(1) pdfjam-slides3up(1) \&.
-.PP
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.PP
-pdfjam-slides6up is written and maintained by David Firth as part of the PDFjam package\&.
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjam-slides6up.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjam-slides6up.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 2d6c520fe87..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjam-slides6up.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjam.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjam.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 49a0e4990c2..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjam.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-.TH "pdfjam" "1" "10 March 2010" "" ""
-.SH "NAME"
-pdfjam \- A shell script for manipulating PDF files
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.PP
-pdfjam [OPTION [OPTION] \&.\&.\&.] [SRC [PAGESPEC] [SRC [PAGESPEC]] \&.\&.\&.]
-.PP
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.PP
-pdfjam provides a front end to most capabilities of the
-"pdfpages" package (by Andreas Matthias) of pdflatex.
-Detailed information can be found via
-"pdfjam --help", and also in the web page mentioned below \&.
-.PP
-A working installation of pdflatex, with
-the pdfpages package, is required\&.
-.PP
-The pdfjam script is distributed as (the main) part of the PDFjam package. The homepage of PDFjam is at
-http://go.warwick.ac.uk/pdfjam \&.
-.PP
-.SH "SETUP"
-.PP
-See http://go.warwick.ac.uk/pdfjam .
-.PP
-.PP
-For further information and some examples see
-http://go.warwick.ac.uk/pdfjam \&.
-.PP
-.SH "CONFIGURATION FILES"
-.PP
-Configuration of the PDFjam utilities
-involves specifying the location of pdflatex,
-the location of temporary files, specification of default page size,
-etc. This is done in a block of lines near the top of the pdfjam script;
-settings made there are over-ridden by any that
-are found at a site-wide configuration file
-(at /etc/pdfjam.conf,
-/usr/share/etc/pdfjam.conf, /usr/local/share/pdfjam.conf, or
-/usr/local/etc/pdfjam.conf), which
-in turn are over-ridden by any that are found in a user-defaults
-file at ~/.pdfjam.conf\&.
-.PP
-.SH "LIMITATIONS AND BUGS"
-.PP
-pdfjam does not work with encrypted PDF files, and does not
-preserve hyperlinks.
-.PP
-Please report bugs! See the website at
-http://go.warwick.ac.uk/pdfjam \&.
-.PP
-.SH "LICENSE"
-.PP
-PDFjam is distributed under the GNU public license\&.
-.PP
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.PP
-The PDFjam package is written and maintained by David Firth\&.
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjam.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjam.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 023726a7c7b..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjam.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjoin.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjoin.1
deleted file mode 100644
index c55b4a4938c..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjoin.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-.TH "pdfjoin" "1" "10 March 2010" "" ""
-.SH "NAME"
-pdfjoin
-\- join together pages from multiple PDF files
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.PP
-.B pdfjoin [OPTION [OPTION] \&.\&.\&.] [SRC [PAGESPEC] [SRC [PAGESPEC]] \&.\&.\&.]
-.PP
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.PP
-pdfjoin
-concatenates the pages of multiple Portable Document Format (PDF)
-files together into a single file.\&.
-.PP
-If no source PDF file ('SRC') is specified, input (but just one file -- not
-very useful here!
-is from /dev/stdin. If 'PAGESPEC' is omitted, all pages are processed.
-.PP
-Source files are processed sequentially into a single output.
-The '--batch' option of pdfjam(1) cannot be used.
-.PP
-pdfjoin is a simple wrapper for pdfjam, which provides a front end to many of the capabilities of the pdfpages
-package for pdflatex\&. A working installation of pdflatex, with
-the pdfpages package, is required\&.
-.PP
-pdfjoin is part of the "PDFjam" package of tools, whose homepage is at
-http://go.warwick.ac.uk/pdfjam \&.
-.PP
-.SH "SETUP"
-.PP
-See http://go.warwick.ac.uk/pdfjam .
-.PP
-.SH "USAGE"
-.PP
-For the available options and site/user defaults, see the output of
-.PP
-.RS
-.B pdfjam --help
-.RE
-.PP
-For further information and some examples see
-http://go.warwick.ac.uk/pdfjam \&.
-.PP
-.SH "LIMITATIONS AND BUGS"
-.PP
-The pages of the output file will all have the same size and orientation.
-.PP
-pdfjoin does not work with encrypted PDF files, and does not
-preserve hyperlinks. The output pages are all one size.
-.PP
-Please report bugs! See the website at
-http://www.warwick.ac.uk/go/pdfjam \&.
-.PP
-.SH "LICENSE"
-.PP
-PDFjam is distributed under the GNU public license\&.
-.PP
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-pdfjam(1)\&.
-.PP
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.PP
-pdfjoin is written and maintained by David Firth as part of the PDFjam
-package\&.
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjoin.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjoin.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 83732dfb3fb..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfjoin.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdflatex.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdflatex.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e9a6b03670..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdflatex.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man1/pdftex.1
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdflatex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdflatex.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 25d38073d17..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdflatex.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfnup.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfnup.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 86953387e89..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfnup.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-.TH "pdfnup" "1" "10 March 2010" "" ""
-.SH "NAME"
-pdfnup \- n-up the pages of pdf files
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.PP
-pdfnup [OPTION [OPTION] \&.\&.\&.] [SRC [PAGESPEC] [SRC [PAGESPEC]] \&.\&.\&.]
-.PP
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.PP
-pdfnup converts files in the Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF)
-to "n-up" PDF files, that is, with multiple input pages
-per output page, for
-more economical printing etc\&. The default processing is to 2-up
-landscape output with no frame around pages, equivalent to using the
-options '--nup 2x1 --landscape true --frame false'.
-.PP
-If no source PDF file ('SRC') is specified, input
-is from /dev/stdin. If 'PAGESPEC' is omitted, all pages are processed.
-.PP
-Source files are processed sequentially into a single output
-unless the '--batch' option is used, in which case they are processed
-separately.
-.PP
-pdfnup operates on one or more PDF files, and (either with the '--batch'
-option or with '--outfile DIR' where 'DIR' is a directory) the
-resulting files have
-the suffix '-nup' applied to their names by default. To change
-the suffix,
-use the '--suffix' option, for example
-.PP
-.RS
-.B pdfnup --nup 2x2 --suffix '2x2' --batch myfile1.pdf myfile2.pdf
-.RE
-.PP
-will result in files named 'myfile1-2x2.pdf' and 'myfile2-2x2.pdf'.
-.PP
-pdfnup is a simple wrapper for pdfjam, which provides a front end to many of the capabilities of the pdfpages
-package for pdflatex\&. A working installation of pdflatex, with
-the pdfpages and geometry packages, is required\&.
-.PP
-pdfnup is part of the "PDFjam" package of tools, whose homepage is at
-http://www.warwick.ac.uk/go/pdfjam \&.
-.PP
-.SH "SETUP"
-.PP
-See http://go.warwick.ac.uk/pdfjam .
-.PP
-.SH "USAGE"
-.PP
-For the available options and site/user defaults, see the output of
-.PP
-.RS
-.B pdfjam --help
-.RE
-.PP
-For further information and some examples see
-http://go.warwick.ac.uk/pdfjam .
-.PP
-.SH "LIMITATIONS AND BUGS"
-.PP
-pdfnup does not work with encrypted PDF files, and does not
-preserve hyperlinks.
-.PP
-Please report bugs! See the website at
-http://www.warwick.ac.uk/go/pdfjam \&.
-.PP
-.SH "LICENSE"
-.PP
-PDFjam is distributed under the GNU public license\&.
-.PP
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-pdfjam(1) pdfpun(1) \&.
-.PP
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.PP
-pdfnup is written and maintained by David Firth as part of the PDFjam package\&.
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfnup.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfnup.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index f387885524f..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfnup.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfopen.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfopen.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 82239785469..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfopen.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,160 +0,0 @@
-.\" This manpage is licensed under the GNU Public License
-.TH PDFOPEN 1 2012-01-28 "pdfopen 0.83" ""
-.
-.SH NAME
-pdfopen, pdfclose \- open or close a PDF file viewer
-.
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B pdfopen
-[\fIOPTION\fP]
-\fIFILE.PDF\fP
-.br
-.B pdfclose
-\fIFILE.PDF\fP
-.
-.SH OPTIONS
-.TP 8
-.B -h, --help
-output help and exit
-.TP
-.B -v, --version
-output the version number and exit
-.TP
-.B -r, --reset_focus
-after sending commands to the PDF viewer, attempt to reset the input focus to
-the window which had focus before the commands were sent
-.TP
-.B -viewer
-<\fIar9\fP|\fIar9-tab\fP|\fIar8\fP|\fIar7\fP|\fIar5\fP|\fIxpdf\fP|\fIevince\fP>
-use (respectively) Adobe Reader 9 (in a new window), Adobe Reader 9
-(in a new tab of a running AR9, if any),
-Adobe Reader 8, Adobe Reader 7, Adobe Reader 5, xpdf or evince as the
-PDF viewer program.
-Adobe Reader 9 (in a new window) is the default.
-.
-.SH RATIONALE
-At certain points of TeX document preparation, many people repeat a
-"edit-compile-view" cycle. Since PDF viewers such as Adobe's Acrobat
-Reader ("\fBacroread\fP") do not automatically refresh the display when the
-PDF file changes, this cycle can be more cumbersome than desired.
-The
-.B pdfopen
-program provides the ability to automate the reloading of the PDF
-document when it is changed.
-
-Note: there seems to be little need for
-.B pdfclose
-under GNU/Linux, since (unlike the situation for MS windows)
-.B acroread
-does not lock the PDF file, which would prevent
-.B pdftex
-(or a DVI to PDF converter) from creating a new version of the PDF
-output file. However,
-.B pdfclose
-is provided in case someone finds it useful.
-.
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.B pdfopen
-searches for an instance of the specified (or default) PDF viewer
-displaying the specified PDF file.
-If there is already an instance of the given viewer displaying the
-given file, the viewer is instructed to reload the file. If no such
-instance is found, \fBpdfopen\fP attempts to run the specified viewer
-on the specified document.
-
-The default viewer is "\fBacroread\fP", which could start any one
-of a number of versions of Acrobat Reader, depending on what is
-installed on your system. However, the commands to reload the current
-document vary from one version of \fBacroread\fP to another;
-consequently, if you are using a version of \fBacroread\fP other than
-AR9, you should explicitly specify the viewer program.
-
-Version 0.83 of \fBpdfopen\fP accepts the following viewer options:
-.br
-\fIar9\fP, \fIar9-tab\fP, \fIar8\fP, \fIar7\fP, \fIar5\fP, \fIxpdf\fP,
-and \fIevince\fP.
-.br
-The difference between \fIar9\fP and \fIar9-tab\fP is significant
-when there is no instance of AR9 already displaying the requested
-document. In this situation, while \fIar9\fP will
-request \fBacroread\fP to create a new instance of \fBacroread\fP
-(and thus open a new window) by using the \fB-openInNewInstance\fP
-argument, \fIar9-tab\fP starts \fBacroread\fP without this argument;
-if there is already an instance of \fBacroread\fP running, a new
-tab will be opened in an existing window.
-
-.B pdfclose
-searches for one of the above PDF viewers displaying the given file
-and instructs the viewer to "close" the window. In most cases, the
-PDF viewer continues to run, possibly now displaying just a blank
-window. (This behaviour varies somewhat from one PDF viewer to another.)
-.
-.SH PORTABILITY AND AVAILABILITY
-Users familiar with the Windows version of
-.B pdfopen
-might wonder about the lack of a
-.B --page
-.IR <pagenumber>
-option. Unfortunately, to date no GNU/Linux versions of
-.B acroread
-support this feature. Anyone having a friend at Adobe is encouraged
-to ask them to implement a
-"\fB-page \fP\fI<pagenumber>\fP"
-command line option for \fBacroread\fP.
-
-These programs have been tested on Slackware64 Version 13.37 and a few
-other versions / distributions of GNU/Linux. The code is reasonably
-generic and should work out of the box using most recent X11
-implementations. (Reports to the contrary are welcome, particularly
-if they come with robust fixes.)
-
-These programs are designed for X11-based systems. If you somehow
-find compiled versions of these programs on a system using another
-window system, they are very unlikely to be of any use to you.
-
-Source and binaries of the programs can be downloaded from
-CTAN://support/xpdfopen/
-(e.g., http://mirror.ctan.org/support/xpdfopen).
-.
-.SH CAVEATS
-If you use
-.I ar9-tab
-to reload the PDF document and the instance
-of
-.B acroread
-with the given document is currently displaying some other document,
-the command causes your document to be displayed, but not reloaded.
-
-.B pdfopen
-works by looking for a window with a name (window title) matching that
-expected for the given viewer and document. If for some reason your
-viewer's window name is not as expected,
-.B pdfopen
-may not work for you.
-
-With at least AR9 and some window managers, using
-.B pdfopen
-to reload the document gives focus to the
-.B acroread
-window, even though the mouse cursor is not necessarily in that
-window. This can be annoying. The \fB-reset_focus\fP option can be
-used to deal with this problem.
-.
-.SH AUTHOR
-This manual page was written by Jim Diamond <Jim.Diamond@acadiau.ca>.
-I am the current maintainer of the X11 versions of
-.B pdfopen
-and
-\fBpdfclose\fP.
-Report any bugs you find to me. Feature enhancement requests are
-welcome, coded enhancements even more so.
-
-Past authors:
-Fabrice Popineau wrote the MS-windows versions of
-.B pdfopen
-and
-.B pdfclose
-upon which these programs were originally based.
-Taco Hoekwater created the GNU/Linux versions, up to Version 0.61
-(including some documentation which inspired parts of this man page).
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfopen.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfopen.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 06fa98d5993..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfopen.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfpun.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfpun.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e4b3415429..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfpun.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-.TH "pdfpun" "1" "10 March 2010" "" ""
-.SH "NAME"
-pdfpun \- n-up the pages of a pdf file, with right-to-left ordering
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.PP
-pdfpun SRC [PAGESPEC] --outfile FILENAME [OPTION [OPTION] \&.\&.\&.]
-.PP
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.PP
-pdfpun converts a file in the Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF)
-to a "n-up" PDF file, that is, with multiple input pages
-per output page, for
-more economical printing etc\&. The pages are ordered right-to-left in the
-output. The default processing is to 2-up
-landscape output with no frame around pages, equivalent to using the
-options '--nup 2x1 --landscape --frame false'.
-.PP
-SRC must be a PDF file; '/dev/stdin' can be used for PDF input via a pipeline.
-.PP
-If PAGESPEC is omitted, all pages are processed (equivalent to '-' as PAGESPEC)
-.PP
-OPTION is any option of pdfjam(1) other than --batch.
-.PP
-pdfpun is a simple wrapper for pdfjam, which provides a front end to many
-of the capabilities of the pdfpages package for pdflatex\&.
-A working installation of pdflatex, with
-the pdfpages package, is required\&.
-.PP
-pdfpun is part of the "PDFjam" package of tools, whose homepage is at
-http://www.warwick.ac.uk/go/pdfjam\&.
-.PP
-.SH "SETUP"
-.PP
-See http://go.warwick.ac.uk/pdfjam .
-.PP
-.SH "USAGE"
-.PP
-For the available options and site/user defaults, see the output of
-.PP
-.RS
-.B pdfjam --help
-.RE
-.PP
-For further information and some examples see
-http://go.warwick.ac.uk/pdfjam \&.
-.PP
-.SH "LIMITATIONS AND BUGS"
-.PP
-pdfpun does not work with encrypted PDF files, and does not
-preserve hyperlinks.
-.PP
-The '--keepinfo' option does not work.
-.PP
-Please report bugs! See the website at
-http://www.warwick.ac.uk/go/pdfjam \&.
-.PP
-.SH "LICENSE"
-.PP
-PDFjam is distributed under the GNU public license\&.
-.PP
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-pdfjam(1) pdfnup(1)\&.
-.PP
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.PP
-pdfpun is written and maintained by David Firth as part of the PDFjam package\&.
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfpun.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfpun.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d11c6d8ad6..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdfpun.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdftex.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdftex.1
deleted file mode 100644
index d94e290be96..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdftex.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,476 +0,0 @@
-.TH PDFTEX 1 "1 March 2011" "pdftex 1.40" "Web2C 2012"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.if n .ds MF Metafont
-.if t .ds MF M\s-2ETAFONT\s0
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.if n .ds MF Metafont
-.if t .ds MF M\s-2ETAFONT\s0
-.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP for troff
-.el .ds OX TeX for nroff
-.\" the same but obliqued
-.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
-.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds BX BibTeX
-.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
-.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.if t .ds AX \fRA\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'M\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'S\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds AX AmSTeX
-.if t .ds AY \fRA\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'M\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'S\fP\*(LX
-.if n .ds AY AmSLaTeX
-.if n .ds WB Web
-.if t .ds WB W\s-2EB\s0
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-pdftex, pdfinitex, pdfvirtex \- PDF output from TeX
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B pdftex
-.RI [ options ]
-.RI [ \fB&\fPformat ]
-.RI [ file | \fB\e\fPcommands ]
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Run the pdf\*(TX typesetter on
-.IR file ,
-usually creating
-.IR file.pdf .
-If the file argument has no extension, ".tex" will be appended to it.
-Instead of a filename, a set of pdf\*(TX commands can be given, the first
-of which must start with a backslash.
-With a
-.BI & format
-argument pdf\*(TX uses a different set of precompiled commands,
-contained in
-.IR format\fB.fmt\fP ;
-it is usually better to use the
-.B -fmt
-.I format
-option instead.
-.PP
-pdf\*(TX is a version of \*(TX, with the e-\*(TX extensions, that can create
-.I PDF
-files as well as
-.I DVI
-files.
-.PP
-In
-.I DVI
-mode, pdf\*(TX can be used as a complete replacement for the \*(TX
-engine.
-.PP
-The typical use of pdf\*(TX is with a pregenerated formats for which
-PDF output has been enabled. The
-.B pdftex
-command uses the equivalent of the plain \*(TX format, and the
-.B pdflatex
-command uses the equivalent of the \*(LX format.
-To generate formats, use the
-.B -ini
-switch.
-.PP
-The
-.B pdfinitex
-and
-.B pdfvirtex
-commands are pdf\*(TX's analogues to the
-.B initex
-and
-.B virtex
-commands. In this installation, if the links exist, they are symbolic
-links to the
-.B pdftex
-executable.
-.PP
-In
-.I PDF
-mode, pdf\*(TX can natively handle the
-.IR PDF ,
-.IR JPG ,
-.IR JBIG2 ,
-and
-.I PNG
-graphics formats. pdf\*(TX cannot include PostScript or Encapsulated
-PostScript (EPS) graphics files; first convert them to PDF using
-.BR epstopdf (1).
-pdf\*(TX's handling of its command-line arguments is similar to that of
-of the other \*(TX programs in the
-.I web2c
-implementation.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH OPTIONS
-This version of pdf\*(TX understands the following command line options.
-.TP
-.B -draftmode
-Sets \epdfdraftmode so pdf\*(TX doesn't write a PDF and doesn't read any
-included images, thus speeding up execution.
-.TP
-.B -enc
-Enable the enc\*(TX extensions. This option is only effective in
-combination with
-.BR -ini .
-For documentation of the enc\*(TX extensions see
-.BR http://www.olsak.net/enctex.html .
-.TP
-.B -etex
-Enable the e-\*(TX extensions. This option is only effective in
-combination with
-.BR -ini .
-See
-.BR etex (1).
-.TP
-.B -file-line-error
-Print error messages in the form
-.I file:line:error
-which is similar to the way many compilers format them.
-.TP
-.B -no-file-line-error
-Disable printing error messages in the
-.I file:line:error
-style.
-.TP
-.B -file-line-error-style
-This is the old name of the
-.B -file-line-error
-option.
-.TP
-.BI -fmt \ format
-Use
-.I format
-as the name of the format to be used, instead of the name by which
-pdf\*(TX was called or a
-.I %&
-line.
-.TP
-.B -halt-on-error
-Exit with an error code when an error is encountered during processing.
-.TP
-.B -help
-Print help message and exit.
-.TP
-.B -ini
-Start in
-.I INI
-mode, which is used to dump formats. The
-.I INI
-mode can be used for typesetting, but no format is preloaded, and
-basic initializations like setting catcodes may be required.
-.TP
-.BI -interaction \ mode
-Sets the interaction mode. The mode can be either
-.IR batchmode ,
-.IR nonstopmode ,
-.IR scrollmode ,
-and
-.IR errorstopmode .
-The meaning of these modes is the same as that of the corresponding
-\ecommands.
-.TP
-.B -ipc
-Send DVI or PDF output to a socket as well as the usual output file.
-Whether this option is available is the choice of the installer.
-.TP
-.B -ipc-start
-As
-.BR -ipc ,
-and starts the server at the other end as well. Whether this option
-is available is the choice of the installer.
-.TP
-.BI -jobname \ name
-Use
-.I name
-for the job name, instead of deriving it from the name of the input file.
-.TP
-.BI -kpathsea-debug \ bitmask
-Sets path searching debugging flags according to the bitmask. See the
-.I Kpathsea
-manual for details.
-.TP
-.BI -mktex \ fmt
-Enable
-.RI mktex fmt ,
-where
-.I fmt
-must be either
-.I tex
-or
-.IR tfm .
-.TP
-.B -mltex
-Enable ML\*(TX extensions. Only effective in combination with
-.BR -ini .
-.TP
-.BI -no-mktex \ fmt
-Disable
-.RI mktex fmt ,
-where
-.I fmt
-must be either
-.I tex
-or
-.IR tfm .
-.TP
-.BI -output-comment \ string
-In
-.I DVI
-mode, use
-.I string
-for the
-.I DVI
-file comment instead of the date. This option is ignored
-in
-.I PDF
-mode.
-.TP
-.BI -output-directory \ directory
-Write output files in
-.I directory
-instead of the current directory. Look up input files in
-.I directory
-first, the along the normal search path.
-.TP
-.BI -output-format \ format
-Set the output format mode, where
-.I format
-must be either
-.I pdf
-or
-.IR dvi .
-This also influences the set of graphics formats understood by pdf\*(TX.
-.TP
-.B -parse-first-line
-If the first line of the main input file begins with
-.I %&
-parse it to look for a dump name or a
-.B -translate-file
-option.
-.TP
-.B -no-parse-first-line
-Disable parsing of the first line of the main input file.
-.TP
-.BI -progname \ name
-Pretend to be program
-.IR name .
-This affects both the format used and the search paths.
-.TP
-.B -recorder
-Enable the filename recorder.
-This leaves a trace of the files opened for input and output
-in a file with extension
-.IR .fls .
-.TP
-.B -shell-escape
-Enable the
-.BI \ewrite18{ command }
-construct. The
-.I command
-can be any shell command. This construct is normally
-disallowed for security reasons.
-.TP
-.B -no-shell-escape
-Disable the
-.BI \ewrite18{ command }
-construct, even if it is enabled in the
-.I texmf.cnf
-file.
-.TP
-.B -src-specials
-In
-.I DVI
-mode, insert source specials into the
-.I DVI
-file.
-This option is ignored in
-.I PDF
-mode.
-.TP
-.BI -src-specials \ where
-In
-.I DVI
-mode, insert source specials in certain placed of the
-.I DVI
-file.
-.I where
-is a comma-separated value list:
-.IR cr ,
-.IR display ,
-.IR hbox ,
-.IR math ,
-.IR par ,
-.IR parent ,
-or
-.IR vbox .
-This option is ignored in
-.I PDF
-mode.
-.TP
-.BI -translate-file \ tcxname
-Use the
-.I tcxname
-translation table to set the mapping of input characters and
-re-mapping of output characters.
-.TP
-.BI -default-translate-file \ tcxname
-Like
-.B -translate-file
-except that a
-.I %&
-line can overrule this setting.
-.TP
-.B -version
-Print version information and exit.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-See the Kpathsearch library documentation (the `Path specifications'
-node) for precise details of how the environment variables are used.
-The
-.B kpsewhich
-utility can be used to query the values of the variables.
-.PP
-One caveat: In most pdf\*(TX formats, you cannot use ~ in a filename you
-give directly to pdf\*(TX, because ~ is an active character, and hence is
-expanded, not taken as part of the filename. Other programs, such as
-\*(MF, do not have this problem.
-.PP
-.TP
-.B TEXMFOUTPUT
-Normally, pdf\*(TX puts its output files in the current directory. If
-any output file cannot be opened there, it tries to open it in the
-directory specified in the environment variable TEXMFOUTPUT.
-There is no default value for that variable. For example, if you say
-.I pdftex paper
-and the current directory is not writable and TEXMFOUTPUT has
-the value
-.IR /tmp ,
-pdf\*(TX attempts to create
-.I /tmp/paper.log
-(and
-.IR /tmp/paper.pdf ,
-if any output is produced.) TEXMFOUTPUT is also checked for input
-files, as \*(TX often generates files that need to be subsequently
-read; for input, no suffixes (such as ``.tex'') are added by default,
-the input name is simply checked as given.
-.TP
-.B TEXINPUTS
-Search path for
-.I \einput
-and
-.I \eopenin
-files.
-This should start with ``.'', so
-that user files are found before system files. An empty path
-component will be replaced with the paths defined in the
-.I texmf.cnf
-file. For example, set TEXINPUTS to ".:/home/user/tex:" to prepend the
-current directory and ``/home/user/tex'' to the standard search path.
-.TP
-.B TEXFORMATS
-Search path for format files.
-.TP
-.B TEXPOOL
-search path for
-.B pdftex
-internal strings.
-.TP
-.B TEXEDIT
-Command template for switching to editor. The default, usually
-.BR vi ,
-is set when pdf\*(TX is compiled.
-.TP
-.B TFMFONTS
-Search path for font metric
-.RI ( .tfm )
-files.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH FILES
-The location of the files mentioned below varies from system to
-system. Use the
-.B kpsewhich
-utility to find their locations.
-.TP
-.I pdftex.pool
-Text file containing pdf\*(TX's internal strings.
-.TP
-.I pdftex.map
-Filename mapping definitions.
-.TP
-.I *.tfm
-Metric files for pdf\*(TX's fonts.
-.TP
-.I *.fmt
-Predigested pdf\*(TX format (.\|fmt) files.
-.br
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NOTES
-Starting with version 1.40, pdf\*(TX incorporates the e-\*(TX
-extensions, and pdfe\*(TX is just a copy of pdf\*(TX. See
-.BR etex (1).
-This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
-documentation for this version of pdf\*(TX can be found in the
-.IR "pdf\*(TX manual"
-and the info manual
-.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH BUGS
-This version of pdf\*(TX implements a number of optional extensions.
-In fact, many of these extensions conflict to a greater or lesser
-extent with the definition of pdf\*(TX. When such extensions are
-enabled, the banner printed when pdf\*(TX starts is changed to print
-.B pdfTeXk
-instead of
-.BR pdfTeX .
-.PP
-This version of pdf\*(TX fails to trap arithmetic overflow when
-dimensions are added or subtracted. Cases where this occurs are rare,
-but when it does the generated
-.I DVI
-file will be invalid. Whether a generated
-.I PDF
-file would be usable is unknown.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH AVAILABILITY
-pdf\*(TX is available for a large variety of machine architectures
-and operation systems.
-pdf\*(TX is part of all major \*(TX distributions.
-.P
-Information on how to get pdf\*(TX and related information
-is available at the
-.B http://www.pdftex.org
-.IR "pdf\*(TX"
-web site.
-.P
-The following pdfe\*(TX related mailing list is available:
-.BR pdftex@tug.org .
-This is a mailman list;
-to subscribe send a message containing
-.I subscribe
-to
-.BR pdftex-request@tug.org .
-A web interface and list archives can be found at the
-.B "http://lists.tug.org/pdftex"
-mailing list web site.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR epstopdf (1),
-.BR etex (1),
-.BR latex (1),
-.BR mptopdf (1),
-.BR tex (1),
-.BR mf (1).
-http://tug.org/applications/pdftex, http://tug.org/web2c.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH AUTHORS
-The primary authors of pdf\*(TX are Han The Thanh, Petr Sojka,
-Jiri Zlatuska, and Peter Breitenlohner (e\*(TX).
-.PP
-\*(TX was designed by Donald E. Knuth,
-who implemented it using his \*(WB system for Pascal programs.
-It was ported to Unix at Stanford by Howard Trickey, and
-at Cornell by Pavel Curtis.
-The version now offered with the Unix \*(TX distribution is that
-generated by the \*(WB to C system
-.RB ( web2c ),
-originally written by Tomas Rokicki and Tim Morgan.
-.PP
-The enc\*(TX extensions were written by Petr Olsak.
-.\" vim: syntax=nroff
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdftex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdftex.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index e66da00c779..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdftex.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdftosrc.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdftosrc.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 847f912e5f3..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdftosrc.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,237 +0,0 @@
-.\" Process this file with
-.\" groff -man -Tascii pdftosrc.1
-.\"
-.\" $Id: pdftosrc.1,v 1.5 2006/12/22 23:46:23 hhenkel Exp $
-.\"
-.TH pdftosrc 1 "23 December 2006" "User Manuals"
-.SH NAME
-pdftosrc \- extract source file or stream from PDF file
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B pdftosrc
-.I PDF-file
-.RI [ stream-object-number ]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-If only
-.I PDF-file
-is given as argument,
-.B pdftosrc
-extracts the embedded source file
-from the first found stream object
-with /Type /SourceFile within the
-.I PDF-file
-and writes it to a file with the name /SourceName
-as defined in that PDF stream object
-(see application example below).
-
-If both
-.I PDF-file
-and
-.I stream-object-number
-are given as arguments, and
-.I stream-object-number
-is positive,
-.B pdftosrc
-extracts and uncompresses the PDF stream of the object
-given by its
-.I stream-object-number
-from the
-.I PDF-file
-and writes it to a file named
-.IR PDF-file . stream-object-number
-with the ending
-.B .pdf
-or
-.B .PDF
-stripped from the original
-.I PDF-file
-name.
-
-A special case is related to XRef object streams that are part
-of the PDF standard from PDF-1.5 onward:
-If
-.I stream-object-number
-equals -1,
-then
-.B pdftosrc
-decompresses the XRef stream from the PDF file and writes it
-in human-readable PDF cross-reference table format to a file named
-.IB PDF-file .xref
-(these XRef streams can not be extracted just by giving their object number).
-
-In any case
-an existing file with the output file name will be overwritten.
-.SH OPTIONS
-None.
-.SH FILES
-Just the executable
-.BR pdftosrc .
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-None.
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-At success the exit code of
-.B pdftosrc
-is 0, else 1.
-
-All messages go to stderr.
-At program invocation,
-.B pdftosrc
-issues the current version number of the program
-.BR xpdf ,
-on which
-.B pdftosrc
-is based:
-
-.RS
-pdftosrc version 3.01
-
-.RE
-When
-.B pdftosrc
-was successful with the output file writing,
-one of the following messages will be issued:
-
-.RS
-Source file extracted to
-.I source-file-name
-
-.RE
-or
-
-.RS
-Stream object extracted to
-.IR PDF-file . stream-object-number
-
-.RE
-or
-
-.RS
-Cross-reference table extracted to
-.IR PDF-file .xref
-
-.RE
-
-.RE
-When the object given by the
-.I stream-object-number
-does not contain a stream,
-.B pdftosrc
-issues the following error message:
-
-.RS
-Not a Stream object
-
-.RE
-When the
-.I PDF-file
-can't be opened, the error message is:
-
-.RS
-Error: Couldn't open file
-.RI ' PDF-file '.
-
-.RE
-When
-.B pdftosrc
-encounters an invalid PDF file,
-the error message (several lines) is:
-
-.RS
-Error: May not be a PDF file (continuing anyway)
-.RE
-.RS
-(more lines)
-.RE
-.RS
-Invalid PDF file
-
-.RE
-There are also more error messages from
-.B pdftosrc
-for various kinds of broken PDF files.
-.SH NOTES
-An embedded source file will be written out unchanged,
-i. e. it will not be uncompressed in this process.
-
-Only the stream of the object will be written,
-i. e. not the dictionary of that object.
-
-Knowing which
-.I stream-object-number
-to query requires information about the PDF file
-that has to be gained elsewhere,
-e. g. by looking into the PDF file with an editor.
-
-The stream extraction capabilities of
-.B pdftosrc
-(e. g. regarding understood PDF versions and filter types)
-follow the capabilities of the underlying
-.B xpdf
-program version.
-
-Currently the generation number of the stream object
-is not supported.
-The default value 0 (zero) is taken.
-
-The wording
-.I stream-object-number
-has nothing to do with the `object streams' introduced
-by the Adobe PDF Reference,
-5th edition, version 1.6.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-When using pdftex,
-a source file can be embedded into some
-.I PDF-file
-by using pdftex primitives,
-as illustrated by the following example:
-
-\\immediate\\pdfobj
-.RE
- stream attr {/Type /SourceFile /SourceName (myfile.zip)}
-.RS
-.RE
- file{myfile.zip}
-.RS
-.RE
-\\pdfcatalog{/SourceObject \\the\\pdflastobj\\space 0 R}
-
-Then this zip file can be extracted from the
-.I PDF-file
-by calling
-.B pdftosrc
-.IR PDF-file .
-.SH BUGS
-Not all embedded source files will be extracted,
-only the first found one.
-
-Email bug reports to
-.B pdftex@tug.org.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR xpdf (1),
-.BR pdfimages (1),
-.BR pdftotext (1),
-.BR pdftex (1),
-.SH AUTHORS
-.B pdftosrc
-written by Han The Thanh, using
-.B xpdf
-functionality from Derek Noonburg.
-
-Man page written by Hartmut Henkel.
-.SH COPYRIGHT
-Copyright (c) 1996-2006 Han The Thanh, <thanh@pdftex.org>
-
-This file is part of pdfTeX.
-
-pdfTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
-pdfTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with pdfTeX; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdftosrc.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdftosrc.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 522d4fb7f05..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pdftosrc.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/perltex.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/perltex.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 28c0508e680..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/perltex.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,280 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.1801 (Pod::Simple 3.05)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "PERLTEX 1"
-.TH PERLTEX 1 "2010-07-10" "v2.1" " "
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-perltex \- enable LaTeX macros to be defined in terms of Perl code
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-perltex
-[\fB\-\-help\fR]
-[\fB\-\-latex\fR=\fIprogram\fR]
-[\fB\-\-\fR[\fBno\fR]\fBsafe\fR]
-[\fB\-\-permit\fR=\fIfeature\fR]
-[\fB\-\-makesty\fR]
-[\fIlatex options\fR]
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-LaTeX \*(-- through the underlying TeX typesetting system \*(-- produces
-beautifully typeset documents but has a macro language that is
-difficult to program. In particular, support for complex string
-manipulation is largely lacking. Perl is a popular general-purpose
-programming language whose forte is string manipulation. However, it
-has no typesetting capabilities whatsoever.
-.PP
-Clearly, Perl's programmability could complement LaTeX's typesetting
-strengths. \fBperltex\fR is the tool that enables a symbiosis between
-the two systems. All a user needs to do is compile a LaTeX document
-using \fBperltex\fR instead of \fBlatex\fR. (\fBperltex\fR is actually a
-wrapper for \fBlatex\fR, so no \fBlatex\fR functionality is lost.) If the
-document includes a \f(CW\*(C`\eusepackage{perltex}\*(C'\fR in its preamble, then
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\eperlnewcommand\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`\eperlrenewcommand\*(C'\fR macros will be made
-available. These behave just like LaTeX's \f(CW\*(C`\enewcommand\*(C'\fR and
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\erenewcommand\*(C'\fR except that the macro body contains Perl code instead
-of LaTeX code.
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS"
-\&\fBperltex\fR accepts the following command-line options:
-.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--help"
-Display basic usage information.
-.IP "\fB\-\-latex\fR=\fIprogram\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--latex=program"
-Specify a program to use instead of \fBlatex\fR. For example,
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-latex=pdflatex\*(C'\fR would typeset the given document using
-\&\fBpdflatex\fR instead of ordinary \fBlatex\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-\-\fR[\fBno\fR]\fBsafe\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--[no]safe"
-Enable or disable sandboxing. With the default of \fB\-\-safe\fR,
-\&\fBperltex\fR executes the code from a \f(CW\*(C`\eperlnewcommand\*(C'\fR or
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\eperlrenewcommand\*(C'\fR macro within a protected environment that
-prohibits ``unsafe'' operations such as accessing files or executing
-external programs. Specifying \fB\-\-nosafe\fR gives the LaTeX document
-\&\fIcarte blanche\fR to execute any arbitrary Perl code, including that
-which can harm the user's files. See Safe for more information.
-.IP "\fB\-\-permit\fR=\fIfeature\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--permit=feature"
-Permit particular Perl operations to be performed. The \fB\-\-permit\fR
-option, which can be specified more than once on the command line,
-enables finer-grained control over the \fBperltex\fR sandbox. See
-Opcode for more information.
-.IP "\fB\-\-makesty\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--makesty"
-Generate a LaTeX style file called \fInoperltex.sty\fR. Replacing the
-document's \f(CW\*(C`\eusepackage{perltex}\*(C'\fR line with \f(CW\*(C`\eusepackage{noperltex}\*(C'\fR
-produces the same output but does not require PerlTeX, making the
-document suitable for distribution to people who do not have PerlTeX
-installed. The disadvantage is that \fInoperltex.sty\fR is specific to
-the document that produced it. Any changes to the document's PerlTeX
-macro definitions or macro invocations necessitates rerunning
-\&\fBperltex\fR with the \fB\-\-makesty\fR option.
-.PP
-These options are then followed by whatever options are normally
-passed to \fBlatex\fR (or whatever program was specified with
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-latex\*(C'\fR), including, for instance, the name of the \fI.tex\fR file to
-compile.
-.SH "EXAMPLES"
-.IX Header "EXAMPLES"
-In its simplest form, \fBperltex\fR is run just like \fBlatex\fR:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& perltex myfile.tex
-.Ve
-.PP
-To use \fBpdflatex\fR instead of regular \fBlatex\fR, use the \fB\-\-latex\fR
-option:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& perltex \-\-latex=pdflatex myfile.tex
-.Ve
-.PP
-If LaTeX gives a ``\f(CW\*(C`trapped by operation mask\*(C'\fR'' error and you trust
-the \fI.tex\fR file you're trying to compile not to execute malicious
-Perl code (e.g., because you wrote it yourself), you can disable
-\&\fBperltex\fR's safety mechansisms with \fB\-\-nosafe\fR:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& perltex \-\-nosafe myfile.tex
-.Ve
-.PP
-The following command gives documents only \fBperltex\fR's default
-permissions (\f(CW\*(C`:browse\*(C'\fR) plus the ability to open files and invoke the
-\&\f(CW\*(C`time\*(C'\fR command:
-.PP
-.Vb 2
-\& perltex \-\-permit=:browse \-\-permit=:filesys_open
-\& \-\-permit=time myfile.tex
-.Ve
-.SH "ENVIRONMENT"
-.IX Header "ENVIRONMENT"
-\&\fBperltex\fR honors the following environment variables:
-.IP "\s-1PERLTEX\s0" 4
-.IX Item "PERLTEX"
-Specify the filename of the LaTeX compiler. The LaTeX compiler
-defaults to ``\f(CW\*(C`latex\*(C'\fR''. The \f(CW\*(C`PERLTEX\*(C'\fR environment variable
-overrides this default, and the \fB\-\-latex\fR command-line option (see
-\&\*(L"\s-1OPTIONS\s0\*(R") overrides that.
-.SH "FILES"
-.IX Header "FILES"
-While compiling \fIjobname.tex\fR, \fBperltex\fR makes use of the following
-files:
-.IP "\fIjobname.lgpl\fR" 4
-.IX Item "jobname.lgpl"
-log file written by Perl; helpful for debugging Perl macros
-.IP "\fIjobname.topl\fR" 4
-.IX Item "jobname.topl"
-information sent from LaTeX to Perl
-.IP "\fIjobname.frpl\fR" 4
-.IX Item "jobname.frpl"
-information sent from Perl to LaTeX
-.IP "\fIjobname.tfpl\fR" 4
-.IX Item "jobname.tfpl"
-``flag'' file whose existence indicates that \fIjobname.topl\fR contains
-valid data
-.IP "\fIjobname.ffpl\fR" 4
-.IX Item "jobname.ffpl"
-``flag'' file whose existence indicates that \fIjobname.frpl\fR contains
-valid data
-.IP "\fIjobname.dfpl\fR" 4
-.IX Item "jobname.dfpl"
-``flag'' file whose existence indicates that \fIjobname.ffpl\fR has been
-deleted
-.IP "\fInoperltex\-#.tex\fR" 4
-.IX Item "noperltex-#.tex"
-file generated by \fInoperltex.sty\fR for each PerlTeX macro invocation
-.SH "NOTES"
-.IX Header "NOTES"
-\&\fBperltex\fR's sandbox defaults to what Opcode calls ``\f(CW\*(C`:browse\*(C'\fR''.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
-\&\fIlatex\fR\|(1), \fIpdflatex\fR\|(1), \fIperl\fR\|(1), \fISafe\fR\|(3pm), \fIOpcode\fR\|(3pm)
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.IX Header "AUTHOR"
-Scott Pakin, \fIscott+pt@pakin.org\fR
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/perltex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/perltex.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 1aab77154c5..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/perltex.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pfb2pfa.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pfb2pfa.1
deleted file mode 100644
index f81abb8ed2f..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pfb2pfa.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-.TH PFB2PFA 1 TeX
-.SH NAME
-pfb2pfa \- convert a type1 pfb file (binary MSDOS) into a pfa (ASCII)
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-pfb2pfa [-v] pfbfile [pfafile]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Program converts a binary MSDOS representation for a type1 PostScript
-font into a readable ASCII version. The MSDOS newline (\\r) is converted
-into the UNIX newline (\\n). The output is written in a file whose name
-is the name that is provided on the command line or the basename of the
-input file plus extension ".pfa".
-.PP
-With the -v option you get some information about what the
-program is doing.
-.SH AUTHOR
-.nf
-Piet Tutelaers <rcpt@urc.tue.nl>
-
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pfb2pfa.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pfb2pfa.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index add89aa8a73..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pfb2pfa.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pk2bm.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pk2bm.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 5b9c6d599db..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pk2bm.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-.TH PK2BM 1 TeX
-.SH NAME
-pk2bm \- create a bitmap from a TeX pkfont
-.SH SYNOPSIS:
-pk2bm [-bh] [-W\fIwidth\fP] [-H\fIheight\fP] -c\fIchar\fP pkfont
-
-pk2bm [-bh] [-W\fIwidth\fP] [-H\fIheight\fP] -o\fIoctchar\fP pkfont
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This program generates a bitmap (ASCII file) which can be used
-to create X11 applications. The bitmap file consists of all pixels
-of the specified character (via the -c or -o option) from
-the given pkfont. The format is described in bitmap(X11).
-.PP
-The pkfont is a packed fontfile generated by gftopk(TeX) from a
-gffont. A gffont is the output of METAFONT a program to design fonts
-in a device independant way.
-.PP
-With the -b flag a bitmap is generated in which all black pixels are
-drawn as a `*' and all white bits as a `.'. With the -h flag a
-hexadecimal bitmap dump is generated.
-.PP
-The -W and/or -H options can be used to create a bitmap of
-respectivally `width' and `height' pixels. The pk-bitmap will in
-this case be centered according to these new dimensions.
-.PP
-The output is written to the standard output.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.nf
-`METAFONT', Donald Knuth.
-`The PKtype processor', belonging to the METAFONTware.
-bitmap(X11),
-gftopk(TeX),
-pktype(TeX),
-ps2pk(1)
-
-.SH AUTHOR
-.nf
-Piet Tutelaers <rcpt@urc.tue.nl>
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pk2bm.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pk2bm.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e2e52f0319..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pk2bm.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pkfix-helper.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pkfix-helper.1
deleted file mode 100644
index c0c170fdbe8..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pkfix-helper.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,516 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.22 (Pod::Simple 3.07)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "PKFIX-HELPER 1"
-.TH PKFIX-HELPER 1 "2011-06-11" "v1.4" " "
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-pkfix\-helper \- preprocess dvips\-produced PostScript documents before passing them to pkfix
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-pkfix-helper
-[\fB\-\-help\fR]
-[\fB\-\-verbose\fR]
-[\fB\-\-force\fR=\fIname\fR=\fIfontspec\fR]
-[\fB\-\-ps\fR=\fIfilename.ps\fR]
-[\fB\-\-tex\fR=\fIfilename.tex\fR]
-[\fB\-\-cache\fR=\fIfilename\fR]
-[\fB\-\-include\fR=\fIfontspec\fR]
-[\fB\-\-exclude\fR=\fIregexp\fR]
-[\fB\-\-keep\fR=\fIfontspec\fR]
-[\fB\-\-quiet\fR]
-[\fB\-\-no\-repeats\fR]
-[\fB\-\-spp\fR=\fInumber\fR]
-[\fIinput.ps\fR [\fIoutput.ps\fR]]
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-.SS "Motivation"
-.IX Subsection "Motivation"
-PostScript documents created with old versions of \fBdvips\fR almost
-invariably utilize bitmapped (PostScript Type\ 3) fonts. The
-problem with bitmapped fonts is that they target a specific device
-resolution; a PostScript file produced using 300\ \s-1DPI\s0 fonts will
-look grainy on a 600\ \s-1DPI\s0 printer. Even worse, \fIall\fR bitmapped
-fonts look grainy when zoomed in on screen. The solution is to use
-vector (PostScript Type\ 1) fonts, which are resolution-independent
-and appear crisp at any size or scale.
-.PP
-While it is no longer difficult to configure \fBdvips\fR to use vector
-fonts, it is not always possible to rerun \fBdvips\fR on an old \fI.dvi\fR
-file. The \fI.dvi\fR file and document source may have been lost; or,
-the source may no longer compile because packages it depends upon may
-no longer be available.
-.PP
-Heiko Oberdiek's \fBpkfix\fR script replaces bitmapped fonts in
-\&\fBdvips\fR\-produced PostScript files with the corresponding vector
-fonts. It works by parsing the PostScript comments with which
-\&\fBdvips\fR surrounds bitmapped-font definitions. For example, a font
-definition beginning with the comment \f(CW\*(C`%DVIPSBitmapFont: Fi cmss10 11
-28\*(C'\fR and ending with a matching \f(CW%EndDVIPSBitmapFont\fR is known to
-define font \f(CW\*(C`Fi\*(C'\fR as \f(CW\*(C`cmss10\*(C'\fR (Computer Modern Sans Serif at a design
-size of 10\ points) scaled to \f(CW11\fR\ points. Only the \f(CW28\fR
-characters actually used by the document are defined. \fBpkfix\fR then
-replaces the font definition with one that defines \f(CW\*(C`Fi\*(C'\fR using the
-same set of characters but taken from the \fIcmss10.pfb\fR vector font
-file.
-.PP
-Unfortunately, \fBpkfix\fR works only with versions of \fBdvips\fR newer
-than v5.58 (ca.\ 1996). Naturally, the older a PostScript document,
-the less likely its sources still exist and can still be recompiled.
-Older versions of \fBdvips\fR lack \f(CW%DVIPSBitmapFont\fR comments and
-various other PostScript comments on which \fBpkfix\fR relies. Without
-PostScript comments to guide it, \fBpkfix\fR is unable to determine which
-vector fonts correspond with which bitmapped fonts.
-.SS "Overview"
-.IX Subsection "Overview"
-The \fBpkfix-helper\fR script is a preprocessor for \fBpkfix\fR that
-attempts to determine the association between each document-font name
-(e.g.,\ \f(CW\*(C`Fi\*(C'\fR) in a PostScript file and the original font (e.g.,\ \f(CW\*(C`cmss10\*(C'\fR) and fonts size (e.g., \f(CW11\fR\ points). It then
-fabricates the PostScript comments that \fBpkfix\fR expects to see so
-that \fBpkfix\fR can do its job.
-.PP
-\&\fBpkfix-helper\fR works by comparing every document font against every
-\&\fI.tfm\fR font file it knows about (assuming that each such font has a
-corresponding \fI.pfb\fR vector version) and selecting the best matching
-\&\fI.tfm\fR file for every document font. \fBpkfix-helper\fR has access only
-to the widths of characters and only to those characters actually used
-in the document. Also, the program recognizes only a limited set of
-the most popular \fI.tfm\fR files and scaling factors. Consequently, the
-comparison is imperfect and \fBpkfix-helper\fR may attribute an incorrect
-font to a given name. Fonts comprising only one or two characters
-actually used in a document are particularly problematic for
-\&\fBpkfix-helper\fR because many fonts may be near-enough matches to fool
-the problem.
-.PP
-\&\fBpkfix-helper\fR is designed so that a user can guide the
-font-selection process by manually designating matching fonts. With a
-modicum of diligence and patience a user can correct any mismatched
-fonts and help the program provide proper input to \fBpkfix\fR.
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS"
-\&\fBpkfix-helper\fR accepts on the command line the filename of a
-PostScript document to process (with the default being the standard
-input device) and the filename of a modified PostScript document to
-create (with the default being the standard output device). The
-program also accepts the following command-line options:
-.SS "Frequently Used Options"
-.IX Subsection "Frequently Used Options"
-.IP "\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-h, --help"
-Display usage information and exit. The \fB\-\-verbose\fR and \fB\-\-quiet\fR
-options can be used to increase and decrease the amount of information
-presented.
-.IP "\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-verbose\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-v, --verbose"
-Increase the amount of status information that \fBpkfix-helper\fR
-displays as it runs. Additional instances of \fB\-\-verbose\fR on the
-command line further increase the program's verbosity. By default,
-only major operations are displayed. A single \fB\-\-verbose\fR
-additionally displays information about individual font comparisons.
-A second \fB\-\-verbose\fR additionally displays details about some of the
-program's internal operations.
-.IP "\fB\-f\fR \fIname\fR=\fIfontspec\fR, \fB\-\-force\fR=\fIname\fR=\fIfontspec\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-f name=fontspec, --force=name=fontspec"
-Force \fBpkfix-helper\fR to associate a specific font with a given font
-name appearing the document. \fIname\fR is a two-character \fBdvips\fR font
-name such as \f(CW\*(C`Fa\*(C'\fR. \fIfontspec\fR is a font specification such as
-\&\f(CW\*(C`cmmi8\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`cmsy10\ @\ 1.1X\*(C'\fR. An asterisk used in the name of the
-base font (e.g.,\ \f(CW\*(C`cmti*\*(C'\fR) will automatically try all integral test
-font sizes from 5 to 17 points (\f(CW\*(C`cmti5\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`cmti6\*(C'\fR,\ ...,
-\&\f(CW\*(C`cmti17\*(C'\fR). An asterisk used as a scale value (e.g.,\ \f(CW\*(C`cmsy10\ @\ *\*(C'\fR) will be replaced by the scale value that gives the best match to
-the original font's metrics. The \fB\-\-force\fR option can be specified
-repeatedly on the command line.
-.IP "\fB\-p\fR \fIfilename.ps\fR, \fB\-\-ps\fR=\fIfilename.ps\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-p filename.ps, --ps=filename.ps"
-Create a PostScript file called \fIfilename.ps\fR that shows the \fBdvips\fR
-name and a font sample of every font used by the input document.
-.IP "\fB\-t\fR \fIfilename.tex\fR, \fB\-\-tex\fR=\fIfilename.tex\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-t filename.tex, --tex=filename.tex"
-Create a Plain TeX file called \fIfilename.tex\fR that shows the \fBdvips\fR
-name and a font sample of every font that \fBpkfix-helper\fR used in the
-output document.
-.SS "Infrequently Used Options"
-.IX Subsection "Infrequently Used Options"
-.IP "\fB\-C\fR \fIfilename\fR, \fB\-\-cache\fR=\fIfilename\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-C filename, --cache=filename"
-Speed up \s-1TFM\s0 file processing by caching character metrics into file
-\&\fIfilename\fR. On some systems it takes a long time to read a \s-1TFM\s0 file,
-spawn \fItftopl\fR to convert it to \s-1PL\s0 format, and extract from the \s-1PL\s0
-data the metrics for each character. The first time \fB\-\-cache\fR is
-specified, \fBpkfix-helper\fR proceeds as normal then writes all of the
-extracted character metrics to \fIfilename\fR. On subsequent runs in
-which \fB\-\-cache\fR=\fIfilename\fR is specified, \fBpkfix-helper\fR reads the
-previously extracted metrics from \fIfilename\fR, going through the
-\&\fItftopl\fR\-based process only for \s-1TFM\s0 files that were not previously
-encountered.
-.IP "\fB\-q\fR, \fB\-\-quiet\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-q, --quiet"
-Instruct \fBpkfix-helper\fR to produce no output during its run except
-for fatal error messages.
-.IP "\fB\-1\fR, \fB\-\-no\-repeats\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-1, --no-repeats"
-Prevent \fBpkfix-helper\fR from associating the same \fIfontspec\fR with
-more than one \fBdvips\fR font name.
-.IP "\fB\-i\fR \fIfontspec\fR, \fB\-\-include\fR=\fIfontspec\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-i fontspec, --include=fontspec"
-Add \fIfontspec\fR to the list of font specifications against which
-\&\fBpkfix-helper\fR compares \fIevery\fR document font. (In contrast,
-\&\fB\-\-force\fR designates a font specification to use only for a
-\&\fIspecific\fR document font.) The \fB\-\-include\fR option can be specified
-repeatedly on the command line.
-.IP "\fB\-x\fR \fIregexp\fR, \fB\-\-exclude\fR=\fIregexp\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-x regexp, --exclude=regexp"
-Remove all font specifications matching regular expression \fIregexp\fR
-from \fBpkfix-helper\fR's list of known fonts. The \fB\-\-exclude\fR option
-can be specified repeatedly on the command line.
-.IP "\fB\-k\fR \fIfontspec\fR, \fB\-\-keep\fR=\fIfontspec\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-k fontspec, --keep=fontspec"
-Do not substitute a vector font for bitmapped font \fIfontspec\fR (\f(CW\*(C`Fa\*(C'\fR,
-\&\f(CW\*(C`Fb\*(C'\fR, etc.). This is useful when converting documents that use
-obscure bitmapped fonts for which there is no vector equivalent. For
-example, it was somewhat common in the past to include graphics such
-as university or corporate logos into a document by converting the
-bitmapped image into a single-character font and using that font in
-LaTeX. \fB\-\-keep\fR prevents such fonts from being replaced. The
-\&\fB\-\-keep\fR option can be specified repeatedly on the command line.
-.IP "\fB\-a\fR, \fB\-\-any\-scale\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-a, --any-scale"
-Allow any value to be used to scale a font when "\f(CW\*(C`*\*(C'\fR" is specified as
-the scale factor. Normally, \fBpkfix-helper\fR considers only integer
-multiples of 0.1 that are greater than or equal to 1.0 (i.e.,
-\&\fIfontname\fR\f(CW@1X\fR, \f(CW\*(C`@1.1X\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`@1.2X\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`@1.3X\*(C'\fR, etc.).
-.IP "\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-spp\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-s, --spp"
-Specify the number of font samples per page to print to the files
-indicated using the \fB\-\-ps\fR and \fB\-\-tex\fR options. The default
-value,\ 25, should work well in most circumstances.
-.SH "DIAGNOSTICS"
-.IX Header "DIAGNOSTICS"
-.ie n .IP """Best match for \f(CIname\f(CW is rather poor""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWBest match for \f(CIname\f(CW is rather poor\fR" 4
-.IX Item "Best match for name is rather poor"
-The best font \fBpkfix-helper\fR found for \fBdvips\fR font name \fIname\fR has
-a mismatch value greater than or equal to\ 1.0. (The mismatch value
-is the sum of the squares of the difference between the character
-widths of a document font and a potential replacement font.) Use the
-\&\fB\-\-force\fR option to designate an alternative replacement font or
-scaling amount.
-.SH "EXAMPLES"
-.IX Header "EXAMPLES"
-For the purpose of the following examples, assume that \fIoldfile.ps\fR
-is the name of a PostScript file produced by an old version of
-\&\fBdvips\fR and utilizing at least one bitmapped font. It's always worth
-verifying that \fBpkfix\fR can't convert the file on its own:
-.PP
-.Vb 3
-\& $ pkfix oldfile.ps newfile.ps
-\& PKFIX 1.3, 2005/02/25 \- Copyright (c) 2001, 2005 by Heiko Oberdiek.
-\& ==> no fonts converted
-.Ve
-.PP
-(Alternatively \fBpkfix\fR may issue an error message such as \f(CW\*(C`!!!
-Error: Parse error (@start parameters)!\*(C'\fR.) Only when \fBpkfix\fR can't
-replace bitmapped fonts with vector fonts is \fBpkfix-helper\fR needed.
-In its simplest form, \fBpkfix-helper\fR takes the name of an input file
-(\fIoldfile.ps\fR in this example) and the name of an output file
-(\fIpkfix\-oldfile.ps\fR), which will have the same contents as the input
-file but serve as suitable input for \fBpkfix\fR:
-.PP
-.Vb 10
-\& $ pkfix\-helper oldfile.ps pkfix\-oldfile.ps
-\& Reading oldfile.ps ... done.
-\& Number of Type 3 fonts encountered: 10
-\& Bitmapped fonts are typeset at 600 DPI.
-\& Finding character widths ... done.
-\& Reading TFM files ... done (103 TFMs in 193 scaling variations).
-\& Matching fonts:
-\& Processing Fi ... done (cmr10 @ 1X, mismatch=0.11683).
-\& Processing Fa ... done (cmti10 @ 1X, mismatch=0.08892).
-\& Processing Fb ... done (cmr8 @ 1X, mismatch=0.07133).
-\& Processing Ff ... done (cmbx12 @ 1.2X, mismatch=0.02948).
-\& Processing Fh ... done (cmtt10 @ 1X, mismatch=0.06895).
-\& Processing Fd ... done (cmmi10 @ 1X, mismatch=0.03966).
-\& Processing Fj ... done (cmbx12 @ 1X, mismatch=0.03972).
-\& Processing Fe ... done (cmbx10 @ 1X, mismatch=0.00762).
-\& Processing Fg ... done (cmsy10 @ 1X, mismatch=0.00875).
-\& Processing Fc ... done (cmr6 @ 1X, mismatch=0.00284).
-\&
-\& $ pkfix pkfix\-oldfile.ps newfile.ps
-\& PKFIX 1.3, 2005/02/25 \- Copyright (c) 2001, 2005 by Heiko Oberdiek.
-\& *** Font conversion: \`cmti10\*(Aq \-> \`CMTI10\*(Aq.
-\& *** Font conversion: \`cmr8\*(Aq \-> \`CMR8\*(Aq.
-\& *** Font conversion: \`cmr6\*(Aq \-> \`CMR6\*(Aq.
-\& *** Font conversion: \`cmmi10\*(Aq \-> \`CMMI10\*(Aq.
-\& *** Font conversion: \`cmbx10\*(Aq \-> \`CMBX10\*(Aq.
-\& *** Font conversion: \`cmbx12\*(Aq \-> \`CMBX12\*(Aq.
-\& *** Font conversion: \`cmsy10\*(Aq \-> \`CMSY10\*(Aq.
-\& *** Font conversion: \`cmtt10\*(Aq \-> \`CMTT10\*(Aq.
-\& *** Font conversion: \`cmr10\*(Aq \-> \`CMR10\*(Aq.
-\& *** Font conversion: \`cmbx12\*(Aq \-> \`CMBX12\*(Aq.
-\& *** Merging font \`CMBX12\*(Aq (2).
-\& ==> 10 converted fonts.
-\& ==> 1 merged font.
-.Ve
-.PP
-Although \fBpkfix-helper\fR tries to automate as much as possible the
-font-detection process, some fonts will invariably be incorrectly
-identified. The program outputs a warning message if it \fIknows\fR a
-match is bad but the lack of a warning message does not necessarily
-indicate that \fBpkfix-helper\fR did a good job. It is therefore
-strongly recommended that the user produce \*(L"before\*(R" and \*(L"after\*(R" font
-sheets:
-.PP
-.Vb 2
-\& $ pkfix\-helper \-q oldfile.ps pkfix\-oldfile.ps \e
-\& \-\-ps=oldfonts.ps \-\-tex=newfonts.tex
-\&
-\& $ tex newfonts.tex
-\& This is TeX, Version 3.14159 (Web2C 7.4.5)
-\& (./newfonts.tex [1] )
-\& Output written on newfonts.dvi (1 page, 1292 bytes).
-\& Transcript written on newfonts.log.
-\&
-\& $ dvips newfonts.dvi \-o newfonts.ps
-\& This is dvips(k) 5.92b Copyright 2002 Radical Eye Software (www.radicaleye.com)
-\& \*(Aq TeX output 2006.06.11:1636\*(Aq \-> newfonts.ps
-\& <texc.pro><8r.enc><texps.pro>. <cmr6.pfb><cmsy10.pfb><cmbx10.pfb><cmbx12.pfb>
-\& <cmmi10.pfb><cmtt10.pfb><cmr8.pfb><cmti10.pfb><cmr10.pfb>[1]
-.Ve
-.PP
-After running the preceding commands, \fIoldfonts.ps\fR shows samples of
-the fonts in \fIoldfile.ps\fR and \fInewfonts.ps\fR shows samples of the
-replacement fonts that \fBpkfix-helper\fR used to produce
-\&\fIpkfix\-oldfile.ps\fR. Print \fIoldfonts.ps\fR and \fInewfonts.ps\fR and
-compare them carefully for incorrect fonts and sizes.
-.PP
-Suppose that the choice of \f(CW\*(C`cmbx12 @ 1.2X\*(C'\fR for font \f(CW\*(C`Ff\*(C'\fR looks
-wrong; say the characters look taller in \fIoldfonts.ps\fR than in
-\&\fInewfonts.ps\fR. This is where the trial-and-error stage begins.
-Let's hypothesize that \f(CW\*(C`cmb12\*(C'\fR is a better match than \f(CW\*(C`cmbx12\*(C'\fR but
-we don't know how much to scale the font. Fortunately,
-\&\fBpkfix-helper\fR allows \f(CW\*(C`*\*(C'\fR to be used as a scaling factor to tell the
-program to automatically detect an optimal scaling factor, even if
-doing so means choosing a nonstandard font size:
-.PP
-.Vb 7
-\& $ pkfix\-helper oldfile.ps pkfix\-oldfile.ps \-\-force="Ff=cmb12 @ *"
-\& Reading oldfile.ps ... done.
-\& Number of Type 3 fonts encountered: 10
-\& Bitmapped fonts are typeset at 600 DPI.
-\& Finding character widths ... done.
-\& Reading TFM files ... failed.
-\& pkfix\-helper: Unable to process user\-specified TFM file "cmb12"
-.Ve
-.PP
-Oops, it looks like we don't have a \fIcmb12.tfm\fR file on our system.
-Let's try scaling up \fIcmb10.tfm\fR instead:
-.PP
-.Vb 10
-\& $ pkfix\-helper oldfile.ps pkfix\-oldfile.ps \-\-force="Ff=cmb10 @ *"
-\& Reading oldfile.ps ... done.
-\& Number of Type 3 fonts encountered: 10
-\& Bitmapped fonts are typeset at 600 DPI.
-\& Finding character widths ... done.
-\& Reading TFM files ... done (103 TFMs in 193 scaling variations).
-\& Matching fonts:
-\& Processing Fi ... done (cmr10 @ 1X, mismatch=0.11683).
-\& Processing Fa ... done (cmti10 @ 1X, mismatch=0.08892).
-\& Processing Fb ... done (cmr8 @ 1X, mismatch=0.07133).
-\& Processing Ff ... done (cmb10 @ 1.5X, mismatch=0.00035).
-\& Processing Fh ... done (cmtt10 @ 1X, mismatch=0.06895).
-\& Processing Fd ... done (cmmi10 @ 1X, mismatch=0.03966).
-\& Processing Fj ... done (cmbx12 @ 1X, mismatch=0.03972).
-\& Processing Fe ... done (cmbx10 @ 1X, mismatch=0.00762).
-\& Processing Fg ... done (cmsy10 @ 1X, mismatch=0.00875).
-\& Processing Fc ... done (cmr6 @ 1X, mismatch=0.00284).
-.Ve
-.PP
-The match has definitely improved, although 15\ pt. is certainly an
-odd size for a font. Then again, many documents \fIdo\fR use nonstandard
-sizes so this may in fact be correct. The best way to verify is once
-again to produce, print, and compare a pair of font samples and
-iterate until all of the fonts look correct. Use one instance of
-\&\fB\-\-force\fR for each font you want to alter.
-.SH "ENVIRONMENT"
-.IX Header "ENVIRONMENT"
-\&\fBpkfix-helper\fR honors the following environment variables:
-.IP "\s-1GS\s0" 8
-.IX Item "GS"
-The name of the Ghostscript interpreter (default: \fIgs\fR)
-.IP "\s-1TFTOPL\s0" 8
-.IX Item "TFTOPL"
-The name of a utility for converting \fI.tfm\fR files to \fI.pl\fR files
-(default: \fItftopl\fR)
-.SH "BUGS"
-.IX Header "BUGS"
-Even when \fBpkfix-helper\fR finds a perfect match (i.e.,\ the correct
-font in the correct size) the mismatch value is still typically
-nonzero. The same error is probably what causes \fBpkfix-helper\fR
-sometimes to consider the wrong font as being a better match than the
-correct font. Suggestions for fixing these bugs are welcome.
-.SH "RESTRICTIONS"
-.IX Header "RESTRICTIONS"
-\&\fBpkfix-helper\fR works only with PostScript files produced by \fBdvips\fR,
-not with arbitrary PostScript files. The program has not been tested
-with output from versions of \fBdvips\fR older than v5.490 (ca.\ 1992);
-output from older versions may or may not work. Only bitmapped fonts
-loaded by \fBdvips\fR can be analyzed, not bitmapped fonts loaded by
-embedded graphics.
-.PP
-\&\fBpkfix-helper\fR works by comparing character widths, not the actual
-glyphs. Consequently, it is misled by sets of fonts with similar
-character widths (at least for those characters used by a given
-document). As an extreme example, all Computer Modern Teletype fonts
-of a given design size (e.g., \f(CW\*(C`cmtt10\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`cmsltt10\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`cmitt10\*(C'\fR)
-use exactly the same widths for all characters. Human assistance is
-generally needed to guide \fBpkfix-helper\fR's font-matching procedures.
-.SH "NOTES"
-.IX Header "NOTES"
-Files produced using the \fB\-\-tex\fR option are Plain TeX files and
-therefore must be compiled with \fItex\fR (or a variation such as
-\&\fIpdftex\fR, \fIluatex\fR, etc.), \fInot\fR with \fIlatex\fR.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
-\&\fIpkfix\fR\|(1), \fIdvips\fR\|(1), \fItex\fR\|(1), \fIgs\fR\|(1)
-.PP
-PostScript Language Reference, Third Edition.
-Published by Addison-Wesley, \s-1ISBN\s0 0\-201\-37922\-8,
-<http://www.adobe.com/products/postscript/pdfs/PLRM.pdf>.
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.IX Header "AUTHOR"
-Scott Pakin, \fIscott+pkfh@pakin.org\fR
-.SH "COPYRIGHT AND LICENSE"
-.IX Header "COPYRIGHT AND LICENSE"
-Copyright (C) 2011, Scott Pakin
-.PP
-This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
-the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license
-or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
-license is in <http://www.latex\-project.org/lppl.txt> and version
-1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2006/05/20
-or later.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pkfix-helper.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pkfix-helper.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index cc8001d7d9c..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pkfix-helper.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pktogf.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pktogf.1
deleted file mode 100644
index d966aaa6349..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pktogf.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-.TH PKTOGF 1 "14 December 1993" "Web2C 2012"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.if n .ds MF Metafont
-.if t .ds MF M\s-2ETAFONT\s0
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP for troff
-.el .ds OX TeX for nroff
-.\" the same but obliqued
-.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
-.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds BX BibTeX
-.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
-.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-pktogf \- convert packed font files to generic font files
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B pktogf
-.RB [ \-v ]
-.I pk_file_name
-.RI [ gf_file_name ]
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
-documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
-or manual
-.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
-.PP
-The
-.B pktogf
-program converts a packed font file
-.RI ( pk )
-to a generic font file
-.RI ( gf ).
-Packed
-font files are much smaller than the corresponding
-.I gf
-files,
-but some DVI readers only understand
-.I gf
-files.
-.PP
-The
-.I pk_file_name
-on the command line must be complete. Because
-the resolution is part of the extension, it would not make
-sense to append a default extension as is done with \*(TX or
-DVI-reading software. The
-.I gf_file_name
-defaults to the same (stripped) name as
-.IR pk_file_name ,
-and it is placed in the current
-working directory with the
-.B gf
-suffix replacing
-.BR pk .
-For example, the input file
-.I io.300pk
-would become
-.IR io.300gf .
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH OPTIONS
-Unless the
-.B \-v
-switch is given,
-.B pktogf
-operates silently. With
-.BR \-v ,
-the version number of the program and statistics about the
-unpacking are output to
-.IR stdout .
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-.B pktogf
-looks for
-.I pk_file_name
-using the
-environment variable PKFONTS. If that is not set, it uses the variable
-TEXPKS. If that is not set, it uses TEXFONTS. If that is not set, it
-uses the system default.
-.PP
-See
-.BR tex (1)
-for the details of the searching.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR gftopk (1),
-.BR gftype (1),
-.BR pktype (1).
-.br
-Donald E. Knuth et al.,
-.IR \*(MFware .
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH AUTHORS
-Tomas Rokicki wrote the program.
-Pierre MacKay adapted it for compilation with
-.BR web2c .
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pktogf.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pktogf.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 85a532c2728..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pktogf.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pktype.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pktype.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 7fad6d25411..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pktype.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-.TH PKTYPE 1 "5 May 2011" "Web2C 2012"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.if n .ds MF Metafont
-.if t .ds MF M\s-2ETAFONT\s0
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP for troff
-.el .ds OX TeX for nroff
-.\" the same but obliqued
-.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
-.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds BX BibTeX
-.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
-.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-pktype \- verify and translate a packed font bitmap file to plain text
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B pktype
-.IR pk_file [pk]
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
-documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
-or manual
-.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
-.PP
-The
-.B pktype
-program translates a packed font file
-.RI ( pk )
-(output by, for example,
-.BR gftopk (1)
-to a file that humans can read. It also serves as a
-.I pk
-file-validating program (i.e., if
-.B pktype
-can read it, it's correct) and as an example of a
-.IR pk -reading
-program for other software that wants to read
-.I pk
-files.
-.PP
-The input
-.I pk_file
-on the command line may omit the suffix `pk.
-The plain text translation is always written to standard output.
-.PP
-The output file gives a compact encoding of the packed encoding, using
-conventions described in the source code. Run lengths of black pixels
-alternate with parenthesized run lengths of white pixels, and brackets
-are used to indicate when a row should be repeated.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-.B pktype
-looks for
-.I pk_file
-in the usual places according to Kpathsea.
-.PP
-See
-.BR tex (1)
-for the details of the searching.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR dvitype (1),
-.BR gftopk (1),
-.BR gftype (1).
-.br
-Donald E. Knuth et al.,
-.IR \*(MFware .
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH AUTHORS
-Tomas Rokicki wrote the program,
-Donald E. Knuth originally ported it to Unix,
-Pierre MacKay originally adapted it for compilation with Web2c.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pktype.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pktype.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index e83ed33ca43..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pktype.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pltotf.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pltotf.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 8be43fa518b..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pltotf.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-.TH PLTOTF 1 "27 December 1992" "Web2C 2012"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.if n .ds MF Metafont
-.if t .ds MF M\s-2ETAFONT\s0
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP for troff
-.el .ds OX TeX for nroff
-.\" the same but obliqued
-.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
-.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds BX BibTeX
-.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
-.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.if n .ds WB Web
-.if t .ds WB W\s-2EB\s0
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-pltotf \- convert property list files to TeX font metric (tfm) format
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B pltotf
-.RB [ \-verbose ]
-.IR pl_file_name [ \fB.pl\fP ]
-.RI [ tfm_file_name [ \fB.tfm\fP ]]
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
-documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
-or manual
-.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
-.PP
-The
-.B pltotf
-program translates a (human-oriented) property list file to a
-(program-oriented) \*(TX font metric file. Thus, after editing the property
-list file, a TFM file can be generated for use with, for example,
-.BR tex (1).
-.PP
-The
-.I pl_file_name
-is extended with
-.B .pl
-if it lacks a suffix. No path searching is done.
-.PP
-If no
-.I tfm_file_name
-is given, the basename of
-.I pl_file_name
-with suffix
-.B .tfm
-is used; otherwise
-.I tfm_file_name
-is extended with
-.B .tfm
-if it lacks a suffix.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH OPTIONS
-Without the
-.B \-verbose
-option,
-.B pltotf
-operates silently. With it, a banner and progress report are printed on
-.IR stdout .
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR tftopl (1).
-.br
-Donald E. Knuth,
-.IR "\*(OXware" .
-.br
-Donald E. Knuth,
-.IR "The \*(MFbook" ,
-(Volume C of
-.IR "Computers and Typesetting" ),
-Addison-Wesley, 1986, ISBN 0-201-13445-4.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH AUTHORS
-Donald E. Knuth wrote the program. It was published as
-part of the
-.I \*(OXware
-technical report, available from the \*(TX Users Group.
-Howard Trickey, Pavel Curtis, and Richard Furuta originally ported it to
-Unix.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pltotf.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pltotf.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 6db4125bd0b..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pltotf.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pmx2pdf.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pmx2pdf.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 9ffcf094377..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pmx2pdf.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-.\" This manpage is licensed under the GNU Public License
-.TH pmx2pdf 1 2012-05-15 "pmx2pdf script, version 0.2.1" ""
-
-.SH NAME
-pmx2pdf \- This script processes pmx files and then deletes intermediate files
-
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-[ texlua ]
-.B pmx2pdf
-{
-.IR option
-|
-.IR jobname
-[ .pmx ]
-} ...
-.TP
-The default effect is to process each file using
-.TP 12
-.BR pmxab (1)
-(pre-processing pass)
-.TP
-.BR etex (1)
-(first pass)
-.TP
-.BR musixflx (1)
-(second pass)
-.TP
-.BR etex (1)
-(third pass)
-.TP
-.BR dvips (1)
-(dvi to Postscript)
-.TP
-.BR ps2pdf (1)
-(Postscript to Portable Document Format)
-.TP
-followed by removal of intermediate files.
-
-.SH OPTIONS
-.TP 8
-.B -v
-output program name and version number, and quit
-.TP
-.B -h
-output usage summary and quit
-.TP
-.B -l
-changes the TeX processor to
-.BR latex (1)
-or
-.BR pdflatex (1)
-.TP
-.B -p
-changes the TeX processor to
-.BR pdfetex (1)
-or
-.BR pdflatex (1)
-(and doesn't run
-.BR dvips (1)
-and
-.BR ps2pdf (1)
-or
-.BR dvipdfm (1)
-)
-.TP
-.B -d
-changes the dvi processor to
-.BR dvipdfm (1)
-.TP
-.B -s
-stops processing at the dvi file
-.TP
-.B -t
-stops processing at the tex (and midi) files
-.TP
-.B -i
-retain intermediate files
-.TP
-.B -f
-default processing
-.TP 0
-Options affect processing of all succeeding PMX files unless changed by another option.
-
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR pmxab (1)
-.BR scor2prt (1)
-.BR etex (1),
-.BR latex (1),
-.BR pdfetex (1),
-.BR pdflatex (1),
-.BR musixflx (1),
-.BR dvipdfm (1),
-.BR dvips (1),
-.BR ps2pdf (1).
-.br
-pmx260.pdf
-.br
-pmxccn.pdf
-
-.SH AUTHOR
-This manual page was written by Bob Tennent <rdt@cs.queensu.ca>.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pmx2pdf.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pmx2pdf.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 501f47d9a35..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pmx2pdf.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pmxab.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pmxab.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 806efcce76c..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pmxab.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-.TH pmxab 1 "19 Jan 2013" "Version 2.6.19" "PMX Manual Page"
-.SH NAME
-pmxab \- a MusiXTeX preprocessor
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B pmxab
-.RI basename [.pmx]
-
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-pmxab is a preprocessor for MusiXTeX.
-It's usually invoked by a frontend pmx2pdf(1).
-To use it to its full benefit you should have installed MusiXTeX Version 1.15
-or higher, and TeX itself.
-The goal of PMX is to faciliate the efficient typesetting of scores and parts
-that have an almost professional appearance. To learn more about typesetting
-with PMX, please read the PMX Manual.
-
-When invoked directly, pmxab produces tex output utilizing the MusiXTeX
-macro set.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-pmx2pdf(1), scor2prt(1), musixtex(1)
-.SH AUTHORS
-PMX was written by Don Simons <dsimons@roadrunner.com>.
-This manual page was written by Roland Stigge <stigge@antcom.de> for the Debian
-project and revised by Bob Tennent <rdt@cs.queensu.ca>.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pmxab.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pmxab.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 88cc83f46b4..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pmxab.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pooltype.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pooltype.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a91fb8f5ae..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pooltype.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-.TH POOLTYPE 1 "27 December 1992" "Web2C 2012"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP for troff
-.el .ds OX TeX for nroff
-.\" the same but obliqued
-.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
-.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds BX BibTeX
-.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
-.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.if n .ds WB Web
-.if t .ds WB W\s-2EB\s0
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-pooltype \- display a WEB pool file
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B pooltype
-.I pool_file_name
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
-documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
-or manual
-.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
-.PP
-The
-.B pooltype
-program translates a (program-oriented) \*(WB string pool file to a
-(human-oriented) text file.
-.PP
-The
-.I pool_file_name
-must be complete; no adding of default extensions or path searching is done.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR tangle (1).
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH AUTHORS
-Donald E. Knuth wrote the program and originally ported it to Unix. It was
-published as part of the
-.I \*(OXware
-technical report, available from the \*(TX Users Group.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pooltype.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pooltype.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 62b2b2d73e9..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pooltype.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/prepmx.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/prepmx.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 299591e2e9d..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/prepmx.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-.TH prepmx 1 "01 September 2005" "M-Tx Version 0.60" "prepmx Manual Page"
-.SH NAME
-prepmx \- preprocessor for PMX, easy music typesetting program
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B prepmx
-.RI [ options ]
-.I jobname
-.RI [ outdir/ ]
-.RI [ stylefile ]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.B M-Tx
-is an easy to use preprocessor language for the
-.B PMX
-music typesetting program, aimed at people who are not experts. For an
-easy example, have a look at the following example:
-
- c2+ e4 g | b4d- c1 d c2 |
- c8 g+ e g c- g+ e g | d g f g c- g+ e g |
-
-For syntax reference, please look at the M-Tx manual written by Dirk
-Laurie, the creator of the M-Tx language and the author of prepmx, its
-command line utility.
-
-.B prepmx
-processes the file
-.IR jobname .mtx
-to generate
-.IR jobname .pmx.
-You can then process this file using the `pmx' command.
-.B PMX
-is a preprocessor for MusiXTeX.
-
-.I outdir/
-is the directory where `pmx' will put the final .tex file. Note that the
-trailing slash is mandatory. You can provide a
-.I stylefile
-for M-Tx. If omitted, the file `mtxstyle.txt' in the current
-directory is used, if there is one.
-.SH OPTIONS
-Options can also be specified in a `Options:' line in the preamble,
-which takes precedence over the command line.
-.TP
-.B \-b
-never unbeam eighth notes and shorter
-.TP
-.B \-c
-main music lines only \- ignore chords
-.TP
-.B \-D
-enable debug mode
-.TP
-.B \-f
-use tonic sol\-fa note names
-.TP
-.B \-i
-ignore errors
-.TP
-.B \-m
-music only \- ignore lyrics
-.TP
-.B \-n
-indent first system and print default instrument names
-.TP
-.B \-t
-ignore uptext lines
-.TP
-.B \-u
-uptext synchronizes with notes only, not rests
-.TP
-.B \-v
-verbose progress report
-.TP
-.B \-w
-enable pedantic warnings
-.TP
-.BI \- n
-select specified case of multiple score
-.SH EXIT STATUS
-If no error was found,
-.B prepmx
-exits with return code 0. In case of an error, the line number of the
-processed line is returned. This may not always be the line containing
-the actual error. A return status of 10000 means that the input file was
-empty or could not be opened.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.B M-Tx
-User's Guide (mtx060.pdf)
-.br
-pmx(1), musixtex(1)
-.SH AUTHORS
-prepmx was written by Dirk Laurie <dpl@sun.ac.za>.
-This manual page was written by Roland Stigge <stigge@antcom.de> for the Debian
-project. It was revised and extended by Nis Martensen
-<nis.martensen@web.de>, mostly by copying text from Dirk Laurie's M-Tx
-User's Guide.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/prepmx.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/prepmx.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index d4cc74f0001..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/prepmx.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ps2eps.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ps2eps.1
deleted file mode 100644
index d74e88ca34f..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ps2eps.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,366 +0,0 @@
-.\" This manpage has been automatically generated by docbook2man
-.\" from a DocBook document. This tool can be found at:
-.\" <http://shell.ipoline.com/~elmert/comp/docbook2X/>
-.\" Please send any bug reports, improvements, comments, patches,
-.\" etc. to Steve Cheng <steve@ggi-project.org>.
-.TH "PS2EPS" "1" "31 August 2010" "" ""
-
-.SH NAME
-ps2eps \- convert PostScript to EPS (Encapsulated PostScript) files
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-
-\fBps2eps\fR [ \fB-f\fR ] [ \fB-q\fR ] [ \fB-N\fR ] [ \fB-O\fR ] [ \fB-n\fR ] [ \fB-P\fR ] [ \fB-c\fR ] [ \fB-C\fR ] [ \fB-m\fR ] [ \fB-B\fR ] [ \fB-E\fR ] [ \fB-s \fIpagedim\fB\fR ] [ \fB-t \fIoffset\fB\fR ] [ \fB-r \fIresolution\fB\fR ] [ \fB-R \fI+|-|^\fB\fR ] [ \fB-l\fR ] [ \fB-g\fR ] [ \fB-H\fR ] [ \fB-d\fR ] [ \fB-h|--help\fR ] [ \fB-a\fR ] [ \fB-W\fR ] [ \fB-L\fR ] [ \fB-V|--version\fR ] [ \fB--\fR ] [ \fB\fIpsfile1\fB\fR ] [ \fB\fIpsfile2\fB\fR ] [ \fB\fI\&...\fB\fR ]
-
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.PP
-This manual page documents \fBps2eps\fR version 1.68.
-.PP
-\fBps2eps\fR is a tool (written in Perl) to produce
-Encapsulated PostScript Files (EPS/EPSF) from usual one-paged Postscript
-documents. It calculates correct Bounding Boxes for those EPS files and
-filters some special postscript command sequences that can produce
-erroneous results on printers. EPS files are often needed for including
-(scalable) graphics of high quality into TeX/LaTeX (or even Word) documents.
-.PP
-Without any argument, ps2eps reads from standard input
-and writes to standard output.
-If filenames are given as arguments they are processed
-one by one and output files are written to filenames
-with extension \fI\&.eps\fR\&. If input filenames have the
-extension \fI\&.ps\fR or \fI\&.prn\fR, this extension is replaced with \fI\&.eps\fR\&.
-In all other cases \fI\&.eps\fR is appended to the input filename.
-Please note that PostScript files for input should contain
-only one single page (you can possibly use the \fBpsselect\fR from the
-psutils package to extract a single page from a document that
-contains multiple pages).
-.PP
-If BoundingBox in output seems to be wrong, please try options \fB--size\fR or
-\fB--ignoreBB\fR\&. See also section TROUBLESHOOTING.
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.PP
-\fBps2eps\fR follows the usual GNU command line syntax,
-with long options starting with two dashes (`-'). A summary of
-options is included below.
-.TP
-\fB-h, --help \fR
-Show summary of options.
-.TP
-\fB-V, --version \fR
-Show version of program.
-.TP
-\fB-f, --force \fR
-Force overwriting existing files. \fBps2eps\fR
-will not overwrite files by default to avoid deleting original EPS
-files accidently.
-.TP
-\fB-q, --quiet \fR
-quiet operation (no output while processing files, except errors).
-.TP
-\fB-N, --noinsert \fR
-do not insert any postscript code. Normally a few postscript
-instructions are added around the original postscript code by
-\fBps2eps\fR which can be turned off by this option.
-.TP
-\fB-O, --preserveorientation \fR
-do not filter %%Orientation: header comment.
-.TP
-\fB-n, --nofix \fR
-do not try to fix postscript code by filtering some instructions.
-.TP
-\fB-P, --removepreview \fR
-remove preview image (smaller file, but no preview anymore).
-.TP
-\fB-F, --fixps \fR
-fix postscript code unconditionally. Otherwise, filtering is
-usually triggered by detection of certain drivers only.
-.TP
-\fB-c, --comments \fR
-preserve document structure comments.
-.TP
-\fB-C, --clip \fR
-insert postscript code for clipping. Unless
-\fB--nohires\fR is specified, the HiResBoundingBox
-(enlarged by 0.1 points) is used for clipping.
-.TP
-\fB-m, --mono \fR
-use black/white bitmap as base for calculation (default: off).
-.TP
-\fB-s, --size=pagedim \fR
-where pagedim is a pre-defined standard page size
-(e.g., a4,a0,b0,letter,...) or explicitly specified in a
-format pagedim:=\fIX\fRx\fIY\fR[cm|in],
-where \fIX\fR and \fIY\fR are numbers (floating points are accepted) followed by
-units centimeter (cm) or inch (in), (default: cm).
-Use \fB--size=list\fR to list pre-defined pagesizes.
-See also environment variable PS2EPS_SIZE\&.
-.TP
-\fB-t, --translate=x,y \fR
-specify an x,y offset (may be negative) in postscript points
-(1/72 dpi) for drawing. This option may be required
-if your drawing has negative coordinates which usually lets ghostscript
-cut the negative part of your picture, because it starts to render
-at positive coordinates. The resulting output will
-also be shifted.
-.TP
-\fB-r, --resolution=dpi \fR
-specify a resolution in dpi (dots per inch) for drawing under
-ghostscript. Default
-resolution is 144 dpi which is the double of the typical 72 dpi.
-This option may help if there is a hardware dependent resolution
-encoded in the postscript, e.g., 600dpi. Example:
-\fBps2eps -l -r 600 test.ps\fR
-.TP
-\fB-R, --rotate=direction \fR
-This option rotates the resulting EPS output.
-The parameter direction determines the direction of
-rotation: + means +90 degrees (clockwise),- means -90 degrees
-(counter-clockwise), and ^ means 180 degrees (up-side down).
-.TP
-\fB-l, --loose \fR
-expand the original tight bounding box by one point in each
-direction.
-.TP
-\fB-B, --ignoreBB \fR
-do not use existing bounding box as page size for
-rendering.
-.TP
-\fB-E, --ignoreEOF \fR
-do not use %%EOF as hint for end of file. Otherwise, \fBps2eps\fR assumes
-that postscript code ends after the last %%EOF comment, because
-some drivers add trailing binary ``garbage'' code which gets deleted
-by \fBps2eps\fR by default.
-.TP
-\fB-g, --gsbbox \fR
-use internal bbox device of ghostscript instead of the external C
-program \fBbbox\fR\&. The internal bbox device of ghostscript
-generates different values (sometimes even incorrect),
-so using the provided \fBbbox\fR should be more robust.
-See also environment variable PS2EPS_GSBBOX\&.
-.TP
-\fB-H, --nohires \fR
-do not generate a %%HiResBoundingBox comment for output.
-.TP
-\fB-a, --accuracy \fR
-increase the accuracy by turning subsample antialiasing on (may be slower)
-.TP
-\fB-L, --license \fR
-show licensing information.
-.TP
-\fB-d, --debuggs \fR
-show ghostscript call. This may be helpful for solving problems that
-occur during a ghostscript call.
-.TP
-\fB-W, --warnings \fR
-show warnings about sanity of generated EPS file. Certain
-postscript commands should not be contained in an EPS file.
-With this option set \fBps2eps\fR will issue a warning if it
-detects at least one of them.
-.SH "TROUBLESHOOTING"
-.PP
-Based on the given postscript source code (in most cases generated by
-some postscript printer driver) there are many potential obstacles or
-problems that may occur when trying to create proper EPS files. Please
-read this section carefully to be aware of common pitfalls.
-.SS "INCOMPLETE/CLIPPED IMAGES"
-.PP
-or how to determine the right size for ghostscript.
-.PP
-If you have documents that are larger than your
-ghostscript default (usually A4 or US letter), you have to
-specify the page dimensions explicitly using the
-\fB-s\fR option. Otherwise your EPS
-might be cut off during rasterizing by ghostscript resulting
-in a wrongly calculated bounding box. You can pass
-all pre-defined page sizes to \fB-s\fR that ghostscript understands. These are
-currently: 11x17, ledger, legal, letter, lettersmall, archA, archB, archC, archD, archE
-a0, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9, a10, isob0, isob1, isob2, isob3, isob4, isob5, isob6,
-b0, b1, b2, b3, b4, b5, c0, c1, c2, c3, c4, c5, c6, jisb0, jisb1,
-jisb2, jisb3, jisb4, jisb5, jisb6, flsa, flse, halfletter.
-Unfortunately, all sizes are currently only available in portrait
-orientation (not landscape).
-.PP
-By default, \fBps2eps\fR uses an already given %%BoundingBox
-from the source file, which often corresponds to the size of
-the physical page format for which the document was
-printed. However, you should be aware that this already
-specified bounding box may be not correct, thus resulting in a
-wrongly cropped (or even no usable) \fI\&.eps\fR-file.
-\fBps2eps\fR can only do as good as ghostscript does in rendering the original
-postscript file (though \fBps2eps\fR even works with negative and
-fractional values are contained in the original bounding box by using
-automatic translation). Therefore, if the given bounding box is to
-small or incorrect anyway, you can ignore the existing bounding box with the \fB-B\fR
-option, which will cause ghostscript to use its internal
-default size (or use \fB-s\fR). However, if the
-BoundingBox has negative coordinates, which is not allowed by
-the specification, \fBps2eps\fR will shift the output to positive values.
-.PP
-Hint: to avoid rotating the picture
-if you have the original drawing in landscape format, you may
-use the ``Encapsulated Postscript'' option in the printer driver
-which should generate an EPS file (but with a bounding box of
-the sheet size!). But some Windows printer drivers are drawing
-the image with an offset from the bottom of the portrait page,
-so that a part of it is drawn outside the landscape oriented
-page. In this case, you'll have to specify a square size of
-the page using the maximum length, e.g., 29.7cm x 29.7cm for
-an A4 page.
-.SS "CLIPPING"
-.PP
-or why gets some of my text deleted above the included \fI\&.eps\fR file?
-.PP
-Some postscript drivers draw a white rectangle from the top left
-corner of the page to the right lower corner of the object. This may
-erase some or even all text above your imported/included EPS file,
-which is very annoying. In order to prevent this, most programs have a
-clipping option for imported \fI\&.eps\fR files (within LaTeX you can use
-\\includegraphics*{}) for this purpose. If this is unfortunately not
-the case, you can use the \fB-C\fR option of \fBps2eps\fR which will (hopefully)
-do it for you. Unfortunately, PScript.dll 5.2 (Windows XP) introduced
-new very badly behaving Postscript code (initclip) which will even
-override the outer clipping! Thus, a new filter had to be installed
-in \fBps2eps\fR which will fix it.
-.PP
-However, because most programs clip directly on the bounding box,
-you still may loose some pixels of your image, because the bounding
-box is described in the coarse resolution of postscript points,
-i.e. 72 dpi. In order to prevent this, you can use the \fB-l\fR
-option or \fB-C\fR option (for the latter, clipping by the importing program
-should be disabled then) to allow for a 1 point larger bounding box.
-\fB-C\fR clips around a 1 point enlarged bounding box and \fB-l\fR enlarges the
-bounding box values by 1 point (you can also combine both options).
-.SS "INCLUDED FILTERS"
-.PP
-Some postscript sequences, e.g., for using specific printer
-features (featurebegin ...), are not working well within an \fI\&.eps\fR
-file, so \fBps2eps\fR tries to filter them out. But please note that
-filters for postscript code may not work properly for your printer
-driver (\fBps2eps\fR was mainly tested with HP and Adobe printer
-drivers, although it may work for all printers using the
-PScript.dll). In this case you can try to turn of filtering by
-using option \fB-n\fR, or try to find the bad sequence in the postscript
-code and adapt the filter rule in the \fBps2eps\fR script (variables
-$linefilter, $rangefilter_begin, $rangefilter_end; linefilter is
-an expression for filtering single lines, rangefilter_... are
-expressions that filter all lines between a pattern matching
-$rangefilter_begin and $rangefilter_end; drop me an e-mail with
-your modifications). However, things may change as the printer
-drivers (e.g., PScript.dll) or postscript language evolve.
-.PP
-Some applications or drivers generate postscript code with leading
-or trailing binary code, which often confuses older postscript
-interpreters. \fBps2eps\fR tries to remove such code, but it may
-sometimes make a wrong guess about start and end of the real
-postscript code (drop me an e-mail with a zipped postscript
-source, see section BUGS).
-.PP
-Comment lines or even blank lines are removed
-(which is the default to make .eps files smaller), which may corrupt your
-output. Please check the next section how to fix this.
-\fBps2eps\fR removes blank lines and also <CR> (carriage ceturn
-``\\r'') at the end of lines. However, nicely formatted postscript code
-gives a hint by using ``%%BeginBinary'' ``%%EndBinary'' comments. When
-\fBps2eps\fR detects these comments it will refrain from any filtering
-action within the marked binary sections.
-.PP
-\fBps2eps\fR filters also %%Orientation: comments by
-default (you can use option \fB-O\fR to turn off filtering),
-because ghostscript may ``automagically'' rotate images when generating PDF
-images, which is not desired in most cases. Hint: you can turn off that
-feature in ghostscript unconditionally by specifying -dAutoRotatePages=/None.
-.SS "CORRUPTED OUTPUT"
-.PP
-Some postscript code may get corrupted when comment lines or even blank
-lines are removed (which is the default to make .eps files smaller),
-because those files may contain encoded images
-which also have a % as first character in a line or use a special
-comment as end of image delimiter. If this is the case, use the \fB-c\fR
-option to prevent filtering comments.
-.SS "COLOR AND MEMORY"
-.PP
-\fBps2eps\fR supports colored postscript, consequently
-letting ghostscript consume more resources for drawing its bitmap
-(roughly 6MBytes for an A4 page). \fBbbox\fR is reading
-the bitmap line by line so it consumes only minimal memory. If you experience problems
-with memory consumption of ghostscript, you may use the \fB-m\fR option
-for using a monochrome image. But this will probably result in wrongly
-determined bounding boxes with colored
-images, because ghostscript has to do black/white dithering and may thus suppress
-objects drawn in light colors.
-.PP
-Another option in case of memory problems and too long run times
-is to use the much more memory efficient internal ghostscript bbox by using the
-\fB-g\fR option.
-.SH "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"
-.PP
-Please note that a command line option always takes precedence over
-the related environment variable.
-.PP
-The environment variable PS2EPS_SIZE can be used
-to specify a default page size and take any argument that
-\fB--size\fR accepts. Examples: \fBexport PS2EPS_SIZE=a0\fR (bash-like syntax)
-or \fBsetenv PS2EPS_SIZE letter\fR (csh syntax).
-.PP
-If the environment variable PS2EPS_GSBBOX is set
-the internal bbox device of ghostscript will be used instead of the external
-command \fBbbox\fR\&. Examples: \fBexport PS2EPS_GSBBOX=true\fR (bash-like syntax)
-or \fBsetenv PS2EPS_GSBBOX 1\fR (csh syntax).
-.SH "EXAMPLES"
-.PP
-The usual call is simply:
-\fBps2eps -l \fIfile\fB\fR
-.PP
-A relatively failsafe call would be (if your postscript is smaller
-than iso b0 [100cm x 141.4cm] and you have a fast computer with enough memory):
-\fBps2eps -l -B -s b0 -c -n \fIfile\fB\fR
-.PP
-If output is not correct try:
-\fBps2eps -l -B -s b0 -F \fIfile\fB\fR
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.PP
-\fBps2eps\fR was written by Roland Bless.
-.SS "WHY?"
-.PP
-Other programs like \fBps2epsi\fR do not calculate the
-bounding box always correctly (because the values are put on the
-postscript stack which may get corrupted by bad postscript code) or
-rounded it off so that clipping the EPS cut off some part of the
-image. \fBps2eps\fR uses a double precision resolution
-of 144 dpi and appropriate rounding to get a proper bounding
-box. The internal bbox device of ghostscript generates different values
-(sometimes even incorrect), so using the provided \fBbbox\fR
-should be more robust.
-However, because normal clipping has only a resolution of 1/72dpi
-(postscript point), the clipping process may still erase parts of your
-EPS image. In this case please use the \fB-l\fR option to add
-an additional point of white space around the tight bounding box.
-.SS "ACKNOWLEDGMENTS"
-.PP
-Some people contributed code or suggestions to improve \fBps2eps\fR\&. Here
-are at least some names (sorry if I forgot your name):
-Christophe Druet, Hans Ecke, Berend Hasselman, Erik Joergensen, Koji Nakamaru, Hans Fredrik Nordhaug, Michael Sharpe.
-Special thanks goes to Michael Sharpe from UCSD who suggested a lot of useful features for ps2eps and
-who fixed bbox to become more precise and robust.
-.PP
-An earlier version of this manual page was originally written by
-Rafael Laboissiere <rafael at debian.org> for
-the Debian system. Thank you Rafael!
-.PP
-Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under
-the terms of the GNU Free Documentation
-License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free
-Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover
-Texts and no Back-Cover Texts.
-.SH "BUGS"
-.PP
-If you experience problems, please check carefully all hints in the section
-TROUBLESHOOTING
-first. Otherwise, check for an updated
-version at <URL:http://www.tm.uka.de/~bless/ps2eps>
-or send a gzipped file of
-relevant postscript source code with your error description
-and \fBps2eps\fR version number to <roland at bless.de> (please allow some time
-to reply).
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-bbox (1), gs (1), ps2epsi (1)
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ps2eps.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ps2eps.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a6f618c0dc..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ps2eps.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ps2frag.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ps2frag.1
deleted file mode 100644
index b572c5733c1..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ps2frag.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-.TH ps2frag 1 "Feb 95" TeXware
-.SH NAME
-ps2frag - obsolete shell script for the PSfrag system.
-.SH IMPORTANT NOTICE
-The new PSfrag system no longer requires the ps2frag script; instead, it
-handles the processing entirely within TeX/LaTeX and DVIPS. I'm sure you
-will agree that never needing to run ps2frag again is a nice convenience!
-.P
-However, there are two significant differences in the way this new version
-of PSfrag works. Please make yourself aware of them:
-.P
-1) XDvi is no longer able to determine where your PSfrag replacements
-should
-go, so instead it lines them up in a vertical list to the left of the
-figure. This allows you to confirm that they have been typeset properly, at
-least. However, to confirm that PSfrag
-.B positions
-your replacements properly, you will have to view the PostScript
-version of your file with a viewer like GhostView, or print it out.
-This seems to be the
-only disadvantage to the elimination of the pre-processing step.
-.P
-2) If you embed '\\tex' commands inside your figures, you now need to
-explicitly _tell_ PSfrag to process these commands. To do so, use
-\\usepackage[scanall]{psfrag}
-instead of
-\\usepackage{psfrag}
-at the beginning of your LaTeX file.
-.P
-If you only use '\\tex' commands in a small number of figures, then a
-more efficient might be to turn on '\\tex'-scanning only for those
-figures. To do that, add the command '\\psfragscanon' immediately before
-each relevant \\includegraphics or \\epsfbox command.
-.P
-.SH NOTES
-See the PSfrag documentation for further information.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-dvips(1), gs(1), ghostview(1), latex(1)
-.SH AUTHORS
-.IP psfrag@rascals.stanford.edu
-The PSfrag maintainer's mailing list.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ps2frag.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ps2frag.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 82dc2bffad8..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ps2frag.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ps2pk.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ps2pk.1
deleted file mode 100644
index dbeed0cdbfc..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ps2pk.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,156 +0,0 @@
-.TH PS2PK 1 TeX
-.SH NAME
-ps2pk \- creates a TeX pkfont from a type1 PostScript font
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-ps2pk
-[ -v ]
-[ -e\fIenc\fP ]
-[ -X\fIxres\fP ]
-[ -E\fIexpansion\fP ]
-[ -S\fIslant\fP ]
-[ -P\fIpointsize\fP ]
-[ -R\fIbaseres\fP ]
-[ -r\fIaspectratio\fP ]
-[ -Y\fIyres\fP ]
-[ -a\fIAFMfile\fP ]
-[ -m\fImodename\fP ]
-type1 [pkfont]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This program renders a given type1 PostScript font at a given pointsize
-(default 10.0 points) and resolution (default 300dpi) into a TeX pkfont.
-.PP
-To generate the pkfont ps2pk needs a valid type1 font file (for
-example Utopia-Regular, Utopia-Regula.pfb or Utopia-Regula.pfa) and
-its corresponding AFM-file (Utopia-Regular.afm) with the font metrics.
-The program accepts both the binary type1 format (Utopia-Regula.pfb)
-and its ASCII equivalent (Utopia-Regular or Utopia-Regula.pfa). To
-locate the files, ps2pk uses the kpathsea library (see the info page
-on kpathsea). Additionally, pfb and pfa files are searched for in the
-directory specified in the environment variable T1INPUTS, and afm
-files are searched in AFMFONTS, if they are set (the -v flag will
-report which filenames are looked for).
-.PP
-The program will make a pkfont in which the character codes are derived
-from their AFM (Adobe Font Metrics) defined values. This can be
-overruled by specifying an explicit encoding file via the -e option.
-The encoding file \fIenc\fP
-should contain a valid PostScript encoding containing PostScript names
-like /hyphen. Here is an incomplete example (see afm2tfm for complete
-syntax):
-
-.RS
-.nf
-% This is the EC encoding.
-/ECEncoding [ % now 256 chars follow
-% 0x00
- /grave /acute /circumflex /tilde /dieresis /hungarumlaut
- /ring /caron /breve /macron /dotaccent /cedilla
- /ogonek /quotesinglbase /guilsinglleft /guilsinglright
-
- (Rest of lines omitted.)
-
-% 0xF0
- /eth /ntilde /ograve /oacute /ocircumflex /otilde
- /odieresis /oe /oslash /ugrave /uacute /ucircumflex
- /udieresis /yacute /thorn /germandbls ] def
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-Options and arguments:
-.IP -a\fIAFMfile\fP 12
-Overrules the name that is used to locate the AFM file.
-
-.IP -e\fIenc\fP 12
-Name of a file containing an encoding scheme
-(default \- the encoding named in the AFM-file is used).
-The actual PostScript name of the encoding scheme is written
-as a "special" at the end of the pkfont.
-
-.IP -E\fIextension\fP 12
-The extension factor (real value, default 1.0).
-
-.IP -m\fImodename\fP 12
-A modename such as would be used by METAFONT (default "Unknown mode").
-
-.IP -P\fIpointsize\fP 12
-The desired pointsize (real value, default 10.0 points).
-
-.IP -R\fIbaseres\fP 12
-The desired base resolution (integer value, default 300 dpi).
-If this differs from the value of \fIxres\fP, the appropriate
-magnification will be shown in the "specials" at the end
-of the pkfont. If possible, this will be expressed as a
-magstep, otherwise as a real number. For example, a pkfont with an \fIxres\fP
-of 329, using the default base resolution of 300,
-will include the "special" text "mag=magstep(0.5)" at the
-end of the font.
-
-.IP -r\fIaspectratio\fP 12
-The desired aspect ratio (expression, integerY/integerX, default 300/300).
-This will be shown in the "specials" at the end
-of the pkfont. Setting the aspect ratio creates a value for
-\fIyres\fP but an explicit \fIyres\fP value will take precedence.
-Argument must be in "" if spaces are left around `/'.
-
-.IP -S\fIslant\fP 12
-The slant (real value, default 0.0).
-
-.IP -X\fIxres\fP 12
-The resolution in the X direction (integer value, default 300 dpi).
-
-.IP -Y\fIyres\fP 12
-The resolution in the Y direction (integer value, default the value
-of \fIxres\fP). If \fIyres\fP differs from \fIxres\fP, a "special"
-text giving the aspect ratio will be written at the end of the
-pkfont.
-
-.IP -v 12
-Verbose flag. (Tells what the program is doing.)
-
-.IP type1 12
-The name of the PostScript type1 font. The name of the AFM-file will be
-constructed from this name by removing the extension (if suplied) and
-adding ".afm". The PostScript "FontName" is extracted from the
-AFM-file and written into a "special" at the end of the pkfont.
-
-.IP [pkfont] 12
-The name of the resulting pkfont can be overruled with this name. The
-default name of pkfont is derived from the basename of the type1
-font, the pointsize and \fIxres\fP. For example
-`ps2pk -P17.28 Utopia-Regular' will result in `Utopia-Regular17.300pk'.
-An explicit value for the name of the pkfont is necessary when
-the type1 font name already shows the point size, otherwise
-the \fIpointsize\fP value is catenated on to the pkfont basename
-which is usually not what is wanted.
-
-.PP
-The following PK "specials" provide an internal check on the
-characteristics of the pkfont, in accordance with the recommendations
-of the TeX Working Group on the TeX Directory Standard (TWG-TDS):
-.br
-"fontid=\fIFontName\fP", "codingscheme=\fIEncoding\fP", "fontfacebyte", "mag",
-"mode=(ps2pk)\fImodename\fP", "pixels-per-inch", and "aspect-ratio" if it
-is other than unity.
-
-.SH ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
-This program uses the type1 hinting and rendering software IBM
-has donated to the X-consortium.
-
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.nf
-`METAFONT: The Program', Donald Knuth.
-`The GFtoPK processor', belonging to the METAFONTware.
-`Adobe Font Metric Files', Version 3.0, PostScript Developer
-Support Group.
-afm2tfm(1)
-pk2bm(1)
-kpsewhich(1)
-info kpathsea
-
-.SH VERSION
-1.4 (January 1994)
-
-.SH AUTHOR
-Piet Tutelaers <rcpt@urc.tue.nl>.
-Modified for ps2pkm by Pierre A. Mackay <mackay@cs.washington.edu>,
-This manpage was adapted to teTeX by Frank Kuester <frank@kuesterei.ch>.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ps2pk.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ps2pk.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 62beb4f7847..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ps2pk.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psbook.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psbook.1
deleted file mode 100644
index de88949e4b6..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psbook.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-.TH PSBOOK 1 "PSUtils Release 1 Patchlevel 17"
-.SH NAME
-psbook \- rearrange pages in PostScript file into signatures
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B psbook
-[
-.B \-q
-] [
-.B \-s\fIsignature\fR
-] [
-.I infile
-[
-.I outfile
-] ]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Psbook
-rearranges pages from a PostScript document into ``signatures'' for
-printing books or booklets, creating a new PostScript file. The
-input PostScript file should follow the Adobe Document Structuring
-Conventions.
-.PP
-The
-.I \-s
-option selects the size of signature which will be used. The signature size is
-the number of sides which will be folded and bound together; the number given
-should be a multiple of four. The default is to use one signature for the
-whole file. Extra blank sides will be added if the file does not contain a
-multiple of four pages.
-.PP
-Psbook normally prints the page numbers of the pages rearranged; the
-.I \-q
-option suppresses this.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Copyright (C) Angus J. C. Duggan 1991-1995
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-epsffit(1), psbook(1), psnup(1), psresize(1), psselect(1), pstops(1), extractres(1), fixdlsrps(1), fixfmps(1), fixpsditps(1), fixpspps(1), fixscribeps(1), fixtpps(1), fixwfwps(1), fixwpps(1), fixwwps(1), includeres(1), psmerge(1), getafm(1)
-.SH TRADEMARKS
-.B PostScript
-is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
-.SH BUGS
-.I Psbook
-does not accept all DSC comments.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psbook.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psbook.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 3dd7fe034e5..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psbook.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pslatex.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pslatex.1
deleted file mode 100644
index c206596a6a0..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pslatex.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-.TH "pslatex" "1" "September 2000" "teTeX" "teTeX"
-.PP
-.SH "NAME"
-pslatex \- utility to typeset LaTeX files using PostScript fonts
-.PP
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.PP
-\fBpslatex\fP [\fILATEXARGS\fP] \fILATEXFILE\fP[\&.tex]
-.PP
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.PP
-\fBpslatex\fP allows you to typeset a LaTeX source file using basic
-Adobe Type 1 PostScript fonts (Times, Helvetica, and Courier)
-\fIwithout\fP editing the file to load the necessary packages\&.
-.PP
-It takes any arguments that \fBlatex\fP(1) can take\&.
-.PP
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.PP
-None\&.
-.PP
-.SH "FILES"
-.PP
-Many\&. See the readme file for \fIpslatex\&.sty\fP\&.
-.PP
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-\fBlatex\fP(1), \fI\fITEXMF\fP/latex/pslatex/00readme\&.txt\fP
-.PP
-.SH "BUGS"
-.PP
-None known\&. Report any found to the author\&.
-.PP
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.PP
-\fBpslatex\fP was written by David Carlisle
-<david@dcarlisle\&.demon\&.co\&.uk>\&.
-.PP
-This manual page was written by C\&.M\&. Connelly
-<c@eskimo\&.com>, for
-the Debian GNU/Linux system\&. It may be used by other distributions
-without contacting the author\&. Any mistakes or omissions in the
-manual page are my fault; inquiries about or corrections to this
-manual page should be directed to me (and not to the primary author)\&.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pslatex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pslatex.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index f187da030ff..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pslatex.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psmerge.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psmerge.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 55d95ff7d61..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psmerge.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-.TH PSMERGE 1 "PSUtils Release 1 Patchlevel 17"
-.SH NAME
-psmerge \- filter to merge several PostScript files into one
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B psmerge
-[
-.B \-o\fIout.ps\fB
-]
-[
-.I file.ps ...
-]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Psmerge
-merges PostScript documents into a single document. It only works in the
-specific case the the files were created using the same application, with the
-same device setup and resources (fonts, procsets, patterns, files, etc)
-loaded.
-
-If the
-.B \-o
-option is used, output will be sent to the file named, otherwise it will go to
-standard output.
-
-.I Psmerge
-will merge multiple files concatenated into a single file as if they
-were in separate files.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Copyright (C) Angus J. C. Duggan 1991-1995
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-epsffit(1), psbook(1), psnup(1), psresize(1), psselect(1), pstops(1), extractres(1), fixdlsrps(1), fixfmps(1), fixpsditps(1), fixpspps(1), fixscribeps(1), fixtpps(1), fixwfwps(1), fixwpps(1), fixwwps(1), includeres(1), psmerge(1), getafm(1)
-.SH TRADEMARKS
-.B PostScript
-is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
-.SH BUGS
-.I psmerge
-is for a very specific case; it does not merge files in the general case.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psmerge.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psmerge.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index a8dda27ec33..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psmerge.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psnup.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psnup.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 06922e43575..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psnup.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,160 +0,0 @@
-.TH PSNUP 1 "PSUtils Release 1 Patchlevel 17"
-.SH NAME
-psnup \- multiple pages per sheet
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B psnup
-[
-.B \-w\fIwidth\fR
-] [
-.B \-h\fIheight\fR
-] [
-.B \-p\fIpaper\fR
-] [
-.B \-W\fIwidth\fR
-] [
-.B \-H\fIheight\fR
-] [
-.B \-P\fIpaper\fR
-] [
-.B \-l
-] [
-.B \-r
-] [
-.B \-f
-] [
-.B \-c
-] [
-.B \-m\fImargin\fR
-] [
-.B \-b\fIborder\fR
-] [
-.B \-d\fIlwidth\fR
-] [
-.B \-s\fIscale\fR
-] [
-.B \-\fInup\fR
-] [
-.B \-q
-] [
-.I infile
-[
-.I outfile
-] ]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Psnup
-puts multiple logical pages onto each physical sheet of paper.
-The input PostScript file should follow the Adobe Document Structuring
-Conventions.
-.PP
-The
-.I \-w
-option gives the paper width, and the
-.I \-h
-option gives the paper height,
-normally specified in
-.B "cm"
-or
-.B "in"
-to convert
-PostScript's points (1/72 of an inch)
-to centimeters or inches.
-The
-.I \-p
-option can be used as an alternative, to set the paper size to
-.B a3, a4, a5, b5, letter, legal, tabloid, statement, executive, folio, quarto
-or
-.B 10x14.
-The default paper size is
-.B a4.
-The
-.I \-W, \-H,
-and
-.I \-P
-options set the input paper size, if it is different from the output
-size. This makes it easy to impose pages of one size on a different size of
-paper.
-.PP
-The
-.I \-l
-option should be used for pages which are in landscape orientation (rotated 90
-degrees anticlockwise). The
-.I \-r
-option should be used for pages which are in seascape orientation (rotated 90
-degrees clockwise), and the
-.I \-f
-option should be used for pages which have the width and height interchanged,
-but are not rotated.
-.PP
-.I Psnup
-normally uses `row-major' layout, where adjacent pages are placed in rows
-across the paper.
-The
-.I \-c
-option changes the order to `column-major', where successive pages are placed
-in columns down the paper.
-.PP
-A margin to leave around the whole page can be specified with the
-.I \-m
-option. This is useful for sheets of `thumbnail' pages, because the normal
-page margins are reduced by putting multiple pages on a single sheet.
-.PP
-The
-.I \-b
-option is used to specify an additional margin around each page on a sheet.
-.PP
-The
-.I \-d
-option draws a line around the border of each page, of the specified width.
-If the \fIlwidth\fR parameter is omitted, a default linewidth of 1 point is
-assumed. The linewidth is relative to the original page dimensions,
-\fIi.e.\fR it is scaled down with the rest of the page.
-.PP
-The scale chosen by
-.I psnup
-can be overridden with the
-.I \-s
-option. This is useful to merge pages which are already reduced.
-.PP
-The
-.I \-\fInup\fR
-option selects the number of logical pages to put on each sheet of paper. This
-can be any whole number;
-.I psnup
-tries to optimise the layout so that the minimum amount of space is wasted. If
-.I psnup
-cannot find a layout within its tolerance limit, it will abort with an error
-message. The alternative form
-.I \i \fInup\fR
-can also be used, for compatibility with other n-up programs.
-.PP
-.I Psnup
-normally prints the page numbers of the pages re-arranged; the
-.I \-q
-option suppresses this.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The potential use of this utility is varied but one particular
-use is in conjunction with
-.I psbook(1).
-For example, using groff to create a PostScript document and lpr as
-the
-.SM UNIX
-print spooler a typical command line might look like this:
-.sp
-groff -Tps -ms \fIfile\fP | psbook | psnup -2 | lpr
-.sp
-Where file is a 4 page document this command will result in a
-two page document printing two pages of \fIfile\fP per page and
-rearranges the page order to match the input pages 4 and 1
-on the first output page and
-pages 2 then 3 of the input document
-on the second output page.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Copyright (C) Angus J. C. Duggan 1991-1995
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-epsffit(1), psbook(1), psnup(1), psresize(1), psselect(1), pstops(1), extractres(1), fixdlsrps(1), fixfmps(1), fixpsditps(1), fixpspps(1), fixscribeps(1), fixtpps(1), fixwfwps(1), fixwpps(1), fixwwps(1), includeres(1), psmerge(1), getafm(1)
-.SH TRADEMARKS
-.B PostScript
-is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
-.SH BUGS
-.I Psnup
-does not accept all DSC comments.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psnup.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psnup.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 77df07fb5a4..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psnup.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psresize.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psresize.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 2fa06f9f6d0..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psresize.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-.TH PSRESIZE 1 "PSUtils Release 1 Patchlevel 17"
-.SH NAME
-psresize \- multiple pages per sheet
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B psresize
-[
-.B \-w\fIwidth\fR
-] [
-.B \-h\fIheight\fR
-] [
-.B \-p\fIpaper\fR
-] [
-.B \-W\fIwidth\fR
-] [
-.B \-H\fIheight\fR
-] [
-.B \-P\fIpaper\fR
-] [
-.B \-q
-] [
-.I infile
-[
-.I outfile
-] ]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Psresize
-rescales and centres a document on a different size of paper.
-The input PostScript file should follow the Adobe Document Structuring
-Conventions.
-.PP
-The
-.I \-w
-option gives the output paper width, and the
-.I \-h
-option gives the output paper height, normally specified in
-.B "cm"
-or
-.B "in"
-to convert
-PostScript's points (1/72 of an inch)
-to centimeters or inches.
-The
-.I \-p
-option can be used as an alternative, to set the output paper size to
-.B a3, a4, a5, b5, letter, legal, tabloid, statement, executive, folio, quarto
-or
-.B 10x14.
-The default output paper size is
-.B a4.
-.PP
-The
-.I \-W
-option gives the input paper width, and the
-.I \-H
-option gives the input paper height.
-The
-.I \-P
-option can be used as an alternative, to set the input paper size.
-The default input paper size is
-.B a4.
-.PP
-.I Psresize
-normally prints the page numbers of the pages output; the
-.I \-q
-option suppresses this.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The following command can be used to convert a document on A4 size paper to
-letter size paper:
-.sp
-psresize -PA4 -pletter in.ps out.ps
-.sp
-.SH AUTHOR
-Copyright (C) Angus J. C. Duggan 1991-1995
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-epsffit(1), psbook(1), psnup(1), psresize(1), psselect(1), pstops(1), extractres(1), fixdlsrps(1), fixfmps(1), fixpsditps(1), fixpspps(1), fixscribeps(1), fixtpps(1), fixwfwps(1), fixwpps(1), fixwwps(1), includeres(1), psmerge(1), getafm(1)
-.SH TRADEMARKS
-.B PostScript
-is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
-.SH BUGS
-.I Psresize
-does not accept all DSC comments.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psresize.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psresize.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 5caf06fd1a2..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psresize.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psselect.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psselect.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 005888306b5..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psselect.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-.TH PSSELECT 1 "PSUtils Release 1 Patchlevel 17"
-.SH NAME
-psselect \- select pages from a PostScript file
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B psselect
-[
-.B \-q
-] [
-.B \-e
-] [
-.B \-o
-] [
-.B \-r
-] [
-.B \-p\fIpages\fR
-] [
-.I pages
-] [
-.I infile
-[
-.I outfile
-] ]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Psselect
-selects pages from a PostScript document, creating a new PostScript file. The
-input PostScript file should follow the Adobe Document Structuring
-Conventions.
-.PP
-The
-.I \-e
-option selects all of the even pages; it may be used in conjunction with the
-other page selection options to select the even pages from a range of pages.
-.PP
-The
-.I \-o
-option selects all of the odd pages; it may be used in conjunction with the
-other page selection options.
-.PP
-The
-.I \-p\fIpages\fR
-option specifies the pages which are to be selected.
-.I Pages
-is a comma separated list of page ranges, each of which may be a page number,
-or a page range of the form \fIfirst\fR-\fIlast\fR. If \fIfirst\fR is omitted,
-the
-first page is assumed, and if \fIlast\fR is omitted, the last page is assumed.
-
-The prefix character `_' indicates that the page number is relative to the end
-of the document, counting backwards. If just this character with no page
-number is used, a blank page will be inserted.
-.PP
-The
-.I \-r
-option causes
-.I psselect
-to output the selected pages in reverse order.
-.PP
-Psselect normally prints the page numbers of the pages rearranged; the
-.I \-q
-option suppresses this.
-.PP
-If any of the
-.I \-r, \-e,
-or
-.I \-o
-options are specified, the page range must be given with the
-.I \-p
-option. This is for backwards compatibility with previous versions.
-
-.SH NOTES
-The page number given to
-.I psselect
-is the number of the page counting from the start or end of the file, starting
-at one. The actual page number in the document may be different.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Copyright (C) Angus J. C. Duggan 1991-1995
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-epsffit(1), psbook(1), psnup(1), psresize(1), psselect(1), pstops(1), extractres(1), fixdlsrps(1), fixfmps(1), fixpsditps(1), fixpspps(1), fixscribeps(1), fixtpps(1), fixwfwps(1), fixwpps(1), fixwwps(1), includeres(1), psmerge(1), getafm(1)
-.SH TRADEMARKS
-.B PostScript
-is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
-.SH BUGS
-.I Psselect
-does not accept all DSC comments.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psselect.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psselect.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index ca055be91fe..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/psselect.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pstopdf.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pstopdf.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 972f364cb19..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pstopdf.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-.TH "PSTOPDF" "1" "December 2006" "pstopdf 2.0" "ConTeXt"
-.de URL
-\\$2 \(laURL: \\$1 \(ra\\$3
-..
-.if \n[.g] .mso www.tmac
-.de EX
-.in +3
-.nf
-.ft CW
-..
-.de EE
-.in -3
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-
-.SH "NAME"
-pstopdf \- convert EPS to PDF
-
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-\fBpstopdf\fP [ \fIOPTION\fP ... ] \fIFILE\fP [ ... ]
-
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-
-\fBpstopdf\fP converts EPS (encapsulated PostScript) to PDF.
-
-.SH OPTIONS
-.TP
-.B --help
-Print usage and version information.
-.TP
-.B --convert
-Convert EPS to PDF. This option is assumed if none is given.
-.TP
-.BI --method=\fIstring\fP
-What method to use for bounding boxes when converting to PDF.
-Specify one of \fBcrop\fP, \fBbounded\fP (the default), or \fBraw\fP.
-Older versions of ConTeXt used numerical methods (1, 2, or 3).
-.TP
-.BI --resolution=\fIstring\fP
-The resolution to use when when converting to pdf.
-Specify one of \fBlow\fP, \fBnormal\fP, \fBmedium\fP, \fBhigh\fP,
-\fBprinter\fP, \fBprint\fP, \fBscreen\fP, \fBebook\fP, or
-\fBdefault\fP.
-.TP
-.B --request
-Handle exa request file.
-.TP
-.B --watch
-Watch folders for conversions (\fIuntested\fP).
-
-.SH EXAMPLES
-
-To make \fIcow.pdf\fP:
-.EX
-pstopdf cow.eps
-.EE
-or (one of several equivalents):
-.EX
-pstopdf --convert cow.eps cow.pdf
-.EE
-
-
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-.BR epstopdf (1),
-.BR mptopdf (1),
-.BR ps2pdf (1),
-.BR texexec (1).
-.PP
-.URL "http://www.contextgarden.net" "ConTeXt wiki" .
-
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-This (incomplete) manual page was written by Sanjoy Mahajan
-<sanjoy@mit.edu>. It is in the public domain.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pstopdf.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pstopdf.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 3c67c3ebcd4..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pstopdf.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pstops.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pstops.1
deleted file mode 100644
index cc4d160c890..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pstops.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,166 +0,0 @@
-.TH PSTOPS 1 "PSUtils Release 1 Patchlevel 17"
-.SH NAME
-pstops \- shuffle pages in a PostScript file
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B pstops
-[
-.B \-q
-] [
-.B \-b
-] [
-.B \-w\fIwidth\fR
-] [
-.B \-h\fIheight\fR
-] [
-.B \-p\fIpaper\fR
-] [
-.B \-d\fIlwidth\fR
-]
-.I pagespecs
-[
-.I infile
-[
-.I outfile
-] ]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Pstops
-rearranges pages from a PostScript document, creating a new PostScript file.
-The input PostScript file should follow the Adobe Document Structuring
-Conventions.
-.I Pstops
-can be used to perform a large number of arbitrary re-arrangements of
-Documents, including arranging for printing 2-up, 4-up, booklets, reversing,
-selecting front or back sides of documents, scaling, etc.
-.PP
-.I pagespecs
-follow the syntax:
-.RS
-.TP 12
-.I pagespecs
-.I = [modulo:]specs
-.TP
-.I specs
-.I = spec[+specs][,specs]
-.TP
-.I spec
-.I = [-]pageno[L][R][U][@scale][(xoff,yoff)]
-.RE
-.sp
-.I modulo
-is the number of pages in each block. The value of
-.I modulo
-should be greater than 0; the default value is 1.
-.I specs
-are the page specifications for the pages in each block. The value of the
-.I pageno
-in each
-.I spec
-should be between 0 (for the first page in the block) and \fImodulo\fR-1
-(for the last page in each block) inclusive.
-The optional dimensions
-.I xoff
-and
-.I yoff
-shift the page by the specified amount.
-.I xoff
-and
-.I yoff
-are in PostScript's points, but may be followed by the units
-.B "cm"
-or
-.B "in"
-to convert to centimetres or inches, or the flag
-.B "w"
-or
-.B "h"
-to specify as a multiple of the width or height.
-The optional parameters \fIL\fR, \fIR\fR, and \fIU\fR rotate the page left,
-right, or upside-down.
-The optional
-.I scale
-parameter scales the page by the fraction specified.
-If the optional minus sign is specified, the page is relative to the end of
-the document, instead of the start.
-
-If page \fIspec\fRs are separated by
-.B \+
-the pages will be merged into one page; if they are separated by
-.B \,
-they will be on separate pages.
-If there is only one page specification, with
-.I pageno
-zero, the \fIpageno\fR may be omitted.
-
-The shift, rotation, and scaling are performed
-in that order regardless of which order
-they appear on the command line.
-.PP
-The
-.I \-w
-option gives the width which is used by the
-.B "w"
-dimension specifier, and the
-.I \-h
-option gives the height which is used by the
-.B "h"
-dimension specifier. These dimensions are also used (after scaling) to set the
-clipping path for each page.
-The
-.I \-p
-option can be used as an alternative, to set the paper size to
-.B a3, a4, a5, b5, letter, legal, tabloid, statement, executive, folio, quarto
-or
-.B 10x14.
-The default paper size is
-.B a4.
-.PP
-The
-.I \-b
-option prevents any
-.B bind
-operators in the PostScript prolog from binding. This may be needed in cases
-where complex multi-page re-arrangements are being done.
-.PP
-The
-.I \-d
-option draws a line around the border of each page, of the specified width.
-If the \fIlwidth\fR parameter is omitted, a default linewidth of 1 point is
-assumed. The linewidth is relative to the original page dimensions,
-\fIi.e.\fR it is scaled up or down with the rest of the page.
-.PP
-Pstops normally prints the page numbers of the pages re-arranged; the
-.I \-q
-option suppresses this.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-This section contains some sample re-arrangements. To put two pages on one
-sheet (of A4 paper), the pagespec to use is:
-.sp
-.ce
-2:0L@.7(21cm,0)+1L@.7(21cm,14.85cm)
-.sp
-To select all of the odd pages in reverse order, use:
-.sp
-.ce
-2:-0
-.sp
-To re-arrange pages for printing 2-up booklets, use
-.sp
-.ce
-4:-3L@.7(21cm,0)+0L@.7(21cm,14.85cm)
-.sp
-for the front sides, and
-.sp
-.ce
-4:1L@.7(21cm,0)+-2L@.7(21cm,14.85cm)
-.sp
-for the reverse sides (or join them with a comma for duplex printing).
-.SH AUTHOR
-Copyright (C) Angus J. C. Duggan 1991-1995
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-epsffit(1), psbook(1), psnup(1), psresize(1), psselect(1), pstops(1), extractres(1), fixdlsrps(1), fixfmps(1), fixpsditps(1), fixpspps(1), fixscribeps(1), fixtpps(1), fixwfwps(1), fixwpps(1), fixwwps(1), includeres(1), psmerge(1), getafm(1)
-.SH TRADEMARKS
-.B PostScript
-is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
-.SH BUGS
-.I Pstops
-does not accept all DSC comments.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pstops.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pstops.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 9b44ee48ab4..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/pstops.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/purifyeps.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/purifyeps.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b3121ab24f..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/purifyeps.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,350 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.22 (Pod::Simple 3.07)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "PURIFYEPS 1"
-.TH PURIFYEPS 1 "2010-11-28" "v1.1" ""
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-purifyeps \- make an Encapsulated PostScript file work with both dvips and
-pdflatex
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-purifyeps
-\&\fB\-\-help\fR
-.PP
-purifyeps
-\&\fB\-\-version\fR
-.PP
-purifyeps
-[\fB\-\-fontmap\fR=\fI.fmp file\fR]
-[\fI.eps input file\fR [\fI.eps output file\fR]]
-.PP
-purifyeps
-\&\fB\-\-make\-man\fR[=\fIfilename\fR] [\fB\-\-section\fR=\fIsection\fR]
-.PP
-purifyeps
-\&\fB\-\-make\-ps\-man\fR[=\fIfilename\fR] [\fB\-\-section\fR=\fIsection\fR]
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-While \fBpdflatex\fR has a number of nice features, its primary
-shortcoming relative to standard \fBlatex\fR+\fBdvips\fR is that it is
-unable to read ordinary Encapsulated PostScript (\s-1EPS\s0) files, the most
-common graphics format in the LaTeX world. \fBpdflatex\fR can read only
-the following types of graphics files:
-.IP "\s-1PDF\s0" 4
-.IX Item "PDF"
-Most people who use \fBpdflatex\fR convert their documents to \s-1PDF\s0 using a
-utility such as \fBepstopdf\fR. This works well and preserves the vector
-nature of the original \s-1EPS\s0. Unfortunately, \fBdvips\fR does not read
-\&\s-1PDF\s0, so two versions of the graphic must be maintained if the document
-is to be processed with both \fBlatex\fR+\fBdvips\fR and \fBpdflatex\fR.
-.IP "\s-1PNG\s0" 4
-.IX Item "PNG"
-\&\s-1PNG\s0 is a bitmap format and therefore scales poorly. Also, \fBdvips\fR
-does not read \s-1PNG\s0, so two versions of the graphic must be maintained
-if the document is to be processed with both \fBlatex\fR+\fBdvips\fR and
-\&\fBpdflatex\fR.
-.IP "\s-1JPEG\s0" 4
-.IX Item "JPEG"
-\&\s-1JPEG\s0 is a bitmap format and therefore scales poorly. Also, \fBdvips\fR
-does not read \s-1JPEG\s0, so two versions of the graphic must be maintained
-if the document is to be processed with both \fBlatex\fR+\fBdvips\fR and
-\&\fBpdflatex\fR.
-.IP "\s-1MPS\s0" 4
-.IX Item "MPS"
-This is probably the least-used \fBpdflatex\fR\-compatible graphics
-format. \s-1MPS\s0 is actually a stylized version of \s-1EPS\s0 that MetaPost
-outputs. Like \s-1PDF\s0, \s-1MPS\s0 is a vector format and remains as such when
-imported into a \fBpdflatex\fR document. Also like \s-1PDF\s0, \fBdvips\fR does
-not read \s-1MPS\s0, so two versions of the graphic must be maintained if the
-document is to be processed with both \fBlatex\fR+\fBdvips\fR and
-\&\fBpdflatex\fR.
-.PP
-The insight behind \fBpurifyeps\fR is that there are only a few, small
-differences between \s-1MPS\s0 and \s-1EPS\s0 and that a file can be converted into
-a format that matches both the \s-1MPS\s0 and \s-1EPS\s0 specifications
-simultaneously. \fBpurifyeps\fR inputs an \s-1EPS\s0 file, uses \fBpstoedit\fR's
-\&\f(CW\*(C`mpost\*(C'\fR filter to convert the file to MetaPost (\fI.mp\fR), runs
-\&\fBmpost\fR on the file to convert it to \s-1MPS\s0, and finally performs some
-touchups on the result to convert the file back to \s-1EPS\s0, while
-preserving its ability to be parsed by \fBpdflatex\fR.
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS"
-.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--help"
-Display \*(L"Usage\*(R" and \*(L"Options\*(R" from the \fBpurifyeps\fR documentation.
-.IP "\fB\-V\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-V, --version"
-Display the \fBpurifyeps\fR version number, copyright, and license.
-.IP "\fB\-\-fontmap\fR=\fI.fmp file\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--fontmap=.fmp file"
-Specify the name of a file that tells \fBpurifyeps\fR how to map from TeX
-font names to PostScript font names. [Default: \fImpost.fmp\fR]
-.IP "\fB\-\-make\-man\fR [=\fIfilename\fR]] [\fB\-\-section\fR=\fIsection\fR]" 4
-.IX Item "--make-man [=filename]] [--section=section]"
-Automatically create a Unix man page for \fBpurifyeps\fR. \fIsection\fR
-specifies the section [default: \f(CW1\fR (User Commands)]. \fIfilename\fR
-defaults to \fIpurifyeps.1\fR or an analogous filename if \fIsection\fR is
-specified.
-.IP "\fB\-\-make\-ps\-man\fR [=\fIfilename\fR]] [\fB\-\-section\fR=\fIsection\fR]" 4
-.IX Item "--make-ps-man [=filename]] [--section=section]"
-Automatically create a PostScript version of the \fBpurifyeps\fR
-documentation. The documentation is formatted like a Unix man page.
-\&\fIsection\fR specifies the section [default: \f(CW1\fR (User Commands)].
-\&\fIfilename\fR defaults to \fIpurifyeps.ps\fR.
-.PP
-In normal operation (i.e., when not run with \f(CW\*(C`\-\-help\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`\-\-make\-man\*(C'\fR,
-or \f(CW\*(C`\-\-make\-ps\-man\*(C'\fR), \fBpurifyeps\fR takes the name of an input file and
-output file. The same filename can safely be used for both files. If
-the output filename is omitted, output will go to the standard output
-device. If the input filename is omitted, \fBpurifyeps\fR will read from
-the standard input device.
-.SH "EXAMPLES"
-.IX Header "EXAMPLES"
-Create a PostScript version of the \fBpurifyeps\fR documentation, but
-call it \fIhappydoc.ps\fR instead of the default, \fIpurifyeps.ps\fR:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& purifyeps \-\-make\-ps\-man=happydoc.ps
-.Ve
-.PP
-Create a Unix man page for \fBpurifyeps\fR (in the usual roff format),
-but indicate that it belongs in section \f(CW\*(C`LOCAL\*(C'\fR instead of the
-default of section \f(CW1\fR:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& purifyeps \-\-make\-man \-\-section=LOCAL
-.Ve
-.PP
-Purify \fIsample.eps\fR (\fImpost.fmp\fR is in the current directory):
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& purifyeps sample.eps sample.eps
-.Ve
-.PP
-Purify \fIsample.eps\fR (\fImpost.fmp\fR is in a different location):
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& purifyeps \-\-fontmap=/usr/share/pstoedit/mpost.fmp sample.eps sample.eps
-.Ve
-.PP
-Rename the purified version while purifying:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& purifyeps sample.eps sample\-pure.eps
-.Ve
-.PP
-Do the same, but in a Unix pipeline:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& cat sample.eps | purifyeps > sample\-pure.eps
-.Ve
-.PP
-When you run \fBpurifyeps\fR, you should see the output from both
-\&\fBpstoedit\fR and \fBmpost\fR, followed by a success message from
-\&\fBpurifyeps\fR:
-.PP
-.Vb 8
-\& % cat sample.eps | purifyeps > sample\-pure.eps
-\& pstoedit: version 3.30 / DLL interface 107 (build Mar 14 2002) :
-\& Copyright (C) 1993 \- 2001 Wolfgang Glunz
-\& Interpreter finished. Return status 0
-\& This is MetaPost, Version 0.641 (Web2C 7.3.1)
-\& (/tmp/purifyeps\-jdeGPkh9.mp [1] )
-\& 1 output file written: purifyeps\-jdeGPkh9.1
-\& Transcript written on purifyeps\-jdeGPkh9.log.
-\&
-\& File seems to have been purified successfully.
-.Ve
-.SH "FILES"
-.IX Header "FILES"
-.IP "\fImpost.fmp\fR" 4
-.IX Item "mpost.fmp"
-File containing mappings between TeX and PostScript font names. See
-\&\*(L"\s-1NOTES\s0\*(R" for a description of this file's contents.
-.SH "BUGS"
-.IX Header "BUGS"
-Error reporting could definitely stand to be improved. Error messages
-produced by \fBpstoedit\fR and \fBmpost\fR are sometimes silently ignored.
-Also, errors sometimes cause \fBpurifyeps\fR to leave temporary files
-(\fIpurifyeps\-\fR\fI#####\fR) lying around.
-.PP
-\&\fBpurifyeps\fR is subject to all of the limitations that affect
-\&\fBpstoedit\fR and especially the \f(CW\*(C`mpost\*(C'\fR backend to \fBpstoedit\fR. As a
-result, \fBpurifyeps\fR ignores certain PostScript constructs, such as
-nonuniformly scaled text.
-.SH "NOTES"
-.IX Header "NOTES"
-\&\fBpurifyeps\fR needs a file that tells it how to map from TeX font names
-to PostScript font names. This file must contain two, space-separated
-columns. The first lists a PostScript font name, and the second lists
-the TeX equivalent. Blank lines and lines that start with \f(CW\*(C`%\*(C'\fR are
-ignored. The following is a sample \fI.fmp\fR file:
-.PP
-.Vb 10
-\& % This is a sample font map for purifyeps.
-\& Times\-Bold ptmb
-\& Times\-Italic ptmri
-\& Times\-Roman ptmr
-\& Helvetica phvr
-\& Helvetica\-Bold phvb
-\& Helvetica\-Oblique phvro
-\& Courier pcrr
-\& Courier\-Bold pcrb
-\& Courier\-Oblique pcrro
-.Ve
-.PP
-Note that this is exactly the same format that \fBpstoedit\fR uses. By
-default, \fBpurifyeps\fR looks in the current directory for a font map
-called \fImpost.fmp\fR. The \f(CW\*(C`\-\-fontmap\*(C'\fR command-line option tells
-\&\fBpurifyeps\fR to use a different font map, which will typically be the
-\&\fImpost.fmp\fR file that comes with \fBpstoedit\fR.
-.PP
-Once you create purified \s-1EPS\s0 files with \fBpurifyeps\fR, you need to
-instruct \fBpdflatex\fR to use them. The pdfLaTeX configuration of the
-\&\f(CW\*(C`graphics\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`graphicx\*(C'\fR packages (\fIpdftex.def\fR) normally ignores
-\&\fI.eps\fR files. Putting the following LaTeX code in your document's
-preamble tells \fBpdflatex\fR that all \fI.eps\fR files are in \s-1MPS\s0 format:
-.PP
-.Vb 9
-\& % Tell pdfLaTeX that all .eps files were produced by MetaPost.
-\& \eusepackage{graphicx} % or graphics
-\& \eusepackage{ifpdf}
-\& \eifpdf
-\& \eDeclareGraphicsRule{.eps}{mps}{*}{}
-\& \emakeatletter
-\& \eg@addto@macro\eGin@extensions{,.eps}
-\& \emakeatother
-\& \efi
-.Ve
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
-\&\fIdvips\fR\|(1), \fIepstopdf\fR\|(1), \fIlatex\fR\|(1), \fImpost\fR\|(1), \fIpdflatex\fR\|(1), \fIpstoedit\fR\|(1)
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.IX Header "AUTHOR"
-Scott Pakin, \fIscott+peps@pakin.org\fR
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/purifyeps.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/purifyeps.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index b8ffd46d04e..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/purifyeps.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/repstopdf.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/repstopdf.1
deleted file mode 100644
index a48cf2cd9c3..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/repstopdf.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man1/epstopdf.1
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/repstopdf.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/repstopdf.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index f504bf57450..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/repstopdf.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/rubibtex.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/rubibtex.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 0142072a769..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/rubibtex.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-.TH "rubibtex" "1" "October 2000" "teTeX" "teTeX"
-.PP
-.SH "NAME"
-rubibtex \- make a bibliography for (La)TeX using Russian
-letters as item names
-.PP
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.PP
-\fBrubibtex\fP \fIBASENAME\fP
-.PP
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.PP
-\fBrubibtex\fP is used to run \fBbibtex\fP(1) on auxiliary files with
-Russian characters in item names (citation keys)\&. It is part of the
-T2 package\&.
-.PP
-\fBrubibtex\fP copies the auxiliary file to \fI/tmp\fP, uses
-\fBsed\fP(1) to convert Cyrillic character commands to their 8-bit
-ASCII equivalents; runs \fBbibtex\fP(1) on the modified file; and
-finally moves the original auxiliary file back (overwriting the
-modified file)\&.
-.PP
-\fBrubibtex\fP assumes that the \fBbibtex\fP(1) database (\f(CWbib\fP)
-files are encoded with the KOI8-R encoding\&.
-.PP
-.SH "FILES"
-.PP
-.IP
-.IP "\fIbasename\&.aux\fP"
-LaTeX auxiliary file
-.IP
-.PP
-.SH "BUGS"
-.PP
-None known, but report any bugs found to the authors\&.
-.PP
-.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-.PP
-The T2 package is Copyright 1997-1999 Werner Lemberg, Vladimir
-Volovich and any individual authors listed elsewhere in package files\&.
-.PP
-It may be distributed under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
-License, either version 1\&.1 of this license or (at your option) any
-later version\&.
-.PP
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-\fBbibtex\fP(1), \fBsed\fP(1),
-<ftp://ftp\&.vsu\&.ru/pub/tex/T2/README>\&.
-.PP
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.PP
-Werner Lemberg
-<wl@gnu\&.org>, Vladimir Volovich
-<TeX@vvv\&.vsu\&.ru>\&.
-.PP
-This manual page was written by C\&.M\&. Connelly
-<c@eskimo\&.com>, for
-the Debian GNU/Linux system\&. It may be used by other distributions
-without contacting the author\&. Any mistakes or omissions in the
-manual page are my fault; inquiries about or corrections to this
-manual page should be directed to me (and not to the primary author)\&.
-.PP
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/rubibtex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/rubibtex.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index cab5d19f3ed..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/rubibtex.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/rumakeindex.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/rumakeindex.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 0fb271841d0..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/rumakeindex.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-.TH "rumakeindex" "1" "September 2000" "teTeX" "teTeX"
-.PP
-.SH "NAME"
-rumakeindex \- process a LaTeX index using Russian Cyrillic
-characters
-.PP
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.PP
-\fBrumakeindex\fP \fIbasename\fP
-.PP
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.PP
-\fBrumakeindex\fP is used to run \fBmakeindex\fP(1) on \f(CWidx\fP files
-that use Russian characters\&. It is part of the T2 package\&.
-.PP
-\fBrumakeindex\fP runs \fBsed\fP(1) on the \f(CWidx\fP file to convert
-Cyrillic character commands to 8-bit ASCII characters; pipes the
-results through \fBmakeindex\fP(1); and then through \fBtr\fP(1)
-to do some final conversions\&. The results are placed in a KOI8-R
-encoded \f(CWind\fP file\&.
-.PP
-.SH "FILES"
-.PP
-.IP
-.IP "\fIbasename\&.idx\fP"
-LaTeX index entry file
-.IP "\fIbasename\&.ilg\fP"
-LaTeX index log file
-.IP "\fIbasename\&.ind\fP"
-LaTeX processed index file
-.IP
-.PP
-.SH "BUGS"
-.PP
-None known, but report any bugs found to the authors\&.
-.PP
-.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-.PP
-The T2 package is Copyright 1997-1999 Werner Lemberg, Vladimir
-Volovich and any individual authors listed elsewhere in package files\&.
-.PP
-It may be distributed under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
-License, either version 1\&.1 of this license or (at your option) any
-later version\&.
-.PP
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-\fBmakeindex\fP(1), \fBsed\fP(1), \fBtr\fP(1),
-<ftp://ftp\&.vsu\&.ru/pub/tex/T2/README>\&.
-.PP
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.PP
-Werner Lemberg
-<wl@gnu\&.org>, Vladimir Volovich
-<TeX@vvv\&.vsu\&.ru>\&.
-.PP
-This manual page was written by C\&.M\&. Connelly
-<c@eskimo\&.com>, for
-the Debian GNU/Linux system\&. It may be used by other distributions
-without contacting the author\&. Any mistakes or omissions in the
-manual page are my fault; inquiries about or corrections to this
-manual page should be directed to me (and not to the primary author)\&.
-.PP
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/rumakeindex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/rumakeindex.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 3513d6a39c5..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/rumakeindex.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/scor2prt.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/scor2prt.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e38a161cb0..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/scor2prt.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-.TH scor2prt 1 "5 March 2012" "Version 2.6.17" "scor2prt Manual Page"
-.SH NAME
-scor2prt \- source-parts separation program for pmx, a MusiXTeX preprocessor
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B scor2prt
-.RI basename [.pmx]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-scor2prt is part of pmx(1), a preprocessor for MusiXTeX. It can automatically
-create parts from a score by generating a set of .pmx files, one for each part,
-from a single .pmx file for the score. The appearance of the parts can be
-controlled by special commands in the main file. Read the PMX Manual for more
-information about that.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-pmx(1), pmxab(1), musixtex(1), PMX Manual
-.SH AUTHORS
-PMX was written by Don Simons <dsimons@roadrunner.com>.
-This manual page was written by Roland Stigge <stigge@antcom.de> for the Debian
-project and revised by Bob Tennent <rdt@cs.queensu.ca>.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/scor2prt.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/scor2prt.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 1ea46b9b310..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/scor2prt.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/sjisconv.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/sjisconv.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 87eb59e4859..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/sjisconv.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-.\" man page for sjisconv
-.\" Copyright (C) 1994-2012 Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org>
-.\"
-.\" This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-.\" it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-.\" the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-.\" (at your option) any later version.
-.\"
-.\" This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-.\" but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-.\" GNU General Public License for more details.
-.\"
-.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-.\" along with this program in doc/COPYING; if not, write to the Free
-.\" Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston,
-.\" MA 02110-1301 USA
-.
-.TH SJISCONV 1 07-May-2012 "CJK Version 4.8.3"
-.
-.\" ====
-.\" ==== macro definitions
-.\" ====
-.
-.\" here we define \TeX for troff and nroff
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.
-.\" and here the same for \LaTeX
-.if t \{\
-.ie '\*(.T'dvi' \
-.ds LX \fRL\h'-0.36m'\v'-0.15v'\s-3A\s0\h'-0.15m'\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.el .ds LX \fRL\h'-0.36m'\v'-0.22v'\s-2A\s0\h'-0.15m'\v'0.22v'\fP\*(TX
-.\}
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.
-.\" \LaTeXe
-.\" note that we need \vareps for TeX instead of \eps which can only be
-.\" accessed with the \N escape sequence (in the Math Italic font)
-.if t \{\
-.ie '\*(.T'dvi' .ds LE \*(LX\h'0.15m'2\v'0.20v'\f(MI\N'34'\fP\v'-0.20v'
-.el .ds LE \*(LX\h'0.15m'2\v'0.20v'\(*e\v'-0.20v'
-.\}
-.if n .ds LE LaTeX\ 2e
-.
-.\" a typewriter font
-.if t \{\
-.de C
-\fC\\$1\fP\\$2
-..
-.\}
-.if n \{\
-.de C
-\\$1\\$2
-..
-.\}
-.
-.\" ====
-.\" ==== end of macro definitions
-.\" ====
-.
-.
-.
-.SH NAME
-sjisconv \- convert a TeX document in SJIS encoding into `preprocessed'
-form.
-.
-.
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B sjisconv
-<
-.I infile
->
-.I outfile
-.
-.
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-SJIS encoding for Japanese uses the characters
-.C { ,
-.C } ,
-and
-.C \e
-which have special meanings in \*(TX
-documents.
-.PP
-After processing a \*(LE
-document which contains SJIS characters with
-.B \%sjisconv
-you need not care about these special characters.
-.PP
-This filter is part of the
-.B CJK
-macro package for \*(LE.
-.
-.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR bg5conv (1),
-.BR \%cefconv (1),
-.BR cef5conv (1),
-.BR \%cefsconv (1),
-.BR \%extconv (1),
-.br
-the
-.B CJK
-documentation files.
-.
-.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Werner Lemberg
-.C <wl@gnu.org>
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/sjisconv.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/sjisconv.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 1950d4efc45..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/sjisconv.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/splitindex.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/splitindex.1
deleted file mode 100644
index ac8988b0cd8..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/splitindex.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-.TH SPLITINDEX "1" "April 2013" "splitindex 0.2a" "User Commands"
-.SH NAME
-splitindex \- manual page for splitindex 0.2a
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B splitindex.pl
-[\fIOPTION\fR] ... \fIINTERMEDIATE-INDEX-FILE \fR[\fIMAKEINDEX-OPTION\fR] ...
-.PP
-.B splitindex
-[\fIOPTION\fR] ... \fIINTERMEDIATE-INDEX-FILE \fR[\fIMAKEINDEX-OPTION\fR] ...
-.PP
-.B java splitindex
-[\fIOPTION\fR] ... \fIINTERMEDIATE-INDEX-FILE \fR[\fIMAKEINDEX-OPTION\fR] ...
-.PP
-.B tex splitindex
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-splitindex 0.2a
-Copyright (c) 2002 Markus Kohm <kohm@gmx.de>
-.PP
-Split a single intermediate index file into multiple raw index files.
-.PP
-Example: splitindex.pl foo.idx.
-.SH OPTIONS
-.TP
-\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR
-show this help and terminate
-.TP
-\fB\-m\fR, \fB\-\-makeindex\fR PROGNAME
-call PROGNAME instead of default `makeindex'.
-.TP
-\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-identify\fR EXPRESSION
-use regular EXPRESSION to match entries
-(see also option \fB\-\-resultis\fR and \fB\-\-suffixis\fR).
-Default is `^(\e\eindexentry)\e[([^]]*)\e](.*)$'.
-.TP
-\fB\-r\fR, \fB\-\-resultis\fR PATTERN
-create line to be written from PATTERN after matching
-lines (see also option \fB\-\-identify\fR).
-Default is `$1$3'.
-.TP
-\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-suffixis\fR PATTERN
-create suffix to be used from PATTERN after matching
-lines (see also option \fB\-\-identify\fR).
-Default is `-$2'.
-.TP
-\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-verbose\fR
-be more verbose
-(can be used multiple to increase verbosity)
-.TP
-\fB\-\-version\fR
-show version and terminate
-.SH COPYRIGHT
-Copyright \(co 2002 Markus Kohm <kohm@gmx.de>
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-The full documentation for
-.B splitindex
-is maintained as a LaTeX manual. If the
-.B texdoc
-and
-.B splitindex
-programs are properly installed at your site, the command
-.IP
-.B texdoc splitidx
-.PP
-should give you access to the complete manual.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/splitindex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/splitindex.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 854a85b8138..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/splitindex.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/sty2dtx.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/sty2dtx.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 692dad8320e..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/sty2dtx.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,340 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.25 (Pod::Simple 3.16)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "STY2DTX 1"
-.TH STY2DTX 1 "2012-11-07" "perl v5.14.2" "User Contributed Perl Documentation"
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-sty2dtx \-\- Converts a LaTeX .sty file to a documented .dtx file
-.SH "VERSION"
-.IX Header "VERSION"
-Version: v2.3
-.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (c) 2010\-2012 Martin Scharrer <martin@scharrer\-online.de>
-.PP
-This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-.PP
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but \s-1WITHOUT\s0 \s-1ANY\s0 \s-1WARRANTY\s0; without even the implied warranty of
-\&\s-1MERCHANTABILITY\s0 or \s-1FITNESS\s0 \s-1FOR\s0 A \s-1PARTICULAR\s0 \s-1PURPOSE\s0. See the
-\&\s-1GNU\s0 General Public License for more details.
-.PP
-You should have received a copy of the \s-1GNU\s0 General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-Converts a .sty file (LaTeX package) to .dtx format (documented LaTeX source),
-by surrounding macro definitions with 'macro' and 'macrocode' environments.
-The macro name is automatically inserted as an argument to the 'macro'
-environemnt.
-Code lines outside macro definitions are wrapped only in 'macrocode'
-environments. Empty lines are removed.
-The script is not thought to be fool proof and 100% accurate but rather
-as a good start to convert undocumented style files to .dtx files.
-.SS "Basic Usage"
-.IX Subsection "Basic Usage"
-.Vb 1
-\& perl sty2dtx.pl infile [infile ...] outfile
-.Ve
-.PP
-or
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& perl sty2dtx.pl < file.sty > file.dtx
-.Ve
-.SS "Supported Definitions"
-.IX Subsection "Supported Definitions"
-The following macro definitions are detected when they are at the start of a
-line (can be prefixed by \eglobal, \elong, \eprotected and/or \eouter):
-.PP
-.Vb 8
-\& \edef \eedef \egdef \exdef
-\& \enewcommand{\ename} \enewcommand*{\ename}
-\& \enewcommand\ename \enewcommand*\ename
-\& \erenewcommand{\ename} \erenewcommand*{\ename}
-\& \erenewcommand\ename \erenewcommand*\ename
-\& \eprovidecommand{\ename} \eprovidecommand*{\ename}
-\& \eprovidecommand\ename \eprovidecommand*\ename
-\& \e@namedef{\ename} \e@namedef\ename
-.Ve
-.PP
-The following environment definitions are detected when they are at the start
-of a line:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& \enewenvironment{name} \erenewenvironemnt{name} \eprovideenvironment{name}
-.Ve
-.PP
-The macro and environment definition must either end at the same line or with
-a '\f(CW\*(C`}\*(C'\fR' on its own on a line.
-.SH "USAGE"
-.IX Header "USAGE"
-.Vb 1
-\& sty2dtx [<options>] [\-\-<VAR>=<VALUE> ...] [\-\-] [<infile(s)>] [<outfile>]
-.Ve
-.SS "Files"
-.IX Subsection "Files"
-.IP "\(bu" 2
-can be '\f(CW\*(C`\-\*(C'\fR' for \s-1STDIN\s0 or \s-1STDOUT\s0, which is the default if no files are given
-.IP "\(bu" 2
-multiple input files are merged to one output file
-.SS "Variables"
-.IX Subsection "Variables"
-Variables can be defined using
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& \-\-<VAR>=<VALUE>
-.Ve
-.PP
-or
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& \-\-<VAR> <VALUE>
-.Ve
-.PP
-and will be used for substitutions in the template file.
-.PP
-\fICommon variables:\fR
-.IX Subsection "Common variables:"
-.PP
-.Vb 4
-\& author, email, maintainer, year (for copyright),
-\& version, date, description (of package/class),
-\& type (either \*(Aqpackage\*(Aq default or \*(Aqclass\*(Aq),
-\& filebase (automatically set from output or input file name),
-.Ve
-.SS "Options"
-.IX Subsection "Options"
-.IP "\fB\-h\fR \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ Print this help text" 8
-.IX Item "-h Print this help text"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-H\fR \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ Print extended help" 8
-.IX Item "-H Print extended help"
-.IP "\fB\-V\fR \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ Print version and copyright" 8
-.IX Item "-V Print version and copyright"
-.IP "\fB\-v\fR \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ Be verbose" 8
-.IX Item "-v Be verbose"
-.IP "\fB\-o\fR \fIoutput\fR \ \ \ Use given file as output" 8
-.IX Item "-o output Use given file as output"
-.IP "\fB\-O\fR \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ Overwrite already existing output file(s)" 8
-.IX Item "-O Overwrite already existing output file(s)"
-.IP "\fB\-B\fR \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ Use basename of single input file for output file" 8
-.IX Item "-B Use basename of single input file for output file"
-.IP "\fB\-I\fR \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ Also create .ins (install) file" 8
-.IX Item "-I Also create .ins (install) file"
-.IP "\fB\-c\fR \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ Only use code section (like v1.0)" 8
-.IX Item "-c Only use code section (like v1.0)"
-.IP "\fB\-r\fR \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ Remove existing 'macro', 'macrocode', etc. environments." 8
-.IX Item "-r Remove existing 'macro', 'macrocode', etc. environments."
-.IP "\fB\-R\fR \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ Do not remove existing 'macro', 'macrocode', etc. environments." 8
-.IX Item "-R Do not remove existing 'macro', 'macrocode', etc. environments."
-.IP "\fB\-i\fR \fIins-file\fR \ Create .ins file with given name" 8
-.IX Item "-i ins-file Create .ins file with given name"
-.IP "\fB\-t\fR \fItemplate\fR \ Use this file as template instead of the default one" 8
-.IX Item "-t template Use this file as template instead of the default one"
-.IP "\fB\-T\fR \fItemplate\fR \ Use this file as template for the .ins file" 8
-.IX Item "-T template Use this file as template for the .ins file"
-.IP "\fB\-e\fR \fIfile\fR \ \ \ \ \ Export default .dtx template to file and exit" 8
-.IX Item "-e file Export default .dtx template to file and exit"
-.IP "\fB\-E\fR \fIfile\fR \ \ \ \ \ Export default .ins template to file and exit" 8
-.IX Item "-E file Export default .ins template to file and exit"
-.IP "\fB\-D\fR \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ Use current date as file date" 8
-.IX Item "-D Use current date as file date"
-.IP "\fB\-F\fR \fIfile\fR \ \ \ \ \ Read more options and variables from file." 8
-.IX Item "-F file Read more options and variables from file."
-.IP "\fB\-N\fR \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ Do not read default config file; must be the first option" 8
-.IX Item "-N Do not read default config file; must be the first option"
-.PD
-.SS "Config files"
-.IX Subsection "Config files"
-A default config file either named 'sty2dtx.cfg' or '.sty2dtx.cfg' is searched
-in the current directory, the users home directory and the directory of this
-script, in this order. The first one found is loaded. If none is found the
-\&'texmf' tree is searched for a 'sty2dtx.cfg' config file. As with \-F files the
-config file should contain one option or variable per line.
-Lines starting with '\f(CW\*(C`%\*(C'\fR' or '\f(CW\*(C`#\*(C'\fR' are ignored.
-.SH "Examples"
-.IX Header "Examples"
-Produce 'file.dtx' from 'file.sty':
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& sty2dtx.pl < file.sty > file.dtx
-.Ve
-.PP
-or
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& sty2dtx.pl file.sty file.dtx
-.Ve
-.PP
-or
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& sty2dtx.pl \-B file.sty
-.Ve
-.PP
-Produce 'file.dtx' and 'file.ins' from 'file.sty':
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& sty2dtx.pl \-I file.sty file.dtx
-.Ve
-.PP
-or
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& sty2dtx.pl file.sty \-i file.sty file.dtx
-.Ve
-.PP
-or
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& sty2dtx.pl \-IB file.sty
-.Ve
-.PP
-Set custom variable values:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& sty2dtx.pl \-\-author Me \-\-email me@there.com mypkg.sty mypkg.dtx
-.Ve
-.PP
-Produce \s-1DTX\s0 file for a class:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& sty2dtx.pl \-\-type class mycls.sty mycls.dtx
-.Ve
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.IX Header "AUTHOR"
-Martin Scharrer
-.PP
-E\-mail: martin@scharrer\-online.de
-.PP
-\&\s-1WWW:\s0 http://www.scharrer\-online.de <http://www.scharrer-online.de>
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/sty2dtx.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/sty2dtx.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 962b7ebefaf..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/sty2dtx.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/synctex.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/synctex.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 5bb2bf4f98e..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/synctex.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-.Dd 03/13/12 \" DATE
-.Dt synctex 1 \" Program name and manual section number
-.Sh NAME
-.Nm synctex
-.Nd command line client tool to support the Synchronize TeXnology available in recent TeX engines.
-.Sh SYNOPSIS
-.Nm
-\fIcommand\fP [\fIoptions\fP] [\fIargs\fP]
-.Sh OVERVIEW
-The Synchronization TeXnology is a new feature of recent TeX engines.
-It allows to synchronize between input and output,
-which means to navigate from the source document to the typeset material
-and vice versa.
-.Pp
-Run `synctex help' to access the built-in tool documentation.
-.Sh SEE ALSO
-.\" List links in ascending order by section, alphabetically within a section.
-.\" Please do not reference files that do not exist without filing a bug report
-.Xr synctex 5
-.Xr tex 1
-.Sh AUTHOR
-The Synchronize TeXnology is essentially due to Jerome Laurens,
-with useful suggestions by some well known actors of the TeX world.
-.\" .Sh BUGS \" Document known, unremedied bugs
-.Sh HISTORY \" Document history if command behaves in a unique manner
-This document has never been updated.
-.\" nroff -man synctex.1 | less
-.\"groff -man -Tascii synctex.1 | less
-.\"To convert a man page to plain pre-formatted text (e.g for spell checking) use:
-.\"nroff -man synctex.1 | col -b > synctex.1.txt
-.\"To convert it to Postscript (for printing or further conversion to pdf) use:
-.\"groff -man -Tps synctex.1 > synctex.1.ps
-.\"To convert the man page to html use:
-.\"man2html synctex.1
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/synctex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/synctex.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index c63e0f9e622..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/synctex.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1ascii.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1ascii.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 0ee3b6e5db8..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1ascii.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-.ds V 1.37
-.de M
-.BR "\\$1" "(\\$2)\\$3"
-..
-.TH T1ASCII 1 "" "Version \*V"
-.SH NAME
-t1ascii \- convert PostScript Type 1 font from binary to ASCII
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B t1ascii
-\%[\fB\-l\fR \fIlength\fR]
-\%[\fIinput\fR [\fIoutput\fR]]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR t1ascii
-converts Adobe Type 1 font programs in PFB (binary) format to PFA
-(hexadecimal) format. If the file
-.I output
-is not specified output goes to the standard output.
-If the file
-.I input
-is not specified input comes from the standard input.
-'
-.SH OPTIONS
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-line\-length= "num\fR, " \-l " num"
-Set the maximum length of encrypted lines in the output to
-.I num.
-(These are the lines consisting wholly of hexadecimal digits.) The default
-is 64.
-'
-.TP 5
-.BR \-\-warnings ", " \-w
-Warn when the input font contains lines longer than 255 characters.
-Long lines don't strictly conform to Adobe's Document Structuring
-Conventions, and may cause problems with older software.
-'
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.LP
-.M t1binary 1 ,
-.M t1unmac 1 ,
-.M t1mac 1 ,
-.M t1asm 1 ,
-.M t1disasm 1
-.LP
-.I "Adobe Type 1 Font Format"
-.SH AUTHORS
-Lee Hetherington (ilh@lcs.mit.edu)
-.br
-Eddie Kohler (ekohler@gmail.com)
-.PP
-Ported to Microsoft C/C++ Compiler and MS-DOS operating system by
-Kai-Uwe Herbing (herbing@netmbx.netmbx.de).
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1ascii.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1ascii.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 03647c0c020..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1ascii.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1asm.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1asm.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 12e79a3729c..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1asm.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-.ds V 1.37
-.de M
-.BR "\\$1" "(\\$2)\\$3"
-..
-.TH T1ASM 1 "" "Version \*V"
-.SH NAME
-t1asm \- assemble PostScript Type 1 font
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B t1asm
-\%[\fB\-a\fR|\fB\-b\fR]
-\%[\fB\-l\fR \fIlength\fR]
-\%[\fIinput\fR [\fIoutput\fR]]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.B t1asm
-assembles Adobe Type 1 font programs into either PFA (hexadecimal) or PFB
-(binary) formats from a human-readable form. If the file
-.I output
-is not specified output goes to the standard output. If the file
-.I input
-is not specified input comes from the standard input.
-
-.B t1asm
-tokenizes the charstring data and performs eexec and charstring encryption
-as specified in the ``black book,''
-.I "Adobe Type 1 Font Format."
-
-The input must have a line of the form
-.RS
-.nf
-.ft B
-/-|{string currentfile exch readstring pop}executeonly def
-.ft R
-.fi
-.RE
-which defines the command, in this case `\-|', that is to start charstring
-data. It is an error not to define such a command. Another common name for
-this command is `RD'.
-
-After the start of the
-.B Subrs
-array in the input, all open braces `{' not in a comment begin a
-charstring. Such a charstring is terminated by the next non-comment close
-brace `}'. Within such a charstring, only comments, integers, and valid
-charstring commands are allowed. Valid charstring command names can be
-found in
-.I "Adobe Type 1 Font Format"
-and other documents describing the newer Type 2 opcodes. The format within
-a charstring is unimportant as long as integers and commands are separated
-by at least a one whitespace (space, tab, newline) character. Note that
-within charstrings, comments are discarded because they cannot be encoded.
-.SH OPTIONS
-.TP 5
-.BR \-\-pfa ", " \-a
-Output in PFA (ASCII) format.
-.TP 5
-.BR \-\-pfb ", " \-b
-Output in PFB (binary) format. This is the default.
-.TP
-.BI \-\-block\-length= "num\fR, " \-l " num"
-PFB only: Set the maximum output block length to
-.I num.
-The default length is as large as memory allows.
-.TP
-.BI \-\-line\-length= "num\fR, " \-l " num"
-PFA only: Set the maximum length of encrypted lines in the output to
-.I num.
-(These are the lines consisting wholly of hexadecimal digits.) The default
-is 64.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.LP
-.nf
-% t1asm Utopia-Regular.raw > Utopia-Regular.pfb
-% t1asm -a Utopia-Regular.raw > Utopia-Regular.pfa
-.fi
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.LP
-.M t1disasm 1 ,
-.M t1ascii 1 ,
-.M t1binary 1 ,
-.M t1unmac 1 ,
-.M t1mac 1
-.LP
-.I "Adobe Type 1 Font Format"
-is available free from Adobe as a PDF file.
-http://partners.adobe.com/asn/developer/PDFS/TN/T1_SPEC.PDF
-.LP
-.I "The Type 2 Charstring Format,"
-also available from Adobe as a PDF file, describes the newer Type 2
-operators, which are also used in some multiple-master Type 1 fonts like
-Adobe Jenson and Kepler.
-http://partners.adobe.com/asn/developer/PDFS/TN/5177.Type2.pdf
-'
-.SH AUTHORS
-Lee Hetherington (ilh@lcs.mit.edu)
-.br
-Eddie Kohler (ekohler@gmail.com)
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1asm.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1asm.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 22a6a978a9f..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1asm.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1binary.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1binary.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 8f55e93c48d..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1binary.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-.ds V 1.37
-.de M
-.BR "\\$1" "(\\$2)\\$3"
-..
-.TH T1BINARY 1 "" "Version \*V"
-.SH NAME
-t1binary \- convert PostScript Type 1 font from ASCII to binary
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B t1binary
-\%[\fB\-l\fR \fIlength\fR]
-\%[\fIinput\fR [\fIoutput\fR]]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.B t1binary
-converts Adobe Type 1 font programs in PFA (hexadecimal) format to PFB
-(binary) format. If the file
-.I output
-is not specified output goes to the standard output.
-If the file
-.I input
-is not specified input comes from the standard input.
-.SH OPTIONS
-.TP 5
-.BI \-\-block\-length= "length\fR, " \-l " length"
-Set the maximum length of sections in PFB output to
-.I length.
-The default length is as large as memory allows.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.LP
-.M t1ascii 1 ,
-.M t1unmac 1 ,
-.M t1mac 1 ,
-.M t1disasm 1 ,
-.M t1asm 1
-.LP
-.I "Adobe Type 1 Font Format"
-.SH AUTHORS
-Lee Hetherington (ilh@lcs.mit.edu)
-.br
-Eddie Kohler (ekohler@gmail.com)
-.PP
-Ported to Microsoft C/C++ Compiler and MS-DOS operating system by
-Kai-Uwe Herbing (herbing@netmbx.netmbx.de).
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1binary.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1binary.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f5bca341ba..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1binary.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1disasm.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1disasm.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 4458fb46ea1..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1disasm.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-.ds V 1.37
-.de M
-.BR "\\$1" "(\\$2)\\$3"
-..
-.TH T1DISASM 1 "" "Version \*V"
-.SH NAME
-t1disasm \- disassemble PostScript Type 1 font
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B t1disasm
-\%[\fIinput\fR [\fIoutput\fR]]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.B t1disasm
-disassembles Adobe Type 1 font programs in either PFA (hexadecimal) or PFB
-(binary) formats into human-readable form. If the file
-.I output
-is not specified output goes to the standard output.
-If the file
-.I input
-is not specified input comes from the standard input.
-
-.B t1disasm
-performs eexec and charstring decryption as specified in the ``black
-book'',
-.I "Adobe Type 1 Font Format."
-Additionally, the charstring binary tokens are expanded into human-readable
-text form, using the names given in the black book and later documents
-describing Type 2 opcodes.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.LP
-.nf
-% t1disasm Utopia-Regular.pfb Utopia-Regular.raw
-% t1disasm Utopia-Regular.pfa Utopia-Regular.raw
-.fi
-
-In
-.B Subrs
-entries in Utopia-Regular.raw will look like
-.RS
-.nf
-.ft B
-dup 5 {
- 8 111 vstem
- \-12 128 hstem
- 707 \-20 hstem
- return
- } |
-.ft R
-.fi
-.RE
-and the
-.B CharStrings
-entries like
-.RS
-.nf
-.ft B
-/exclam {
- 58 242 hsbw
- 6 callsubr
- 5 4 callsubr
- 63 707 rmoveto
- \-54 0 \-5 \-22 4 \-45 rrcurveto
- 40 \-431 rlineto
- 29 hlineto
- 42 431 rlineto
- 4 45 \-5 22 \-55 0 rrcurveto
- closepath
- 6 4 callsubr
- \-719 vmoveto
- 243 callsubr
- endchar
- } |\-
-.ft R
-.fi
-.RE
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.LP
-.M t1asm 1 ,
-.M t1ascii 1 ,
-.M t1binary 1 ,
-.M t1unmac 1 ,
-.M t1mac 1
-.LP
-.I "Adobe Type 1 Font Format"
-is available free from Adobe as a PDF file:
-http://partners.adobe.com/asn/developer/PDFS/TN/T1_SPEC.PDF
-.LP
-.I "The Type 2 Charstring Format,"
-also available from Adobe as a PDF file, describes the newer Type 2
-operators, which are also used in some multiple-master Type 1 fonts like
-Adobe Jenson and Kepler:
-http://partners.adobe.com/asn/developer/PDFS/TN/5177.Type2.pdf
-'
-.SH AUTHORS
-Lee Hetherington (ilh@lcs.mit.edu)
-.br
-Eddie Kohler (ekohler@gmail.com)
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1disasm.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1disasm.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 81c58b6a6a5..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1disasm.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1dotlessj.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1dotlessj.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 779914d281f..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1dotlessj.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-.ds V 2.92
-.de M
-.BR "\\$1" "(\\$2)\\$3"
-..
-.de Sp
-.if n .sp
-.if t .sp 0.4
-..
-.TH T1DOTLESSJ 1 "LCDF Typetools" "Version \*V"
-.SH NAME
-t1dotlessj \- create a dotless-j PostScript Type 1 font
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B t1dotlessj
-\%[OPTIONS...]
-.I font
-.RI [ outputfile ]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR T1dotlessj
-creates a PostScript Type\~1 font whose only character is a dotless 'j'
-matching the input font's design. It works simply by removing the dot from
-the input font's 'j'. The output font has three characters: '.notdef',
-\&'space', and 'uni0237', where 'uni0237' is the dotless 'j'. The command
-fails if the input font already has a dotless 'j' character, or if there
-seems to be no dot to remove. T1dotlessj writes the created PFA or PFB font
-to the standard output (but see the
-.B \-\-output
-option); if no input file is supplied, it reads a PFA or PFB font from the
-standard input.
-'
-.SH OPTIONS
-.PD 0
-.TP 5
-.BR \-\-output "=\fIfile\fR, " \-o " \fIfile"
-Send output to
-.I file
-instead of standard output.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-\-pfb ", " \-b
-Output a PFB font. This is the default.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-\-pfa ", " \-a
-Output a PFA font.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-\-name "=\fIname\fR, " \-n " \fIname"
-Set the output font's PostScript name to
-.IR name .
-The default is
-.IR InputFontName "LCDFJ."
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-q ", " \-\-quiet
-Do not generate any error messages.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-h ", " \-\-help
-Print usage information and exit.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-v ", " \-\-version
-Print the version number and some short non-warranty information and exit.
-.PD
-'
-.SH "RETURN VALUES"
-.B T1dotlessj
-exits with one of the following values:
-.TP 5
-0
-A dotless-j font was successfully generated.
-.TP 5
-1
-The font already contained a dotless-j character.
-.TP 5
-2
-The font's "j" character had no dot to remove.
-.TP 5
-3
-The font had no "j" character.
-.TP 5
->3
-An error occurred.
-'
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.LP
-.I "Adobe Type 1 Font Format"
-'
-.SH AUTHOR
-Eddie Kohler (ekohler@gmail.com)
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1dotlessj.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1dotlessj.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 6014d534617..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1dotlessj.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1lint.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1lint.1
deleted file mode 100644
index bebd5fec146..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1lint.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-.ds V 2.92
-.de M
-.BR "\\$1" "(\\$2)\\$3"
-..
-.de Sp
-.if n .sp
-.if t .sp 0.4
-..
-.TH T1LINT 1 "LCDF Typetools" "Version \*V"
-.SH NAME
-t1lint \- check a PostScript Type 1 font for correctness
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B t1lint
-\%\fIfont\fR [\fIfont\fR...]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR T1lint
-checks PostScript Type 1 font programs for correctness. Any errors or
-variances from the specification are reported to standard error. If there
-are no errors, the command prints nothing. It exits with status 0 if all
-fonts were OK, and status 1 otherwise. If no input files are supplied,
-t1lint reads a font from the standard input.
-'
-.SH OPTIONS
-.PD 0
-.TP 5
-.BR \-q ", " \-\-quiet
-Do not generate any error messages. The only output will be the exit
-status.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-h ", " \-\-help
-Print usage information and exit.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-v ", " \-\-version
-Print the version number and some short non-warranty information and exit.
-.PD
-'
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.LP
-.M t1disasm 1
-.LP
-.I "Adobe Type 1 Font Format"
-'
-.SH AUTHOR
-Eddie Kohler (ekohler@gmail.com)
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1lint.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1lint.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 452a0473995..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1lint.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1mac.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1mac.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a759716e51..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1mac.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-.ds V 1.37
-.de M
-.BR "\\$1" "(\\$2)\\$3"
-..
-.TH T1MAC 1 "" "Version \*V"
-.SH NAME
-t1mac \- translate a PFA or PFB PostScript Type 1 font into Macintosh format
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B t1mac
-\%[\fB\-\-macbinary\fR | \fB\-\-applesingle\fR |
-\fB\-\-appledouble\fR | \fB\-\-binhex\fR | \fB\-\-raw\fR]
-\%[\fB\-\-filename\fR \fIname\fR]
-\%[\fIinput\fR [\fIoutput\fR]]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.B t1mac
-reads a PFA (hexadecimal) or PFB (binary) PostScript Type 1 font file and
-generates an equivalent Macintosh Type 1 font file. The output file can be
-in MacBinary II, AppleSingle, AppleDouble, or BinHex format, or it can be a
-raw resource fork. The default is MacBinary II; use an option to choose a
-different format. If the
-.I output
-file is not specified output goes to the standard output.
-.PP
-WARNING: The output of
-.B t1mac
-is not sufficient to use the font, since Macintoshes can't read raw Type 1
-fonts. You will need to create a font suitcase containing bitmap fonts if
-you do not have such a suitcase for the font already.
-.B t1mac
-cannot help you do this.
-.SH OPTIONS
-.TP 5
-.BR \-\-raw ", " \-r
-Indicates that output should be a raw resource fork.
-.TP 5
-.BR \-\-macbinary
-Indicates that output should be in MacBinary I or II format. This is the
-default.
-.TP 5
-.BR \-\-applesingle
-Indicates that output should be in AppleSingle format.
-.TP 5
-.BR \-\-appledouble
-Indicates that output should be in AppleDouble format.
-.TP 5
-.BR \-\-binhex
-Indicates that output should be in BinHex 4.0 format.
-.TP 5
-.BR \-\-filename "=\fIname\fR, " \-n " \fIname\fR"
-Sets the Macintosh filename of the output font to \fIname\fR. The default
-is to construct the filename from the font's name using established
-Macintosh conventions. This option is not useful when output is a raw
-resource fork.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.LP
-.M t1unmac 1 ,
-.M t1ascii 1 ,
-.M t1binary 1 ,
-.M t1asm 1 ,
-.M t1disasm 1
-.SH AUTHORS
-Eddie Kohler (ekohler@gmail.com)
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1mac.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1mac.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index ee34f88affb..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1mac.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1rawafm.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1rawafm.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 15925e273c3..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1rawafm.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-.ds V 2.92
-.de M
-.BR "\\$1" "(\\$2)\\$3"
-..
-.de Sp
-.if n .sp
-.if t .sp 0.4
-..
-.TH T1RAWAFM 1 "LCDF Typetools" "Version \*V"
-.SH NAME
-t1rawafm \- produce raw AFM metrics from a PostScript Type 1 font
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B t1rawafm
-\%\-e ENCODING
-\%[OPTIONS...]
-.I font
-.RI [ outputfile ]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR T1rawafm
-generates an AFM file with the information available in a PostScript
-Type\~1 font. The AFM file will lack kerns, ligature information, and
-composite characters, but is otherwise usable. The AFM file is written to
-the standard output (but see the
-.B \-\-output
-option). If no input font file is supplied,
-.B t1rawafm
-reads a PFA or PFB font from the standard input.
-'
-.SH OPTIONS
-.PD 0
-.TP 5
-.BR \-\-output "=\fIfile\fR, " \-o " \fIfile"
-Send output to
-.I file
-instead of standard output.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-h ", " \-\-help
-Print usage information and exit.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-\-version
-Print the version number and some short non-warranty information and exit.
-.PD
-'
-.SH "RETURN VALUES"
-.B T1rawafm
-exits with value 0 if an AFM metrics file was successfully generated, and 1
-otherwise.
-'
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.LP
-.IR "Adobe Type 1 Font Format" ,
-.IR "Adobe Font Metrics File Format Specification v4.1"
-'
-.SH AUTHOR
-Eddie Kohler (ekohler@gmail.com)
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1rawafm.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1rawafm.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index e27e03b6b47..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1rawafm.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1reencode.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1reencode.1
deleted file mode 100644
index a5a6d98a06c..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1reencode.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,205 +0,0 @@
-.ds V 2.92
-.de M
-.BR "\\$1" "(\\$2)\\$3"
-..
-.de Sp
-.if n .sp
-.if t .sp 0.4
-..
-.TH T1REENCODE 1 "LCDF Typetools" "Version \*V"
-.SH NAME
-t1reencode \- reencode a PostScript Type 1 font
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B t1reencode
-\%\-e ENCODING
-\%[OPTIONS...]
-.I font
-.RI [ outputfile ]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR T1reencode
-changes a PostScript Type\~1 font's embedded encoding. The reencoded font
-is written to the standard output (but see the
-.B \-\-output
-option). If no input font file is supplied,
-.B t1reencode
-reads a PFA or PFB font from the standard input.
-'
-.SH OPTIONS
-.PD 0
-.TP 5
-.BR \-\-encoding "=\fIfile\fR, " \-e " \fIfile"
-Read the encoding from
-.IR file ,
-which must contain an encoding in
-.M dvips 1
-format. Alternatively,
-.I file
-can be one of the following special names, in which case the corresponding
-standard encoding is used.
-.Sp
-.RS
-.TP 23
-.B Name
-.B Source
-.TP
-StandardEncoding
-Adobe
-.TP
-ISOLatin1Encoding
-Adobe/ISO (synonym: ISO_8859_1_Encoding)
-.TP
-ExpertEncoding
-Adobe
-.TP
-ExpertSubsetEncoding
-Adobe
-.TP
-SymbolEncoding
-Adobe
-.TP
-ISOLatin2Encoding
-ISO (synonym: ISO_8859_2_Encoding)
-.TP
-ISOLatin3Encoding
-ISO (synonym: ISO_8859_3_Encoding)
-.TP
-ISOLatin4Encoding
-ISO (synonym: ISO_8859_4_Encoding)
-.TP
-ISOCyrillicEncoding
-ISO (synonym: ISO_8859_5_Encoding)
-.TP
-ISOGreekEncoding
-ISO (synonym: ISO_8859_7_Encoding)
-.TP
-ISOLatin5Encoding
-ISO (synonym: ISO_8859_9_Encoding)
-.TP
-ISOLatin6Encoding
-ISO (synonym: ISO_8859_10_Encoding)
-.TP
-ISOThaiEncoding
-ISO (synonym: ISO_8859_11_Encoding)
-.TP
-ISOLatin7Encoding
-ISO (synonym: ISO_8859_13_Encoding)
-.TP
-ISOLatin8Encoding
-ISO (synonym: ISO_8859_14_Encoding)
-.TP
-ISOLatin9Encoding
-ISO (synonym: ISO_8859_15_Encoding)
-.TP
-KOI8REncoding
--
-.RE
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-\-encoding\-text "=\fItext\fR, " \-E " \fItext"
-Use the encoding in the
-.I text
-argument, which must be formatted as a
-.M dvips 1
-encoding. One of
-.B \-\-encoding
-and
-.B \-\-encoding\-text
-must be supplied.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-\-name "=\fIname\fR, " \-n " \fIname"
-Set the output font's PostScript name to
-.IR name .
-The default is the input font name followed by the encoding's name.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-\-full-name "=\fIname\fR, " \-N " \fIname"
-Set the output font's FullName to
-.IR name .
-The default is the input FullName followed by the encoding's name.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-\-output "=\fIfile\fR, " \-o " \fIfile"
-Send output to
-.I file
-instead of standard output.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-\-pfb ", " \-b
-Output a PFB font. This is the default.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-\-pfa ", " \-a
-Output a PFA font.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-h ", " \-\-help
-Print usage information and exit.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-\-version
-Print the version number and some short non-warranty information and exit.
-.PD
-'
-.SH "RETURN VALUES"
-.B T1reencode
-exits with value 0 if a reencoded font was successfully generated, and 1
-otherwise.
-'
-.SH "NOTES"
-.LP
-.B T1reencode
-should be used only in special situations. It's generally much better to
-use PostScript commands to reencode a font; for instance, executing the
-PostScript commands to generate two differently-encoded versions of a
-single font will take up much less memory than loading two
-.BR t1reencode d
-fonts.
-'
-.SH "EXAMPLES"
-.PP
-This command reencodes Frutiger Roman in the ISO Latin\~1 encoding. The new
-font will have the PostScript name Frutiger-RomanISOLatin1Encoding.
-.Sp
-.nf
- \fBt1reencode\fR \fB\-e\fR ISOLatin1Encoding FrutiRom.pfb \e
- \fB\-o\fR FrutiRomISOL1.pfb
-.fi
-.Sp
-This series of commands, which use
-.M cfftot1 1
-and
-.M otftotfm 1
-as well as
-.B t1reencode
-itself, generate a version of Warnock Pro Regular with old-style figures in
-the slots for numbers (because of
-.BR otftotfm 's
-.BR \-f onum
-option). The new font will be called WarnockPro-RegularOsF.
-.Sp
-.nf
- \fBotftotfm\fR \fB\-f\fRonum WarnockPro-Regular.otf \e
- \fB\-\-output\-encoding\fR /tmp/osf.enc
- \fBcfftot1\fR WarnockPro-Regular.otf | \fBt1reencode\fR \fB\-e\fR /tmp/osf.enc \e
- \fB\-n\fR WarnockPro-RegularOsF \fB\-N\fR "Warnock Pro Regular OsF" \e
- \fB\-o\fR WarnoProRegOsF.pfb
-.fi
-'
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.LP
-.IR "Adobe Type 1 Font Format" ,
-.M dvips 1 ,
-.M cfftot1 1 ,
-.M otftotfm 1
-'
-.SH AUTHOR
-Eddie Kohler (ekohler@gmail.com)
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1reencode.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1reencode.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 03265e55f30..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1reencode.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1testpage.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1testpage.1
deleted file mode 100644
index d9b328cc24c..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1testpage.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-.ds V 2.92
-.de M
-.BR "\\$1" "(\\$2)\\$3"
-..
-.de Sp
-.if n .sp
-.if t .sp 0.4
-..
-.TH T1TESTPAGE 1 "LCDF Typetools" "Version \*V"
-.SH NAME
-t1testpage \- create a PostScript proof for a Type 1 font
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B t1testpage
-\%[\fIfont...\fR]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR T1testpage
-creates a PostScript proof document for the specified Type 1 font file and
-writes it to the standard output. The proof shows every glyph in the
-font, including its glyph name and encoding. The
-.I font
-argument should be the name of a PFA or PFB font file. If more than one
-.I font
-is given, the output proof contains all the fonts in order. If
-.I font
-is omitted,
-t1testpage will read a font file from the standard input.
-.PP
-T1testpage is preliminary software.
-'
-.SH OPTIONS
-.PD 0
-.TP 5
-.BR \-g " \fIglyphs\fR, " \-\-glyph= \fIglyphs
-Print only glyphs matching
-.IR glyphs .
-The argument is a glyph pattern, using shell-like matching rules; thus,
-.BR "\-g " 'A*'
-will match the glyphs 'A', 'Atilde', and 'Ampersand', among others. You
-can give this option multiple times, or supply multiple space-separated
-patterns in a single option.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-s ", " \-\-smoke
-Print smoke proofs, one glyph per page. This option is preliminary.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-o " \fIfile\fR, " \-\-output= \fIfile
-Write the output proof to
-.I file
-instead of the standard output.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-h ", " \-\-help
-Print usage information and exit.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-v ", " \-\-version
-Print the version number and some short non-warranty information and exit.
-.PD
-'
-.SH AUTHOR
-Eddie Kohler (ekohler@gmail.com)
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1testpage.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1testpage.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index a030bbba5f0..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1testpage.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1unmac.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1unmac.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 081ec31569f..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1unmac.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-.ds V 1.37
-.de M
-.BR "\\$1" "(\\$2)\\$3"
-..
-.TH T1UNMAC 1 "" "Version \*V"
-.SH NAME
-t1unmac \- translate a Mac PostScript Type 1 font into PFA or PFB format
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B t1unmac
-\%[\fB\-a\fR|\fB\-b\fR]
-\%[\fB\-r\fR]
-\%[\fIinput\fR [\fIoutput\fR]]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.B t1unmac
-extracts POST resources from a Macintosh PostScript font file and creates a
-PFA (hexadecimal) or PFB (binary) font file. The file
-.I input
-should be in MacBinary I or II, AppleSingle, AppleDouble, or BinHex format,
-or it can be a raw resource fork. If the file is a raw resource fork, you
-need to give the `\-\-raw' option; otherwise
-.B t1unmac
-should automatically figure out what kind of file you have. If the file
-.I output
-is not specified output goes to the standard output.
-.SH OPTIONS
-.TP 5
-.BR \-\-pfa ", " \-a
-Output in PFA (ASCII) format.
-.TP 5
-.BR \-\-pfb ", " \-b
-Output in PFB (binary) format. This is the default.
-.TP 5
-.BR \-\-raw ", " \-r
-Indicates that the input is a raw resource fork.
-.TP 5
-.BR \-\-macbinary
-Indicates that the input is in MacBinary I or II format.
-.TP 5
-.BR \-\-applesingle
-Indicates that the input is in AppleSingle format.
-.TP 5
-.BR \-\-appledouble
-Indicates that the input is in AppleDouble format.
-.TP 5
-.BR \-\-binhex
-Indicates that the input is in BinHex 4.0 format.
-.TP
-.BI \-\-block\-length= "num\fR, " \-l " num"
-PFB only: Set the maximum output block length to
-.I num.
-The default length is as large as memory allows.
-.TP
-.BI \-\-line\-length= "num\fR, " \-l " num"
-PFA only: Set the maximum length of encrypted lines in the output to
-.I num.
-(These are the lines consisting wholly of hexadecimal digits.) The default
-is 64.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.LP
-On Mac OS X, you can use
-.B t1unmac
-to translate a font into PFA or PFB format as follows:
-.nf
-% \fBt1unmac\fR \-\-raw FONTFILENAME/..namedfork/rsrc > OUTPUT
-.fi
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.LP
-.M t1mac 1 ,
-.M t1ascii 1 ,
-.M t1binary 1 ,
-.M t1asm 1 ,
-.M t1disasm 1
-.SH AUTHORS
-Lee Hetherington (ilh@lcs.mit.edu)
-.br
-Eddie Kohler (ekohler@gmail.com)
-.PP
-Ported to Microsoft C/C++ Compiler and MS-DOS operating system by
-Kai-Uwe Herbing (herbing@netmbx.netmbx.de).
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1unmac.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1unmac.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 5b54b01a89b..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/t1unmac.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tangle.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tangle.1
deleted file mode 100644
index a89f1726c41..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tangle.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,173 +0,0 @@
-.TH TANGLE 1 "1 March 2011" "Web2C 2012"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.if n .ds MF Metafont
-.if t .ds MF M\s-2ETAFONT\s0
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP for troff
-.el .ds OX TeX for nroff
-.\" the same but obliqued
-.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
-.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds BX BibTeX
-.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
-.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.if n .ds WB Web
-.if t .ds WB W\s-2EB\s0
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-tangle \- translate WEB to Pascal
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B tangle
-.RI [ options ]
-.IR webfile [ \fB.web\fP ]
-.RI [ changefile [ \fB.ch\fP ]]
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
-documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
-or manual
-.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
-.PP
-The
-.B tangle
-program converts a \*(WB
-source document into a Pascal program that may be compiled in the usual
-way with the on-line Pascal compiler (e.g.,
-.BR pc (1)).
-The output file is packed into lines of 72 characters or less, with
-the only concession to readability being the termination of lines at
-semicolons when this can be done conveniently.
-.PP
-The \*(WB language allows you to prepare a single document containing all
-the information that is needed both to produce a compilable Pascal
-program and to produce a well-formatted document describing the program
-in as much detail as the writer may desire. The user of \*(WB must be
-familiar with both \*(TX and Pascal. \*(WB also provides a relatively
-simple, although adequate, macro facility that permits a Pascal program
-to be written in small easily-understood modules.
-.PP
-The command line should have either one or two names on it.
-The first is taken as the \*(WB file (and
-.B .web
-is added if there is no
-extension).
-If there is another name, it is a change file (and
-.B .ch
-is added if there is
-no extension). The change file overrides parts of the \*(WB file,
-as described in the \*(WB system documentation.
-.PP
-The output files are a Pascal file and a string pool file,
-whose names are formed by adding
-.B .p
-and
-.B .pool
-respectively to the root of the \*(WB file name.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-This version of
-.B tangle
-understands the following options. Note that some of these options
-may render the output unsuitable for processing by a Pascal compiler.
-.TP
-.B --help
-Print help message and exit.
-.TP
-.BI --length \ number
-Compare only the first
-.I number
-characters of identifiers when checking for collisions. The default
-is 32, the original
-.B tangle
-used 7.
-.TP
-.B --loose
-When checking for collisions between identifiers, honor the settings
-of the
-.BR --lowercase ,
-.BR --mixedcase ,
-.BR --uppercase ,
-and
-.B --underline
-options. This is the default.
-.TP
-.B --lowercase
-Convert all identifiers to lowercase.
-.TP
-.B --mixedcase
-Retain the case of identifiers. This is the default.
-.TP
-.B --strict
-When checking for collisions between identifiers, strip underlines and
-convert all identifiers to uppercase first.
-.TP
-.B --underline
-Retain underlines (also known as underscores) in identifiers.
-.TP
-.B --uppercase
-Convert all identifiers to uppercase. This is the behaviour of the
-original
-.BR tangle .
-.TP
-.B --version
-Print version information and exit.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-The environment variable WEBINPUTS is used to search for the input files,
-or the system default if WEBINPUTS is not set. See
-.BR tex (1)
-for the details of the searching.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR pc (1),
-.BR pxp (1)
-(for formatting
-.B tangle
-output when debugging),
-.BR tex (1).
-.PP
-Donald E. Knuth,
-.IR "The \*(WB System of Structured Documentation" .
-.PP
-Donald E. Knuth,
-.IR "Literate Programming" ,
-Computer Journal
-.BR 27 ,
-97\-111, 1984.
-.PP
-Wayne Sewell,
-.IR "Weaving a Program" ,
-Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1989, ISBN 0-442-31946-0.
-.PP
-Donald E. Knuth,
-.I "\*(OX: The Program"
-(Volume B of
-.IR "Computers and Typesetting" ),
-Addison-Wesley, 1986, ISBN 0-201-13437-3.
-.PP
-Donald E. Knuth,
-.I "\*(MF: The Program"
-(Volume D of
-.IR "Computers and Typesetting" ),
-Addison-Wesley, 1986, ISBN 0-201-13438-1.
-.PP
-These last two are by far the largest extant examples of \*(WB
-programs.
-.PP
-There is an active Internet electronic mail discussion list on the
-subject of literate programming; send a subscription request to
-.I litprog-request@shsu.edu
-to join.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH AUTHORS
-\*(WB was designed by Donald E. Knuth, based on an earlier system
-called DOC (implemented by Ignacio Zabala).
-The
-.B tangle
-and
-.B weave
-programs are themselves written in \*(WB. The system
-was originally ported to Unix at Stanford by Howard Trickey, and at
-Cornell by Pavel Curtis.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tangle.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tangle.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b3a287d050..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tangle.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tex.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tex.1
deleted file mode 100644
index cea6e08d54c..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tex.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,517 +0,0 @@
-.TH TEX 1 "1 March 2011" "Web2C 2012"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.if n .ds MF Metafont
-.if t .ds MF M\s-2ETAFONT\s0
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.if n .ds MF Metafont
-.if t .ds MF M\s-2ETAFONT\s0
-.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP for troff
-.el .ds OX TeX for nroff
-.\" the same but obliqued
-.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
-.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds BX BibTeX
-.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
-.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.if n .ds WB Web
-.if t .ds WB W\s-2EB\s0
-.\" EX and EE are used for displays that are pure code
-.de EX
-.nf
-.ft CW
-..
-.de EE
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-tex, virtex, initex \- text formatting and typesetting
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B tex
-.RI [ options ]
-.RI [ \fB&\fPformat ]
-.RI [ file | \fB\e\fPcommands ]
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Run the \*(TX typesetter on
-.IR file ,
-usually creating
-.IR file.dvi .
-If the file argument has no extension, ".tex" will be appended to it.
-Instead of a filename, a set of \*(TX commands can be given, the first
-of which must start with a backslash.
-With a
-.BI & format
-argument \*(TX uses a different set of precompiled commands,
-contained in
-.IR format\fB.fmt\fP ;
-it is usually better to use the
-.B -fmt
-.I format
-option instead.
-.PP
-\*(TX
-formats the interspersed text and commands contained in the named
-files
-and outputs a typesetter independent file (called
-.IR DVI ,
-which is short for
-.IR "DeVice Independent" ).
-\*(TX's capabilities and language are described in
-.IR "The \*(OXbook" .
-\*(TX
-is normally used with a large body of precompiled macros,
-and there are several specific formatting systems, such as
-\*(LX,
-which require the support of several macro files.
-.PP
-This version of \*(TX looks at its command line to see what name it
-was called under. If they exist, then both
-.B initex
-and
-.B virtex
-are symbolic links to the
-.B tex
-executable. When called as
-.BR initex
-(or when the
-.B -ini
-option is given) it can be used to precompile macros into a
-.I .fmt
-file. When called as
-.B virtex
-it will use the
-.I plain
-format. When called under any other name, \*(TX will use that name as
-the name of the format to use. For example, when called as
-.B tex
-the
-.I tex
-format is used, which is identical to the
-.I plain
-format. The commands defined by the
-.I plain
-format are documented in
-.IR "The \*(OXbook" .
-Other formats that are often available include
-.I latex
-and
-.IR amstex .
-.PP
-The non-option command line arguments to the
-\*(TX
-program are passed to it as the first input line. (But it is often
-easier to type extended arguments as the first input line, since UNIX
-shells tend to gobble up or misinterpret \*(TX's favorite symbols,
-like backslashes, unless you quote them.)
-As described in
-.IR "The \*(OXbook" ,
-that first line should begin with a filename, a
-.IR \econtrolsequence ,
-or a
-.IR &formatname .
-.PP
-The normal usage is to say
-.EX
-tex paper
-.EE
-to start processing
-.IR paper.tex .
-The name
-.I paper
-will be the ``jobname'', and is used in forming
-output filenames.
-If \*(TX doesn't get a filename in the first line, the jobname is
-.IR texput .
-When looking for a file, \*(TX looks for the name with and without the
-default extension
-.RI ( .tex )
-appended, unless the name already contains that extension. If
-.I paper
-is the ``jobname'',
-a log of error messages, with rather more detail than normally appears
-on the screen, will appear in
-.IR paper.log ,
-and the output file will be in
-.IR paper.dvi .
-.PP
-This version of \*(TX can look in the first line of the file
-.I paper.tex
-to see if it begins with the magic sequence
-.IR %& .
-If the first line begins with
-.BI %& format
-.BI -translate-file \ tcxname
-then \*(TX will use the named format and translation table
-.I tcxname
-to process the source file. Either the format name or the
-.B -translate-file
-specification may be omitted, but not both. This overrides the
-format selection based on the name by which the program is invoked.
-The
-.B -parse-first-line
-option or the
-.B parse_first_line
-configuration variable controls whether this behaviour is enabled.
-.PP
-The
-.I e
-response to \*(TX's error prompt causes the system default editor to
-start up at the current line of the current file. The environment
-variable TEXEDIT can be used to change the editor used. It may
-contain a string with "%s" indicating where the filename goes and "%d"
-indicating where the decimal line number (if any) goes. For example,
-a TEXEDIT string for
-.B emacs
-can be set with the
-.B sh
-command
-.EX
-\fITEXEDIT="emacs +%d %s"; export TEXEDIT\fP
-.EE
-.PP
-A convenient file in the library is
-.IR null.tex ,
-containing nothing.
-When \*(TX can't find a file it thinks you want to input, it keeps
-asking you for another filename; responding `null' gets you out
-of the loop if you don't want to input anything. You can also type your
-EOF character (usually control-D).
-.PP
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH OPTIONS
-This version of \*(TX understands the following command line options.
-.TP
-.B -enc
-Enable the enc\*(TX extensions. This option is only effective in
-combination with
-.BR -ini .
-For documentation of the enc\*(TX extensions see
-.BR http://www.olsak.net/enctex.html .
-.TP
-.B -file-line-error
-Print error messages in the form
-.I file:line:error
-which is similar to the way many compilers format them.
-.TP
-.B -no-file-line-error
-Disable printing error messages in the
-.I file:line:error
-style.
-.TP
-.B -file-line-error-style
-This is the old name of the
-.B -file-line-error
-option.
-.TP
-.BI -fmt \ format
-Use
-.I format
-as the name of the format to be used, instead of the name by which
-\*(TX was called or a
-.I %&
-line.
-.TP
-.B -halt-on-error
-Exit with an error code when an error is encountered during processing.
-.TP
-.B -help
-Print help message and exit.
-.TP
-.B -ini
-Start in
-.I INI
-mode, which is used to dump formats. The
-.I INI
-mode can be used for typesetting, but no format is preloaded, and
-basic initializations like setting catcodes may be required.
-.TP
-.BI -interaction \ mode
-Sets the interaction mode. The mode can be either
-.IR batchmode ,
-.IR nonstopmode ,
-.IR scrollmode ,
-and
-.IR errorstopmode .
-The meaning of these modes is the same as that of the corresponding
-\ecommands.
-.TP
-.B -ipc
-Send DVI output to a socket as well as the usual output file. Whether
-this option is available is the choice of the installer.
-.TP
-.B -ipc-start
-As
-.BR -ipc ,
-and starts the server at the other end as well. Whether this option
-is available is the choice of the installer.
-.TP
-.BI -jobname \ name
-Use
-.I name
-for the job name, instead of deriving it from the name of the input file.
-.TP
-.BI -kpathsea-debug \ bitmask
-Sets path searching debugging flags according to the bitmask. See the
-.I Kpathsea
-manual for details.
-.TP
-.BI -mktex \ fmt
-Enable
-.RI mktex fmt ,
-where
-.I fmt
-must be either
-.I tex
-or
-.IR tfm .
-.TP
-.B -mltex
-Enable ML\*(TX extensions. Only effective in combination with
-.BR -ini .
-.TP
-.BI -no-mktex \ fmt
-Disable
-.RI mktex fmt ,
-where
-.I fmt
-must be either
-.I tex
-or
-.IR tfm .
-.TP
-.BI -output-comment \ string
-Use
-.I string
-for the
-.I DVI
-file comment instead of the date.
-.TP
-.BI -output-directory \ directory
-Write output files in
-.I directory
-instead of the current directory. Look up input files in
-.I directory
-first, then along the normal search path. See also description of the
-TEXMFOUTPUT environment variable.
-.TP
-.B -parse-first-line
-If the first line of the main input file begins with
-.I %&
-parse it to look for a dump name or a
-.B -translate-file
-option.
-.TP
-.B -no-parse-first-line
-Disable parsing of the first line of the main input file.
-.TP
-.BI -progname \ name
-Pretend to be program
-.IR name .
-This affects both the format used and the search paths.
-.TP
-.B -recorder
-Enable the filename recorder. This leaves a trace of the files opened
-for input and output in a file with extension
-.IR .fls .
-.TP
-.B -shell-escape
-Enable the
-.BI \ewrite18{ command }
-construct. The
-.I command
-can be any shell command. This construct is normally
-disallowed for security reasons.
-.TP
-.B -no-shell-escape
-Disable the
-.BI \ewrite18{ command }
-construct, even if it is enabled in the
-.I texmf.cnf
-file.
-.TP
-.B -src-specials
-Insert source specials into the
-.I DVI
-file.
-.TP
-.BI -src-specials \ where
-Insert source specials in certain places of the
-.I DVI
-file.
-.I where
-is a comma-separated value list:
-.IR cr ,
-.IR display ,
-.IR hbox ,
-.IR math ,
-.IR par ,
-.IR parent ,
-or
-.IR vbox .
-.TP
-.BI -translate-file \ tcxname
-Use the
-.I tcxname
-translation table to set the mapping of input characters and
-re-mapping of output characters.
-.TP
-.BI -default-translate-file \ tcxname
-Like
-.B -translate-file
-except that a
-.I %&
-line can overrule this setting.
-.TP
-.B -version
-Print version information and exit.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-See the Kpathsearch library documentation (the `Path specifications'
-node) for precise details of how the environment variables are used.
-The
-.B kpsewhich
-utility can be used to query the values of the variables.
-.PP
-One caveat: In most \*(TX formats, you cannot use ~ in a filename you
-give directly to \*(TX, because ~ is an active character, and hence is
-expanded, not taken as part of the filename. Other programs, such as
-\*(MF, do not have this problem.
-.PP
-.TP
-.B TEXMFOUTPUT
-Normally, \*(TX puts its output files in the current directory. If
-any output file cannot be opened there, it tries to open it in the
-directory specified in the environment variable TEXMFOUTPUT.
-There is no default value for that variable. For example, if you say
-.I tex paper
-and the current directory is not writable, if TEXMFOUTPUT has
-the value
-.IR /tmp ,
-\*(TX attempts to create
-.I /tmp/paper.log
-(and
-.IR /tmp/paper.dvi ,
-if any output is produced.) TEXMFOUTPUT is also checked for input
-files, as \*(TX often generates files that need to be subsequently
-read; for input, no suffixes (such as ``.tex'') are added by default,
-the input name is simply checked as given.
-.TP
-.B TEXINPUTS
-Search path for
-.I \einput
-and
-.I \eopenin
-files.
-This probably start with ``.'', so
-that user files are found before system files. An empty path
-component will be replaced with the paths defined in the
-.I texmf.cnf
-file. For example, set TEXINPUTS to ".:/home/user/tex:" to prepend the
-current directory and ``/home/user/tex'' to the standard search path.
-.TP
-.B TEXFORMATS
-Search path for format files.
-.TP
-.B TEXPOOL
-search path for
-.B tex
-internal strings.
-.TP
-.B TEXEDIT
-Command template for switching to editor. The default, usually
-.BR vi ,
-is set when \*(TX is compiled.
-.TP
-.B TFMFONTS
-Search path for font metric
-.RI ( .tfm )
-files.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH FILES
-The location of the files mentioned below varies from system to
-system. Use the
-.B kpsewhich
-utility to find their locations.
-.TP
-.I texmf.cnf
-Configuration file. This contains definitions of search paths as well
-as other configuration parameters like
-.BR parse_first_line .
-.TP
-.I tex.pool
-Text file containing \*(TX's internal strings.
-.TP
-.I texfonts.map
-Filename mapping definitions.
-.TP
-.I *.tfm
-Metric files for \*(TX's fonts.
-.TP
-.I *.fmt
-Predigested \*(TX format (.\|fmt) files.
-.TP
-.I $TEXMFMAIN/tex/plain/base/plain.tex
-The basic macro package described in the \*(OXbook.
-.br
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NOTES
-This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
-documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info manual
-.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH BUGS
-This version of \*(TX implements a number of optional extensions.
-In fact, many of these extensions conflict to a greater or lesser
-extent with the definition of \*(TX. When such extensions are
-enabled, the banner printed when \*(TX starts is changed to print
-.B TeXk
-instead of
-.BR TeX .
-.PP
-This version of \*(TX fails to trap arithmetic overflow when
-dimensions are added or subtracted. Cases where this occurs are rare,
-but when it does the generated
-.I DVI
-file will be invalid.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR mf (1),
-.br
-Donald E. Knuth,
-.IR "The \*(OXbook" ,
-Addison-Wesley, 1986, ISBN 0-201-13447-0.
-.br
-Leslie Lamport,
-.IR "\*(LX \- A Document Preparation System" ,
-Addison-Wesley, 1985, ISBN 0-201-15790-X.
-.br
-K. Berry,
-.IR "Eplain: Expanded plain \*(TX" ,
-ftp://ftp.cs.umb.edu/pub/tex/eplain/doc.
-.br
-Michael Spivak,
-.IR "The Joy of \*(OX" ,
-2nd edition, Addison-Wesley, 1990, ISBN 0-8218-2997-1.
-.br
-.I TUGboat
-(the journal of the \*(TX Users Group).
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH TRIVIA
-\*(TX, pronounced properly, rhymes with ``blecchhh.'' The proper
-spelling in typewriter-like fonts is ``TeX'' and not ``TEX'' or ``tex.''
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH AUTHORS
-\*(TX was designed by Donald E. Knuth,
-who implemented it using his \*(WB system for Pascal programs.
-It was ported to Unix at Stanford by Howard Trickey, and
-at Cornell by Pavel Curtis.
-The version now offered with the Unix \*(TX distribution is that
-generated by the \*(WB to C system
-.RB ( web2c ),
-originally written by Tomas Rokicki and Tim Morgan.
-.PP
-The enc\*(TX extensions were written by Petr Olsak.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tex.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index f276a2144cb..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tex.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tex2xindy.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tex2xindy.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 2a26a7ae265..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tex2xindy.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,213 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.16 (Pod::Simple 3.05)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sh \" Subsection heading
-.br
-.if t .Sp
-.ne 5
-.PP
-\fB\\$1\fR
-.PP
-..
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.Sh), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "tex2xindy 1"
-.TH tex2xindy 1 "2010-05-10" "Version 1.24" "xindy"
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-tex2xindy \- a preprocessor of the xindy index processor
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-.Vb 1
-\& tex2xindy [\-o] [attr_file]
-.Ve
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-\&\fBtex2xindy\fR transforms a LaTeX index file \f(CW\*(C`.idx\*(C'\fR (or an \f(CW\*(C`.aux\*(C'\fR
-file) into a \fBxindy\fR raw index file.
-.PP
-It is a filter that reads from \fIstdin\fR a file in the input format of
-LaTeX's raw index file, i.e., with \f(CW\*(C`\eindexentry\*(C'\fR tags. It outputs on
-\&\fIstdout\fR a \fBxindy\fR raw index file, i.e., with \f(CW\*(C`indexentry\*(C'\fR clauses.
-.PP
-If the option \fB\-o\fR is not specified, \fBtex2xindy\fR handles ^^\-notation
-of TeX and outputs the octet that is represented: \f(CW\*(C`^^ab\*(C'\fR in the input
-gets output as the octet 0xab. If \f(CW\*(C`^^^^abcd\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`^^^^^^^^abcdefab\*(C'\fR
-are detected, they are output as is.
-.PP
-If the option \fB\-o\fR is specified, \fBtex2xindy\fR operates in \fIOmega
-mode\fR and handles its ^^\-notation: Then \f(CW\*(C`^^ab\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`^^^^abcd\*(C'\fR, and
-\&\f(CW\*(C`^^^^^^^^abcdefab\*(C'\fR represent Unicode characters with code points
-0xab, 0xabcd, and 0xabcdefab respectively. They are output in \s-1UTF\-8\s0
-encoding.
-.PP
-If the optional argument \fIattr_file\fR is specified, \fBtex2xindy\fR
-writes all index key attributes into this file.
-.SH "DEFICITS"
-.IX Header "DEFICITS"
-This program was written since it was not easily possible to extract
-the parser from the old makeindex system. Therefore it does not find
-all errors in the input as the \fImakeindex\fR\|(1) version.
-.PP
-Additionally it uses only the default input specifiers of
-\&\fImakeindex\fR\|(1). If other input specifiers (cf. manual page of
-\&\fImakeindex\fR\|(1)) are needed, the input specifiers (starting from the
-pattern \f(CW\*(C`KEYWORD\*(C'\fR, see below) must be changed and the program must be
-recompiled.
-.PP
-The particular missing feature is configuration of the quote and the
-actual characters, maybe also the escape, subitem (level), and encap
-characters. Argument and range delimiters seem to be less of a problem.
-.PP
-In fact, input markup handling (and thus \fBtex2xindy\fR) should be
-incorporated into the \fBxindy\fR kernel, to be able to specify
-configuration in xindy style files.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
-\&\fItexindy\fR\|(1),
-\&\fIxindy\fR\|(1),
-\&\fImakeindex\fR\|(1)
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.IX Header "AUTHOR"
-Roger Kehr, Institut fuer Theoretische Informatik, \s-1TU\s0 Darmstadt
-.SH "COPYRIGHT AND LICENSE"
-.IX Header "COPYRIGHT AND LICENSE"
-Copyright (c) 1996,1997 Roger Kehr.
-Copyright (c) 2006 Joachim Schrod.
-.PP
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-your option) any later version.
-.PP
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-\&\s-1WITHOUT\s0 \s-1ANY\s0 \s-1WARRANTY\s0; without even the implied warranty of
-\&\s-1MERCHANTABILITY\s0 or \s-1FITNESS\s0 \s-1FOR\s0 A \s-1PARTICULAR\s0 \s-1PURPOSE\s0. See the \s-1GNU\s0
-General Public License for more details.
-.PP
-You should have received a copy of the \s-1GNU\s0 General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, \s-1MA\s0 02139, \s-1USA\s0.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tex2xindy.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tex2xindy.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 240d5ce0e68..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tex2xindy.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texconfig-sys.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texconfig-sys.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a1ec004e56..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texconfig-sys.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man1/texconfig.1
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texconfig-sys.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texconfig-sys.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 12dae43ed2f..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texconfig-sys.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texconfig.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texconfig.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 8087f1e6dd1..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texconfig.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,215 +0,0 @@
-.TH texconfig 1 "August 2011" "TeX Live" "TeX Live"
-.SH NAME
-texconfig \- configures teTeX or TeX Live
-.LP
-texconfig-sys \- configures teTeX or TeX Live system\-wide
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B texconfig
-.LP
-.B texconfig
-[\fB commands\fR ...]
-.LP
-.B texconfig-sys
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I texconfig
-allows one to configure and maintain TeX
-in an easy and convenient manner, offering a series of dialog boxes to
-the user.
-.PP
-The
-.I tlmgr
-program has subsumed this function for TeX Live. This program
-is still supported, but the tlmgr interface is much more actively
-developed and tested.
-.PP
-After choosing settings or options, the appropriate files
-are changed automatically and the new settings are applied for the
-user. If needed, copies of files in
-.I TEXMFDIST
-or
-.I TEXMFMAIN
-will be made in the user's
-.I TEXMFCONFIG
-tree.
-.PP
-.I texconfig
-uses either the
-.IR whiptail (1)
-or
-.IR dialog (1)
-program to communicate with the user, so must be run in a terminal.
-.PP
-For making system-wide changes, which will apply to all users of TeX
-(for example, default paper size and so on), run
-.I texconfig-sys
-instead. Changed or generated files will be placed in
-.IR TEXMFSYSCONFIG .
-(You may need to be root to do this.)
-.PP
-.I texconfig
-also offers a non-interactive batch mode which can be accessed with
-the following commands
-.SH COMMANDS
-Commands that accept further options usually display available options
-if called without them. For example,
-.B texconfig dvipdfm paper
-will inform about valid paper settings.
-.PP
-.B
-.IP conf
-Display the system configuration.
-.PP
-.TP
-.B dvipdfm paper [letter|legal|ledger|tabloid|a4|a3]
-Set up dvipdfm to use papersize PAPER by default.
-.TP
-.B dvips add PRINTERNAME
-Create a new (empty) configuration file
-.I TEXMFCONFIG/dvips/config/config.PRINTERNAME.
-This file can later be filled with the
-.B mode, offset
-or
-.B printcmd
-options
-.TP
-.B dvips del PRINTERNAME
-Remove
-.I config.PRINTERNAME
-.TP
-.B dvips mode
-List available MetaFont modes.
-.TP
-.B dvips [-P PRINTER] mode MODE
-Change the MetaFont mode to
-.I MODE
-for
-.I PRINTER
-or for all output files
-.I (config.ps),
-if no
-.B -P
-option is given.
-.TP
-.B dvips [-P PRINTER] offset x-OFFSET,y-OFFSET
-Set printer offset for
-.I PRINTER
-or for all output files
-.I (config.ps),
-if no
-.B -P
-option is given. Offsets must be given with units, e.g.
-.I 0pt,10pt
-You can use testpage.tex from the LaTeX distribution to find these
-numbers.
-.TP
-.B dvips [-P PRINTER] printcmd CMD
-Set the printing command for
-.I PRINTER
-or for all output files
-.I (config.ps),
-if no
-.B -P
-option is given. Commands might be
-.B lp
-or
-.B lpr.
-See the description of the
-.I o
-option in
-.B info dvips
-or the
-.I -O
-option in
-.B dvips(1).
-.TP
-.B faq
-Display the list of Frequently Asked Questions about
-.B teTeX
-(and their answers).
-.TP
-.B font vardir DIR, font ro, font rw
-.TP
-.B formats
-This command allows to edit
-.B fmtutil.cnf(5)
-and (re)creates any new or changed formats afterwards.
-.TP
-.B hyphen FORMAT
-This command allows to edit the hyphenation configuration file for
-formats that support this, and recreates the formats afterwards to
-enable the new languages. Available formats are shown when no
-.I FORMAT
-is given.
-.IP
-Note that for formats that use LaTeX's
-.I language.dat,
- e.g.
-.I (pdf)jadetex
-and
-.I latex
-itself, this change is not persistent, since this file is a generated
-file. You should not use this command in these cases, read
-.B update-language(1)
-for alternatives.
-.TP
-.B init [format]
-Recreate
-.I format
-or all formats if none is given, and the font information. This is
-the same as calling
-.B fmtutil --byfmt format
-or
-.B fmtutil --all,
-respectively, followed by
-.B updmap.
-.TP
-.B mode-list
-List available printer modes, together with the printers they were
-developed for, and their DPI resolution
-.TP
-.B mode MODE
-Set the default printer mode in
-.I /etc/texmf/web2c/mktex.cnf
-or the respective user file in
-.I $TEXMFCONFIG/web2c
-to
-.B MODE.
-.TP
-.B paper [a4|letter]
-Set the default papersize for
-.B dvips, dvipdfm, pdftex
-and
-.B xdvi.
-The set is restricted because not all programs understand all sizes.
-.TP
-.B pdftex paper [a4|letter]
-Set the default paper size for
-.B pdftex.
-.TP
-.B rehash
-Call
-.B mktexlsr.
-.TP
-.B xdvi paper PAPER
-Set the default paper size for
-.B xdvi.
-The (long) list is available with
-.B texconfig xdvi paper.
-
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-To let you change files,
-.B texconfig
-will open the editor specified in the VISUAL or EDITOR variables, or
-.B sensible-editor
-if both are unset.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR whiptail (1),
-.IR dialog (1),
-.IR tlmgr (1),
-.IR tex (1),
-.IR mf (1),
-.IR vi (1),
-.IR EDITOR
-environment variable.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Thomas Esser
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texconfig.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texconfig.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 61fad807ac1..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texconfig.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texdiff.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texdiff.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 32317947d83..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texdiff.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,220 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man v1.37, Pod::Parser v1.32
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sh \" Subsection heading
-.br
-.if t .Sp
-.ne 5
-.PP
-\fB\\$1\fR
-.PP
-..
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. | will give a
-.\" real vertical bar. \*(C+ will give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to
-.\" do unbreakable dashes and therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C'
-.\" expand to `' in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.Sh), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.if \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.hy 0
-.if n .na
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "TEXDIFF 1"
-.TH TEXDIFF 1 "2009-09-24" "perl v5.8.8" "User Contributed Perl Documentation"
-.SH "NAME"
-\&\fBtexdiff\fR \- Compares two (La)TeX documents to create a merged version showing changes, similar to that of 'Change Tracking' in some word processors.
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-texdiff [\-\-nofloats|\-n] old.tex new.tex [diff.tex]
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-The first two files are compared and a new TeX file is output. When
-the output file is processed with (La)TeX it marks new changes with
-blue and old text with red with a strike-through line. Furthermore,
-passages with changes are marked at the margin with grey bars by the
-LaTeX \f(CW\*(C`changebar\*(C'\fR package (although only after running \f(CW\*(C`dvips\*(C'\fR, in
-\&\f(CW\*(C`xdvi\*(C'\fR the bars are one inch too far left to compensate the one inch
-offset inserted by TeX printer drivers).
-.PP
-\&\f(CW\*(C`texdiff\*(C'\fR uses and therefore requires the \f(CW\*(C`wdiff\*(C'\fR command to insert
-these marks. If LaTeX macros are included in those striked out or
-underlined passages, the latex run will most likely fail. The source
-of most problems lies in \f(CW\*(C`wdiff\*(C'\fR tearing apart pairs of
-braces. Therefore \f(CW\*(C`texdiff\*(C'\fR is a perl script that calls \f(CW\*(C`wdiff\*(C'\fR internally
-and fixes \f(CW\*(C`wdiff\*(C'\fR's output by re-pairing braces again and handling some
-commonly used LaTeX macros.
-.PP
-For texdiff to work, the following LaTeX code must be inserted in the
-preamble of the LaTeX document:
-.PP
-.Vb 3
-\& \eusepackage{xcolor} \eusepackage{ulem} \eusepackage{changebar}
-\& \enewcommand\eTLSins[1]{\ecbstart{}\etextcolor{ins}{\euline{#1}}\ecbend{}}
-\& \enewcommand\eTLSdel[1]{\ecbdelete{}\etextcolor{del}{\esout{#1}}}
-.Ve
-.PP
-Define editing colors \f(CW\*(C`ins\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`del\*(C'\fR with existing \f(CW\*(C`xcolor\*(C'\fR color names:
- \ecolorlet{ins}{blue} \ecolorlet{del}{red}
-.PP
-Or from scratch:
- \edefinecolor{ins}{rgb}{0, 0.5, 0}
-.PP
-These macros are \s-1NOT\s0 automatically interted at \ebegin{document} like
-the original scripts did (see the \fB\s-1ACKNOWLEDGMENTS\s0\fR section below),
-because this will not work on files of a multi-file document (those
-included by \einclude or \einput). Furthermore, if you insert the
-macros manually, you can tune them as you like, i. e. change text
-color or position of changebars. Have a look at the documentation of
-the ulem and changebar packages on how to do this!
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS"
-.IP "\fB\-\-nofloats\fR, \fB\-n\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--nofloats, -n"
-If given, skips contents of figure environments, but does show
-insertions and deletions in the caption commands. This is done to
-avoid complex messups in subfloat or complex figure environments.
-.IP "\fB\-\-debug\fR, \fB\-d\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--debug, -d"
-Turns on debugging. Temporary files that contain numbered braces are
-kept and a raw difference file is written as output file name appended
-with '\-wdiff.tex'. In addition, several regular expression diagnostics
-are printed. \fBWarning: produces a lot of output.\fR
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.IX Header "AUTHOR"
-Mark Doll <markdoll<\s-1AT\s0>gmx.net>, Cengiz Gunay <cengique<\s-1AT\s0>users.sf.net>.
-.SH "ACKNOWLEDGMENTS"
-.IX Header "ACKNOWLEDGMENTS"
-.IP "\fB*\fR" 4
-.IX Item "*"
-Version 0.4, by \s-1CG\s0, 2009/09/15. Added use of GetOpt to take an optional
-parameter to skip float (e.g., figure or table) contents. Added an
-optional debug mode. Embedded \s-1POD\s0 documentation. Fixed problem
-with insertion and deletions appearing in the middle of sectioning
-commands by throwing off LaTeX.
-.IP "\fB*\fR" 4
-.IX Item "*"
-Version 0.3, modified by Cengiz Gunay <cengique@users.sf.net>,
-2009/06/30. Added some Latex commands that should be excluded and
-fixed handling of '\e%' characters.
-.IP "\fB*\fR" 4
-.IX Item "*"
-Version 0.2, is a perl implementation of TeXdiff by Mark Doll
-<markdoll@gmx.net>, 2006/08/09. It was derived from the original bash
-and perl scripts created by Robert Maron <robmar@mimuw.edu.pl>,
-available at http://www.robmar.net/TexDiff/. This version of texdiff
-is available at http://mark.doll.name/texdiff/.
-.SH "COPYRIGHT AND LICENSE"
-.IX Header "COPYRIGHT AND LICENSE"
-Copyleft 2006\-2009, Mark Doll and Cengiz Gunay
-.PP
-This library is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the same terms as Perl itself.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texdiff.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texdiff.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 5eeaf01aaa3..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texdiff.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texdirflatten.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texdirflatten.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 0da2a4fa74f..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texdirflatten.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,176 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.1801 (Pod::Simple 3.05)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "TEXDIRFLATTEN 1"
-.TH TEXDIRFLATTEN 1 "2009-04-17" "perl v5.10.0" "User Contributed Perl Documentation"
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-\&\fBtexdirflatten\fR \- Collects all components of a (La)TeX file in a
-single output directory \*(-- i.e., flattens its hierarchy.
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-texdirflatten \-f input.tex [\-o outputdir]
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-It parses the source file, following its included children (La)TeX
-files recursively, to collect together its components, such as
-graphics and BiBTeX bibliography files in different directories.
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS"
-.IP "\fB\-f\fR \fIinput.tex\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-f input.tex"
-Specifies input (La)TeX file.
-.IP "\fB\-o\fR \fIoutputdir\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-o outputdir"
-Directory to collect all files. \fBtexdirflatten\fR will copy each source
-file, graphics and bibliography file to this directory. It will be
-created if it is unexistent. If unspecified, it defaults to \f(CW\*(C`flat/\*(C'\fR.
-.SH "EXAMPLES"
-.IX Header "EXAMPLES"
-The following example scans \f(CW\*(C`manuscript.tex\*(C'\fR in the current directory
-and gathers it and all its components in the \f(CW\*(C`submit_01/\*(C'\fR directory:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& $ texdirflatten \-f manuscript.tex \-o submit_01
-.Ve
-.SH "CAVEATS"
-.IX Header "CAVEATS"
-Please take backups before running this command. No warranties
-whatsoever provided.
-.SH "BUGS"
-.IX Header "BUGS"
-Bug reports and patches are welcome.
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.IX Header "AUTHOR"
-Cengiz Gunay <cengique<\s-1AT\s0>users.sf.net>
-.SH "COPYRIGHT AND LICENSE"
-.IX Header "COPYRIGHT AND LICENSE"
-Copyleft 2003\-2009, Cengiz Gunay
-.PP
-This library is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the same terms as Perl itself.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texdirflatten.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texdirflatten.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 69bea837ba7..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texdirflatten.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texdoc.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texdoc.1
deleted file mode 100644
index bfaba2396af..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texdoc.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.40.9.
-.TH TEXDOC "1" "June 2012" "texdoc 0.84" "User Commands"
-.SH NAME
-texdoc \- find & view documentation in TeX Live
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B texdoc
-[\fIOPTION\fR]... \fINAME\fR...
-.br
-.B texdoc
-\fIACTION\fR
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Try to find appropriate TeX documentation for the specified NAME(s).
-Alternatively, perform the given ACTION and exit.
-.SS "Actions:"
-.TP
-\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR
-Print this help message.
-.TP
-\fB\-V\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR
-Print the version number.
-.TP
-\fB\-f\fR, \fB\-\-files\fR
-Print the list of configuration files used.
-.TP
-\fB\-\-just\-view\fR file
-Display file, given with full path (no searching).
-.SH OPTIONS
-.TP
-\fB\-w\fR, \fB\-\-view\fR
-Use view mode: start a viewer. (default)
-.TP
-\fB\-m\fR, \fB\-\-mixed\fR
-Use mixed mode (view or list).
-.TP
-\fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-list\fR
-Use list mode: show a list of results.
-.TP
-\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-showall\fR
-Use showall mode: show also "bad" results.
-.TP
-\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-interact\fR
-Use interactive menus. (default)
-.TP
-\fB\-I\fR, \fB\-\-nointeract\fR
-Use plain lists, no interaction required.
-.TP
-\fB\-M\fR, \fB\-\-machine\fR
-Machine\-readable output for lists (implies \fB\-I\fR).
-.TP
-\fB\-q\fR, \fB\-\-quiet\fR
-Suppress warnings and most error messages.
-.TP
-\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-verbose\fR
-Print additional information (eg, viewer command).
-.TP
-\fB\-d\fR, \fB\-\-debug\fR[=\fIlist\fR]
-Activate debug output (restricted to list).
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-.IP
-PAGER, BROWSER, PDFVIEWER, PSVIEWER, DVIVIEWER.
-.SH FILES
-.IP
-<texmf>/texdoc/texdoc.cnf, see output of the \fB\-\-files\fR option.
-.SH "REPORTING BUGS"
-Report bugs to <texdoc@tug.org>.
-.br
-Texdoc home page: <http://tug.org/texdoc/>
-.br
-Source: <https://github.com/mpg/texdoc>
-.SH COPYRIGHT
-Copyright \(co 2008\-2011 Manuel P'egouri'e\-Gonnard.
-License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>.
-.br
-This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-The full documentation is maintained as a PDF manual. The command
-.IP
-.B texdoc texdoc
-.PP
-should give you access to the complete manual.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texdoc.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texdoc.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 516ce867e32..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texdoc.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texdoctk.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texdoctk.1
deleted file mode 100644
index e7aebb7098a..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texdoctk.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,217 +0,0 @@
-.TH TEXDOCTK 1
-.SH NAME
-texdoctk \- GUI for easier access of TeX package and program documentations
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B texdoctk
--[aq]
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.B texdoctk
-is a GUI for easier access to a large part of the vast amount
-of package and program documentations and tutorials for TeX and its
-different derivatives (mainly LaTeX). It is optimized and included in
-the teTeX and fpTeX distributions and also available with TeXLive.
-.PP
-The documentation is grouped into 17 categories; the 18th button of the main
-panel is inactive by default and intended for use with local additions (see
-section
-.B CONFIGURATION
-below).
-.PP
-In the settings window you see a checkbox in the html->ps and text->ps
-converter menus for switching on/off output redirect. This is due to the fact
-that some converters do not write their output into a file but to stdout by
-default, so a redirect is needed, e.g.
-.PP
-a2ps myfile.txt >myfile.ps
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.TP
-.I "\-v"
-verbose: enable some viewer messages which are otherwise sent to stderr,
-as well as some warning popup windows. This can also be set in a
-configuration file.
-.TP
-.I "\-a"
-autoview: autostart viewer if a listbox contains only one item (this will
-frequently happen in search results). This can also be set in a configuration
-file.
-.SH "CONFIGURATION"
-.PP
-The configuration is controlled by the system default configuration file
-($TEXMFMAIN)/texdoctk/texdocrc.defaults, most of whose entries can though be
-overridden by the users' own optional ~/.texdocrc files and/or command line
-options.
-.SS The Settings menu and configuration files
-.PP
-The Settings menu is used to change the user-definable settings of \fBtexdoctk\fP
-for the duration of the program call or as new defaults. The latter case is
-the purpose of the Save button, which generates or rewrites the user's own
-~/.texdocrc file. The system defaults cannot be edited with the Settings
-menu.
-.TP
-Paths
-The TEXMF-type paths on the system are reported, and the user can specify the
-name of the subdirectory of $HOMETEXMF, where the personal documentation is
-stored.
-.TP
-General viewer behaviour
-
-.I Suppress error messages
-toggle verbose mode (see option -v); default is off.
-
-.I Autostart viewer for one-item listboxes
-if a listbox contains only one item (see option -a)
-
-.I Use text viewer for unknown file format
-i.e. treat the file as plain text. \fBtexdoctk\fP should recognize the usual file
-formats and also relate names like README to plain text, but some docs may have
-freely invented names. Default is on; if switched off, trying to view such
-files will raise an error. The switch does not influence printing: unrecognized
-formats cannot be printed.
-
-.I Change viewer colours
-using either RGB triplets in the format #rrggbb or the standardized names.
-.TP
-DVI/PostScript/PDF/HTML/Plain text
-For text files, \fBtexdoctk\fP provides an own viewer. If this viewer is disabled,
-but no alternative viewer is specified, \fBtexdoctk\fP tries to read the content
-of the environment variable $PAGER.
-
-If you want to print the documentations, you will need converters to turn
-non-PS files into PostScript. Here are some suggestions:
-
-\& dvi->ps:
-dvips (is part of teTeX) (http://www.radicaleye.com/dvips.html)
-
-\& pdf->ps:
-pdf2ps (http://www.cs.wisc.edu/~ghost) or
-Acrobat Reader (http://www.adobe.com)
-
-\& html->ps: html2ps (http://user.it.uu.se/~jan/html2ps.html)
-
-\& plain text->ps: a2ps (http://www-inf.enst.fr/~demaille/a2ps/)
-
-The html->ps and text->ps converter menus for switching on/off output redirect.
-This is due to the fact that some converters do not write their output into a
-file but to stdout by default, so a redirect is needed, e.g.
-.B a2ps myfile.txt >myfile.ps
-.PP
-The system-wide configuration file is ($TEXMFMAIN)/texdoctk/texdocrc.defaults
-and should only be writable by the administrator of the installation using any
-text editor. The optional user configuration file is ~/.texdocrc and can
-override all but those system settings which affect the installation as a
-whole. The preferred way of changing it is through the Settings menu.
-.SS The databases
-\fBtexdoctk\fP comes with a default database file ($TEXMFMAIN)/texdoctk/texdoctk.dat
-with a special format. It is divided into 17 sections corresponding to the
-17 buttons that are active by default. Each section begins with a line
-
-@\fIsection_name\fP
-
-where
-.I section_name
-is the text as it appears in the button. This title is
-followed by the descriptive entries for each documentation, which have this
-format:
-
-\fIpackage-label\fP;Short description for listbox (opt. \fIpackage-name\fP);path in doc directory;optional keywords
-
-(without breaking the line!). Comments (initiated with a #) and empty lines
-are ignored by the program. The second field is the text displayed in the
-selection listboxes of \fBtexdoctk\fP, and you will usually want to mention the name
-of the package in parens along with it; the first field is a \fBunique\fP label
-for the package for internal use of the program which will usually be chosen
-identical to the package name, but can be different if there is more than one
-documentation file coming with a package.
-.PP
-The administrator will probably install additional packages in the local texmf
-tree. The corresponding documentation can be made accessible by an additional
-database $TEXMFLOCAL/texdoctk/texdoctk-local.dat. Furthermore, individual
-users possibly install additional packages in an texmf subdirectory of their
-$HOME, for which they can make an individual database themselves as
-$TEXMFHOME/texdoctk/texdoctk-pers.dat. After creating such files, texhash
-must be executed.
-.PP
-Both types of databases must have the same structure as the system database,
-although they need (and should) not include all its sections if there are no
-additional entries. For example, if the the package
-.I foo
-is added to the local tree such that its documentation file is
-($TEXMFLOCAL)/doc/latex/foo/foo.dvi and it is decided that it fits best into
-the existing category Graphics, texdoctk-local.dat would look like this:
-
-@Graphics
-.br
-foo;Create bells and whistles (foo);latex/foo/foo.dvi;decoration
-
-The entry for
-.I foo
-will then be appended to the list of entries in the Graphics category. The 18th
-button can be activated in the same way, but using a new category name;
-possible entries at the beginning of the database which have not been assigned
-to a category will be assigned to the default Miscellaneous, making the 18th
-button active with that label. Note that you cannot have more than 18
-categories; if there are more, only the one defined last will appear and be
-used.
-.PP
-If the documentation is included in the .sty file instead of a proper
-documentation file, the optional keywords should start with
--?- directly after the semicolon, where ? is 0, 1, 2 or 3; these are flags
-which indicate in which part of the .sty the instructions are placed and
-should help \fBtexdoctk\fP to extract the documentation from the style and present
-it without the code, which would normally be of little use.
-.TP
-0
-no specific place, scattered between the code
-.TP
-1
-at end, behind \\endinput; some .sty files have well-organized documentation
-behind the end of the actual code, where TeX doesn't see it upon compilation
-.TP
-2
-at beginning, terminated by %%%%%%; in some other cases, some usage information
-is at the beginning of the .sty as a comment terminated by a line full of %
-.TP
-3
-as 2, but with a blank line as termination
-.PP
-See the system database for plenty of examples.
-
-.SH "FILES"
-.PP
-\& $TEXMFMAIN/texdoctk/texdocrc.defaults
-system-wide configuration file
-.PP
-\& ~/.texdocrc
-(optional) personal configuration file; can also be created with the Settings menu
-.PP
-\& $TEXMFMAIN/texdoctk/texdoctk.dat
-default database file for documentation files of the distribution
-.PP
-\& $TEXMFLOCAL/texdoctk/texdoctk-local.dat
-(optional) local database file for documentation files
-.PP
-\& $TEXMFHOME/texdoctk/texdoctk-pers.dat
-(optional) personal database file of individual users for documentation files
-.SH BUGS
-Widget placement in topic toplevels becomes ugly when the toplevel is stretched
-or shrunk.
-.PP
-The font in the frame labels of the Settings menu are not forced to the default
-font; this will become visible e.g. at hi-res screens, where the label font is
-not scaled up.
-.PP
-Netscape and Mozilla error output will be written to stderr even if the quiet
-mode was set.
-.SH AUTHOR
-.B texdoctk
-was written by Thomas Ruedas <tr@geol.ku.dk>.
-.PP
-This manual page was originally written by Adrian Bunk <bunk@fs.tum.de> for
-the Debian GNU/Linux system (but may be used by others). It is now maintained
-by Thomas Ruedas.
-
-.SH COPYRIGHT
-Copyright (C) 2000-2004 Thomas Ruedas
-.br
-This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
-warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texdoctk.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texdoctk.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index e756cd7b8da..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texdoctk.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texexec.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texexec.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 19f56dab96b..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texexec.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,602 +0,0 @@
-.TH "TEXEXEC" "1" "December 2006" "texexec 6.2" "ConTeXt"
-.de URL
-\\$2 \(laURL: \\$1 \(ra\\$3
-..
-.if \n[.g] .mso www.tmac
-.de EX
-.in +3
-.nf
-.ft CW
-..
-.de EE
-.in -3
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-
-.SH "NAME"
-texexec \- front end to the ConTeXt typesetting system
-
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-\fBtexexec\fP [ \fIOPTION\fP ... ] \fIFILE\fP [ ... ]
-
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-
-\fBtexexec\fP, a \fBruby\fP(1) script,
-is the command-line front end to the ConTeXt typesetting
-system, an extensive macro package
-built on the \fBtex\fP(1) family of typesetting programs.
-\fBtexexec\fP provides several facilties:
-.IP \(bu
-Process a ConTeXt source file,
-performing as many runs as
-necessary of \fBtex\fP(1), \fBtexutil\fP(1), and
-MetaPost (\fBmpost\fP(1)). Options control the output
-format, the pages to process, paper size, and so forth.
-.IP \(bu
-Create new ConTeXt formats, useful during installation.
-.IP \(bu
-Post-process existing PDF files, including merging multiple
-files, and extracting and rearranging pages within a file,
-similar to the facilities provided for PostScript files by
-\fBpsnup\fP(1) or for PDF files by \fBpdftk\fP(1).
-.IP \(bu
-Extract or strip documentation from ConTeXt source files
-using \fBtexutil\fP(1).
-.IP \(bu
-Run MetaPost (\fBmpost\fP(1)) to generate figures from MetaPost source.
-.IP \(bu
-Produce proof sheets of figures used in a ConTeXt source file.
-.IP
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-
-All switches are specified in full here but can be abbreviated to the
-shortest unique prefix. Thus, \fB--env\fP works the same as
-\fB--environment\fP. With no options, \fBtexexec\fP assumes that
-the file on the command line is a ConTeXt source file, i.e. a TeX file
-in the ConTeXt dialect, and produces a PDF file using the source file.
-
-.SS "General Options"
-
-.IP "\fB--alone\fP"
-Avoid calling other programs when possible. For
-example, \fB--alone\fP will prevent \fBtexexec\fP from
-using \fBfmtutil\fP(1) to generate formats (this prevention can
-be handy when tracing installation problems).
-.IP "\fB--environments\fP\fI=\fP\fIfile[,file[,...]]\fP"
-Specify ConTeXt environment file(s), separated by commas, to use when
-processing the source file. This option is useful when converting
-from non-ConTeXt file formats without environment or layout settings.
-.IP "\fB--help\fP"
-Produce a summary of switches
-and arguments. A more detailed help is produced by including
-\fB--all\fP.
-.IP "\fB--interface=\fP\fIlanguage\fP"
-Specify the language
-ConTeXt should use to communicate with you.
-Options are
-.IP
-.RS
-.IP "\fBen\fP"
-US English
-.IP "\fBnl\fP"
-Dutch
-.IP "\fBde\fP"
-German
-.IP "\fBuk\fP"
-British English
-.IP "\fBcz\fP"
-Czech
-.IP "\fBit\fP"
-Italian
-.RE
-.IP "\fB--keep\fP"
-Preserve a few of the temporary files generated while processing by
-appending \fI.keep\fP to their name. For example, after
-.EX
-texexec --keep document.tex
-.EE
-you will find (besides \fIdocument.pdf\fP) \fIdocument.log.keep\fP
-and \fIdocument.top.keep\fP. The \fIdocument.top\fP file is where
-\fBtexexec\fP wraps \fIdocument.tex\fP with the proper ConTeXt macro
-commands to set the output format, etc.
-.IP "\fB--once\fP"
-Process a file exactly once. (By default,
-\fBtexexec\fP processes the file as many times as
-necessary to sort out all references, typeset
-\fBMetaPost\fP code, and so forth.)
-.IP "\fB--purge\fP"
-Get rid of most temporary files generated while processing the source
-file. For example,
-.EX
-texexec --purge somefile.tex
-.EE
-will generate \fIsomefile.pdf\fP, cleaning up after itself and leaving
-only one extra file, \fIsomefile.tuo\fP. See also the \fB--purge\fP
-option of
-.BR ctxtools (1)
-.IP "\fB--purgeall\fP"
-Get rid of all temporary files generated while processing the source
-file, including the \fIfilename.tuo\fP file. See also the \fB--purge
---all\fP option combination of
-.BR ctxtools (1)
-.IP "\fB--randomseed=\fP\fINNNN\fP"
-Set the random seed.
-.IP "\fB--result=\fP\fIFILENAME\fP"
-Allows you to change the
-basename of the output file. See
-\fB--mode\fP for an example.
-.IP "\fB--runs=\fP\fINUMBER\fP"
-Specify the number of runs to
-perform on a file. Overrides
-\fBtexexec\fP's calculations.
-.IP "\fB--separation\fP"
-Perform color separations.
-.IP "\fB--silent\fP"
-Suppress a few diagnostic and progress messages.
-.IP "\fB--timeout=\fP\fINNN\fP"
-Abort the run if a subprocess waits for more than \fINNN\fP seconds;
-e.g. while waiting for user input when \fBtex\fP reports an undefined
-control sequence. Useful for automated testing scripts, to make sure
-the runs finish.
-.IP "\fB--usemodules=\fP\fImodule1[,module2,[...]]\fP
-Use the comma-separated list of modules. For example, to typeset
-\fIdocument.tex\fP using the \fIbib\fP and \fIunits\fP modules:
-.EX
-texexec --usemodules=bib,units document.tex
-.EE
-.IP "\fB--verbose\fP"
-Output extra diagnostic information.
-.IP "\fB--version\fP"
-Print the version number.
-.IP
-
-.SS "Processing ConTeXt Source Files"
-
-Including specifying paper sizes, formats, and so forth.
-
-.IP "\fB--arrange\fP"
-Perform page rearrangements, which are used to produce booklets. This
-option tells ConTeXt to the first \fIn\fP-1 runs without taking
-account of arrangements, then on the last run to pay attention to
-the arrangement commands in the source file.
-.IP "\fB--batchmode\fP"
-Process the file in batchmode, which means
-to typeset the whole document even if there are errors. More
-imformation about \f(CWbatchmode\fP can be found in Donald
-E. Knuth's \fITeXbook\fP.
-.IP "\fB--nonstopmode\fP"
-Process the file in nonstopmode, which means
-to typeset the document and report errors, but not to stop at any
-error. It is similar to batchmode but more verbose. More
-imformation about \f(CWnonstopmode\fP can be found in Donald
-E. Knuth's \fITeXbook\fP.
-.IP "\fB--bodyfont=\fP\fIfont\fP"
-The name of a font to preload for use in
-setting the body of the text (OBSOLETE).
-.IP "\fB--centerpage\fP"
-Center the document on the page.
-.IP "\fB--color\fP"
-Turn on color mode. Color mode can also be set by
-commands embedded in the document. These commands
-override the \fB--color\fP option.
-.IP "\fB--convert=\fP\fIFORMAT\fP"
-Convert the input file to
-ConTeXt format from \fIFORMAT\fP before
-processing. In most cases, this conversion will result
-in a TeX file. Currently supported input
-\fIFORMAT\fPs are \fBxml\fP and
-\fBsgml\fP.
-.IP "\fB--dvipdfmx, --dvipdfm, --dpx, --dpm\fP"
-Use the TeX engine (e.g. \fBpdftex\fP or \fBpdfetex\fP)
-to make a DVI file and \fBdvipdfmx\fP(1) to turn it
-into PDF.
-.IP "\fB--dvi, --ps, --dvips\fP"
-Use the TeX engine (e.g. \fBpdftex\fP or \fBpdfetex\fP)
-to make a DVI file and \fBdvips\fP(1) to turn it
-into PostScript. It's counterintuitive that \fB--dvi\fP produces
-a PostScript file in addition to the DVI file. But that's because
-\fB--dvi\fP is shorthand for \fB--dvips\fP; adding the \fB--nobackend\fP
-option prevents \fBtexexec\fP's running \fBdvips\fP(1). See also the
-\fB--engine\fP option.
-.IP "\fB--fast\fP"
-Typeset the document(s) as fast as possible without
-causing problems.
-.IP "\fB--final\fP"
-Perform a final run without skipping anything.
-This option is typically used with \fB--fast\fP.
-.IP "\fB--language=\fP\fILANGUAGE\fP"
-Set the language for
-hyphenation. Can be specified in your source file.
-Options are the same as those for \fB--interface\fP.
-.IP "\fB--mode=\fP\fIMODELIST\fP, \fB--modes=\fP\fIMODELIST\fP"
-Allows you to change the mode used while typesetting the
-source file. The \fIMODELIST\fP is a comma separated list of modes.
-Modes are a conditional-compilation facility
-like \f(CW#ifdef\fP in C. So one source file can be used to produce
-several typeset documents: one for A4 paper, one for
-screen display in full color, one for letter paper, etc. For
-example:
-.IP
-.EX
-\f(CWtexexec --pdf --mode=A4 --result=manual-a manual-t.tex\fP
-\f(CWtexexec --pdf --mode=letter --result=manual-l manual-t.tex\fP
-\f(CWtexexec --pdf --mode=screen --result=manual-s manual-t.tex\fP
-.EE
-.IP
-Here the \fB--mode\fP tells ConTeXt which
-mode directives to use when typesetting the source file. The
-\fB--result\fP option tells ConTeXt
-where to put the output file.
-.IP "\fB--modefile=\fP\fIfile\fP"
-Load this file before most of the usual processing; usually used for
-mode-related material.
-.IP "\fB--noarrange\fP"
-Ignore arrangement commands in the source file.
-.IP "\fB--nobackend\fP"
-Do not run the backend, e.g. \fBdvips\fP(1) or \fBdvipdfmx\fP(1). See
-the \fB--dvips\fP or \fB--dvipdfmx\fP options. Why would you give one
-of those options to choose a backend, yet tell \fBtexexec\fP not to
-run the backend? Because each backend has its own syntax for
-\f(CW\\special\fP calls. Specifying the backend allows the ConTeXt
-macros to use the correct syntax so that when you later run the
-backend to produce PostScript or PDF, the specials will be interpreted
-correctly.
-.IP "\fB--pages=\fP\fIPAGENUMBERLIST\fP"
-Specify the pages or page
-range to appear in the output file.
-\fIPAGENUMBERLIST\fP may be the keyword \fBodd\fP
-or \fBeven\fP; or one or more pages or page ranges separated by commas.
-For example,
-.EX
-\f(CWtexexec --pages=1,7,8-11,14 somefile.tex\fP
-.EE
-.IP "\fB--paperformat=\fP\fIKEY\fP"
-For typesetting multiple pages on a
-single piece of paper. \fIKEY\fP has the form \fBa4a3\fP
-(for printing A4 pages on A3 paper), \fBa5a4\fP
-(for printing A5 pages on A4 paper), or in general \fBaMaN\fP.
-The actual layout of the pages is specified with the
-\fB--printformat\fP option.
-.IP "\fB--pdf, --pdftex\fP"
-Use \fBpdftex\fP(1) to produce a pdf document (the default).
-.IP "\fB--printformat=\fP\fIKEY\fP"
-Specify the layout of the final
-output. \fIKEY\fP can be \fBup\fP, resulting in 2
-pages per sheet, double sided; or \fBdown\fP, resulting
-in 2 rotated pages per sheet, double sided. Use the
-\fB--paperformat\fP option to specify the original page
-and sheet size.
-.IP "\fB--utfbom\fP"
-Turn on UTF-8 encoding.
-.IP "\fB--xetex, --xtx\fP"
-Use \fBxetex\fP(1) to produce a pdf document.
-.IP
-
-.SS "Creating ConTeXt Format Files"
-
-.IP "\fB--make\fP"
-Generate a ConTeXt format file. For example, to make
-\fIcont-en.fmt\fP and have it placed in a default format directory:
-.EX
-texexec --make de
-.EE
-The most common invocation, which is used by scripts that install a new version
-of ConTeXt (see \fBctxtools\fP(1)), uses \fB--all\fP
-so that \fBtexexec\fP makes the usual formats:
-.EX
-texexec --make --all
-.EE
-.IP "\fB--local\fP"
-When searching for TeX or MetaPost formats, look in the current directory
-rather than in the location set by the kpse library. See
-.BR kpathsea (1)
-for more information on path searching.
-.IP "\fB--check\fP"
-Check and report information about the ConTeXt version, the
-distribution, the TeX engine, and the language interfaces/formats.
-
-.SS "Expert options"
-
-You should know what you're doing if you use these options!
-.IP "\fB--alpha"
-Use the TEXMFALPHA environment variable to find and
-run an alpha release of ConTeXt.
-.IP "\fB--beta"
-Use the TEXMFBETA environment variable to find and
-run a beta release of ConTeXt.
-.IP "\fB--distribution\fP\fI=dist\fP"
-Usually one of \fBstandard\fP, \fBweb2c\fP, or \fBmiktex\fP.
-\fBtexexec\fP should figure it out automatically, and you shouldn't
-need to use this option.
-.IP "\fB--engine\fP\fI=texengine\fP"
-Specify the program to do the hard work of typesetting. Currently
-either \fBpdftex\fP (the default), \fBxetex\fP, or \fBaleph\fP.
-The \fBluatex\fP value is experimental. The \fB--engine\fP
-option is not usually needed. Instead, let
-\fBtexexec\fP figure out the setting based on other command-line
-information. See for example the \fB--xetex\fP or \fB--pdf\fP
-switches.
-
-.SS "Postprocess PDF Files"
-
-.IP "\fB--combination=\fP\fIROWS\fP\fB*\fP\fICOLS\fP"
-Specify the number of pages to show on a single page. Use with
-\fB--pdfcombine\fP.
-.IP "\fB--pdfarrange\fP"
-For rearranging pages in PDF files.
-.EX
-\f(CWtexexec --pdfarrange --paperformat=a5a4 --printformat=up foo.pdf\fP
-.EE
-This command creates an A5 booklet from a PDF file
-\fIfoo.pdf\fP. \fB--pdfarrange\fP is used in
-conjunction with the following options.
-.IP "\fB--pdfcopy\fP"
-Copy and perhaps process pages from the pdf file.
-The resulting file is \fItexexec.pdf\fP by default, but you can change
-that using \fB--result\fP. Use the \fB--scale\fP option to magnify or
-demagnify the original pages and the \fB--pages\fP option to select
-the pages to copy. Here is an example using all these options:
-.EX
-texexec --pages=4-7 --pdfcopy --scale=750 --result=one images.pdf
-.EE
-It takes pages 4-7 from \fIimages.pdf\fP, scales them by 75%,
-and copies them to \fIone.pdf\fP.
-.IP "\fB--scale=\fP\fIinteger\fP"
-If the integer is less than 10, then it is taken as an (integer)
-magnification factor. Otherwise, it is taken as a magnification
-factor in TeX terms, i.e. with 1000 meaning full scale.
-.IP "\fB--paperoffset=\fP\fIdimen\fP"
-Specify the space between the
-edge of the pages and the beginning of the text block.
-.IP "\fB--backspace=\fP\fIdimen\fP"
-Specify the inside (gutter) margins.
-.IP "\fB--topspace=\fP\fIdimen\fP"
-Specify the top and bottom margin.
-.IP "\fB--markings\fP"
-Add crop marks.
-.IP "\fB--addempty=\fP\fIPAGES\fP"
-Add empty pages after the pages specified in \fIPAGES\fP. (Useful
-for, among other things, adding blank pages after a table of
-contents.)
-.IP "\fB--textwidth=\fP\fIWIDTH\fP"
-Set the width of
-the original text. Specifying this parameter with a
-single-sided original will allow ConTeXt to adjust
-the page layout for double-sided output, producing much
-more attractive results.
-
-With the \fB--pdfarrange\fP flag, specifying more
-than one file will result in all of the files being
-combined in the final result, allowing you to add title
-pages, decorated part separators, and so forth.
-
-You can also do more complex manipulations, such as
-adding additional text to the page by setting up a
-small file with layout definitions and a simple figure
-insertion loop.
-.IP "\fB--pdfcombine\fP"
-Combine multiple pages. Requires the \fB--combination\fP option.
-.IP "\fB--pdfselect\fP"
-Extract pages from a file. Use in combination with the
-\fB--selection\fP switch, as in
-.EX
-\f(CWtexexec --pdfselect --paperformat=S6
---selection=1,9,14 file-1\fP
-.EE
-which extracts pages 1, 9, and 14 from
-\fIfile-1.pdf\fP, and places them in
-\fItexexec.pdf\fP (the default output filename if
-an output file isn't specified).
-
-See \fB--pdfarrange\fP for other
-options.
-.IP "\fB--selection=\fP\fIPAGES\fP"
-Specify pages to be affected by
-another option. See \fB--pdfarrange\fP and
-\fB--pdfselect\fP for examples.
-
-.SS "XML handling"
-.IP "\fB--filters=\fP\fIfilter1[,filter2[,...]]\fP
-Specify XML filters to use.
-
-.SS "Extract or Strip Out Documentation"
-
-.IP "\fB--listing\fP"
-Produce a typeset version of the source code in
-\fIFILE\fP. You can specify the format of the output
-file. For example, use
-.EX
-\f(CWtexexec --ps --listing readme.now\fP
-.EE
-to produce a PostScript file called
-\fItexexec.ps\fP.
-
-See also \fB--backspace\fP, \fB--topspace\fP, and \fB--result\fP.
-.IP "\fB--module\fP"
-Create documentation for ConTeXt,
-MetaPost (see \fBmpost\fP(1)),
-.BR perl (1),
-and
-.BR ruby (1)
-modules.
-Converts the documentation to ConTeXt format and
-then typesets a documentated version of the source file.
-
-Documentation lines in ConTeXt source files are
-specified by beginning lines with these strings:
-
-\f(CW%C\fP : Copyright information
-
-\f(CW%D\fP : Documentation lines
-
-\f(CW%I\fP : TeXEdit information lines (mostly in Dutch)
-
-\f(CW%M\fP : Macro code needed to processs the documentation
-
-\f(CW%S\fP : Suppressed lines
-
-The same forms can be used for Perl or ruby scripts, except that the \f(CW%\fP
-character (the TeX comment character) is replaced by \f(CW#\fP (the
-Perl comment character).
-
-See also the \fB--documentation\fP option to
-.BR ctxtools (1).
-
-.SS "Process MetaPost Figures"
-
-.IP "\fB--mpsformats=\fP\fIname\fP"
-The name of a MetaPost format file, e.g. \fBmetafun\fP (the default).
-.IP "\fB--mptex\fP"
-Strips out and typesets TeX code embedded in a
-MetaPost file.
-.IP "\fB--nomp\fP"
-Do not run \fBmpost\fP(1), even if needed.
-.IP "\fB--nomprun\fP"
-Do not run \fBmpost\fP(1) on embedded
-MetaPost code.
-
-.SS "Producing Proof Sheets of Figures"
-
-Generate information and proof sheets of one or more (non-EPS)
-graphics files. For example,
-.EX
-texexec --figures *.png *.jpg
-.EE
-scans the current directory for PNG and JPG files
-and extracts useful information about their sizes and types. By
-default, this information is stored in
-.IR rlxtools.rli .
-Then the given figures are made into a proof sheet (by default
-\fItexexec.pdf\fP) according to the method specified by the
-\fB--method\fP option. Note that newer versions of
-.BR pdftex (1)
-do not support TIFF inclusion.
-.IP "\fB--method=\fP\fIALTERNATIVE\fP"
-Specify one of three options to produce the document containing the images
-used in the source file:
-
-\fBa\fP : A proof sheet with additional
-information provided for each figure (the default)
-
-\fBb\fP : A proof sheet with the graphics only
-
-\fBc\fP : One figure per page, with the page
-clipped to the bounding box of the
-figure
-
-See also \fB--paperoffset\fP,
-which allows you to specify an offset to be added to
-the page, as in
-.EX
-texexec --figures --method=c --paperoffset=.5cm *.pdf *.png *.jpg
-.EE
-
-.SH "USAGE"
-
-Each ConTeXt user interface (language) has its own format. The
-following command generates two formats, one using the English
-interface for typesetting in English, and one for Dutch:
-.EX
-\f(CWtexexec --make en nl\fP
-.EE
-
-By default, the language used for typesetting matches the
-user-interface language (set with
-\fB--interface\fP. It is possible to use one
-language for typesetting and another for messages by changing the
-relevant settings in \fIcont-usr.tex\fP. These languages can
-also be changed on the command line with a command such as
-.IP
-.RS
-\f(CWtexexec --make --language=pl,cz,sk en\fP
-.RE
-.IP
-That command generates a ConTeXt format file with an English user
-interface, and the main language set to Polish (\fBpl\fP). Czech
-and Slovak hyphenation patterns are also loaded
-so that Czech and Slovak text included in a source file will be
-typeset properly (\fBcz\fP and \fBsk\fP).
-.IP o
-When the appropriate formats are present, a file can be typeset
-by typing
-.EX
-\f(CWtexexec test\fP
-.EE
-.IP
-\fBtexexec\fP tries to determine what interface it should use to
-typeset \fItest.tex\fP by looking for a line such as
-.IP
-.EX
-\f(CW% interface=en tex=pdftex output=pdftex\fP
-.EE
-.IP
-at the top of the file (i.e., on the very first line). This line is
-equivalent to \fBTeX\fP's format line, ``&\fIFORMAT\fP'').
-.IP
-By default, \fBtexexec\fP will produce a PDF file using \fBpdftex\fP(1). The
-\fB--dvips\fP flag tells \fBtexexec\fP to produce a PostScript
-file instead.
-.IP
-After an error-free run, \fBtexexec\fP will run \fBtexutil\fP(1) to
-determine whether additional runs of \fBtex\fP(1) (or
-\fBpdftex\fP(1)) or any utility programs (e.g., \fBbibtex\fP(1),
-\fBmakeindex\fP(1)) are necessary. You can suppress these
-additional runs by specifying the \fB--once\fP or
-\fB--runs\fP flags:
-.IP
-.EX
-\f(CWtexexec --once test\fP
-\f(CWtexexec --runs=2 test\fP
-.EE
-.IP
-
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.TP
-Produce PDF from ConTeXt source (the .tex extension is optional):
-\f(CWtexexec file.tex\fP
-.TP
-Same as the above but without rerunning for crossreferences, etc.:
-\f(CWtexexec --once file.tex\fP
-.TP
-Produce PostScript from ConTeXt source:
-\f(CWtexexec --ps file.tex\fP
-.TP
-Produce file-a4.pdf using conditional compilation (modes):
-\f(CWtexexec --mode=a4 --result=file-a4 file.tex\fP
-.TP
-Generate format (.fmt) files used by ConTeXt (used during installation):
-\f(CWtexexec --make --all\fP
-
-
-.SH "INITIALIZATION"
-.IP
-\fBtexexec\fP requires ruby. On Unix and Unix-like systems, no special
-steps have to be taken to get \fBtexexec\fP to work beyond installing
-ruby and having the \fBruby\fP(1) binary in your path.
-
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-\fBbibtex\fP(1), \fBctxtools\fP(1), \fBdvipdfmx\fP(1), \fBdvips\fP(1),
-\fBfmtutil\fP(1), \fBmakeindex\fP(1), \fBmpost\fP(1),
-\fBmptopdf\fP(1), \fBpdftex\fP(1), \fBpdftk\fP(1), \fBruby\fP(1),
-\fBpsnup\fP(1), \fBtex\fP(1), \fBtexfont\fP(1), \fBtexmfstart\fP(1),
-\fBtexshow\fP(1),
-\fBtexutil\fP(1), \fBxetex\fP(1).
-.PP
-The texexec manual
-.IR mtexexec.pdf ,
-available from
-.URL "http://www.pragma-ade.com/dir/general/manuals/" "PRAGMA ADE" .
-.PP
-Donald E. Knuth's \fIThe TeXbook\fP.
-.PP
-.URL "http://www.contextgarden.net" "ConTeXt wiki" .
-
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-This manpage was written by Tobias Burnus
-<burnus@gmx.de> and C.M. Connelly
-<c@eskimo.com> and updated by Sanjoy Mahajan <sanjoy@mit.edu>.
-It is based on the
-.I mtexexec.pdf
-manual written by Hans Hagen <pragma@wxs.nl>.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texexec.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texexec.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 5823672f6af..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texexec.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texhash.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texhash.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 9ef4b884346..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texhash.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man1/mktexlsr.1
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texhash.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texhash.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index c620703b914..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texhash.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texindy.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texindy.1
deleted file mode 100644
index d1b4417af93..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texindy.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,446 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.16 (Pod::Simple 3.04)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sh \" Subsection heading
-.br
-.if t .Sp
-.ne 5
-.PP
-\fB\\$1\fR
-.PP
-..
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.Sh), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "texindy 1"
-.TH texindy 1 "2010-05-10" "Version 1.11" "xindy"
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-texindy \- create sorted and tagged index from raw LaTeX index
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-.Vb 2
-\& texindy [\-V?h] [\-qv] [\-iglr] [\-d magic] [\-o outfile.ind] [\-t log] \e
-\& [\-L lang] [\-C codepage] [\-M module] [idx0 idx1 ...]
-.Ve
-.Sh "GNU-Style Long Options for Short Options:"
-.IX Subsection "GNU-Style Long Options for Short Options:"
-.Vb 10
-\& \-V / \-\-version
-\& \-? / \-h / \-\-help
-\& \-q / \-\-quiet
-\& \-v / \-\-verbose
-\& \-i / \-\-stdin
-\& \-g / \-\-german
-\& \-l / \-\-letter\-ordering
-\& \-r / \-\-no\-ranges
-\& \-d / \-\-debug (multiple times)
-\& \-o / \-\-out\-file
-\& \-t / \-\-log\-file
-\& \-L / \-\-language
-\& \-C / \-\-codepage
-\& \-M / \-\-module (multiple times)
-\& \-I / \-\-input\-markup (supported: latex, omega)
-.Ve
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-\&\fBtexindy\fR is the LaTeX-specific command of xindy, the flexible
-indexing system. It takes a raw index as input, and produces a merged,
-sorted and tagged index. Merging, sorting, and tagging is controlled
-by xindy modules, with a convenient set already preloaded.
-.PP
-Files with the raw index are passed as arguments. If no arguments are
-passed, the raw index will be read from standard input.
-.PP
-A good introductionary description of \fBtexindy\fR appears in the
-indexing chapter of the LaTeX Companion (2nd ed.)
-.PP
-If you want to produce an index for LaTeX documents with special index
-markup, the command \fIxindy\fR\|(1) is probably more of interest for you.
-.PP
-\&\fBtexindy\fR is an approach to merge support for the \fImake-rules\fR
-framework, own xindy modules (e.g., for special LaTeX commands in the
-index), and a reasonable level of MakeIndex compatibility. There are
-other older approaches, eventually they will get a description on the
-xindy Web Site, http://www.xindy.org/.
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS"
-.ie n .IP """\-\-version""\fR / \fB\-V" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-version\fR / \fB\-V\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--version / -V"
-output version numbers of all relevant components and exit.
-.ie n .IP """\-\-help""\fR / \fB\-h\fR / \fB\-?" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-help\fR / \fB\-h\fR / \fB\-?\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--help / -h / -?"
-output usage message with options explanation.
-.ie n .IP """\-\-quiet""\fR / \fB\-q" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-quiet\fR / \fB\-q\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--quiet / -q"
-Don't output progress messages. Output only error messages.
-.ie n .IP """\-\-verbose""\fR / \fB\-v" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-verbose\fR / \fB\-v\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--verbose / -v"
-Output verbose progress messages.
-.ie n .IP """\-\-debug""\fR \fImagic\fR / \fB\-d\fR \fImagic" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-debug\fR \fImagic\fR / \fB\-d\fR \fImagic\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--debug magic / -d magic"
-Output debug messages, this option may be specified multiple times.
-\&\fImagic\fR determines what is output:
-.Sp
-.Vb 6
-\& magic remark
-\& \-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-
-\& script internal progress messages of driver scripts
-\& keep_tmpfiles don\*(Aqt discard temporary files
-\& markup output markup trace, as explained in xindy manual
-\& level=n log level, n is 0 (default), 1, 2, or 3
-.Ve
-.ie n .IP """\-\-out\-file""\fR \fIoutfile.ind\fR / \fB\-o\fR \fIoutfile.ind" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-out\-file\fR \fIoutfile.ind\fR / \fB\-o\fR \fIoutfile.ind\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--out-file outfile.ind / -o outfile.ind"
-Output index to file \fIoutfile.ind\fR. If this option is not passed, the
-name of the output file is the base name of the first argument and the
-file extension \fIind\fR. If the raw index is read from standard input,
-this option is mandatory.
-.ie n .IP """\-\-log\-file""\fR \fIlog.ilg\fR / \fB\-t\fR \fIlog.ilg" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-log\-file\fR \fIlog.ilg\fR / \fB\-t\fR \fIlog.ilg\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--log-file log.ilg / -t log.ilg"
-Output log messages to file \fIlog.ilg\fR. These log messages are
-independent from the progress messages that you can influence with
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-debug\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`\-\-verbose\*(C'\fR.
-.ie n .IP """\-\-language""\fR \fIlang\fR / \fB\-L\fR \fIlang" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-language\fR \fIlang\fR / \fB\-L\fR \fIlang\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--language lang / -L lang"
-The index is sorted according to the rules of language \fIlang\fR. These
-rules are encoded in a xindy module created by \fImake-rules\fR.
-.Sp
-If no input encoding is specified via \f(CW\*(C`\-\-codepage\*(C'\fR, a xindy module
-for that language is searched with a latin, a cp, an iso, or ascii
-encoding, in that order.
-.ie n .IP """\-\-codepage""\fR \fIenc\fR / B <\-C> \fIenc" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-codepage\fR \fIenc\fR / B <\-C> \fIenc\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--codepage enc / B <-C> enc"
-The raw input is in input encoding \fIenc\fR. This information is used to
-select the correct xindy sort module and also the \fIinputenc\fR target
-encoding for \f(CW\*(C`latex\*(C'\fR input markup.
-.Sp
-When \f(CW\*(C`omega\*(C'\fR input markup is used, \f(CW\*(C`utf8\*(C'\fR is always used as the sort
-codepage and no inputenc module is loaded. Then this option is
-ignored.
-.ie n .IP """\-\-module""\fR \fImodule\fR / \fB\-M\fR \fImodule" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-module\fR \fImodule\fR / \fB\-M\fR \fImodule\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--module module / -M module"
-Load the xindy module \fImodule.xdy\fR. This option may be specified
-multiple times. The modules are searched in the xindy search path that
-can be changed with the environment variable \f(CW\*(C`XINDY_SEARCHPATH\*(C'\fR.
-.ie n .IP """\-\-input\-markup""\fR \fIinput\fR / \fB\-I\fR \fIinput" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-input\-markup\fR \fIinput\fR / \fB\-I\fR \fIinput\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--input-markup input / -I input"
-Specifies the input markup of the raw index. Supported values for
-\&\fIinput\fR are \f(CW\*(C`latex\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`omega\*(C'\fR.
-.Sp
-\&\f(CW\*(C`latex\*(C'\fR input markup is the one that is emitted by default from the
-LaTeX kernel, or by the \f(CW\*(C`index\*(C'\fR macro package of David Jones.
-^^\-notation of single byte characters is supported. Usage of LaTeX's
-\&\fIinputenc\fR package is assumed as well.
-.Sp
-\&\f(CW\*(C`omega\*(C'\fR input markup is like \f(CW\*(C`latex\*(C'\fR input markup, but with Omega's
-^^\-notation as encoding for non-ASCII characters. LaTeX \fIinputenc\fR
-encoding is not used then, and \f(CW\*(C`utf8\*(C'\fR is enforced to be the codepage
-for sorting.
-.SH "SUPPORTED LANGUAGES / CODEPAGES"
-.IX Header "SUPPORTED LANGUAGES / CODEPAGES"
-The following languages are supported:
-.Sh "Latin scripts"
-.IX Subsection "Latin scripts"
-.Vb 10
-\& albanian gypsy portuguese
-\& croatian hausa romanian
-\& czech hungarian russian\-iso
-\& danish icelandic slovak\-small
-\& english italian slovak\-large
-\& esperanto kurdish\-bedirxan slovenian
-\& estonian kurdish\-turkish spanish\-modern
-\& finnish latin spanish\-traditional
-\& french latvian swedish
-\& general lithuanian turkish
-\& german\-din lower\-sorbian upper\-sorbian
-\& german\-duden norwegian vietnamese
-\& greek\-iso polish
-.Ve
-.PP
-German recognizes two different sorting schemes to handle umlauts:
-normally, \f(CW\*(C`a\*:\*(C'\fR is sorted like \f(CW\*(C`ae\*(C'\fR, but in phone books or
-dictionaries, it is sorted like \f(CW\*(C`a\*(C'\fR. The first scheme is known as
-\&\fI\s-1DIN\s0 order\fR, the second as \fIDuden order\fR.
-.PP
-\&\f(CW\*(C`*\-iso\*(C'\fR language names assume that the raw index entries are in \s-1ISO\s0
-8859\-9 encoding.
-.PP
-\&\f(CW\*(C`gypsy\*(C'\fR is a northern Russian dialect.
-.Sh "Cyrillic scripts"
-.IX Subsection "Cyrillic scripts"
-.Vb 3
-\& belarusian mongolian serbian
-\& bulgarian russian ukrainian
-\& macedonian
-.Ve
-.Sh "Other scripts"
-.IX Subsection "Other scripts"
-.Vb 1
-\& greek klingon
-.Ve
-.Sh "Available Codepages"
-.IX Subsection "Available Codepages"
-This is not yet written. You can look them up in your xindy
-distribution, in the \fImodules/lang/language/\fR directory (where
-\&\fIlanguage\fR is your language). They are named
-\&\fIvariant\-codepage\-lang.xdy\fR, where \fIvariant\-\fR is most often empty
-(for german, it's \f(CW\*(C`din5007\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`duden\*(C'\fR; for spanish, it's \f(CW\*(C`modern\*(C'\fR
-and \f(CW\*(C`traditional\*(C'\fR, etc.)
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& < Describe available codepages for each language >
-\&
-\& < Describe relevance of codepages (as internal representation) for
-\& LaTeX inputenc >
-.Ve
-.SH "TEXINDY STANDARD MODULES"
-.IX Header "TEXINDY STANDARD MODULES"
-There is a set of \fBtexindy\fR standard modules that help to process
-LaTeX index files. Some of them are automatically loaded. Some of them
-are loaded by default, this can be turned off with a \fBtexindy\fR
-option. Others may be specified as \f(CW\*(C`\-\-module\*(C'\fR argument to achieve a
-specific effect.
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& xindy Module Category Description
-.Ve
-.Sh "Sorting"
-.IX Subsection "Sorting"
-.Vb 10
-\& word\-order Default A space comes before any letter in the
-\& alphabet: \`\`index style\*(Aq\*(Aq is listed before
-\& \`\`indexing\*(Aq\*(Aq. Turn it off with option \-l.
-\& letter\-order Add\-on Spaces are ignored: \`\`index style\*(Aq\*(Aq
-\& is sorted after \`\`indexing\*(Aq\*(Aq.
-\& keep\-blanks Add\-on Leading and trailing white space (blanks
-\& and tabs) are not ignored; intermediate
-\& white space is not changed.
-\& ignore\-hyphen Add\-on Hyphens are ignored:
-\& \`\`ad\-hoc\*(Aq\*(Aq is sorted as \`\`adhoc\*(Aq\*(Aq.
-\& ignore\-punctuation Add\-on All kinds of punctuation characters are
-\& ignored: hyphens, periods, commas, slashes,
-\& parentheses, and so on.
-\& numeric\-sort Auto Numbers are sorted numerically, not like
-\& characters: \`\`V64\*(Aq\*(Aq appears before \`\`V128\*(Aq\*(Aq.
-.Ve
-.Sh "Page Numbers"
-.IX Subsection "Page Numbers"
-.Vb 10
-\& page\-ranges Default Appearances on more than two consecutive
-\& pages are listed as a range: \`\`1\-\-4\*(Aq\*(Aq.
-\& Turn it off with option \-r.
-\& ff\-ranges Add\-on Uses implicit \`\`ff\*(Aq\*(Aq notation for ranges
-\& of three pages, and explicit ranges
-\& thereafter: 2f, 2ff, 2\-\-6.
-\& ff\-ranges\-only Add\-on Uses only implicit ranges: 2f, 2ff.
-\& book\-order Add\-on Sorts page numbers with common book numbering
-\& scheme correctly \-\- Roman numerals first, then
-\& Arabic numbers, then others: i, 1, A.
-.Ve
-.Sh "Markup and Layout"
-.IX Subsection "Markup and Layout"
-.Vb 10
-\& tex Auto Handles basic TeX conventions.
-\& latex\-loc\-fmts Auto Provides LaTeX formatting commands
-\& for page number encapsulation.
-\& latex Auto Handles LaTeX conventions, both in raw
-\& index entries and output markup; implies
-\& tex.
-\& makeindex Auto Emulates the default MakeIndex input syntax
-\& and quoting behavior.
-\& latin\-lettergroups Auto Layout contains a single Latin letter
-\& above each group of words starting with the
-\& same letter.
-\& german\-sty Add\-on Handles umlaut markup of babel\*(Aqs german
-\& and ngerman options.
-.Ve
-.SH "COMPATIBILITY TO MAKEINDEX"
-.IX Header "COMPATIBILITY TO MAKEINDEX"
-\&\fBxindy\fR does not claim to be completely compatible with MakeIndex,
-that would prevent some of its enhancements. That said, we strive to
-deliver as much compatibility as possible. The most important
-incompatibilities are
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-For raw index entries in LaTeX syntax, \f(CW\*(C`\eindex{aaa|bbb}\*(C'\fR is
-interpreted differently. For MakeIndex \f(CW\*(C`bbb\*(C'\fR is markup that is output
-as a LaTeX tag for this page number. For \fBxindy\fR, this is a location
-attribute, an abstract identifier that will be later associated with
-markup that should be output for that attribute.
-.Sp
-For straight-forward usage, when \f(CW\*(C`bbb\*(C'\fR is \f(CW\*(C`textbf\*(C'\fR or similar, we
-supply location attribute definitions that mimic MakeIndex's
-behaviour.
-.Sp
-For more complex usage, when \f(CW\*(C`bbb\*(C'\fR is not an identifier, no such
-compatibility definitions exist and may also not been created with
-current \fBxindy\fR. In particular, this means that by default the LaTeX
-package \f(CW\*(C`hyperref\*(C'\fR will create raw index files that cannot be
-processed with \fBxindy\fR. This is not a bug, this is the unfortunate
-result of an intented incompatibility. It is currently not possible to
-get both hyperref's index links and use \fBxindy\fR.
-.Sp
-A similar situation is reported to exist for the \f(CW\*(C`memoir\*(C'\fR LaTeX
-class.
-.Sp
-Programmers who know Common Lisp and Lex and want to work on a remedy
-should please contact the author.
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-The MakeIndex compatibility definitions support only the default raw
-index syntax and markup definition. It is not possible to configure
-raw index parsing or use a MakeIndex style file to describe output
-markup.
-.SH "ENVIRONMENT"
-.IX Header "ENVIRONMENT"
-.ie n .IP """TEXINDY_AUTO_MODULE""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWTEXINDY_AUTO_MODULE\fR" 4
-.IX Item "TEXINDY_AUTO_MODULE"
-This is the name of the xindy module that loads all auto-loaded
-modules. The default is \f(CW\*(C`texindy\*(C'\fR.
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.IX Header "AUTHOR"
-Joachim Schrod
-.SH "LEGALESE"
-.IX Header "LEGALESE"
-\&\fBtexindy\fR is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your
-option) any later version.
-.PP
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but \s-1WITHOUT\s0 \s-1ANY\s0 \s-1WARRANTY\s0; without even the implied warranty of
-\&\s-1MERCHANTABILITY\s0 or \s-1FITNESS\s0 \s-1FOR\s0 A \s-1PARTICULAR\s0 \s-1PURPOSE\s0. See the
-\&\s-1GNU\s0 General Public License for more details.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texindy.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texindy.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index a5dea855ff8..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texindy.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texlinks.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texlinks.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 75e7effcb15..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texlinks.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-.TH "texlinks" "8" "November 2007" "teTeX" "teTeX"
-.PP
-.SH "NAME"
-texlinks \- maintain symbolic links from format to engine
-.PP
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.PP
-\fBtexlinks\fP [ \fIOPTIONS\fP\&.\&.\&. ] \fIDIRECTORIES\fP\&.\&.\&.
-.PP
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.PP
-\fBtexlinks\fP is used to create or recreate symbolic links from
-formats to engines according to the information in
-\fIfmtutil\&.cnf\fP or a file specified with \fB--cnffile\fP\&.
-.PP
-\fIDIRECTORIES\fP is an optional list of directories in which to
-operate\&. If no directories are specified the list of directories
-depends on the \fB--multiplatform\fP option\&.
-.PP
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.PP
-.IP "\fB--cnffile\fP \fIFILE\fP or \fB-f\fP \fIFILE\fP"
-use file as configuration file (default:
-\fIfmtutil\&.cnf\fP)
-.IP "\fB--help\fP or \fB-h\fP"
-show some help text
-.IP "\fB--multiplatform\fP or \fB-m\fP"
-operate in all
-platform-specific directories (default:
-operate only in the directory for this
-platform)
-.IP "\fB--silent\fP or \fB-s\fP"
-silently skip over existing
-scripts/binaries instead of printing a warning
-.IP "\fB--unlink\fP or \fB-u\fP"
-Unlink previously created symlinks
-.IP "\fB--verbose\fP or \fB-v\fP"
-+set verbose mode on (default: off)
-.PP
-.SH "FILES"
-.PP
-.IP "\fIfmtutil\&.cnf\fP"
-default configuration file
-.PP
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-\fBfmtutil\fP(1), \fBfmtutil\&.cnf\fP(5)
-.PP
-Web page: <http://tug\&.org/teTeX/>
-.PP
-.SH "BUGS"
-.PP
-None known, but report any bugs found to <tex-k@tug\&.org> (mailing list)\&.
-.PP
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.PP
-\fBtexlinks\fP was written by Thomas Esser
-<te@dbs\&.uni-hannover\&.de> in 1999\&.
-\fBtexlinks\fP has been released into the public domain\&.
-.PP
-This manual page was written by C\&.M\&. Connelly
-<c@eskimo\&.com>, for
-the Debian GNU/Linux system\&. It may be used by other distributions
-without contacting the author\&. Any mistakes or omissions in the
-manual page are my fault; inquiries about or corrections to this
-manual page should be directed to me (and not to the primary author)\&.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texlinks.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texlinks.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index b6be384c6f9..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texlinks.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texlua.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texlua.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 0dbf6fb682e..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texlua.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man1/luatex.1
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texlua.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texlua.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index b3ac63389c1..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texlua.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texluac.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texluac.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 0dbf6fb682e..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texluac.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man1/luatex.1
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texluac.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texluac.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ac45a45ef8..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texluac.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texmfstart.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texmfstart.1
deleted file mode 100644
index e99ab230bd1..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texmfstart.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,362 +0,0 @@
-.TH "TEXMFSTART" "1" "December 2006" "texmfstart 2.0" "ConTeXt"
-.de URL
-\\$2 \(laURL: \\$1 \(ra\\$3
-..
-.if \n[.g] .mso www.tmac
-.de EX
-.in +3
-.nf
-.ft CW
-..
-.de EE
-.in -3
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-
-.SH "NAME"
-texmfstart \- run ConTeXt scripts, make ConTeXt wrapper scripts, view documents
-
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-\fB texmfstart\fP [ \fIoptions ...\fP ] [ \fIfilename\fP ] [ \fIarguments ...\fP ]
-
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-ConTeXt is a typesetting system based on the
-.BR tex (1)
-family of programs.
-.B texmfstart
-is a ConTeXt meta-script that can run subordinate
-scripts (subscripts?) such as
-.BR texexec (1),
-.BR ctxtools (1),
-or
-.BR pdftools (1).
-It can also generate short wrapper scripts to simplify common uses.
-These scripts are often called
-.I stubs
-in the ConTeXt documentation. The options control
-.BR texmfstart 's
-behaviour, and the arguments are passed
-to the program identified by
-.IR filename .
-
-If the filename is a document, then
-.B texmfstart
-will start a viewer for that document. For example:
-.EX
-texmfstart showcase.pdf
-.EE
-will start an appropriate viewer for
-.IR showcase.pdf .
-See the
-.B EXAMPLES
-section.
-
-.SH OPTIONS
-
-.SS General:
-.TP
-.B --help, --version
-print version information, usage, and examples.
-.TP
-.B --verbose
-print status and progress information, for example what commands are
-being executed.
-.TP
-.B --clear
-don't pass info about locations to child processes.
-
-.SS Running a program:
-.TP
-.B --arguments=\fIstr\fP
-an alternative for providing the arguments to be passed. For example,
-.EX
-texmfstart --arguments=b.tex texexec
-.EE
-will pass
-.I b.tex
-as the argument to
-.BR texexec .
-.TP
-.B --report
-dry run: report what command would be run, but do not run it
-.TP
-.B --locate
-dry run: like \f(CW--report\fP but doesn't print the trailing newline.
-.TP
-.B --browser
-view the document in a web browser (for Windows).
-.TP
-.B --file=\fIfilename\fP
-an alternative way to specify the file (the program to run or document
-to open).
-.TP
-.B --direct
-run a program without searching for its location (assumes that the
-program is on the PATH).
-.TP
-.B --execute
-use the
-.BR ruby (1)
-.I exec
-function instead of its
-.I system
-function.
-.TP
-.B --program=\fIstr\fP
-the program space where
-.BR kpsewhich (1)
-will search (default: context). This information is given to
-.B kpsewhich
-as its \f(CW-progname\fP option. Usually you don't need this option.
-
-.SS Creating startup scripts:
-.TP
-.B --make
-create a wrapper script or batch file to run the given file.
-The wrapper scripts are put in the current path, which usually means
-the current directory. If
-\fIall\fP is given as the file, e.g.
-.EX
-texmfstart --make all
-.EE
-then make all the ConTeXt wrapper scripts (the stubs).
-.TP
-.B --windows
-when making a wrapper script (stub), create a Windows batch (.bat) file.
-Usually you
-do not need to specify this option, as
-.B texmfstart
-will figure out what operating system you are using.
-.TP
-.B --linux
-when making a wrapper script, create a Unix shell script. Usually you
-do not need to specify this option, as
-.B texmfstart
-will figure out what operating system you are using.
-.TP
-.B --stubpath=\fIpath\fP
-specify where to put the wrapper scripts (stubs).
-.TP
-.B --indirect
-always use
-.I texmfstart
-in the wrapper script (stub).
-
-.SS Document viewing:
-.TP
-.B --page=\fInumber\fP
-open the document at this page.
-
-.SS Environments and paths:
-.TP
-.B --path=\fIstr\fP
-change to the specified path.
-.TP
-.B --tree=\fIstr\fP
-use the given TEXMF tree.
-.TP
-.B --autotree
-automatically determine the TEXMF tree to use (the default).
-.TP
-.B --environment=\fIstr\fP
-use the given environment file. Its syntax is given in the
-.I mtexmfstart.pdf
-manual.
-.TP
-.B --showenv
-print the environment variables known at runtime
-
-.SS Conditional execution:
-.TP
-.B --iftouched=\fIfile1,file2\fP
-run only when the given files have different timestamps.
-.TP
-.B --ifchanged=\fIstr\fP
-run only when the given file has changed (based on its last-computed MD5
-checksum).
-
-.SS Special features:
-.TP
-.B --edit
-open the given file in an editor.
-
-.SH "FILENAME PREFIXES"
-.SS
-Optional prefixes determine the method used to search for the specified file:
-.TP
-.I bin:filename
-expanded name based on the PATH environment variable
-.TP
-.I kpse:filename
-expanded name based on
-.BR kpsewhich (1)
-result
-.TP
-.I rel:filename
-expanded name relative to the current directory
-.TP
-.I env:name
-expanded pathname based on environment variable
-.I name
-.TP
-.I path:filename
-path part of filename as located by
-.BR kpsewhich (1)
-
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.TP
-\f(CWtexmfstart texexec.rb file.tex\fP
-Locate the
-.I texexec.rb
-script and run it with
-.I file.tex
-as its argument. In other words, make
-.I file.pdf
-from
-.IR file.tex .
-If
-.BR texexec (1)
-is properly installed on your system,
-this common invocation can be shortened to
-.EX
-\f(CWtexexec file.tex\fP
-.EE
-.TP
-\f(CWtexmfstart texexec file.tex\fP
-Locate the
-.BR texexec (1)
-program (currently a
-.BR ruby (1)
-script,
-.IR texexec.rb )
-and run it with
-.I file.tex
-as its argument, producing
-.I file.pdf.
-This invocation can be shortened to
-.EX
-texexec file.tex
-.EE
-.TP
-\f(CWtexmfstart ctxtools --updatecontext\fP
-Run the
-.BR ctxtools (1)
-script, updating the ConTeXt installation. This
-invocation is equivalent to
-.EX
-ctxtools --updatecontext
-.EE
-.TP
-\f(CWtexmfstart pstopdf --method=3 cow.eps\fP
-Convert
-.I cow.eps
-to PDF using method 3 of
-.BR pstopdf (1).
-This invocation is equivalent to
-.EX
-pstopdf --method=3 cow.eps
-.EE
-.TP
-\f(CWtexmfstart --make --stubpath=/usr/local/bin texexec\fP
-Make a wrapper script (stub), either a shell script
-.I /usr/local/bin/texexec
-on Unix, or a batch file \fI\\usr\\local\\bin\\texexec.bat\fP
-on Windows. On Unix (and maybe on Windows?), you need to make
-the script executable; see
-.BR chmod (1).
-.TP
-\f(CWtexmfstart --edit kpse:cont-sys.tex\fP
-Locate and edit the \fIcont-sys.tex\fP configuration file.
-.TP
-\f(CWtexmfstart --ifchanged=whatever.mp texexec --mpgraphic whatever.mp\fP
-Rerun
-.B texexec
-if
-.I whatever.mp
-has changed since the last use of
-.IR --ifchanged .
-.TP
-\f(CWtexmfstart --ifchanged=whatever.mp bin:echo rerun MetaPost\fP
-If the
-.I whatever.mp
-source file has changed since the last use of
-.IR --ifchanged ,
-then use the
-.BR echo (1)
-command to tell the user to rerun MetaPost
-.RB "(see " mpost (1)).
-This example shows that
-.B texmfstart
-can be used to run any script, not just ConTeXt scripts. The
-\f(CWbin:\fP prefix tells
-.B texmfstart
-not to search for
-.I echo
-in the TEXMF tree(s), but to assume that it's an executable somewhere
-on the PATH.
-.TP
-\f(CWtexmfstart --ifchanged=whatever.mp --direct echo rerun MetaPost\fP
-This invocation has the same effect as the preceding example, but
-using \f(CW--direct\fP instead of the \f(CWbin:\fP prefix, again to tell
-.B texmfstart
-not to search for the
-.I echo
-command.
-
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-.I file.md5
-MD5 checksum file used for the \f(CW--ifchanged\fP option.
-
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-.TP
-PATH
-For expanding filenames given with a
-.I bin
-prefix.
-.TP
-TEXMFSTART_EDITOR, EDITOR, editor
-Editor to use with
-.IR --edit .
-The environment variables are looked up in that order, with the first
-setting found taking priority.
-
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-.BR ctxtools (1),
-.BR kpsewhich (1),
-.BR makempy (1),
-.BR mpost (1),
-.BR pdftools (1),
-.BR pstopdf (1),
-.BR texexec (1),
-.BR texfont (1),
-.BR texutil (1).
-.PP
-.URL "http://www.contextgarden.net" "ConTeXt wiki" .
-.PP
-The
-.B texmfstart
-manual,
-.IR mtexmfstart.pdf ,
-available from
-.URL "http://www.pragma-ade.com/dir/general/manuals/" "PRAGMA ADE" .
-
-.SH BUGS
-On Unix, opening a PDF document first tries
-.B pdfopen
-then
-.BR acroread ,
-neither of which may be present on your system.
-
-The \f(CW--report\fP option doesn't work if you specify a filename
-prefix (i.e. it does a real run instead of a dry run).
-
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-ConTeXt is written and maintained by
-.URL "http://www.pragma-ade.com" "Hans Hagen" .
-This man page, which is in the public domain, was written by Sanjoy
-Mahajan <sanjoy@mit.edu> based on the
-.I mtexmfstart.pdf
-manual.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texmfstart.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texmfstart.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e34aaa82b2..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/texmfstart.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tftopl.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tftopl.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 45a872b363a..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tftopl.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
-.TH TFTOPL 1 "17 December 1994" "Web2C 2012"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.if n .ds MF Metafont
-.if t .ds MF M\s-2ETAFONT\s0
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP for troff
-.el .ds OX TeX for nroff
-.\" the same but obliqued
-.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
-.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds BX BibTeX
-.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
-.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-tftopl \- convert TeX font metric (tfm) files to property lists
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B tftopl
-.RI [ OPTIONS ]
-.IR tfm_name [ \fB.tfm\fP ]
-.RI [ pl_name [ \fB.pl\fP ]]
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
-documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
-or manual
-.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
-.PP
-The
-.B tftopl
-program translates a (program-oriented) font metric file to a
-(human-oriented) property list file. Thus, you can edit the contents of
-the TFM files, if the font designer has not done his or her job
-properly, or if you're encountering strange difficulties, or if you're
-just curious. It also serves as a TFM-file validating program, i.e., if
-no error messages are given, the input file is correct.
-.PP
-The
-.I pl_name
-is extended with
-.B .pl
-if it lacks a suffix.
-If
-.I pl_name
-is not given, standard output is used. Likewise,
-.I tfm_name
-is extended with
-.B .tfm
-if it lacks a suffix. Also, path searching is done for the TFM file
-using the environment variable TEXFONTS. If that is not set,
-.B tftopl
-uses the system default.
-.PP
-See
-.BR tex (1)
-for the details of the searching.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH OPTIONS
-.TP
-.BI \-charcode-format= format
-The argument
-.I format
-specifies how character codes are output in the PL file. By
-default, only letters and digits are output using the
-.B C
-integer code (i.e., in ASCII); the others are output in octal. (Unless
-the font's coding scheme starts with
-.B "TeX math sy"
-or
-.BR "TeX math ex" ,
-in which case all character codes are output in octal.) If
-.I format
-is
-.BR ascii ,
-all character codes that correspond to graphic characters, besides the
-left and right parentheses, are output in ASCII. Finally, if
-.I format
-is
-.BR octal ,
-all character codes are output in octal.
-.PP
-.TP
-.B \-verbose
-Without this option,
-.B tftopl
-operates silently. With it, a banner and progress report are printed on
-.IR stdout .
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR pltotf (1),
-.br
-Donald E. Knuth,
-.IR "\*(OXware" .
-.br
-Donald E. Knuth,
-.I "The \*(MFbook"
-(Volume C of
-.IR "Computers and Typesetting" ),
-Addison-Wesley, 1986, ISBN 0-201-13445-4.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH AUTHORS
-Donald E. Knuth wrote the program. It was published as
-part of the
-.I \*(OXware
-technical report, available from the \*(TX Users Group.
-Howard Trickey and Pavel Curtis originally ported it to Unix.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tftopl.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tftopl.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index b9deb0a252d..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tftopl.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/thumbpdf.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/thumbpdf.1
deleted file mode 100644
index d1d7e358f9a..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/thumbpdf.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-.TH "thumbpdf" "1" "September 2000" "teTeX" "teTeX"
-.PP
-.SH "NAME"
-thumbpdf \- generate thumbnail images for a PDF file
-created with \fBpdftex\fP
-.PP
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.PP
-\fBthumbpdf\fP [ \fIOPTION\fP\&.\&.\&. ] \fIPDF_FILE\fP
-.PP
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.PP
-\fBthumbpdf\fP is used to create thumbnail images of individual pages
-within a PDF (Portable Document Format) document\&.
-.PP
-.SH "USAGE"
-.PP
-First run \fBpdftex\fP(1) on your document to create a PDF file\&.
-Then run \fBthumbpdf\fP to generate the thumbnails, a PDF file
-containing the thumbnails, and a pdfTeX file to include the thumbnails
-in the PDF file\&. Finally, run \fBpdftex\fP(1) on your file again to
-create the final PDF file\&.
-.PP
-\fBthumbpdf\fP calls \fBgs\fP(1) to generate PNG images of the pages
-within \fIPDF_FILE\fP, and \fBpdftex\fP(1) to create a PDF file
-containing the thumbnail images\&.
-.PP
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.PP
-.IP "\fB--help\fP"
-print usage
-.IP "\fB--(no)makepng\fP"
-make PNG thumbnail images (default: true)
-.IP "\fB--(no)makepdf\fP"
-generate new PDF file containing the
-thumbnails (default: true)
-.IP "\fB--(no)makedef\fP"
-create a TeX file for \fBpdftex\fP(1) to
-read in (default: true)
-.IP "\fB--(no)quiet\fP"
-suppress messages (default: false)
-.IP "\fB--(no)verbose\fP"
-verbose messages (default: false)
-.IP "\fB--(no)debug\fP"
-print debugging information while parsing
-(default: false)
-.IP "\fB--resolution\fP \fIres\fP"
-resolution for GhostScript step
-(default: 9)
-.IP "\fB--compress\fP \fIn\fP"
-\epdfcompresslevel for \fBthumbpdf\&.pdf\fP
-(0-9; default: 9)
-.IP "\fB--device\fP | \fBpng\fP\fIdev\fP"
-GhostScript PNG device;
-\fIdev\fP = `mono\', `gray\',
-`16\', `256\', `16m\' (default:
-`png16m\')
-.PP
-.SH "FILES"
-.PP
-.IP "\fIthumb\fPnn\fI\&.png\fP"
-PNG thumbnail images
-.IP "\fIthumbpdf\&.pdf\fP"
-PDF file containing thumbnail images
-.IP "\fIthumbpdf\&.tex\fP"
-A pdfTeX program to include the thumbnails
-file
-.IP "\fIthumbpdf\&.log\fP"
-pdfTeX log file
-.IP "\fIthumbpdf\&.sty\fP"
-a LaTeX package to be included in files
-for which a user wants to generate thumbnails
-.PP
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.PP
-\fBgs\fP(1), \fBpdftex\fP(1)\&.
-.PP
-Web page: <http://tug\&.org/teTeX/>
-.PP
-.SH "BUGS"
-.PP
-None known, but report any bugs found to the author\&.
-.PP
-.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-.PP
-Copyright © 1999\&. \fBthumbpdf\fP is distributed under
-version 1, or (at your option) a later version of the LaTeX Project
-Public License\&.
-.PP
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.PP
-\fBthumbpdf\fP was written by Heiko Oberdiek
-<oberdiek@ruf\&.uni-freiburg\&.de>\&.
-.PP
-This manual page was written by C\&.M\&. Connelly
-<c@eskimo\&.com>, for
-the Debian GNU/Linux system\&. It may be used by other distributions
-without contacting the author\&. Any mistakes or omissions in the
-manual page are my fault; inquiries about or corrections to this
-manual page should be directed to me (and not to the primary author)\&.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/thumbpdf.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/thumbpdf.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index a9364053792..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/thumbpdf.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tie.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tie.1
deleted file mode 100644
index ca00ca77c70..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tie.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-.TH TIE 1 "7 April 2010" "Web2C 2012"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-tie \- merge or apply WEB change files
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B tie
-.BR \-c | \-m
-.I outputfile masterfile
-.IR changefile .\|.\|.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.B tie
-program is used to process multiple change files used with the WEB
-system for literate programming. The WEB programs allow to apply
-patches to a source file (the
-.IR masterfile )
-by means of a number of change files (often only a single change file
-is allowed).
-.B Tie
-can be used to either merge up to 32 change files into a single one
-or to apply the changes to the
-.I masterfile
-in order to create a new one. Output of either the new change file or
-the patched master file goes into
-.IR outputfile .
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH OPTIONS
-.TP
-.B \-c
-Create a single change file from the given
-.IR changefile s.
-.TP
-.B \-m
-Create a new master file by applying the given
-.IR changefile s.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-The environment variable WEBINPUTS is used to search for the input files,
-or the system default if WEBINPUTS is not set. See
-.BR tex (1)
-for the details of the searching.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR web (1),
-.BR ctie (1),
-.BR cweb (1).
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-Klaus Guntermann, TH Darmstadt, Institut f. Theoretische Informatik. Man page
-by Joachim Schnitter, TH Darmstadt, Phys. Chemie I.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tie.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tie.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 8da238113cf..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tie.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tlmgr.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tlmgr.1
deleted file mode 100644
index a30588224e3..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tlmgr.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1655 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.25 (Pod::Simple 3.20)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "TLMGR 1"
-.TH TLMGR 1 "2013-04-02" "perl v5.16.3" "User Contributed Perl Documentation"
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-tlmgr \- the TeX Live Manager
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-tlmgr [\fIoption\fR]... \fIaction\fR [\fIoption\fR]... [\fIoperand\fR]...
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-\&\fBtlmgr\fR manages an existing TeX Live installation, both packages and
-configuration options. For information on initially downloading and
-installing TeX Live, see <http://tug.org/texlive/acquire.html>.
-.PP
-The most up-to-date version of this documentation (updated nightly from
-the development sources) is available at
-<http://tug.org/texlive/tlmgr.html>, along with procedures for updating
-\&\f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR itself and information about test versions.
-.PP
-TeX Live is organized into a few top-level \fIschemes\fR, each of which is
-specified as a different set of \fIcollections\fR and \fIpackages\fR, where a
-collection is a set of packages, and a package is what contains actual
-files. Schemes typically contain a mix of collections and packages, but
-each package is included in exactly one collection, no more and no less.
-A TeX Live installation can be customized and managed at any level.
-.PP
-See <http://tug.org/texlive/doc> for all the TeX Live documentation
-available.
-.SH "EXAMPLES"
-.IX Header "EXAMPLES"
-After successfully installing TeX Live, here are a few common operations
-with \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR:
-.ie n .IP """tlmgr option repository http://mirror.ctan.org/systems/texlive/tlnet""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWtlmgr option repository http://mirror.ctan.org/systems/texlive/tlnet\fR" 4
-.IX Item "tlmgr option repository http://mirror.ctan.org/systems/texlive/tlnet"
-Tell \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR to use a nearby \s-1CTAN\s0 mirror for future updates; useful if
-you installed TeX Live from the \s-1DVD\s0 image and want continuing updates.
-.ie n .IP """tlmgr update \-\-list""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWtlmgr update \-\-list\fR" 4
-.IX Item "tlmgr update --list"
-Report what would be updated without actually updating anything.
-.ie n .IP """tlmgr update \-\-all""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWtlmgr update \-\-all\fR" 4
-.IX Item "tlmgr update --all"
-Make your local TeX installation correspond to what is in the package
-repository (typically useful when updating from \s-1CTAN\s0).
-.ie n .IP """tlmgr info"" \fIpkg\fR" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWtlmgr info\fR \fIpkg\fR" 4
-.IX Item "tlmgr info pkg"
-Display detailed information about \fIpkg\fR, such as the installation
-status and description.
-.PP
-For all the capabilities and details of \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR, please read the
-following voluminous information.
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS"
-The following options to \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR are global options, not specific to
-any action. All options, whether global or action-specific, can be
-given anywhere on the command line, and in any order. The first
-non-option argument will be the main action. In all cases,
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-\*(C'\fR\fIoption\fR and \f(CW\*(C`\-\*(C'\fR\fIoption\fR are equivalent, and an \f(CW\*(C`=\*(C'\fR is optional
-between an option name and its value.
-.IP "\fB\-\-repository\fR \fIurl|path\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--repository url|path"
-Specifies the package repository from which packages should be installed
-or updated, overriding the default package repository found in the
-installation's TeX Live Package Database (a.k.a. the \s-1TLPDB\s0, defined
-entirely in the file \f(CW\*(C`tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb\*(C'\fR). The documentation for
-\&\f(CW\*(C`install\-tl\*(C'\fR has more details about this
-(http://tug.org/texlive/doc/install\-tl.html <http://tug.org/texlive/doc/install-tl.html>).
-.Sp
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-repository\*(C'\fR changes the repository location only for the current
-run; to make a permanent change, use \f(CW\*(C`option repository\*(C'\fR (see the
-option action).
-.Sp
-For backward compatibility and convenience, \f(CW\*(C`\-\-location\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`\-\-repo\*(C'\fR
-are accepted as aliases for this option.
-.IP "\fB\-\-gui\fR [\fIaction\fR]" 4
-.IX Item "--gui [action]"
-\&\f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR has a graphical interface as well as the command-line
-interface. You can give this option, \f(CW\*(C`\-\-gui\*(C'\fR, together with an action
-to be brought directly into the respective screen of the \s-1GUI\s0. For
-example, running
-.Sp
-.Vb 1
-\& tlmgr \-\-gui update
-.Ve
-.Sp
-starts you directly at the update screen. Without any action, the
-\&\s-1GUI\s0 will be started at the main screen.
-.IP "\fB\-\-gui\-lang\fR \fIllcode\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--gui-lang llcode"
-By default, the \s-1GUI\s0 tries to deduce your language from the environment
-(on Windows via the registry, on Unix via \f(CW\*(C`LC_MESSAGES\*(C'\fR). If that fails
-you can select a different language by giving this option with a
-language code (based on \s-1ISO\s0 639\-1). Currently supported (but not
-necessarily completely translated) are: English (en, default), Czech
-(cs), German (de), French (fr), Italian (it), Japanese (ja), Dutch (nl),
-Polish (pl), Brazilian Portuguese (pt_BR), Russian (ru), Slovak (sk),
-Slovenian (sl), Serbian (sr), Vietnamese (vi), simplified Chinese
-(zh_CN), and traditional Chinese (zh_TW).
-.IP "\fB\-\-machine\-readable\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--machine-readable"
-Instead of the normal output intended for human consumption, write (to
-standard output) a fixed format more suitable for machine parsing. See
-the \*(L"MACHINE-READABLE \s-1OUTPUT\s0\*(R" section below.
-.IP "\fB\-\-package\-logfile\fR \fIfile\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--package-logfile file"
-\&\f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR logs all package actions (install, remove, update, failed
-updates, failed restores) to a separate log file, by default
-\&\f(CW\*(C`TEXMFSYSVAR/web2c/tlmgr.log\*(C'\fR. This option allows you to specific a
-different file for the log.
-.IP "\fB\-\-pause\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--pause"
-This option makes \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR wait for user input before exiting. Useful on
-Windows to avoid disappearing command windows.
-.IP "\fB\-\-persistent\-downloads\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--persistent-downloads"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-no\-persistent\-downloads\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--no-persistent-downloads"
-.PD
-For network-based installations, this option (on by default) makes
-\&\f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR try to set up a persistent connection (using the Net::LWP
-Perl module). The idea is to open and reuse only one connection per
-session between your computer and the server, instead of initiating a
-new download for each package.
-.Sp
-If this is not possible, \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR will fall back to using \f(CW\*(C`wget\*(C'\fR. To
-disable these persistent connections, use \f(CW\*(C`\-\-no\-persistent\-downloads\*(C'\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-\-no\-execute\-actions\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--no-execute-actions"
-Suppress the execution of the execute actions as defined in the tlpsrc
-files. Documented only for completeness, as this is only useful in
-debugging.
-.IP "\fB\-\-debug\-translation\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--debug-translation"
-In \s-1GUI\s0 mode, this switch makes \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR report any missing, or more
-likely untranslated, messages to standard error. This can help
-translators to see what remains to be done.
-.PP
-The standard options for TeX Live programs are also accepted:
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-help/\-h/\-?\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`\-\-version\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`\-q\*(C'\fR (no informational messages), \f(CW\*(C`\-v\*(C'\fR
-(debugging messages, can be repeated). For the details about these, see
-the TeXLive::TLUtils documentation.
-.PP
-The \f(CW\*(C`\-\-version\*(C'\fR option shows version information about the TeX Live
-release and about the \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR script itself. If \f(CW\*(C`\-v\*(C'\fR is given as
-well, revision number for the used TeX Live Perl modules are shown, too.
-.SH "ACTIONS"
-.IX Header "ACTIONS"
-.SS "help"
-.IX Subsection "help"
-Gives this help information (same as \f(CW\*(C`\-\-help\*(C'\fR).
-.SS "version"
-.IX Subsection "version"
-Gives version information (same as \f(CW\*(C`\-\-version\*(C'\fR).
-.PP
-If \f(CW\*(C`\-v\*(C'\fR has been given the revisions of the used modules are reported, too.
-.SS "backup [\-\-clean[=\fIN\fP]] [\-\-backupdir \fIdir\fP] [\-\-all | \fIpkg\fP]..."
-.IX Subsection "backup [--clean[=N]] [--backupdir dir] [--all | pkg]..."
-If the \f(CW\*(C`\-\-clean\*(C'\fR option is not specified, this action makes a backup of
-the given packages, or all packages given \f(CW\*(C`\-\-all\*(C'\fR. These backups are
-saved to the value of the \f(CW\*(C`\-\-backupdir\*(C'\fR option, if that is an existing and
-writable directory. If \f(CW\*(C`\-\-backupdir\*(C'\fR is not given, the \f(CW\*(C`backupdir\*(C'\fR
-option setting in the \s-1TLPDB\s0 is used, if present. If both are missing,
-no backups are made.
-.PP
-If the \f(CW\*(C`\-\-clean\*(C'\fR option is specified, backups are pruned (removed)
-instead of saved. The optional integer value \fIN\fR may be specified to
-set the number of backups that will be retained when cleaning. If \f(CW\*(C`N\*(C'\fR
-is not given, the value of the \f(CW\*(C`autobackup\*(C'\fR option is used. If both are
-missing, an error is issued. For more details of backup pruning, see
-the \f(CW\*(C`option\*(C'\fR action.
-.PP
-Options:
-.IP "\fB\-\-backupdir\fR \fIdirectory\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--backupdir directory"
-Overrides the \f(CW\*(C`backupdir\*(C'\fR option setting in the \s-1TLPDB\s0.
-The \fIdirectory\fR argument is required and must specify an existing,
-writable directory where backups are to be placed.
-.IP "\fB\-\-all\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--all"
-If \f(CW\*(C`\-\-clean\*(C'\fR is not specified, make a backup of all packages in the TeX
-Live installation; this will take quite a lot of space and time. If
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-clean\*(C'\fR is specified, all packages are pruned.
-.IP "\fB\-\-clean\fR[=\fIN\fR]" 4
-.IX Item "--clean[=N]"
-Instead of making backups, prune the backup directory of old backups, as
-explained above. The optional integer argument \fIN\fR overrides the
-\&\f(CW\*(C`autobackup\*(C'\fR option set in the \s-1TLPDB\s0. You must use \f(CW\*(C`\-\-all\*(C'\fR or a list
-of packages together with this option, as desired.
-.IP "\fB\-\-dry\-run\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--dry-run"
-Nothing is actually backed up or removed; instead, the actions to be
-performed are written to the terminal.
-.SS "candidates"
-.IX Subsection "candidates"
-.IP "\fBcandidates \f(BIpkg\fB\fR" 4
-.IX Item "candidates pkg"
-Shows the available candidate repositories for package \fIpkg\fR.
-See \*(L"\s-1MULTIPLE\s0 \s-1REPOSITORIES\s0\*(R" below.
-.SS "check [\fIoption\fP]... [files|depends|executes|runfiles|all]"
-.IX Subsection "check [option]... [files|depends|executes|runfiles|all]"
-Executes one (or all) check(s) on the consistency of the installation.
-.IP "\fBfiles\fR" 4
-.IX Item "files"
-Checks that all files listed in the local \s-1TLPDB\s0 (\f(CW\*(C`texlive.tlpdb\*(C'\fR) are
-actually present, and lists those missing.
-.IP "\fBdepends\fR" 4
-.IX Item "depends"
-Lists those packages which occur as dependencies in an installed collections,
-but are themselves not installed, and those packages that are not
-contained in any collection.
-.Sp
-If you call \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr check collections\*(C'\fR this test will be carried out
-instead since former versions for \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR called it that way.
-.IP "\fBexecutes\fR" 4
-.IX Item "executes"
-Check that the files referred to by \f(CW\*(C`execute\*(C'\fR directives in the TeX
-Live Database are present.
-.IP "\fBrunfiles\fR" 4
-.IX Item "runfiles"
-List those filenames that are occurring more than one time in the runfiles.
-.PP
-Options:
-.IP "\fB\-\-use\-svn\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--use-svn"
-Use the output of \f(CW\*(C`svn status\*(C'\fR instead of listing the files; for
-checking the \s-1TL\s0 development repository.
-.SS "conf [texmf|tlmgr [\fIkey\fP [\fIvalue\fP]]]"
-.IX Subsection "conf [texmf|tlmgr [key [value]]]"
-With only \f(CW\*(C`conf\*(C'\fR, show general configuration information for TeX Live,
-including active configuration files, path settings, and more. This is
-like the \f(CW\*(C`texconfig conf\*(C'\fR call, but works on all supported platforms.
-.PP
-With either \f(CW\*(C`conf texmf\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`conf tlmgr\*(C'\fR given in addition, shows all
-key/value pairs (i.e., all settings) as saved in \f(CW\*(C`ROOT/texmf.cnf\*(C'\fR or
-the tlmgr configuration file (see below), respectively.
-.PP
-If \fIkey\fR is given in addition, shows the value of only that given
-\&\fIkey\fR in the respective file.
-.PP
-If \fIvalue\fR is given in addition, \fIkey\fR is set to \fIvalue\fR in the
-respective file. \fINo error checking is done!\fR
-.PP
-Practical application: if the execution of (some or all) system commands
-via \f(CW\*(C`\ewrite18\*(C'\fR was left enabled during installation, you can disable
-it afterwards:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& tlmgr conf texmf shell_escape 0
-.Ve
-.PP
-Warning: The general facility is here, but tinkering with settings in
-this way is very strongly discouraged. Again, no error checking is
-done, so any sort of breakage is possible.
-.SS "dump-tlpdb [\-\-local|\-\-remote]"
-.IX Subsection "dump-tlpdb [--local|--remote]"
-Dump complete local or remote \s-1TLPDB\s0 to standard output, as-is. The
-output is analogous to the \f(CW\*(C`\-\-machine\-readable\*(C'\fR output; see
-\&\*(L"MACHINE-READABLE \s-1OUTPUT\s0\*(R" section.
-.PP
-Options:
-.IP "\fB\-\-local\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--local"
-Dump the local tlpdb.
-.IP "\fB\-\-remote\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--remote"
-Dump the remote tlpdb.
-.PP
-Exactly one of \f(CW\*(C`\-\-local\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`\-\-remote\*(C'\fR must be given.
-.PP
-In either case, the first line of the output specifies the repository
-location, in this format:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& "location\-url" "\et" location
-.Ve
-.PP
-where \f(CW\*(C`location\-url\*(C'\fR is the literal field name, followed by a tab, and
-\&\fIlocation\fR is the file or url to the repository.
-.PP
-Line endings may be either \s-1LF\s0 or \s-1CRLF\s0 depending on the current platform.
-.SS "generate [\fIoption\fP]... \fIwhat\fP"
-.IX Subsection "generate [option]... what"
-.IP "\fBgenerate language\fR" 4
-.IX Item "generate language"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fBgenerate language.dat\fR" 4
-.IX Item "generate language.dat"
-.IP "\fBgenerate language.def\fR" 4
-.IX Item "generate language.def"
-.IP "\fBgenerate language.dat.lua\fR" 4
-.IX Item "generate language.dat.lua"
-.IP "\fBgenerate fmtutil\fR" 4
-.IX Item "generate fmtutil"
-.PD
-.PP
-The \f(CW\*(C`generate\*(C'\fR action overwrites any manual changes made in the
-respective files: it recreates them from scratch based on the
-information of the installed packages, plus local adaptions.
-The TeX Live installer and \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR routinely call \f(CW\*(C`generate\*(C'\fR for
-all of these files.
-.PP
-For managing your own fonts, please read the \f(CW\*(C`updmap \-\-help\*(C'\fR
-information and/or <http://tug.org/fonts/fontinstall.html>.
-.PP
-In more detail: \f(CW\*(C`generate\*(C'\fR remakes any of the configuration files
-\&\f(CW\*(C`language.dat\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`language.def\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`language.dat.lua\*(C'\fR, and
-\&\f(CW\*(C`fmtutil.cnf\*(C'\fR, from the information present in the local \s-1TLPDB\s0, plus
-locally-maintained files.
-.PP
-The locally-maintained files are \f(CW\*(C`language\-local.dat\*(C'\fR,
-\&\f(CW\*(C`language\-local.def\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`language\-local.dat.lua\*(C'\fR, or
-\&\f(CW\*(C`fmtutil\-local.cnf\*(C'\fR, searched for in \f(CW\*(C`TEXMFLOCAL\*(C'\fR in the respective
-directories. If local additions are present, the final file is made by
-starting with the main file, omitting any entries that the local file
-specifies to be disabled, and finally appending the local file.
-.PP
-(Historical note: The formerly supported \f(CW\*(C`updmap\-local.cfg\*(C'\fR is no longer
-read, since \f(CW\*(C`updmap\*(C'\fR now supports multiple \f(CW\*(C`updmap.cfg\*(C'\fR files. Thus,
-local additions can and should be put into an \f(CW\*(C`updmap.cfg\*(C'\fR file in
-\&\f(CW\*(C`TEXMFLOCAL\*(C'\fR. The \f(CW\*(C`generate updmap\*(C'\fR action no longer exists.)
-.PP
-Local files specify entries to be disabled with a comment line, namely
-one of these:
-.PP
-.Vb 3
-\& #!NAME
-\& %!NAME
-\& \-\-!NAME
-.Ve
-.PP
-where \f(CW\*(C`fmtutil.cnf\*(C'\fR uses \f(CW\*(C`#\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`language.dat\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`language.def\*(C'\fR use
-\&\f(CW\*(C`%\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`language.dat.lua\*(C'\fR use \f(CW\*(C`\-\-\*(C'\fR. In all cases, the \fIname\fR is
-the respective format name or hyphenation pattern identifier.
-Examples:
-.PP
-.Vb 3
-\& #!pdflatex
-\& %!german
-\& \-\-!usenglishmax
-.Ve
-.PP
-(Of course, you're not likely to actually want to disable those
-particular items. They're just examples.)
-.PP
-After such a disabling line, the local file can include another entry
-for the same item, if a different definition is desired. In general,
-except for the special disabling lines, the local files follow the same
-syntax as the master files.
-.PP
-The form \f(CW\*(C`generate language\*(C'\fR recreates all three files \f(CW\*(C`language.dat\*(C'\fR,
-\&\f(CW\*(C`language.def\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`language.dat.lua\*(C'\fR, while the forms with an
-extension recreates only that given language file.
-.PP
-Options:
-.IP "\fB\-\-dest\fR \fIoutput_file\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--dest output_file"
-specifies the output file (defaults to the respective location in
-\&\f(CW\*(C`TEXMFSYSVAR\*(C'\fR). If \f(CW\*(C`\-\-dest\*(C'\fR is given to \f(CW\*(C`generate language\*(C'\fR, it
-serves as a basename onto which \f(CW\*(C`.dat\*(C'\fR will be appended for the name of
-the \f(CW\*(C`language.dat\*(C'\fR output file, \f(CW\*(C`.def\*(C'\fR will be appended to the value
-for the name of the \f(CW\*(C`language.def\*(C'\fR output file, and \f(CW\*(C`.dat.lua\*(C'\fR to the
-name of the \f(CW\*(C`language.dat.lua\*(C'\fR file. (This is just to avoid
-overwriting; if you want a specific name for each output file, we
-recommend invoking \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR twice.)
-.IP "\fB\-\-localcfg\fR \fIlocal_conf_file\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--localcfg local_conf_file"
-specifies the (optional) local additions (defaults to the respective
-location in \f(CW\*(C`TEXMFLOCAL\*(C'\fR).
-.IP "\fB\-\-rebuild\-sys\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--rebuild-sys"
-tells tlmgr to run necessary programs after config files have been
-regenerated. These are:
-\&\f(CW\*(C`fmtutil\-sys \-\-all\*(C'\fR after \f(CW\*(C`generate fmtutil\*(C'\fR,
-\&\f(CW\*(C`fmtutil\-sys \-\-byhyphen .../language.dat\*(C'\fR after \f(CW\*(C`generate language.dat\*(C'\fR,
-and
-\&\f(CW\*(C`fmtutil\-sys \-\-byhyphen .../language.def\*(C'\fR after \f(CW\*(C`generate language.def\*(C'\fR.
-.Sp
-These subsequent calls cause the newly-generated files to actually take
-effect. This is not done by default since those calls are lengthy
-processes and one might want to made several related changes in
-succession before invoking these programs.
-.PP
-The respective locations are as follows:
-.PP
-.Vb 4
-\& tex/generic/config/language.dat (and language\-local.dat);
-\& tex/generic/config/language.def (and language\-local.def);
-\& tex/generic/config/language.dat.lua (and language\-local.dat.lua);
-\& web2c/fmtutil.cnf (and fmtutil\-local.cnf);
-.Ve
-.SS "gui"
-.IX Subsection "gui"
-Start the graphical user interface. See \fB\s-1GUI\s0\fR below.
-.SS "info [\fIoption\fP...] [collections|schemes|\fIpkg\fP...]"
-.IX Subsection "info [option...] [collections|schemes|pkg...]"
-With no argument, lists all packages available at the package
-repository, prefixing those already installed with \f(CW\*(C`i\*(C'\fR.
-.PP
-With the single word \f(CW\*(C`collections\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`schemes\*(C'\fR as the argument, lists
-the request type instead of all packages.
-.PP
-With any other arguments, display information about \fIpkg\fR: the name,
-category, short and long description, installation status, and TeX Live
-revision number. If \fIpkg\fR is not locally installed, searches in the
-remote installation source.
-.PP
-It also displays information taken from the TeX Catalogue, namely the
-package version, date, and license. Consider these, especially the
-package version, as approximations only, due to timing skew of the
-updates of the different pieces. By contrast, the \f(CW\*(C`revision\*(C'\fR value
-comes directly from \s-1TL\s0 and is reliable.
-.PP
-The former actions \f(CW\*(C`show\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`list\*(C'\fR are merged into this action,
-but are still supported for backward compatibility.
-.PP
-Options:
-.IP "\fB\-\-list\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--list"
-If the option \f(CW\*(C`\-\-list\*(C'\fR is given with a package, the list of contained
-files is also shown, including those for platform-specific dependencies.
-When given with schemes and collections, \f(CW\*(C`\-\-list\*(C'\fR outputs their
-dependencies in a similar way.
-.IP "\fB\-\-only\-installed\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--only-installed"
-If this options is given, the installation source will
-not be used; only locally installed packages, collections, or schemes
-are listed.
-(Does not work for listing of packages for now)
-.IP "\fB\-\-taxonomy\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--taxonomy"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-keyword\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--keyword"
-.IP "\fB\-\-functionality\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--functionality"
-.IP "\fB\-\-characterization\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--characterization"
-.PD
-In addition to the normal data displayed, also display information for
-given packages from the corresponding taxonomy (or all of them). See
-\&\*(L"\s-1TAXONOMIES\s0\*(R" below for details.
-.SS "install [\fIoption\fP]... \fIpkg\fP..."
-.IX Subsection "install [option]... pkg..."
-Install each \fIpkg\fR given on the command line. By default this installs
-all packages on which the given \fIpkg\fRs are dependent, also. Options:
-.IP "\fB\-\-file\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--file"
-Instead of fetching a package from the installation repository, use
-the packages files given on the command line. These files need
-to be proper TeX Live package files (with contained tlpobj file).
-.IP "\fB\-\-reinstall\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--reinstall"
-Reinstall a package (including dependencies for collections) even if it
-seems to be already installed (i.e, is present in the \s-1TLPDB\s0). This is
-useful to recover from accidental removal of files in the hierarchy.
-.Sp
-When re-installing, only dependencies on normal packages are followed
-(not those of category Scheme or Collection).
-.IP "\fB\-\-no\-depends\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--no-depends"
-Do not install dependencies. (By default, installing a package ensures
-that all dependencies of this package are fulfilled.)
-.IP "\fB\-\-no\-depends\-at\-all\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--no-depends-at-all"
-When you install a package which ships binary files the respective
-binary package will also be installed. That is, for a package \f(CW\*(C`foo\*(C'\fR,
-the package \f(CW\*(C`foo.i386\-linux\*(C'\fR will also be installed on an \f(CW\*(C`i386\-linux\*(C'\fR
-system. This switch suppresses this behavior, and also implies
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-no\-depends\*(C'\fR. Don't use it unless you are sure of what you are
-doing.
-.IP "\fB\-\-dry\-run\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--dry-run"
-Nothing is actually installed; instead, the actions to be performed are
-written to the terminal.
-.IP "\fB\-\-force\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--force"
-If updates to \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR itself (or other parts of the basic
-infrastructure) are present, \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR will bail out and not perform the
-installation unless this option is given. Not recommended.
-.SS "option"
-.IX Subsection "option"
-.IP "\fBoption [show]\fR" 4
-.IX Item "option [show]"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fBoption showall\fR" 4
-.IX Item "option showall"
-.IP "\fBoption \f(BIkey\fB [\f(BIvalue\fB]\fR" 4
-.IX Item "option key [value]"
-.PD
-.PP
-The first form shows the global TeX Live settings currently saved in the
-\&\s-1TLPDB\s0 with a short description and the \f(CW\*(C`key\*(C'\fR used for changing it in
-parentheses.
-.PP
-The second form is similar, but also shows options which can be defined
-but are not currently set to any value.
-.PP
-In the third form, if \fIvalue\fR is not given, the setting for \fIkey\fR is
-displayed. If \fIvalue\fR is present, \fIkey\fR is set to \fIvalue\fR.
-.PP
-Possible values for \fIkey\fR are (run \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr option showall\*(C'\fR for
-the definitive list):
-.PP
-.Vb 10
-\& repository (default package repository),
-\& formats (create formats at installation time),
-\& postcode (run postinst code blobs)
-\& docfiles (install documentation files),
-\& srcfiles (install source files),
-\& backupdir (default directory for backups),
-\& autobackup (number of backups to keep).
-\& sys_bin (directory to which executables are linked by the path action)
-\& sys_man (directory to which man pages are linked by the path action)
-\& sys_info (directory to which Info files are linked by the path action)
-\& desktop_integration (Windows\-only: create Start menu shortcuts)
-\& fileassocs (Windows\-only: change file associations)
-\& multiuser (Windows\-only: install for all users)
-.Ve
-.PP
-One common use of \f(CW\*(C`option\*(C'\fR is to permanently change the installation to
-get further updates from the Internet, after originally installing from
-\&\s-1DVD\s0. To do this, you can run
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& tlmgr option repository http://mirror.ctan.org/systems/texlive/tlnet
-.Ve
-.PP
-The \f(CW\*(C`install\-tl\*(C'\fR documentation has more information about the possible
-values for \f(CW\*(C`repository\*(C'\fR. (For backward compatibility, \f(CW\*(C`location\*(C'\fR can
-be used as alternative name for \f(CW\*(C`repository\*(C'\fR.)
-.PP
-If \f(CW\*(C`formats\*(C'\fR is set (this is the default), then formats are regenerated
-when either the engine or the format files have changed. Disable this
-only when you know what you are doing.
-.PP
-The \f(CW\*(C`postcode\*(C'\fR option controls execution of per-package
-postinstallation action code. It is set by default, and again disabling
-is not likely to be of interest except perhaps to developers.
-.PP
-The \f(CW\*(C`docfiles\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`srcfiles\*(C'\fR options control the installation of
-their respective files of a package. By default both are enabled (1).
-This can be disabled (set to 0) if disk space is (very) limited.
-.PP
-The options \f(CW\*(C`autobackup\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`backupdir\*(C'\fR determine the defaults for
-the actions \f(CW\*(C`update\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`backup\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`restore\*(C'\fR. These three actions
-need a directory in which to read or write the backups. If
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-backupdir\*(C'\fR is not specified on the command line, the \f(CW\*(C`backupdir\*(C'\fR
-option value is used (if set).
-.PP
-The \f(CW\*(C`autobackup\*(C'\fR option (de)activates automatic generation of backups.
-Its value is an integer. If the \f(CW\*(C`autobackup\*(C'\fR value is \f(CW\*(C`\-1\*(C'\fR, no
-backups are removed. If \f(CW\*(C`autobackup\*(C'\fR is 0 or more, it specifies the
-number of backups to keep. Thus, backups are disabled if the value is
-0. In the \f(CW\*(C`\-\-clean\*(C'\fR mode of the \f(CW\*(C`backup\*(C'\fR action this option also
-specifies the number to be kept.
-.PP
-To setup \f(CW\*(C`autobackup\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`\-1\*(C'\fR on the command line, use either:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& tlmgr option autobackup infty
-.Ve
-.PP
-or:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& tlmgr option \-\- autobackup \-1
-.Ve
-.PP
-The \f(CW\*(C`\-\-\*(C'\fR avoids having the \f(CW\*(C`\-1\*(C'\fR treated as an option. (\f(CW\*(C`\-\-\*(C'\fR stops
-parsing for options at the point where it appears; this is a general
-feature across most Unix programs.)
-.PP
-The \f(CW\*(C`sys_bin\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`sys_man\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`sys_info\*(C'\fR options are used on
-Unix-like systems to control the generation of links for executables,
-info files and man pages. See the \f(CW\*(C`path\*(C'\fR action for details.
-.PP
-The last three options control behaviour on Windows installations. If
-\&\f(CW\*(C`desktop_integration\*(C'\fR is set, then some packages will install items in
-a sub-folder of the Start menu for \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr gui\*(C'\fR, documentation, etc. If
-\&\f(CW\*(C`fileassocs\*(C'\fR is set, Windows file associations are made (see also the
-\&\f(CW\*(C`postaction\*(C'\fR action). Finally, if \f(CW\*(C`multiuser\*(C'\fR is set, then adaptions
-to the registry and the menus are done for all users on the system
-instead of only the current user. All three options are on by default.
-.SS "paper"
-.IX Subsection "paper"
-.IP "\fBpaper [a4|letter]\fR" 4
-.IX Item "paper [a4|letter]"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB[xdvi|pdftex|dvips|dvipdfmx|dvipdfm|context]\ paper\ [\f(BIpapersize\fB|\-\-list]\fR" 4
-.IX Item "[xdvi|pdftex|dvips|dvipdfmx|dvipdfm|context]paper[papersize|--list]"
-.PD
-.PP
-With no arguments (\f(CW\*(C`tlmgr paper\*(C'\fR), shows the default paper size setting
-for all known programs.
-.PP
-With one argument (e.g., \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr paper a4\*(C'\fR), sets the default for all
-known programs to that paper size.
-.PP
-With a program given as the first argument and no paper size specified
-(e.g., \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr dvips paper\*(C'\fR), shows the default paper size for that
-program.
-.PP
-With a program given as the first argument and a paper size as the last
-argument (e.g., \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr dvips paper a4\*(C'\fR), set the default for that
-program to that paper size.
-.PP
-With a program given as the first argument and \f(CW\*(C`\-\-list\*(C'\fR given as the
-last argument (e.g., \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr dvips paper \-\-list\*(C'\fR), shows all valid paper
-sizes for that program. The first size shown is the default.
-.PP
-Incidentally, this syntax of having a specific program name before the
-\&\f(CW\*(C`paper\*(C'\fR keyword may seem strange. It is inherited from the
-longstanding \f(CW\*(C`texconfig\*(C'\fR script, which supports other configuration
-settings for some programs, notably \f(CW\*(C`dvips\*(C'\fR. \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR does not support
-those extra settings at present.
-.SS "path [\-\-w32mode=user|admin] [add|remove]"
-.IX Subsection "path [--w32mode=user|admin] [add|remove]"
-On Unix, merely adds or removes symlinks for binaries, man pages, and
-info pages in the system directories specified by the respective options
-(see the option description above). Does not change any
-initialization files, either system or personal.
-.PP
-On Windows, the registry part where the binary directory is added or
-removed is determined in the following way:
-.PP
-If the user has admin rights, and the option \f(CW\*(C`\-\-w32mode\*(C'\fR is not given,
-the setting \fIw32_multi_user\fR determines the location (i.e., if it is
-on then the system path, otherwise the user path is changed).
-.PP
-If the user has admin rights, and the option \f(CW\*(C`\-\-w32mode\*(C'\fR is given, this
-option determines the path to be adjusted.
-.PP
-If the user does not have admin rights, and the option \f(CW\*(C`\-\-w32mode\*(C'\fR
-is not given, and the setting \fIw32_multi_user\fR is off, the user path
-is changed, while if the setting \fIw32_multi_user\fR is on, a warning is
-issued that the caller does not have enough privileges.
-.PP
-If the user does not have admin rights, and the option \f(CW\*(C`\-\-w32mode\*(C'\fR
-is given, it must be \fBuser\fR and the user path will be adjusted. If a
-user without admin rights uses the option \f(CW\*(C`\-\-w32mode admin\*(C'\fR a warning
-is issued that the caller does not have enough privileges.
-.SS "pinning"
-.IX Subsection "pinning"
-The \f(CW\*(C`pinning\*(C'\fR action manages the pinning file, see Pinning below.
-.ie n .IP """pinning show""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWpinning show\fR" 4
-.IX Item "pinning show"
-Shows the current pinning data.
-.ie n .IP """pinning add \f(CIrepo\f(CW \f(CIpkgglob\f(CW...""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWpinning add \f(CIrepo\f(CW \f(CIpkgglob\f(CW...\fR" 4
-.IX Item "pinning add repo pkgglob..."
-Pins the packages matching the \fIpkgglob\fR(s) to the repository
-\&\fIrepo\fR.
-.ie n .IP """pinning remove \f(CIrepo\f(CW \f(CIpkgglob\f(CW...""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWpinning remove \f(CIrepo\f(CW \f(CIpkgglob\f(CW...\fR" 4
-.IX Item "pinning remove repo pkgglob..."
-Any packages recorded in the pinning file matching the <pkgglob>s for
-the given repository \fIrepo\fR are removed.
-.ie n .IP """pinning remove \f(CIrepo\f(CW \-\-all""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWpinning remove \f(CIrepo\f(CW \-\-all\fR" 4
-.IX Item "pinning remove repo --all"
-Remove all pinning data for repository \fIrepo\fR.
-.SS "platform list|add|remove \fIplatform\fP..."
-.IX Subsection "platform list|add|remove platform..."
-.SS "platform set \fIplatform\fP"
-.IX Subsection "platform set platform"
-.SS "platform set auto"
-.IX Subsection "platform set auto"
-\&\f(CW\*(C`platform list\*(C'\fR lists the TeX Live names of all the platforms
-(a.k.a. architectures), (\f(CW\*(C`i386\-linux\*(C'\fR, ...) available at the package
-repository.
-.PP
-\&\f(CW\*(C`platform add\*(C'\fR \fIplatform\fR... adds the executables for each given platform
-\&\fIplatform\fR to the installation from the repository.
-.PP
-\&\f(CW\*(C`platform remove\*(C'\fR \fIplatform\fR... removes the executables for each given
-platform \fIplatform\fR from the installation, but keeps the currently
-running platform in any case.
-.PP
-\&\f(CW\*(C`platform set\*(C'\fR \fIplatform\fR switches TeX Live to always use the given
-platform instead of auto detection.
-.PP
-\&\f(CW\*(C`platform set auto\*(C'\fR switches TeX Live to auto detection mode for platform.
-.PP
-Platform detection is needed to select the proper \f(CW\*(C`xz\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`xzdec\*(C'\fR and
-\&\f(CW\*(C`wget\*(C'\fR binaries that are shipped with TeX Live.
-.PP
-\&\f(CW\*(C`arch\*(C'\fR is a synonym for \f(CW\*(C`platform\*(C'\fR.
-.PP
-Options:
-.IP "\fB\-\-dry\-run\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--dry-run"
-Nothing is actually installed; instead, the actions to be performed are
-written to the terminal.
-.SS "postaction [\-\-w32mode=user|admin] [\-\-fileassocmode=1|2] [\-\-all] [install|remove] [shortcut|fileassoc|script] [\fIpkg\fP]..."
-.IX Subsection "postaction [--w32mode=user|admin] [--fileassocmode=1|2] [--all] [install|remove] [shortcut|fileassoc|script] [pkg]..."
-Carry out the postaction \f(CW\*(C`shortcut\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`fileassoc\*(C'\fR, or \f(CW\*(C`script\*(C'\fR given
-as the second required argument in install or remove mode (which is the
-first required argument), for either the packages given on the command
-line, or for all if \f(CW\*(C`\-\-all\*(C'\fR is given.
-.PP
-If the option \f(CW\*(C`\-\-w32mode\*(C'\fR is given the value \f(CW\*(C`user\*(C'\fR, all actions will
-only be carried out in the user-accessible parts of the
-registry/filesystem, while the value \f(CW\*(C`admin\*(C'\fR selects the system-wide
-parts of the registry for the file associations. If you do not have
-enough permissions, using \f(CW\*(C`\-\-w32mode=admin\*(C'\fR will not succeed.
-.PP
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-fileassocmode\*(C'\fR specifies the action for file associations. If it is
-set to 1 (the default), only new associations are added; if it is set to
-2, all associations are set to the TeX Live programs. (See also
-\&\f(CW\*(C`option fileassocs\*(C'\fR.)
-.SS "print-platform"
-.IX Subsection "print-platform"
-Print the TeX Live identifier for the detected platform
-(hardware/operating system) combination to standard output, and exit.
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-print\-arch\*(C'\fR is a synonym.
-.SS "restore [\-\-backupdir \fIdir\fP] [\-\-all | \fIpkg\fP [\fIrev\fP]]"
-.IX Subsection "restore [--backupdir dir] [--all | pkg [rev]]"
-Restore a package from a previously-made backup.
-.PP
-If \f(CW\*(C`\-\-all\*(C'\fR is given, try to restore the latest revision of all
-package backups found in the backup directory.
-.PP
-Otherwise, if neither \fIpkg\fR nor \fIrev\fR are given, list the available backup
-revisions for all packages.
-.PP
-With \fIpkg\fR given but no \fIrev\fR, list all available backup revisions of
-\&\fIpkg\fR.
-.PP
-When listing available packages tlmgr shows the revision and in
-parenthesis the creation time if available (in format yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm).
-.PP
-With both \fIpkg\fR and \fIrev\fR, tries to restore the package from the
-specified backup.
-.PP
-Options:
-.IP "\fB\-\-all\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--all"
-Try to restore the latest revision of all package backups found in the
-backup directory. Additional non-option arguments (like \fIpkg\fR) are not
-allowed.
-.IP "\fB\-\-backupdir\fR \fIdirectory\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--backupdir directory"
-Specify the directory where the backups are to be found. If not given it
-will be taken from the configuration setting in the \s-1TLPDB\s0.
-.IP "\fB\-\-dry\-run\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--dry-run"
-Nothing is actually restored; instead, the actions to be performed are
-written to the terminal.
-.IP "\fB\-\-force\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--force"
-Don't ask questions.
-.SS "remove [\fIoption\fP]... \fIpkg\fP..."
-.IX Subsection "remove [option]... pkg..."
-Remove each \fIpkg\fR specified. Removing a collection removes all package
-dependencies (unless \f(CW\*(C`\-\-no\-depends\*(C'\fR is specified), but not any
-collection dependencies of that collection. However, when removing a
-package, dependencies are never removed. Options:
-.IP "\fB\-\-no\-depends\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--no-depends"
-Do not remove dependent packages.
-.IP "\fB\-\-no\-depends\-at\-all\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--no-depends-at-all"
-See above under \fBinstall\fR (and beware).
-.IP "\fB\-\-force\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--force"
-By default, removal of a package or collection that is a dependency of
-another collection or scheme is not allowed. With this option, the
-package will be removed unconditionally. Use with care.
-.Sp
-A package that has been removed using the \f(CW\*(C`\-\-force\*(C'\fR option because it
-is still listed in an installed collection or scheme will not be
-updated, and will be mentioned as \fBforcibly removed\fR in the output of
-\&\fBtlmgr update \-\-list\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-\-dry\-run\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--dry-run"
-Nothing is actually removed; instead, the actions to be performed are
-written to the terminal.
-.SS "repository"
-.IX Subsection "repository"
-.IP "\fBrepository list\fR" 4
-.IX Item "repository list"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fBrepository list \f(BIpath|tag\fB\fR" 4
-.IX Item "repository list path|tag"
-.IP "\fBrepository add \f(BIpath\fB [\f(BItag\fB]\fR" 4
-.IX Item "repository add path [tag]"
-.IP "\fBrepository remove \f(BIpath|tag\fB\fR" 4
-.IX Item "repository remove path|tag"
-.IP "\fBrepository set \f(BIpath\fB[#\f(BItag\fB] [\f(BIpath\fB[#\f(BItag\fB] ...]\fR" 4
-.IX Item "repository set path[#tag] [path[#tag] ...]"
-.PD
-This action manages the list of repositories. See \*(L"\s-1MULTIPLE\s0
-\&\s-1REPOSITORIES\s0\*(R" below for detailed explanations.
-.Sp
-The first form (\f(CW\*(C`list\*(C'\fR) lists all configured repositories and the
-respective tags if set. If a path, url, or tag is given after the
-\&\f(CW\*(C`list\*(C'\fR keyword, it is interpreted as source from where to
-initialize a TeX Live Database and lists the contained packages.
-This can also be an up-to-now not used repository, both locally
-and remote. If one pass in addition \f(CW\*(C`\-\-with\-platforms\*(C'\fR, for each
-package the available platforms (if any) are listed, too.
-.Sp
-The third form (\f(CW\*(C`add\*(C'\fR) adds a repository
-(optionally attaching a tag) to the list of repositories. The forth
-form (\f(CW\*(C`remove\*(C'\fR) removes a repository, either by full path/url, or by
-tag. The last form (\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR) sets the list of repositories to the items
-given on the command line, not keeping previous settings
-.Sp
-In all cases, one of the repositories must be tagged as \f(CW\*(C`main\*(C'\fR;
-otherwise, all operations will fail!
-.SS "search [\fIoption\fP...] \fIwhat\fP"
-.IX Subsection "search [option...] what"
-\fIsearch [\fIoption\fI...] \-\-file \fIwhat\fI\fR
-.IX Subsection "search [option...] --file what"
-.PP
-\fIsearch [\fIoption\fI...] \-\-taxonomy \fIwhat\fI\fR
-.IX Subsection "search [option...] --taxonomy what"
-.PP
-\fIsearch [\fIoption\fI...] \-\-keyword \fIwhat\fI\fR
-.IX Subsection "search [option...] --keyword what"
-.PP
-\fIsearch [\fIoption\fI...] \-\-functionality \fIwhat\fI\fR
-.IX Subsection "search [option...] --functionality what"
-.PP
-\fIsearch [\fIoption\fI...] \-\-characterization \fIwhat\fI\fR
-.IX Subsection "search [option...] --characterization what"
-.PP
-\fIsearch [\fIoption\fI...] \-\-all \fIwhat\fI\fR
-.IX Subsection "search [option...] --all what"
-.PP
-By default, search the names, short descriptions, and long descriptions
-of all locally installed packages for the argument \fIwhat\fR, interpreted
-as a regular expression.
-.PP
-Options:
-.IP "\fB\-\-global\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--global"
-Search the TeX Live Database of the installation medium, instead of the
-local installation.
-.IP "\fB\-\-word\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--word"
-Restrict the search to match only full words. For example, searching for
-\&\f(CW\*(C`table\*(C'\fR with this option will not output packages containing the
-word \f(CW\*(C`tables\*(C'\fR (unless they also contain the word \f(CW\*(C`table\*(C'\fR on its own).
-.IP "\fB\-\-list\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--list"
-If a search for any (or all) taxonomies is done, by specifying one of
-the taxonomy options below, then instead of searching for packages, list
-the entire corresponding taxonomy (or all of them). See
-\&\*(L"\s-1TAXONOMIES\s0\*(R" below.
-.PP
-Other search options are selected by specifying one of the following:
-.IP "\fB\-\-file\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--file"
-List all filenames containing \fIwhat\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-\-taxonomy\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--taxonomy"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-keyword\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--keyword"
-.IP "\fB\-\-functionality\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--functionality"
-.IP "\fB\-\-characterization\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--characterization"
-.PD
-Search in the corresponding taxonomy (or all) instead of the package
-descriptions. See \*(L"\s-1TAXONOMIES\s0\*(R" below.
-.IP "\fB\-\-all\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--all"
-Search for package names, descriptions, and taxonomies, but not files.
-.SS "uninstall"
-.IX Subsection "uninstall"
-Uninstalls the entire TeX Live installation. Options:
-.IP "\fB\-\-force\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--force"
-Do not ask for confirmation, remove immediately.
-.SS "update [\fIoption\fP]... [\fIpkg\fP]..."
-.IX Subsection "update [option]... [pkg]..."
-Updates the packages given as arguments to the latest version available
-at the installation source. Either \f(CW\*(C`\-\-all\*(C'\fR or at least one \fIpkg\fR name
-must be specified. Options:
-.IP "\fB\-\-all\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--all"
-Update all installed packages except for \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR itself. Thus, if
-updates to \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR itself are present, this will simply give an error,
-unless also the option \f(CW\*(C`\-\-force\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`\-\-self\*(C'\fR is given. (See below.)
-.Sp
-In addition to updating the installed packages, during the update of a
-collection the local installation is (by default) synchronized to the
-status of the collection on the server, for both additions and removals.
-.Sp
-This means that if a package has been removed on the server (and thus
-has also been removed from the respective collection), \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR will
-remove the package in the local installation. This is called
-``auto\-remove'' and is announced as such when using the option
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-list\*(C'\fR. This auto-removal can be suppressed using the option
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-no\-auto\-remove\*(C'\fR.
-.Sp
-Analogously, if a package has been added to a collection on the server
-that is also installed locally, it will be added to the local
-installation. This is called ``auto\-install'' and is announced as such
-when using the option \f(CW\*(C`\-\-list\*(C'\fR. This auto-installation can be
-suppressed using the option \f(CW\*(C`\-\-no\-auto\-install\*(C'\fR.
-.Sp
-An exception to the collection dependency checks (including the
-auto-installation of packages just mentioned) are those that have been
-``forcibly removed'' by you, that is, you called \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr remove \-\-force\*(C'\fR
-on them. (See the \f(CW\*(C`remove\*(C'\fR action documentation.) To reinstall any
-such forcibly removed packages use \f(CW\*(C`\-\-reinstall\-forcibly\-removed\*(C'\fR.
-.Sp
-If you want to exclude some packages from the current update run (e.g.,
-due to a slow link), see the \f(CW\*(C`\-\-exclude\*(C'\fR option below.
-.IP "\fB\-\-self\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--self"
-Update \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR itself (that is, the infrastructure packages) if updates
-to it are present. On Windows this includes updates to the private Perl
-interpreter shipped inside TeX Live.
-.Sp
-If this option is given together with either \f(CW\*(C`\-\-all\*(C'\fR or a list of
-packages, then \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR will be updated first and, if this update
-succeeds, the new version will be restarted to complete the rest of the
-updates.
-.Sp
-In short:
-.Sp
-.Vb 4
-\& tlmgr update \-\-self # update infrastructure only
-\& tlmgr update \-\-self \-\-all # update infrastructure and all packages
-\& tlmgr update \-\-force \-\-all # update all packages but *not* infrastructure
-\& # ... this last at your own risk, not recommended!
-.Ve
-.IP "\fB\-\-dry\-run\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--dry-run"
-Nothing is actually installed; instead, the actions to be performed are
-written to the terminal. This is a more detailed report than \f(CW\*(C`\-\-list\*(C'\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-\-list\fR [\fIpkg\fR]" 4
-.IX Item "--list [pkg]"
-Concisely list the packages which would be updated, newly installed, or
-removed, without actually changing anything.
-If \f(CW\*(C`\-\-all\*(C'\fR is also given, all available updates are listed.
-If \f(CW\*(C`\-\-self\*(C'\fR is given, but not \f(CW\*(C`\-\-all\*(C'\fR, only updates to the
-critical packages (tlmgr, texlive infrastructure, perl on Windows, etc.)
-are listed.
-If neither \f(CW\*(C`\-\-all\*(C'\fR nor \f(CW\*(C`\-\-self\*(C'\fR is given, and in addition no \fIpkg\fR is
-given, then \f(CW\*(C`\-\-all\*(C'\fR is assumed (thus, \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr update \-\-list\*(C'\fR is the
-same as \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr update \-\-list \-\-all\*(C'\fR).
-If neither \f(CW\*(C`\-\-all\*(C'\fR nor \f(CW\*(C`\-\-self\*(C'\fR is given, but specific package names are
-given, those packages are checked for updates.
-.IP "\fB\-\-exclude\fR \fIpkg\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--exclude pkg"
-Exclude \fIpkg\fR from the update process. If this option is given more
-than once, its arguments accumulate.
-.Sp
-An argument \fIpkg\fR excludes both the package \fIpkg\fR itself and all
-its related platform-specific packages \fIpkg.ARCH\fR. For example,
-.Sp
-.Vb 1
-\& tlmgr update \-\-all \-\-exclude a2ping
-.Ve
-.Sp
-will not update \f(CW\*(C`a2ping\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`a2ping.i386\-linux\*(C'\fR, or
-any other \f(CW\*(C`a2ping.\*(C'\fR\fI\s-1ARCH\s0\fR package.
-.Sp
-If this option specifies a package that would otherwise be a candidate
-for auto-installation, auto-removal, or reinstallation of a forcibly
-removed package, \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR quits with an error message. Excludes are not
-supported in these circumstances.
-.IP "\fB\-\-no\-auto\-remove\fR [\fIpkg\fR]..." 4
-.IX Item "--no-auto-remove [pkg]..."
-Under normal circumstances \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR tries to remove packages which have
-disappeared on the server, as described above under \f(CW\*(C`\-\-all\*(C'\fR. This
-option prevents any such removals, either for all packages (with
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-all\*(C'\fR), or the given \fIpkg\fR names.
-.IP "\fB\-\-no\-auto\-install\fR [\fIpkg\fR]..." 4
-.IX Item "--no-auto-install [pkg]..."
-Under normal circumstances \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR will install packages which are new
-on the server, as described above under \f(CW\*(C`\-\-all\*(C'\fR. This option prevents
-any such automatic installation, either for all packages (with
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-all\*(C'\fR), or the given \fIpkg\fR names.
-.Sp
-Furthermore, after the \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR run using this has finished, the
-packages that would have been auto-installed \fIwill be considered as
-forcibly removed\fR. So, if \f(CW\*(C`foobar\*(C'\fR is the only new package on the
-server, then
-.Sp
-.Vb 1
-\& tlmgr update \-\-all \-\-no\-auto\-install
-.Ve
-.Sp
-is equivalent to
-.Sp
-.Vb 2
-\& tlmgr update \-\-all
-\& tlmgr remove \-\-force foobar
-.Ve
-.IP "\fB\-\-reinstall\-forcibly\-removed\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--reinstall-forcibly-removed"
-Under normal circumstances \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR will not install packages that have
-been forcibly removed by the user; that is, removed with \f(CW\*(C`remove
-\&\-\-force\*(C'\fR, or whose installation was prohibited by \f(CW\*(C`\-\-no\-auto\-install\*(C'\fR
-during an earlier update.
-.Sp
-This option makes \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR ignore the forcible removals and re-install
-all such packages. This can be used to completely synchronize an
-installation with the server's idea of what is available:
-.Sp
-.Vb 1
-\& tlmgr update \-\-reinstall\-forcibly\-removed \-\-all
-.Ve
-.IP "\fB\-\-backup\fR and \fB\-\-backupdir\fR \fIdirectory\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--backup and --backupdir directory"
-These two options control the creation of backups of packages \fIbefore\fR
-updating; that is, backup of packages as currently installed. If
-neither of these options are given, no backup package will be saved. If
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-backupdir\*(C'\fR is given and specifies a writable directory then a backup
-will be made in that location. If only \f(CW\*(C`\-\-backup\*(C'\fR is given, then a
-backup will be made to the directory previously set via the \f(CW\*(C`option\*(C'\fR
-action (see below). If both are given then a backup will be made to the
-specified \fIdirectory\fR.
-.Sp
-You can set options via the \f(CW\*(C`option\*(C'\fR action to automatically create
-backups for all packages, and/or keep only a certain number of
-backups. Please see the \f(CW\*(C`option\*(C'\fR action for details.
-.Sp
-\&\f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR always makes a temporary backup when updating packages, in case
-of download or other failure during an update. In contrast, the purpose
-of this \f(CW\*(C`\-\-backup\*(C'\fR option is to allow you to save a persistent backup
-in case the actual \fIcontent\fR of the update causes problems, e.g.,
-introduces an incompatibility.
-.Sp
-The \f(CW\*(C`restore\*(C'\fR action explains how to restore from a backup.
-.IP "\fB\-\-no\-depends\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--no-depends"
-If you call for updating a package normally all depending packages
-will also be checked for updates and updated if necessary. This switch
-suppresses this behavior.
-.IP "\fB\-\-no\-depends\-at\-all\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--no-depends-at-all"
-See above under \fBinstall\fR (and beware).
-.IP "\fB\-\-force\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--force"
-Force update of normal packages, without updating \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR itself
-(unless the \f(CW\*(C`\-\-self\*(C'\fR option is also given). Not recommended.
-.Sp
-Also, \f(CW\*(C`update \-\-list\*(C'\fR is still performed regardless of this option.
-.PP
-If the package on the server is older than the package already installed
-(e.g., if the selected mirror is out of date), \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR does not
-downgrade. Also, packages for uninstalled platforms are not installed.
-.SH "TLMGR CONFIGURATION FILE"
-.IX Header "TLMGR CONFIGURATION FILE"
-A small subset of the command line options can be set in a config file
-for \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR which resides in \f(CW\*(C`TEXMFCONFIG/tlmgr/config\*(C'\fR. By default, the
-config file is in \f(CW\*(C`~/.texliveYYYY/texmf\-config/tlmgr/config\*(C'\fR (replacing
-\&\f(CW\*(C`YYYY\*(C'\fR with the year of your TeX Live installation). This is \fInot\fR
-\&\f(CW\*(C`TEXMFSYSVAR\*(C'\fR, so that the file is specific to a single user.
-.PP
-In this file, empty lines and lines starting with # are ignored. All
-other lines must look like
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& key = value
-.Ve
-.PP
-where the allowed keys are
-\&\f(CW\*(C`gui\-expertmode\*(C'\fR (values 0 or 1),
-\&\f(CW\*(C`persistent\-downloads\*(C'\fR (values 0 or 1), \f(CW\*(C`auto\-remove\*(C'\fR (values 0 or 1),
-and \f(CW\*(C`gui\-lang\*(C'\fR (values like the command line arguments).
-\&\f(CW\*(C`persistent\-downloads\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`gui\-lang\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`auto\-remove\*(C'\fR correspond to the
-respective command line options of the same name.
-\&\f(CW\*(C`gui\-expertmode\*(C'\fR switches between the full
-\&\s-1GUI\s0 and a simplified \s-1GUI\s0 with only the important and mostly used
-settings.
-.SH "TAXONOMIES"
-.IX Header "TAXONOMIES"
-tlmgr allows searching and listing of various categorizations, which we
-call \fItaxonomies\fR, as provided by an enhanced TeX Catalogue (available
-for testing at <http://az.ctan.org>). This is useful when, for
-example, you don't know a specific package name but have an idea of the
-functionality you need; or when you want to see all packages relating to
-a given area.
-.PP
-There are three different taxonomies, specified by the following
-options:
-.IP "\fB\-\-keyword\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--keyword"
-The keywords, as specified at <http://az.ctan.org/keyword>.
-.IP "\fB\-\-functionality\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--functionality"
-The ``by\-topic'' categorization created by J\e"urgen Fenn, as specified
-at http://az.ctan.org/characterization/by\-function <http://az.ctan.org/characterization/by-function>.
-.IP "\fB\-\-characterization\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--characterization"
-Both the primary and secondary functionalities, as specified at
-<http://az.ctan.org/characterization/choose_dimen>.
-.IP "\fB\-\-taxonomy\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--taxonomy"
-Operate on all the taxonomies.
-.PP
-The taxonomies are updated nightly and stored within TeX Live, so
-Internet access is not required to search them.
-.PP
-Examples:
-.PP
-.Vb 5
-\& tlmgr search \-\-taxonomy exercise # check all taxonomies for "exercise"
-\& tlmgr search \-\-taxonomy \-\-word table # check for "table" on its own
-\& tlmgr search \-\-list \-\-keyword # dump entire keyword taxonomy
-\& tlmgr show \-\-taxonomy pdftex # show pdftex package information,
-\& # including all taxonomy entries
-.Ve
-.SH "MULTIPLE REPOSITORIES"
-.IX Header "MULTIPLE REPOSITORIES"
-The main TeX Live repository contains a vast array of packages.
-Nevertheless, additional local repositories can be useful to provide
-locally-installed resources, such as proprietary fonts and house styles.
-Also, alternative package repositories distribute packages that cannot
-or should not be included in TeX Live, for whatever reason.
-.PP
-The simplest and most reliable method is to temporarily set the
-installation source to any repository (with the \f(CW\*(C`\-repository\*(C'\fR or
-\&\f(CW\*(C`option repository\*(C'\fR command line options), and perform your operations.
-.PP
-When you are using multiple repositories over a sustained time, however,
-explicitly switching between them becomes inconvenient. Thus, it's
-possible to tell \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR about additional repositories you want to use.
-The basic command is \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr repository add\*(C'\fR. The rest of this section
-explains further.
-.PP
-When using multiple repositories, one of them has to be set as the main
-repository, which distributes most of the installed packages. When you
-switch from a single repository installation to a multiple repository
-installation, the previous sole repository will be set as the main
-repository.
-.PP
-By default, even if multiple repositories are configured, packages are
-\&\fIstill\fR \fIonly\fR installed from the main repository. Thus, simply
-adding a second repository does not actually enable installation of
-anything from there. You also have to specify which packages should be
-taken from the new repository, by specifying so-called ``pinning''
-rules, described next.
-.SS "Pinning"
-.IX Subsection "Pinning"
-When a package \f(CW\*(C`foo\*(C'\fR is pinned to a repository, a package \f(CW\*(C`foo\*(C'\fR in any
-other repository, even if it has a higher revision number, will not be
-considered an installable candidate.
-.PP
-As mentioned above, by default everything is pinned to the main
-repository. Let's now go through an example of setting up a second
-repository and enabling updates of a package from it.
-.PP
-First, check that we have support for multiple repositories, and have
-only one enabled (as is the case by default):
-.PP
-.Vb 3
-\& $ tlmgr repository list
-\& List of repositories (with tags if set):
-\& /var/www/norbert/tlnet
-.Ve
-.PP
-Ok. Let's add the \f(CW\*(C`tlcontrib\*(C'\fR repository (this is a real
-repository, hosted at <http://tlcontrib.metatex.org>, maintained by
-Taco Hoekwater et al.), with the tag \f(CW\*(C`tlcontrib\*(C'\fR:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& $ tlmgr repository add http://tlcontrib.metatex.org/2012 tlcontrib
-.Ve
-.PP
-Check the repository list again:
-.PP
-.Vb 4
-\& $ tlmgr repository list
-\& List of repositories (with tags if set):
-\& http://tlcontrib.metatex.org/2012 (tlcontrib)
-\& /var/www/norbert/tlnet (main)
-.Ve
-.PP
-Now we specify a pinning entry to get the package \f(CW\*(C`context\*(C'\fR from
-\&\f(CW\*(C`tlcontrib\*(C'\fR:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& $ tlmgr pinning add tlcontrib context
-.Ve
-.PP
-Check that we can find \f(CW\*(C`context\*(C'\fR:
-.PP
-.Vb 6
-\& $ tlmgr show context
-\& tlmgr: package repositories:
-\& ...
-\& package: context
-\& repository: tlcontrib/26867
-\& ...
-.Ve
-.PP
-\&\- install \f(CW\*(C`context\*(C'\fR:
-.PP
-.Vb 4
-\& $ tlmgr install context
-\& tlmgr: package repositories:
-\& ...
-\& [1/1, ??:??/??:??] install: context @tlcontrib [
-.Ve
-.PP
-In the output here you can see that the \f(CW\*(C`context\*(C'\fR package has been
-installed from the \f(CW\*(C`tlcontrib\*(C'\fR repository (\f(CW@tlcontrib\fR).
-.PP
-Finally, \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr pinning\*(C'\fR also supports removing certain or all packages
-from a given repository:
-.PP
-.Vb 2
-\& $ tlmgr pinning remove tlcontrib context # remove just context
-\& $ tlmgr pinning remove tlcontrib \-\-all # take nothing from tlcontrib
-.Ve
-.PP
-A summary of the \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr pinning\*(C'\fR actions is given above.
-.SH "GUI FOR TLMGR"
-.IX Header "GUI FOR TLMGR"
-The graphical user interface for \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR needs Perl/Tk to be installed.
-For Windows the necessary modules are shipped within TeX Live, for all
-other (i.e., Unix-based) systems Perl/Tk (as well as Perl of course) has
-to be installed. <http://tug.org/texlive/distro.html#perltk> has a
-list of invocations for some distros.
-.PP
-When started with \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr gui\*(C'\fR the graphical user interface will be
-shown. The main window contains a menu bar, the main display, and a
-status area where messages normally shown on the console are displayed.
-.PP
-Within the main display there are three main parts: the \f(CW\*(C`Display
-configuration\*(C'\fR area, the list of packages, and the action buttons.
-.PP
-Also, at the top right the currently loaded repository is shown; this
-also acts as a button and when clicked will try to load the default
-repository. To load a different repository, see the \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR menu item.
-.PP
-Finally, the status area at the bottom of the window gives additional
-information about what is going on.
-.SS "Main display"
-.IX Subsection "Main display"
-\fIDisplay configuration area\fR
-.IX Subsection "Display configuration area"
-.PP
-The first part of the main display allows you to specify (filter) which
-packages are shown. By default, all are shown. Changes here are
-reflected right away.
-.IP "Status" 4
-.IX Item "Status"
-Select whether to show all packages (the default), only those installed,
-only those \fInot\fR installed, or only those with update available.
-.IP "Category" 4
-.IX Item "Category"
-Select which categories are shown: packages, collections, and/or
-schemes. These are briefly explained in the \*(L"\s-1DESCRIPTION\s0\*(R" section
-above.
-.IP "Match" 4
-.IX Item "Match"
-Select packages matching for a specific pattern. By default, this uses
-the same algorithm as \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr search\*(C'\fR, i.e., searches everything:
-descriptions, taxonomies, and/or filenames. You can also select any
-subset for searching.
-.IP "Selection" 4
-.IX Item "Selection"
-Select packages to those selected, those not selected, or all. Here,
-``selected'' means that the checkbox in the beginning of the line of a
-package is ticked.
-.IP "Display configuration buttons" 4
-.IX Item "Display configuration buttons"
-To the right there are three buttons: select all packages, select none
-(a.k.a. deselect all), and reset all these filters to the defaults,
-i.e., show all available.
-.PP
-\fIPackage list area\fR
-.IX Subsection "Package list area"
-.PP
-The second are of the main display lists all installed packages. If a
-repository is loaded, those that are available but not installed are
-also listed.
-.PP
-Double clicking on a package line pops up an informational window with
-further details: the long description, included files, etc.
-.PP
-Each line of the package list consists of the following items:
-.IP "a checkbox" 4
-.IX Item "a checkbox"
-Used to select particular packages; some of the action buttons (see
-below) work only on the selected packages.
-.IP "package name" 4
-.IX Item "package name"
-The name (identifier) of the package as given in the database.
-.IP "local revision (and version)" 4
-.IX Item "local revision (and version)"
-If the package is installed the TeX Live revision number for the
-installed package will be shown. If there is a catalogue version given
-in the database for this package, it will be shown in parentheses.
-However, the catalogue version, unlike the \s-1TL\s0 revision, is not
-guaranteed to reflect what is actually installed.
-.IP "remote revision (and version)" 4
-.IX Item "remote revision (and version)"
-If a repository has been loaded the revision of the package in the
-repository (if present) is shown. As with the local column, if a
-catalogue version is provided it will be displayed. And also as with
-the local column, the catalogue version may be stale.
-.IP "short description" 4
-.IX Item "short description"
-The short description of the package.
-.PP
-\fIMain display action buttons\fR
-.IX Subsection "Main display action buttons"
-.PP
-Below the list of packages are several buttons:
-.IP "Update all installed" 4
-.IX Item "Update all installed"
-This calls \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr update \-\-all\*(C'\fR, i.e., tries to update all available
-packages. Below this button is a toggle to allow reinstallation of
-previously removed packages as part of this action.
-.Sp
-The other four buttons only work on the selected packages, i.e., those
-where the checkbox at the beginning of the package line is ticked.
-.IP "Update" 4
-.IX Item "Update"
-Update only the selected packages.
-.IP "Install" 4
-.IX Item "Install"
-Install the selected packages; acts like \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr install\*(C'\fR, i.e., also
-installs dependencies. Thus, installing a collection installs all its
-constituent packages.
-.IP "Remove" 4
-.IX Item "Remove"
-Removes the selected packages; acts like \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr remove\*(C'\fR, i.e., it will
-also remove dependencies of collections (but not dependencies of normal
-packages).
-.IP "Backup" 4
-.IX Item "Backup"
-Makes a backup of the selected packages; acts like \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr backup\*(C'\fR. This
-action needs the option \f(CW\*(C`backupdir\*(C'\fR set (see \f(CW\*(C`Options \-\*(C'\fR General>).
-.SS "Menu bar"
-.IX Subsection "Menu bar"
-The following entries can be found in the menu bar:
-.IP "\fBtlmgr\fR menu" 4
-.IX Item "tlmgr menu"
-The items here load various repositories: the default as specified in
-the TeX Live database, the default network repository, the repository
-specified on the command line (if any), and an arbitrarily
-manually-entered one. Also has the so-necessary \f(CW\*(C`quit\*(C'\fR operation.
-.IP "\fBOptions menu\fR" 4
-.IX Item "Options menu"
-Provides access to several groups of options: \f(CW\*(C`Paper\*(C'\fR (configuration of
-default paper sizes), \f(CW\*(C`Platforms\*(C'\fR (only on Unix, configuration of the
-supported/installed platforms), \f(CW\*(C`GUI Language\*(C'\fR (select language used in
-the \s-1GUI\s0 interface), and \f(CW\*(C`General\*(C'\fR (everything else).
-.Sp
-Several toggles are also here. The first is \f(CW\*(C`Expert options\*(C'\fR, which is
-set by default. If you turn this off, the next time you start the \s-1GUI\s0 a
-simplified screen will be shown that display only the most important
-functionality. This setting is saved in the configuration file of
-\&\f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR; see \*(L"\s-1CONFIGURATION\s0 \s-1FILE\s0\*(R" for details.
-.Sp
-The other toggles are all off by default: for debugging output, to
-disable the automatic installation of new packages, and to disable the
-automatic removal of packages deleted from the server. Playing with the
-choices of what is or isn't installed may lead to an inconsistent TeX Live
-installation; e.g., when a package is renamed.
-.IP "\fBActions menu\fR" 4
-.IX Item "Actions menu"
-Provides access to several actions: update the filename database (aka
-\&\f(CW\*(C`ls\-R\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`mktexlsr\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`texhash\*(C'\fR), rebuild all formats (\f(CW\*(C`fmtutil\-sys
-\&\-\-all\*(C'\fR), update the font map database (\f(CW\*(C`updmap\-sys\*(C'\fR), restore from a backup
-of a package, and use of symbolic links in system directories (not on
-Windows).
-.Sp
-The final action is to remove the entire TeX Live installation (also not
-on Windows).
-.IP "\fBHelp menu\fR" 4
-.IX Item "Help menu"
-Provides access to the TeX Live manual (also on the web at
-<http://tug.org/texlive/doc.html>) and the usual ``About'' box.
-.SH "MACHINE-READABLE OUTPUT"
-.IX Header "MACHINE-READABLE OUTPUT"
-With the \f(CW\*(C`\-\-machine\-readable\*(C'\fR option, \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR writes to stdout in the
-fixed line-oriented format described here, and the usual informational
-messages for human consumption are written to stderr (normally they are
-written to stdout). The idea is that a program can get all the
-information it needs by reading stdout.
-.PP
-Currently this option only applies to the
-update, the
-install, and the
-option actions.
-.SS "update and install actions"
-.IX Subsection "update and install actions"
-The output format is as follows:
-.PP
-.Vb 7
-\& fieldname "\et" value
-\& ...
-\& "end\-of\-header"
-\& pkgname status localrev serverrev size runtime esttot
-\& ...
-\& "end\-of\-updates"
-\& other output from post actions, not in machine readable form
-.Ve
-.PP
-The header section currently has two fields: \f(CW\*(C`location\-url\*(C'\fR (the
-repository source from which updates are being drawn), and
-\&\f(CW\*(C`total\-bytes\*(C'\fR (the total number of bytes to be downloaded).
-.PP
-The \fIlocalrev\fR and \fIserverrev\fR fields for each package are the
-revision numbers in the local installation and server repository,
-respectively. The \fIsize\fR field is the number of bytes to be
-downloaded, i.e., the size of the compressed tar file for a network
-installation, not the unpacked size. The runtime and esttot fields
-are only present for updated and auto-install packages, and contain
-the currently passed time since start of installation/updates
-and the estimated total time.
-.PP
-Line endings may be either \s-1LF\s0 or \s-1CRLF\s0 depending on the current platform.
-.ie n .IP """location\-url"" \fIlocation\fR" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWlocation\-url\fR \fIlocation\fR" 4
-.IX Item "location-url location"
-The \fIlocation\fR may be a url (including \f(CW\*(C`file:///foo/bar/...\*(C'\fR), or a
-directory name (\f(CW\*(C`/foo/bar\*(C'\fR). It is the package repository from which
-the new package information was drawn.
-.ie n .IP """total\-bytes"" \fIcount\fR" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWtotal\-bytes\fR \fIcount\fR" 4
-.IX Item "total-bytes count"
-The \fIcount\fR is simply a decimal number, the sum of the sizes of all the
-packages that need updating or installing (which are listed subsequently).
-.PP
-Then comes a line with only the literal string \f(CW\*(C`end\-of\-header\*(C'\fR.
-.PP
-Each following line until a line with literal string \f(CW\*(C`end\-of\-updates\*(C'\fR
-reports on one package. The fields on
-each line are separated by a tab. Here are the fields.
-.IP "\fIpkgname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "pkgname"
-The TeX Live package identifier, with a possible platform suffix for
-executables. For instance, \f(CW\*(C`pdftex\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`pdftex.i386\-linux\*(C'\fR are given
-as two separate packages, one on each line.
-.IP "\fIstatus\fR" 4
-.IX Item "status"
-The status of the package update. One character, as follows:
-.RS 4
-.ie n .IP """d""" 8
-.el .IP "\f(CWd\fR" 8
-.IX Item "d"
-The package was removed on the server.
-.ie n .IP """f""" 8
-.el .IP "\f(CWf\fR" 8
-.IX Item "f"
-The package was removed in the local installation, even though a
-collection depended on it. (E.g., the user ran \f(CW\*(C`tlmgr remove
-\&\-\-force\*(C'\fR.)
-.ie n .IP """u""" 8
-.el .IP "\f(CWu\fR" 8
-.IX Item "u"
-Normal update is needed.
-.ie n .IP """r""" 8
-.el .IP "\f(CWr\fR" 8
-.IX Item "r"
-Reversed non-update: the locally-installed version is newer than the
-version on the server.
-.ie n .IP """a""" 8
-.el .IP "\f(CWa\fR" 8
-.IX Item "a"
-Automatically-determined need for installation, the package is new on
-the server and is (most probably) part of an installed collection.
-.ie n .IP """i""" 8
-.el .IP "\f(CWi\fR" 8
-.IX Item "i"
-Package will be installed and isn't present in the local installation
-(action install).
-.ie n .IP """I""" 8
-.el .IP "\f(CWI\fR" 8
-.IX Item "I"
-Package is already present but will be reinstalled (action install).
-.RE
-.RS 4
-.RE
-.IP "\fIlocalrev\fR" 4
-.IX Item "localrev"
-The revision number of the installed package, or \f(CW\*(C`\-\*(C'\fR if it is not
-present locally.
-.IP "\fIserverrev\fR" 4
-.IX Item "serverrev"
-The revision number of the package on the server, or \f(CW\*(C`\-\*(C'\fR if it is not
-present on the server.
-.IP "\fIsize\fR" 4
-.IX Item "size"
-The size in bytes of the package on the server. The sum of all the
-package sizes is given in the \f(CW\*(C`total\-bytes\*(C'\fR header field mentioned above.
-.IP "\fIruntime\fR" 4
-.IX Item "runtime"
-The run time since start of installations or updates.
-.IP "\fIesttot\fR" 4
-.IX Item "esttot"
-The estimated total time.
-.SS "option action"
-.IX Subsection "option action"
-The output format is as follows:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& key "\et" value
-.Ve
-.PP
-If a value is not saved in the database the string \f(CW\*(C`(not set)\*(C'\fR is shown.
-.PP
-If you are developing a program that uses this output, and find that
-changes would be helpful, do not hesitate to write the mailing list.
-.SH "AUTHORS AND COPYRIGHT"
-.IX Header "AUTHORS AND COPYRIGHT"
-This script and its documentation were written for the TeX Live
-distribution (<http://tug.org/texlive>) and both are licensed under the
-\&\s-1GNU\s0 General Public License Version 2 or later.
-.SH "POD ERRORS"
-.IX Header "POD ERRORS"
-Hey! \fBThe above document had some coding errors, which are explained below:\fR
-.IP "Around line 6509:" 4
-.IX Item "Around line 6509:"
-Unterminated C<...> sequence
-.IP "Around line 6514:" 4
-.IX Item "Around line 6514:"
-Unterminated C<...> sequence
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tlmgr.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tlmgr.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index cc1effc84b2..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tlmgr.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tpic2pdftex.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tpic2pdftex.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 2be7c0737e1..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tpic2pdftex.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-.TH TPIC2PDFTEX 1 2008-08-01 GNU "Tex Live Manpage"
-
-.\"$Id: tpic2pdftex.1,v 1.15 2010/01/16 12:13:17 hahe Exp hahe $
-.\"
-.\" Copyright (C) 2002--2008 by Hartmut Henkel
-.\"
-.\" This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-.\" it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-.\" the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-.\" your option) any later version.
-.\"
-.\" This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-.\" WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-.\" See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-.\"
-.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-.\" along with this program; if not, write to the
-.\" Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
-.\" MA 02111-1307 USA
-
-.SH NAME
-tpic2pdftex \- convert tpic \\specials for use by pdftex
-
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B pic
--t
-.I somefile.pic
-|
-.B tpic2pdftex
->
-.I somefile.tex
-
-Process
-.IR somefile.tex
-by
-.BR pdftex/pdflatex.
-
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Experimental
-.B awk
-script for conversion of
-.B tpic
-\\specials as produced
-by
-.B (groff-)pic
-into
-.B pdfTeX
-\\pdfliteral sections for further processing
-by
-.B pdftex.
-
-.SH NOTES
-Current version: 1.97.
-
-.B tpic
-\\special
-description see e. g.:
-Goossens, Rahtz, Mittelbach: The LaTeX Graphics Companion,
-Addison-Wesley, 1997, pp. 464.
-
-.SH BUGS
-Spline curve shapes not fully authentic (unknown algorithm).
-Bounding box does not care for line thickness (groff pic feature).
-Splines might be outside bounding box.
-Fill color does not work correctly for arrowheads (pic limitation).
-
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR pic (1),
-.BR grap (1),
-.BR groff (1),
-.BR awk (1),
-.BR pdftex (1).
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tpic2pdftex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tpic2pdftex.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 76bdd705644..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/tpic2pdftex.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttf2afm.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttf2afm.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 5c5d059ae54..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttf2afm.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-.TH "ttf2afm" "1" "September 2000" "pdfTeX" "pdfTeX"
-.PP
-.SH "NAME"
-ttf2afm \- utility to generate AFM files for TrueType fonts
-.PP
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.B ttf2afm
-.RI [ OPTIONS ]
-.I FONTFILE
-.PP
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.PP
-\fBttf2afm\fP is used to generate Adobe Font Metrics (AFM) files for
-TrueType (TTF) fonts to allow them to be used with TeX\&.
-.PP
-\fBttf2afm\fP takes the name of a TrueType font file as a required
-argument\&. It may also take one or more options from the list below
-(note that \fB-d\fP and \fB-h\fP are mutually exclusive)\&.
-.PP
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.PP
-.IP "\fB-a\fP"
-print all glyphs
-.IP "\fB-i\fP"
-read names in encoding vector in form
-`index\fInum\fP\&'
-.IP "\fB-d\fP"
-print glyph names in the form
-`index\fIdecimal_num\fP\&'
-.IP "\fB-h\fP"
-print glyph names in the form
-`index\fIhex_num\fP\&'
-.IP "\fB-c\fP \fIname\fP"
-print encoding tables to file
-\fIname\&.eMN\fP, where \fIM\fP is the platform
-number and \fIN\fP is the encoding
-.IP "\fB-e\fP \fIenc\fP"
-use encoding from file \fIenc\fP
-.IP "\fB-o\fP \fIoutput\fP"
-output to file \fIoutput\fP instead
-of stdout
-.PP
-Platform numbers can be one of
-.IP "0"
-Apple Unicode
-.IP "1"
-Macintosh
-.IP "2"
-ISO
-.IP "3"
-Microsoft
-.PP
-Encodings can be
-.IP "0"
-Roman (if platform is Macintosh)
-.IP "0"
-Symbol (if platform is Microsoft)
-.IP "1"
-Unicode (if platform is Microsoft)
-.PP
-.SH "BUGS"
-.PP
-None known, but submit bug reports to <pdftex@tug\&.org> (mailing list)\&.
-.PP
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.PP
-\fBttf2afm\fP is part of pdfTeX and was written by Han The Thanh
-<thanh@informatics\&.muni\&.cz>\&.
-.PP
-This manual page was written by C\&.M\&. Connelly
-<cmc@debian\&.org>, for
-the Debian GNU/Linux system\&. It may be used by other distributions
-without contacting the author\&. Any mistakes or omissions in the
-manual page are my fault; inquiries about or corrections to this
-manual page should be directed to me (and not to the primary author)\&.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttf2afm.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttf2afm.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 628c49af597..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttf2afm.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttf2pk.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttf2pk.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 516a3081223..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttf2pk.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,311 +0,0 @@
-.\" man page for ttf2pk
-.
-.TH TTF2PK 1 10-Jan-2002 "FreeType version 1.5"
-.SH NAME
-ttf2pk \- convert a TrueType font into TeX's PK format
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.na
-.nh
-.B ttf2pk
-.RB [ \-q ]
-.RB [ \-n ]
-.I "\%font-name \%resolution"
-.br
-.B ttf2pk
-.B \-t
-.RB [ \-q ]
-.I \%font-name
-.br
-.B "ttf2pk \-\^\-version"
-|
-.B \-\^\-help
-.ad
-.hy
-.
-.
-.
-.\" ====
-.\" ==== macro definitions
-.\" ====
-.
-.\" here we define \TeX for troff and nroff
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.
-.\" and here the same for \LaTeX
-.if t \{\
-.ie '\*(.T'dvi' \
-.ds LX \fRL\h'-0.36m'\v'-0.15v'\s-3A\s0\h'-0.15m'\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.el .ds LX \fRL\h'-0.36m'\v'-0.22v'\s-2A\s0\h'-0.15m'\v'0.22v'\fP\*(TX
-.\}
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.
-.\" \LaTeXe
-.\" note that we need \vareps for TeX instead of \eps which can only be
-.\" accessed with the \N escape sequence (in the Math Italic font)
-.if t \{\
-.ie '\*(.T'dvi' .ds LE \*(LX\h'0.15m'2\v'0.20v'\f(MI\N'34'\fP\v'-0.20v'
-.el .ds LE \*(LX\h'0.15m'2\v'0.20v'\(*e\v'-0.20v'
-.\}
-.if n .ds LE LaTeX\ 2e
-.
-.\" a typewriter font
-.if t \{\
-.de C
-\fC\\$1\fP\\$2
-..
-.\}
-.if n \{\
-.de C
-\\$1\\$2
-..
-.\}
-.
-.\" ====
-.\" ==== end of macro definitions
-.\" ====
-.
-.
-.
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This program converts a TrueType font into a
-.C PK
-file; the created font can then be used with \*(TX
-or \*(LX.
-.PP
-CJKV (Chinese/Japanese/Korean/old Vietnamese) subfonts as created by
-.B ttf2tfm
-are also supported.
-.PP
-.B ttf2pk
-always assumes 10pt as the design size for the written \*(TX
-font.
-.
-.
-.SH PARAMETERS
-.TP
-.B \-q
-This optional switch makes
-.B ttf2pk
-quiet.
-It suppresses any informational output except warning and error
-messages.
-.TP
-.B \-n
-Use only `\c
-.C \&.pk '
-as the extension instead of `\c
-.C \&. \c
-.RI < \%resolution >\c
-.C pk '.
-.TP
-.B \-t
-Test for the existence of
-.IR \%font-name .
-Returns 0 on success and prints out the corresponding line of
-a map file (default:
-.C \%ttfonts.map ),
-provided the
-.B \-q
-switch isn't set.
-.TP
-.I font-name
-The \*(TX
-name of the font.
-.B ttf2pk
-looks this name up in a map file (see below) for further information how
-to process the font.
-.TP
-.I resolution
-The resolution, given in dots per inch.
-Currently the horizontal resolution is equal to the vertical
-resolution.
-The design size is always assumed to be 10pt.
-.TP
-.B \-\^\-version
-Shows the current version of
-.B ttf2pk
-and the used file search library (e.g.\ \c
-.BR kpathsea ).
-.TP
-.B \-\^\-help
-Shows usage information.
-.PP
-Environment variables for file searching are described in the manual page
-of
-.BR ttf2tfm .
-.
-.
-.SH "THE CONFIGURATION FILE"
-.B ttf2pk
-uses a small configuration file called
-.C ttf2pk.cfg ;
-in each line it contains a keyword with its value, separated by whitespace.
-Comment lines can start with any of the following characters: `*', `#',
-`;', and `%'.
-Leading whitespace is ignored.
-.PP
-Currently, only one keyword, `map', is recognized in this file; it takes
-a map file name as a parameter.
-If no extension is given to the map file name,
-.C \&.map
-is appended.
-No whitespace is allowed in the map file name.
-The `map' keyword can be given more than once to specify multiple map
-files; if the map file name is prepended by a plus sign, it is added to
-the list of map files to be used.
-Example:
-.PP
-.in +2m
-.C "map foo"
-.br
-.C "map +bar"
-.PP
-This makes
-.B ttf2pk
-to first read
-.C foo.map ,
-then
-.C bar.map .
-.PP
-If the configuration file is not found,
-.B ttf2pk
-tries to use
-.C \%ttfonts.map
-instead.
-.
-.
-.SH "MAP FILES"
-Parameters specified to
-.B ttf2tfm
-are preserved for
-.B ttf2pk
-in map files\(em\c
-.B ttf2tfm
-writes out to standard output, as the last line, a proper entry for a
-map file.
-.PP
-As an example, a call to
-.PP
-.in +2m
-.C "ttf2tfm arial -p T1.enc -s 0.25 -P 1 -E 0 arials"
-.PP
-will produce the following line:
-.PP
-.in +2m
-.C "arials arial Slant=0.25 Pid=1 Eid=0 Encoding=T1.enc"
-.PP
-See
-.BR ttf2tfm (1)
-and
-.BR afm2tfm (1)
-of the
-.B dvips
-package for a detailed description of encoding files.
-.PP
-Here a table listing the various
-.B ttf2tfm
-parameters and the corresponding entries in a map file:
-.PP
-.in +4m
-.ta 2i
--s Slant
-.br
--e Extend
-.br
--p Encoding
-.br
--f Fontindex
-.br
--P Pid
-.br
--E Eid
-.br
--n PS=Yes
-.br
--N PS=Only
-.br
--R Replacement
-.br
--x Rotate=Yes
-.br
--y Y-Offset
-.PP
-Single replacement glyph names given to
-.B ttf2tfm
-with `\c
-.BI \-r \ old-glyphname\ new-glyphname\c
-\&'
-are directly specified with `\c
-.IR old-glyphname = new-glyphname '.
-They will be ignored if in subfont mode or if no encoding file is given.
-.PP
-One additional parameter in a map file is unique to
-.BR ttf2pk :
-`Hinting', which can take the values `On' or `Off'.
-Some fonts (e.g.\ the CJK part of
-.C \%cyberbit.ttf )
-are rendered incorrectly if hinting is activated.
-Default is `On' (you can also use `Yes', `No', `1', and `0').
-.PP
-For a description of subfonts (i.e., entries of the form `\c
-.I <namestem>\c
-.C @\c
-.I <sfd-filename>\c
-.C @ ')
-please refer to
-.BR ttf2tfm (1).
-.PP
-The format of a map file is simple.
-Each line defines a font; first comes the \*(TX
-font name, then its TrueType font file name, followed by the
-parameters in any order.
-Case is significant (even for parameter names); the parameters are
-separated from its values by an equal sign, with whitespace possibly
-surrounding it.
-.B ttf2pk
-reads in all map files line by line in the order given in the
-configuration file, continuing until the \*(TX font specified on the
-command line is found, otherwise the programs exits with error code\ 2.
-Thus you can use any character invalid in a \*(TX
-font name to start a comment line.
-.PP
-You can use `\\' as the final character of a line to indicate that the
-input is continued on the next line.
-The backslash and the following newline character will be removed.
-.PP
-.B ttf2pk
-will abort if it can't find or read the \*(TX
-font metrics file of the given \*(TX
-font name.
-.
-.
-.SH "RETURN VALUE"
-If the call was successful, 0\ will be returned.
-In case of error, the return value is\ 1.
-Finally, if the font can't be found in the map files,
-2\ is returned.
-This simplifies the inclusion of
-.B ttf2pk
-into scripts like
-.B mktexpk
-for automatic font generation.
-.
-.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR ttf2tfm (1),
-.BR afm2tfm (1)
-.
-.
-.SH AVAILABILITY
-.B ttf2pk
-is part of the FreeType\ 1 package, a high quality TrueType rendering
-library.
-.
-.
-.SH AUTHORS
-Werner LEMBERG
-.C <wl@gnu.org>
-.br
-Fr\('ed\('eric LOYER
-.C <loyer@ensta.fr>
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttf2pk.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttf2pk.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 9cdb3301cb8..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttf2pk.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttf2tfm.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttf2tfm.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 482f2ee1ff4..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttf2tfm.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1189 +0,0 @@
-.\" man page for ttf2tfm
-.
-.TH TTF2TFM 1 10-Jan-2002 "FreeType version 1.5"
-.SH NAME
-ttf2tfm \- build TeX metric files from a TrueType font
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.na
-.nh
-.B ttf2tfm
-'in +\n(.ku
-.IR ttffile [ .ttf | .ttc ]
-[\c
-.BI \-c \ \%caps-height-factor\c
-]
-[\c
-.BI \-e \ \%extension-factor\c
-]
-[\c
-.BI \-E \ \%encoding-id\^\c
-]
-[\c
-.BI \-f \ \%font-index\c
-]
-[\c
-.B \-l\c
-]
-[\c
-.B \-L\ \c
-.IR \%ligature-file [ .sfd ]\c
-]
-[\c
-.B \-n\c
-]
-[\c
-.B \-N\c
-]
-[\c
-.B \-O\c
-]
-[\c
-.B \-p\ \c
-.IR \%inencfile [ .enc ]\c
-]
-[\c
-.BI \-P \ \%platform-id\^\c
-]
-[\c
-.B \-q\c
-]
-[\c
-.BI \-r \ \%old-glyphname\ \%new-glyphname\c
-]
-[\c
-.B \-R\ \c
-.IR \%replacement-file [ .rpl ]\c
-]
-[\c
-.BI \-s \ \%slant-factor\c
-]
-[\c
-.B \-t\ \c
-.IR \%outencfile [ .enc ]\c
-]
-[\c
-.B \-T\ \c
-.IR \%inoutencfile [ .enc ]\c
-]
-[\c
-.B \-u\c
-]
-[\c
-.B \-v\ \c
-.IR \%vplfile [ .vpl ]\c
-]
-[\c
-.B \-V\ \c
-.IR \%scvplfile [ .vpl ]\c
-]
-[\c
-.B \-w\c
-]
-[\c
-.B \-x\c
-]
-[\c
-.BI \-y \ \%vertical-shift-factor\c
-]
-[\c
-.IR \%tfmfile [ .tfm ]\c
-]
-.br
-.in
-.B "ttf2tfm \-\^\-version"
-|
-.B \-\^\-help
-.ad
-.hy
-.
-.
-.
-.\" ====
-.\" ==== macro definitions
-.\" ====
-.
-.\" here we define \TeX for troff and nroff
-.if t .ds TX T\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.
-.\" and here the same for \LaTeX
-.if t \{\
-.ie '\*(.T'dvi' \
-.ds LX L\h'-0.36m'\v'-0.15v'\s-3A\s0\h'-0.15m'\v'0.15v'\*(TX
-.el .ds LX L\h'-0.36m'\v'-0.22v'\s-2A\s0\h'-0.15m'\v'0.22v'\*(TX
-.\}
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.
-.\" \LaTeXe
-.\" note that we need \vareps for TeX instead of \eps which can only be
-.\" accessed with the \N escape sequence (in the Math Italic font)
-.if t \{\
-.ie '\*(.T'dvi' .ds LE \*(LX\h'0.15m'2\v'0.20v'\f(MI\N'34'\fP\v'-0.20v'
-.el .ds LE \*(LX\h'0.15m'2\v'0.20v'\(*e\v'-0.20v'
-.\}
-.if n .ds LE LaTeX\ 2e
-.
-.\" a typewriter font
-.if t \{\
-.de C
-\fC\\$1\fP\\$2\fC\\$3\fP\\$4
-..
-.\}
-.if n \{\
-.de C
-\\$1\\$2\\$3\\$4
-..
-.\}
-.
-.\" ====
-.\" ==== end of macro definitions
-.\" ====
-.
-.
-.
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This program extracts the metric and kerning information of a TrueType
-font and converts it into metric files usable by \*(TX
-(quite similar to
-.B afm2tfm
-which is part of the
-.B dvips
-package; please consult its info files for more details on the various
-parameters (especially encoding files).
-.PP
-Since a TrueType font often contains more than 256\ glyphs, some means
-are necessary to map a subset of the TrueType glyphs onto a \*(TX
-font.
-To do this, two mapping tables are needed: the first (called `input' or
-`raw' encoding) maps the TrueType font to a raw \*(TX font (this mapping
-table is used by both
-.B ttf2tfm
-and
-.BR ttf2pk ),
-and the second (called `output' or `virtual' encoding) maps the raw \*(TX
-font to another (virtual) \*(TX
-font, providing all kerning and ligature information needed by \*(TX.
-.PP
-This two stage mapping has the advantage that one raw font can be
-accessed with various \*(LX
-encodings (e.g.\ T1 and OT1) via the virtual font mechanism, and just
-one
-.C PK
-file is necessary.
-.PP
-For CJKV (Chinese/Japanese/Korean/old Vietnamese) fonts, a different
-mechanism is provided (see
-.B "SUBFONT DEFINITION FILES"
-below).
-.
-.
-.SH PARAMETERS
-Most of the command line switch names are the same as in
-.B afm2tfm
-for convenience.
-One or more space characters between an option and its value is mandatory;
-options can't be concatenated.
-For historical reasons, the first parameter can
-.I not
-be a switch but must be the font name.
-.TP
-.BI \-c \ caps-height-factor
-The height of small caps made with the
-.B \-V
-switch.
-Default value of this real number is\ 0.8 times the height of uppercase
-glyphs.
-.IP
-Will be ignored in subfont mode.
-.TP
-.BI \-e \ extension-factor
-The extension factor to stretch the characters horizontally.
-Default value of this real number is\ 1.0; if less than\ 1.0, you get a
-condensed font.
-.TP
-.BI \-E \ encoding-id
-The TrueType encoding ID.
-Default value of this non-negative integer is\ 1.
-.IP
-Will be ignored if
-.B \-N
-is used.
-.TP
-.BI \-f \ font-index
-The font index in a TrueType Collection.
-Default is the first font (index\ 0).
-[TrueType collections are usually found in some CJK fonts; e.g.\ the first
-font index specifies glyphs and metrics for horizontal writing, and the
-second font index does the same for vertical writing.
-TrueType collections usually have the extension `\c
-.C \&.ttc '.]
-.IP
-Will be ignored for ordinary TrueType fonts.
-.TP
-.B \-l
-Create ligatures in subfonts between first and second bytes of all the
-original character codes.
-Example: Character code\ 0xABCD maps to character position\ 123 in
-subfont\ 45.
-Then a ligature in subfont\ 45 between position 0xAB and\ 0xCD pointing
-to character\ 123 will be produced.
-The fonts of the Korean H\*(LX
-package use this feature.
-Note that this option generates correct ligatures only for TrueType fonts
-where the input cmap is identical to the output encoding.
-In case of H\*(LX, TTFs must have platform ID\ 3 and encoding ID\ 5.
-.IP
-Will be ignored if not in subfont mode.
-.TP
-.BI \-L \ ligature-file
-Same as
-.BR \-l ,
-but character codes for ligatures are specified in
-.IR \%ligature-file .
-For example, `\c
-.C \-L\ \%KS-HLaTeX '
-generates correct ligatures for the Korean H\*(LX
-package regardless of the platform and encoding ID of the used TrueType
-font (the file
-.C KS-HLaTeX.sfd
-is part of the ttf2pk package).
-.IP
-Ligature files have the same format and extension as
-.C SFD
-files.
-This option will be ignored if not in subfont mode.
-.TP
-.B \-n
-Use PS names (of glyphs) of the TrueType font.
-Only glyphs with a valid entry in the selected cmap are used.
-.IP
-Will be ignored in subfont mode.
-.TP
-.B \-N
-Use only PS names of the TrueType font.
-No cmap is used, thus the switches
-.B \-E
-and
-.B \-P
-have no effect, causing a warning message.
-.IP
-Will be ignored in subfont mode.
-.TP
-.B \-O
-Use octal values for all character codes in the
-.C VPL
-file rather than names; this is useful for symbol or CJK fonts where
-character names such as `A' are meaningless.
-.TP
-.BI \-p \ inencfile
-The input encoding file name for the TTF\(->raw\ \*(TX
-mapping.
-This parameter has to be specified in a map file
-(default:
-.C \%ttfonts.map )
-recorded in
-.C \%ttf2pk.cfg
-for successive
-.B ttf2pk
-calls.
-.IP
-Will be ignored in subfont mode.
-.TP
-.BI \-P \ platform-id
-The TrueType platform ID.
-Default value of this non-negative integer is\ 3.
-.IP
-Will be ignored if
-.B \-N
-is used.
-.TP
-.B \-q
-Make
-.B ttf2tfm
-quiet.
-It suppresses any informational output except warning and error
-messages.
-For CJK fonts, the output can get quite large if you don't specify
-this switch.
-.TP
-.BI \-r \ old-glyphname\ new-glyphname
-Replaces
-.I \%old-glyphname
-with
-.IR \%new-glyphname .
-This switch is useful if you want to give an unnamed glyph (i.e., a glyph
-which can be represented with `.gXXX' or `.cXXX' only) a name or if you want
-to rename an already existing glyph name.
-You can't use the `.gXXX' or `.cXXX' glyph name constructs for
-.IR \%new-glyphname ;
-multiple occurrences of
-.B \-r
-are possible.
-.IP
-If in subfont mode or if no encoding file is specified, this switch is
-ignored.
-.TP
-.BI \-R \ replacement-file
-Use this switch if you have many replacement pairs; they can be collected
-in a file which should have `\c
-.C \&.rpl '
-as extension.
-The syntax used in such replacement files is simple: Each non-empty
-line must contain a pair `\c
-.IR "\%old-glyphname \%new-glyphname" '
-separated by whitespace (without the quotation marks).
-A percent sign starts a line comment; you can continue a line on the next
-line with a backslash as the last character.
-.IP
-If in subfont mode or if no encoding file is specified, this switch is
-ignored.
-.TP
-.BI \-s \ slant-factor
-The obliqueness factor to slant the font, usually much smaller than\ 1.
-Default of this real number is\ 0.0; if the value is larger than zero,
-the characters slope to the right, otherwise to the left.
-.TP
-.BI \-t \ outencfile
-The output encoding file name for the virtual font(s).
-Only characters in the raw \*(TX
-font are used.
-.IP
-Will be ignored in subfont mode.
-.TP
-.BI \-T \ inoutencfile
-This is equivalent to
-.RB ` \-p
-.I inoutencfile
-.B \-t
-.IR inoutencfile '.
-.IP
-Will be ignored in subfont mode.
-.TP
-.B \-u
-Use only those characters specified in the output encoding, and no
-others.
-By default,
-.B ttf2tfm
-tries to include all characters in the virtual font, even those not
-present in the encoding for the virtual font (it puts them into
-otherwise-unused positions, rather arbitrarily).
-.IP
-Will be ignored in subfont mode.
-.TP
-.BI \-v \ vplfile
-Output a
-.C VPL
-file in addition to the
-.C TFM
-file.
-If no output encoding file is specified,
-.B ttf2tfm
-uses a default font encoding (cmtt10).
-.B Note:
-Be careful to use different names for the virtual font and the raw font!
-.IP
-Will be ignored in subfont mode.
-.TP
-.BI \-V \ scvplfile
-Same as
-.BR \-v ,
-but the virtual font generated is a pseudo small caps font obtained by
-scaling uppercase letters by\ 0.8 (resp. the value specified with
-.BR \-c )
-to typeset lowercase.
-This font handles accented letters and retains proper kerning.
-.IP
-Will be ignored in subfont mode.
-.TP
-.B \-w
-Generate PostScript encoding vectors containing glyph indices, primarily
-used to embed TrueType fonts in pdf\*(TX.
-.B ttf2tfm
-takes the
-.C TFM
-names and replaces the suffix with
-.C \&.enc ;
-that is, for files
-.C foo01.tfm ,
-.C foo02.tfm ,\ \&.\|.\|.\&
-it creates
-.C foo01.enc ,
-.C foo02.enc ,\ \&.\|.\|.\|\&
-at the same place.
-.IP
-Will be ignored if not in subfont mode.
-.TP
-.B \-x
-Rotate all glyphs by 90 degrees counter-clockwise.
-If no
-.B \-y
-parameter is given, the rotated glyphs are shifted down vertically
-by\ 0.25em.
-.IP
-Will be ignored if not in subfont mode.
-.TP
-.BI \-y \ vertical-shift-factor
-Shift down rotated glyphs by the given amount (the unit is
-.IR em ).
-.IP
-Ignored if not in subfont mode or glyphs are not rotated.
-.TP
-.B \-\^\-version
-Shows the current version of
-.B ttf2tfm
-and the used file search library (e.g.
-.BR kpathsea ).
-.TP
-.B \-\^\-help
-Shows usage information.
-.PP
-If no
-.C TFM
-file name is given, the name of the
-.C TTF
-file is used, including the full path and replacing the extension with `\c
-.C \&.tfm '.
-.
-.
-.SH CMAPS
-Contrary to Type\ 1 PostScript fonts (but similar to the new CID
-PostScript font format), most TrueType fonts have more than one native
-mapping table, also called `cmap', which maps the (internal) TTF glyph
-indices to the (external) TTF character codes.
-Common examples are a mapping table to Unicode encoded character
-positions, and the standard Macintosh mapping.
-
-To specify a TrueType mapping table, use the options
-.B \-P
-and
-.BR \-E .
-With
-.B \-P
-you specify the platform ID; defined values are:
-.PP
-.in +4m
-.ta 3iC
-.I "platform platform ID (pid)"
-.sp
-.ta 3iR
-Apple Unicode 0
-.br
-Macintosh 1
-.br
-ISO 2
-.br
-Microsoft 3
-.PP
-The encoding ID depends on the platform.
-For pid=0, we ignore the
-.B \-E
-parameter (setting it to zero) since the mapping table is always
-Unicode version\ 2.0.
-For pid=1, the following table lists the defined values:
-.PP
-.in +4m
-.ta 3iC
-.ti -2m
-platform ID = 1
-.sp
-.I "script encoding ID (eid)"
-.sp
-.ta 3iR
-Roman 0
-.br
-Japanese 1
-.br
-Chinese 2
-.br
-Korean 3
-.br
-Arabic 4
-.br
-Hebrew 5
-.br
-Greek 6
-.br
-Russian 7
-.br
-Roman Symbol 8
-.br
-Devanagari 9
-.br
-Gurmukhi 10
-.br
-Gujarati 11
-.br
-Oriya 12
-.br
-Bengali 13
-.br
-Tamil 14
-.br
-Telugu 15
-.br
-Kannada 16
-.br
-Malayalam 17
-.br
-Sinhalese 18
-.br
-Burmese 19
-.br
-Khmer 20
-.br
-Thai 21
-.br
-Laotian 22
-.br
-Georgian 23
-.br
-Armenian 24
-.br
-Maldivian 25
-.br
-Tibetan 26
-.br
-Mongolian 27
-.br
-Geez 28
-.br
-Slavic 29
-.br
-Vietnamese 30
-.br
-Sindhi 31
-.br
-Uninterpreted 32
-.PP
-Here are the ISO encoding IDs:
-.PP
-.in +4m
-.ta 3iC
-.ti -2m
-platform ID = 2
-.sp
-.I "encoding encoding ID (eid)"
-.sp
-.ta 3iR
-ASCII 0
-.br
-ISO 10646 1
-.br
-ISO 8859-1 2
-.PP
-And finally, the Microsoft encoding IDs:
-.PP
-.in +4m
-.ta 3iC
-.ti -2m
-platform ID = 3
-.sp
-.I "encoding encoding ID (eid)"
-.sp
-.ta 3iR
-Symbol 0
-.br
-Unicode 2.0 1
-.br
-Shift JIS 2
-.br
-GB 2312 (1980) 3
-.br
-Big 5 4
-.br
-KS X 1001 (Wansung) 5
-.br
-KS X 1001 (Johab) 6
-.br
-UCS-4 10
-.PP
-The program will abort if you specify an invalid platform/encoding ID
-pair.
-It will then show the possible pid/eid pairs.
-Please note that most fonts have at most two or three cmaps, usually
-corresponding to the pid/eid pairs (1,0), (3,0), or (3,1) in case of
-Latin based fonts.
-Valid Microsoft fonts should have a (3,1) mapping table, but some
-fonts exist (mostly Asian fonts) which have a (3,1) cmap not encoded
-in Unicode.
-The reason for this strange behavior is the fact that some old
-MS\ Windows versions will reject fonts having a non-(3,1) cmap (since
-all non-Unicode Microsoft encoding IDs are for Asian MS\ Windows
-versions).
-.PP
-The
-.B \-P
-and
-.B \-E
-options of
-.B ttf2tfm
-must be equally specified for
-.BR ttf2pk ;
-the corresponding parameters in a map file are `Pid' and `Eid',
-respectively.
-.PP
-The default pid/eid pair is (3,1).
-.PP
-Similarly, an
-.B \-f
-option must be specified as `Fontindex' parameter in a map file.
-.PP
-If you use the
-.B \-N
-switch, all cmaps are ignored, using only the PostScript names in the
-TrueType font.
-The corresponding option in a map file is \%`PS=Only'.
-If you use the
-.B \-n
-switch, the default glyph names built into
-.B ttf2tfm
-are replaced with the PS glyph names found in the font.
-In many cases this is not what you want because the glyph names in the
-font are often incorrect or non-standard.
-The corresponding option in a map file is \%`PS=Yes'.
-.PP
-Single replacement glyph names specified with
-.B \-r
-must be given directly as `\c
-.IR "old-glyphname new-glyphname" '
-in a map file;
-.B \-R
-is equivalent to the `Replacement' option.
-.
-.
-.SH INPUT AND OUTPUT ENCODINGS
-You must specify the encoding vectors from the TrueType font to the
-raw \*(TX
-font and from the raw \*(TX
-font to the virtual \*(TX
-font exactly as with
-.BR afm2tfm ,
-but you have more possibilities to address the character codes.
-[With `encoding vector' a mapping table with 256\ entries in form of a
-PostScript vector is meant; see the file
-.C \%T1-WGL4.enc
-of this package for an example.]
-With
-.BR afm2tfm ,
-you must access each glyph with its Adobe glyph name, e.g.\ \c
-\%`/quotedsingle' or \%`/Acircumflex'.
-This has been extended with
-.BR ttf2tfm ;
-now you can (and sometimes must) access the code points and/or glyphs
-directly, using the following syntax for specifying the character position
-in decimal, octal, or hexadecimal notation:
-`/.c\c
-.IR <decimal-number> ',
-`/.c0\c
-.IR <octal-number> ',
-or `/.c0x\c
-.IR <hexadecimal-number> '.
-Examples: \%`/.c72', \%`/.c0646', \%`/.c0x48'.
-To access a glyph index directly, use the character `g' instead of `c' in
-the just introduced notation.
-Example: \%`/.g0x32'.
-[Note: The `.cXXX' notation makes no sense if
-.B \-N
-is used.]
-.PP
-For pid/eid pairs (1,0) and (3,1), both
-.B ttf2tfm
-and
-.B ttf2pk
-recognize built-in default Adobe glyph names; the former follows the names
-given in Appendix\ E of the book `Inside Macintosh', volume\ 6, the latter
-uses the names given in the TrueType Specification (WGL4, a Unicode subset).
-Note that Adobe names for a given glyph are often not unique and do
-sometimes differ, e.g., many PS fonts have the glyph `mu', whereas this
-glyph is called `mu1' in the WGL4 character set to distinguish it from the
-real Greek letter mu.
-Be also aware that OpenType (i.e. TrueType\ 2.0) fonts use an updated WGL4
-table; we use the data from the latest published TrueType specification
-(1.66).
-You can find those mapping tables in the source code file
-.C \%ttfenc.c .
-.PP
-On the other hand, the switches
-.B \-n
-and
-.B \-N
-makes
-.B ttf2tfm
-read in and use the PostScript names in the TrueType font itself (stored
-in the `post' table) instead of the default Adobe glyph names.
-.PP
-Use the
-.B \-r
-switch to remap single glyph names and
-.B \-R
-to specify a file containing replacement glyph name pairs.
-.PP
-If you don't select an input encoding, the first 256\ glyphs of the
-TrueType font with a valid entry in the selected cmap will be mapped
-to the \*(TX
-raw font (without the
-.B \-q
-option,
-.B ttf2tfm
-prints this mapping table to standard output), followed by all glyphs
-not yet addressed in the selected cmap.
-However, some code points for the (1,0) pid/eid pair are omitted since
-they do not represent glyphs useful for \*(TX:
-0x00 (null), 0x08 (backspace), 0x09 (horizontal tabulation), 0x0d
-(carriage return), and 0x1d (group separator).
-The `invalid character' with glyph index\ 0 will be omitted too.
-.PP
-If you select the
-.B \-N
-switch, the first 256\ glyphs of the TrueType font with a valid PostScript
-name will be used in case no input encoding is specified.
-Again, some glyphs are omitted: `.notdef', `.null', and
-`nonmarkingreturn'.
-.PP
-If you don't select an output encoding,
-.B ttf2tfm
-uses the same mapping table as
-.B afm2tfm
-would use (you can find it in the source code file
-.C \%texenc.c );
-it corresponds to \*(TX
-typewriter text.
-Unused positions (either caused by empty code points in the mapping
-table or missing glyphs in the TrueType font) will be filled (rather
-arbitrarily) with characters present in the input encoding but not
-specified in the output encoding (without the
-.B \-q
-option
-.B ttf2tfm
-prints the final output encoding to standard output).
-Use the
-.B \-u
-option if you want only glyphs in the virtual font which are defined
-in the output encoding file, and nothing more.
-.PP
-One feature missing in
-.B afm2tfm
-has been added which is needed by \*(LX's T1 encoding:
-.B ttf2tfm
-will construct the glyph `Germandbls' (by simply concatenating two `S'
-glyphs) even for normal fonts if possible.
-It appears in the glyph list as the last item, marked with an asterisk.
-Since this isn't a real glyph it will be available only in the virtual
-font.
-.PP
-For both input and output encoding, an empty code position is
-represented by the glyph name \%`/.notdef'.
-.PP
-In encoding files, you can use `\\' as the final character of a line to
-indicate that the input is continued on the next line.
-The backslash and the following newline character will be removed.
-.PP
-.
-.
-.SH SUBFONT DEFINITION FILES
-CJKV (Chinese/Japanese/Korean/old Vietnamese) fonts usually contain
-several thousand glyphs; to use them with \*(TX
-it is necessary to split such large fonts into subfonts.
-Subfont definition files (usually having the extension `\c
-.C \&.sfd ')
-are a simple means to do this smoothly.
-.PP
-A subfont file name usually consists of a prefix, a subfont infix, and
-a postfix (which is empty in most cases), e.g.
-.PP
-.in +2m
-ntukai23 \(-> prefix: ntukai, infix: 23, postfix: (empty)
-.PP
-Here the syntax of a line in an
-.C SFD
-file, describing one subfont:
-.in +2m
-.TP
-.I <whitespace> <infix> <whitespace> <ranges> <whitespace>
-.sp
-.TP
-.IR <infix> \ :=
-anything except whitespace.
-It is best to use only alphanumerical characters.
-.TP
-.IR <whitespace> \ :=
-space, formfeed, carriage return, horizontal and vertical tabs -- no
-newline characters.
-.TP
-.IR <ranges> \ :=
-.IR "<ranges> <whitespace> <codepoint>" \ |
-.br
-.IR "<ranges> <whitespace> <range>" \ |
-.br
-.I <ranges> <whitespace> <offset> <whitespace> <range>
-.TP
-.IR <codepoint> \ :=
-.I <number>
-.br
-.TP
-.IR <range> \ :=
-.IR <number> \ `_' \ <number>
-.br
-.TP
-.IR <offset> \ :=
-.IR <number> \ `:'
-.TP
-.IR <number> \ :=
-hexadecimal (prefix `0x'), decimal, or octal (prefix `0')
-.PP
-A line can be continued on the next line with a backslash ending the line.
-The ranges must not overlap; offsets have to be in the range 0-255.
-.PP
-Example:
-.PP
-.in +2m
-The line
-.PP
-.in +4m
-.C "03 10: 0x2349 0x2345_0x2347"
-.PP
-.in +2m
-assigns to the code positions 10, 11, 12, and\ 13 of the subfont
-having the infix `03' the character codes 0x2349, 0x2345, 0x2346, and
-0x2347 respectively.
-.PP
-The
-.C SFD
-files in the distribution are customized for the CJK package for
-\*(LX.
-.PP
-You have to embed the
-.C SFD
-file name into the
-.C TFM
-font name (at the place where the infix will appear) surrounded by two
-`@' signs, on the command line resp.\ a map file;
-both
-.B ttf2tfm
-and
-.B ttf2pk
-switch then to subfont mode.
-.PP
-It is possible to use more than a single
-.C SFD
-file by separating them with commata and no whitespace; for a given
-subfont, the first file is scanned for an entry, then the next file,
-and so on.
-Later entries override entries found earlier (possibly only partially).
-For example, the first
-.C SFD
-file sets up range 0x10-0xA0, and the next one modifies entries
-0x12 and 0x25.
-As can be easily seen, this algorithm allows for adding and replacing,
-but not for removing entries.
-.PP
-Subfont mode disables the options
-.BR \-n ,
-.BR \-N ,
-.BR \-p ,
-.BR \-r ,
-.BR \-R ,
-.BR \-t ,
-.BR \-T ,
-.BR \-u ,
-.BR \-v ,
-.BR \-V
-and
-.B \-w
-for
-.BR ttf2tfm ;
-similarly, no `Encoding' or `Replacement' parameter is allowed in
-a map file.
-Single replacement glyph names are ignored too.
-.PP
-.B ttf2tfm
-will create all subfont
-.C TFM
-files specified in the
-.C SFD
-files (provided the subfont contains glyphs) in one run.
-.PP
-Example:
-.PP
-.in +2m
-The call
-.PP
-.in +4m
-.C "ttf2tfm ntukai.ttf ntukai@Big5,Big5-supp@"
-.PP
-.in +2m
-will use
-.C Big5.sfd
-and
-.C Big5-supp.sfd ,
-producing
-.I all
-subfont files
-.C ntukai01.tfm ,
-.C ntukai02.tfm ,
-etc.
-.
-.
-.SH "RETURN VALUE"
-ttf2tfm returns 0 on success and 1 on error; warning and error
-messages are written to standard error.
-.
-.
-.SH "SOME NOTES ON FILE SEARCHING"
-Both
-.B ttf2pk
-and
-.B ttf2tfm
-use either the
-.BR kpathsea ,
-.BR emtexdir ,
-or
-.B MiK\*(TX
-library for searching files
-.RB ( emtexdir
-will work only on operating systems which have an MS-DOSish background, i.e.
-MS-DOS, OS/2, Windows;
-.B Mik\*(TX
-is specific to MS Windows).
-.PP
-As a last resort, both programs can be compiled without a search library;
-the searched files must be then in the current directory or specified with a
-path.
-Default extensions will be appended also (with the exception that only `\c
-.C \&.ttf '
-is appended and not `\c
-.C \&.ttc ').
-.
-.
-.SS kpathsea
-Please note that older versions of
-.B kpathsea
-(<3.2) have no special means to seach for TrueType fonts and related
-files, thus we use the paths for PostScript related stuff.
-The actual version of kpathsea is displayed on screen if you call
-either
-.B ttf2pk
-or
-.B ttf2tfm
-with the
-.B \-\^\-version
-command line switch.
-.PP
-Here is a table of the file type and the corresponding
-.B kpathsea
-variables.
-.C TTF2PKINPUTS
-and
-.C TTF2TFMINPUTS
-are program specific environment variables introduced in
-.B kpathsea
-version\ 3.2:
-.PP
-.in +4m
-.ta 2i
-.C \&.ttf \ and "\ .ttc TTFONTS"
-.br
-.C "ttf2pk.cfg TTF2PKINPUTS"
-.br
-.C "\&.map TTF2PKINPUTS"
-.br
-.C "\&.enc TTF2PKINPUTS, TTF2TFMINPUTS"
-.br
-.C "\&.rpl TTF2PKINPUTS, TTF2TFMINPUTS"
-.br
-.C "\&.tfm TFMFONTS"
-.br
-.C "\&.sfd TTF2PKINPUTS, TTF2TFMINPUTS"
-.PP
-And here the same for pre-3.2-versions of
-.B kpathsea:
-.PP
-.in +4m
-.ta 2i
-.C \&.ttf \ and "\ .ttc T1FONTS"
-.br
-.C "ttf2pk.cfg TEXCONFIG"
-.br
-.C "\&.map TEXCONFIG"
-.br
-.C "\&.enc TEXPSHEADERS"
-.br
-.C "\&.rpl TEXPSHEADERS"
-.br
-.C "\&.tfm TFMFONTS"
-.br
-.C "\&.sfd TEXPSHEADERS"
-.PP
-Finally, the same for pre-3.0-versions (as used e.g. in te\*(TX\ 0.4):
-.PP
-.in +4m
-.ta 2i
-.C \&.ttf \ and "\ .ttc DVIPSHEADERS"
-.br
-.C "ttf2pk.cfg TEXCONFIG"
-.br
-.C "\&.map TEXCONFIG"
-.br
-.C "\&.enc DVIPSHEADERS"
-.br
-.C "\&.rpl DVIPSHEADERS"
-.br
-.C "\&.tfm TFMFONTS"
-.br
-.C "\&.sfd DVIPSHEADERS"
-.PP
-Please consult the info files of
-.B kpathsea
-for details on these variables.
-The decision whether to use the old or the new scheme will be done
-during compilation.
-.PP
-You should set the
-.C TEXMFCNF
-variable to the directory where your
-.C texmf.cnf
-configuration file resides.
-.PP
-Here is the proper command to find out to which value a
-.B kpathsea
-variable is set (we use
-.C TTFONTS
-as an example).
-This is especially useful if a variable isn't set in
-.C texmf.cnf
-or in the environment, thus pointing to the default value which is
-hard-coded into the
-.B kpathsea
-library.
-.PP
-.in +2m
-.C "kpsewhich -progname=ttf2tfm -expand-var='$TTFONTS'"
-.PP
-We select the program name also since it is possible to specify
-variables which are searched only for a certain program -- in our
-example it would be
-.C TTFONTS.ttf2tfm .
-.PP
-A similar but not identical method is to say
-.PP
-.in +2m
-.C "kpsewhich -progname=ttf2tfm -show-path='truetype fonts'"
-.PP
-[A full list of format types can be obtained by saying `\c
-.C "kpsewhich --help" '
-on the command line prompt.]
-This is exactly how
-.B ttf2tfm
-(and
-.BR ttf2pk )
-searches for files; the disadvantage is that all variables are expanded
-which can cause very long strings.
-.
-.
-.SS emtexdir
-Here the list of suffixes and their related environment variables to be
-set in
-.C autoexec.bat
-(resp. in
-.C config.sys
-for OS/2):
-.PP
-.in +4m
-.ta 2i
-.C \&.ttf \ and "\ .ttc TTFONTS"
-.br
-.C "ttf2pk.cfg TTFCFG"
-.br
-.C "\&.map TTFCFG"
-.br
-.C "\&.enc TTFCFG"
-.br
-.C "\&.rpl TTFCFG"
-.br
-.C "\&.tfm TEXTFM"
-.br
-.C "\&.sfd TTFCFG"
-.PP
-If one of the variables isn't set, a warning message is emitted.
-The current directory will always be searched.
-As usual, one exclamation mark appended to a directory path causes
-subdirectories one level deep to be searched, two exclamation marks cause
-all subdirectories to be searched.
-Example:
-.PP
-.in +2m
-.C TTFONTS=c:\\\\fonts\\\\truetype!!;d:\\\\myfonts\\\\truetype!
-.PP
-Constructions like `\c
-.C c:\\\\fonts!!\\\\truetype '
-aren't possible.
-.
-.
-.SS MiK\*(TX
-Both
-.B ttf2tfm
-and
-.B ttf2pk
-have been fully integrated into
-.BR MiK\*(TX .
-Please refer to the documentation of
-.B MiK\*(TX
-for more details on file searching.
-.
-.
-.SH PROBLEMS
-Many
-.B vptovf
-implementations allow only 100\ bytes for the
-.C TFM
-header (the limit is 1024 in the
-.C TFM
-file format itself): 8\ bytes for checksum and design size, 40\ bytes for the
-family name, 20\ bytes for the encoding, and 4\ bytes for a face byte.
-There remain only 28\ bytes for some additional information which is used by
-.B ttf2tfm
-for an identification string (which is essentially a copy of the command
-line), and this limit is always exceeded.
-
-The optimal solution is to increase the value of
-.I \%max_header_bytes
-in the file
-.C vptovf.web
-(and probably
-.C pltotf.web
-too) to, say,\ 400
-and recompile
-.B vptovf
-(and
-.BR pltotf ).
-Otherwise you'll get some (harmless) error messages like
-.PP
-.in +2m
-.C "This HEADER index is too big for my present table size"
-.PP
-which can be safely ignored.
-.
-.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR ttf2pk (1),
-.BR afm2tfm (1),
-.BR vptovf (1),
-.br
-the info pages for
-.B dvips
-and
-.B kpathsea
-.
-.
-.SH AVAILABILITY
-.B ttf2tfm
-is part of the FreeType\ 1 package, a high quality TrueType rendering
-library.
-.
-.
-.SH AUTHORS
-Werner LEMBERG
-.C <wl@gnu.org>
-.br
-Fr\('ed\('eric LOYER
-.C <loyer@ensta.fr>
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttf2tfm.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttf2tfm.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 63b2716fef4..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttf2tfm.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttfdump.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttfdump.1
deleted file mode 100644
index f0d5e4cd4d8..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttfdump.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
-.TH TTFDUMP 1 "14 November 2011" "ILX Project"
-.SH NAME
-ttfdump \- Dumping the contents of a TrueType Font file
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B ttfdump
-.RB [ \-h ]
-.RB [ \-t
-.IR tablename ]
-.RB [ \-g
-.IR glyphnumber ]
-.RB [ \-c
-.IR collection ]
-.RB [ \-o
-.IR dumpfile ]
-.RB [ \-i ]
-.I ttfile
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-\fBttfdump\fP dumps the contents of a TrueType font file in ASCII form.
-A TrueType font file is consist of various tables. Those table are divided into
-two categories - \fIRequired Tables\fP and \fIOptional Tables\fP. Mulitiple
-TrueType fonts can be merged to a TrueType Collection.
-.SS Options
-.TP
-\fB-h\fP
-Print a help message on standard output and exit.
-.TP
-\fB-t\fI tablename\fR
-If this option is specified then dump the table \fI"tablename"\fP, otherwise
-dump every tables in \fIttfile\fP.
-\fITablename\fP can be one of the following:
-.RS
-.TP
-\fBRequired Tables\fR
-.TP
-\fIcmap\fP
-character to glyph mapping table
-.TP
-\fIglyf\fP
-glyph data
-.TP
-\fIhead\fP
-font header
-.TP
-\fIhhea\fP
-horizontal header
-.TP
-\fIhmtx\fP
-horizontal metrics
-.TP
-\fIloca\fP
-index to location
-.TP
-\fImaxp\fP
-maximum profile
-.TP
-\fIname\fP
-naming table
-.TP
-\fIpost\fP
-PostScript information
-.TP
-\fIOS/2\fP
-OS/2 and windows specific metrics
-.TP
-\fBOptional Tables\fR
-.TP
-\fIcvt\fP
-control value table
-.TP
-\fIfpgm\fP
-font program; \fInot implemented yet.\fP
-.TP
-\fIgasp\fP
-grid-fitting and scan conversion procedure (grayscale)
-.TP
-\fIhdmx\fP
-horizontal device metrics
-.TP
-\fIkern\fP
-kerning table
-.TP
-\fILTSH\fP
-Linear threshold table
-.TP
-\fIprep\fP
-CVT program; \fInot implemented yet\fP
-.TP
-\fIPCLT\fP
-PCL5 table
-.TP
-\fIVDMX\fP
-Vertical Device Metrics table
-.TP
-\fIvhea\fP
-vertical metrics header
-.TP
-\fIvmtx\fP
-vertical metrics
-.TP
-\fBAdditional OpenType Tables\fR
-.TP
-\fIGPOS\fP
-glyph positioning table
-.TP
-\fIGSUB\fP
-glyph substitution table
-.RE
-.TP
-\fB-g\fI glyphnumber\fR
-If this option is specified then dump the glyph with index \fIglyphnumber\fP,
-otherwise dump all glyphs in \fIttfile\fP.
-.TP
-\fB-c\fI collection\fR
-Select a TrueType font in a TrueType Collection.
-.TP
-\fB-o\fI dumpfile\fR
-Output of the dump. If this option is not specified, dump to stdout.
-.TP
-\fB-i\fI ttfile\fR
-TrueType font file to be dumped.
-.RE
-.SH EXAMPLE
-To dump all information in the TrueType font file times.ttf:
-.RS
-ttfdump times.ttf
-.RE
-
-To dump the required table \fIcmap\fP in the file:
-.RS
-ttfdump -t cmap times.ttf
-.RE
-
-To dump a single glyph with index 50:
-.RS
-ttfdump -g 50 times.ttf
-.RE
-
-.SH SEE ALSO
-TrueType 1.0 Font Files, \fI Technical Specification Revision 1.66 November 1995\fR
-.SH NOTE
-Instruction disassembler in not implemented.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Li-Da Lho, ollie@ms1.hinet.net
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttfdump.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttfdump.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 698572a1ffd..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttfdump.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttftotype42.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttftotype42.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a63e69ac09..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttftotype42.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-.ds V 2.92
-.de M
-.BR "\\$1" "(\\$2)\\$3"
-..
-.de Sp
-.if n .sp
-.if t .sp 0.4
-..
-.TH TTFTOTYPE42 1 "LCDF Typetools" "Version \*V"
-.SH NAME
-ttftotype42 \- create PostScript Type 42 wrapper of TrueType font
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B ttftotype42
-\%[\fIinput\fR [\fIoutput\fR]]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR Ttftotype42
-converts TrueType or TrueType-flavored OpenType font programs into
-PostScript Type 42 format, which is a wrapper for the TrueType outlines.
-This conversion preserves all outlines and hint information from the
-original TrueType font. The Type 42 wrapper uses glyph names identical to
-those expected by
-.M pdflatex 1
-or
-.M otftotfm 1 ,
-so encoding files suitable for TrueType fonts and
-.B pdflatex
-will also work for the Type 42 fonts and
-.M dvips 1 .
-If the file
-.I output
-is not specified output goes to the standard output.
-If the file
-.I input
-is not specified input comes from the standard input.
-'
-.SH OPTIONS
-.PD 0
-.TP 5
-.BI \-o " file\fR, " \-\-output " file"
-Write output font to
-.IR file
-instead of the standard output.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-q ", " \-\-quiet
-Do not generate any error messages.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-h ", " \-\-help
-Print usage information and exit.
-'
-.Sp
-.TP 5
-.BR \-v ", " \-\-version
-Print the version number and some short non-warranty information and exit.
-.PD
-'
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.LP
-.M cfftot1 1 ,
-.M otftotfm 1 ,
-.M pdftex 1 ,
-.M dvips 1
-.LP
-Adobe Technical Note #5012,
-.IR "The Type 42 Font Format Specification"
-.LP
-.IR "OpenType Specification" ,
-Version 1.4
-'
-.SH AUTHOR
-Eddie Kohler (ekohler@gmail.com)
-.PP
-The latest version is available from:
-.br
-http://www.lcdf.org/type/
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttftotype42.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttftotype42.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a096fdc0e0..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/ttftotype42.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/updmap-sys.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/updmap-sys.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 07038dda3c4..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/updmap-sys.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man1/updmap.1
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/updmap-sys.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/updmap-sys.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index fb87dbd51c6..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/updmap-sys.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/updmap.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/updmap.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 41b80248ec3..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/updmap.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,360 +0,0 @@
-.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.40.10.
-.TH UPDMAP "1" "June 2012" "TeX Live" "User Commands"
-.SH NAME
-updmap \- manage TeX font maps, per-user
-.br
-updmap-sys \- manage TeX font maps, system-wide
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B updmap
-[\fIOPTION\fR] ... [\fICOMMAND\fR]
-.br
-.B updmap-sys
-[\fIOPTION\fR] ... [\fICOMMAND\fR]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-updmap (TeX Live, multi) version $Id: updmap.pl 26891 2012\-06\-10 22:41:49Z karl $
-.PP
-Update the default font map files used by pdftex, dvips, and dvipdfm(x),
-and optionally pxdvi, as determined by all configuration files updmap.cfg
-(the ones returned by running "kpsewhich \fB\-\-all\fR updmap.cfg", but see below).
-.PP
-Among other things, these map files are used to determine which fonts
-should be used as bitmaps and which as outlines, and to determine which
-font files are included in the PDF or PostScript output.
-.PP
-By default, the TeX filename database (ls\-R) is also updated.
-.SH OPTIONS
-.TP
-\fB\-\-cnffile\fR FILE
-read FILE for the updmap configuration
-(can be given multiple times, in which case
-all the files are used)
-.TP
-\fB\-\-dvipdfmxoutputdir\fR DIR
-specify output directory (dvipdfm(x) syntax)
-.TP
-\fB\-\-dvipsoutputdir\fR DIR
-specify output directory (dvips syntax)
-.TP
-\fB\-\-pdftexoutputdir\fR DIR
-specify output directory (pdftex syntax)
-.TP
-\fB\-\-pxdvioutputdir\fR DIR
-specify output directory (pxdvi syntax)
-.TP
-\fB\-\-outputdir\fR DIR
-specify output directory (for all files)
-.TP
-\fB\-\-copy\fR
-cp generic files rather than using symlinks
-.TP
-\fB\-\-force\fR
-recreate files even if config hasn't changed
-.TP
-\fB\-\-nomkmap\fR
-do not recreate map files
-.TP
-\fB\-\-nohash\fR
-do not run texhash
-.TP
-\fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-dry\-run\fR
-only show the configuration, no output
-.TP
-\fB\-\-quiet\fR, \fB\-\-silent\fR
-reduce verbosity
-.SS "Commands:"
-.TP
-\fB\-\-help\fR
-show this message and exit
-.TP
-\fB\-\-version\fR
-show version information and exit
-.TP
-\fB\-\-showoption\fR OPTION
-show the current setting of OPTION
-.TP
-\fB\-\-showoptions\fR OPTION
-show possible settings for OPTION
-.TP
-\fB\-\-setoption\fR OPTION VALUE
-set OPTION to value; option names below
-.TP
-\fB\-\-setoption\fR OPTION=VALUE
-as above, just different syntax
-.TP
-\fB\-\-enable\fR MAPTYPE MAPFILE
-add "MAPTYPE MAPFILE" to updmap.cfg,
-where MAPTYPE is Map, MixedMap, or KanjiMap
-.TP
-\fB\-\-enable\fR Map=MAPFILE
-add "Map MAPFILE" to updmap.cfg
-.HP
-\fB\-\-enable\fR MixedMap=MAPFILE add "MixedMap MAPFILE" to updmap.cfg
-.HP
-\fB\-\-enable\fR KanjiMap=MAPFILE add "KanjiMap MAPFILE" to updmap.cfg
-.TP
-\fB\-\-disable\fR MAPFILE
-disable MAPFILE, of whatever type
-.TP
-\fB\-\-listmaps\fR
-list all active and inactive maps
-.TP
-\fB\-\-listavailablemaps\fR
-same as \fB\-\-listmaps\fR, but without
-unavailable map files
-.TP
-\fB\-\-syncwithtrees\fR
-disable unavailable map files in updmap.cfg
-.PP
-Explanation of the map types: the (only) difference between Map and
-MixedMap is that MixedMap entries are not added to psfonts_pk.map.
-The purpose is to help users with devices that render Type 1 outline
-fonts worse than mode\-tuned Type 1 bitmap fonts. So, MixedMap is used
-for fonts that are available as both Type 1 and Metafont.
-KanjiMap entries are added to psfonts_t1.map and kanjix.map.
-.PP
-Explanation of the OPTION names for \fB\-\-showoptions\fR, \fB\-\-showoptions\fR, \fB\-\-setoption\fR:
-.TP
-dvipsPreferOutline
-true|false (default true)
-.IP
-Whether dvips uses bitmaps or outlines, when both are available.
-.TP
-dvipsDownloadBase35
-true|false (default true)
-.IP
-Whether dvips includes the standard 35 PostScript fonts in its output.
-.TP
-pdftexDownloadBase14
-true|false (default true)
-.IP
-Whether pdftex includes the standard 14 PDF fonts in its output.
-.TP
-pxdviUse
-true|false (default false)
-.IP
-Whether maps for pxdvi (Japanese\-patched xdvi) are under updmap's control.
-.TP
-kanjiEmbed
-(any string)
-.TP
-kanjiVariant
-(any string)
-.IP
-See below.
-.TP
-LW35
-URWkb|URW|ADOBEkb|ADOBE (default URWkb)
-.IP
-Adapt the font and file names of the standard 35 PostScript fonts.
-URWkb URW fonts with "berry" filenames (e.g. uhvbo8ac.pfb)
-URW URW fonts with "vendor" filenames (e.g. n019064l.pfb)
-ADOBEkb Adobe fonts with "berry" filenames (e.g. phvbo8an.pfb)
-ADOBE Adobe fonts with "vendor" filenames (e.g. hvnbo___.pfb)
-.IP
-These options are only read and acted on by updmap; dvips, pdftex, etc.,
-do not know anything about them. They work by changing the default map
-file which the programs read, so they can be overridden by specifying
-command\-line options or configuration files to the programs, as
-explained at the beginning of updmap.cfg.
-.IP
-The options kanjiEmbed and kanjiVariant specify special replacements
-in the map lines. If a map contains the string @kanjiEmbed@, then
-this will be replaced by the value of that option; similarly for
-kanjiVariant. In this way, users of Japanese TeX can select different
-fonts to be included in the final output.
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-.PP
-Explanation of trees and files normally used:
-.IP
-If \fB\-\-cnffile\fR is specified on the command line (possibly multiple
-times), its value(s) are used. Otherwise, updmap reads all the
-updmap.cfg files found by running `kpsewhich \fB\-all\fR updmap.cfg', in the
-order returned by kpsewhich, with one exception: an updmap.cfg found
-in TEXMFLOCAL is given higher priority than the updmap.cfg in
-TEXMFMAIN, to ensure that local adjustments by administrators take
-precedence over what is shipped in TeX Live.
-.IP
-In any case, if multiple updmap.cfg files are found, all the maps
-mentioned in all the updmap.cfg files are merged.
-.IP
-Thus, if updmap.cfg files are present in all trees, and the default
-layout is used as shipped with TeX Live, the following files are
-read, in the given order.
-.nf
-.IP
-For updmap\-sys:
-TEXMFSYSCONFIG $TEXLIVE/YYYY/texmf\-config/web2c/updmap.cfg
-TEXMFSYSVAR $TEXLIVE/YYYY/texmf\-var/web2c/updmap.cfg
-TEXMFLOCAL $TEXLIVE/texmf\-local/web2c/updmap.cfg
-TEXMFMAIN $TEXLIVE/YYYY/texmf/web2c/updmap.cfg
-TEXMFDIST $TEXLIVE/YYYY/texmf\-dist/web2c/updmap.cfg
-.IP
-For updmap:
-TEXMFCONFIG $HOME/.texliveYYYY/texmf\-config/web2c/updmap.cfg
-TEXMFVAR $HOME/.texliveYYYY/texmf\-var/web2c/updmap.cfg
-TEXMFHOME $HOME/texmf/web2c/updmap.cfg
-TEXMFSYSCONFIG $TEXLIVE/YYYY/texmf\-config/web2c/updmap.cfg
-TEXMFSYSVAR $TEXLIVE/YYYY/texmf\-var/web2c/updmap.cfg
-TEXMFLOCAL $TEXLIVE/texmf\-local/web2c/updmap.cfg
-TEXMFMAIN $TEXLIVE/YYYY/texmf/web2c/updmap.cfg
-TEXMFDIST $TEXLIVE/YYYY/texmf\-dist/web2c/updmap.cfg
-.IP
-(where YYYY is the TeX Live release version).
-.fi
-.IP
-There is another exception to keep upgradability from earlier versions
-of TeX Live: if a file TEXMFLOCAL/web2c/updmap\-local.cfg exists
-(formerly used by tlmgr to merge local fonts), then the file
-TEXMFLOCAL/web2c/updmap.cfg is ignored (if it exists) and that
-updmap\-local.cfg is used instead. In this case, updmap recognizes the
-previous syntax for disabling map files in updmap\-local.cfg (this
-syntax is different from what is used now).
-.IP
-According to the actions, updmap might write to one of the given files
-or create a new updmap.cfg, described further below.
-.IP
-Where changes are saved: if config files are given on the command
-line, then the first one given will be used to save any changes from
-\fB\-\-setoption\fR, \fB\-\-enable\fR or \fB\-\-disable\fR. If the config files are taken
-from kpsewhich output, then the algorithm is more complex:
-.IP
-1) If $TEXMFCONFIG/web2c/updmap.cfg or $TEXMFHOME/web2c/updmap.cfg
-appears in the list of used files, then the one listed first by
-kpsewhich \fB\-\-all\fR (equivalently, the one returned by kpsewhich
-updmap.cfg), is used.
-.IP
-2) If neither of the above two are present and changes are made, a
-new config file is created in $TEXMFCONFIG/web2c/updmap.cfg.
-.IP
-Resolving multiple definitions of a font:
-.IP
-If a font is defined in more than one map file, then the definition
-coming from the first\-listed updmap.cfg is used. If a font is
-defined multiple times within the same map file, one is chosen
-arbitrarily. In both cases a warning is issued.
-.IP
-Disabling maps:
-.IP
-updmap.cfg files with higher priority (listed earlier) can disable
-maps mentioned in lower priority (listed later) updmap.cfg files by
-writing, e.g.,
-.IP
-#! Map mapname.map
-.IP
-or
-.IP
-#! MixedMap mapname.map
-.IP
-in the higher\-priority updmap.cfg file.
-.IP
-As an example, suppose you have a copy of MathTime Pro fonts
-and want to disable the Belleek version of the fonts; that is,
-disable the map belleek.map. You can create the file
-$TEXMFCONFIG/web2c/updmap.cfg with the content
-.IP
-#! Map belleek.map
-Map mt\-plus.map
-Map mt\-yy.map
-.IP
-and call updmap.
-.IP
-updmap writes the map files for dvips (psfonts.map) and pdftex
-(pdftex.map) to the TEXMFVAR/fonts/map/updmap/{dvips,pdftex}/
-directories.
-.IP
-The log file is written to TEXMFVAR/web2c/updmap.log.
-.IP
-When updmap\-sys is run, TEXMFSYSCONFIG and TEXMFSYSVAR are used
-instead of TEXMFCONFIG and TEXMFVAR, respectively. This is the only
-difference between updmap\-sys and updmap.
-.IP
-Other locations may be used if you give them on the command line, or
-these trees don't exist, or you are not using the original TeX Live.
-.IP
-To see the precise locations of the various files that
-will be read and written, give the \fB\-n\fR option (or read the source).
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.PP
-For step\-by\-step instructions on making new fonts known to TeX, read
-http://tug.org/fonts/fontinstall.html. For even more terse
-instructions, read the beginning of updmap.cfg.
-.SH FILES
-Configuration and input files:
-.IP "\fIupdmap\&.cfg\fP"
-Main configuration file\&. In
-\fItexmf/web2c\fP by default, but may be located elsewhere
-depending on your distribution\&. Each texmf tree read should have its
-own \fIupdmap.cfg\fP.
-.IP "\fIdvips35\&.map\fP"
-Map file for standard 35 PostScript fonts for
-use with \fBdvips\fP(1)\&.
-.IP "\fIpdftex35\&.map\fP"
-Map file for standard 35 PostScript fonts for
-use with \fBpdftex\fP(1)\&.
-.IP "\fIps2pk35\&.map\fP"
-Map file for standard 35 PostScript fonts for
-use with \fBps2pk\fP(1)\&.
-.PP
-Output files:
-.IP "\fIpsfonts\&.map\fP"
-For \fBdvips\fP(1)\&.
-Same as \fIpsfonts_t1\&.map\fP if option \fBdvipsPreferOutline\fP active,
-else as \fIpsfonts_pk\&.map\fP.
-.IP "\fIpsfonts_pk\&.map\fP"
-For \fBdvips\fP(1)\&.
-Without information from MixedMap files\&.
-(Setting of \fBdvipsPreferOutline\fP ignored\&.)
-.IP "\fIpsfonts_t1\&.map\fP"
-For \fBdvips\fP(1)\&.
-With information from MixedMap files\&.
-(Setting of \fBdvipsPreferOutline\fP ignored\&.)
-.IP "\fIdownload35\&.map\fP"
-For \fBdvips\fP(1)\&.
-Always downloads the standard 35 fonts\&.
-(Setting of \fBdvipsDownloadBase35\fP ignored\&.)
-.IP "\fIbuiltin35\&.map\fP"
-For \fBdvips\fP(1)\&.
-Never downloads the standard 35 fonts\&.
-(Setting of \fBdvipsDownloadBase35\fP ignored\&.)
-.IP "\fIpdftex\&.map\fP"
-For \fBpdftex\fP(1)\&.
-Same as \fIpdftex_dl14\&.map\fP if option \fBpdftexDownloadBase14\fP active,
-else as \fIpdftex_ndl14\&.map\fP.
-.IP "\fIpdftex_dl14\&.map\fP"
-For \fBpdftex\fP(1)\&.
-Always downloads the standard 14 fonts\&.
-.IP "\fIpdftex_ndl14\&.map\fP"
-For \fBpdftex\fP(1)\&.
-Never downloads the standard 14 fonts\&.
-.IP "\fIps2pk\&.map\fP"
-Similar to \fIpsfonts.map\fP file, but
-forces all fonts to be downloaded, so this map file can be used with
-\fBxdvi\fP(1) and \fBps2pk\fP(1)\&.
-.PP
-Configuration files for \fBdvips\fP(1):
-.IP "\fIconfig\&.builtin35\fP"
-Loads \fIbuiltin35\&.map\fP instead
-of \fIpsfonts\&.map\fP\&.
-.IP "\fIconfig\&.download35\fP"
-Loads \fIdownload35\&.map\fP instead
-of \fIpsfonts\&.map\fP\&.
-.IP "\fIconfig\&.outline\fP"
-Loads \fIpsfonts_t1\&.map\fP instead
-of \fIpsfonts\&.map\fP\&.
-.IP "\fIconfig\&.pdf\fP"
-Loads \fIpsfonts_t1\&.map\fP instead
-of \fIpsfonts\&.map\fP and has additional optimizations for PDF generation\&.
-.IP "\fIconfig\&.pk\fP"
-Loads \fIpsfonts_pk\&.map\fP instead
-of \fIpsfonts\&.map\fP\&.
-.IP "\fIconfig\&.www\fP"
-Loads \fIpsfonts_t1\&.map\fP instead
-of \fIpsfonts\&.map\fP\&.
-(For compatibility with old versions\&.)
-.IP "\fIconfig\&.gstopk\fP"
-Loads \fIpsfonts_t1\&.map\fP instead
-of \fIpsfonts\&.map\fP\&.
-.SH "REPORTING BUGS"
-Report bugs to: tex\-k@tug.org
-.br
-TeX Live home page: <http://tug.org/texlive/>
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/updmap.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/updmap.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 12d6c9327f6..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/updmap.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/vftovp.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/vftovp.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 9fe58331fdb..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/vftovp.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-.TH VFTOVP 1 "19 December 1994" "Web2C 2012"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP for troff
-.el .ds OX TeX for nroff
-.\" the same but obliqued
-.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
-.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds BX BibTeX
-.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
-.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-vftovp \- convert virtual font (vf) files to virtual property lists (vpl)
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B vftovp
-.RI [ OPTIONS ]
-.IR vf_name [ \fB.vf\fP ]
-.RI [ tfm_name [ \fB.tfm\fP ]
-.RI [ vpl_name [ \fB.vpl\fP ]]]
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
-documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
-or manual
-.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
-.PP
-The
-.B vftovp
-program translates a (program-oriented) virtual font file and its
-accompanying \*(TX font metric file to a (human-oriented) property list file.
-Thus, the virtual font can be edited, and its exact contents can be
-displayed mnemonically. It also serves as a VF-file validating program;
-if no error messages are given, the input files are correct.
-.PP
-The filenames are extended with the appropriate extension if necessary.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH OPTIONS
-.TP
-.BI \-charcode-format= format
-The argument
-.I format
-specifies how character codes are output in the VPL file. By
-default, only letters and digits are output using the
-.B C
-integer code (i.e., in ASCII); the others are output in octal. (Unless
-the font's coding scheme starts with
-.B "TeX math sy"
-or
-.BR "TeX math ex" ,
-when all are output in octal.) If
-.I format
-is
-.BR ascii ,
-all character codes that correspond to graphic characters, besides the
-left and right parentheses, are output in ASCII. On the other hand, if
-.I format
-is
-.BR octal ,
-all character codes are output in octal.
-.PP
-.TP
-.B \-verbose
-Without this option,
-.B vftovp
-operates silently. With it, a banner and progress report are printed on
-.IR stdout .
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-.B vftovp
-looks for
-.I vf_name
-using the
-environment variable VFFONTS. If that is not set, it uses the variable
-TEXFONTS. If that is not set, it uses the system default.
-.PP
-See
-.BR tex (1)
-for the details of the searching.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR pltotf (1),
-.BR tftopl (1),
-.BR vptovf (1).
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH AUTHORS
-Donald E. Knuth wrote the program, based in part on an idea of David Fuchs,
-starting with the code for
-.BR tftopl (1).
-Karl Berry adapted it for compilation with
-.BR web2c .
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/vftovp.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/vftovp.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index deb7719819d..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/vftovp.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/vlna.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/vlna.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 691b3cb7128..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/vlna.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,163 +0,0 @@
-.\" $Id$
-.TH VLNA 1 "March 30 2009"
-.nh
-.SH NAME
-vlna \- adds tilde after each non-syllabic preposition
-.SH USAGE
-.B vlna
-[\fIoptions\fP]
-[\fIfilenames\fP]
-.SH PREFACE
-There exists a special Czech and Slovak typographical rule: you cannot
-leave the non-syllabic preposition on the end of one line and continue
-writting text on next line. For example,
-you cannot write down the text "v lese" (in a forest) like
-"v<new-line>lese". The program vlna adds the asciitilde
-between such preposition and the next word and removes the space(s) in
-this place. It means, the program converts "v lese" to "v~lese". You
-can use this program as a preporcessor before TeXing. Moreower, you
-can set another sequence to store instead asciitilte (see the
-\fB\-x\fP option).
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The program
-.B vlna
-processes one or more files, searches the non-syllabic prepositions
-followed by space(s) in these files and converts this/these space(s)
-to asciitilde for each such occurrence.
-.PP
-In the processed file, the activity of the program can be blocked by
-\fB%~-\fP sequence and the activity can be restored again by the
-\fB%~+\fP sequence. These sequences can include spaces, it means that
-\fB% ~-\fP is a correct sequence too.
-.PP
-The rule to recognize a preposition follows:
-The arbitrary number of opening parentheses can be written before the
-preposition and before these (optional) parentheses must be the space,
-tabelator or new-line. The preposition itself is one-letter word, the letters
-have to be from this set: {KkSsVvZzOoUuAI}. See the \fB\-v\fP option if you
-want to change this set of letters. From version 1.2, the TeX sequence
-can be written before preposition and before the brace. Example:
-"<new-line>([V lese" is converted to "<new-line>([V~lese".
-Another example: "\\uv{V lese}" is converted to "\\uv{V~lese}".
-.PP
-One or more blank-spaces have to be included after preposition
-before next word. The blank-space means space or tabelator.
-One <new-line> can be here too.
-All these characters are removed and replaced by asciitilde (or by
-another string, see \fB\-x\fP option). If <new-line> is deleted, another
-<new-line> is created before preposition (and before optional parentheses)
-in order to the number of lines is kept unchanged.
-Example: "... V<new-line><tabelator>lese" is converted to
-"...<new-line>V~lese".
-.PP
-The program checks the consintence of TeX's math environments
-(if \fB\-m\fP option isn't used). For example the "$...$$...$" sequence
-(it means the display mode switch inside the text-math mode)
-generates a warning. Empty line inside display mode generates
-a warning too and the program processes next text like
-in normal (non-math) mode. The existence of the "$" inside display mode
-are accepted because the constructions like
-$$..\\hbox{..$..$}..$$ are allowed and common.
-.PP
-The consistence of verbatim mode is checked on the end of the file.
-If the file ends but the verbatim mode does not end the warning is printed.
-This behavior can be switched off by \fB\-n\fP or \fB\-w\fP options.
-.PP
-The program suppresses the tilde changing after letters like prepositions
-but they are not prepositions because the \fB\\TeX\fP or \fB\\LaTeX\fP
-sequence precedes. Example: "vlastnosti \\TeX u jsou" is not converted to
-"vlastnosti \\TeX u~jsou", because this text is printed (after TeX
-processing) like "vlastnosti TeXu jsou". The letter "u" is a suffix here,
-no preposition.
-.SH OPTIONS
-The options are optional and can be written in arbitrarty order separated
-by space.
-.TP
-.B \-f
-Filter. The [\fIfilenames\fP] are treated as follows:
-.RS
-.TP 4
-.B vlna \-f \fIfilename1 filename2\fP
-Input is \fIfilename1\fP, output is \fIfilename2\fP.
-.TP 4
-.B vlna \-f \fIfilename1\fP
-Input is \fIfilename1\fP, output is \fIstdout\fP.
-.TP 4
-.B vlna \-f
-Input is \fIstdin\fP, output is \fIstdout\fP.
-.TP 4
-\fBvlna\fP \fIfilename1\fP [\fIfilename2\fP [\fIfilename3\fP ...]]
-If the \fB\-f\fP option is omitted then each file is processed
-independently and it is re-written.
-.RE
-.TP
-.B \-s
-The silent mode. No messages, warnings, statistics are printed.
-Only errors which terminates the program untimely are printed.
-If this parameter is omitted then banner, warnings and statistics
-are printed to \fIstderr\fP.
-.TP
-.B \-r
-Do not create the backups. The option \fB\-r\fP is irrelevant if
-the \fB\-f\fP option is used. If the \fB\-f\fP and \fB\-r\fP options
-aren't used then each re-written file is stored with its original contents
-to a backup file (the name of backup file is the same as filename, only
-the tilde is used instead of the last character).
-.TP
-.B \-v \fIcharacters\fP
-The set of characters treated as non-syllabic prepositions is declared
-by this option. Default: \fB\-v\ KkSsVvZzOoUuAI\fP.
-The space between \fB\-v\fP and \fIcharacters\fP is required.
-.TP
-.B \-x \fIcode\fP
-The \fIcode\fP is a string written in hexadecimal notation
-(even hexa digits is required). This string will be saved after prepositions
-instead asciitilde which is default.
-The example: \fB\-x C2A0\fP two bytes are stored after each
-non-syllabic preposition, first byte has C2 code and second byte
-has A0 code. This example means that
-NO-BREAK SPACE in UTF8 encoding will be used after prepositions.
-Another example: \fB\-x 00A0\fP the NO-BREAK SPACE in UTF16 encoding.
-Another example: \fB\-x 48454C4C4F\fP the string HELLO will be used.
-The space between \fB\-x\fP and \fIcode\fP is required.
-.TP
-.B \-m
-The math-modes (\fB$\fP...\fB$\fP and \fB$$\fP...\fB$$\fP) are ignored.
-It means that non-syllabic prepositions is searched in math-mode too.
-Default (without \fB\-m\fP option): no changes in math modes are done
-because (for example) "v" is variable in math-mode, no preposition.
-.TP
-.B \-n
-The verbatim mode (\fB\\verb\fP\fI<char>\fP...\fI<char>\fP,
-\fB\\begtt\fP...\fB\\endtt\fP) is ignored, it means the program can
-do a changes in verbatim environment.
-Default (without \fB\-n\fP option): no changes in verbatim mode are done.
-.TP
-.B \-l
-The LaTeX mode. The following environments are treated as display mode:
-\fB\\begin{display}\fP...\fB\\end{display}\fP and
-\fB\\begin{equation}\fP...\fB\\end{equation}\fP and the following
-environment is treated as verbatim mode:
-\fB\\begin{verbatim}\fP...\fB\\end{verbatim}\fP.
-.TP
-.B \-w
-The web mode (Knuth's web, no www:-). The following sequences are
-treated as verbatim:
-\fB@<\fP, \fB@d\fP...\fB@*\fP, \fB@\fP\fIspace\fP or \fB@>|\fP.
-It means program code is unchanged in *.w or *.web files, only
-web-comments are processed.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.TP
-.B vlna \-m \-n \-s \-r \fIfile\fP
-The program has a behavior similar to the old \fBvlnka\fP program.
-.TP
-.B vlna *.tex
-All files with .tex suffix in current directory will be processed
-(and possibly changed). (The "*" is UNIX-shell feautre).
-.TP
-.B vlna \-f file > /dev/null
-Only the consistence checking of math and verbatim modes is processed.
-No changes are done.
-.SH AUTHORS
-Petr Olsak <olsak@math.feld.cvut.cz>.
-Man page (Czech original) and Makefile is created by Rulolf Cejka
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/vlna.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/vlna.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 2a6e6411c42..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/vlna.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/vptovf.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/vptovf.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 5883eeeed43..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/vptovf.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-.TH VPTOVF 1 "16 December 1994" "Web2C 2012"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP for troff
-.el .ds OX TeX for nroff
-.\" the same but obliqued
-.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
-.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds BX BibTeX
-.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
-.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-vptovf \- convert virtual property lists to virtual font metrics
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B vptovf
-.RB [ \-verbose ]
-.IR vpl_name [ \fB.vpl\fP ]
-.RI [ vfm_name [ \fB.vf\fP ]
-.RI [ tfm_name [ \fB.tfm\fP ]]]
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
-documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
-or manual
-.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
-.PP
-The
-.B vptovf
-program translates a (human-oriented) property list file to a pair of
-(program-oriented) files in the VF (virtual font) and TFM (\*(TX font metric)
-formats. Thus, a virtual font
-file can be edited and its exact contents
-can be displayed mnemonically.
-New virtual fonts, which map characters as seen by \*(TX into an arbitrary
-sequence of low-level typesetting operations,
-can also be created in this way.
-.PP
-All three filenames,
-.IR vpl_name ,
-.IR vf_name ,
-and
-.IR tfm_name ,
-are extended with the appropriate suffix, if they lack one.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH OPTIONS
-Without the
-.B \-verbose
-option,
-.B vptovf
-operates silently. With it, a banner and progress report are printed on
-.IR stdout .
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR pltotf (1),
-.BR tftopl (1),
-.BR vftovp (1).
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH AUTHORS
-Donald E. Knuth wrote the program, based in part on an idea of David Fuchs,
-starting with the code for
-.BR pltotf (1).
-Karl Berry adapted it for compilation with
-.BR web2c .
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/vptovf.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/vptovf.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index f6674a03303..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/vptovf.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/weave.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/weave.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e137613f9e..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/weave.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-.TH WEAVE 1 "7 April 2010" "Web2C 2012"
-.\"=====================================================================
-.if n .ds MF Metafont
-.if t .ds MF M\s-2ETAFONT\s0
-.if n .ds TX TeX
-.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
-.\" the same but obliqued
-.el .ds OX TeX for nroff
-.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP for troff
-.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
-.if n .ds BX BibTeX
-.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
-.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
-.if n .ds LX LaTeX
-.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
-.if n .ds WB Web
-.if t .ds WB W\s-2EB\s0
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH NAME
-weave \- translate WEB to TeX
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B weave
-.RB [ \-x ]
-.IR webfile [ \fB.web\fP ]
-.RI [ changefile [ \fB.ch\fP ]]
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
-documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
-or manual
-.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
-.PP
-The
-.B weave
-program is used to create a \*(TX file for viewing a \*(WB program.
-It takes appropriate care of typographic details like page
-layout and the use of indentation, italics, boldface, etc., and it supplies
-extensive cross-index information that it gathers automatically.
-The command line arguments are the same as for
-.B tangle
-except for the option:
-.B \-x
-says to omit the index, module name list, and table of contents pages.
-(A
-.I CONTENTS.tex
-file will still be written when the \*(TX file is processed,
-however, unless some macros in
-.I webmac.tex
-are redefined.)
-.PP
-The output \*(TX file name is formed by adding
-.B .tex
-to the root of the \*(WB file name.
-.PP
-There are several macros
-that probably should be redefined by
-the programmer at the beginning of the \*(WB file.
-It is a good idea to set \\title
-to the name of the program.
-And, to cause output of only changed modules, one can say
-\\let\\maybe=\\iffalse (usually as the first change in the
-change file).
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-The environment variable WEBINPUTS is used to search for the input files,
-or the system default if WEBINPUTS is not set. See
-.BR tex (1)
-for the details of the searching.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH FILES
-.TP \w'@@'u+2n
-.I $TEXMFMAIN/tex/plain/base/webmac.tex
-\*(TX macros used by
-.B weave
-output.
-.\"=====================================================================
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR tangle (1)
-for references, authors, and other information.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/weave.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/weave.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 4d50f3095cd..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/weave.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/xasy.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/xasy.1
deleted file mode 100644
index e882db25212..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/xasy.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-.\" Hey, EMACS: -*- nroff -*-
-.TH XASY 1x "27 Nov 2007"
-.SH NAME
-asy \- script-based vector graphics language
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B xasy
-.RI " [-x magnification] [filename]"
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-\fBAsymptote\fP is a powerful descriptive vector graphics language for
-technical drawing, inspired by MetaPost but with an improved C++\-like syntax.
-Asymptote provides for figures the same high\-quality level of typesetting that
-LaTeX does for scientific text.
-.PP
-\fBxasy\fP is a GUI for Asymptote that allows for final figure adjustments.
-
-.SH OPTIONS
-.TP
-.B \-x magnification
-Initial zoom.
-
-.SH SEE ALSO
-Asymptote and xasy are documented fully in the Asymptote Info page.
-.SH AUTHOR
-Asymptote was written by Andy Hammerlindl, John Bowman, and Tom Prince.
-.PP
-This manual page was written by Hubert Chan for the Debian project (but may
-be used by others).
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/xasy.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/xasy.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index ebad4890ee3..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/xasy.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/xdvi.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/xdvi.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 32933b9d63f..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/xdvi.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4075 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 1990-2004 Paul Vojta and others
-.\"
-.\" This is Paul's license, included here only for reference, it does not apply
-.\" to all parts of the k version.
-.\" ----
-.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-.\" of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
-.\" deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
-.\" rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
-.\" sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
-.\" furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-.\"
-.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-.\"
-.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
-.\" PAUL VOJTA OR ANY OTHER AUTHOR OF THIS SOFTWARE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
-.\" DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
-.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
-.\" DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-.\" ----
-.\" This is the xdvik license:
-.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
-.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
-.\" are met:
-.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-.\"
-.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
-.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
-.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
-.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
-.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
-.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
-.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
-.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
-.\" following is UGLY ... use La\*(Te\& instead:
-.\" .if t .ds La L\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'-0.20v'A\\v'0.20v'\\h'-0.1667m'T\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X
-.\" .if n .ds La LaTeX
-.if t .ds Te T\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X
-.if n .ds Te TeX
-.\" # small and boldface (not all -man's provide it)
-.de SB
-\&\fB\s-1\&\\$1 \\$2\s0\fR
-..
-.TH XDVI 1 "2012-04-01" "Xdvik 22.85"
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.SH NAME
-xdvi \- DVI Previewer for the X Window System
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B xdvi
-.nh
-[\fB+\fP[\fIpage\fP]]
-[\fB\--help\fP]
-[\fB\-allowshell\fP]
-[\fB\-altfont\fP \fIfont\fP]
-[\fB\-bg\fP \fIcolor\fP]
-[\fB\-browser\fP \fIWWWbrowser\fP]
-[\fB\-copy\fP]
-[\fB\-cr\fP \fIcolor\fP]
-[\fB\-debug\fP \fIbitmask\fP|\fIstring[,string ...]\fP]
-[\fB\-display\fP \fIhost:display\fP]
-[\fB\-dvipspath\fP \fIpath\fP]
-[\fB\-editor\fP \fIcommand\fP]
-[\fB\-expert\fP]
-[\fB\-expertmode\fP \fIflag\fP]
-[\fB\-fg\fP \fIcolor\fP]
-[\fB\-findstring\fP \fIstring\fP]
-[\fB\-text-encoding\fP \fIencoding\fP]
-[\fB\-font\fP \fIfont\fP]
-[\fB\-fullscreen \fP]
-[\fB\-gamma\fP \fIg\fP]
-[\fB\-geometry\fP \fIgeometry\fP]
-[\fB\-gsalpha\fP]
-[\fB\-gspalette\fP \fIpalette\fP]
-[\fB\-h\fP]
-[\fB\-help\fP]
-[\fB\-hl\fP \fIcolor\fP]
-[\fB\-anchorposition\fP \fIanchor\fP]
-[\fB\-hush\fP]
-[\fB\-hushchars\fP]
-[\fB\-hushchecksums\fP]
-[\fB\-warnpecials\fP]
-[\fB\-hushstdout\fP]
-[\fB\-hushbell\fP]
-[\fB\-icongeometry\fP \fIgeometry\fP]
-[\fB\-iconic\fP]
-[\fB\-install\fP]
-[\fB\-interpreter\fP \fIpath\fP]
-[\fB\-keep\fP]
-[\fB\-l\fP]
-[\fB\-license\fP]
-[\fB\-linkcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP]
-[\fB\-linkstyle\fP \fI0|1|2|3\fP]
-[\fB\-margins\fP \fIdimen\fP]
-[\fB\-mfmode\fP \fImode-def\fP[\fB:\fP\fIdpi\fP]]
-[\fB\-mgs\fP[\fIn\fP] \fIsize\fP]
-[\fB\-mousemode\fP \fI0|1|2\fP]
-[\fB\-nocolor\fP]
-[\fB\-nofork\fP]
-[\fB\-noghostscript\fP]
-[\fB\-nogrey\fP]
-[\fB\-nogssafer\fP]
-[\fB\-noinstall\fP]
-[\fB\-nomakepk\fP]
-[\fB\-nomatchinverted\fP]
-[\fB\-noomega\fP]
-[\fB\-noscan\fP]
-[\fB\-not1lib\fP]
-[\fB\-notempfile\fP]
-[\fB\-offsets\fP \fIdimen\fP]
-[\fB\-p\fP \fIpixels\fP]
-[\fB\-paper\fP \fIpapertype\fP]
-[\fB\-pause\fP]
-[\fB\-pausespecial\fP \fIspecial-string\fP]
-[\fB\-postscript\fP \fIflag\fP]
-[\fB\-rulecolor\fP \fIcolor\fP]
-[\fB\-rv\fP]
-[\fB\-S\fP \fIdensity\fP]
-[\fB\-s\fP \fIshrink\fP]
-[\fB\-safer\fP]
-[\fB\-sidemargin\fP \fIdimen\fP]
-[\fB\-sourceposition\fP \fIline\fP[\fB:\fP\fIcol\fP][\ ]\fIfilename\fP]
-[\fB\-statusline\fP]
-[\fB\-thorough\fP]
-[\fB\-topmargin\fP \fIdimen\fP]
-[\fB\-unique\fP]
-[\fB\-version\fP]
-[\fB\-visitedlinkcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP]
-[\fB\-warnspecials\fP]
-[\fB\-watchfile\fP \fIsecs\fP]
-[\fB\-wheelunit\fP \fIpixels\fP]
-[\fB\-xoffset\fP \fIdimen\fP]
-[\fB\-yoffset\fP \fIdimen\fP]
-[\fIdvi_file\fP]
-.hy
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.B Xdvi
-is a program for previewing
-.I dvi
-files, as produced e.g. by the
-.BR tex (1)
-program, under the X window system.
-.PP
-.B Xdvi
-can show the file shrunken by various
-integer factors, and it has a ``magnifying glass'' for viewing
-parts of the page enlarged (see the section MAGNIFIER below). This version
-of
-.B xdvi
-is also referred to as
-.B xdvik
-since it uses the kpathsea library to locate and generate font files.
-In addition to that, it supports the following features:
-.RS 2
-.TP 2
--
-hyperlinks in DVI files (section HYPERLINKS),
-.TP
--
-direct rendering of Postscript<tm> Type1 fonts (section T1LIB),
-.TP
--
-source specials in the DVI file (section SOURCE SPECIALS),
-.TP
--
-string search in DVI files (section STRING SEARCH),
-.TP
--
-saving or printing (parts of) the DVI file (sections PRINT DIALOG and SAVE DIALOG).
-.RE
-.PP
-.B Xdvi
-can be compiled with the Motif toolkit or the Xaw (Athena) toolkit
-(and variants of it), and the Motif version has a slightly different GUI;
-these differences are noted below.
-.PP
-Before displaying a page of a DVI file,
-.B xdvi
-will check to see if the file has changed since the last time it was
-displayed. If this is the case, it will reload the file. This
-feature allows you to preview many versions of the same file while
-running
-.B xdvi
-only once. Since it cannot read partial DVI files,
-.B xdvik
-versions starting from 22.74.3 will create a temporary copy of the
-DVI file being viewed, to ensure that the file can be viewed without
-interruptions. (The
-.B \-notempfile
-can be used to turn off this feature).
-.PP
-.B Xdvi
-can show PostScript<tm> specials by any of three methods.
-It will try first to use Display PostScript<tm>, then NeWS, then it
-will try to use Ghostscript to render the images. All of these options
-depend on additional software to work properly; moreover, some of them
-may not be compiled into this copy of
-.BR xdvi .
-.PP
-For performance reasons,
-.B xdvi
-does not render PostScript specials in the magnifying glass.
-.PP
-If no file name has been specified on the command line,
-xdvi will try to open the most recently opened file; if the file
-history (accessible via the
-.B File > Open Recent
-menu) is empty, or if none of the files in the history are valid DVI files,
-it will pop up a file selector for choosing a file name.
-(In previous versions, which didn't have a file history, the file selector
-was always used; you can set the X resource
-.B noFileArgUseHistory
-to
-.I false
-to get back the old behaviour.)
-.PP
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.SH OPTIONS
-In addition to specifying the
-.I dvi
-file (with or without the
-.B .dvi
-extension),
-.B xdvi
-supports the following command line options. If the option begins with a
-.RB ` + '
-instead of a
-.RB ` \- ',
-the option is restored to its default value. By default, these options can
-be set via the resource names given in parentheses in the description of
-each option.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI + page
-Specifies the first page to show. If
-.B +
-is given without a number, the last page is assumed; the first page is
-the default.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B \-allowshell
-.RB ( .allowShell )
-This option enables the shell escape in PostScript specials.
-(For security reasons, shell escapes are disabled by default.)
-This option should be rarely used; in particular it should not be used just
-to uncompress files: that function is done automatically if the file name
-ends in
-.BR .Z ,
-.BR .gz ,
-or
-.BR .bz2 .
-Shell escapes are always turned off if the
-.B \-safer
-option is used.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-altfont " font"
-.RB ( .altFont )
-Declares a default font to use when the font in the
-.I dvi
-file cannot be found. This is useful, for example, with PostScript <tm> fonts.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-background " color"
-.RB ( .background )
-Determines the color of the background. Same as
-.BR -bg .
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-bg " color"
-.RB ( .background )
-Determines the color of the background.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-browser " browser"
-.RB ( .wwwBrowser )
-Defines the web browser used for handling external URLs. The value of this
-option or resource has the same syntax as the
-.B BROWSER
-environment variable; see the explanation of that variable in the
-section `ENVIRONMENT' below for a detailed description.
-If neither the option nor the X resource
-.I wwwBrowser
-is specified, the environment variables
-.B BROWSER
-and
-.B WWWBROWSER
-(in that order) are used to determine the browser command. If these are
-not set either, the following default value is used:
-\fBxdg-open %s:htmlview %s:firefox -remote -remote "openURL(%s,new-window)":mozilla -remote "openURL(%s,new-window)":netscape -raise -remote "openURL(%s,new-window)":xterm -e w3m %s:xterm -e lynx %s:xterm -e wget %s\fP
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B \-copy
-.RB ( .copy )
-Always use the
-.I copy
-operation when writing characters to the display.
-This option may be necessary for correct operation on a color display, but
-overstrike characters will be incorrect.
-If greyscale anti-aliasing is in use, the
-.B \-copy
-operation will disable the use of colorplanes and make overstrikes come
-out incorrectly.
-See also
-.BR \-thorough .
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-cr " color"
-.RB ( .cursorColor )
-Determines the color of the mouse cursor. The default is the same as
-the foreground color.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-debug " bitmask|string[,string ...]"
-.RB ( .debugLevel )
-If nonzero, prints additional information on standard output. The
-argument can be either a bitmask specified as a decimal number, or
-comma-separated list of strings.
-.br
-For the bitmask representation, multiple values can
-be specified by adding the numbers that represent the individual bits;
-e.g. to debug all all file searching and opening commands, use 4032
-(= 2048 + 1024 + 512 + 256 + 128 + 64). Use -1 to turn on debugging
-of everything (this will produce huge output).
-.br
-For the string representation, use the strings listed in the following
-table, with a comma to separate the values; e.g. to debug
-all file searching and opening commands, use
-.BR search,expand,paths,hash,stat,open .
-(The option `kpathsea' is provided as a shorthand for these.)
-Note that such a list may need to be quoted to prevent the shell
-from interpreting commas or spaces in the list.
-.br
-The individual numbers and strings have the following meanings:
-.nf
-.sp 1n
-.ta 1L +8L +12L
- 1 bitmap Bitmap creation
- 2 dvi DVI translation
- 4 pk PK fonts
- 8 batch Batch mode: Exit after
- reading the DVI file
- 16 event Event handling
- 32 ps PostScript interpreter calls
- 64 stat Kpathsea stat(2) calls
- 128 hash Kpathsea hash table lookups
- 256 open Kpathsea file opening
- 512 paths Kpathsea path definitions
- 1024 expand Kpathsea path expansion
- 2048 search Kpathsea searching
- 4032 kpathsea All Kpathsea options
- 4096 htex Hypertex specials
- 8192 src Source specials
- 16384 client Client/server mode (see -unique
- and -sourceposition options)
- 32768 t1 Type1 font library messages
- 65536 t1_verbose Verbose Type1 library messages
- 131072 gui GUI elements
-.sp 1n
-.fi
-Some of the Kpathsea debugging options are actually provided by Kpathsea;
-see the Debugging section in the Kpathsea manual for more information on
-these.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-density " density"
-.RB ( .densityPercent )
-Determines the density used when shrinking bitmaps for fonts.
-A higher value produces a lighter font. The default value is 40.
-If greyscaling is in use, this argument does not apply; use
-.B \-gamma
-instead.
-See also the
-.RB ` S '
-keystroke.
-Same as
-.BR \-S .
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-display " host" : display
-Specifies the host and screen to be used for displaying the
-.I dvi
-file. By default this is obtained from the environment variable
-.SB DISPLAY.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-dvipspath " path"
-.RB ( .dvipsPath )
-Use
-.I path
-as the
-.B dvips
-program to use when printing. The default for this is
-.BR dvips .
-The program or script should read the DVI file from standard input,
-and write the Postscript file to standard output.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-editor " editor"
-.RB ( .editor )
-Specifies the editor that will be invoked when the
-.I source-special()
-action is triggered to start a reverse search (by default via Ctrl-Mouse 1).
-The argument to this option is a format string in which occurrences of
-.RB `` %f ''
-are replaced by the file name, occurrences of
-.RB `` %l ''
-are replaced by the line number within the file, and optional
-occurrences of
-.RB `` %c ''
-are replaced by the column number within the line.
-.sp
-If neither the option nor the X resource
-.I .editor
-is specified, the following environment variables are checked
-to determine the editor command:
-.BR XEDITOR ,
-.BR VISUAL ,
-and
-.B EDITOR
-(in this sequence). If the string is found as the value
-of the
-.SB VISUAL
-or
-.SB EDITOR
-environment variables, then
-.RI `` "xterm -e "''
-is prepended to the string; if the editor is specified by other means, then
-it must be in the form of a shell command to pop up an X window with an
-editor in it. If none of these variables is set, a warning message is displayed
-and the command
-.RI `` "xterm -e vi +%l %f"''
-is used.
-.sp
-If no
-.RB `` %f ''
-or
-.RB `` %l ''
-occurs in the string, the missing format strings are appended automatically.
-(This is for compatibility with other programs when using one of the environment
-variables).
-.sp
-A new instance of the editor is started each time this command is used;
-therefore it is preferable to use an editor that can be invoked in
-`client' mode to load new files into the same instance. Example
-settings are:
-.RS 7
-.TP 7
-.SB emacsclient --no-wait
-(older Emacsen)
-.TP
-.SB gnuclient -q
-(XEmacs and newer Emacsen)
-.TP
-.SB gvim --servername xdvi --remote
-(VIM v6.0+; the `--servername xdvi' option will cause gvim to run a
-dedicated instance for the files opened by xdvi.)
-.TP
-.SB nc
-(nedit)
-.PP
-.sp
-Note that those strings need to be enclosed
-into quotes when using them on the command-line
-to protect them from the shell; when using them
-as argument for the
-.I .editor
-resource in an X resource file, no quotes should be used.
-.sp
-.B NOTE ON SECURITY:
-The argument of this option isn't executed as a shell command,
-but via
-.I exec()
-to prevent evil tricks with the contents of source specials.
-.RE
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B \-expert
-This option is only supported for backwards compatibility;
-it is equivalent to
-.BR "\-expertmode 0" ,
-which should be preferred.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-expertmode " flag"
-.RB ( .expertMode )
-With an argument of
-.IR 0 ,
-this option switches off the display of the buttons, scrollbars,
-the toolbar (Motif only),
-the statusline and the page list. These GUI elements
-can also be (de)activated separately, by combining the
-appropriate values in the
-.I flag
-argument. This acts similar to the
-.B \-debug
-option: The integer
-.I flag
-is treated as a bitmap where each bit represents one
-element. If the bit has the value
-.IR 1 ,
-the element is switched on, if it has the value
-.IR 0 ,
-the element is switched off. The meaning of the bits
-is as follows:
-.nf
-.sp 1n
-.ta 1L +8L +12L
- 1 statusline
- 2 scrollbars
- 4 Motif: pagelist, Xaw: buttons and pagelist
- 8 toolbar (Motif only)
- 16 menubar (Motif only)
-.sp 1n
-.fi
-For example, to turn on only the statusline and the scrollbars,
-use 3 (= 1 + 2).
-See also the
-.RB ` x '
-keystroke, where the bits are addressed by their positions, from 1 to
-3 (Xaw) or 5 (Motif), respectively.
-.PP
-If the statusline is not active, all messages
-that would normally be printed to the statusline will be printed to
-.IR stdout ,
-unless the
-.B \-hushstdout
-option is used.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-fg " color"
-.RB ( .foreground )
-Determines the color of the text (foreground).
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-text-encoding " encoding"
-.RB ( .textEncoding )
-Use
-.I encoding
-as text encoding of the string in the "Find" window. Usually,
-this shouldn't be needed since the encoding is determined from the locale settings.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B \-findstring\fP \fIstring\fP
-This option triggers a search for
-.I string
-in the DVI file mentioned on the command-line, similar to forward search
-(see the description of the
-.B sourceposition
-option):
-If there is already another
-instance of
-.B xdvi
-running on the displaying that DVI file, it will cause that instance
-to perform the search instead. The search starts at the top of the current
-page of the DVI file.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-font " font"
-.RB ( *font )
-Sets the font used in menus, buttons etc., as described in the
-.I X(7x)
-man page. The font for child windows can be set separately,
-e.g.:
-.RS 7
-.nf
-.ft 3
-.sp 1n
-xdvi*statusline*font: \e
- -*-helvetica-medium-r-*-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
-.sp 1n
-.ft
-.fi
-.RE
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-foreground " color"
-Same as
-.BR -fg .
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-fullscreen
-When this option is used, xdvi will (try to) run in fullscreen mode, with
-no window decorations.
-This option is not guaranteed to work with all windowmanagers/desktops;
-if you're experiencing problems with it, please use the
-.B \-geometry
-option instead, and a suitable window manager setting to remove
-the window decorations.
-When using this option for presentations, you might want
-to get rid of all the control widgets as well, using the
-.B -expertmode
-option. This option can also be toggled at runtime using the
-.B fullscreen
-action (by default bound to Ctrl-l).
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-gamma " gamma"
-.RB ( .gamma )
-Controls the interpolation of colors in the greyscale anti-aliasing color
-palette. Default value is 1.0. For 0 <
-.I gamma
-< 1, the fonts will be lighter (more like the background), and for
-.I gamma
-> 1, the fonts will be darker (more like the foreground). Negative
-values behave the same way, but use a slightly different algorithm.
-For color and grayscale displays; for monochrome, see
-.BR \-density .
-See also the
-.RB ` S '
-keystroke.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-geometry " geometry"
-.RB ( .geometry )
-Specifies the initial geometry of the main window,
-as described in the
-.I X(7x)
-man page. The geometry of child windows can be set
-separately, e.g.:
-.br
-.I xdvi*helpwindow.geometry: 600x800
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B \-gsalpha
-.RB ( .gsAlpha )
-Causes
-.B Ghostscript
-to be called with the
-.B x11alpha
-driver instead of the
-.B x11
-driver. The
-.B x11alpha
-driver enables anti-aliasing in PostScript specials, for a nicer appearance.
-It is available on newer versions of
-.BR Ghostscript .
-This option can also be toggled with the
-.RB ` V '
-keystroke.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-gspalette " palette"
-.RB ( .palette )
-Specifies the palette to be used when using Ghostscript for rendering
-PostScript specials. Possible values are
-.BR Color ,
-.BR Greyscale ,
-and
-.BR Monochrome .
-The default is
-.BR Color .
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BR \-h , " \-help" , " \--help"
-Prints a short help text with an overview of the command-line options
-to standard output.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-hl " color"
-.RB ( .highlight )
-Determines the color of the page border, of the ruler in `ruler mode',
-and of the highlighting markers in forward search and string search.
-The default is the foreground color.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-anchorposition " anchor"
-Jump to
-.I anchor
-after opening the DVI file. This is only useful when invoking
-.B xdvi
-from other applications.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B \-hush
-.RB ( .Hush )
-Causes
-.B xdvi
-to suppress all suppressible warnings.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B \-hushchars
-.RB ( .hushLostChars )
-Causes
-.B xdvi
-to suppress warnings about references to characters which are not defined
-in the font.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B \-hushchecksums
-.RB ( .hushChecksums )
-Causes
-.B xdvi
-to suppress warnings about checksum mismatches between the
-.I dvi
-file and the font file.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B \-hushstdout
-.RB ( .hushStdout )
-Suppresses printing of status messages to
-.IR stdout .
-Note that errors or warnings will still be printed to
-.I stderr
-even if this option is used.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B \-hushbell
-.RB ( .hushBell )
-Don't sound the X bell when an error occurs.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-icongeometry " geometry"
-.RB ( .iconGeometry )
-Specifies the initial position for the icon.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B \-iconic
-.RB ( .iconic )
-Causes the
-.B xdvi
-window to start in the iconic state. The default is to start with the
-window open.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B \-install
-.RB ( .install )
-If
-.B xdvi
-is running under a
-.B PseudoColor
-visual, then (by default) it will check for
-.B TrueColor
-visuals with more bits per pixel, and switch to such a visual if one exists.
-If no such visual exists, it will use the current visual and colormap. If
-.B \-install
-is selected, however, it will still use a
-.B TrueColor
-visual with a greater depth, if one is available; otherwise, it will
-install its own colormap on the current visual. If the current visual is not
-.BR PseudoColor ,
-then
-.B xdvi
-will not switch the visual or colormap, regardless of its options.
-The default value of the
-.B install
-resource is the special value,
-.BR maybe .
-There is no
-.B +install
-option. See also
-.BR \-noinstall ,
-and the GREYSCALING AND COLORMAPS section.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-interpreter " filename"
-.RB ( .interpreter )
-Use
-.I filename
-as the Ghostscript interpreter. By default it uses
-.BR gs .
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B \-keep
-.RB ( .keepPosition )
-Sets a flag to indicate that
-.B xdvi
-should not move to the home position when moving to a new page. See also the
-.RB ` k '
-keystroke. This flag is honored by all page switching actions and by
-.B up-or-previous() /
-.BR down-or-next() ,
-although the latter only honor the horizontal postion, not the vertical one.
-This allows for a "continuous" scrolling back an forth through a document with
-a display window narrower than a page width.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B \-l
-.RB ( .listFonts )
-List the names of all fonts used.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B \-license
-Prints licensing information.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-linkcolor
-.RB ( .linkColor )
-Color used for unvisited hyperlinks (`Blue2' by default). Hyperlinks
-are unvisited before you click on them, or after the DVI file has been reloaded.
-The value should be either a valid X color name (such as
-.IR DarkGoldenrod4 )
-or a hexadecimal color string (such as
-.IR #8b6508 ).
-See also
-.B \-visitedlinkcolor
-and
-.BR \-linkstyle .
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-linkstyle
-.RB ( .LinkStyle )
-Determines the style in which hyperlinks are displayed. Possible
-values and their meanings are:
-.nf
-.sp 1n
-.ta 1L +8L
- 0 No highlighting of links
- 1 Underline links with \fIlink color\fR
- 2 No underlining, color text with \fIlink color\fR
- 3 Underline and display text colored with
- \fIlink color\fR
-.sp 1n
-.fi
-The values for \fIlink color\fR are specified by the options/resources
-.BI \-linkcolor
-and
-.BI \-visitedlinkcolor
-(which see).
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-margins " dimen"
-.RB ( .Margin )
-Specifies the size of both the top margin and side margin.
-This determines the ``home'' position of the page within the window as
-follows. If the entire page fits in the window, then the margin settings
-are ignored. If, even after removing the margins from the left, right,
-top, and bottom, the page still cannot fit in the window, then the page
-is put in the window such that the top and left margins are hidden, and
-presumably the upper left-hand corner of the text on the page will be
-in the upper left-hand corner of the window.
-Otherwise, the text is centered in the window.
-The dimension should be a decimal number optionally followed by
-any of the two-letter abbreviations for units accepted by \*(Te\&
-.RB ( pt ,
-.BR pc ,
-.BR in ,
-.BR bp ,
-.BR cm ,
-.BR mm ,
-.BR dd ,
-.BR cc ,
-or
-.BR sp ).
-By default, the unit will be
-.BR cm " (centimeters)".
-See also
-.BR \-sidemargin ", " \-topmargin ,
-and the keystroke
-.RB ` M .'
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-mfmode " mode-def"
-.RB ( .mfMode )
-Specifies a
-.I mode-def
-string, which can be used in searching for fonts (see ENVIRONMENT, below).
-Generally, when changing the
-.IR mode-def ,
-it is also necessary to change the font size to the appropriate value
-for that mode. This is done by adding a colon and the value in dots per inch;
-for example,
-.BR "\-mfmode ljfour:600" .
-This method overrides any value given by the
-.B pixelsPerInch
-resource or the
-.B \-p
-command-line argument.
-The metafont mode is also passed to
-.B metafont
-during automatic creation of fonts.
-By default, it is
-.BR "unspecified" .
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-mgs " size"
-Same as
-.BR \-mgs1 .
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-mgs[ n ] " size"
-.RB ( .magnifierSize\fR[\fIn\fR] )
-Specifies the size of the window to be used for the ``magnifying glass''
-for Button
-.IR n .
-The size may be given as an integer (indicating that the magnifying glass
-is to be square), or it may be given in the form
-.IR width x height .
-See the MOUSE ACTIONS section. Defaults are 200x150, 400x250, 700x500,
-1000x800, and 1200x1200.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-mousemode " " [ 0 | 1 | 2 ]
-.RB ( .mouseMode )
-Specifies the default mode of xdvi at startup: Magnifier (0), Text Selection Mode (1)
-or Ruler Mode (2). See the section
-.BR MODES ,
-below, for more information.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B \-nocolor
-.RB ( .color )
-Turns off the use of color specials. This option can be toggled with the
-.RB ` C '
-keystroke.
-(Note:
-.B \-nocolor
-corresponds to
-.BR color:off ;
-.B +nocolor
-to
-.BR color:on .)
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B \-nofork
-.RB ( .fork )
-With the
-.B \-sourceposition
-and
-.B \-unique
-options, the default behavior is for
-.B xdvi
-to put itself into the background (like a daemon) if there
-is no appropriate instance of
-.B xdvi
-already running.
-This argument makes it run in the foreground instead. This is useful
-for debugging, or if your client application cannot deal well with
-a program self-backgrounding itself in this way -- e.g., the IPC functions
-in
-.B emacs
-are known to have problems with this.
-If no
-.B \-sourceposition
-or
-.B \-unique
-argument is given, then this option has no effect.
-(Note:
-.B \-nofork
-corresponds to
-.BR fork:off ;
-.B +nofork
-to
-.BR fork:on .)
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B \-noghostscript
-.RB ( .ghostscript )
-Inhibits the use of Ghostscript for displaying PostScript<tm> specials.
-(Note:
-.B \-noghostscript
-corresponds to
-.BR ghostscript:off ;
-.B +noghostscript
-to
-.BR ghostscript:on .)
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B \-nogrey
-.RB ( .grey )
-Turns off the use of greyscale anti-aliasing when printing shrunken bitmaps.
-(Note:
-.B \-nogrey
-corresponds to
-.BR grey:off ;
-.B +nogrey
-to
-.BR grey:on .)
-See also the
-.RB ` G '
-keystroke.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B \-nogssafer
-.RB ( .gsSafer )
-Normally, if Ghostscript is used to render PostScript specials, the Ghostscript
-interpreter is run with the option
-.BR \-dSAFER .
-The
-.B \-nogssafer
-option runs Ghostscript without
-.BR \-dSAFER .
-The
-.B \-dSAFER
-option in Ghostscript disables PostScript operators such as
-.BR deletefile ,
-to prevent possibly malicious PostScript programs from having any effect.
-If the
-.B \-safer
-option is specified, then this option has no effect; in that case Ghostscript
-is always run with
-.BR \-dSAFER .
-(Note:
-.B \-nogssafer
-corresponds to
-.BR gsSafer:off ;
-.B +nogssafer
-to
-.BR gsSafer:on .)
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B \-noinstall
-.RB ( .install )
-Inhibit the default behavior of switching to a
-.B TrueColor
-visual if one is available with more bits per pixel than the current visual.
-(Note:
-\-noinstall
-corresponds
-.BR install:off ;
-there is no
-.B +noinstall
-option.)
-See also
-.BR \-install ,
-and the GREYSCALING AND COLORMAPS section.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B \-nomakepk
-.RB ( .makePk )
-Turns off automatic generation of font files that cannot be found by other
-means.
-(Note:
-.B \-nomakepk
-corresponds to
-.BR makePk:off ;
-.B +nomakepk
-to
-.BR makePK:on .)
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B \-nomatchinverted
-.RB ( .matchInverted )
-Don't highlight string search matches in inverted color; instead, draw a rectangle in
-.I highlight
-color (see the
-.B \-hl
-option) around the match. This option is activated automatically if
-the display isn't running in TrueColor.
-(Note:
-.B \-nomatchinverted
-corresponds to
-.BR matchInverted:off ;
-.B +nomatchinverted
-to
-.BR matchInverted:on .)
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-noomega
-.RB ( .omega )
-This will disable the use of Omega extensions when interpreting DVI files.
-By default, the additional opcodes
-.I 129
-and
-.I 134
-are recognized by xdvi as Omega extensions and interpreted as requests
-to set 2-byte characters. The only drawback is that the virtual font
-array will require 65536 positions instead of the default 256 positions,
-i.e. the memory requirements of xdvi will be slightly larger. If you find
-this unacceptable or encounter another problem with the Omega extensions,
-you can switch this extension off by using
-.B \-noomega
-(but please do send a bug report if you find such problems - see the bug
-address in the
-.B AUTHORS
-section below).
-.br
-(Note:
-.B \-noomega
-corresponds to
-.BR "omega: off" ;
-.B +noomega
-to
-.BR "omega: on" .)
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B \-noscan
-.RB ( .prescan )
-By default,
-.B xdvi
-does a preliminary scan of the
-.I dvi
-file to process any
-.B papersize
-specials; this is especially important at startup since the paper size may be
-needed to determine the window size.
-If PostScript<tm> is in use, then prescanning is also necessary in order to
-properly process header files.
-In addition, prescanning is needed to correctly determine the background color
-of a page.
-This option turns off such prescanning.
-(Prescanning will be automatically be turned back on if
-.B xdvi
-detects any of the specials mentioned above.)
-(Note:
-.B \-noscan
-corresponds to
-.BR prescan:off ;
-.B +noscan
-to
-.BR prescan:on .)
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-not1lib
-.RB ( .t1lib )
-This will disable the use of T1Lib to display PostScript<tm> fonts.
-Use this option as a workaround when you encounter problems with the
-display of T1Lib (but please don't forget to send a bug report in
-this case, to the URL mentioned in the section AUTHORS below).
-.br
-(Note:
-.B \-not1lib
-corresponds to
-.BR t1lib:off ;
-.B +not1lib
-to
-.BR t1lib:on .)
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B \-notempfile
-.RB ( .tempFile )
-As mentioned in the section
-.B DESCRIPTION
-above, xdvi will create a temporary copy of the DVI file so that it
-can be accessed without interruptions even while the file is being
-rewritten by
-.BR TeX .
-Since this introduces the overhead of copying the file every time
-it has changed, the
-.B \-notempfile
-allows you to turn off this behaviour. In this case, exposing parts of the
-window while the DVI file is being written by \*(Te\& will erase the current
-window contents until the DVI file can be completely reread.
-.br
-(Note:
-.B \-notempfile
-corresponds to
-.BR tempFile:off ;
-.B +notempfile
-to
-.BR tempFile:on .)
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-offsets " dimen"
-.RB ( .Offset )
-Specifies the size of both the horizontal and vertical offsets of the
-output on the page. By decree of the Stanford \*(Te\& Project,
-the default \*(Te\& page origin is always 1 inch over and down from
-the top-left page corner, even when non-American paper sizes are used.
-Therefore, the default offsets are 1.0 inch.
-The argument
-.I dimen
-should be a decimal number optionally followed by any of the two-letter
-abbreviations for units accepted by \*(Te\&
-.RB ( pt ,
-.BR pc ,
-.BR in ,
-.BR bp ,
-.BR cm ,
-.BR mm ,
-.BR dd ,
-.BR cc ,
-or
-.BR sp ).
-By default, the unit will be
-.BR cm " (centimeters)".
-See also
-.B \-xoffset
-and
-.BR \-yoffset .
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-p " pixels"
-.RB ( .pixelsPerInch )
-Defines the size of the fonts to use, in pixels per inch. The
-default value is 600. This option is provided only for backwards
-compatibility; the preferred way is to set both the resolution
-and the Metafont mode via the
-.B \-mfmode
-option (which see).
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-paper " papertype"
-.RB ( .paper )
-Specifies the size of the printed page. Note that in most cases it's
-best to specify the paper size in the TeX input file via the line
-.sp
-.B \eusepackage[dvips]{geometry}
-.sp
-which will be recognized by both dvips and xdvi; in that case the
-use of a `-paper' option should be unnecessary.
-.br
-The paper size may be specified in the form
-\fIwidth\fBx\fIheight\fR optionally followed by a unit, where
-.I width
-and
-.I height
-are decimal numbers giving the width and height of the paper, respectively,
-and the unit is any of the two-letter abbreviations for units accepted
-by \*(Te\&
-.RB ( pt ,
-.BR pc ,
-.BR in ,
-.BR bp ,
-.BR cm ,
-.BR mm ,
-.BR dd ,
-.BR cc ,
-or
-.BR sp ).
-By default, the unit is
-.BR cm " (centimeters)"\fR.
-.br
-There are also synonyms which may be used:
-.B us
-(8.5x11in),
-.B legal
-(8.5x14in),
-.B foolscap
-(13.5x17in),
-as well as the ISO sizes
-.BR a1 - a7 ,
-.BR b1 - b7 ,
-.BR c1 - c7 .
-Each of these also has a landscape or `rotated' variant:
-.B usr
-(11x8.5in),
-.BR a1r - a7r ,
-etc. For compatibility with
-.BR dvips ,
-the formats
-.B letter
-(8.5x11in),
-.B ledger
-(17x11in)
-and
-.B tabloid
-(11x17in)
-are also supported (these don't have rotated variants).
-.br
-Any of the above sizes may be preceded by a plus sign
-.RB (` + ');
-this causes the paper size given here to override any paper size given in the
-.I dvi
-file. The default paper size is 21 x 29.7 cm (A4 size).
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B \-pause
-.RB ( .pause )
-This option provides a simple implementation of incremental
-(stepwise) display, which can be used for presentations.
-When this option is used,
-.B xdvi
-will pause the display of the current page whenever it encounters a
-special
-.I special-string
-.RI ( xdvi:pause
-by default; the string can be customized via
-.IR \-pausespecial ,
-see below), and the cursor will change its shape. The action
-.B unpause-or-next()
-(by default bound to the
-.B Space
-key) will display the next portion of the page up to the following
-.IR special-string ,
-or until the end of the page is reached.
-When the option is not used, specials containing
-.I special-string
-will be ignored.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-pausespecial " special-string"
-.RB ( .pauseSpecial )
-Sets the special string that causes xdvi to pause when the
-.I -pause
-option is active. The default value of
-.I special-string
-is
-.IR xdvi:pause .
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-postscript " flag"
-.RB ( .postscript )
-If
-.I flag = 0,
-rendering of PostScript<tm> specials is disabled; instead, bounding
-boxes will be displayed (if available). A value of
-.I 1
-(the default) switches PostScript<tm> specials on. With a value of
-.IR 2 ,
-the PostScript<tm> specials are displayed along with their
-bounding boxes; this allows you to visually check the correctness
-of the bounding boxes. The values can also be toggled at runtime
-with the
-.RB ` v '
-keystroke and the corresponding numerical prefix arguments 0, 1 and 2.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-ps2pdfpath " path"
-.RB ( .ps2pdfPath )
-Use
-.I path
-as a conversion program from Postscript to PDF. The program or script
-should accept two command-line arguments: The Postscript file as first
-argument, and the PDF output file as second argument.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-rulecolor " color"
-.RB ( .ruleColor )
-Determines the color of the rules used for the the magnifier
-(default: foreground color).
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-q
-.RB ( .noInitFile )
-Ignore the
-.I $HOME/.xdvirc
-startup file (i.e. don't read it at startup, and don't write it
-at exit). This forces the defaults defined in
-.I $HOME/.Xdefaults
-to be used. See
-.B FILES
-for more information on
-.IR $HOME/.xdvirc .
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B \-rv
-.RB ( .reverseVideo )
-Causes the page to be displayed with white characters on a black background,
-instead of vice versa.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-S " density"
-.RB ( .densityPercent )
-Same as
-.B \-density
-(which see).
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-s " shrink"
-.RB ( .shrinkFactor )
-Defines the initial shrink factor. The default value is 8. If
-.I shrink
-is given as 0, then the initial shrink factor is computed so that the
-page fits within the window (as if the `s' keystroke were given without
-a number).
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B \-safer
-.RB ( .safer )
-This option turns on all available security options; it is designed for use when
-.B xdvi
-is called by a browser that obtains a
-.I dvi
-or \*(Te\& file from another site.
-This option selects
-.B +nogssafer
-and
-.BR +allowshell .
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-sidemargin " dimen"
-.RB ( .sideMargin )
-Specifies the side margin (see
-.BR \-margins ).
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-sourceposition " line" [: col "][ ]" filename
-This option makes
-.B xdvi
-search in the
-.I dvi
-file for the place corresponding to the indicated line (and, optionally,
-column) in the .tex source file, and highlight the place found by drawing a
-rectangle in the
-.I highlight
-color (see the
-.B \-hl
-option) around the corresponding text. In addition, when run with this
-argument (and the
-.B \-nofork
-option is not given, which see),
-.B xdvi
-will always return immediately: if it finds another instance of
-.B xdvi
-already showing
-.I dvi_file,
-then it will cause that instance to raise its window and move to the given
-place in the
-.I dvi
-file; otherwise it will start up its own instance in the background.
-If several instances of xdvi are displaying the respective
-.I dvi
-file, the instance which was last raised to the foreground will be used.
-.sp
-The space before
-.I filename
-is only needed if the filename starts
-with a digit. When the space is used, the argument
-needs to be enclosed in quotes to prevent the shell from
-misinterpreting the space as argument separator.
-.sp
-This option requires that
-.I dvi_file
-be prepared with source special information. See the section on SOURCE SPECIALS
-for details on how to do this.
-.sp
-Here is a more detailed description of how the filename in the
-.I \-sourceposition
-argument is matched with the filename in the source specials:
-.RS 7
-.TP 3
-1.
-If neither of the filenames contains a path name component, the filenames
-are compared ignoring the
-.RI ` .tex '
-extensions in both filenames.
-.TP
-2.
-Otherwise, if one of the filenames does contain a path component (e.g.:
-.IR ./test.tex ,
-.IR ../test.tex ,
-.IR /my/homedir/tex/test.tex
-or any combination of these), both filenames are expanded to a full path,
-with any occurrences of
-.I ../
-and
-.I ./
-expanded, and multiple slashes removed.
-.br
-The pathname in the
-.I \-sourceposition
-is expanded relative to the current working directory of the
-.I xdvi \-sourceposition
-invocation, and the pathnames in the source specials are expanded
-relative to the path of the current DVI file being viewed.
-.br
-The path names are then compared ignoring the
-.RI ` .tex '
-extensions in both path names.
-.RE
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B \-statusline\fP
-.RB ( .statusline )
-This option is obsolete; use
-\fB\-expertmode \fP \fIflag\fP
-instead (which see).
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B \-thorough
-.RB ( .thorough )
-.B Xdvi
-will usually try to ensure that overstrike characters (e.g.,
-.BR \enotin )
-are printed correctly. On monochrome displays, this is always possible
-with one logical operation, either
-.I and
-or
-.IR or .
-On color displays, however, this may take two operations, one to set the
-appropriate bits and one to clear other bits. If this is the case, then
-by default
-.B xdvi
-will instead use the
-.I copy
-operation, which does not handle overstriking correctly. The
-.B \-thorough
-option chooses the slower but more correct choice. See also
-.BR \-copy .
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-topmargin " dimen"
-.RB ( .topMargin )
-Specifies the top and bottom margins (see
-.BR \-margins ).
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B \-unique
-.RB ( .unique )
-This option will make another instance of xdvi running on the same display
-act as a `server'. For example, the invocation
-.sp
-.B xdvi -unique +5 file.dvi
-.sp
-will cause this other instance to load
-.I file.dvi
-on page 5 in place of the file that it is currently displaying. If there is
-already another instance of xdvi already displaying the file
-.IR file.dvi ,
-then it will just jump to page 5.
-If the other instance of xdvi is displaying a different file, it will load
-.I file.dvi
-instead. Otherwise, if no other instance of
-xdvi is currently running on the display, this option instead
-starts a new instance of xdvi in the background (unless the
-.I \-nofork
-option is specified, which see) displaying page 5 of
-.IR file.dvi .
-.br
-The filename and the
-.B +n
-option for the page number are the only options available for
-controlling a remote instance of xdvi like this; all other options are
-currently ignored.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-useTeXpages
-Use logical \*(Te\& pages (the values of the
-.I \ecount0
-register) instead of physical pages for the pagelist labels and
-when jumping to a page in a document with the `g' keystroke (or the
-.B goto-page()
-action).
-This option can be toggled via the
-.RB ` T '
-keystroke.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-version
-Print information on the version of
-.BR xdvi .
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-visitedlinkcolor
-.RB ( .visitedLinkColor )
-Color used for visited hyperlinks (`Purple4' by default). Hyperlinks become
-visited once you click on them. As for
-.BR linkColor ,
-the value should be either a valid X color name or a hexadecimal color string.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B \-warnspecials
-.RB ( .warnSpecials )
-Causes
-.B xdvi
-to print warnings about
-.B \especial
-strings that it cannot process to stderr. These warnings are suppressed by default.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-watchfile " n"
-.RB ( .watchFile )
-If this option is set to a value larger than 0, xdvi will check
-the DVI file for changes every
-.I n
-seconds. If the DVI file has been completely written by TeX, it will
-be reloaded automatically. Fractional values (e.g. `2.5') are
-possible. The default for this option is 0, i.e. no watching.
-.br
-Since xdvi cannot handle partial DVI files, it tries not to reload
-the file while it is being rewritten. However, use of the magnifier
-or switching of pages requires reading (a part of) the DVI file, and
-if the
-.B tempfile
-option is switched off, this will erase the current contents of the window
-until the DVI file can be read entirely.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-wheelunit " pixels"
-.RB ( .wheelUnit )
-Sets the number of pixels that a motion of a wheel mouse will move the
-image up, down, left, or right. (See the
-.B wheel
-and
-.B hwheel
-actions, below, for more information on this.)
-If set to zero, the wheel mouse functionality is (essentially) disabled.
-The default value is 80.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-xoffset " dimen"
-.RB ( .xOffset )
-Specifies the size of the horizontal offset of the output on the page. See
-.BR \-offsets .
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BI \-yoffset " dimen"
-.RB ( .yOffset )
-Specifies the size of the vertical offset of the output on the page. See
-.BR -offsets .
-.PP
-
-
-
-.SH KEYSTROKES
-.B Xdvi
-recognizes the following keystrokes when typed in its window.
-Each may optionally be preceded by a (positive or negative) number, a
-`prefix argument', whose interpretation will depend on the particular keystroke.
-This prefix argument can be discarded by pressing the ``Escape'' key.
-If present, the ``Help'', ``Prior'' and ``Next'' keys are synonyms for
-.RB ` ? ',
-.RB ` b ',
-and
-.RB ` f '
-keys, respectively.
-.PP
-The key bindings listed here are those that
-.B xdvi
-assigns by default. The names appearing in brackets at the beginning
-of the descriptions are the names of the actions associated with the
-keys; these can be used to customize the key bindings, as explained in
-more detail in the section
-.B CUSTOMIZATION
-below. If only a lowercase binding is listed, both upper- and lowercase
-keys will work for that binding.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\"
-.\" SPECIAL KEYS
-.\"
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BR ESC " key"
-.RB [ discard-number() ]
-The escape key discards the numerical prefix for all actions
-(useful when you mistyped a number).
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BR Return " key"
-.RB [ forward-page() ]
-Moves to the next page (or to the
-.IR n th
-next page if a number is given). Synonyms are
-.RB ` n ',
-.RB ` f '
-and Line Feed.
-.TP
-.BR Backspace " key"
-.RB [ back-pagee() ]
-Moves to the previous page (or back
-.I n
-pages). Synonyms are
-.RB ` p ',
-.RB ` b '
-and
-.BR Ctrl-h .
-.TP
-.BR Delete " key"
-.RB [ up-or-previous() ]
-Moves up two-thirds of a window-full, or to the top of the previous page
-if already at the top of the page. With a float argument, moves up the
-corresponding fraction of a window-full.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BR Space " key"
-.RB [ unpause-or-next() ]
-Moves down two-thirds of a window-full, or to the next page if already at
-the bottom of the page.
-.br
-When the option
-.BI \-pause " special-string"
-is used and the display is currently paused, this key will instead
-display the next portion of the page until the next
-.I special-string
-or the end of the page is encountered. See the description of the
-.B \-pause
-option for details. The action
-.RB [ down-or-next() ]
-does a similar thing, but without pausing; it is not bound to a key
-by default.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BR Ctrl-Home " (Xaw), " Ctrl-osfBeginLine " (Motif)"
-.RB [ goto-page(1) ]
-Moves to the first page of the document.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BR Ctrl-End " (Xaw), " Ctrl-osfEndLine " (Motif)"
-.RB [ goto-page() ]
-Moves to the last page of the document.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BR Home " (Xaw), " osfBeginLine " (Motif)"
-.RB [ home-or-top() ]
-Move to the ``home'' position of the page, or to the top of the page if
-the
-.I keep
-flag is set (in this case, the page doesn't scroll horizontally).
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BR End " (Xaw), " osfEndLine " (Motif)"
-.RB [ end-or-bottom() ]
-Move to the ``end'' position of the page (the lower right-hand corner),
-or to the bottom of the page if the
-.I keep
-flag is set (in this case, the page doesn't scroll horizontally).
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\"
-.\" ARROW KEYS
-.\"
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B Down arrow
-.RB [ down(0.015) ]
-Scrolls page down.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B Up arrow
-.RB [ up(0.015) ]
-Scrolls page up.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B Right arrow
-.RB [ right(0.015) ]
-Scrolls page right.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B Left arrow
-.RB [ left(0.015) ]
-Scrolls page left.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\"
-.\" ORDINARY KEYS. Note that the special symbols ([ ] + - etc.) are not in
-.\" strict ASCII order (found that more intuitive). Sequence for each letter
-.\" is: Alt-Ctrl, Ctrl, uppercase, lowercase.
-.\"
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B Alt-Ctrl-+
-.RB [ change-density(25) ]
-Increase the darkness of the fonts in the DVI window by adding to the gamma value
-(see also the
-.RB ` S '
-keystroke).
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B Alt-Ctrl--
-.RB [ change-density(-25) ]
-Decrease the darkness of the fonts in the DVI window by subtracting from the gamma value
-(see also the
-.RB ` S '
-keystroke).
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B Ctrl-+
-.RB [ set-shrink-factor(+) ]
-Increase the shrink factor (see also the
-.RB ` s '
-keystroke).
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B Ctrl--
-.RB [ set-shrink-factor(-) ]
-Decrease the shrink factor (see also the
-.RB ` s '
-keystroke).
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B Ctr-[
-.RB [ pagehistory-delete-backward() ]
-Delete the current item in the page history and move to the history
-item before the deleted one. With a prefix argument
-.BR n ,
-delete
-.B n
-previous history items. See
-.B PAGE HISTORY
-for details.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B [
-.RB [ pagehistory-back() ]
-Move back in the page history (see
-.B PAGE HISTORY
-for details). With a prefix argument
-.BR n ,
-move back
-.B n
-history items.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B Ctr-]
-.RB [ pagehistory-delete-forward() ]
-Delete the current item in the page history and move to the history
-item after the deleted one. With a prefix argument
-.BR n ,
-delete
-.B n
-next history items. See
-.B PAGE HISTORY
-for details.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B ]
-.RB [ pagehistory-forward() ]
-Move forward in the page history (see
-.B PAGE HISTORY
-for details). With a prefix argument
-.BR n ,
-move forward
-.B n
-history items.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.BR ^
-.RB [ home() ]
-Move to the ``home'' position of the page. This is normally the upper
-left-hand corner of the page, depending on the margins as described in the
-.B \-margins
-option, above.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B ?
-.RB [ help() ]
-Same as the
-.B h
-key (which see).
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B B
-.RB [ htex-back() ]
-This key jumps back to the previous hyperlink anchor. See the
-section
-.B HYPERLINKS
-for more information on navigating the links.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B b
-.RB [ back-page() ]
-Moves to the previous page (or back
-.I n
-pages). Synonyms are
-.RB ` p ',
-.B Ctrl-h
-and
-.BR Backspace .
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B C
-.RB [ set-color() ]
-This key toggles the use of color specials. The key sequences
-.RB ` 0C '
-and
-.RB ` 1C '
-turn interpretation of color specials off and on, respectively.
-See also the
-.B \-nocolor
-option.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B c
-.RB [ center() ]
-Moves the page so that the point currently beneath the mouse cursor is moved to
-the middle of the window, and warps the mouse cursor to the same place.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B D
-.RB [ toggle-grid-mode() ]
-This key toggles the use of a grid on the displayed page.
-If no number is given, the grid mode is switched on or off.
-By prepending a number from 1 to 3, 3 different grid levels can be set.
-The units of the grid are inches or centimeters, depending
-on whether the paper format is letter (in) or a4 (cm).
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B d
-.RB [ down() ]
-Moves page down two thirds of a window-full. With a float argument to ``down'',
-moves down the corresponding fraction of a window-full.
-.\" Therefore, a more
-.\" ``smooth'' scrolling using the ``Up'' and ``Down'' keys can be
-.\" achieved by the the following setting:
-.\" .sp
-.\" xdvi.mainTranslations: #override\e
-.\" .br
-.\" <Key>Up:up(0.01)\en\e
-.\" .br
-.\" <Key>Down:down(0.01)\en
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B Ctrl-f
-.RB [ find() ]
-Pop up a window to search for a string in the DVI file. See the section
-.BR "STRING SEARCH" ,
-below, for more details.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B f
-.RB [ forward-page() ]
-Moves to the next page (or to the
-.IR n th
-next page if a number is given). Synonyms are
-.RB ` n ',
-Return, and Line Feed.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B G
-.RB [ set-greyscaling() ]
-This key toggles the use of greyscale anti-aliasing for displaying shrunken
-bitmaps. In addition, the key sequences
-.RB ` 0G '
-and
-.RB ` 1G '
-clear and set this flag, respectively. See also the
-.B \-nogrey
-option.
-.sp
-If given a numeric argument that is not 0 or 1, greyscale anti-aliasing is
-turned on, and the gamma resource is set to the value divided by
-100. E.g.,
-.RB ` 150G '
-turns on greyscale and sets gamma to 1.5.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B Ctrl-g
-.RB [ find-next() ]
-Find the next match string in the DVI file; this can be used instead
-of pressing the `Find' button in the search window.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B g
-.RB [ goto-page() ]
-Moves to the page with the given number. If no page number is given, xdvi jumps to the last page.
-.br
-If the option/resource
-.B useTeXpages
-is active, the numbers correspond to the actual page numbers in the TeX file;
-otherwise, absolute page numbers (starting from 1) are used. In the latter case,
-the page numbers can be changed with the
-.RB ` P '
-keystroke, below.
-Note that with the
-.B useTeXpages
-option it is possible that the same page number occurs multiple
-times; in such a case, xdvi will use the first page number that matches.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B h
-Pops up a help window with a short explanation of the most important key
-bindings and concepts.
-.\"
-.\" Ummh, surely nobody will use the following ...
-.\"
-.\" For I18n purposes, the help texts and menu entries are configurable
-.\" via the following X resources:
-.\" .BR helpGeneral ,
-.\" #ifhyper
-.\" .BR helpHypertex ,
-.\" #endif
-.\" .BR helpOthercommands ,
-.\" .BR helpMarking ,
-.\" .BR helpPagemotion ,
-.\" .BR helpMousebuttons ,
-.\" .BR helpRulermode ,
-.\" .BR helpSearch and
-.\" .BR helpSourcespecials .
-.\" The values of this resource should be a text string, the first line of
-.\" which should contain two fields separated by `\en'. The first field is
-.\" used as list entry for the list of help topics on the left of the help
-.\" window, and the second field is used as the heading on the right-hand side.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B k
-.RB [ set-keep-flag() ]
-Normally when
-.B xdvi
-switches pages, it moves to the home position as well. The
-.RB ` k '
-keystroke toggles a `keep-position' flag which, when set, will keep
-the same position when moving between pages. Also
-.RB ` 0k '
-and
-.RB ` 1k '
-clear and set this flag, respectively. See also the
-.B \-keep
-option.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B Ctrl-l
-.RB [ fullscreen(toggle) ]
-Toggles fullscreen mode (see the description of the
-.B \-fullscreen
-option for more information on this). This is even more flaky than
-using the command-line option: There is no universal standard
-how a window could change its own geometry or window decorations at
-run-time, so this will not work with most window managers or
-desktops. Generally, it's better to use the window manager controls to
-change the size or decorations of the xdvi window.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B l
-.RB [ left() ]
-Moves page left two thirds of a window-full.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B M
-.RB [ set-margins() ]
-Sets the margins so that the point currently under the mouse cursor defines
-the upper left-hand corner of the text in the page. Note that the command
-does
-.I not
-move the image, but only determines the margins
-for the page switching commands. For details on how the margins
-are used, see the
-.B \-margins
-option.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B m
-.RB [ toggle-mark() ]
-Toggles the mark for the current page in the page list. When a page
-is marked, it is displayed with a small star `*' next to the page number.
-The marked pages can then be printed or saved to a file.
-A page or several pages can also be marked by clicking or dragging
-.B Mouse-2
-in the page list.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B Ctrl-n
-.RB [ toggle-mark()forward-page() ]
-Toggles the mark for the current page in the page list, and moves to
-the next page. This lets you quickly mark a series of subsequent pages.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B n
-.RB [ forward-page() ]
-Moves to the next page (or to the
-.IR n th
-next page if a number is given). Synonyms are
-.RB ` f ',
-Return, and Line Feed.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B Ctrl-o
-.RB [ select-dvi-file() ]
-Read a new
-.I dvi
-file. A file-selection widget is popped up for you to choose the DVI
-file from. If a prefix argument
-.I n
-is given, the
-.I n th
-file from the file history is opened instead.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B P
-.RB [ declare-page-number() ]
-``This is page number
-.IR n .''
-This can be used to make the
-.RB ` g '
-keystroke refer to a different page number than the physical page.
-(If you want to use `logical' or \*(Te\& page numbers instead of physical pages,
-consider using the option
-.B \-useTeXpages
-instead.)
-The argument
-.I n
-should be given as prefix to this key.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B Ctrl-p
-.RB [ print() ]
-Opens a popup window for printing the DVI file, or parts of it.
-See the section
-.B PRINT DIALOG
-for an explanation of the options available, and the resources to customize
-the default behaviour.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B p
-.RB [ back-page() ]
-Moves to the previous page (or back
-.I n
-pages). Synonyms are
-.RB ` b ',
-.B Ctrl-h
-and
-.BR Backspace .
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B q
-.RB [ quit() ]
-Quits the program.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B Ctrl-r
-.RB [ forward-page(0) ]
-Redisplays the current page.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B R
-.RB [ reread-dvi-file() ]
-Forces the
-.I dvi
-file to be reread. This allows you to preview many versions of the same
-file while running
-.B xdvi
-only once.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B r
-.RB [ right() ]
-Moves page right two thirds of a window-full.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B Ctrl-s
-.RB [ save() ]
-Opens a popup window for saving the DVI file, or parts of it. See the section
-SAVE DIALOG below for more information on this.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B S
-.RB [ set-density() ]
-Sets the density factor to be used when shrinking bitmaps. This should
-be a number between 0 and 100; higher numbers produce lighter characters.
-If greyscaling mode is in effect, this changes the value of gamma instead.
-The new value of gamma is the given number divided by 100; negative values
-are allowed.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B s
-.RB [ set-shrink-factor() ]
-Changes the shrink factor to the given number. If no number is given, the
-smallest factor that makes the entire page fit in the window will be used.
-(Margins are ignored in this computation.)
-.\" NOTE: following only works in action string, not interactively!!!
-.\" Two special values are
-.\" .B +
-.\" and
-.\" .B -
-.\" which zoom in and out respectively, by decrementing/incrementing the
-.\" shrinkfactor by one step.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B T
-.RB [ use-tex-pages() ]
-Use logical \*(Te\& pages (the values of the
-.I \ecount0
-register) instead of physical pages for the pagelist labels and
-when jumping to a page in a document via
-.BR goto-page() .
-See also the
-.B \-useTeXpages
-option.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B t
-.RB [ switch-magnifier-units() ]
-Switches the units used for the magnifier tick marks, and for reporting
-the distance between the mouse pointer and the ruler centre in
-ruler mode (see the section
-.BR MODES ).
-The default value is specified by the X resource
-.B tickUnits
-(`mm' by default). The units toggle through the following
-values; except for `px', they all correspond to \*(Te\&'s units:
-.I mm
-(millimeters)
-.I pt
-(\*(Te\& points),
-.I in
-(inches),
-.I sp
-(scaled points, the unit used internally by \*(Te\&)
-.I bp
-(big points or `Postscript points'),
-.I cc
-(cicero points),
-.I dd
-(didot points),
-.I pc
-(pica), and
-.I px
-(screen pixels).
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B Ctrl-u
-.RB [ back-page()toggle-mark() ]
-Moves to the previous page, and toggles the mark for that page. This
-is the dual action to
-.BR Ctrl-n .
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B u
-.RB [ up() ]
-Moves page up two thirds of a window-full. With a float argument to ``up'',
-moves up the corresponding fraction of a window-full.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B Ctrl-v
-.RB [ show-source-specials() ]
-Show bounding boxes for every source special on the current page, and print
-the strings contained in these specials to stderr. With prefix 1,
-show every bounding box on the page. This is for debugging purposes mainly.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B V
-.RB [ set-gs-alpha() ]
-This key toggles the anti-aliasing of PostScript<tm> specials when
-.B Ghostscript
-is used as renderer. In addition the key sequences
-.RB ` 0V '
-and
-.RB ` 1V '
-clear and set this flag, respectively. See also the
-.B \-gsalpha
-option.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B v
-.RB [ set-ps() ]
-This key toggles the rendering of PostScript<tm> specials between 3 states:
-.RS 7
-.TP 0
-.SB - specials (like EPS graphics) are displayed;
-.TP
-.SB - specials are displayed along with their bounding box (if available);
-.TP
-.SB - only the bounding box is displayed.
-.PP
-.sp
-The states can also be selected directly by using
-.RB ` 1v ',
-.RB ` 2v '
-and
-.RB ` 0v '
-respectively.
-See also the
-.B \-postscript
-option.
-.RE
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B Ctrl-x
-.RB [ source-what-special() ]
-Display information about the source special next to the mouse cursor in the
-statusline. This is the same special that would be found by
-.IR source-special() ,
-but without invoking the editor. For debugging purposes.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B x
-.RB [ set-expert-mode() ]
-Toggles expert mode, in which
-the statusline, the scrollbars, the menu buttons, the toolbar (Motif only)
-and the page list are not shown.
-Typing
-.RB ` 1x '
-toggles the display of the statusline at the bottom of
-the window. Typing
-.RB ` 2x '
-toggles the scrollbars (if available). For Xaw,
-.RB ` 3x '
-toggles the menu buttons and the page list, for Motif,
-it toggles the page list. In Motif, the additional bindings
-.RB ` 4x '
-toggle the toolbar, and
-.RB ` 5x '
-the menu bar.
-.br
-Without a prefix argument, all of the mentioned GUI elements are either
-switched on (if they had been invisible before) or off.
-.br
-Toggling the scrollbars may behave erratically with the
-Xaw widgets; e.g. the scrollbars may reappear after
-resizing the window, and at certain window sizes one of the
-scrollbars may fail to disappear.
-.br
-See also the option
-.B \-expertmode
-(the numbers above correspond to the bits in the argument to
-.BR \-expertmode ).
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.SH MOUSE ACTIONS IN THE MAIN WINDOW
-The mouse actions can be customized by setting the X resource
-.BR mouseTranslations .
-Since there are three different mouse modes (see the section
-.B MODES
-below), there is a special action
-.B mouse-modes
-which lists the actions for each of the three modes:
-\fBmouse-modes("ACTIONS-FOR-MODE1", "ACTIONS-FOR-MODE2", "ACTIONS-FOR-MODE3")\fR.
-If only one argument is specified, this action is used for all modes.
-The default bindings are as follows:
-.RS 5
-.nf
-.ft 3
-.sp 1n
-xdvi.mouseTranslations: \e
-Shift<Btn1Down>:mouse-modes("drag(+)")\en\e
-Shift<Btn2Down>:mouse-modes("drag(|)")\en\e
-Shift<Btn3Down>:mouse-modes("drag(-)")\en\e
-Ctrl<Btn1Down>:mouse-modes("source-special()")\en\e
-<Btn1Down>: mouse-modes("do-href()magnifier(*2)", "text-selection()", "ruler()")\en\e
-<Btn2Down>: mouse-modes("do-href-newwindow()magnifier(*2)", "text-selection()", "ruler()")\en\e
-<Btn3Down>: mouse-modes("magnifier(*3)")\en\e
-<Btn4Down>: mouse-modes("wheel(-0.2)")\en\e
-<Btn5Down>: mouse-modes("wheel(0.2)")\en\e
-<Btn6Down>: mouse-modes("hwheel(-0.2)")\en\e
-<Btn7Down>: mouse-modes("hwheel(0.2)")\en\e
-.sp 1n
-.ft
-.fi
-.RE
-All of these actions are described in more detail below.
-Note the use of quote symbols around the action strings, which are necessary
-to group them into one argument.
-Buttons 4, 5, 6, and 7 refer to wheel movements (wheel up/down/left/right)
-on wheel mice. Not all mice support horizontal scrolling.
-.PP
-The X Toolkit routines that implement translations do not support event
-types of
-.B Btn6Down
-or
-.BR Btn7Down .
-Because of this,
-.B xdvi
-implements its own parser for translations given in
-.BR mouseTranslations .
-This parser is more limited than the parser built in to the X Toolkit.
-The string given in
-.B mouseTranslations
-should not begin with
-.RB `` #replace '',
-.RB `` #augment '',
-or
-.RB `` #override ''.
-Modifiers of the form
-.BI @ keysym
-are not supported, and the event type must be of the form
-.B BtnDown
-or
-.BI Btn n Down\fR,\fP
-where
-.I n
-is a positive integer without leading zeroes. Also, some limitations apply
-to the action field.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B do-href()
-.TP
-.B do-href-newwindow()
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-Usually, if a binding specifies more then one action, all actions
-are executed in a sequence. The hyperlink bindings
-.B do-href()
-and
-.B do-href-newwindow()
-are special in that they are used as an
-.I alternative
-to other actions that might follow them
-.I if
-the mouse is currently located on a hyperlink.
-In this case, none of the other actions will be executed;
-otherwise, only the other actions are executed.
-.br
-The action
-.B do-href()
-jumps to the link target in the current xdvi
-window (eventually switching to another page), and
-.B do-href-newwindow()
-opens a new instance of xdvi for the link target.
-In both cases, the location of the target is
-indicated by a small arrow drawn in the same color
-as a visited link
-in the left corner of the window.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B magnifier(n x m)
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B magnifier(*n)
-This action will pop up a ``magnifying glass'' which shows the unshrunk
-image of the region around the mouse pointer. The magnifier disappears when
-the mouse button is released. Moving the mouse cursor while holding the button down will move the
-magnifier.
-.br
-Different mouse buttons produce different sized
-windows, as indicated by the
-the argument of the
-.I magnifier()
-action. Its argument is either a string of the form
-.IR width x height ,
-as in the
-.BI \-mgs n
-command-line option, or one of the strings
-.B *1
-through
-.BR *5 ,
-referring to the value specified by the corresponding
-.BI \-mgs n
-option.
-.\" Note that in order to assign magnifier actions to
-.\" the buttons 4 or 5, you need to use the resource
-.\" .B wheelTranslations
-.\" (more about this resource below), e.g.:
-.\" .sp
-.\" xdvi.wheelTranslations: <Btn4Down>: magnifier(*4)\en\e
-.\" <Btn5Down>: magnifier(*5)\en
-.\" .sp
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B drag(+)
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B drag(|)
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B drag(-)
-Drags the page with the mouse. This action should have one parameter, the character
-.RB `` | '',
-.RB `` - '',
-or
-.RB `` + '',
-indicating vertical dragging only, horizontal dragging only, or dragging in all
-directions.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B source-special()
-This action starts a ``reverse search'',
-opening the editor at the location in the \*(Te\& file corresponding
-to the pointer location in the DVI file.
-See the section on SOURCE SPECIALS, below, for more information on this.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B wheel()
-This action can be used to scroll the image with a wheel mouse, where it
-is usually bound to mouse button 4 (wheel up) or 5 (wheel down).
-The action takes one parameter, giving the distance to scroll the
-image. If the parameter contains a decimal point, the distance is
-given in wheel units; otherwise, pixels. A negative value scrolls up,
-a positive value scrolls down.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B hwheel()
-This action can be used to scroll the image horizontally with a wheel mouse,
-where it is usually bound to mouse button 6 (wheel left) or 7 (wheel right).
-The action takes one parameter, giving the distance to scroll the
-image. If the parameter contains a decimal point, the distance is
-given in wheel units; otherwise, pixels. A negative value scrolls left,
-a positive value scrolls right. Not all mice support horizontal scrolling;
-this is mostly for touchpads, trackpads, etc.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B text-selection()
-This action allows you to mark a rectangular region of text in the DVI file.
-The text is put into the X selection buffer and can be pasted into other
-applictions (e.g. text editors). This works similar to the Plain text option
-in the
-.B Save
-dialog; see the discussion there for more information on encoding issues.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B ruler()
-This action creates a cross-shaped ruler. Moving the mouse and holding
-the button down drags the ruler and lets you measure distances on the page.
-See the section
-.B Ruler Mode
-for more information on this.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.SH UNBOUND ACTIONS
-The following actions are not bound to a key by default, but are available
-for customization.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B quit-confirm()
-Pops up a confirmation window to quit xdvi. To bind it to the
-.RB ` q '
-key instead of the default `quit()' action, put the following into your
-.I ~/.Xdefaults
-file:
-.sp
-xdvi.mainTranslations: #override\e
-.br
-<Key>q: quit-confirm()\en
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B down-or-next()
-Similar to
-.IR unpause-or-next() :
-Moves down two-thirds of a window-full, or to the next page if already
-at the bottom of the page.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B shrink-to-dpi()
-This action takes one (required) argument. It sets the shrink factor to
-an integer so as to approximate the use of fonts with the corresponding
-number of dots per inch. If
-.B xdvi
-is using fonts scaled for
-.I p
-dots per inch, and the argument to
-.B shrink-to-dpi
-is
-.IR n ,
-then the corresponding shrink factor is the ratio
-.IR p / n ,
-rounded to the nearest integer.
-.PP
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.SH CUSTOMIZATION
-Key and mouse button assignments can be changed by setting the
-.B mainTranslations
-resource to a string of translations as defined in the documentation for the
-X toolkit. The actions should take the form of action names listed in the
-KEYSTROKES and MOUSE ACTIONS sections.
-.PP
-An exception to this are the Motif keys
-.IR osfPageUp " (" PgUp ),
-.IR osfPageDown " (" PgDown ),
-.IR osfBeginLine " (" Home )
-and
-.IR osfEndLine " (" End )
-which are currently not customizable in the Motif version.
-.PP
-Key actions will usually be without arguments; if they are passed an argument,
-it represents the optional number or `prefix argument' typed prior to the action.
-.PP
-Some key actions may take special arguments, as follows: The argument of
-.B goto-page
-may be the letter
-.RB ` e ',
-indicating the action of going to the end of the document.
-The argument of
-.B set-shrink-factor
-may be the letter
-.RB ` a ',
-indicating that the shrink factor should be set to the smallest value such that
-the page will fit in the window, or one of the signs
-.RB ` + '
-or
-.RB ` - ',
-indicating that the shrink factor should be increased or decreased, respectively.
-Finally, actions that would perform a toggle, such as
-.BR set-keep-flag ,
-may receive an argument
-.RB ` t ',
-indicating that the action should toggle regardless of the current prefix argument.
-.PP
-Mouse actions should refer only to
-.B ButtonPress
-events (e.g.,
-.BR "<Btn1Down>:magnifier(*1)" ).
-The corresponding motion and release events will be handled internally.
-A key action may be bound to a mouse event, but not vice versa.
-.PP
-Usually the string of translations should begin with
-.RB `` #override '',
-indicating that the default key and mouse button assignments should not
-be discarded.
-.PP
-When keys or mouse buttons involving modifiers (such as Ctrl or Shift)
-are customized together with their non-modified equivalents, the modified
-keys should come first, for example:
-.RS 5
-.nf
-.ft 3
-.sp 1n
-xdvi.mainTranslations: #override \e
-Shift<Key>s: select-dvi-file()\en\e
-Ctrl<Key>s: save()\en\e
-<Key>s: find()\en
-.sp 1n
-.ft
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-Because
-.B xdvi
-needs to capture pointer motion events, and because the X Toolkit
-translations mechanism cannot accommodate both motion events and double-click
-events at the same time, it is not possible to specify double-click
-actions in
-.B xdvi
-customizations. For information on this and other aspects of translations,
-see the X Toolkit Intrinsics documentation.
-.PP
-There is no command-line option to set the
-.B mainTranslations
-resource, since changing this resource on the command line would be cumbersome.
-To set the resource for testing purposes, use the
-.B -xrm
-command-line option provided by the X toolkit. For example,
-\fBxdvi \-xrm 'XDvi.mainTranslations: #override "z":quit()' ...\fR
-or
-.B "xdvi \-xrm 'XDvi.mainTranslations: #override <Key>z:quit()' ..."
-will cause the key
-.RB ` z '
-to quit
-.BR xdvi .
-.PP
-Some resources are provided to allow customization of the geometry of
-the Xaw command buttons. Again, they are not changeable via command-line
-options, other than via the
-.B \-xrm
-option. All of these resources take integer values.
-.TP
-.B buttonSideSpacing
-The number of pixels to be placed on either side of the buttons.
-The default value is 6.
-.TP
-.B buttonTopSpacing
-The number of pixels between the top button and the top of the window.
-The default value is 50.
-.TP
-.B buttonBetweenSpacing
-The number of pixels between the buttons.
-The default value is 20.
-.TP
-.B buttonBetweenExtra
-The number of pixels of additional space to be inserted if the
-.B buttonTranslations
-resource string contains an extra newline character.
-The default value is 50.
-.TP
-.B buttonBorderWidth
-The border width of the button windows. The default value is 1.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.SH PAGE LIST
-The scrollable page list on the right of the main window allows you to
-jump directly to a page in the DVI file.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B Mouse-1
-Jumps to the page the mouse is located on.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B Mouse-2
-.RB [ toggle-mark() ]
-Toggle the mark of the current page. The marks are used by the `Print'
-and `Save to file' dialogs to select only marked pages from the DVI file.
-.PP
-When the mouse pointer is inside the page list, the mouse wheel switches
-to the next or previous page.
-.PP
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.SH SCROLLBARS
-The scrollbars (if present) behave in the standard way: pushing Button 2
-in a scrollbar moves the top or left edge of the scrollbar to that point
-and optionally drags it;
-pushing Button 1 moves the image up or right by an amount equal to the distance
-from the button press to the upper left-hand corner of the window; pushing
-Button 3 moves the image down or left by the same amount.
-.PP
-The scrollbars can be removed via the
-.I -expertmode
-flag/keystroke (which see).
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.SH MAGNIFIER
-By default, the mouse buttons 1 to 5 will pop up a ``magnifying glass''
-that shows an unshrunken image of the page (i.e. an image at the resolution
-determined by the option/X resource
-.B pixels
-or
-.BR mfmode )
-at varying sizes. When the magnifier is moved, small ruler-like
-tick marks are displayed at the edges of the magnifier (unless
-the X resource
-.B delayRulers
-is set to false, in which case the tick marks will always be displayed).
-The unit of the marks is determined by the X resource
-.B tickUnits
-(mm by default). This unit can be changed at runtime via the action
-.BR switch-magnifier-units() ,
-by default bound to the keystroke
-.RB ` t '
-(see the description of that key, and of switch-magnifier-units() for
-more details on the units available).
-.br
-The length of the tick marks can be changed via the X resource
-.B tickLength
-(4 by default). A zero or negative value suppresses the tick marks.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.SH PAGE HISTORY
-.B Xdvi
-keeps a history of viewed pages, and you can move through the history
-and delete items using the keys
-.B [
-.RI ( pagehistory-back() ),
-.B ]
-.RI ( pagehistory-forward() ),
-.B Ctr-[
-.RI ( pagehistory-delete-backward() )
-and
-.B Ctr-]
-.RI ( pagehistory-delete-forward() ).
-.PP
-When one of the history commands is used, the page history is displayed
-in the status line at the bottom of the window, with the current list
-item marked by square brackets `[', `]' and a left and right context of
-at most 10 items. File boundaries are marked by `#'.
-.PP
-The size of the history can be customized with the X resource
-.B pageHistorySize
-(the default size is 1000 items). If the size is set to 0, the
-history commands are disabled.
-.\""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.SH HYPERLINKS
-The actions
-.B do-href()
-and
-.B do-href-newwindow()
-(by default bound to Mouse-1 and Mouse-2 if the pointer is currently located
-on a hyperlink) can be used to open the link target in the same window
-.RB ( do-href() )
-or in a new window
-.RB ( do-href-newwindow() ).
-.PP
-If the link target is not a file on the local disk,
-xdvi tries to launch a web browser (as specified by the
-.B -browser
-command line option, the
-.B BROWSER
-environment variable or the
-.B wwwBrowser
-X resource, in this order) to retrieve the document. See the description
-of the
-.B BROWSER
-environment variable, below, for an example setting.
-.PP
-If the file is a local file, xdvi tries to determine if it is a DVI
-file. If it is, xdvi will try to display the file; otherwise it will
-try to determine the MIME type of the file, and from that an
-application suitable for opening the file.
-This is done by parsing the files specified by the environment variable
-.B EXTENSIONMAPS
-for a mapping of filename extensions to MIME types,
-and the files determined by the environment variable
-.B MAILCAPS
-for a mapping of MIME types to application programs.
-See the descriptions of these variables in the section
-.BR ENVIRONMENT ,
-below, for a more detailed description and the default values of these
-variables. If no suitable files are found, a set of built-in default
-MIME types and applications is used.
-.PP
-.B Xdvi
-currently uses no heuristics apart from the filename suffix
-to determine the mime type of a file. If a filename has no suffix,
-the value of the resource
-.B noMimeSuffix
-is used (by default
-.IR application/x-unknown ).
-If the suffix doesn't match any of the suffixes in
-.BR mime.types ,
-the value of the resource
-.B unknownMimeSuffix
-is used (by default
-.IR application/x-unknown ).
-If the
-.B mailcap
-entries do not list a viewer for a given mime type, xdvi will show
-a warning popup. If you want to avoid this warning, and for example
-want to always use the netscape browser for unknown MIME types,
-you could add the following line to your ~/.mailcap file:
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.ft 3
-.sp 1n
-application/xdvi-unknown; \e
- netscape -raise -remote 'openURL(%s,new-window)'
-.sp 1n
-.ft
-.fi
-.RE
-.\" As an example, consider the following settings, which are the default
-.\" settings for buttons 1 and 2:
-.\" .RS 5
-.\" .nf
-.\" .ft 3
-.\" .sp 1n
-.\" xdvi.mainTranslations: #override \e
-.\" <Btn1Down>: do-href()magnifier(*1)\en\e
-.\" <Btn2Down>: do-href-newwindow()magnifier(*2)\en\e
-.\" <Btn3Down>: magnifier(*3)\en
-.\" .sp 1n
-.\" .ft
-.\" .fi
-.\" .RE
-.\" .PP
-.\" If a link points to a file which is not a DVI file (e.g. HTML, or
-.\" PostScript), the files
-.\" .B mime.types
-.\" and
-.\" .B mailcap
-.\" are parsed to determine a suitable viewer; if no suitable
-.\" .B mailcap
-.\" entry was found, if the
-.\" .SB WWWBROWSER
-.\" environment variable is set, or
-.\" .B \-browser
-.\" was specified on the command line, the browser is launched to load the file.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.SH STRING SEARCH
-The keystroke
-.I Ctrl-f
-or the menu entry
-.I File > Find ...
-(or the `Binoculars' symbol in the toolbar, for Motif)
-opens a dialog window to search for a text string or
-a regular expression in the DVI file.
-The keystroke
-.I Ctrl-g
-jumps to the next match (like pressing the `Find' button in the search window).
-.PP
-By default, the matches are highlighted in inverted color.
-If the display isn't running in TrueColor, or if the X resource
-.B matchHighlightInverted
-is set to false or the command-line option
-.B \-nomatchinverted
-is used, xdvi will instead draw a rectangle in
-.I highlight
-color (see the
-.B \-hl
-option) around the match.
-.PP
-If a match crosses a page boundary, only the part on the
-first page is highlighted.
-.B Xdvi
-will scan up to 2 adjacent pages to match strings crossing page
-boundaries; but note that header or footer
-lines, or intervening float pages will be treated as parts of the
-scanned text. Such text will usually cause multi-page matching to fail.
-.PP
-This emphasizes the fact that searching in the
-formatted text (the DVI output) works differently from
-searching in the source text: Searching in the DVI file makes it easier to
-skip formatting instructions, and makes it possible to search for e.g.
-hyphenation and equation numbers; but sometimes the
-formatting results can also get in the way, e.g. in the case of
-footnotes. In these cases it's better to search in the \*(Te\& source
-instead. The use of
-.I source specials
-will make switching between the
-xdvi display and the editor with the \*(Te\& source easier; see the
-section
-.B SOURCE SPECIALS
-below for more information on this.
-.PP
-The text extracted from the DVI file is in encoded in UTF-8
-(you can view that text by saving the file in UTF-8 format via the
-.I File > Save as ...
-menu item).
-If xdvi has been compiled with locale,
-.I nl_langinfo()
-and
-.I iconv
-support, the search term is converted from the character set
-specified by the current locale into UTF-8. (See the output of
-.B locale -a
-for a list of locale settings available on your system).
-If
-.I nl_langinfo()
-is not available, but
-.I iconv
-is, you can specify the input encoding for
-.I iconv
-via the X resource
-.I textEncoding
-(see the output of
-.B iconv -l
-for a list of valid encodings). If
-.I iconv
-support is not available, only the encodings
-.I ISO-8859-1
-and
-.I UTF-8
-are supported (these names are case-insensitive).
-.PP
-Ideographic characters from CJKV fonts are treated specially: All white space
-(spaces and newlines) before and after such characters is ignored in
-the search string and in the DVI file.
-.PP
-To match a newline character, use \fI\en\fR in the search string;
-to match the string \fI\en\fR, use \fI\e\en\fR.
-.PP
-If the checkbox
-.I Regular Expression
-is activated, the string is treated as a regular expression in
-extended POSIX syntax, with the following properties:
-.RS 2
-.TP 2
--
-\fIa?\fR matches \fIa\fR zero or one times.
-.TP
--
-\fIa*\fR matches \fIa\fR zero or more times.
-.TP
--
-\fIa+\fR matches \fIa\fR one or more times.
-Note that \fI*\fR and \fI+\fR are greedy, i.e. they match the longest possible substring.
-.TP
--
-The pattern \fI.\fR matches any character except for newline. To also match a newline, use `\fI(.|\en)\fR'.
-.TP
--
-\fIa{n}\fR matches \fIa\fR exactly n times.
-.TP
--
-\fIa{n,m}\fR matches \fIa\fR at least n and no more than m times.
-.TP
--
-\fIa|b\fR matches \fIa\fR or \fIb\fR. Brackets can be used
-for grouping, e.g.: \fI(a|b)|c\fR.
-.TP
--
-The string matched by the nth group can be referenced by \fI\en\fR, e.g. \fI\e1\fR refers to the
-first match.
-.TP
--
-The characters \fI^\fR and \fI$\fR match the beginning and the end of a line, respectively.
-.TP
--
-\fI[abc]\fR matches any of the letters a, b, c, and \fI[a-z]\fR matches all characters from a to z.
-.TP
--
-Each item in a regular expression can also be one of the following POSIX
-character classes:
-.br
-.nf
-.I [[:alnum:]] [[:alpha:]] [[:blank:]] [[:cntrl:]] [[:digit:]]
-.I [[:graph:]] [[:lower:]] [[:print:]] [[:space:]] [[:upper:]]
-.fi
-
-
-These can be negated by inserting a \fI^\fR symbol after the first bracket:
-.I [^[:alpha:]]
-
-For more details on POSIX regular expressions, see e.g. the
-.B IEEE Std 1003.1
-standard definition available online from:
-
-.nf
-http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/007904975/basedefs/xbd_chap09.html
-.fi
-.TP
--
-As a non-standard extension, the following Perl-like abbreviations
-can be used instead of the POSIX classes:
-.nf
-.sp 1n
-.ta 1L +8L +30L
-Symbol Meaning POSIX Class
-
- \fI\ew\fR an alphanumeric character \fI[[:alnum:]]\fR
- \fI\eW\fR a non-alphanumeric character \fI[^[:alnum:]]\fR
- \fI\ed\fR a digit character \fI[[:digit:]]\fR
- \fI\eD\fR a non-digit character \fI[^[:digit:]]\fR
- \fI\es\fR a whitespace character \fI[[:space:]]\fR
- \fI\eS\fR a non-whitespace character \fI[^[:space:]]\fR
-.sp 1n
-.fi
-.TP
--
-The following characters are special symbols; they need to be escaped
-with \fI\e\fR in order to match them literally: \fI ( ) [ ] . * ? + ^ $ \e\fR.
-.TP
--
-Matches of length zero are silently skipped.
-.RE
-.PP
-The dialog also provides checkboxes to:
-.RS 2
-.TP 2
--
-search backwards;
-.TP
--
-match in a case-sensitive manner (the default is to ignore case, i.e. a search
-string
-.I Test
-will match both the strings
-.I test
-and
-.I TEST
-in the DVI file);
-.TP
--
-ignore line breaks and hyphens: This removes all hyphens at the ends
-of lines and the following newline characters, and replaces all
-remaining newline characters by white spaces. So hyphenated words will
-appear as one word to the search, and a search for two words with a space
-in between will also match the words if they are separated by a linebreak.
-.br
-Note that the hyphen removal may cause unwanted side effects for compound words
-containing hyphens that are wrapped after the hyphen, and that replacing the
-newlines affects the interpretation of regular expressions as follows:
-The \fI.\fR pattern will also match newlines, and \fI^\fR and \fI$\fR won't match
-begin and end of lines any more. (Since currently there is no option for turning
-off the greediness of \fI*\fR and \fI+\fR, turning on this option will usually
-result in matches that are longer than desired.)
-.RE
-.PP
-The current checkbox settings are saved in the
-.I ~/.xdvirc
-file.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.SH PRINT DIALOG
-The print dialog window allows you to print all pages, marked pages
-(click or drag Mouse-2 in the page list to mark them), or a range
-of pages. Note that the page numbers always refer to physical pages,
-so if you're using the option `use TeX pages', you may want to disable
-it to make it easier to determine the correct page numbers (or avoid this
-problem altogether by marking the pages to be printed).
-.PP
-The value of the
-.B Printer
-text filed is passed to
-.B dvips
-via the
-.B -o!
-mechanism, as a single argument after the `!'. Any arguments
-listed in the
-.B Dvips options
-field are segmented at whitespaces and passed as separate arguments to dvips.
-If you e.g. want to print the file 2-up, you should enter
-the following string into the
-.B Printer
-field:
-.RS 5
-.nf
-.sp 1n
- \fIpsnup -2 -q | lpr -Plp\fP
-.sp 1n
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-There are several resources for customizing the behaviour and the default entries
-of the print dialog:
-.TP
-.B dvipsPrinterString
-.TP
-.B dvipsOptionsString
-These can be used to provide default entries for the
-.B Printer
-and the
-.B Dvips options
-text fields, respectively. If no paper size is specified in the DVI file
-(via e.g. \eusepackage[dvips]{geometry} - this is the preferred method),
-the input field is initialized with the current value of the
-command line option/X resource
-.BR paper .
-E.g., the option
-.I -paper a4r
-is translated into the dvips options
-.IR "-t a4 -t landscape" .
-Note that no check is performed whether dvips actually understands these
-options (it will ignore them if it can't); currently not all options
-used by xdvi are also covered by dvips.
-.TP
-.B dvipsHangTime
-.TP
-.B dvipsFailHangTime
-These specify the time (in milliseconds) that the printing progress window will
-stay open after the
-.B dvips
-process has terminated. The value of
-.BR dvipsHangTime
-is used if the process terminates successfully;
-.B dvipsFailHangTime
-is used if it terminates with an error. The default values are 1.5 and 5 seconds, respectively.
-If both values are negative, the window will stay open until it is closed by the user.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.SH SAVE DIALOG
-This dialog allows you to save all or selected/marked pages in the current
-DVI file. You can save in one of the following formats:
-.RS 2
-.TP 2
--
-Postscript (uses
-.B dvips
-to convert the DVI file to a Postscript file, just like when printing
-to a Postscript file).
-.TP
--
-PDF (first uses
-.B dvips
-to convert the DVI file to a Postscript file, then uses
-.B ps2pdf
-to convert the Postscript file to PDF).
-.TP
--
-Plain text in ISO-8859-1 or UTF-8 encoding. The latter will preserve more
-of the special LaTeX characters e.g. from mathematical mode. Note however
-that e.g. only few of LaTeX's mathematical symbols can be rendered correctly
-as text; so this funcionality works best for plain text documents.
-If a character cannot be displayed in the selected
-charset, it is replaced by `\e' followed by the hexadecimal character code.
-If a character is not recognized at all, it is replaced by `?'.
-.RE
-.PP
-The programs for Postscript and PDF conversion can be customized via
-the command line options or X resources
-.BR -dvipspath / .dvipsPath
-and
-.BR -ps2pdfpath / .ps2pdfPath ,
-respectively; see the explanation of these options above for more details.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.SH MODES
-The keystroke
-.B Ctrl-m
-[\fBswitch-mode()\fR]
-switches between three different mouse bindings,
-which can also be activated via the
-.B Modes
-menu (in Motif, this is a submenu of the
-.B Options
-menu called
-.BR "Mouse Mode" ).
-The default mode at startup can be customized via the X resource
-.B mouseMode
-or the command-line option
-.BR \-mousemode .
-The default startup mode is Magnifier Mode.
-.PP
-.B Note:
-The modes are implemented by changing the
-.I magnifier()
-action. Switching the mode will not work if
-.B Mouse-1
-has been customized to an action sequence that does
-not contain the magnifier() action.
-.\""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B "Magnifier Mode"
-In this mode, the mouse buttons 1 to 5 pop up a ``magnifying glass''
-that shows an unshrunken image of the page (i.e. an image at the resolution
-determined by the option/X resource
-.B pixels
-or
-.BR mfmode )
-at varying sizes. When the magnifier is moved, small ruler-like
-tick marks are displayed at the edges of the magnifier (unless
-the X resource
-.B delayRulers
-is set to false, in which case the tick marks are always displayed).
-The unit of the marks is determined by the X resource
-.B tickUnits
-(mm by default). This unit can be changed at runtime via the action
-.BR switch-magnifier-units() ,
-by default bound to the keystroke
-.RB ` t '
-(see the description of that key, and of switch-magnifier-units() for
-more details on the units available).
-.br
-The length of the tick marks can be changed via the X resource
-.B tickLength
-(4 by default). A zero or negative value suppresses the tick marks.
-.\""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B "Text Selection Mode"
-This mode allows you to select a rectangular region of text in the DVI
-file by holding down
-.B Mouse-1
-and moving the mouse. The text is put into
-the X primary selection so that it can be pasted into other X applications
-with
-.B Mouse-2
-as usual.
-.br
-If xdvi has been compiled with locale,
-.I nl_langinfo()
-and
-.I iconv
-support, the selected text is converted into the character set of the
-current locale (see the output of
-.B locale -a
-for a list of locale settings available on your system).
-If
-.I nl_langinfo()
-is not available, but
-.I iconv
-is, you can specify the input encoding for
-.I iconv
-via the X resource
-.I textEncoding
-(see the output of
-.B iconv -l
-for a list of valid encodings). If
-.I iconv
-support is not available, only the encodings
-.I ISO-8859-1
-and
-.I UTF-8
-are supported (these names are case-insensitive).
-.br
-Note that UTF-8 is
-the only encoding that can render all characters (e.g. mathematical
-symbols) of a DVI file. If ISO-8859-1 is active, characters that cannot be displayed
-are replaced by `\e' followed by the hexadecimal character code.
-For other encodings, such characters may trigger iconv error messages.
-If a character is not recognized at all, it is replaced by `?'.
-.br
-To extract larger portions of text, you can alternatively
-save selected pages or the entire file in text format via the
-.B File > Save as ...
-menu.
-.\""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.B "Ruler Mode"
-This mode provides a simple way of measuring distances on the page.
-.br
-When this mode is activated, the mouse cursor changes into a
-thin cross, and a larger, cross-shaped ruler is drawn in the
-highlight color at the mouse location. The ruler doesn't have
-units attached to it; instead, the current distance between the
-ruler and the mouse cursor is continuously printed to the
-statusline.
-.br
-When activating Ruler Mode, the ruler is at first attached to
-the mouse and can be moved around. It can then be positioned at
-a fixed place by clicking
-.BR Mouse-1 .
-After that, the mouse cursor
-can be moved to measure the horizontal
-.RI ( dx ),
-vertical
-.RI ( dy )
-and direct (shortest)
-.RI ( dr )
-distance between the ruler center point and the mouse.
-.br
-Clicking
-.B Mouse-1
-again will move the ruler to the current mouse
-position, and holding down
-.B Mouse-1
-will drag the ruler around.
-.br
-In Ruler Mode, the following special keybindings extend or
-replace the default bindings:
-.RS 7
-.TP 7
-.B o
-.RB [ ruler-snap-origin() ]
-Snap the ruler back to the origin coordinate (0,0).
-.TP
-.B t
-\fR[overrides \fBswitch-magnifier-units()\fP]
-Toggle between various ruler units, which can be specified by the X
-resource
-.B tickUnits
-(`mm' by default).
-.TP
-.B P
-\fR[overrides \fBdeclare-page-number()\fP]
-Print the distances shown in the statusline to standard output.
-.RE
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.SH TOOLBAR (Motif only)
-The Motif toolbar can also be customized. The XPM file used for the
-toolbar icons can be specified via the resource
-.BR toolbarPixmapFile ,
-which should contain a filename that can be found in one of
-.B XFILESEARCHPATH
-or
-.B XDVIINPUTS
-(see the section
-.B FILE SEARCHING
-below for more information on these variables).
-.B Xdvi
-will try to split this pixmap horizontally into
-.I n
-pieces, where each piece is as wide as the pixmap is high
-and is treated as an image for toolbar button
-.IR n .
-This means that each icon should be a square, and that the entire
-pixmap should have width
-\fIn\fR x \fIh\fR if \fIh\fR is the height of the pixmap.
-.PP
-The resource
-.B toolbarTranslations
-can be used to map icons/buttons to specific actions.
-The resource should contain a string separated by newline characters,
-similar to the resources
-.B mainTranslations
-and
-.BR menuTranslations .
-Every line must contain either a spacer definition, or an icon definition:
-.PP
-A spacer definition is a string \fBSPACER(\fIn\fB)\fR,
-where
-.I n
-is the number of pixels inserted as separator to the following button.
-.PP
-An icon definition is a colon-separated list containing the following elements:
-.RS 2
-.TP 2
-.SB - the index of an icon in the pixmap file (starting from zero);
-.TP
-.SB - a long tooltip string, displayed in the status area;
-.TP
-.SB - a short tooltip string, displayed as popup;
-.TP
-.SB - a sequence of actions to be performed when the corresponding toolbar button is pushed.
-.RE
-.PP
-To illustrate this, the default value of
-.B toolbarTranslations
-looks as follows:
-.RS 5
-.nf
-.ft 3
-.sp 1n
-xdvi.toolbarTranslations: \e
- SPACER(5)\en\e
- 0:Open a new document (Key\e\e: Ctrl-f):\e
- Open file:select-dvi-file()\en\e
- SPACER(10)\en\e
- 1:Reread this document (Key\e\e: R):\e
- Reread file:reread-dvi-file()\en\e
- SPACER(10)\en\e
- 2:Go to the first page of this document (Key\e\e: 1g):\e
- Go to first page:goto-page(1)\en\e
- 3:Go to the previous page of this document (Key\e\e: p):\e
- Go to previous page:back-page(1)\en\e
- 4:Go to the next page of this document (Key\e\e: n):\e
- Go to next page:forward-page(1)\en\e
- 5:Go to the last page of this document (Key\e\e: g):\e
- Go to last page:goto-page()\en\e
- SPACER(10)\en\e
- 6:Enlarge the display (Key\e\e: Ctrl-+):Zoom in:\e
- set-shrink-factor(+)\en\e
- 7:Shrink the display (Key\e\e: Ctrl--):Zoom out:\e
- set-shrink-factor(-)\en\e
- SPACER(10)\en\e
- 8:Jump back to the previous hyperlink (Key\e\e: B):\e
- Back hyperlink:htex-back()\en\e
- SPACER(10)\en\e
- 10:Print this document:Print:print()\en\e
- SPACER(10)\en\e
- 11:Toggle marks for odd pages (Key\e\e: 1m):\e
- Toggle odd:toggle-mark(1)\en\e
- 12:Toggle marks for even pages (Key\e\e: 2m):\e
- Toggle even:toggle-mark(2)\en\e
- 13:Toggle mark for current page (Key\e\e: 2m):\e
- Toggle current:toggle-mark()\en\e
- 14:Unmark all pages (Key\e\e: 0m):\e
- Unmark all:toggle-mark(0)\en\e
- SPACER(10)\en\e
- 18:Display fonts darker (Key\e\e: Alt-Ctrl-+):\e
- Fonts darker:change-density(5)\en\e
- 19:Display fonts lighter (Key\e\e: Alt-Ctrl--):\e
- Fonts lighter:change-density(-5)\en
-.sp 1n
-.ft
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-When the mouse remains over a toolbar button for a certain period, a `tooltip'
-window is shown, describing what the button does using the
-.I short tooltip string
-from the above resource. At the same time, the
-.I long tooltip string
-is displayed in the statusline.
-The appearance and behaviour of these tooltips can be customized via
-the following resources:
-.TP
-.B tipShell.background
-Background color of the tooltip window.
-.TP
-.B tipShell.fontSet
-Font used for the tooltip.
-.TP
-.B tipShell.waitPeriod
-The time (in milliseconds) the mouse pointer needs to be over
-the button before the tooltip is shown. Set it to a negative value
-to suppress the tooltips altogether.
-
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.SH GREYSCALING AND COLORMAPS
-The greyscale anti-aliasing feature in
-.B xdvi
-will not work at its best if the display does not have enough colors available.
-This can happen if other applications are using most of the colormap
-(even if they are iconified). If this occurs, then
-.B xdvi
-will print an error message and turn on the
-.B -copy
-option. This will result in overstrike characters appearing wrong;
-it may also result in poor display quality if the number of available
-colors is very small.
-.PP
-Typically this problem occurs on displays that allocate eight bits
-of video memory per pixel. To see how many bits per pixel your display
-uses, type
-.B xwininfo
-in an
-.B xterm
-window, and then click the mouse on the root window when asked. The
-``Depth:'' entry will tell you how many bits are allocated per pixel.
-.PP
-Displays using at least 15 bits per pixel are typically
-.B TrueColor
-visuals, which do not have this problem, since their colormap is
-permanently allocated and available to all applications. (The visual
-class is also displayed by
-.BR xwininfo .)
-For more information on visual classes see the documentation for the
-X Window System.
-.PP
-To alleviate this problem, therefore, one may (a) run with more bits
-per pixel (this may require adding more video memory or replacing the video
-card), (b) shut down other applications that may be using much of the colormap
-and then restart
-.BR xdvi ,
-or (c) run
-.B xdvi
-with the
-.B \-install
-option.
-.PP
-One application which is often the cause of this problem is
-.BR Netscape .
-In this case there are two more alternatives to remedying the situation.
-One can run
-.RB `` "netscape -install" ''
-to cause
-.B Netscape
-to install a private colormap. This can cause colors to change in
-bizarre ways when the mouse is moved to a different window.
-Or, one can run
-.RB `` "netscape -ncols 220" ''
-to limit
-.B Netscape
-to a smaller number of colors. A smaller number will ensure that
-other applications have more colors available, but will degrade the
-color quality in the
-.B Netscape
-window.
-
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.SH HANDLING OF POSTSCRIPT FIGURES
-.B Xdvi
-can display Encapsulated PostScript (EPS) files included in the
-.I dvi
-file. Such files are first searched for in the directory where the
-.I dvi
-file is, and then using normal
-.B Kpathsea
-rules. There is an exception to this, however: if the file name begins
-with a backtick
-.RB ( ` ),
-then the remaining characters in the file name give a shell command (often
-.BR zcat )
-which is executed; its standard output is then sent to be interpreted as
-PostScript.
-Since the execution of arbitrary shell commands with the user's
-permissions is a huge security risk, evaluation of these backtick
-commands is disabled by default. It needs to be activated via the
-.B \-allowshell
-command-line option.
-.B NOTE:
-You should never use this option when viewing documents that you
-didn't compile yourself. The backtick specials are not needed for
-uncompressing gzipped Postscript files, since
-.B xdvi
-can do that on the fly if the filename ends with
-.I .eps.gz
-or
-.I .eps.Z
-(and if the first bytes of the file indicate that the file is indeed
-compressed). This is both safer and more flexible than the backtick
-approach, since the default file searching rules will apply to such
-filenames too.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.SH T1LIB
-Using T1Lib, a library written by Rainer Menzner
-(see ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/libs/graphics/),
-.B xdvi
-can render Postscript<tm> Type1 fonts directly, without the
-route via \*(Te\& pixel (pk)
-fonts. The advantage of this is that only one size of each font needs
-to be stored on disk.
-Unless the
-.B -not1lib
-option is used,
-.B xdvi
-will try to render every font using T1Lib. Only as a fallback it will
-invoke an external program (like
-.BR mktexpk ,
-which in turn may invoke utilities like
-.B ps2pk
-or
-.BR gsftopk )
-to generate a pixel font from the Type1 source. The direct rendering
-of the
-.B Computer Modern
-fonts should work out-of-the box, whereas other Type1 fonts such as
-the 35 `standard' Postscript<tm> fonts resident in printers may need
-to be made accessible for use with xdvi, unless your system
-administrator or TeX distribution has already done so (which is the case
-e.g. for current teTeX systems). The
-.B xdvik
-distribution comes with a utility called
-.B t1mapper
-to make these fonts available for xdvi;
-see the manual page for t1mapper(1) for usage details.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.SH SPECIALS (GENERALLY)
-Any of the specials used by
-.B xdvi
-may be preceded by the characters
-.RB `` xdvi: ''.
-Doing so does not change the behavior of the special under
-.BR xdvi ,
-but it tells other dvi drivers (such as e.g. dvips) to ignore the special.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.SH SOURCE SPECIALS
-Some \*(Te\& implementations or macro packages provide the facility to
-automatically include so-called `source specials' into a DVI file.
-These contain the line number, eventually a column number, and the
-filename of the .tex source. This makes it possible to jump from a .dvi
-file to the corresponding place in the .tex source and vice versa (also
-called `inverse search' - jumping from the DVI file to the TeX file is
-also known as `reverse search', and jumping from the TeX file to the
-DVI file as `forward search').
-.P
-To be usable with
-.BR xdvi ,
-source specials in the
-.I dvi
-file must have one of the following formats:
-.RS 5
-.nf
-.sp 1n
- \fBsrc:\fP\fIline\fP[ ]\fIfilename\fP
- \fBsrc:\fP\fIline\fP\fB:\fP\fIcol\fP[ ]\fIfilename\fP
- \fBsrc:\fP\fIline\fP
- \fBsrc:\fP\fIline\fP\fB:\fP\fIcol\fP
- \fBsrc::\fP\fIcol\fP
-.sp 1n
-.fi
-.RE
-If
-.I filename
-or
-.I line
-are omitted, the most recent values are used. The first source special on
-each page must be in one of the first two forms, since defaults are not
-inherited across pages.
-.sp
-You will need a \*(Te\& implementation that provides an appropriate
-switch (e.g.
-.IR -src )
-or a macro package
-(such as
-.I srcltx.sty
-or
-.IR srctex.sty ,
-available from CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/supported/srcltx/)
-to insert such source specials into the DVI file.
-.sp
-For reverse search, the combination
-.I Ctrl-Mouse 1
-will make xdvi open an editor (the value of the
-.I \-editor
-command line option) with the file and the line number of the .tex
-source. See the description of the
-.I \-editor
-option for more information
-and example settings.
-.P
-For forward search,
-.B xdvi
-has a
-.I \-sourceposition
-option that makes
-.B xdvi
-jump to the page in
-the DVI file corresponding to the given line (or the closest
-line having a source special) of the specified file and highlight
-the found region. See the description of the
-.I \-sourceposition
-option for more details.
-.PP
-More information on setting up various editors for use with source
-specials can be found at:
-.RS 5
-.nf
-.sp 1n
-http://xdvi.sourceforge.net/inverse-search.html
-.sp 1n
-.fi
-.RE
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.SH PAPERSIZE SPECIALS
-.B xdvi
-accepts specials to set the paper size for the document. These specials
-should be of the form
-.RS 5
-.nf
-.sp 1n
- \fBpapersize=\fP[\fB*\fP]\fIwidth\fP,\fIheight\fP
-.sp 1n
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-where
-.I width
-and
-.I height
-give the width and height of the paper, respectively. Each of these should
-appear in the form of a decimal number followed by any of the two-letter
-abbreviations for units accepted by \*(Te\&
-.RB ( pt ,
-.BR pc ,
-.BR in ,
-.BR bp ,
-.BR cm ,
-.BR mm ,
-.BR dd ,
-.BR cc ,
-or
-.BR sp ).
-If an asterisk
-.RB ( * )
-appears just before the width, then the measurements refer to the document
-dimensions (e.g.,
-.B pt
-as opposed to
-.BR truept ).
-This allows a macro package to vary the page size according to elements
-of the document; e.g.,
-.RS 5
-.ft 3
-.nf
-.sp 1n
-\especial{xdvi: papersize=*\enumber\ewd\emybox sp,
- \enumber\eht\emybox sp}
-.sp 1n
-.ft
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-Except for the asterisk, this format is compatible with
-.BR dvips .
-.P
-The last
-.B papersize
-special on a page determines the size of that page. If there is no such
-special on a given page, the most recent
-.B papersize
-is used, or, if there are no
-.B papersize
-specials on any preceding page, then the value of the
-.B paper
-resource (or
-.B \-paper
-option on the command line) is used. Thus the paper size may vary for
-different pages of the
-.I dvi
-file.
-.P
-If the
-.B paper
-resource (or
-.B \-paper
-command-line option) begins with a plus sign
-.RB (` + '),
-then all
-.B papersize
-specials in the
-.I dvi
-file are ignored.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.SH COLOR SPECIALS
-The color specials supported by
-.B xdvi
-are the same as those supported by
-.BR dvips ,
-except that the literal PostScript color specification (as in the
-.B AggiePattern
-example in the
-.B dvips
-documentation) is not supported.
-There are also some restrictions due to the way xdvi's drawing routines
-are implemented; e.g. the
-.B \ecolorbox
-and
-.B \efcolorbox
-macros don't work with
-.BR xdvi .
-See the section LIMITATIONS below for more information on these restrictions.
-.B Xdvi
-supports the same list of named colors as
-.B dvips
-does, namely:
-.P
-.BR Apricot ,
-.BR Aquamarine ,
-.BR Bittersweet ,
-.BR Black ,
-.BR Blue ,
-.BR BlueGreen ,
-.BR BlueViolet ,
-.BR BrickRed ,
-.BR Brown ,
-.BR BurntOrange ,
-.BR CadetBlue ,
-.BR CarnationPink ,
-.BR Cerulean ,
-.BR CornflowerBlue ,
-.BR Cyan ,
-.BR Dandelion ,
-.BR DarkOrchid ,
-.BR Emerald ,
-.BR ForestGreen ,
-.BR Fuchsia ,
-.BR Goldenrod ,
-.BR Gray ,
-.BR Green ,
-.BR GreenYellow ,
-.BR JungleGreen ,
-.BR Lavender ,
-.BR LimeGreen ,
-.BR Magenta ,
-.BR Mahogany ,
-.BR Maroon ,
-.BR Melon ,
-.BR MidnightBlue ,
-.BR Mulberry ,
-.BR NavyBlue ,
-.BR OliveGreen ,
-.BR Orange ,
-.BR OrangeRed ,
-.BR Orchid ,
-.BR Peach ,
-.BR Periwinkle ,
-.BR PineGreen ,
-.BR Plum ,
-.BR ProcessBlue ,
-.BR Purple ,
-.BR RawSienna ,
-.BR Red ,
-.BR RedOrange ,
-.BR RedViolet ,
-.BR Rhodamine ,
-.BR RoyalBlue ,
-.BR RoyalPurple ,
-.BR RubineRed ,
-.BR Salmon ,
-.BR SeaGreen ,
-.BR Sepia ,
-.BR SkyBlue ,
-.BR SpringGreen ,
-.BR Tan ,
-.BR TealBlue ,
-.BR Thistle ,
-.BR Turquoise ,
-.BR Violet ,
-.BR VioletRed ,
-.BR White ,
-.BR WildStrawberry ,
-.BR Yellow ,
-.BR YellowGreen ,
-.BR YellowOrange .
-.P
-Note that these names are case sensitive.
-.P
-The documentation of the La\*(Te\&
-.B color
-package provides more details on how to use such specials with
-La\*(Te\&; see the
-.B dvips
-documentation for a detailed description of the
-syntax and semantics of the color specials.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.SH SIGNALS
-When
-.B xdvi
-receives a
-.SB SIGUSR1
-signal, it rereads the
-.I dvi
-file.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-.B Xdvik
-uses the same environment variables and algorithms for searching for
-font files as \*(Te\& and friends. See the documentation for the
-.B Kpathsea
-library,
-.BR kpathsea.dvi ,
-for a detailed description of these.
-.PP
-In addition,
-.B xdvik
-accepts the following variables:
-.TP
-.SB DISPLAY
-Specifies which graphics display terminal to use.
-.TP
-.SB KPATHSEA_DEBUG
-Trace
-.B Kpathsea
-lookups; set it to
-.B -1
-(= all bits on) for complete tracing.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.SB EXTENSIONMAPS
-A list of files to be searched for mime types entries (as for Acrobat Reader).
-Earlier entries in one of these files override later ones.
-If this variable is not set, the following default path is used:
-.RS 7
-.nf
-.ft 3
-.sp 1n
-$HOME/.mime.types:/etc/mime.types:\e
- /usr/etc/mime.types:/usr/local/etc/mime.types
-.sp 1n
-.ft
-.fi
-.RE
-
-.TP
-.SB MAILCAPS
-A list of files to be searched for mailcap entries, as defined by RFC
-1343. See this RFC or the
-.BR mailcap (4)
-manual page for a detailed description of the mailcap file format.
-Currently, only the following mailcap features are supported:
-.RS 7
-.TP 7
-.BI test= command
-The entry is only used if
-.I command
-can be executed via the
-.B system()
-call and if the system() call returns with value 0 (success).
-The
-.I command
-string may contain the format string
-.IR %s ,
-which will be replaced by the file name.
-.TP
-.BI needsterminal
-If this flag is used, the command will be executed in a new xterm
-window by prepending
-.RI `` "xterm -e "''
-to the command string.
-.RE
-.PP
-.RS 7
-All other fields in the mailcap entry are ignored by xdvi.
-Earlier entries in one of these files override later ones.
-If the variable is not defined, the following default path is used:
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.ft 3
-.sp 1n
-$HOME/.mailcap:/etc/mailcap:/usr/etc/mailcap:\e
- /usr/local/etc/mailcap
-.sp 1n
-.ft
-.fi
-.RE
-.br
-For security reasons, some special characters (i.e.: ( ) ` \e ;)
-are escaped in the argument before passing it to
-.BR system() .
-.RE
-.TP
-.SB BROWSER
-Determines the web browser used to open external links (i.e., all URLs that don't
-start with the
-.RI ` file: '
-scheme and are not relative links in the local DVI file), and to open links
-for which no viewer has been specified in the
-.B mailcap
-files. The value of this variable is a colon-separated list of commands. Xdvi
-will try each of them in sequence until one succeeds (i.e. doesn't immediately
-return with status 0). This allows you to
-specify your favourite browser at the beginning,
-and fallback browsers at the end. Every occurrence of
-.I %s
-in the string is replaced by the target URL; every occurrence of
-.I %%
-is replaced by a single
-.IR % .
-If no
-.I %s
-is present, the URL string is added as an extra argument.
-.br
-An example setting is:
-.RS 7
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP 7
-.SB "netscape -raise -remote 'openURL(%s,new-window)':xterm -e lynx %s:xterm -e wget %s:lynx %s:wget %s"
-.TP
-See
-.TP
-.SB http://www.catb.org/~esr/BROWSER/
-.PP
-for more details on the
-.B BROWSER
-environment variable.
-.RE
-.TP
-.SB TMPDIR
-The directory to use for storing temporary files created when uncompressing
-PostScript files.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.SB XEDITOR
-Determines the editor command used for source special `reverse
-search', if neither the
-.I \-editor
-command-line option
-nor the
-.I .editor
-resource are specified. See the description of the
-.I \-editor
-command line option for details on the format.
-.TP
-.SB VISUAL
-Determines an editor to be opened in an xterm
-window if neither of
-.IR -editor ,
-.IR .editor ,
-or
-.I XEDITOR
-is specified.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.SB EDITOR
-Determines an editor to be opened in an xterm
-window if neither of
-.IR -editor ,
-.IR .editor ,
-.I XEDITOR
-or
-.I VISUAL
-is specified.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.TP
-.SB WWWBROWSER
-Obsolete; use
-.B BROWSER
-instead.
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.\"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-.SH LIMITATIONS
-.B xdvi
-accepts many but not all types of PostScript specials accepted by
-.BR dvips .
-For example, it accepts most specials generated by
-.B epsf
-and
-.BR psfig .
-It does not, however, support
-.B bop\-hook
-or
-.BR eop\-hook ,
-nor does it allow PostScript commands to affect the rendering of things that
-are not PostScript (for example, the ``NEAT'' and rotated ``A'' examples in the
-.B dvips
-manual). These restrictions are due to the design of
-.BR xdvi ;
-in all likelihood they will always remain.
-.PP
-La\*(Te\&2e rotation specials are currently not supported.
-.PP
-.B MetaPost
-files containing included text are not supported.
-.PP
-.BR Xdvi 's
-color handling doesn't support the
-.B \ecolorbox
-and
-.B \efcolorbox
-macros; this is not likely to change in the near future. This also
-means that e.g. colored tables (as created by the
-.I colortbl
-package) may render incorrectly: Text in colors different from the
-default foreground color may not be displayed. When the page is
-redrawn (e.g. after using the magnifier), the background color of the
-cells may overdraw the text.
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-.SB $HOME/.xdvirc
-A file that holds all settings that the user changed via the keys, the `Options'
-and the Xaw `Modes' menu and the dialogs, as X resources. These resources override the
-settings in
-.BR $HOME/.Xdefaults .
-This file is ignored if the
-.B \-q
-option is used or the
-.B noInitFile
-X resource is set.
-.TP
-.SB xdvi.cfg
-A configuration file for the T1 font setup which needs to be supplied
-in the directory determined by the
-.B XDVIINPUTS
-environment variable. Please see the file
-.B http://xdvi.sourceforge.net/README.t1fonts
-if that file is missing.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR X (1),
-.BR dvips (1),
-.BR mktexpk (1),
-.BR ps2pk (1),
-.BR gsftopk (1),
-.BR t1mapper (1),
-.BR mailcap (4),
-the
-.B Kpathsea
-documentation,
-and the Xdvik home page at
-.BR http://xdvi.sourceforge.net/ .
-.SH AUTHORS
-Eric Cooper, CMU, did a version for direct output to a QVSS. Modified
-for X by Bob Scheifler, MIT Laboratory for Computer Science. Modified
-for X11 by Mark Eichin, MIT SIPB. Additional enhancements by many
-others.
-.PP
-The current maintainer of the original
-.B xdvi
-is Paul Vojta, U.C. Berkeley.
-.PP
-Code for the xdvik variant has been contributed
-by many people, whose names are scattered across the
-source files. Xdvik is hosted on
-.B CTAN:dviware/xdvik
-and on SourceForge; for the most up-to-date information, please
-visit:
-.PP
-.B http://xdvi.sourceforge.net
-.PP
-Please report all bugs to the SourceForge bug tracker:
-.PP
-.nf
-.B http://sourceforge.net/tracker/?func=add&group_id=23164&atid=377580
-.PP
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/xdvi.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/xdvi.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index d3498c813db..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/xdvi.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/xindy.1 b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/xindy.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 506fcf972e9..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/xindy.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,422 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.16 (Pod::Simple 3.04)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sh \" Subsection heading
-.br
-.if t .Sp
-.ne 5
-.PP
-\fB\\$1\fR
-.PP
-..
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.Sh), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "xindy 1"
-.TH xindy 1 "2010-05-10" "Version 1.16" "xindy"
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-xindy \- create sorted and tagged index from raw index
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-.Vb 4
-\& xindy [\-V?h] [\-qv] [\-d magic] [\-o outfile.ind] [\-t log] \e
-\& [\-L lang] [\-C codepage] [\-M module] [\-I input] \e
-\& [\-\-interactive] [\-\-mem\-file=xindy.mem] \e
-\& [idx0 idx1 ...]
-.Ve
-.Sh "GNU-Style Long Options for Short Options:"
-.IX Subsection "GNU-Style Long Options for Short Options:"
-.Vb 11
-\& \-V / \-\-version
-\& \-? / \-h / \-\-help
-\& \-q / \-\-quiet
-\& \-v / \-\-verbose
-\& \-d / \-\-debug (multiple times)
-\& \-o / \-\-out\-file
-\& \-t / \-\-log\-file
-\& \-L / \-\-language
-\& \-C / \-\-codepage
-\& \-M / \-\-module (multiple times)
-\& \-I / \-\-input\-markup (supported: latex, omega, xindy)
-.Ve
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-\&\fBxindy\fR is the formatter-indepedent command of xindy, the flexible
-indexing system. It takes a raw index as input, and produces a merged,
-sorted and tagged index. Merging, sorting, and tagging is controlled
-by xindy style files.
-.PP
-Files with the raw index are passed as arguments. If no arguments are
-passed, the raw index will be read from standard input.
-.PP
-\&\fBxindy\fR is completely described in its manual that you will find on
-its Web Site, http://www.xindy.org/. A good introductionary
-description appears in the indexing chapter of the LaTeX Companion (2nd ed.)
-.PP
-If you want to produce an index for LaTeX documents, the command
-\&\fItexindy\fR\|(1) is probably more of interest for you. It is a wrapper for
-\&\fBxindy\fR that turns on many LaTeX conventions by default.
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS"
-.ie n .IP """\-\-version""\fR / \fB\-V" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-version\fR / \fB\-V\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--version / -V"
-output version numbers of all relevant components and exit.
-.ie n .IP """\-\-help""\fR / \fB\-h\fR / \fB\-?" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-help\fR / \fB\-h\fR / \fB\-?\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--help / -h / -?"
-output usage message with options explanation.
-.ie n .IP """\-\-quiet""\fR / \fB\-q" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-quiet\fR / \fB\-q\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--quiet / -q"
-Don't output progress messages. Output only error messages.
-.ie n .IP """\-\-verbose""\fR / \fB\-v" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-verbose\fR / \fB\-v\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--verbose / -v"
-Output verbose progress messages.
-.ie n .IP """\-\-debug""\fR \fImagic\fR / \fB\-d\fR \fImagic" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-debug\fR \fImagic\fR / \fB\-d\fR \fImagic\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--debug magic / -d magic"
-Output debug messages, this option may be specified multiple times.
-\&\fImagic\fR determines what is output:
-.Sp
-.Vb 6
-\& magic remark
-\& \-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-
-\& script internal progress messages of driver scripts
-\& keep_tmpfiles don\*(Aqt discard temporary files
-\& markup output markup trace, as explained in xindy manual
-\& level=n log level, n is 0 (default), 1, 2, or 3
-.Ve
-.ie n .IP """\-\-out\-file""\fR \fIoutfile.ind\fR / \fB\-o\fR \fIoutfile.ind" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-out\-file\fR \fIoutfile.ind\fR / \fB\-o\fR \fIoutfile.ind\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--out-file outfile.ind / -o outfile.ind"
-Output index to file \fIoutfile.ind\fR. If this option is not passed, the
-name of the output file is the base name of the first argument and the
-file extension \fIind\fR. If the raw index is read from standard input,
-this option is mandatory.
-.ie n .IP """\-\-log\-file""\fR \fIlog.ilg\fR / \fB\-t\fR \fIlog.ilg" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-log\-file\fR \fIlog.ilg\fR / \fB\-t\fR \fIlog.ilg\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--log-file log.ilg / -t log.ilg"
-Output log messages to file \fIlog.ilg\fR. These log messages are
-independent from the progress messages that you can influence with
-\&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-debug\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`\-\-verbose\*(C'\fR.
-.ie n .IP """\-\-language""\fR \fIlang\fR / \fB\-L\fR \fIlang" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-language\fR \fIlang\fR / \fB\-L\fR \fIlang\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--language lang / -L lang"
-The index is sorted according to the rules of language \fIlang\fR. These
-rules are encoded in a xindy module created by \fImake-rules\fR.
-.Sp
-If no input encoding is specified via \f(CW\*(C`\-\-codepage\*(C'\fR, a xindy module
-for that language is searched with a latin, a cp, an iso, or ascii
-encoding, in that order.
-.ie n .IP """\-\-codepage""\fR \fIenc\fR / \fB\-C\fR \fIenc" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-codepage\fR \fIenc\fR / \fB\-C\fR \fIenc\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--codepage enc / -C enc"
-The raw input is in input encoding \fIenc\fR. This information is used to
-select the correct xindy sort module and also the \fIinputenc\fR target
-encoding for \f(CW\*(C`latex\*(C'\fR input markup.
-.Sp
-When \f(CW\*(C`omega\*(C'\fR input markup is used, \f(CW\*(C`utf8\*(C'\fR is always used as
-codepage, this option is then ignored.
-.ie n .IP """\-\-module""\fR \fImodule\fR / \fB\-M\fR \fImodule" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-module\fR \fImodule\fR / \fB\-M\fR \fImodule\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--module module / -M module"
-Load the xindy module \fImodule.xdy\fR. This option may be specified
-multiple times. The modules are searched in the xindy search path that
-can be changed with the environment variable \f(CW\*(C`XINDY_SEARCHPATH\*(C'\fR.
-.ie n .IP """\-\-input\-markup""\fR \fIinput\fR / \fB\-I\fR \fIinput" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-input\-markup\fR \fIinput\fR / \fB\-I\fR \fIinput\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--input-markup input / -I input"
-Specifies the input markup of the raw index. Supported values for
-\&\fIinput\fR are \f(CW\*(C`latex\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`omega\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`xindy\*(C'\fR.
-.Sp
-\&\f(CW\*(C`latex\*(C'\fR input markup is the one that is emitted by default from the
-LaTeX kernel, or by the \f(CW\*(C`index\*(C'\fR macro package of David Jones.
-^^\-notation of single byte characters is supported. Usage of LaTeX's
-\&\fIinputenc\fR package is assumed as well.
-.Sp
-\&\f(CW\*(C`omega\*(C'\fR input markup is like \f(CW\*(C`latex\*(C'\fR input markup, but with Omega's
-^^\-notation as encoding for non-ASCII characters. LaTeX \fIinputenc\fR
-encoding is not used then, and \f(CW\*(C`utf8\*(C'\fR is enforced to be the codepage.
-.Sp
-\&\f(CW\*(C`xindy\*(C'\fR input markup is specified in the xindy manual.
-.ie n .IP """\-\-interactive""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-interactive\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--interactive"
-Start xindy in interactive mode. You will be in a xindy read-eval-loop
-where xindy language expressions are read and evaluated interactively.
-.ie n .IP """\-\-mem\-file""\fR \fIxindy.mem" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-mem\-file\fR \fIxindy.mem\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--mem-file xindy.mem"
-This option is only usable for developers or in very rare situations.
-The compiled xindy kernel is stored in a so-called \fImemory file\fR,
-canonically named \fIxindy.mem\fR, and located in the xindy library
-directory. This option allows to use another xindy kernel.
-.SH "SUPPORTED LANGUAGES / CODEPAGES"
-.IX Header "SUPPORTED LANGUAGES / CODEPAGES"
-The following languages are supported:
-.Sh "Latin scripts"
-.IX Subsection "Latin scripts"
-.Vb 10
-\& albanian gypsy portuguese
-\& croatian hausa romanian
-\& czech hungarian russian\-iso
-\& danish icelandic slovak\-small
-\& english italian slovak\-large
-\& esperanto kurdish\-bedirxan slovenian
-\& estonian kurdish\-turkish spanish\-modern
-\& finnish latin spanish\-traditional
-\& french latvian swedish
-\& general lithuanian turkish
-\& german\-din lower\-sorbian upper\-sorbian
-\& german\-duden norwegian vietnamese
-\& greek\-iso polish
-.Ve
-.PP
-German recognizes two different sorting schemes to handle umlauts:
-normally, \f(CW\*(C`a\*:\*(C'\fR is sorted like \f(CW\*(C`ae\*(C'\fR, but in phone books or
-dictionaries, it is sorted like \f(CW\*(C`a\*(C'\fR. The first scheme is known as
-\&\fI\s-1DIN\s0 order\fR, the second as \fIDuden order\fR.
-.PP
-\&\f(CW\*(C`*\-iso\*(C'\fR language names assume that the raw index entries are in \s-1ISO\s0
-8859\-9 encoding.
-.PP
-\&\f(CW\*(C`gypsy\*(C'\fR is a northern Russian dialect.
-.Sh "Cyrillic scripts"
-.IX Subsection "Cyrillic scripts"
-.Vb 3
-\& belarusian mongolian serbian
-\& bulgarian russian ukrainian
-\& macedonian
-.Ve
-.Sh "Other scripts"
-.IX Subsection "Other scripts"
-.Vb 1
-\& greek klingon
-.Ve
-.Sh "Available Codepages"
-.IX Subsection "Available Codepages"
-This is not yet written. You can look them up in your xindy
-distribution, in the \fImodules/lang/language/\fR directory (where
-\&\fIlanguage\fR is your language). They are named
-\&\fIvariant\-codepage\-lang.xdy\fR, where \fIvariant\-\fR is most often empty
-(for german, it's \f(CW\*(C`din5007\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`duden\*(C'\fR; for spanish, it's \f(CW\*(C`modern\*(C'\fR
-and \f(CW\*(C`traditional\*(C'\fR, etc.)
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& < Describe available codepages for each language >
-\&
-\& < Describe relevance of codepages (as internal representation) for
-\& LaTeX inputenc >
-.Ve
-.SH "ENVIRONMENT"
-.IX Header "ENVIRONMENT"
-.ie n .IP """XINDY_SEARCHPATH""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWXINDY_SEARCHPATH\fR" 4
-.IX Item "XINDY_SEARCHPATH"
-A list of directories where the xindy modules are searched in. No
-subtree searching is done (as in TDS-conformant TeX).
-.Sp
-If this environment variable is not set, the default is used:
-\&\f(CW\*(C`.:\*(C'\fR\fImodules_dir\fR\f(CW\*(C`:\*(C'\fR\fImodules_dir\fR\f(CW\*(C`/base\*(C'\fR. \fImodules_dir\fR is
-determined at run time, relative to the \fBxindy\fR command location:
-Either it's \fI../modules\fR, that's the case for \fIopt\fR\-installations.
-Or it's \fI../lib/xindy/modules\fR, that's the case for
-\&\fIusr\fR\-installations.
-.ie n .IP """XINDY_LIBDIR""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWXINDY_LIBDIR\fR" 4
-.IX Item "XINDY_LIBDIR"
-Library directory where \fIxindy.mem\fR is located.
-.Sp
-The modules directory may be a subdirectory, too.
-.SH "COMPATIBILITY TO MAKEINDEX"
-.IX Header "COMPATIBILITY TO MAKEINDEX"
-\&\fBxindy\fR does not claim to be completely compatible with MakeIndex,
-that would prevent some of its enhancements. That said, we strive to
-deliver as much compatibility as possible. The most important
-incompatibilities are
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-For raw index entries in LaTeX syntax, \f(CW\*(C`\eindex{aaa|bbb}\*(C'\fR is
-interpreted differently. For MakeIndex \f(CW\*(C`bbb\*(C'\fR is markup that is output
-as a LaTeX tag for this page number. For \fBxindy\fR, this is a location
-attribute, an abstract identifier that will be later associated with
-markup that should be output for that attribute.
-.Sp
-For straight-forward usage, when \f(CW\*(C`bbb\*(C'\fR is \f(CW\*(C`textbf\*(C'\fR or similar, we
-supply location attribute definitions that mimic MakeIndex's
-behaviour.
-.Sp
-For more complex usage, when \f(CW\*(C`bbb\*(C'\fR is not an identifier, no such
-compatibility definitions exist and may also not been created with
-current \fBxindy\fR. In particular, this means that by default the LaTeX
-package \f(CW\*(C`hyperref\*(C'\fR will create raw index files that cannot be
-processed with \fBxindy\fR. This is not a bug, this is the unfortunate
-result of an intented incompatibility. It is currently not possible to
-get both hyperref's index links and use \fBxindy\fR.
-.Sp
-A similar situation is reported to exist for the \f(CW\*(C`memoir\*(C'\fR LaTeX
-class.
-.Sp
-Programmers who know Common Lisp and Lex and want to work on a remedy
-should please contact the author.
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-The MakeIndex compatibility definitions support only the default raw
-index syntax and markup definition. It is not possible to configure
-raw index parsing or use a MakeIndex style file to describe output
-markup.
-.SH "KNOWN ISSUES"
-.IX Header "KNOWN ISSUES"
-Option \fB\-q\fR also prevents output of error messages. Error messages
-should be output on stderr, progress messages on stdout.
-.PP
-There should be a way to output the final index to stdout. This would
-imply \fB\-q\fR, of course.
-.PP
-LaTeX raw index parsing should be configurable.
-.PP
-Codepage \f(CW\*(C`utf8\*(C'\fR should be supported for all languages, and should be
-used as internal codepage for LaTeX inputenc re-encoding.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
-\&\fItexindy\fR\|(1),
-\&\fItex2xindy\fR\|(1)
-.SH "AUTHOR"
-.IX Header "AUTHOR"
-Joachim Schrod
-.SH "LEGALESE"
-.IX Header "LEGALESE"
-Copyright (c) 2004\-2010 by Joachim Schrod.
-.PP
-\&\fBxindy\fR is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your
-option) any later version.
-.PP
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but \s-1WITHOUT\s0 \s-1ANY\s0 \s-1WARRANTY\s0; without even the implied warranty of
-\&\s-1MERCHANTABILITY\s0 or \s-1FITNESS\s0 \s-1FOR\s0 A \s-1PARTICULAR\s0 \s-1PURPOSE\s0. See the
-\&\s-1GNU\s0 General Public License for more details.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/xindy.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/xindy.man1.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index ce63a6b3d37..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/man/man1/xindy.man1.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ